Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 1133 "S" titles
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frank W. Sellke, Pedro J. del Nido, Scott J. Swanson.
    Contents:
    V. 1
    Sect. 1: Thoracic surgery
    Pt. A: Evaluation and care
    Pt. B: Endoscopy
    Pt. C: Trauma
    Pt. D: Trachea
    Pt. E: Benign lung disease
    Pt. F: Lung cancer
    Pt. G: Other lung malignancy
    Pt. H: Chest wall
    Pt. I: Pleura
    Pt. J: Diaphragm
    Pt. K: Esophagus-Benign disease
    Pt. L: Esophagus-cancer
    Pt. M: Mediastinum
    Pt. N: The future
    Sect. 2: Adult cardiac surgery
    Pt. A: Basic science
    Pt. B: Diagnostic procedures
    Pt. C: Medical- and catheter-based treatment of cardiovascular disease
    Pt. D: Perioperative and intraoperative care of the cardiac surgical patient
    V. 2
    Pt. E: Surgical management of aortic disease
    Pt. F: Surgical management of valvular heart disease
    Pt. G: Management of cardiac arrhythmias
    Pt. H: Surgical management of coronary artery disease and its complications
    Pt. I: Surgical management of heart failure
    Sect. 3: Congenital heart surgery.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-2, 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Courtney M. Townsend, Jr, R. Daniel Beauchamp, B. Mark Evers, Kenneth L. Mattox.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Bilquees Gul [and 4 more], editors.
    Summary: The functioning of important ecosystems, including high productivity seagrass beds, coral reefs, macro-algal reefs, mangroves, salt-marshes, needs to be balanced, and, in many cases, adverse trends need to be reversed, repaired, and offset. One of many solutions that is needed to achieve the below SDGs is the utilization of saline water and soil for the research, conservation and development of halophyte ecosystems. The scientific documentation--initiated and supported by UNESCO-- provides information, data, conclusions, recommendations, answers and inspiration to two main questions: - How to use of the vast volume of saline waters, areas of saline soils, and the halophytes, without competing against agricultural lands, in support of food-security, clean-energy, jobs and economic growth? - What halophyte-biodiversity aspects need to be considered for ecosystem development, nature restoration and climate action? It is time to apply some of the innovations demonstrated in the previous volumes in the Tasks for Vegetation Science book series, to turn from experiments to long-term pilot studies. This is necessary in order to obtain solid scientific data for large-scale applications. Studying halophyte and sabkha ecosystems will contribute to achieving the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals Zero Hunger, Clean Water, Clean Energy, Climate Action, Economic Growth, Sustainable Communities and Biodiversity on land and below water. This book is the sixth and final volume in the Tasks for Vegetation Science book series, and it concludes the most comprehensive scientific documentation dealing with hypersaline ecosystems of the world.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Obituary for Prof. Ajmal Khan; Acknowledgments; Disclaimer; Contents; Contributors; Introduction;
    1: Halophyte Research, Conservation and Development: The Role of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves in Asia-Pacific; Background Information; Halophytes; UNESCO Biosphere Reserves; The UN Sustainable Development Goals; Halophyte Research, Conservation and Development in BRs Assist Achieving the UN SDGs; What Are the Halophyte-Specific Roles of UNESCO Biosphere Reserves?;
    2: Evidence for the Role of Salinity and Alkalinity in Plant Diversification in Australia; Introduction
    4: Comparative Seed Germination Ecology of Sabkha and Playa Halophytes of PakistanIntroduction; Material and Methods; Seed Collection and Study Site; Seed Germination Experiments; Seed Recovery Experiments; Results; Seed Germination Responses; Seed Recovery Responses; Discussion; Seed Germination Responses Under Nonsaline Conditions; Seed Germination Responses Under Saline Conditions; Recovery of Germination from Salinity; Recovery of Germination from Dark; Conclusions; References;
    5: Plants of Sabkha Ecosystems of the Arabian Peninsula; Introduction; Sabkhas of the Arabian Peninsula; Climate Distribution and Biogeography of the Halophytic Flora of the Arabian PeninsulaTerrestral Sabkha Vegetation and Plant Communities; Saudi Arabia; Yemen; Oman; United Arab Emirates; Bahrain; Qatar; Kuwait; Intertidal Vegetation; Mangroves; Salt Marshes; Sub-tidal Vegetation; Seagrasses; Seed Dispersal and Germination Strategies in Halophytes; Dispersal and Seed Bank; Salinity and Tolerance During Germination; Fast Germination of Halophytes; Halophytes in Bioremediation; Conservation of Sabkha Ecosystems; Appendix: Halophytes of the Arabian Peninsula. Accepted Names in Bold; Synonyms in Italics Geographical Context of Soil Salinity and AlkalinityHummock and Tussock Grasslands; Acacia Woodlands and Shrublands; Mallee Eucalypt Woodlands; Other Vegetation Formations; References;
    3: Aspects of the Abu Dhabi Sabkha; Introduction; Barrier Island Complex; Lagoon Developments and Rates of Infill; Sea Level Changes and Current Sea Level Rise; Coastal Sabkha Enlargement; Abu Dhabi Formation; Aeolian Sediments; Oolite Formation; Evaporite Distribution; Holocene Dolomite; Magnesium-Silicate Clays; Holocene Hardgrounds; Tepee Structures; Conservation; Conclusions; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ingrid Kollak, editor.
    Contents:
    Prerequisits
    Living safely and actively in and around the home Four applied examples from avatars and ambient cubes to active walkers
    Using gaze control for communication and environment control How to find a good position and start working
    Caring TV
    for older people with multimorbidity living alone Positive feedback from users in Berlin and rural Mecklenburg-West Pomerania
    Arm rehabilitation at home for people with stroke: staying safe Encouraging results from the co-designed LifeCIT pro-gramme
    Telemonitoring in home care Creating the potential for a safer life at home
    Empowering the elderly and promoting active ageing through the Internet The benefit of e-inclusion programmes
    Use and development of new technologies in public wel-fare services A user-centred approach using step by step communication for problem solving
    Parents' experiences of caring for a ventilator-dependent child: a review of the literature
    Evaluation and outcomes of assistive technologies in an outpatient setting
    a technical-nursing science approach
    Assistive technology for people with dementia: ethical considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Won Lee.
    Summary: Filler injection is one of the most common aesthetic procedure. There are a lot of guidelines but there are no illustrated step by step instructions on safe filler injection procedures. The book will offer guidance to clinicians who wish to expand their practice to minimally invasive cosmetic procedures. Injection techniques for hyaluronic acid filler is highlighted to help practitioners perform the procedures more effectively and safely with evidence based approach. The most safe procedure including vascular anatomical illustration and ultrasound findings, rheological data is presented.

    Contents:
    1. Prevention of filler complication
    2. Property of HA filler
    3. Forehead augmentation
    4. Glabellar wrinkle correction
    5. Temple augmentation
    6. Nose augmentation
    7. Midface augementation
    8. Nasolabial fold correction
    9. Low face correction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Martha Polovich, PhD, RN, AOCN, MiKaela M. Olsen, MS, APRN-CNS, AOCNS, FAAN.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Yves Chartier, Jorge Emmanuel, Ute Pieper, Annette Prüss, Philip Rushbrook, Ruth Stringer, William Townend, Susan Wilburn and Raki Zghondi.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA969.45 .S236 2014
    1
  • Digital
    S. Venkatesh Babu.
    Summary: Safety is a paramount factor in orthopaedics, whether the patient is being treated conservatively or surgically. Although vast advances have been made in the instruments, implants, and techniques of orthopaedic surgery, considerable complications continue to occur. Iatrogenic injuries during surgery can cause significant morbidity and even mortality. To avoid neurovascular and other serious complications, the orthopaedic surgeon must have both a deep understanding of anatomy that can be drawn on in the operating room and exceptional technical skills. The goal of treatment of limb fractures is to restore limb length and anatomic articular surface alignment and rotation, as well as to create adequate fixation for early mobilization of the associated joint with minimal complications. Safe Orthopaedic Surgery includes facts about applied anatomy and surgical techniques aimed at preventing neurovascular complications in various approaches to the specific bones and joints, including the clavicle, shoulder, humerus, elbow, forearm, wrist and hand, spine, hip, femur, knee, leg, and ankle and foot. Both conventional and minimally invasive techniques are considered. The prevention of surgical site infections and current thinking on antibiotic therapy in orthopaedic surgery are also covered. Organized into 13 chapters with a standard format, up-to-date references, and to-the-point, bulleted presentation for easy review, Safe Orthopaedic Surgery offers vital information on performing operations safely and precisely--the safety principles that are invaluable to every orthopaedic surgeon.

    Contents:
    Preventing Surgical Site Infection and Safe Usage of Antibiotics and in Orthopaedic Surgery
    Safe Clavicle Fracture Surgery
    Safe Shoulder Surgery
    Safe Humerus
    Surgery
    Safe Elbow Surgery
    Safe Forearm Surgery
    Safe Wrist & Hand Surgery
    Safe Spine Surgery
    Safe Hip Surgery
    Safe Femur Surgery
    Safe Knee Surgery.-Safe Leg Surgery
    Safe Foot & Ankle Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Michael B. Kelly, Anne B. McBride.
    Summary: "Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence provides a road map for understanding and addressing violence of all kinds in the school environment. The editors emphasize that mass casualty events are but one species of violence, and that in fact school violence comes in many different forms, from bullying on campus to trauma off campus, from community gangs to violent crimes. Case vignettes illustrate and illuminate the range of violent situations likely to be encountered, as well as the advantages and disadvantages inherent in various interventions. The authors stress that threat assessment must take individual, school, and community variables into account. Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence introduces readers to important concepts pertaining to school violence and serves as a practical guide for mitigating and preventing violence in our schools"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Contributors; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; PART I Foundations; 1 An Introduction to School Violence; 2 A Recipe for Violence: Immaturity, Impulsivity, and Aggression; 3 Inconvenient Truths: Profiling and Its Limitations; 4 Danger at Home: Addressing Violence Outside School; 5 Bullying and Cyberbullying; 6 Understanding and Addressing Youth Sexual Violence; 7 Growing Up in Fear: School Shootings, Attacks, and Gang Violence; PART II Threat and Risk Assessment; 8 Hostile Intent: The Principles of Threat Assessment 9 Avoiding Danger: The Principles of Violence Risk AssessmentPART III Interventions; 10 A System of Care: Addressing Aggression and Violence in Schools; 11 Assessing and Addressing School Climate; 12 Violence and the Media; Afterword; Appendix A: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Grade School Students; Appendix B: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Middle School Students; Appendix C: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With High School and College Students; Index; Back Cover
  • Digital
    Jacob O. Levitt, Joseph F. Sobanko, editors.
    Summary: In medical practice, unfamiliarity with procedures increases the likelihood of occupational exposures. Learning to perform a procedure properly early on reinforces safe habits, improves overall surgical safety, and reduces occupational exposures. Safety in Office-Based Dermatologic Surgery is relevant to any healthcare professional who participates in office-based procedures, such as injections, biopsies, excisions, and laser surgery. The authors bring over 15 years? combined experience in training residents and medical students, enabling them to identify common unsafe practices in office-based surgery. Chapters are divided into individual procedures for easy referencing by students, trainees, as well as seasoned practitioners. Figures illustrate how seemingly innocuous actions and procedures can result in dangerous exposures to healthcare workers. Hazardous scenarios are subsequently followed with one or a series of safer solutions, with the accident and solution concisely explained and clearly illustrated.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    What to do if exposed
    Personal safety equipment
    General Principles
    Setting up a tray
    Injection
    Working with an assistant
    Excision
    Hemostasis
    Suturing
    Venipuncture
    Curettage
    Cryotherapy
    Acne surgery
    Nail clipping
    Lasers and PDT.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Brian A. Baldo.
    Contents:
    1: Approved Biologics Used For Therapy and their Adverse Effects
    2: Monoclonal Antibodies: Introduction
    3: Monoclonal Antibodies Approved for Cancer Therapy
    4: Other Approved Therapeutic Monoclonal Antibodies
    5: Cytokines
    6: Fusion Proteins
    7: Peptide Hormones
    8: Glycoprotein Hormones
    9: Enzymes Approved for Therapy
    10: Blood Coagulation
    11: Vaccines
    12: Botulinum Neurotoxins
    13: Biosimilars.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Abha Agrawal, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. First Do No Harm: An overview of HIT and Patient Safety
    Chapter 2. An overview of HIT-related errors
    Section I. Errors Related to Various Types of Health Information Technologies
    Chapter 3. Errors related to CPOE
    Chapter 4. Errors related to alert fatigue
    Chapter 5. Unintended consequences of bar-code assisted medication administration
    Chapter 6. Errors related to outpatient e-prescribing
    Chapter 7. Errors related to alarms and monitors
    Chapter 8. Errors related to personal mobile technology
    Section II. Health Information Technology Implementation Issues
    Chapter 9. Improving clinical documentation integrity
    Chapter 10. EHR and physician-patient communication
    Chapter 11. Patient identification errors and HIT: Friend or foe?
    Chapter 12. Errors related to health information exchange
    Section III. Specialty Considerations
    Chapter 13. Safety considerations in radiation therapy
    Chapter 14. Safety considerations in pediatric informatics
    Chapter 15.Safety considerations in ambulatory care informatics
    Section IV. Organizational Considerations
    Chapter 16. Health information technology and medical liability risks
    Chapter 17. Improving safety through enterprise risk management
    Chapter 18. Managing HIT contract process for patient safety
    Chapter 19. Improving safety of medical device use through training.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by Norman K. Denzin (University of Illinois), Yvonna S. Lincoln (Texas A & M University).
    Summary: "The substantially updated and revised Fifth Edition of this landmark handbook presents the state-of-the-art theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Representing top scholars from around the world, the editors and contributors continue the tradition of synthesizing existing literature, defining the present, and shaping the future of qualitative research. The Fifth Edition contains 19 new chapters, with 16 revised making it virtually a new volume while retaining six classic chapters from previous editions. New contributors to this edition include Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings; Margaret Kovach; Paula Saukko; Bryant Keith Alexander; Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates; Johnny Saldaña; Uwe Flick; Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer; Maria Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine; Jack Bratich; Svend Brinkmann; Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad; Annette N. Markham; Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei; Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies; Janice Morse; Peter Dahler-Larsen; Mark Spooner; and David A. Westbrook"--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research / Norman K. Denzin and Yvonna S. Lincoln
    Part 1. Locating the Field. A history of qualitative inquiry in social and educational research / Frederick Erickson
    Ethics and politics in qualitative research / Clifford G. Christians
    Ethics, research regulations, and critical social science / Gaile S. Cannella and Yvonna S. Lincoln
    Part 2. Paradigms and Perspectives in Contention. Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences, revisited / Yvonna S. Lincoln, Susan A. Lynham, and Egon G. Guba
    Feminist qualitative research in the millenium's first decade : developments, challenges, prospects / Virginia Olesen
    Feminist qualitative research : emerging lines of inquiry / Marjorie L. DeVault
    Critical race theory and the postracial imaginary / Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings
    Doing Indigenous methodologies : a letter to a research class / Margaret Kovach
    Critical pedagogy and qualitative research: advancing the bricolage / Joe L. Kincheloe, Peter McLaren, Shirley R. Steinberg, and Lilia D. Monzó
    Methodologies for cultural and social studies in an age of new technologies / Paula Saukko
    Queer/quare theory : worldmaking and methodologies / Bryant Keith Alexander
    Part 3. Strategies of Inquiry. The marketization of research : implications for qualitative inquiry / Julianne Cheek
    Case study methodology / Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates
    Performance ethnography / Judith Hamera
    Ethnodrama and ethnotheatre : research as performance / Johnny Saldaña
    Advancing a constructionist analytics / James A. Holstein
    Evolving grounded theory and social justice inquiry / Kathy Charmaz, Robert Thornberg, and Elaine Keane
    Triangulation / Uwe Flick
    D ... a ... t ... a ..., data++, data, and some problematics / Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer
    In the name of human rights : I say (how) you (should) speak (before I listen) / Antjie Krog
    Critical participatory action research on state violence : bearing wit(h)ness across fault lines of power, privilege, and dispossession / María Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine
    Part 4. Methods of Collecting and Analyzing Empirical Materials. Observation in a surveilled world / Jack Bratich
    Narrative inquiry : toward theoretical and methodological maturity / Susan E. Chase
    Critical arts-based inquiry : performances of resistance politics / Susan Finley
    The interview / Svend Brinkmann
    Visual research / Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad
    Autoethnography and the other : performative embodiment and a bid for utopia / Tami Spry
    Ethnography in the digital internet era : from fields to flows, descriptions to interventions / Annette N. Markham
    Analyzing talk and text / Anssi Peräkylä and Johanna Ruusuvuori
    Focus group research and/in figured worlds / George Kamberelis, Greg Dimitriadis, and Alyson Welker
    Thinking with theory : a new analytic for qualitative inquiry / Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei
    Creating a space in between : collaborative inquiries / Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies (JKSB)
    Part 5. The Art and Practices of Interpretation, Evaluation, and Representation. Evidence, criteria, policy, and politics : the debate about quality and utility in educational and social research / Harry Torrance
    Reframing rigor in qualitative inquiry / Janice Morse
    Writing : a method of inquiry / Laurel Richardson and Elizabeth Adams St. Pierre
    The elephant in the living room, or extending the conversation about the politics of evidence / Norman K. Denzin
    Braiding narrative ethnography with memoir and creative nonfiction / Barbara Tedlock
    Qualitative evaluation : methods, ethics, and politics with stakeholders / Peter Dahler-Larsen
    Part 6. The Future of Qualitative Research. Qualitative research and global audit culture : the politics of productivity, accountability and possibility / Marc Spooner
    Critical issues for qualitative research / David A. Westbrook
    Epilogue: Toward a "refunctioned ethnography" / Yvonna S. Lincoln and Norman K. Denzin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    H62 .H2455 2018
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Liane S. Feldman, Conor P. Delaney, Olle Ljungqvist, Francesco Carli.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Enhanced Recovery Programs: A Paradigm Shift in Perioperative Care
    Section I: The Science of Enhanced Recovery: Building Blocks for your Program
    Peroperative Education
    Medical Optimization and Prehabilitation
    Preoperative Fasting and Carbohydrate Treatment
    Bowel Preparation: Always, Sometimes, Never?
    The Role of the Anesthesiologist in Reducing Surgical Stress and Improving Recovery
    Prevention of Hypothermia
    Prevention of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
    Thromboprophylaxis
    Surgical Site Infection Prevention
    Fluid Management
    Postoperative Ileus: Prevention and Treatment
    Choosing Analgesia to Facilitate Recovery
    Early Nutrition and Early Mobilization: Why They Are Important and How to Make it Happen
    Management of Tubes, Drains, and Catheters
    Hospital Recovery and Full Recovery
    Section II: Creation and Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Program
    Overcoming Barriers to the Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery After Surgery Program
    Introducing Enhanced Recovery Programs into Practice: Lessons Learned from The ERAS® Society Implementation Program
    Enhanced Recovery Programs: Making the Business Case
    Audit: Why and How
    Why Add an ERP to a Laparoscopic Case: The Colorectal Experience
    Section III: Examples of Enhanced Recovery Programs
    Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: University Hospitals Case Medical Center
    Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: The Guilford: (UK) Experience
    Setting up an Enhanced Recovery Program Pathway for Bariatric Surgery: Current Evidence into Practice
    Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Hepato-pancreato-biliary Surgery
    Enhanced Recovery Programs for Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery: How I Do It
    Department-Wide Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Pathway
    The ERAS® Society
    SAGES SMART Enhanced Recovery Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yuman Fong [and 4 others].
    Summary: This book is intended as a definitive, state of the art guide to robotic surgery that summarizes the field for surgeons at all levels. More specifically, its goals are threefold: to review the basics of robotic surgery, including fundamental principles, technology, operating room setup, and workflow; to describe and illustrate the procedures most commonly performed in a robotic operating room; and to discuss key issues relating to cost, adoption, and training. Procedures from many surgical disciplines are included, which aid robotic surgeons in supervising and assisting colleagues in these disciplines and simultaneously heighten their awareness of the tricks and tools used in other disciplines that can be retasked for their own purposes. In addition, the future prospects for robotic surgery, including anticipated developments in equipment, are discussed. The SAGES Atlas of Robotic Surgery is an excellent aid for residents and fellows entering the field, as well as a welcome update on recent progress for practicing robotic surgeons and an ideal primer for senior surgeons adapting these new technologies to their current practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Matthew Kroh, Kevin M. Reavis, editors.
    Contents:
    Surgical Endoscopy
    A Historical Perspective
    Endoscopic Tools
    Instruments
    Operating Platforms for Surgical Endoscopy
    Endoscopic Energy Sources
    Training in Advanced Endoscopic Procedures
    Endoscopic Management of Bleeding
    Stricture Management- Interventional Options
    Endoscopic Stent Placement and Suturing: Management of Gastrointestinal Anastomotic Leaks
    Endoscopic Treatment of Gastrointestinal Fistulas
    Enteral Access: Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy, Gastrostomy- Jejunostomy, and Jejunostomy
    Endolumenal GERD Therapies
    Barrett's Esophagus
    Radiofrequency (RF) and Other Ablation Modalities
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Colon and Rectum
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Colon and Rectum
    Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
    Endoscopic Interventions for the Thoracic Esophagus- Zenker's and other Diverticula
    Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)
    Advanced ERCP: Cholangioscopy and through the Scope Imaging
    Interventional Endoscopic Ultrasound
    Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Colon and Rectum
    Primary Endoscopic Treatments for Morbid Obesity
    Endoscopic Revision Procedures after Bariatric Surgery
    Natural Orifice Trans-lumenal Endoscopic Surgery (NOTESTM)
    Future Directions for Endoscopic Operations. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Steven C. Stain, Aurora D. Pryor, Phillip P. Shadduck, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Renton, Robert Lim, Alberto S. Gallo, Prashant Sinha.
    Summary: This book provides a concise summation of current operative decision making and techniques for situations faced by the on-call general surgeon. This manual covers pertinent topics such as minimally invasive surgery in the trauma setting, surgical emergencies in the bariatric patient, and treatment of emergencies in pregnancy, cirrhotics, and anti-coagulated patients. The experts at SAGES pooled their knowledge and created this manual to describe the most up-to-date treatment options for the emergent surgical patient. The SAGES Manual of Acute Care Surgery aligns with the new SAGES UNIVERSITY MASTERS Program and supplements the Master's Program Acute Care Pathway. Its goal is to help educate surgeons to bring the optimum care to the patients that they are called to see in their emergency rooms, and to help surgeons progress from the competent to the proficient and finally to the mastery level.

    Contents:
    SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Acute Care Pathway
    Appendicitis
    Cholecystectomy
    Foregut and Hindgut Perforations
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Colon Emergencies
    Acute Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Emergency hernia surgery: What to know when evaluating a patient with an incarcerated hernia
    Bariatrics
    Paraesophageal Hernia
    Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    Acute Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Minimally Invasive Techniques in Trauma: Above and Below the Diaphragm
    The Difficult Patient
    Incorporating ACS Into Your Practice
    The Future of Acute Care Surgery: From Divergence to Emergence, and Convergence. The Evolution in General Surgery Continues.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kevin M. Reavis, Allison M. Barrett, Matthew D. Kroh, editors.
    Summary: "The SAGES Manual of Bariatric Surgery, Second Edition, covers each of the fundamental components of care for the bariatric patient, and we have extended the list of topics to include highly relevant but rarely published issues such as domestic and international surgical tourism, pregnancy, and innovative devices in the premarket setting, among others. This second edition also aligns with the novel SAGES Masters Program Bariatric Pathway, and, as such, the reader will appreciate an innovatively organized text reflecting this"--taken from Preface.

    Contents:
    Part I: SAGES masters program. Chapter 1: Introduction: SAGES masters program bariatric pathway ; Chapter 2: Masters program bariatric pathway: adjustable gastric band ; Chapter 3: Masters program bariatric pathway: laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 4: Master's program bariatric pathway: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 5: Master's program bariatric pathway: revision of adjustable gastric band
    Part II: Bariatric programs in 2018. Chapter 6: Bariatric surgery: a historical perspective ; Chapter 7: The obesity epidemic ; Chapter 8: Patient selection prior to bariatric surgery ; Chapter 9: The role of the advanced practice provider in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 10: The role of the social worker in the mangement of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 11: The role of the registered dietitian in the managment of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 12: The role of the physical therapist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 13: The role of the obesity medicine physician in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 14: The role of the psychologist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 15: Preoperative checklist for bariatric surgery ; Chapter 16: Postoperative care pathways for the bariatric patient ; Chapter 17: The MBSAQIP (Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Accreditation and Quality Improvement Program) comprehensive bariatric program (MBSAQIP-ASMBS/ACS) ; Chapter 18: Establishing a comprehensive bariatric surgery program ; Chapter 19: Long-term follow-up of bariatric patrients
    Part III: Treatment. Chapter 20: Medically supervised weight loss programs ; Chapter 21: Index endoscopic restrictive and other devices in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 22: Index endoscopic malabsorptive procedures in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 23: Neurohormonal procedures in obesity treatment ; Chaper 24: The genetic and microbial influences in obesity ; Chapter 25: The role of preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative diagnostic endoscopy in bariatric surgery ; Chapter 26: long-term nutritional/metabolic sequelae of bariatric surgery ; Chapter 27: Robotic index bariatric surgery ; Chapter 28: Duodenal switch: technique and outcomes ; Chapter 29: Comparative surgical outcomes in bariatric surgery
    Part IV: Complications. Chapter 30: Complications of endolumenal bariatric therapies (EBTs) ; Chapter 31: Complications of adjustable gastric banding ; Chapter 32: Complications of sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 33: Complications of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 34: Complications of biliopancreatic diversion and duodenal switch
    Part V: Revision and conversion. Chapter 35: Weight recidivism after bariatric surgery: evaluation and implications ; Chapter 36: Revision endolumenal therapies for weight recidivism ; Chapter 37: Conversion and revisional surgery: sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 38: Conversion and revisional surgery: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 39: Conversional and revisional surgery: duodenal switch ; Chapter 40: Robotic conversion and revisional surgery
    Part VI: Special circumstances. Chapter 41: Bariatric emergencies for the general surgeon ; Chapter 42: Social media and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 43: Bariatric tourism: bidirectional and in the United States ; Chapter 44: Pregnancy and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 45: Solid organ transplantation and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 46: Adolescents and bariatric surgery: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 47: Esophageal reflux disease before and after bariatric surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Horacio J. Asbun, Mihir M. Shah, Eugene P. Ceppa, Edward D. Auyang, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the standard for the current state of biliary surgery in the 21st century and aims to help the surgeon progress from the competent, to the proficient, and finally to the mastery level. This guidebook also gives insight into modern evaluation and management. The highlights emphasize what is both feasible and safe from a minimally invasive approach in biliary surgery. The concept of safe cholecystectomy is defined and expounded on in detail. The difficult cholecystectomy is given ample coverage to include management of intraoperative bile duct injury, indications and techniques of subtotal cholecystectomy, and special attention to intraoperative diagnostic imaging that serve as adjuncts, including cholangiograpy, ultrasound, as well as indocyanine green biliary fluorescence. Furthermore, the evolution of treatment of choledocohlithiasis has evolved the most in recent years, and thus requires an extensive discussion of the non-operative and operative management of bile duct stones. The SAGES Manual of Biliary Surgery serves as an important contribution to the medical literature sponsored by SAGES, an international leading authority in gastrointestinal surgery with a keen interest in safe and proficient biliary surgery. Leaders in the field of biliary surgery impart their insight and considerable experience in the chapters planned for this manual. The intent for this manual is to be the cited resource for high quality and applicable knowledge for the treatment of benign biliary disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Biliary Manual
    Biliary Anatomy
    Basic Principles of Safe Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Preoperative Optimization for Elective Cholecystectomy
    Preoperative Imaging in Patients Undergoing Cholecystectomy
    Choosing the Best Timing for Cholecystectomy
    When to Perform a Cholecystectomy after Percutaneous Cholecystostomy Tube Placement
    Intraoperative Cholangiography (IOC): Important Aid in Biliary and Common Bile Duct Surgery
    Intraoperative Indocyanine Green during Cholecystectomy
    Laparoscopic Biliary Ultrasound
    The Difficult Cholecystectomy
    Non Operative Management of Common Bile Duct Stones: ERCP & Other Techniques (Lithotripsy)
    Common Bile Duct Exploration
    Management of Common Bile Duct Injury
    Operative Management of Bile Duct Injury in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y
    Management of Common Bile Duct Tones in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y
    Advanced Biliary Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Patricia Sylla, Andreas M. Kaiser, Daniel Popowich, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential didactic content for the SAGES University Masters Program Colorectal Surgery Curriculum. Surgeons seeking to complete the competency, proficiency, or mastery curriculum of the MASTERS Colorectal Pathway for a particular anchoring colorectal procedure will find relevant educational content in this SAGES Manual. Written by experts in the field, each chapter provides detailed guidance on preoperative and peri-procedural considerations for right and left elective and emergency colorectal resections, for both benign and malignant pathologies. Technical pearls and strategies to manage pitfalls and complications are also extensively reviewed along with detailed guidance for both laparoscopic and robotic procedures. The SAGES Manual of Colorectal Surgery provides a wealth of practical guidance to surgeons along their journey to progress from competency to mastery in various minimally invasive approaches to colorectal surgery.

    Contents:
    SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Colorectal Pathway
    Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Benign Disease
    Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Benign Disease
    Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Splenic Flexure Release (Tips and Tricks)
    Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left Colon Resection for Complex Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Laparoscopy Versus Open Colorectal Surgery: How Strong is the Evidence?
    Debunking Enhanced Recovery Protocols in Colorectal Surgery: Minimal Requirements for Maximum Benefit
    Bowel Preparation in Colorectal Surgery: Impact on SSIs and Enhanced Recovery Protocols
    Checklist for Patients and OR Team in Preparation for Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
    Essentials on Troubleshooting during Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
    Principles of Complete Mesocolic Excision for Colon Cancer
    Unexpected Findings at Appendectomy
    Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Malignant Disease
    Laparoscopic Right Colectomy: Options for Ileocolonic Reconstruction
    Robotic Right-Sided Colon Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up
    Advanced Laparoscopic Right Colectomy Techniques for Crohn's and Reoperative Surgery
    Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Malignant Disease
    Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy: Options for Colonic and Colorectal Reconstruction
    Robotic Left-Sided Colon Resections: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up
    Key Steps During Hartmann's Procedures to Facilitate Minimally Invasive Hartmann's Reversal
    Laparoscopic and Robotic Hartmann's Reversal: Strategies to Avoid Complications
    Principles of Rectal Cancer Management: Preoperative Staging, Neoadjuvant Treatment, Basic Principles of TME, and Adjuvant Treatment
    Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer: TME Planes and Surgery of the Upper and Mid Rectum
    Robotic Low Anterior Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Setup
    Unexpected Findings During Laparoscopic Colectomy for Cancer: Techniques and Strategies
    The Role of Laparoscopy in the Management of Bowel Obstruction
    Large Bowel Obstruction: When Should Colon Stenting Be Considered as First-Line Strategy?
    Minimally Invasive Management of Complicated Sigmoid Diverticulitis in the Emergency Setting: Patient Selection, Prerequisite Skills, and Operative Strategies
    Minimizing Colorectal Anastomotic Leaks: Best Practices to Assess the Integrity and Perfusion of Left-Sided Anastomoses
    Intraoperative Air Leak, Colonic Ischemia, or Tension: How To Salvage the Failed Anastomosis
    Minimizing Conversion in Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery: From Preoperative Risk Assessment to Intraoperative Strategies
    Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery in the Obese and Morbidly Obese Patient: Preoperative Strategies and Surgical Techniques
    The Challenge of the Transverse Colon Tumor: Laparoscopic Techniques and Strategies
    Laparoscopic Total Abdominal Colectomy for Emergent and Elective Indications: Perioperative Considerations and Techniques
    Organ-Preserving Strategies in the Management of Fulminant Clostridium Difficile Colitis
    Optimizing Stoma Function and Quality of Life: Best Practices in Planned and Unplanned Stoma Creation
    Prophylactic Approaches for Parastomal Hernia Formation during Laparoscopic Creation of Permanent End-Stomas: Rationale, Techniques, and Outcomes
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Benign Rectal Lesions: Preparation and Surgical Techniques
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Rectal Cancer: Indications, Staging, and Perioperative Considerations
    Advanced Techniques for Specimen Extraction During Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Peter Nau, Eric M. Pauli, Bryan J. Sandler, Thadeus L. Trus, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses all aspects of endoscopy from scope and tower basics to the more advanced interventional procedures like endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, per-oral esophageal myotomy, and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy. It covers a broad range of topics in order to remain relevant to the surgical subspecialist, the community general surgeon, the surgical fellow interested in endolumenal and transluminal procedures, and the surgical resident interested in the very basics of endoscopy. The table of contents is intentionally designed to mirror the Flexible Endoscopy curriculum currently being implemented for all minimally invasive, advanced GI and surgical endoscopy fellowships. The chapters are broken up into five parts. The first part introduces the SAGES Masters Program, followed by parts that cover flexible endoscopy basics, flexible endoscopy procedures, and finally bariatric flexible endoscopy. Written by experts and thought leaders in their fields, The SAGES Manual of Flexible Endoscopy serves as a valuable resource for surgeons of all training and skill levels to better grasp an overview of modern endoscopy practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jayleen Grams, Kyle A. Perry, Ali Tavakkoli, editors.
    Summary: This book lays the foundation in understanding the foregut through review of the anatomy and physiology, followed by subsequent chapters focusing on the diagnosis and management of specific benign diseases of the foregut, such as gastroesophageal reflux disease and diaphragmatic hernia, Barrett's esophagus, disorders of esophageal dysmotility, benign esophageal and gastric tumors, peptic ulcer disease and gastric outlet obstruction, and gastroparesis. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections addresses the evaluation and management of the disease process, technical conduct of the most common endoscopic and surgical procedures, postoperative management including complications, and revisional operations. Additionally, expert commentary will serve to highlight and clarify controversies in the field.

    Contents:
    SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Foregut Pathway
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Esophagus and Lower Esophageal Sphincter
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Stomach and Pylorus
    Anatomic and Physiologic Tests of Esophageal and Gastric Function
    The history of hiatal hernia and antireflux surgery
    Evaluation of GERD: Symptoms and Disease Classification
    Preoperative Workup of GERD
    Identifying Patients with Eosinophilic Esophagitis
    Laryngo-Pharyngeal Reflux (LPR)
    Management of Esophageal Peptic Stricture
    Medical Management of GERD
    Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Nissen and Partial fundoplications
    Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Magnetic Gej Augmentation
    Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Endoscopic Reflux Treatments
    Endoluminal Treatment for Gastroesphogeal Reflux Disease
    Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Reoperations at the Hiatus
    Classification and Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Hernias
    Laparoscopic Hiatal Hernia Repair
    Transthoracic Hiatal Hernia Repair
    Esophageal lengthening procedures
    Management of Acute Gastric Volvulus
    Surgical Management: Other Diaphragmatic Hernias in Adults
    Expert Commentary: Mesh Reinforcement of Hiatal Closure
    Historical Perspective: Evolution of the Diagnosis and Management of Barrett's Esophagus
    Epidemiology of Barrett's Esophagus and Esophageal Cancer
    Diagnosis and Surveillance of Barrett's Esophagus
    Radiofrequency Ablation for Dysplastic Barrett's Esophagus
    Endoscopic mucosal resection for Barrett's related Neoplasia
    Role Of Photodynamic Therapy And Cryotherapy For Management Of Barrett's Esophagus
    Expert Commentary: Surveillance versus Ablation for Patients with Low Grade Dysplasia
    Historical Perspective: History of the Surgical Management of Achalasia
    Epidemiology, Evaluation, and Classification of Achalasia and Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
    Medical Management of Achalasia
    ENDOSCOPIC MANAGEMENT OF ACHALASIA: Botulinum Toxin And Pneumatic Dilation
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Thoracoscopic Myotomy
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Recurrent Dysphagia
    Expert Commentary: Laparoscopic versus Endoscopic Myotomy for Achalasia
    Diagnosis and Medical Management of Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
    Other Esophageal Motility Disorders: Role For Laparoscopic or Endoscopic Myotomy
    Evaluation of Esophageal Diverticula
    Cricopharyngeal Diverticulum: Open Repair
    Zenker's Diverticulum: Transoral Repair
    Epiphrenic and Mid-Esophageal Diverticula
    A Laparoscopic Approach to Epiphrenic Diverticula
    Evaluation of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    Thoracoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    Benign Esophageal and Gastric Tumors: Laparoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    Endoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    The Evolution of Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Evaluation of peptic ulcer disease
    Risk Factor Modification in Patients with Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Medical Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Surgical Management: Truncal, Selective, and Highly Selective Vagotomy
    Surgical Management: Vagotomy and Pyloroplasty
    Surgical Management: Billroth I
    Surgical Management: Billroth II
    Surgical Management: Roux-en-Y Reconstruction
    Post-Gastrectomy Syndromes
    Evaluation and Management: Recurrent Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Peptic Ulcer Disease: Deciding What Procedure When
    Etiology and Diagnosis of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    Medical and Endoscopic Management of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    Surgical Management: Resection and Reconstruction vs. Drainage
    Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty Options
    Evaluation and Classification of Gastroparesis
    Medical Management of Gastroparesis: Diet and Medications
    Endoscopic Management: Interventions at the Pylorus
    Endoscopic Management: Decompression and Feeding
    Gastroparesis
    Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty
    Gastrectomy for Gastroparesis
    Expert Commentary: Algorithm for the Treatment of Gastroparesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Brian P. Jacob, David C. Chen, Bruce Ramshaw, Shirin Towfigh, editors.
    Contents:
    Primary Groin Pain
    Musculoskeletal anatomy of groin pain
    Neuroanatomy of groin pain
    History: High yield questions to the patient as part of the history/intake
    Physical Examination: Highly sensitive and specific exam findings
    Inguinal Hernia, Femoral Hernia
    Non-Hernia Causes: Adductor Tendinitis, Osteitis Pubis, Epididymitis, Varicocele, Referred Pain (from hip (e.g., labral tear), back (e.g., radiculopathy, sacroiliitis, ankylosing spondylitis))
    Sports Hernia
    Chronic pelvic pain in women (endometriosis, pelvic floor dysfunction, round ligament syndrome or masses, ovarian cyst disease, occult hernias)
    Occult Hernias: Typical presentation, symptoms, exam findings, radiologic evaluation
    Secondary Groin Pain
    Causes of Pain from Anterior Repair
    Causes of Pain from Posterior Repair
    Algorithm for Pain Management
    Pharmacologic Management
    Interventional Procedures: Nerve block, epidurals, ablation, neurostimulators
    Radiologic findings of mesh and meshoma
    Dermatomal Mapping: Pre/post-operative assessment
    Quantitative Sensory Testing (QST)
    Management of Recurrence
    Open Triple Neurectomy vs selective neurectomy
    Laparoscopic Triple Neurectomy
    Meshoma Removal (Lap and open)
    Treatment of Orchialgia
    Selected Topics
    Prevention of Pain: Open Technique (include mesh-specific tips)
    Prevention of Pain: Laparoscopic Technique (include technical tips)
    Prophylactic Neurectomy versus Pragmatic Neurectomy
    Selective Neurectomy versus Triple Neurectomy
    Patient Narratives
    Emerging patient and provider care communities (social media for patients with groin pain and for providers who care for patients with groin pain)
    Value-based clinical quality improvement- learning to improve the value of treating patients with groin pain
    Team based approach for treating patients with chronic groin pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Danielle S. Walsh, Todd A. Ponsky, Nicholas E. Bruns, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John R. Romanelli, Jonathan M. Dort, Rebecca B. Kowalski, Prashant Sinha, editors.
    Summary: In this thoroughly revised second edition of the frequently downloaded manual, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety. A panel of experts update and expand their survey of the many factors that influence quality in the world of surgery, surgical outcomes, and threats to patient safety. Among the highlights include a section devoted to threats to quality and outcomes and safety, such as surgeon wellness and burnout, disruptive behavior, second victims, the surgeon with declining skills, and maintaining quality in the setting of a crisis. Another all-new section focuses on surgical controversies, such as whether or not to use robotic surgical technology and whether or not it influences surgical outcomes; whether or not routine cholangiography reduces the common bile duct injury rate; whether or not having a consistent operating room team influences surgical outcomes, and whether a conflict of interest truly influences surgical quality. Further, this manual updates chapters on surgical simulation, teamwork and team training, teleproctoring, mentoring, and error analysis. State-of-the-art and readily accessible, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety, Second Edition will offer physicians strategies to maintain surgical quality in a rapidly changing practice environment the tools they require to succeed.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David B. Renton, Peter Nau, Denise W. Gee, editors.
    Summary: This SAGES manual will help educate and advise our new and recent surgical graduates on entering the job market. From how to find a job, to contract negotiations, to research and grant proposals, this manual offers pertinent strategies crucial to both surgical and non-surgical subspecialty fields. Chapters focusing on work-life balance and finding a mentor offer helpful insight to prevent burnout and optimize one's new career. The SAGES Manual: Transitioning to Practice will fill the gap in resident education and prove a useful text for residents, fellows and recent graduates as well as practicing surgeons in all subspecialties of surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Pierre Roussouly, João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco, Hubert Labelle, Martin Gehrchen.
    Contents:
    Historical background of spinal sagittal balance / Pierre Roussouly and Nishant Nishant
    The acquisition of human verticality / Christine Tardieu and Martin Haeusler
    From the head to the feet : anatomy of the upright position / Jean Marc Vital, Jacques Sénégas, and Jean-Etienne Castelain
    Modeling of the spine / Carl-Eric Aubin and Xiaoyu Wang
    Sagittal balance : the main parameters / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly
    Spinal curves segmentation and lumbar lordosis classification / Amer Sebaaly and Pierre Roussouly
    Normative values of sagittal balance in children and adults / Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong and Fethi Laouissat
    Sagittal balance in the elderly / Martin Gehrchen
    Local stresses : segmental mechanism of low back pain and degeneration. Stresses according to spinal orientation
    contact forces theory / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly
    Mechanisms of spinal degeneration according to spinopelvic morphotypes / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly
    Sagittal imbalance compensatory mechanisms / Martin Gehrchen
    Isthmic lytic spondylolisthesis : the physiopathology, classification, and treatment better explained by the sagittal balance / Hubert Labelle, Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong, Stefan Parent, and Pierre Roussouly
    Degenerative spondylolisthesis : does the sagittal balance matter? / Cédric Y. Barrey, Charles Peltier, Amir El Rahal, and Pierre Roussouly
    Degenerative (aging) spine : a challenge for contemporaneous societies / J.C. Le Huec, W. Thompson, A. Leglise, M. Petit, and T. Cloché
    Scheuermann's kyphosis / Stefan Parent, Abdulmajeed Alzakri, and Hubert Labelle
    Cervical sagittal alignment and cervicarthrosis / Darryl Lau and Christopher P. Ames
    Advantages and limitations of the SRS-Schwab classification for adult spinal deformity / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman
    Specificities in growing spine / Shahnawaz Haleem and Colin Nnadi
    Sagittal balance incidence on treatment strategy in AIS / Stephan Parent
    From pathological to normal shapes in adult scoliosis / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly
    Sagittal balance treatment strategy in a posterior approach / Fethi Laouissat and Pierre Roussouly
    Adult scoliosis treatment with an anterior approach / Anthony M. DiGiorgio, Mohanad Alazzeh, and Praveen V. Mummaneni
    Techniques for spine osteotomies and clinical applications / Ibrahim Obeid and Derek T. Cawley
    Surgical failures mechanisms and their treatment / Pierre Roussouly, Hyoungmin Kim, Amer Sebaaly, and Daniel Chopin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Hiroshi Ehara, Yukio Toyoda, Dennis V. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book addresses a wide variety of events and technologies concerning the sago palm, ranging from its botanical characteristics, culture and use to social conditions in the places where it is grown, in order to provide a record of research findings and to benefit society. It discusses various subjects, including the sago palm and related species; differentiation of species of starch-producing palm; habitat, morphological, physiological and growth characteristics; culture and management; productivity of carbon dioxide; starch extraction and manufacture; characteristics and utilization of starch; and cultural anthropological and folkloristic aspects. Problems such as food shortages due to increasing populations, global warming and climate change, and decreasing reserves of oil and other underground resources, have become more pressing in recent years. In the context of these problems, the book examines the role of the sago palm in sustainable food production, in the manufacture of other foodstuffs, as a raw material for ethanol and in the manufacture of biodegradable plastics. In addition to academics, this book will be useful to researchers and government officials working for international agencies, national governments, municipalities, and other research organizations; technicians, researchers, managers, entrepreneurs, and others working in industries such as agriculture, plant production, food production, manufacturing, chemical engineering, energy production, and distribution.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction of Sago Resources- Chapter 1: Status and Outlook of Global Food Security and the Role of Under-Utilized Food Resource: Sago Palm (Hiroyuki Konuma)
    Chapter 2: Growing Area of Sago Palm and Its Environment (M.H. Bintoro)
    Chapter 3: Life and Livelihood in Sago Growing Area (Yukio Toyoda)
    Part 2. Diversity of Sago Resource in Asia and Pacific
    Chapter 4: Genetic Variation, Agronomic Features of Sago Palm in Asia and Pacific (Hiroshi Ehara)
    Chapter 5: Genetic Diversity of Sago Palm Resources in Indonesia (Barahima Abbas)
    Part 3. Sago Industry Contributes for Food Security and Rural Development in Core Producing Countries
    Chapter 6: An Overview of Sago Industry Development from 20th c. to 21st c. (Jong Foh Shoon)
    Chapter 7: Suitability of Peat Swamp Areas for Commercial Production of Sago Crop
    Sarawak Experience (Roland Yong Chiew Ming)
    Chapter 8: Feasibility of Small Scale Sago Industries on Small Island in East Indonesia (Wardis Girsang)
    Chapter 9: Addressing Food Insecurity through Food Safety and Cropping of Sago in Papua New Guinea (Aisak G Pue)
    Chapter 10: Conservation and Sustainable Utilization of the Fiji Sago Palm (Dick Watling)
    Part 4. Agricultural Botany of Sago Palm
    Chapter 11: Matter Production as A Basis of Starch Production in Sago Palm (Yoshinori Yamamoto)
    Chapter 12: Morphogenesis of Sago Palm (Satoshi Nakamura)
    Chapter 13: Morphological and Anatomical Characteristics of Sago Palm Starch (Yoji Nitta)
    Part 5. Growth Environment
    Chapter 14: Soil Environment in Sago Palm Forest (Masanori Okazaki)
    Chapter 15: Interaction between Microbes Activities and Sago Palm Growth (Koki Toyoda)
    Part 6. Starch Production and Utilization
    Chapter 16: Study on the Transformation in Extraction and Consumption Processes of Sago Starch in a Traditional Society of Indonesia (Yoshihiko Nishimura)
    Chapter 17: Improvement of Sago Processing Machine (Darma)
    Chapter 18: The Structure and Characteristics of Sago Starch (Masanori Okazaki)
    Chapter 19: Recovery of Starch from Sago Pith Waste and Waste Water Treatment (Budi Santoso)
    Chapter 20: Acid modification of sago starch and its fiber for industrial application (Titi Candra Sunarti)
    Part 6. New Carbohydrate Resources
    Chapter 21: Starch Properties and Uses as food for Human Health and Welfare (Kazuko Hirao)
    Chapter 21: Production, Purification and Health Benefits of Sago Sugar (Kazuko Hirao)
    Chapter 22: Production, Purification and Health Benefits of Sago Sugar (Kopli Bujang)
    Chapter 23: New Sago Starch Resources and Its Properties from Starch Pith Waste and Pacific Sago Palms (Takashi Mishima)
    Part 8. Conclusion
    Chapter 24: Outcomes and Recommendations from the 12th International Sago Symposium (Yoshinori Yamamoto).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manoj Kumar, Hassan Etesami, Vivek Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the role of salt in current agricultural approaches, including the low salt tolerance of agricultural crops and trees, impact of saline soils, and salt-resistant plants. Halophytes are extremely salt tolerant plants, which are able to grow and survive under salt at concentrations as high as 5 g/l by maintaining negative water potential. The salt-tolerant microbes inhabiting the rhizospheres of halophytes may contribute to their salt tolerance, and the rhizospheres of halophytic plants provide an ideal opportunity for isolating various groups of salt-tolerant microbes that could enhance the growth of different crops under salinity stress. The book offers an overview of salt-tolerant microbes' ability to increase plant tolerance to salt to facilitate plant growth, the potential of the halophytes rhizospheres as a reservoir of beneficial salt-tolerant microbes, their future application as bio-inoculants in agriculture and a valuable resource for an alternative way of improving crop tolerance to salinity and promoting saline soil-based agriculture. This special collection of reviews highlights some of the recent advances in applied aspects of plant (halophytes)-microbe interactions and their contribution towards eco-friendly approaches saline soil-based agriculture.

    Contents:
    Soil Salinity as a Challenge for Sustainable Agriculture and Bacterial Mediated Alleviation of Salinity Stress in Crop Plants
    Restoration of Plant Growth under Saline Soil by Halotolerant Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR)
    Halotolerant Rhizobacteria: A Promising Probiotic for Saline Soil Based Agriculture
    Development of Salt Tolerance in Crops by Using Halotolerant Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria Associated with Rhizospheric Soils of Halophytes
    Halotolerant Plant Growth-Promoting Fungi and Bacteria as an Alternative Strategy for Improving Nutrient Availability to Salinity-Stressed Crop Plants
    Bacterial Endophytes from Halophytes: How Do They Help Plants to Alleviate Salt Stress?
    Effects of Halophilic Bacteria on Biochemical Characteristics of Rice Cultivars under Salinity Stress Conditions
    Production of Rhamnolipids by a Halotolerant Bacterial Strain with Seawater and its Application in the Treatment of Powdery Mildew of Strawberry (Fragaria ananassa)
    Bottlenecks in Commercialization and Future Prospects of Beneficial Halotolerant Microorganisms for Saline Soils
    Role of Halotolerant Microbes in Plant Growth Promotion under Salt Stress Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vinay Kumar, Shabir Hussain Wani, Penna Suprasanna, Lam-Son Phan Tran, editors.
    Summary: Soil salinity is a key abiotic-stress and poses serious threats to crop yields and quality of produce. Owing to the underlying complexity, conventional breeding programs have met with limited success. Even genetic engineering approaches, via transferring/overexpressing a single 'direct action gene' per event did not yield optimal results. Nevertheless, the biotechnological advents in last decade coupled with the availability of genomic sequences of major crops and model plants have opened new vistas for understanding salinity-responses and improving salinity tolerance in important glycophytic crops. Our goal is to summarize these findings for those who wish to understand and target the molecular mechanisms for producing salt-tolerant and high-yielding crops. Through this 2-volume book series, we critically assess the potential venues for imparting salt stress tolerance to major crops in the post-genomic era. Accordingly, perspectives on improving crop salinity tolerance by targeting the sensory, ion-transport and signaling mechanisms are presented here in volume 1. Volume 2 will focus on the potency of post-genomic era tools that include RNAi, genomic intervention, genome editing and systems biology approaches for producing salt tolerant crops.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Salinity Stress Responses and Adaptive Mechanisms in Major Glycophytic Crops: The Story So Far; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Glycophytes; 1.3 Salinity Stress Responses in Major Glycophytic Crops; 1.3.1 Arabidopsis; 1.3.2 Wheat; 1.3.3 Rice; 1.3.4 Soybean; 1.4 Salinity Stress and Adaptive Mechanisms of Glycophytic Crops; 1.4.1 Seed Germination; 1.4.2 Morphological Adaptations; 1.4.2.1 Roots and Aerial Part Morphology; 1.4.2.2 Leaf Anatomy and Ultrastructure Changes in Leaves Under Salinity; 1.4.3 Physiological Adaptations of Plants to Salinity. 1.4.3.1 Photosynthesis and Chlorophyll Fluorescence1.4.3.2 Nitrogen Fixation; 1.4.4 Biochemical Adaptations; 1.4.4.1 Antioxidative Metabolism; 1.4.4.2 Proline and/or Glycine Betaine; 1.4.5 Molecular Mechanism of Salt Tolerance; 1.5 Conclusions and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 2: Deploying Mechanisms Adapted by Halophytes to Improve Salinity Tolerance in Crop Plants: Focus on Anatomical Features, Stomatal Attributes, and Water Use Efficiency; 2.1 Halophytes and Their Significance; 2.2 Classification of Halophytic Species; 2.2.1 Classification Based on Plant Morphology. 2.2.2 Classification Based on Salt Demand2.2.3 Classification Based on Physiological Types; 2.2.4 Classification Based on Ecological Types; 2.3 Anatomical Changes Observed in Glycophytes and Halophytes; 2.3.1 Successive Cambia in Glycophytes and Halophytes; 2.3.2 Other Anatomical Anomalies; 2.3.3 Lignified Cells; 2.3.4 Bulliform or Motor Cells; 2.3.5 Salt Hairs, Salt Bladders, and Salt Glands; 2.3.6 Salt Secretion by Salt Bladders and Salt Glands; 2.3.7 Trichomes and Trichome Patterning; 2.4 Stomatal Attributes; 2.5 Stomatal Patchiness; 2.6 Stomatal Density and Stomatal Aperture. 2.6.1 Stomatal Aperture and Ion Accumulation in Glycophytes and Halophytes2.7 Water Use Efficiency (WUE) in Glycophytes and Halophytes Under Salt Stress; 2.8 Influx of Na+ Ions into the Xylem of Glycophytes and Halophytes and Salt Stress Tolerance; 2.9 Outlook; References;
    Chapter 3: Targeting Aquaporins for Conferring Salinity Tolerance in Crops; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Role of PIPs in Salinity Stress; 3.3 Role of TIPs in Salinity Stress; 3.4 Role of NIPs in Salinity Stress; 3.5 Other Aquaporin Members and Their Role in Salt Stress Tolerance; 3.6 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References.
    Chapter 4: Strategies to Mitigate the Salt Stress Effects on Photosynthetic Apparatus and Productivity of Crop Plants4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Origin of Soil Salinization; 4.2.1 Marine Origin; 4.2.2 Lithogenic Sources; 4.2.3 Anthropogenic Sources; 4.3 Effects of High Salinity on Plants; 4.3.1 Effect of Salinity on Germination and Emergence; 4.3.1.1 Plant Responses on the Different Levels of the Salt Stress; 4.3.2 Effects on the Anatomy of the Leaf; 4.3.3 Plant Mineral Nutrition; 4.3.4 Effect of Salinity on Agronomic Yield; 4.3.4.1 Photosynthetic Responses and Acclimations on Salt Stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vinay Kumar, Shabir Hussain Wani, Penna Suprasanna, Lam-Son Phan Tran, editors.
    Summary: Soil salinity is a key abiotic-stress and poses serious threats to crop yields and quality of produce. Owing to the underlying complexity, conventional breeding programs have met with limited success. Even genetic engineering approaches, via transferring/overexpressing a single 'direct action gene' per event did not yield optimal results. Nevertheless, the biotechnological advents in last decade coupled with the availability of genomic sequences of major crops and model plants have opened new vistas for understanding salinity-responses and improving salinity tolerance in important glycophytic crops. Our goal is to summarize these findings for those who wish to understand and target the molecular mechanisms for producing salt-tolerant and high-yielding crops. Through this 2-volume book series, we critically assess the potential venues for imparting salt stress tolerance to major crops in the post-genomic era. Accordingly, perspectives on improving crop salinity tolerance by targeting the sensory, ion-transport and signaling mechanisms were presented in Volume 1. Volume 2 now focuses on the potency of post-genomic era tools that include RNAi, genomic intervention, genome editing and systems biology approaches for producing salt tolerant crops.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Salinity Responses and Adaptive Mechanisms in Halophytes and Their Exploitation for Producing Salinity Tolerant Crops; 1.1 Breeding for Salinity Tolerance: Current Stand; 1.2 Strategies of Salt Resistance in Halophytes; 1.2.1 Tolerance Strategy or Osmotic Strategy; 1.2.2 Avoidance Strategy; 1.3 Learning from Signaling Pathways in Halophytes in Response to Salinity; 1.3.1 Regulation of Ion Homeostasis by SOS Signaling Pathway in Halophytes; 1.3.2 Vacuolar Compartmentalization System. 1.3.3 Osmolyte Biosynthesis Pathways: Opposite Regulation in Halophytes and Glycophytes 1.3.4 ROS Homeostasis; 1.4 Learning from the Acclimation of Halophytes to Their Natural Biotopes; 1.5 How Can We Exploit Regulation Pathways and Acclimation in Halophytes to Produce Salt Tolerant Crops?; 1.5.1 Over-Expression of Genes from Halophytes in Salt Sensitive Species; 1.5.2 H2O2 Priming; 1.5.3 Salinity Pre-treatment; 1.6 Conclusions and Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 2: The Involvement of Different Secondary Metabolites in Salinity Tolerance of Crops; 2.1 Introduction. 2.1.1 Divisions of Plant Secondary Metabolites in Known Salt-Tolerant Plants 2.1.2 Role of Alkaloids in Salt Stress; 2.1.3 Role of Phenolic Compounds in Salt Stress; 2.2 Role Lignins in Salt Stress; 2.3 Role of Glucosinolates in Salt Stress; 2.4 The Essential Oils Under Salt Stress; 2.5 Tannins Under Salt Stress; 2.6 Manipulations/Genetic Engineering of Secondary Metabolites for Conferring Salinity Tolerance; 2.7 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Exploring Halotolerant Rhizomicrobes as a Pool of Potent Genes for Engineering Salt Stress Tolerance in Crops; 3.1 Introduction. 3.2 Plant Salt Adaptation Mechanisms to the Salt-Stressed Conditions 3.3 Presence of Halotolerant or Halophilic Rhizomicrobes; 3.4 Halophilic Rhizomicrobe Adaptation Mechanisms to the Hypersaline Environments; 3.5 Root Halotolerant Microbial Inoculation and Plant Salt Tolerance; 3.5.1 Halotolerant Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR); 3.5.1.1 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Morphophysiological Alterations; 3.5.1.2 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Phytohormone Production; 3.5.1.3 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Osmolyte Accumulation. 3.5.1.4 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Ion Homeostasis and Nutrient Acquisition 3.5.1.5 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Antioxidative System; 3.5.1.6 Halotolerant PGPR-Induced Gene Expression; 3.5.2 Halotolerant Endophytic Bacteria; 3.5.3 Halotolerant Rhizobia; 3.5.4 Halotolerant Fungi; 3.6 Plant Salt Mitigation by Introducing Halotolerant Microbial Genes; 3.7 Conclusion and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Regulation and Modification of the Epigenome for Enhanced Salinity Tolerance in Crop Plants; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Histone Acetylation; 4.3 Histone Methylation and Phosphorylation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Antoon J.M. Ligtenberg, Enno C.I. Veerman.
    Contents:
    Anatomy, biogenesis, and regeneration of salivary glands / Holmberg, K.V.; Hoffman, M.P.
    Salivary secretion : mechanism and neural regulation / Proctor, G.B.; Carpenter, G.H.
    Salivary pellicles / Lindh, L.; Aroonsang, W.; Sotres, J.; Arnebrant, T.
    Antimicrobial defense systems in saliva / Nieuw Amerongen, A.V.; van't Hof, W.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Veerman, E.C.I.
    Saliva and wound healing / Veerman, E.C.I.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Brand, H.S.
    Role of saliva in oral food perception / Neyraud, E.
    Lubrication / Yakubov, G.E.
    Saliva diagnostics : utilizing oral fluids to determine health status / Schafer, C.A.; Schafer, J.J. ; Yakob, M.; Lima, P.; Camargo, P.; Wong, D.T.W.
    The use of saliva markers in psychobiology : mechanisms and methods / Bosch, J.A.
    Xerostomia / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Kroese, F.G.M.; Bootsma, H.; Vissink, A.
    Drooling / Silvestre-Donat, F.J.; Silvestre-Rangil, J.
    Salivary gland diseases : infections, sialolithiasis, and mucoceles / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Vissink, A.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Asta Tvarijonaviciute, Silvia Martínez-Subiela, Pia López-Jornet, Elsa Lamy, editors.
    Summary: Saliva as a unique sample for health assessment is gaining attention among researchers of different fields in the last 20 years; being reflected in an impressive increase in the number of papers published studying saliva from different biological aspects in human and veterinary species. Once deemed merely a digestive juice is now considered a biological fluid capable of communicating information about physiopathological processes occurring in organisms, since saliva has been shown to contain molecular and bacterial compounds that can change in response to local and systemic pathologies. Furthermore, the interest of saliva as a diagnostic, prognostic and monitoring biofluid is forced by its non-invasive nature being of easy and inexpensive sampling, involving only minimal discomfort and allowing the collection of multiple/repeated specimens at anytime, anywhere and without need for specialized staff. In this contributed volume, the authors bring together, summarize and reflect the generated knowledge about saliva as a source of biomarkers for health and welfare evaluation in humans and animal models. This volume also highlights the importance of confounding factors, such as sampling methods, flow, total protein content, contamination, or storage. This book will serve as a manual for graduates, practitioners and researchers by providing general ideas about the possibilities and utilities of saliva in clinical practice or investigation, and indicating the main cautions each should have in mind before saliva usage.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Part I: Saliva Basics
    Chapter 1: Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Physiology
    1.1 Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Histology
    1.1.1 Types of Salivary Glands
    1.1.2 Histology
    1.1.3 The Excretory Ducts in Major Salivary Glands
    1.2 Saliva Secretion
    1.2.1 Regulation
    1.2.1.1 Salivary Gland Innervation Routes
    1.2.1.2 Neurotransmitters Released by Autonomic Nerves Innervating Salivary Glands
    1.2.2 Pathways of Saliva Secretion
    1.3 Saliva
    1.3.1 Composition
    1.3.2 Function
    1.4 Conclusions
    References 2.3.2.2 How Can Saliva Influence Food Texture Perception in Mouth?
    2.3.3 Saliva and Aroma
    2.4 Changes in Saliva Composition in Response to Ingestion: Can This Affect the Sensory Perception of Subsequently Ingested Food?
    2.5 How Saliva Changes Under Pathological States Can Affect Oral Food Perception
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Saliva as a Non-invasive Sample: Pros and Cons
    3.1 Collection Methods
    3.1.1 Methods for Obtaining Total Unstimulated Saliva
    3.1.1.1 Drainage
    3.1.1.2 Spitting
    3.1.1.3 Ejector (Saliva Aspiration)
    3.1.1.4 Syringe Collection 3.1.1.5 Cotton
    3.1.2 Methods for Obtaining Total Stimulated Saliva
    3.1.2.1 Mechanical Stimulation Techniques
    3.1.2.2 Chemical Stimulation Techniques
    3.1.2.3 Stimulation with Pharmacological Substance
    3.1.2.4 Electrostimulation
    3.1.2.5 Low-Power Laser Stimulation
    3.1.2.6 Acupuncture
    3.1.3 Methods for Collection of Partial Saliva
    3.1.4 Saliva Collection Techniques in Animals
    3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Using Saliva
    3.2.1 Advantages
    3.2.2 Disadvantages
    References Chapter 2: Saliva in Ingestive Behavior Research: Association with Oral Sensory Perception and Food Intake
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Oral Food Perception
    2.2.1 Mechanisms of Basic Taste, Aroma and Oral Tactile Perception
    2.2.1.1 Taste
    2.2.1.2 Food Aroma Perception
    2.2.1.3 Food Texture (Tactile) Perception
    2.2.2 How Oral Food Perception Influences Food Acceptance and Choices
    2.3 Saliva Composition and Food Sensory Perception
    2.3.1 Saliva and Basic Tastes
    2.3.2 Saliva and Tactile Sensations
    2.3.2.1 The Role of Saliva in Astringency Development Chapter 4: Methodology Assays for the Salivary Biomarkers' Identification and Measurement
    4.1 The Concept of Biomarker and the Potential of Saliva as a Diagnostic Fluid
    4.2 Methodology Assays
    4.2.1 Spectrophotometric Assays
    4.2.1.1 Ultraviolet and Visible (UV-Vis) Absorption Spectroscopy
    4.2.1.2 Atomic Spectrophotometry
    4.2.1.3 Near Infrared Spectrophotometry
    4.2.1.4 Flow Injection Spectrophotometric Analysis
    4.2.2 Immunoassays (IAs)
    4.2.2.1 Enzyme-Linked Immunoassays (EIAs)
    4.2.2.2 AlphaLisa
    4.2.2.3 Chemiluminescence Immunoassays (CLIA)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jacobo Limeres Posse, Pedro Diz Dios, Crispian Scully.
    Summary: "Saliva Protection and Transmissible Diseases provides a review of saliva protection, raising debate on micro-organisms potentially transmissible in saliva, and also considering the evidence on diseases that may be transmitted by kissing. Saliva is a complex body fluid essential to health, especially mastication, swallowing and speech, and hyposalivation can lead to dysfunction and even infection. More serious pathogens, such as herpes viruses and papillomaviruses can be conveyed by kissing, as can potentially lethal micro-organisms present in some saliva, such as meningococci, fungal organisms and Ebola viruses.Stipulates the defensive roles of saliva, an important topic not previously reviewed in-depth in literature. Provides awareness that saliva also transmits infectious agents that can produce serious or even lethal diseases. Gives understanding that kissing may be an at-risk practice"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Douglas A. Granger, Marcus K. Taylor, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the emerging field of interdisciplinary salivary bioscience. It serves as a foundational reference guide to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of salivary data, as well as its myriad applications in medicine, surveillance and public health. The ease and non-invasive nature of saliva collection makes it highly useful in diverse fields such as pediatrics, dentistry, neuroscience, psychology, animal welfare and precision medicine. This book introduces students and scientists alike to the vast potential of salivary bioscience in both research and practice." -- Resource home page

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Editors and Section Editors
    Part I: What Is Salivary Bioscience, Why Is It Important, and How Do We Study It?
    Chapter 1: Foundations of Interdisciplinary Salivary Bioscience: An Introduction
    References
    Chapter 2: Salivary Gland Anatomy and Physiology
    2.1 Basic Anatomy of the Oral Cavity
    2.2 Salivary Gland Anatomy
    2.3 Saliva Composition
    2.4 Functions of Saliva
    2.5 Salivary Flow
    2.6 Neural Regulation of Salivary Glands
    2.7 Summary
    References 3.3.1 Cold Chain Management and Additives
    3.3.2 Prioritizing Analyte Testing
    3.4 Concluding Comments
    References
    Chapter 4: Analytical Strategies and Tactics in Salivary Bioscience
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Power Analysis with Salivary Biomeasure Data
    4.3 Early Processing of Salivary Biomeasure Data: Unique Challenges and Solutions
    4.3.1 Examining Data Parameters Related to In-Laboratory Saliva Processing Procedures
    4.3.2 Examining and Addressing Missing, Unreliable, or Invalid Values
    4.3.3 Approaches for Addressing Unreliable, Invalid, and Missing Data 4.3.4 Examining the Distribution of the Data
    4.3.5 Computing Composites and Indicators of Individual Differences
    4.3.5.1 Within-Individual Analyte Change
    4.4 Advanced Statistical Analysis of Salivary Biomeasure Data
    4.4.1 Conceptualizing Biomeasures Within a Mediation Framework
    4.4.2 Modeling Coordination Among Multiple Analytes in Cross-Sectional Studies
    4.4.3 Modeling Individual Biomeasure Response Trajectories Using Multilevel Modeling
    4.4.4 Additional Applications of Multilevel Modeling
    4.4.4.1 Modeling Multiple Biomeasure Trajectories with Multilevel Modeling 4.4.4.2 Modeling Biomeasure Trajectories from Multiple Individuals with Multilevel Modeling
    4.4.5 Isolating Trait, State, and Error Components of Salivary Biomeasure Data Using Latent Variable Modeling
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Physiology and Development Research and Applications
    Chapter 5: Salivary Bioscience, Human Stress and the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    5.1 History of Salivary Bioscience in Stress Psychoneuroendocrinology
    5.2 Current Status of Knowledge in Psychoneuroendocrinology
    5.2.1 Stress Reactivity Studies Chapter 3: Saliva Collection, Handling, Transport, and Storage: Special Considerations and Best Practices for Interdisciplinar...
    3.1 Saliva Collection Considerations Related to Research Design
    3.1.1 Environmental Factors
    3.1.2 Biologically Relevant Factors
    3.2 Data Collection Methods
    3.2.1 Adults and Older Children
    3.2.2 Adult and Older Children
    3.2.3 Small Children and Infants
    3.2.4 Geriatric and Special Populations
    3.2.5 Nonhuman Animals
    3.2.6 Practical (Everyday) Sources of Variability
    3.3 Sample Handling, Transport, and Storage
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lisa Licitra, Laura D. Locati, editors.
    Summary: This clinically oriented book provides a comprehensive update on the biology, diagnosis, and treatment of salivary gland cancer. Detailed information is presented on molecular characterization and radiological staging, and a series of treatment-related chapters describe the different surgical approaches to major and minor salivary gland cancer, including reconstructive surgery techniques, and the roles of radiotherapy and heavy ion therapy. Rehabilitation, follow-up, and the management of metastatic disease are also fully discussed. The aim is to equip the reader with the knowledge required to deliver appropriate tailored treatment in each patient, based on tumor characteristics and other pertinent factors. An additional feature is the inclusion of information on advocacy groups and their perspectives. All of the chapters are written by leading specialists in the field. In presenting the most recent advances and innovations in diagnosis and therapy and relating them to individualized treatment, this book will appeal to a wide audience including otorhinolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, radiation oncologists, and other clinicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Seunghee Cha, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive update on the latest information and knowledge which emerged from translational and basic science research endeavors, targeting the regeneration of salivary glands. The coverage includes salivary gland growth and development, stem cell therapy, bioengineering of salivary glands, and perspectives on and practical approaches to restoration of secretory function. More specifically, among the individual topics addressed are the various types of stem cell of value for cell replacement therapy, technological advances with respect to 3D printing, gene therapy, organ culture of salivary glands, and surgical aspects of the feasibility and practicality of transplantation. Readers will find helpful practical guidance on functional restorations of damaged salivary glands and stimulating insights into potential future directions in salivary gland regeneration research. The authors are all acknowledged experts from a range of academic and clinical backgrounds. Accordingly, the book will be of interest not only to clinicians, such as general dental practitioners, oral medicine specialists, and surgeons who manage dry mouth patients, but also to biomedical engineers, stem cell researchers, and transplant surgeons.

    Contents:
    Updates on Salivary Gland Development: Salivary Gland Development
    Systems Analysis of Salivary Gland Development and Disease
    The Roles of Mucins in Salivary Gland Development and Regeneration. Glandular Damage and Cell Replacement Therapy: Salivary Gland Resident Stem Cells
    Adult Stem Cells with Special Emphasis on Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    Cellular and Nuclear Reprogramming of Mesenchymal Stem Cells. Bioengineering of Salivary Glands: Current Cell Models for Bioengineering Salivary Glands
    3D Organ Culture and Matrix Biology
    Clinical Application of 3D Printing Technology in Craniofacial Plastic Surgery and Salivary Gland Regeneration
    Functional Salivary Gland Regeneration by Organ Replacement Therapy
    Therapeutic Considerations for Functional Salivary Gland Restorations: Regulation of Salivary Secretion
    Gene Therapy in Experimental and Clinical Trials
    Surgical Approaches to Functional Restoration of Saliva Secretion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Patrick J. Bradley, David W. Eisele.
    Contents:
    Classification of salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J
    Frequency and histopathology by site, major pathologies, symptoms and signs of
    Salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J
    Molecular pathology and biomarkers / Ha, P.K, Stenman, G
    Evaluation : imaging studies / Kontzialis, M., Aygun, N., Glastonbury, C.M
    Evaluation : fine needle aspiration cytology, ultrasound-guided core biopsy and
    Open biopsy techniques / Howlett, D., Triantafyllou, A
    Nerve monitoring / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Eisele, D.W
    Surgery for benign salivary neoplasms / Gillespie, M.B., Iro, H
    Recurrent benign salivary gland neoplasms / Witt, R.L., Nicolai, P
    Prognostic scoring for malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Vander Poorten V., Guntinas-Lichius, O
    Surgery for primary malignant parotid neoplasms / Deschler D.G., Eisele, D.W
    Metastatic cancer to the parotid / Clark, J., Wang, S
    Surgery for malignant submandibular gland neoplasms / Silver, N.L., Chinn, S.B., Bradley, P.J., Weber, R.S
    Surgery for malignant sublingual and minor salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J., Ferris, R.L
    Facial reconstruction and rehabilitation / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Genther, D.J., Byrne, P.J
    Management of regional metastases of malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Medina, J., Zbären, P., Bradley, P.J
    Indications for salivary gland radiotherapy / Thomson, D.J., Slevin, N.J., Mendenhall, W.M
    Chemotherapy and targeted therapy / Sen, M., Prestwich, R
    Management of inoperable malignant neoplasms / Kiess, A.P., Quon, H
    Management of recurrent malignant salivary neoplasms / Richmon, J.D., Quon, H
    Salivary gland neoplasms in children and adolescents / Bradley, P.J., Eisele, D.W
    Distant metastases and palliative care / Glazer, T.A., Shuman, A.G
    Quality of life after salivary gland surgery / Wax, M.K., Talmi, Y.P
    Salivary gland neoplasms: future perspectives / Eisele, D.W., Bradley, P.J.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Eric C. Carlson, Robert A. Ord.
    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy, Embryology, and Physiology of the Salivary Glands / John D Langdon
    Diagnostic Imaging of Salivary Gland Pathology / J Michael McCoy, Pradeep K Jacob
    Infections of the Salivary Glands
    Cysts and Cyst-Like Lesions of the Salivary Glands
    Sialolithiasis
    Systemic Diseases Affecting the Salivary Glands
    Salivary Gland Pathology in Children and Adolescents
    Classification, Grading, and Staging of Salivary Gland Tumors / J Michael McCoy, John Sauk
    The Molecular Biology of Benign and Malignant Salivary Gland Tumors / Randy Todd
    Tumors of the Parotid Gland
    Tumors of the Submandibular and Sublingual Glands
    Tumors of the Minor Salivary Glands
    Radiation Therapy for Salivary Gland Malignancies / Joseph R Kelley, Max Ofori
    Systemic Therapy for Salivary Gland Cancer / Janakiraman Subramanian, Lara Kujtan
    Non-salivary Tumors of the Salivary Glands
    Trauma and Injuries to the Salivary Glands
    Miscellaneous Pathologic Processes of the Salivary Glands
    Complications of Salivary Gland Surgery / Michael D Turner
    Innovations in Salivary Gland Surgery / Mark McGurk, Katherine George.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Heide Schatten, Abraham Eisenstark.
    Contents:
    Luminex® multiplex bead suspension arrays for the detection and serotyping of Salmonella spp / Sherry A. Dunbar [and 4 others]
    Quantitative proteomic identification of host factors involved in the Salmonella typhimurium infection cycle / Dora Kaloyanova [and 3 others]
    Determination of antimicrobial resistance in Salmonella spp / Belgode N. Harish and Godfred A. Menezes
    Red-mediated recombineering of Salmonella enterica genomes / Frederik Czarniak and Michael Hensel
    A method to introduce an internal tag sequence into a Salmonella chromosomal gene / Weidong Zhao and Stéphane Méresse
    Generation and use of site-directed chromosomal cyaA' translational fusions in Salmonella enterica / Francisco Ramos-Morales [and 3 others]
    Detection of antimicrobial (poly)peptides with acid urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis followed by Western immunoblot / Edith Porter [and 3 others]
    Detecting non-typhoid Salmonella in humans by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) : practical and epidemiological aspects / Katrin G. Kuhn [and 3 others]
    Study of the Stn protein in Salmonella; a regulator of membrane composition and integrity / Masayuki Nakano [and 4 others]
    Development of a bacterial nanoparticle vaccine / Carlos Gamazo [and 4 others]
    Direct attachment of nanparticle cargo to Salmonella typhimurium membranes designed for combination bacteriotherapy against tumors / Robert Kazmierczak [and 3 others]
    Applications of microscopy in Salmonella research / Layla M. Malt [and 3 others]
    Live cell imaging of intracellular Salmonella enterica / Alexander Kehl and Michael Hensel
    In vitro modeling of gallbladder-associated Salmonella spp. colonization / Geoffrey Gonzalez-Escobedo and John S. Gunn
    Salmonella phages and prophages : genomics, taxonomy, and applied aspects / Andrea I. Moreno Switt [and 6 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Mohsin Tanveer, editors.
    Summary: This book presents various aspects of salt and drought stress signaling in crops, combining physiological, biochemical, and molecular studies. Salt and drought stress are two major constraints on crop production worldwide. Plants possess several mechanisms to cope with the adverse effects of salt and drought. Among these mechanisms, stress signaling is very important, because it integrates and regulates nuclear gene expression and other cellular activities, which can help to restore cellular homeostasis. Accordingly, understanding the signaling cascades will help plant biologists to grasp the tolerance mechanisms that allow breeders to develop tolerant crop varieties. This book is an essential resource for researchers and graduate students working on salt and drought stress physiology and plant breeding.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    About the Editors
    An Overview of Salinity Tolerance Mechanism in Plants
    1 Introduction
    2 ROS-Ca2+ Hub
    3 Role of Potassium Efflux in Stress Signaling
    4 Potassium Retention in Leaf Mesophyll
    5 Cell Wall Lignification and Subernization
    6 Role of Jasmonate and Ethylene in Salinity Tolerance
    6.1 JA Biosynthesis and Signaling
    6.2 Role of JAs in Salt Tolerance
    6.3 ET Biosynthesis and Signaling
    6.4 Roles of ET in Salt Tolerance
    7 Conclusion
    References 10.1 Morphological Mechanisms
    10.2 Physiological Mechanisms
    11 Molecular Mechanisms
    11.1 Aquaporins
    11.2 Stress Proteins
    11.3 Signaling and Drought Stress Tolerance
    12 Physiological Responses to a Combination of Drought and Salinity Stress
    13 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Special Adaptive Features of Plant Species in Response to Salinity
    1 Introduction
    2 Halophytes and Their Adaptation
    2.1 Physiological and Biochemical Responses
    2.2 Transcriptional Regulation in Halophytes
    2.3 Proteomic and Metabolic Under Salt Stress
    3 Aeluropus lagopoides 3.1 Origin and Taxonomy
    3.2 Morphological and Anatomical Adaptations
    3.3 Economic Importance
    3.4 Physiological and Biochemical Strategies
    3.5 Molecular Mechanism
    4 Salicornia brachaita
    4.1 Origin and Taxonomy
    4.2 Morphological and Anatomical Adaptations
    4.3 Economic Importance
    4.4 Physiological and Biochemical Strategies
    4.5 Molecular Mechanisms
    5 Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    Special Adaptive Features of Plant Species in Response to Drought
    1 Introduction
    2 Adaptation to Drought Stress
    3 Morphological Adaptations 8.3 Intracellular Proline
    8.4 Glycine Betaine
    8.5 Antioxidant Regulation of Salinity Tolerance
    8.6 Roles of Polyamines in Salinity Tolerance
    8.7 Roles of Nitric Oxide in Salinity Tolerance
    8.8 Hormone Regulation of Salinity Tolerance
    9 Effect of Drought on Plant Growth and Productivity
    9.1 Effects of Drought Stress on Plant Growth and Yield
    9.2 Effect of Drought on Plant Water Relations
    9.3 Effect of Drought on Plant Nutrient Relations
    9.4 Influence of Drought on Photosynthesis
    9.5 Oxidative Damage
    10 Drought Resistance Mechanisms in Plants Plant Responses and Tolerance to Combined Salt and Drought Stress
    1 Introduction
    2 Objectives of This Chapter
    3 Plant Stress Definitions
    4 Salinity Stress
    5 Salinity Causes
    5.1 Primary Salinization
    5.2 Secondary Salinization
    6 Salinity Effects on Plants
    7 Plant Responses to Salinity
    7.1 Changes in Metabolism Under Salt Stress
    7.2 Role of Organic Solutes
    7.3 Salinity Stress and Their Effects on Water Relations
    8 The Main Salinity Tolerance Mechanisms
    8.1 Ion Homeostasis and Salt Tolerance
    8.2 Compatible Solute Accumulation and Osmotic Protection
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Mohd Sayeed Akhtar.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of salt stress, which has a devastating effect on the yields of various agricultural crops around the globe. Excessive salts in soil reduce the availability of water, inhibit metabolic processes, and affect nutrient composition, osmotic balance, and hydraulic conductivity. Plants have developed a number of tolerance mechanisms, such as various compatible solutes, polyamines, reactive oxygen species and antioxidant defense mechanisms, ion transport and compartmentalization of injurious ions. The exploitation of genetic variation, use of plant hormones, mineral nutrients, soil microbe interactions, and other mechanical practices are of prime importance in agriculture, and as such have been the subject of multidisciplinary research. Covering both theoretical and practical aspects, the book provides essential physiological, ecological, biochemical, environmental and molecular information as well as perspectives for future research. It is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers and anyone interested in agronomy, ecology, stress physiology, environmental science, crop science and molecular biology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Global concern for salinity on various agro-ecosystems
    Chapter 2. Potentiality of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria in easing of soil salinity and environmental sustainability
    Chapter 3. Use of Plant Hormones for the Improvement of Plant Growth and Production under Salt Stress
    Chapter 4. Plant growth regulators and salt stress: Mechanism of tolerance trade off
    Chapter 5. Impact of plant microbe interactions on plant metabolism under saline environment
    Chapter 6. Plant survival and tolerance under high salinity conditions: Primary and secondary cell wall sensing mechanism
    Chapter 7. Field Application of Rhizobial Inoculants in Enhancing Faba bean Production in Acidic Soils: An Innovative Strategy to Improve Crop Productivity
    Chapter 8. Heavy Metal Stress and Tolerance in Plants Mediated by Rhizospheric Microbes
    Chapter 9. Use of Nanoparticles in Alleviating Salt Stress
    Chapter 10. Soil-Plant and Microbial Interaction in Improving Salt Stress
    Chapter 11. Plants Growing Under Salinity Stress can be Eased Through Mycorrhizal Association
    Chapter 12. Halophilic microbe interactions with plants to mitigate salt stress
    Chapter 13. Effect of Salinity on the Nutrients and Plant Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of salt stress, which has a devastating effect on the yields of various agricultural crops around the globe. Excessive salts in soil reduce the availability of water, inhibit metabolic processes, and affect nutrient composition, osmotic balance, and hydraulic conductivity. Plants have developed a number of tolerance mechanisms, such as various compatible solutes, polyamines, reactive oxygen species and antioxidant defense mechanisms, ion transport and compartmentalization of injurious ions. The exploitation of genetic variation, use of plant hormones, mineral nutrients, soil microbe interactions, and other mechanical practices are of prime importance in agriculture, and as such have been the subject of multidisciplinary research. Covering both theoretical and practical aspects, the book provides essential physiological, ecological, biochemical, environmental and molecular information as well as perspectives for future research. It is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers and anyone interested in agronomy, ecology, stress physiology, environmental science, crop science and molecular biology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Microbial management of crop salinity stress: mechanisms, applications and prospects
    Chapter 2. Adaptive Mechanisms of Plants Against Salt Stress and Salt Shock
    Chapter 3. Molecular approaches and salt tolerance mechanisms in leguminous plants
    Chapter 4. Crop improvement through microbial biotechnology: A Crosstalk
    Chapter 5. Role of Phytohormones in Recuperating Salt Stress
    Chapter 6. An enigma in the genetic responses of plants to salt stresses
    Chapter 7. Application of microbial biotechnology in improving Salt stress and crop productivity
    Chapter 8. Consequences of bioinoculants and intercropping approach to alleviate plant drought and salinity stress for sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 9. Role of Signaling Pathways in Improving Salt Stress in Plants
    Chapter 10. Mechanisms and Molecular Approaches for Salt Tolerance Enhancement
    Chapter 11. Crops and Methods to Control Soil Salinity
    Chapter 12. Ameliorating plants salt stress through bacterial inoculation: Prospects and Challenges
    Chapter 13. Proline accumulation and oxidative stress: Diverse roles and mechanism of tolerance and adaptation under salinity stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Raj Persad, Karen Ventii, David Albala, Declan Cahill, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers application of salvage therapy in reuccurrent prostate cancer. Chapters focus on specific issues associated with a range of surgical and oncological management techniques and strategies including hormone therapy, lymphnode dissection, robotic prostatectomy and salvage reirradiation after locoregional failure. Learning objectives, and definitions of keywords are provided to aid the reader develop a thorough understanding of the topic and reinforce the key points covered in each chapter. Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer provides a detailed practically applicable guide on how salvage therapy can be utilised in the treatment of prostate cancer. It represents a valuable resource for trainee and practicing urologists, oncologists, and specialist nurses.

    Contents:
    Systematic Review of Open, Laparoscopic and Robotic Salvage Radical Prostatectomy
    Salvage Prostatectomy for Radio-recurrent Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy for Recurrent Localized Prostate Cancer after Radiation Therapy- Pre-operative Assessment, the contribution of Robotics and Outcomes
    Disease Recurrence after Radical Prostatectomy
    Salvage Therapy in Prostate Cancer- Predictors of Recurrence
    The Role of MRI in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
    Clinical Staging/Diagnostic Imaging
    Imaging for Salvage Therapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
    The Role of PET in Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Radiotherapy
    Salvage Cryotherapy in Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Treatment after Focal Therapy
    Salvage Re-Irradiation after Locoregional Failure with Primary Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Brachytherapy- Outcomes from Low and High dose Brachytherapy in Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Brachytherapy after Primary Brachytherapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
    Focal Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer Recurrence after Primary Radiotherapy
    Salvage Lymph Node Dissection
    Salvage Re-irradiation Therapy after Loco-regional Failure for Radiotherapy
    Role of Metastasectomy in Prostate Cancer Patients following Primary Treatment
    Incontinence of Urine after the Treatment of Prostate Cancer
    Erectile Dysfunction in Salvage Prostate Cancer Therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Shanfa Lu, editor.
    Summary: This is the first book on the genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza, summarizing the research advances in the molecular mapping, whole genome sequencing, chloroplast and mitochondria genomes, epigenetics, transcriptomics and functional genomics of this emerging model plant with great economic and medicinal value. It also describes its distribution, taxonomy and morphology and provides useful information on its cultivation and breeding. Further, it highlights the biosynthetic pathways of tanshinones and phenolic acids - two main classes of bioactive components produced in this plant species - and reviews and discusses the technology of hairy root induction, tissue culture and genetic transformation of S. miltiorrhiza. The book is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers in academia and industry interested in medicinal plants and pharmacy.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Salvia miltiorrhiza: An Economically and Academically Important Medicinal Plant; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Taxonomy; 1.3 Distribution; 1.4 Morphology; 1.5 Propagation; 1.6 Growth Requirements; 1.7 Chemical Constituents; 1.8 Medicinal Significance; 1.9 Academic Significance; 1.10 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; 2 Salvia miltiorrhiza Resources, Cultivation, and Breeding; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Danshen Resources; 2.3 Danshen Distribution and Cultivation; 2.3.1 Wild and Cultivated Distribution 2.3.2 Cultivation Procedures2.3.3 Cultivation-Related Research Findings; 2.4 Danshen Breeding; 2.4.1 System and Bulk Selection; 2.4.2 Cross-breeding; 2.4.3 Polyploidy Breeding; 2.4.4 Space Mutation; 2.5 Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 3 Molecular Maps and Mapping of Genes and QTLs of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Molecular Linkage Map Construction; 3.2.1 Map Strategy and Mapping Populations; 3.2.2 F1 Genotyping, Data Analysis and Map Construction Method; 3.2.3 Genetic Linkage Map Construction of S. miltiorrhiza 3.2.3.1 The First Linkage Genetic Map and Another Map Based on Integration of Multiple Markers3.2.3.2 The Genomic SSR Linkage Genetic Map; 3.2.3.3 The High-Density Linkage Genetic Map; 3.3 Quantitative Trait Loci Analysis of Important Agronomic Traits in S. miltiorrhiza; 3.3.1 Quantitative Trait Loci (QTL) Mapping Method; 3.3.2 QTL Analysis for Phenolic Acid Content; 3.3.3 QTL Analysis for Root Yield; 3.4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; 4 The Genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sequencing and Assembly of S. miltiorrhiza Genome 4.2.1 Sequencing of the S. miltiorrhiza 99-3 Genome (Xu et al. 2016a)4.2.2 Genome Assembly of the S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.3 Genome Annotation and Repeat Element Analysis; 4.2.4 Genome Family Evolution of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.5 Gene Clusters Related to Tanshinone Biosynthesis; 4.3 The Chloroplast Genome of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.4 The Full-Length Transcriptome Based on S. miltiorrhiza Genome; 4.4.1 Full-Length Transcriptome Analysis; 4.4.2 Identification of Alternatively Spliced Isoforms Using Full-Length Transcriptome Data; 4.5 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References 5 The Chloroplast and Mitochondrial Genomes of Salvia miltiorrhizaAbstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Transcriptome of S. miltiorrhiza Chloroplasts; 5.3 Methylation of S. miltiorrhiza Plastome; 5.4 Basic Information for S. miltiorrhiza Mitochondrial Genome; 5.5 RNA Editing of S. miltiorrhiza Mitogenome; 5.6 Conclusion and Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 6 Salvia miltiorrhiza Epigenetics; Abstract; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 miRNAs in S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.1 miRNAs and Development of S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.2 miRNAs Involved in Signal Transduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ricardo Ramina, Paulo Henrique Pires Aguiar, Marcos Tatagiba, editors.
    Summary: This second edition of Samii's Essentials in Neurosurgery contains revised and updated versions of chapters from the first edition plus contributions on new topics written by leading neurosurgeons who were trained by Professor Madjid Samii in Hannover, Germany. Almost all fields of neurosurgery are covered. The authors follow the traditional principles of Samii's philosophy in the diagnosis and management of various neurosurgical pathologies, while presenting their own personal experiences. The extensively illustrated texts document clearly how cutting-edge technology in neurosurgery is being applied in new approaches and techniques. This book will greatly assist neurosurgeons, ENT surgeons, neuroradiologists, neurologists, and neurophysiotherapists in their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    The Virtual Operating Field: How Image Guidance Became Integral to Microneurosurgery
    Potential and Limitations of Chronic High-Fr Deep-Brain Stimulation in Parkinson's Disease
    Proliferation Behaviour of Meningiomas
    Neurotransplantation and the Restoration of Motor Behavior in Parkinson's Disease
    Preservation and Restitution of Auditory Function in Neurofibromatosis Type 2
    Restoration of Locomotion in Post-traumatic Paraplegics: The Neurosurgeon's Personal View
    Spinal Robotics
    Endoscope-Assisted Microsurgery
    Intraoperative Brain Mapping
    Endoscopy and Thermodiskoplasty: A Minimally Invasive Surgical Treatment for Lumbar Pain
    Considerations for Experimental Neuromodulation Following Grafting of the Spinal Cord to Skeletal Muscles for Clinical Application
    Preoperative Visualization of the Facial Nerve Using Diffusion Tensor Imaging Fibre Tracking in Patients with Large Vestibular Schwannomas
    Olfactory Groove Meningiomas: Pitfalls and Surgical Technique
    Preservation of the Olfactory Tract in Bifrontal Craniotomy
    Treatment of Meningiomas Involving the Optic Nerve Sheath
    Surgical Management of Tuberculum Sellae Meningiomas
    Sphenoid Wing Meningiomas
    Chordomas and Chondrosarcomas
    Petroclival Meningiomas Diagnosis, Treatment, and Results
    Retrosigmoid Approach to the Posterior and Middle Fossa
    The Surgical Management of Trigeminal Schwannomas
    Facial Nerve Schwannomas
    Vestibular Schwannoma: Current State of the Art
    Functional Microsurgery of Vestibular Schwannomas
    Surgery of Large and Giant Residual/Recurrent Vestibular Schwannomas
    Arachnoid Cysts of the Posterior Fossa
    Facial and Cochlear Nerve Function After Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Meningiomas
    Jugular Foramen Tumors: Diagnosis and Management Endoscopic Transnasal Surgery for Clival Chordoma
    Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Epidermoids
    Approaches to the Orbit: A 360-Degree View
    Pituitary Surgery Beyond the Sella
    Tumors of the Craniocervical Junction: Overview and Update
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Hydrocephalus
    Primary Tethered Cord Syndrome
    Peripheral Nerve Entrapment Syndromes of the Lower Extremity
    Hypoglossal-Facial Nerve Anastomosis
    Facial Pain: Diagnosis and Therapy
    Epilepsy Surgery
    Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Anterior Circulation Aneurysms
    Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Posterior Circulation Aneurysms
    Full-Endoscopic Lumbar and Cervical Surgery for Disc Herniation
    Syringomyelia and Syringobulbia
    Total Lumbar Facet Replacement: Indication, Technique, and 3- and 4-Year Results
    Mini-open Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion for Degenerative Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Martin A. Samuels, Allan H. Ropper.
    Contents:
    Coma, head trauma, and spinal cord injury / Galen V. Henderson and Matthew B. Bevers
    Epilepsy / Rani A. Sarkis and Barbara Dworetzky
    Dizziness / Gregory T. Whitman and Robert W. Baloh
    Back and neck pain / Allan H. Ropper
    Sleep disorders / Milena Pavlova
    Cancer neurology / Eudocia Quant Lee and Patrick Y. Wen
    Multiple sclerosis and related disorders / Maria K. Houtchens and James M. Stankiewicz
    Autoimmune disorders / Ivana Vodopivec and Henrikas Vaitkevicius
    Neuromuscular junction disorders and myopathies / Anthony A. Amato and Mohammed Kian Salajegheh
    Motor neuronopathies and peripheral neuropathies / Mohammed Kian Salajegheh and Anthony A. Amato
    Chronic pain / Daniel D. Vardeh
    Headache and facial pain / Paul B. Rizzoli and Elizabeth Loder
    Stroke and cerebrovascular disorders / Henrikas Vaitkevicius and Steven K. Feske
    Movement disorders / Jordan D. Paulson and Lewis R. Sudarsky
    Behavioral and cognitive neurology / Seth A. Gale and Kirk Daffner
    Management of neurologic disorders in resource-limited settings / Aaron L. Berkowitz
    Neuroophthalmology / Robert M. Mallery and Sashank Prasad
    Toxic and metabolic disorders / Shamik Bhattacharyya and Martin A. Samuels
    Infectious diseases / Jennifer Lyons and Tracey A. Cho.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    Ovid
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .M29 2017
    1
  • Digital
    W. Allen Hogge, Barbara Cohlan, Isabelle Wilkins, Lyndon Hill.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA567 .S36 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Paolo Zamboni, Erika Mendoza, Sergio Gianesini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jane M. Orient.
    Summary: "The physical exam can either determine disease or confirm good health. When a patient presents to her physician with a set of symptoms, the physical exam and patient history can identify the cause and serve as a guide for subsequent diagnostic testing. It is a key building block in the practice of medicine, yet students and residents have difficulty determining what information is relevant and how it applies to the patient"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The interview
    The history
    The case record
    General apperance
    The vital signs
    Integument
    Lymph nodes
    The head
    The eye
    The ear
    The nose
    The oropharynx
    The neck
    The breast
    The chest
    The heart
    Arteries
    Veins
    The abdomen
    Male genitalia
    Female genitalia
    The rectum
    The extremities
    The musculoskeletal system
    The neurologic examination
    Clinical reasoning
    Some bedside laboratory tricks
    Annotated bibliography.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
    LWW Health Library (Internal Medicine)
  • Digital
    Robert M. Henshaw, editor.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to define and demonstrate how a multidisciplinary team can be organized, integrated, and utilized in the care of sarcoma patients. Real world experiences related by multiple sarcoma specialists working as members of a multidisciplinary team along with specific case examples highlighting sarcomas of bone and soft tissue in children and adults are presented in a framework geared toward practicing oncologists and surgeons in order to foster the creation and development of care teams for sarcoma patients. It is explained how a truly multidisciplinary approach, with "one stop shopping," offers better standardization and delivery of care, streamlines patient education, facilitates discussions and decision making, and provides comprehensive support throughout the treatment process. All aspects of treatment are covered, from first-line treatments for different tumor types through to salvage therapy and the development of novel investigational agents. This book will be of benefit to all members of the medical community who have a role to play in the care of these complex patients, including therapists, nurses, mid-level practitioners, primary care doctors, and subspecialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter F.M. Choong, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to compile an expert text on the multidisciplinary approach to treating sarcoma at a sarcoma centre. Separate chapters and sections highlight the specialist diagnostic and therapeutic approaches employed in treating bone and soft tissue sarcoma. This comprehensive book covers sarcoma and its management across specialties. It brings together the experience of the editor at a major centre for sarcoma management in Australia along with chapter contributions from various experts on the topic. The real-life, pragmatic approach is a distillation of the evidence and intends to make much of what is written translatable. This book serves as a reference for managing this tumour type and as an indispensable guide for daily use across the spectrum of providers.

    Contents:
    Introduction to sarcomas- Biology and behavior of sarcomas
    The role and benefits of multidisciplinary-based sarcoma treatment centres
    The investigation of sarcomas
    The histopathological examination of sarcomas
    The role of chemotherapy in management of sarcomas
    The role of radiotherapy in management of sarcomas
    The role of surgery in management of sarcomas
    Plastic and reconstructive surgery in management of sarcomas
    The management of metastatic sarcoma
    The principles of management of sarcoma for adolescent and young adults
    Quality of life after surgery for extremity sarcoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carola A. S. Arndt, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Epidemiology of Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Descriptive Epidemiology
    1.2.1 Osteosarcoma
    1.2.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    1.2.3 Rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS)
    1.2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcoma (NRSTS)
    1.3 Environmental (Non-genetic) Risk Factors
    1.3.1 Osteosarcoma
    1.3.1.1 Growth and Development
    1.3.1.2 Exogenous Exposures
    1.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    1.3.3 RMS
    1.3.4 NRSTS
    1.4 Germline Genetic Risk Factors
    1.4.1 Osteosarcoma
    1.4.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    1.4.3 RMS
    1.4.4 NRSTS
    1.5 Conclusion 2.3.1 Pathology
    2.3.2 Biology
    2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    2.4.1 Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma
    2.4.1.1 Pathology
    2.4.1.2 Biology
    2.4.2 Clear Cell Sarcoma of Soft Tissue
    2.4.2.1 Pathology
    2.4.2.2 Biology
    2.4.3 Desmoid Tumor
    2.4.3.1 Pathology
    2.4.3.2 Biology
    2.4.4 Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor
    2.4.4.1 Pathology
    2.4.4.2 Biology
    2.4.5 Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumor
    2.4.5.1 Pathology
    2.4.5.2 Biology
    2.4.6 Synovial Sarcoma
    2.4.6.1 Pathology
    2.4.6.2 Biology
    2.4.7 Malignant Rhabdoid Tumor 2.4.7.1 Pathology
    2.4.7.2 Biology
    2.4.8 NTRK-Fusion Sarcomas
    2.4.8.1 Pathology
    2.4.8.2 Biology
    References
    3: Staging and Imaging of Sarcoma
    3.1 Staging of RMS and NRSTS
    3.2 Staging of Nonrhabdomyosarcomatous Soft Tissue Tumors (NRSTS)
    3.3 Staging of Bone Sarcomas
    3.4 Imaging and Staging Procedures
    References
    4: Multi-institutional Trials for Patients with Rhabdomyosarcoma: Lessons from North American Studies from 1967 Through 1997
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 The First 30 Years, 1970-2000
    4.2.1 The IRS Era, 1972-1997
    References 5: Treatment of Rhabdomyosarcoma
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Initial Evaluation
    5.3 Treatment Assignment
    5.4 Treatment
    5.4.1 North American Perspective
    5.4.2 European Perspective
    5.5 Future Directions
    References
    6: Current Approaches to Therapy: Soft Tissue Sarcomas Other than Rhabdomyosarcoma in Children and Adolescents
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Local Therapy
    6.2.1 Surgery
    6.2.2 Radiotherapy
    6.3 Conventional Chemotherapy
    6.4 Specific Therapy for Diseases
    6.4.1 Synovial Sarcoma 6.4.2 Other "Adult-Type" Sarcomas (Fibrosarcoma, Liposarcoma, Mesenchymal Chondrosarcoma, PECOMA, Leiomyosarcoma, Epithelioid Sarcoma, Clear Cell Sarcoma, Angiosarcoma, Undifferentiated Sarcoma).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alfonso J. Cruz-Jentoft and John E. Morley.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    edited by Dominique Meynial-Denis.
    Summary: "Maintaining adequate muscle mass is crucial to healthy aging. Numerous diseases as well as deterioration of motor nerves and muscle repair mechanisms cause risks to developing sarcopenia. Sedentary lifestyles coupled with excess caloric intake among senior citizens compound the problem by creating a condition of limited muscle strength overwhelmed with body weight. This book presents biochemical, nutritional, and metabolic implications related to sarcopenia. It provides information on mechanisms regulating age-related loss of muscle mass and function as well as nutritional anti-aging strategies to fight against atrophy and support healthy aging"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Definitions of sarcopenia / Heike Bischoff-Ferrari and Bess Dawson-Hughes
    Models of accelerated sarcopenia / Andrew S. Layne, Lisa M. Roberts and Thomas W. Buford
    Sarcopenia in physical frailty / Maturin Tabue-Teguo, Emanuele Marzetti, Riccardo Calvani, Bruno Vellas, Matteo Cesari
    The role of imaging techniques in the diagnosis of sarcopenia / Thiago Gonzalez Barbosa-Silva and Carla Prado
    Nutrient sensing and mTORC1 regulation in sarcopenia / Ted G. Graber and Blake B. Rasmussen
    Different adaptation of ubiquitin-proteasome and lysosome-autophagy signaling in sarcopenic muscle / Kunihiro Sakuma, Hidetaka Wakabayashi
    Myokines in aging muscle / Katie Brown, Aaron Persinger, and Melissa Puppa
    The contribution of satellite cells to skeletal muscle aging / Christopher Fry
    Muscle stem cell microenvironment in sarcopenia / Neia Naldaiz-Gastesi and Ander Izeta
    Sarcopenia and oxidative stress : from the bench to therapeutical strategies / Coralie Arc-Chagnaud, Allan F. Pagano, Thomas Brioche
    Muscle protein turnover and sarcopenia in the elderly : the effects of nutrition / Paolo Tessari
    The relationship between muscle mitochondrial turnover and sarcopenia / Heather N. Carter, Nashwa Cheema and David A. Hood
    Skeletal muscle fat infiltration with aging : an important factor of sarcopenia / Allan F. Pagano, Coralie Arc-Chagnaud, Thomas Brioche, Angèle Chopard, Guillaume Py
    Nutritional modulation of mitochondrial-associated death signaling in sarcopenia / Stephen E. Alway
    Beneficial effects and limitations of strategies (nutritional or other) to limit muscle wasting due to normal aging / Dominique Meynial-Denis
    Declines in whole muscle function with aging : the role of age-related alterations in contractile properties of single skeletal muscle fibres / Nicole Mazara and Geoffrey A. Power
    Sarcopenic dysphagia, presbyphagia and rehabilitation nutrition / Hidetaka Wakabayashi and Kunihiro Sakuma
    Wasting and cachexia in chronic kidney disease / Giacomo Garibotto, Daniela Picciotto, Daniela Verzola
    Sarcopenia and Parkinson's disease : molecular mechanisms and clinical management / Manlio Vinciguerra
    Sarcopenic obesity in the elderly / Michael Tieland, Inez Trouwborst, Amely Verreijen, Robert Memelink and Peter J.M. Weijs
    Sum up and future research / Dominique Meynial-Denis.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2019
  • Digital
    Nicola Veronese, Charlotte Beaudart, Shaun Sabico, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a concise and updated guide for all readers (physicians and non-physicians) interested in gaining a comprehensive and precise understanding of sarcopenia. Over the last several years, sarcopenia has increasingly developed from being a concept known only in research settings to one that is commonly explored in journals and scientific meetings for various disciplines, such as geriatrics, rheumatology and rehabilitation medicine. Thus, all domains of sarcopenia, from molecular aspects to clinical management, represent highly active areas of research and clinical practice for health professionals in a variety of fields, including geriatric medicine, nutrition, and epidemiology. Despite being a relatively new concept in medicine, sarcopenia is increasingly being recognized as an important determinant of other health conditions, including mortality and disability. This book, written by experts from around the globe, covers several core aspects of sarcopenia management, from molecular mechanisms to genetics, epidemiology, diagnosis and finally treatment, including the clinical impact of sarcopenia as a risk factor, the known genetic and molecular aspects that can aid in predicting sarcopenia, and selected treatment and therapy concepts, including indications for nutrition and physical exercise. Sharing data from the latest studies, it will be of considerable interest not only for geriatricians, but also for a wide range of other readers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Epidemiology of Sarcopenia
    Chapter 2) Definitions of Sarcopenia Across the World
    Chapter 3) Consequences of Sarcopenia in Older People: The Epidemiological Evidence
    Chapter 4) Emerging Markers for Sarcopenia
    Chapter 5) Screening for Sarcopenia
    Chapter 6) Radiological Evaluation of Muscle Mass
    Chapter 7) Physical Performance and Muscle Strength Tests: Pros and Cons
    Chapter 8) Is Sarcopenia a Condition, a Disorder, a Disease, or a True Geriatric Syndrome?
    Chapter 9) Sarcopenia in Other Settings: Primary Care, Cardiovascular Disease, Surgery
    Chapter 10) Acute Sarcopenia: Definition and Actual Issues
    Chapter 11) Sarcopenic Obesity
    Chapter 12) The Role of Physical Activity in Sarcopenia
    Chapter 13) Nutritional Approaches for Sarcopenia
    Chapter 14) The Future of Drugs in Sarcopenia
    Chapter 15) Sarcopenia and Covid-19: A New Entity?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Bernd Sebastian Kamps & Christian Hoffmann (editors); contributing authors, Christian Drosten, Wolfgang Preiser.
    Summary: SARS reference is a medical textbook that provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS).
    Digital Access Flying Publisher 2003-
  • Digital
    Latief Ahmad, Syed Sheraz Mahdi.
    Summary: This book focuses on the recent advances in precision agriculture and satellite farming, detailing applications for sensing, data handling, modeling, and control. In addition, the book reviews its history - establishing the background on the various processes and applications - describes the current status, and offers insight into the future technology of satellite farming in India. Introducing processes and applications based on a global scale, the book reveals how precision agriculture can be used in large-scale agriculture, community agriculture, and diversified farming. It includes site-specific information from a variety of information sources for planning, planting, growing, and harvesting agricultural crops. It also presents a new concept based on the control system theory that can be used to formulate systematic methods for more effective precision crop production. Precision agriculture when properly integrated into the crop production process, can greatly improve overall production and sustainability.

    Contents:
    General Introduction
    Introduction to Precision Agriculture
    Components of Precision Agriculture
    Tool and Technologies in Precision Agriculture
    Precision Soil Sampling
    Variable Rate Technology and Variable Rate Application
    Precision Tillage
    Laser Land Leveler
    Site-Specific Nutrient Management
    Precision Water Management
    Precision Pest Management
    Recent Advances in Precision Agriculture
    Yield Monitoring and Mapping
    Feasibility of Precision Farming in India
    Economic and Environmental Evaluation of Precision Farming
    Crop Simulation Modelling.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Leidner, Allison K. (Hrsg.) ; Buchanan, Graeme M. (Hrsg.).
    Summary: Satellite remote sensing presents an amazing opportunity to inform biodiversity conservation by inexpensively gathering repeated monitoring information for vast areas of the Earth. However, these observations first need processing and interpretation if they are to inform conservation action. Through a series of case studies, this book presents detailed examples of the application of satellite remote sensing, covering both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems, to conservation. The authors describe how collaboration between the remote sensing and conservation communities makes satellite data functional for operational conservation, and provide concrete examples of the lessons learned in addition to the scientific details. The editors, one at NASA and the other at a conservation NGO, have brought together leading researchers in conservation remote sensing to share their experiences from project development through to application, and emphasise the human side of these projects.

    Contents:
    A brief introduction to conservation and conservation remote sensing / Graeme M. Buchanan and Allison K. Leidner
    Introduction to remote sensing for conservation practitioners / Andreas Brink, Cindy Schmidt and Zoltan Szantoi
    Satellite remote sensing for the conservation of East Asia's coastal wetlands / Nicholas J. Murray
    Global forest maps in support of conservation monitoring / Samuel Jantz, Lilian Pintea, Janet Nackoney and Matthew C. Hansen
    Wildfire monitoring with satellite remote sensing in support to conservation / Ilaria Palumbo, Abdoulkarim Samna, Marco Clerici, and Antoine Royer
    Ecosystem Functioning Observations for assessing conservation in the Doñana National Park, Spain / Paula Escribano and Nestor Fernandez
    Predicting mule deer harvest in real-time: Integrating satellite remote-sensing measures of forage quality and climate in Idaho, United States / Mark Hebblewhite, Mark Hurley, Paul Lukacs and Josh Nowak
    Lessons learned from WhaleWatch: a tool using satellite data to provide near real-time predictions of whale occurrence / Helen Bailey, Elliott Hazen, Bruce Mate, Steven J. Bograd, Ladd Irvine, Daniel M. Palacios, Karin A. Forney, Evan Howell, Aimee Hoover, Lynn DeWitt, Jessica Wingfield and Monica DeAngelis
    The evolution of remote sensing applications vital to effective biodiversity conservation and sustainable development / Karyn Tabor and Jennifer Hewson
    Operational concervation remote sensing: common themes, lessons learned, and future prospects / Allison K. Leidner and Graeme M. Buchanan.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian J. Hall, John C. Hall ; with 88 contributing authors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Robert J. Kizior and Keith J. Hodgson.
    Summary: "Over 1,000 generic name drugs, encompassing over 4,000 trade name drugs, are organized alphabetically with A-to-Z tabs for quick and easy access. Detailed information for each drug distinguishes side effects and adverse reactions to help you identify which are most likely to occur. Highlighting of high-alert drugs helps promote safe administration of drugs that pose the greatest risk for patient harm; an appendix includes drug names that sound alike or look alike."--Publisher's description
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Print
    Alina Nicoara, Robert M. Savage, Nikolaos J. Skubas, Stanton K. Shernan, Christopher A. Troianos.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    Jeannie Gainsburg.
    Summary: "The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is an enjoyable, humorous, encouraging, easy to understand guidebook for being an ally to LGBTQ+ communities"-- Provided by publisher. "Bursting with passion and humor, The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is a treasure trove for allies to the LGBTQ+ communities. This fully revised second edition includes: the most current information on identities and LGBTQ+ language; tips for respectfully sharing, gathering, and using pronouns; LGBTQ+ etiquette, including common language bloopers to avoid; tools for navigating difficult conversations; best practices for creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces; appropriate actions to take after messing up; techniques for self-care and sustainable allyship. The Savvy Ally is a vital resource for teachers, mental health professionals, healthcare providers, college professors, faith leaders, family members, and friends who want to support and advocate for the LGBTQ+ people in their lives and help make the world a safer, more inclusive place. This informative, encouraging, and easy-to-understand guidebook will jump-start even the most tentative ally"--Back cover

    Contents:
    Getting started
    Part I: Becoming knowledgeable allies
    Caution: identities being defined!
    Coming out as LGBTQ+
    Orientations, identities, behaviors--oh my!
    Part II: Building skills for having respectful conversations
    Pronouns: sharing, gathering, and using
    LGBTQ+ etiquette tips, common bloopers, and outdated terms
    Gaydar and other problematic assumptions
    Good talk: the art of having useful conversations
    Part III: Taking action to create more inclusive spaces. Straight pride parades and special snowflakes: addressing common questions
    Duct tape patch-up jobs and big fixes
    Creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces in different settings
    Taking it to the streets
    Now what? Questions from allies in the real world
    Part IV: Allying responsibly
    Messing up properly
    Backlash against allies
    Sustainability
  • Digital
    Oren J. Sofer.
    Summary: "We spend so much of our lives talking to each other, but how often are we simply running on automatic, relying on old habits and hoping for the best? Are we able to truly hear others and speak our mind in a clear and kind way, without needing to get defensive or go on the attack? In this groundbreaking synthesis of mindfulness, somatics, and nonviolent communication, Oren Jay Sofer offers simply yet powerful practices to develop healthy, effective, and satisfying ways of communicating. The techniques in "Say what you mean" will help you to: Feel confidnet during conversation ; Stay focused on what really matters in an interaction ; Listen for the authentic concerns behind someone's words ; Reduce anxiety before before and during difficult conversations ; Find nourishment in day-to-day interactions

    Contents:
    The first step: lead with presence. The center of our lives
    The power of mindfulness
    Relational awareness
    The second step: Come from curiosity and care. The blame game
    Where are you coming from?
    Don't let the call drop
    The third step: Focus on what matters. Getting down to what matters
    Emotional agility
    Enhancing empathy and inner resilience
    How to raise an issue without starting a fight
    If you want something, ask for it
    Bringing it all together. The flow of dialogue
    Running the rapids
    Conclusion: charting your course.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Fulltext Limited to 3 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audio Book (1 concurrent user) Limited to 3 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Chinmayee Ratha, Janesh Gupta.
    Contents:
    SBA type questions: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders
    Fetal medicine
    Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures
    Clinical governance Single best answers and explanations: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders
    Fetal medicine
    Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures
    Clinical governance .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz, Kiran K. Singisetti.
    Summary: "The Part 1 or written MCQ paper is often seen as a poor relation to the more intense clinical and viva preparation needed for the Part 2 exam. The belief is that most candidates usually pass the part 1 without too many difficulties. Occasionally a candidate will have to re sit if they fall a bit short of the pass mark but next time it should be plain sailing getting through"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    pod obshcheĭ red. prof. I.N. Perevodchikova ; M-vo zdravookhranenii︠a︡ SSSR. Vsesoyuz. nauch.-issled. in-t po izucheniyu lepry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L154 .S27 1946
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Morton J. Kern, Arnold H. Seto
    Summary: "SCAI Interventional Cardiology Board Review provides a concise overview of the field of interventional cardiology in order to serve as board exam preparation for those in training and those who need to recertify. It is written specifically for this audience and can also serve as a basis for in-depth training by nurses, technicians, physician extenders and general cardiologists. Coverage will include all topics included on the exam and chapters will be written by authors who are also"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    I: Basic science and pharmacology
    Arterial disease
    atherosclerosis
    Restenosis
    Platelet
    inhibitor agents
    Anticoagulant and fibrinolytic agents for NSTE-ACS, PCI, and STEMI
    Vasoactive and antiarrhythmic drugs in the catheterization laboratory
    II: Fundamentals of interventions
    Fundamentals of X-ray imaging, radiation safety, and contrast media
    Coronary hemodynamics: pressure and flow
    Intravascular ultrasound, optical coherence tomography, and near-infrared spectroscopy
    Vulnerable plaque imaging
    Hemodynamics for interventional cardiologists
    Coronary angiography for PCI
    Introduction to statistics in clinical research for interventional cardiology
    III: Equipment
    Equipment selection for coronary interventions
    Niche devices: atherectomy, cutting and scoring balloons, and laser
    IV: Stable and acute coronary syndrome PCI
    Coronary stents
    ^Elective percutaneous coronary intervention for stable coronary artery disease and silent myocardial ischemia
    Acute coronary syndromes
    STEMI intervention: emphasis on guidelines
    High-risk percutaneous coronary intervention, cardiogenic shock, and acute mechanical circulatory support devices
    V: Higher-risk PCI and complex angiographic subsets
    Multivessel percutaneous coronary interventions
    Bifurcation lesions and intervention
    Small vessel and diffuse disease
    Left mainstem intervention
    Bypass graft intervention and embolic protection
    Complications of coronary intervention
    Chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
    VI: Vascular access and hemostasis
    Vascular access: radial and femoral approaches
    Vascular access site management (Closure devices and complications)
    VII: Women, prevention, and guidelines
    Women and percutaneous interventions
    Primary and secondary coronary prevention
    ^PCI guidelines for interventional cardiology boards
    VIII: Peripheral vascular disease and interventions
    Thoracic aortic, abdominal aortic, and lower extremity interventions
    Carotid and cerebrovascular/acute stroke intervention
    Atherosclerotic renal artery disease
    Deep venous thrombosis
    IX: Structural heart disease and interventions
    Imaging for structural heart disease
    Atrial septal defect and patent foramen ovale
    Left atrial appendage closure
    Mitral valvuloplasty and percutaneous mitral valve repair
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Paravalvular leaks
    Pericardial disease interventions
    Interventional procedures in adult congenital heart disease
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
  • Print
    Verne Harnish and the team at Gazelles.
    Summary: In this guide, Harnish and his co-authors share practical tools and techniques to help entrepreneurs grow an industry -- dominating business without it killing them -- and actually have fun. Many growth company leaders reach a point where they actually dread adding another customer, employee, or location. It feels like they are just adding more weight to an ever-heavier anchor they are dragging through the sand. To make matters worse, the increased revenues have not turned into more profitability, so at some point they wonder if the journey is worth the effort. This book focuses on the four major decisions every company must get right: People, Strategy, Execution and Cash. The book includes a series of One-Page tools including the One-Page Strategic Plan and the Rockefeller Habits Execution Checklist, which more than 40,000 firms around the globe have used to scale their companies successfully.

    Contents:
    The overview: People, strategy, execution, cash
    The barriers: Leadership, infrastructure, and marketing
    The leaders: The FACe and the PACe of the company
    The team: Attracting and hiring
    The managers (coaches): Keeping and growing (educating) the team
    The core: Values, purpose, and competencies
    The 7 strata of strategy: The framework for dominating your industry
    The one-page strategic plan: The tool for strategic planning
    The priority: Focus, finish lines, and fun
    The data: Powering prediction
    The meeting rhythm: The heartbeat of the organization
    The cash: Accelerating cash flow
    The accounting: Driving profitability
    The power of one: 7 key financial levers
    Next steps: 5 things to do now.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Entrep 105
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 45-53, 1997-2005.
    Suppls. 52-53 BOUND WITH Scandinavian cardiovascular journal vol. 39
    1
  • Digital
    Jeffrey Yao, editor.
    Contents:
    Scaphoid Anatomy
    Non-operative Management of Non-displaced Acute Scaphoid Fracture
    Acute Scaphoid Fracture Management: Dorsal Approach
    Acute Scaphoid Fractures: Volar Approach
    Arthroscopic-Assisted Management of Acute Scaphoid Fractures
    Treatment of Acute Pediatric Scaphoid Waist Fractures
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation Without Bone Graft
    Scaphoid Non-union Open Treatment with Distal Radius Bone Graft via Mini Dorsal Approach
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Local Non-vascularized Bone Graft (Open)
    Scaphoid Non-Union Treated with Iliac Crest Structural Autograft
    The Hybrid Russe Graft for the Treatment of Scaphoid Nonunion
    Arthroscopic Grafting and Scapholunate Pinning for Scaphoid Proximal Pole Nonunion
    1,2 ICSRA for the Management of Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion
    Dorsal Capsular-Based Vascularized Distal Radius Graft for Scaphoid Nonunion
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Grafts-Volar Pedicle
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Graft-Free Medial Femoral Condyle Graft
    Pediatric Scaphoid Nonunion
    Partial Scaphoidectomy for Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion
    Reconstruction of the Unsalvageable Proximal Pole in Scaphoid Nonunions Utilizing Rib Osteochondral Autograft
    Recalcitrant Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion
    Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion: Implant Arthroplasty
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Denervation
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Arthroscopic Debridement/Radial Styloidectomy
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Capitolunate Arthrodesis
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Scaphoid Excision and 4-Corner Arthrodesis
    PRC for Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse Wrist
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew C. Krakowski, MD, founder and director, Scar Treatment and Revision (S.T.A.R.) Institute, chief medical officer, DermOne, LLC, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania ; Peter R. Shumaker, MD, Captain, United States Navy, chairman, dermatology, Naval Medical Center, San Diego, California, clinical associate professor of dermatology, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland.
    Contents:
    1. A historical perspective on scar management
    2. The global impact of scars
    3. Medical conditions associated with scarring and fibrosis
    4. Scars and scar management: ethical considerations
    5. Scar histopathology and morphologic classification
    6. The cellular and molecular basis of scarring: the paradigm of hypertrophic scarring after thermal injury
    7. The biomechanics of scar formation
    8. An approach to scar mitigation
    9. Optimizing wound healing and scar formation
    10. Medical managment of scars
    11. Neurobiology of scars: managing pain and itch
    12. Surgical scar revision
    13. Lasers and light devices in scar management
    14. Laser-assisted delivery of therapeutic agents
    15. Fat grafting for scar treatment
    16. Multimodal scar management
    17. Atrophic scar management
    18. Scar management in skin of color
    19. Rehabilitative burn scar management
    20. Scar camouflage
    21. Medical tattooing
    22. A pediatric perspective
    23. A perspective from military medicine
    24. Recovery and reintegration after burn injury
    25. Integrating scar management into clinical practice
    26. Scar treatment, restoration, and prevention- beyond the horizon?
    27. Fetal wound healing
    28. Clinical scar research: quantitative and qualitative assessment of hypertrophic burn scars.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] N. Cary Engleberg, Victor J. DiRita, Michael J. Imperiale.
    Summary: "This textbook is intended to be used in courses on medical microbiology or infectious diseases for medical students, allied health professionals, graduate students, or advanced undergraduates. Because the purpose of this book is to develop a conceptual framework for understanding infection, it highlights certain agents and diseases of special biological or clinical importance and does not attempt to describe the microbial world in an exhaustive fashion"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    edited by Marjory B. Brooks, Kendal E. Harr, Davis M. Seelig, K. Jane Wardrop, Douglas J. Weiss.
    Contents:
    Hemolymphatic Tissue. Embryonic and Fetal Hematopoiesis / Kelli L Boyd, Brad Bolon
    Stem Cell Biology / Dori L Borjesson, Jed A Overmann
    Structure of the Bone Marrow / Nicole I Stacy, John W Harvey
    The Hematopoietic System / Bruce D Car, Davis M Seelig
    Vasculogenesis and Endothelial Cell Production / Jong Hyuk Kim
    Cluster of Differentiation (CD) Antigens / Melinda J Wilkerson, Nora L Springer
    Major Histocompatibility Complex Antigens / Paul R Hess
    Lymphocyte Biology and Functions / Ian Tizard
    Structure and Function of Primary and Secondary Lymphoid Tissue / Cleverson D Souza, Meredeth McEntire, VE Ted Valli, Robert M Jacobs
    Hematotoxicity. Design and Methods of Nonclinical Hematotoxicity Studies / William J Reagan, Armando R Irizarry Rovira
    Interpretation of Hematologic Data in Nonclinical Studies / Jeffrey McCartney
    Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Cytopenias / Laurie G O'Rourke
    Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Alterations in Hemostasis / F Poitout-Belissent
    Preclinical Evaluation of Immunotoxicity / Kristin L Henson
    Blood and Bone Marrow Toxicity Induced by Drugs, Heavy Metals, Chemicals, and Toxic Plants / Douglas J Weiss
    Acute Myelotoxicity and Myelitis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss
    Chronic Inflammation and Secondary Myelofibrosis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss
    Infectious Injury to Bone Marrow / K Jane Wardrop
    Erythrocytes. Erythropoiesis / Christine Swardson Olver
    Erythrocyte Structure and Function / Christine Swardson Olver
    Erythrocyte Biochemistry / John W Harvey
    Erythrokinetics and Erythrocyte Destruction / Andrea Pires Dos Santos, John A Christian
    Reticulocyte and Heinz Body Staining and Enumeration / Harold Tvedten, Andreas Moritz
    Erythrocyte Morphology / Anne M Barger
    Classification and Laboratory Evaluation of Anemia / Harold Tvedten
    Erythrocytosis / John F Randolph, Mark E Peterson, Erica Behling-Kelly
    Iron and Copper Deficiencies, and Disorders of Iron Metabolism / Lauren B Radakovich, Christine Swardson Olver
    The Porphyrias-Disorders of Defective Heme Synthesis / Andrea A Bohn
    Hereditary Erythroenzymopathies / Urs Giger
    Erythrocyte Membrane Defects / Mutsumi Inaba, Joanne B Messick
    Congenital Dyserythropoiesis / Douglas J Weiss
    Anemia Associated with Oxidative Injury / Erica Behling-Kelly, Ashleigh Newman
    Anemia Caused by Rickettsia, Mycoplasma, and Protozoa / Susan Fielder, Robin W Allison, James H Meinkoth
    Anemia Associated with Bacterial and Viral Infections / George M Barrington, Debra C Sellon
    Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Dog / Jillian M Haines, Andrew Mackin, Michael J Day
    Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Cat / Ashleigh Newman, Tracy Stokol
    Immune-Mediated Anemia in Ruminants and Horses / Jenifer R Gold
    Precursor-Targeted Immune-Mediated Anemia and Pure Red Cell Aplasia in Dogs and Cats / Cynthia A Lucidi
    Anemia of Inflammatory, Neoplastic, Renal, and Endocrine Diseases / Agata K Grzelak, Michael M Fry
    Aplastic Anemia / Jennifer L Brazzell, Douglas J Weiss
    Leukocytes. Granulopoiesis / M Judith Radin, Maxey L Wellman
    Neutrophil Structure and Biochemistry / Claire B Andreasen
    Neutrophil Function and Response / Dana N Levine, Claire B Andreasen
    Neutrophil Function Disorders / Stefano Comazzi, Luca Aresu, Douglas J Weiss
    Clinical Evaluation of Neutrophil Function / Stefano Comazzi
    Eosinophils and Their Disorders / Karen M Young, Elizabeth A Layne
    Basophils, Mast Cells, and Their Disorders / Brandy C Kastl, Lisa M Pohlman
    Monocytes, Macrophages, and Dendritic Cell Production / Cleverson D Souza, Douglas J Weiss
    Monocytes and Macrophages and Their Disorders / Cleverson D Souza, Meaghan V Eren
    Lymphocyte Ontogeny and Lymphopoiesis / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates
    Structure, Function, and Disorders of Lymphoid Tissue / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus / Luc Chabanne
    Feline Immunodeficiency Virus / Margaret J Hosie, Hans Lutz
    T Cell, Immunoglobulin, and Complement Immunodeficiency Disorders / Peter J Felsburg
    Severe Combined Immunodeficiencies / Steven E Suter
    Lymphadenopathy Not Caused by Lymphoma / Harold Tvedten
    Hematologic Neoplasia. Cell-Cycle Control in Hematopoietic Cells / Jaime F Modiano, Catherine A St Hill
    Epidemiology of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Michelle G Ritt
    Genetics of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Diana Giannuzzi, Jaime F Modiano, Matthew Breen
    Transforming Retroviruses / Mary Jo Burkhard
    Cytochemical Staining and Immunocytochemistry / Rose E Raskin, Kelly Santangelo, Klaudia Polak
    Determination of Clonality / Yuko Goto-Koshino, Hajime Tsujimoto
    Immunophenotyping / Austin K Viall
    Flow Cytometry in Hematologic Neoplasia / Jaime L Tarigo, Davis M Seelig, Anne C Avery
    Classification and General Features of Lymphoma and Leukemia / Barbara C Rütgen, Jennifer Bouschor
    Myeloproliferative Neoplasms / Eric J Fish
    Myelodysplastic Syndromes / Douglas J Weiss, Rance K Sellon
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia / Tracy Stokol
    B-Cell Tumors / Luca Aresu, Stefano Comazzi, Laura Marconato, Francesco Bertoni
    Plasma Cell Tumors / Antonella Borgatti
    Hodgkin and Hodgkin-Like Lymphoma / Daniel A Heinrich, Erin N Burton
    T-Cell Tumors / Nariman Deravi, Stefan Keller, Dorothee Bienzle
    Mast Cell Neoplasia / Melinda S Camus
    Histiocytic Proliferative Diseases of Dogs and Cats / Peter F Moore
    Platelets. Thrombopoiesis / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
    Platelet Structure / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
    Platelet Signal Transduction and Activation Response / Pete W Christopherson, Mary K Boudreaux
    Platelet Kinetics and Laboratory Evaluation of Thrombocytopenia / Adi Wasserkrug-Naor
    Evaluation of Platelet Function / Pete W Christopherson, Marjory B Brooks
    Immune Thrombocytopenia / Dana N LeVine, Marjory B Brooks
    Nonimmune-Mediated Thrombocytopenia / Julie Allen
    Thrombocytosis and Essential Thrombocythemia / Julie Allen, Tracy Stokol
    von Willebrand Disease / Marjory B Brooks, James L Catalfamo
    Inherited Platelet Disorders / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
    Acquired Platelet Dysfunction / Benjamin M Brainard
    Treatment of Disorders of Platelet Number and Function / Mary Beth Callan
    Hemostasis. Overview of Hemostasis / Maureen A McMichael
    Laboratory Testing of Coagulation Disorders / Marjory B Brooks
    Acquired Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks, Armelle De Laforcade
    Hereditary Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks
    Thrombotic Disorders / Erica Behling-Kelly, Robert Goggs
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation / Tracy Stokol
    Vascular Diseases / Sean P McDonough
    Treatment of Hemostatic Defects / Robert Goggs, Alex M Lynch
    Avian Hemostasis / Karen E Russell, J Jill Heatley
    Transfusion Medicine. Erythrocyte Antigens and Blood Groups / Marie-Claude Blais, Maria Cecilia T Penedo
    Granulocyte and Platelet Antigens / Jennifer S Thomas
    Principles of Canine and Feline Blood Collection, Processing, and Storage / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois
    Red Blood Cell Transfusion in the Dog and Cat / Mary Beth Callan
    Transfusion of Plasma Products / Marjory B Brooks
    Platelet and Granulocyte Transfusion / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois
    Blood Transfusion in Large Animals / Margaret C Mudge
    Blood Transfusion in Exotic Species / Anneliese Strunk, Anke C Stöhr
    Transfusion Reactions / Nicole M Weinstein
    Cellular Therapy / Steven E Suter, Steven Dow
    Clinical Use of Hematopoietic Growth Factors / Steven E Suter
    Clinical Blood Typing and Crossmatching / K Jane Wardrop
    Species-Specific Hematology. Hematology of Dogs / Maggie R McCourt, Theresa E Rizzi
    Hematology of Cats / Deanna M W Schaefer
    Hematology of Equids / Kathleen P Freeman, Alison J Farr, Annalisa Barrelet
    Hematology of Bovids / R Darren Wood
    Hematology of Sheep and Goats / Jason Stayt
    Hematology of Pigs / Catherine E Thorn, Andrew S Bowman, David Eckersall
    Hematology of Rodentia / Amy L MacNeill
    Hematology of Mustelids / Stacy Clothier, Cathy Johnson-Delaney
    Hematology of Cavies / Samantha J M Evans, Kurt L Zimmerman
    Hematology of Lagomorphs / Francisco O Conrado
    Hematology of Laboratory Animals / Karyn E Enos, David M Moore
    Hematology of Camelids / Susan J Tornquist
    Hematology of Cervids / Bridget C Garner
    Hematology of Paenungulata / Emma H Hooijberg
    Hematology of Marine Mammals / Nicole I Stacy, Hendrik H Nollens
    Hematology of Galliformes / Julie Piccione, Jessica Hokamp
    Hematology of Psittacines / Diana Schwartz, Hugues Beaufrère
    Hematology of Anseriformes / Jessica Hokamp, Julie Piccione
    Hematology of Raptors / Jennifer Johns
    Hematology of Ratites / Phillip Clark
    Hematology of Elasmobranchs / Jill E Arnold, Alexa Delaune
    Hematology of Salmonids / Jere Stern
    Hematology of Ictaluridae / Patricia Gaunt
    Hematology of Cyprinidae / Ilze K Berzins, Alexander E Primus
    Hematology of Lizards, Crocodilians, and Tuatara / Charlotte Hollinger, Jean A Paré
    Hematology of Serpentes / Laura J Black, Marjorie Bercier
    Hematology of Testudines / Jennifer D Steinberg, Stephen J Divers
    Hematology of Amphibians / Perry Bain, Kendal E Harr
    Hematology of Invertebrates / Jill E Arnold
    Quality Management and Laboratory Techniques. Quality Management of Hematology Techniques / Martina Stirn, Kathleen P Freeman
    Total Error and Proficiency Testing / Sten Westgard, Kathleen P Freeman
    Quantitative Diagnostic Test Validation / Bente Flatland
    Reference Intervals and Decision Limits / Kristen R Friedrichs, Asger Lundorff Jensen, Mads Kjelgaard-Hansen
    Bone Marrow Evaluation / Natali B Bauer, Kendal E Harr
    Flow Cytometry / Unity Jeffery
    Testing for Immune-Mediated Hematologic Disease / K Jane Wardrop, Melinda J Wilkerson, Cinzia Mastroril Electrophoresis and Acute-Phase Proteins / Alessia Giordano
    Molecular Diagnostic Techniques / Robert J Ossiboff
    Genetic Evaluation of Inherited Hematologic Diseases / Noa Safra, Danika Bannasch
    SECTION 10 GLOSSARY
    INDEX
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Alan F. Schatzberg, Charles DeBattista.
    Contents:
    General principles of psychopharmacological treatment
    Diagnosis and classification
    Antidepressants
    Antipsychotic drugs
    Mood stabilizers
    Antianxiety agents
    Hypnotics
    Stimulants and other fast-acting drugs
    Augmentation strategies for treatment-resistant disorders
    Emergency department treatment
    Pharmacotherapy for substance use disorders
    Pharmacotherapy in special situations
    Laboratory-guided pharmacotherapy.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    Adam I. Rubin, Nathaniel J. Jellinek, C. Ralph Daniel III, Richard K. Scher, editors.
    Summary: This thoroughly updated 4th Edition of this highly regarded text continues to provide the latest therapeutic and surgical information on nail disease and disorders. It expands and updates all areas of onychology, including the newest in diagnostic techniques for nail diseases, a segment of dermatology that not only proves more difficult than cutaneous disorders but also is an exciting and innovative area on the frontier of skin research. Scher and Daniel's Nails: Diagnosis, Surgery, Therapy provides an update of therapeutic advances to help the resident, practitioner, and related healthcare provider (podiatrist, nurse, primary care physician, and all involved in nail care). A major section is devoted to nail surgery and nail pathology, both of which have been behind compared to other aspects of dermatology. There is also extensive information on the billion dollar nail cosmetics industry, which will bring this text to the attention of all nail technicians (several hundred thousand in the US alone) as well as to cosmeticians and manufacturers.

    Contents:
    SECTION ONE
    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS- Nail Signs and Symptoms
    SECTION TWO
    THE NORMAL NAIL- Historic Aspects of Nail Disease
    Structure and Function of the Nail Unit
    SECTION THREE
    DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES
    An Approach to Initial Examination of the Nail
    Subungual Exostosis, Nail Disease and Radiologic Considerations
    Histopathology
    SECTION FOUR
    THE ABNORMAL NAIL- Pigmentation Abnormalities
    Brittle Nails
    Simple Onycholysis
    Simple Chronic Paronychia
    Dermatological Diseases
    Onychomycosis
    Podiatric Approach to Onychomycosis
    Nonfungal Infections and Acute Paronychia
    Nails in Systemic Disease
    Systemic Drugs
    Tumors of the Nail Apparatus
    Occupational Nail Disorders
    Disorders of the Nail Unit due to Podiatric Biomechanical Considerations
    Nail Cosmetics: The Benefits and Pitfalls
    Pediatric Diseases
    Nails In Older Individuals
    SECTION FIVE
    THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES
    Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 1: Principles and Techniques)
    Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 2: Indications and Complications)
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jay H. Lefkowitch.
    Summary: "The 9th Edition brings you fully up to date in the field, with coverage of new diagnostic tools, new information on drug-induced liver injury and cytopathology, and many new high-quality illustrations. Throughout the text, you'll find technical tips, diagnostic clues, and pearls that reflect the extensive experience and insight of the late Dr. Peter Scheuer and internationally renowned author Dr. Jay Lefkowitch, making this new edition your standard bench-side guide to today's liver biopsy diagnosis"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    General principles of biopsy assessment
    Laboratory techniques
    The normal liver
    Assessment and differential diagnosis of pathological features
    Biliary disease
    Acute viral hepatitis
    Steatosis, steatohepatitis and related conditions
    Drugs and toxins
    Chronic hepatitis
    Cirrhosis
    Neoplasms and nodules
    Vascular disorders
    Childhood liver disease and metabolic disorders
    Disturbances of copper and iron metabolism
    The liver in systemic disease and pregnancy
    The liver in organ transplantation
    Electron microscopy and other techniques.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Eugene R. Schiff, Willis C. Maddrey, K. Rajender Reddy.
    Contents:
    Overview: Clinical Fundamentals of Hepatology. History Taking and Physical Examination for the Patient with Liver Disease / Esperance A Schaefer, Lawrence S Friedman
    Laboratory Tests, Noninvasive Markers of Fibrosis, Liver Biopsy, and Laparoscopy / Michael P Curry, Lennox J Jeffers
    Noninvasive and Invasive Imaging of the Liver and Biliary Tract / Koushik K Das, Matthew A Morgan, Gregory G Ginsberg
    General Considerations. Physioanatomic Considerations / Ian R Wanless
    Bilirubin Metabolism and Jaundice / Allan W Wolkoff, Paul D Berk
    Hepatic Histopathology / Zachary D Goodman
    Mechanisms of Liver Injury / Harmeet Malhi, Gregory J Gores
    Hepatic Manifestations of Systemic Disorders / Stuart C Gordon, Humberto C Gonzalez
    The Liver in Pregnancy / Nancy Reau, Yannick Bacq
    Consequences of Liver Disease. Hepatic Fibrosis / Scott L Friedman
    Preoperative Evaluation of the Patient with Liver Disease / Patrick S Kamath, Mark T Keegan
    Management of Portal Hypertension / Guadalupe Garcia-Tsao, Juan G Abraldes
    Renal Complications of Liver Disease and the Hepatorenal Syndrome / Xingxing S Cheng, W Ray Kim
    Pulmonary Manifestations of Liver Disease / Michael B Fallon, Anil Seetharam
    Ascites and Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis / Vicente Arroyo, Javier Fernández
    Hepatic Encephalopathy / Chathur Acharya, Jasmohan S Bajaj
    Acute Liver Failure / Robert J Fontana, Khurram Bari
    Acute-on-Chronic Liver Failure / Florence Wong
    Malnutrition and Liver Disease / Craig McClain, Irina Kirpich, Laura Smart
    Cholestatic Disorders. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / John M Vierling
    Primary Biliary Cholangitis / Cynthia Levy, Andres F Carrion, Marlyn J Mayo
    Autoimmune Hepatitis / Gideon M Hirschfield, Gwilym J Webb
    Viral Hepatitis. Hepatitis A and E / Kenneth E Sherman, Shyam Kottilil
    Hepatitis B and D / Marc G Ghany, Naveen Gara
    Hepatitis C / Michael W Fried, Jama M Darling, Stanley M Lemon
    Alcohol- and Drug-induced Liver Disease. Alcoholic Liver Disease / Mack C Mitchell, Gyongyi Szabo
    Drug-induced Hepatotoxicity / Dominique Larrey, Jose Ursic-Bedoya, Lucy Meunier
    Mechanisms of Drug-induced Liver Injury / Paul B Watkins, Merrie Mosedale
    Genetic and Metabolic Disease. Wilson Disease / Michael L Schilsky, Aftab Ala
    Hemochromatosis and Iron Storage Disorders / Kris V Kowdley, Priya Handa
    Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency / David H Perlmutter
    Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease / Curtis K Argo, Zachary H Henry, Stephen H Caldwell
    Vascular Diseases of the Liver. Vascular Liver Disease / Dominique-Charles Valla
    The Liver in Circulatory Failure / Santiago J Munoz, Hanisha R Manickavasagan, Idean Amirjazil
    Benign and Malignant Tumors; Cystic Disorders. Benign Tumors, Nodules, and Cystic Diseases of the Liver / Julien Calderaro, Jessica Zucman-Rossi
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Maddie Kubiliun, Jorge A Marrero
    Surgical Options in Liver Cancers / Garrett R Roll, John Paul Roberts
    Infectious and Granulomatous Disease. Amoebic and Pyogenic Liver Abscesses / Marco A Olivera-Martínez, David Kershenobich
    Parasitic Diseases / Michael A Dunn
    Granulomas of the Liver / James H Lewis
    Elements of Liver Transplantation. Selection of Candidates and Timing of Liver Transplantation / Meaghan Phipps, Alyson N Fox, Robert S Brown
    Immunosuppression: The Global Picture / Caroline C Jadlowiec, Timucin Taner, Russell H Wiesner
    The First Six Months Following Liver Transplantation / K Rajender Reddy, Manuel Mendizabal
    Long-term Management of the Liver Transplant Patient / Timothy M McCashland
    The Liver Transplant Procedure / Bijan Eghtesad, Koji Hashimoto, John Fung
    Recurrent Disease Following Liver Transplantation / Haripriya Maddur, Josh Levitsky
    The Role of Retransplantation / Peter L Abt, Kim M Olthoff
    Controversies in Liver Transplantation / James F Trotter.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Zhongdao Wu, Yiwen Liu, Heinz Mehlhorn, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all details for a successful control and elimination strategy against propagation of deadly liver and intestinal flukes of the genus Schistosoma in China. Cancer due to schistosomiasis is still common in subtropical countries and affords hundred thousands of human and animal deaths per year. Expert authors play close attention to the biology and morphologic aspects of Schistosoma species as well as the history and status quo of schistosomiasis epidemiology. In a unique way, the present work illustrates the need to involve strategic measurements, and to control both adult worms and larval parasite stages. With a special focus on Jiangxi Province, the authors present an effective management plan, ranging from intermediate host snail control to diagnostic tools, medical aid, as well as public health education. This approach from China can be used as blueprint in other countries hit by the same worm infections. The contents of this book will thus be meaningful for academics and practitioners in the fields of parasitology, public health, as well as human and veterinary medicine.

    Contents:
    Schistosomes: Trematode Worms That Endanger Still Today Millions of Humans and Animals
    The History and Experiences of Schistosomiasis Control in China
    Epidemic Characteristics of Schistosomiasis in Jiangxi Province
    The Course of Schistosomiasis Control in Jiangxi
    Experiences and Cases on Schistosomiasis Control Research
    Eliminating Plan and Challenges
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Phillip G. Janicak, Stephen R. Marder, Rajiv Tandon, Morris Goldman, editors.
    Summary: "Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a major addition to the literature, offering practical, comprehensive coverage of diagnosis and treatment options, genetic issues, neuroimaging, long-term management of schizophrenia, and future directions and predictions of how clinical care of schizophrenia will change. The book is divided into five sections. Section 1 summarizes the present state of knowledge about the diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia. This includes recent changes in the DSM 5 categorization of schizophrenia and its implications for treatment. Section 2 considers recent discoveries into its pathoetiology, including the status of biological markers, genetics and neuroimaging as they relate to diagnosis and potential novel therapeutic approaches. Section 3 explores the optimization of present therapeutic approaches; novel treatments; and management of the substantial risks associated with both the illness and its present therapies. Section 4 discusses progress in the long-term management of schizophrenia, focusing on biological and psychotherapeutic strategies to improve functioning and facilitate recovery. Section 5 considers future directions and predictions of how diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia will change. An invaluable addition to the field, Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a definitive resource that will be of great interest to all clinicians caring for patients with schizophrenia."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Carl I. Cohen, Paul D. Meesters.
    Summary: By 2050, the number of people aged sixty years and older with schizophrenia is expected to double and affect about 10 million people worldwide. Psychoses are among the most common experiences in later life, with a lifetime risk of 23 percent. As a result, there is a looming crisis in mental health care. Schizophrenia and Psychoses in Later Life is the first major multidisciplinary reference on these important disorders. The book provides guidelines for clinical care, research and policy that are consistent with the emerging paradigmatic changes occurring with respect to schizophrenia in later life. This book features multidisciplinary contributions from experts in the fields of biological psychiatry, social psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, social work, psychology, and neuropsychology that will help professionals to integrate services and attain the best outcomes. The text will guide psychiatrists, psychologists, gerontologists, policymakers, and social scientists in creating innovative new programs to help this underserved and growing population.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brianna Buljung and Emily Bongiovanni.
    Summary: The Scholarly Communications Cookbook features 84 recipes that can help you establish programs, teach concepts, conduct outreach, and use scholarly communications technologies in your library. The book is divided into 4 thorough sections. Recipes can be used by those new to scholarly communications, early-career librarians, and more experienced professionals looking for fresh ideas for their institution.
  • Digital
    edited by Judith R. Harrison, Brandon K. Schultz, Steven W. Evans.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Foundations
    1. The history and future of school mental health
    2. Who are the school mental health professionals?
    Part II. School mental health interventions
    3. Engaging adolescents in secondary schools
    4. Supporting students following school crises: From the acute aftermath through recovery
    5. Enhancing attention and organization in adolescents
    6. Managing disruptive behavior
    7. Regulating emotions
    8. Emotion regulation and social functioning in adolescence: Conceptualization and treatment
    9. Working with adolescents with autism spectrum disorder
    10. Addressing adolescent drug abuse
    11. Managing chronic health concerns
    Part III. Special topics
    12. Screening and progress monitoring in secondadry schools
    13. Classroom-based services for adolescents with mental health needs
    14. Consultation and collaboration to increase integrity in school mental health
    15. Mental health promotion with aboriginal youth: Lessons learned from the uniting our nations program.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas W. Miller, editor.
    Summary: Significant shifts in community violence have created a need for greater awareness of character development and violence prevention in schools. Since the first edition (2008), public concern generated by high-profile shootings and other violence in schools has only increased. Now more than ever, effective strategies for preventing violence, treating victims, and assessing at-risk children are needed. This new edition, an update of contemporary issues of school violence, is a compendium of theory, research, and applied models that addresses violence and critical ingredients in prevention interventions in schools. The book uniquely addresses psychiatric input on neurobiology of trauma and victimization of children who experience school violence. Authored by clinicians, counselors, educators, researchers, and other professionals, the volume covers new approaches to primary prevention in schools and new contributors including a school superintendent, school safety officer, and specialists who treat relationship and dating violence. New topics include guidelines for school personnel that address exploitation of teenagers due to sex trafficking, and perspectives of parents whose children were victims of abuse and violence in schools. Among the topics explored: Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building Empowering Children to Prevent Violence School Violence and Primary Prevention is a critical and timely resource for school, medical, and mental health professionals working with children. It is also useful for students in public health, education, social work, psychology, and counseling-focused education. Dr. Miller has again made a major contribution on a most pressing issue of our time: school violence. The book covers the landscape of this psychosocial problem including cultural, developmental, intergenerational, racial, and gender aspects as well as approaches and solutions." -James J. Clark, Provost & EVP, Florida State University.

    Contents:
    Part I: Conceptualizing School Violence
    1. School-Related Violence: Definition, Scope, and Prevention Goals
    2. The Neurobiology of Violence and Victimization: Etiology, Biological Substrates, Clinical Implications, and Preventive Strategies
    3. Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School
    4. Urban School Violence: Responding with Culture and Protective Factors Among Youth of Color
    5. Gendered Harassment in Adolescence
    6. Intergenerational Experiences of Bullying, Violence, Support and Survival Skills in Schools
    Part II: Factors and Forms of School Violence
    7. Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies
    8. School-related Violence During the COVID-19 Pandemic
    9. Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Trafficking of School-Aged Children
    10. Relationship and Dating Violence in School-aged Adolescents
    11. School Shootings and Clinical Management: Directions Toward Prevention
    12. Boundary Violations, Harassment, Abuse, and Exploitation in the School Setting
    13. Harassment, Abuse and Violence on the College Campus
    Part III: Key Personnel in Addressing Violence in Schools
    14. The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings
    15. Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building
    16. Toward Understanding Classroom Socialization: Teacher Roles in Peer Victimization
    17. The Psychiatrists Role After a School Shooting: The Emergency Room and Beyond
    18. Preventing Violence Through Coordinated Responses to Classroom Disruption
    Part IV: Prevention Interventions for School-Related Violence
    19. Public Health Approach to Gun Violence Prevention in Connecticuts Youth
    20. Trauma-Informed Care as a Framework to Reduce Trauma and Violence in Schools
    21. Bullying as a Form of Abuse: Conceptualization and Prevention
    22. Mindfulness Strategies for Primary Prevention
    23. Equipping Students Minds with a Cognitive Training Program for Preventing School Violence
    24. Character Education Update: Building a Buffer Against School Violence
    25. Building Empathy, Step-by-Step: Prevention Intervention to Promote School Health
    26. Preventing Compassion Fatigue Among Educators: An Educator Resiliency Study During the COVID-19 Pandemic
    27. Utilizing Effective Bullying Prevention Programs
    28. Empowering Children to Prevent Violence
    29. School Violence: Lessons Learned and New Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, F. Charles Brunicardi ; associate editors, Dana K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David L. Dunn, John G. Hunter, Jeffrey B. Matthews, Raphael E. Pollock.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, F. Charles Brunicardi ; associate editors, Dana K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David L. Dunn, John G. Hunter, Raphael E. Pollock, Jeffrey B. Matthews.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Terry L. Schwinghammer, Julia M. Koehler, Jill S. Borchert, Douglas Slain, Sharon K. Park.
    Summary: "Pharmacotherapy Casebook: A Patient-Focused Approach uses 150+ cases to help you build the clinical decision-making skills required to identify and resolve commonly encountered medication therapy problems encountered in daily practice. Providing a consistent, practical approach, this authoritative guide delivers everything you need to master patient communication, care plan development, and documenting interventions. Case chapters are organized into system sections that correspond to those of the companion textbook. The case-based approach makes this an ideal resource for PharmD, Nurse Practitioner, and other allied health courses" --Publisher's site.

    Contents:
    Principles of Patient-Focused Therapy
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Respiratory Disorders
    Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Renal Disorders
    Neurologic Disorders
    Psychiatric Disorders
    Endocrinologic Disorders
    Gynecologic and Obstetric Disorders
    Urologic Disorders
    Immunologic Disorders
    Bone and Joint Disorders
    Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders
    Dermatologic Disorders
    Hematologic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Oncologic Disorders
    Nutrition and Nutritional Disorders
    Complementary and Alternative Therapies (Level III).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    AccessAPN
  • Print
    by Joseph Needham.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Q127.C5 N3
    6
  • Digital
    Michel Claessens.
    Summary: This book is a fresh and readable account of the Covid-19 pandemic and how scientists and medical doctors are helping governments to manage the crisis. The book contains interviews and exchanges with dozens of scientists, doctors, experts, government representatives, and journalists. Why do some of the most scientifically advanced countries have the highest Covid-19 mortality? During the pandemic, the research community has been at the heart of and actor in global scandal. Why has science failed? With the help of numerous testimonies from China, France, the UK and the USA in particular, the book provides an insider view on this major crisis. Although the governments of these countries based their Covid-19 strategy on science, scientists failed to have a decisive influence on decision-makers except in China which created genuine time bombs. The accelerated development of vaccines does not erase past months' errors. The crisis led to the development of science politics at an unprecedented rate. More worryingly, experts themselves acknowledge that they did not rise to the challenge. Covid-19 also highlighted the weakness of democratic regimes and the power of technocapitalism. Countries pulled down their blinds, locked their doors, and promoted national approaches rather than international cooperation. The author proposes to set up an international framework on health risk to co-construct decision-making. He advocates political distancing in order to put the basics first: develop science, fight ignorance.

    Contents:
    A Microscopic Killer
    COVID-19 Diary
    Geopolitics of the Coronavirus
    Political Distancing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Takahiro Tabuchi.
    Summary: The main focus of this book is providing evidence on and interpreting the risks associated with heated tobacco products (HTPs) in terms of their health effects and social effects; in addition, the author introduces a harm reduction theory related to HTPs and electronic cigarettes. The book also addresses the history of these products, their marketing strategies, and policy implications. These products are new and the accompanying health risks have yet to be determined. However, since Japan accounts for more than 80% of the world's market for IQOS, the most popular heated tobacco product, researchers around the globe will be very interested in the outcomes. Written by a leading researcher in the field of tobacco control, Science and Practice for Heated Tobacco Products offers a valuable, unique resource for researchers in the fields of epidemiology, public health, social sciences, addiction, and tobacco research. Since tobacco is associated with a host of diseases including cancers, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes mellitus, and respiratory illnesses, researchers and healthcare workers whose work involves these diseases will find this book both thought provoking and insightful.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Tobacco Products in Japan including a History of Heated Tobacco Products
    3 The JASTIS project: product use status in Japan
    4 Marketing Strategy for Tobacco Products in Japan
    5 Substances in Novel Tobacco Products
    6 Health effect
    7 Social Effect
    8 Interpretation of Risks of Novel Tobacco Products, including Harm Reduction Theory
    9 Suggestions for Practice regarding Novel Tobacco Product Use Patterns
    10 Policy implication including interference in tobacco control measures with new tobacco products
    11 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gin S. Malhi, Marc Masson, Frank Bellivier, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a clear and comprehensive guide to the clinical prescription of lithium that draws upon evidence-based knowledge of its mechanisms of action. The book is divided into two parts, on the science of lithium and the practice of lithium therapy. The former covers aspects such as the properties of the lithium ion, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, impact on neurotransmission, and gene expression modulation. The section on practice includes discussion of variability in response to lithium, use of lithium in the treatment of bipolar disorders, its value in suicide prevention, administration during pregnancy and in the pediatric age group, and side effects. Lithium is arguably the only true mood stabilizer, and its multifaceted effects across many clinical domains have given rise to a resurgence of interest in recent years, fuelled by both researchers and clinicians. Nevertheless, its use remains constrained by exaggerated concerns about potential side-effects. In reality, lithium is a simple molecule that is relatively straightforward to administer and monitor and has potentially profound benefits at a fraction of the cost of contemporary agents. This book dispels the many myths and concerns that surround its use and will be of interest for clinicians and researchers worldwide.

    Contents:
    Section I: Science of Lithium: The Ion : Lithium
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of lithium
    Lithium : neurotransmission and cellular mechanisms pathways underlying neuroprogression in bipolar disorder
    Lithium on gene expression modulation
    Neuroimaging and lithium
    Conclusion: overview of potential mechanisms of action of lithium in bipolar disorder
    Section II: Practice of Lithium Therapy
    Introduction of lithium in Medicine and Psychiatry
    Lithium Response variability
    Lithium Response variability: Pharmacogenomics studies
    Lithium Response variability: Biomarkers
    Lithium in acute and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorders
    Lithium and suicide prevention
    Lithium in Bipolar disorders international guidelines
    Lithium and pregnancy
    Lithium in children and adolescents
    Short and mid-term side effects of lithium
    Lithium, kidneys, renal failure
    Lithium intoxication
    Discontinuation and re-use of lithium
    Conclusion : overview of indications and monitoring of lithium in bipolar disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marco Romanelli, Michael Clark, Amit Gefen, Guido Ciprandi, editors.
    Summary: This updated volume provides the current knowledge on the diagnosis, treatment, management, and prevention of pressure ulcers. Chapters on the early detection of pressure ulcers, negative pressure therapy, pressure ulcers in pediatric patients, adjunctive therapies, surgical management of pressure ulcers, and innovation in pressure ulcer research and practice are included. This second edition aims to be the primary reference for pressure ulcers from diagnosis and prevention to management and treatment options. The book is relevant to dermatology clinicians, vascular surgeons, and dermatology nurses.

    Contents:
    The potential of biomarkers in the early detection of pressure ulcers
    The critical characteristics of a good wheelchair cushion
    Epidemiology of pressure ulcers
    Nutrition and pressure ulcers
    Health related quality of life (HRQOL) implications for people with pressure ulcers
    Incontinence-associated dermatitis (IAD) and pressure ulcers : an overview
    Microclimate ; rediscovering an old concept in the aetiology of pressure ulcers
    Skin care
    Pressure ulcers in pediatric patients
    Pressure ulcers after epidural anaesthesia
    Advanced dressings in pressure ulcers
    Adjunctive therpaies in pressure ulcers
    Negitive pressure would therapy in the management of pressure ulcers
    Surgical management of pressure ulcers
    The Stop Pressure Ulcer Day and other initiatives by EPUAP
    Innovation in pressure ulcers prevention and treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ram Sasisekharan, [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: This volume in the AAPS Advances series covers various quality, safety and clinical aspects of drug development that are relevant to new and/or generic drugs containing a complex mixture of molecules. Specific topics discussed include: raw materials sourcing; manufacturing controls; characterization; identification of critical product quality components and attributes; identification of impurities, particularly as they bear on toxicity and immunogenicity; clinical trial study design considerations, and the regulatory science applications to development of such complex mixtures. Complex mixtures are challenging to characterize and analyze using standard methods. Further challenges extend throughout the product development cycle from raw material control to clinical study design. The regulatory landscape is rapidly changing as new types of complex mixtures are introduced into clinical trials and to the market (e.g., traditional Chinese medicines and medical marijuana products), while older products are facing generic competition for the first time (e.g., enoxaparin). The future outlook for complex generic drug products, as opposed to the more commonly developed targeted single agent drug products is not clear. The risks pertaining to lack of a full understanding of raw material control, process and controls in manufacture, as well as characterization of a complex mixture were seen vividly during the heparin crisis of 2008. As such powerful lessons have been learned about the regulatory science specific to complex products. The Science and Regulations of Naturally Derived Complex Drugs addresses the interests among industry, academics, and government on the issues surrounding the future development of mixtures for medicinal use.

    Contents:
    Evolving Challenges in Developing Naturally-Derived Complex Mixtures into Drugs: U.S. Experience and Perspective
    Regulatory Landscapes for Approval of Naturally-derived Complex Mixture Drugs
    Complex Natural Product Heparin: Biosynthesis, Biology and Application via Synthetic Heparins
    Traditional Chinese Medicine Herbal Drugs: From Heritage to Future Developments
    Analytics on Farm-Dust Extract for Development of Novel Strategies to Prevent Asthma and Allergic Disease
    Analytical Tools for Physicochemical Characterization and Fingerprinting
    NMR in the Characterization of Complex Mixture Drugs
    Mass Spectrometry in the Characterization of Complex Drugs
    Scientific Considerations in the Approval of Complex Generi
    Raw Materials Production and Manufacturing Process Control Strategies
    Heparin Contamination and Issues Related to Raw Materials and Controls
    Pharmacology and Toxicology Concerns of Impurities
    Immunogenicity risks for Naturally Derived Complex Drugs
    Development of Plant-Derived Mixtures as Botanical Drugs: Clinical Considerations
    A Totality-of-Evidence Approach to Ensuring Therapeutic Consistency of Naturally Derived Complex Mixtures
    Economic Considerations for Complex Mixture Drugs
    Drug Discovery from Complex Mixtures: Serendipity, Screening and Characterization
    Integrated Approach for Characterization of Highly Heterogeneous Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sasan Adibi, Abbas Rajabifard, Sheikh Mohammed Shariful Islam, Alireza Ahmadvand, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a timely review of modern technologies for health, with a special emphasis on wireless and wearable technologies, GIS tools and machine learning methods for managing the impacts of pandemics. It describes new strategies for forecasting evolution of pandemics, optimizing contract tracing, and for detection and diagnosis of diseases, among others. Written by researchers and professionals with different backgrounds, this book offers a extensive information and a source of inspiration for physiologists, engineers, IT scientists and policy makers in the health and technology sector.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pandemics Behavior of One Year in Six Most Affected Countries using Polynomial Generated SIR Model
    Digital contact tracing for COVID 19: a missed opportunity or an expensive mess
    A Re-configurable Software-Hardware CNN Framework for Automatic Detection of Respiratory Symptoms
    A Comprehensive Telemedicine Service in Hong Kong Provided Through a Mobile Application
    Adapting to live in the global pandemic era: Case studies
    Towards QR code health systems amid COVID-19 - Lessons learnt from other QR code digital technologies
    Optimal testing strategies for infectious diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Palmer, B. J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U730 .P17
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan G. Hofmann, Gordon J.G. Asmundson.
    Contents:
    The generic model of cognitive behavioral therapy / Scott H. Waltman and Leslie Sokol
    Treatment-relevant assessment in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Katerina Rnic and David J.A. Dozois
    Learning principles in CBT / Michelle L. Davis, Sara M. Witcraft, Scarlett O. Baird and Jasper A.J. Smits
    Cognitive processes in CBT / Eni S. Becker and Janna N. Vrijsen
    Emotion regulation in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Andre J. Plate and Amelia Aldao
    Combined treatment with CBT and psychopharmacology / Josie Lee, Bridget A. Hearon and Michael W. Otto
    Acceptance and commitment therapy and the cognitive behavioral tradition / Frederick Chin and Steven C. Hayes
    Mindfulness-based cognitive behavioral treatments / Lizabeth Roemer, Natalie Arbid, Jennifer H. Martinez and Susan M. Orsillo
    Global to local / Anushka Patel and Devon Hinton
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older adults / Elizabeth C. Conti, Cynthia Kraus-Schulman and Melinda A. Stanley
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy for children and adolescents / Danielle Cornacchio, Amanda L. Sanchez, Tommy Chou and Jonathan S. Comer
    Behavioral activation treatments for depression / Leanne Quigley and Keith S. Dobson
    Posttraumatic stress disorder / Richard A. Bryant
    Eating disorders / Zafra Cooper and Riccardo D. Grave
    Transdiagnostic treatment for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin and Hannah Boettcher
    Cognitive behavioral therapy for sleep disorders / Caitlin E. Gasperetti, Michael R. Dolsen and Allison G. Harvey
    Cognitive behavioral therapy for somafom disorders and / Maria Kleinstäuber and Winfried Rief
    Dialectical behavior therapy / Anita Lungu and Marsha M. Linehan
    Cognitive bias modification / Jennie M. Kuckertz and Nader Amir
    Cognitive training in schizophrenia / Kristen M. Haut, Vijay A. Mittal, Stewart A. Shankman and Christine I. Hooker
    Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy / Gerhard Andersson, Per Carlbring and Heather D. Hadjustavropoulos
    Virtual reality and other realities / Cristina Botella, Rosa M. Baños, Azucena García-Palacios and Soledad Quero.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Tom Lissauer ; deputy editor, Will Carroll ; associate editors, Robert Dinwiddie, Michael Hall ; foreword by Neena Modi.
    Summary: "The Science of Paediatrics, MRCPCH Mastercourse, provides essential background preparation for the MRCPCH Theory and Science examination. It contains an up-to-date review of the application of science to everyday paediatric clinical practice, whether it is interpreting clinical signs or investigations, prescribing drugs or identifying best management. Although this understanding is essential in order to make informed clinical decisions, it is difficult to obtain as it is not usually covered in clinical textbooks"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Front Matter. Copyright. Foreword. Preface. List of Contributors. 1. The role of science and research in paediatrics
    2. Epidemiology and public health
    3. History and examination
    4. Normal child development
    5. Developmental problems and the child with special needs
    6.Paediatric emergencies and critical care
    7. Accidents and poisoning
    8. Child protection
    9. Genetics
    10. Perinatal medicine
    11. Neonatal medicine
    12. Growth and puberty
    13. Nutrition
    14. Gastroenterology
    15. Infection and immunity
    16. Allergy
    17. Respiratory medicine
    18. Cardiology
    19. Nephrology
    20. Genital disorders
    21. Hepatology
    22. Oncology
    23. Haematology
    24. Child and adolescent mental health
    25. Dermatology
    26. Diabetes and endocrinology
    27. Musculoskeletal disorders
    28. Neurology
    29. Metabolic medicine
    30. Ophthalmology
    31. Hearing and balance
    32. Adolescent medicine
    33. Global child health
    34. Palliative medicine
    35. Ethics
    36. Pharmacology and therapeutics
    37. Clinical research
    38. Statistics
    39. Evidence-based paediatrics
    40. Quality improvement and the clinician.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Jonathan M. W. Slack.
    Summary: "Introduces all of the essential cell biology and developmental biology background for the study of stem cells. This book gives you all the important information you need to become a stem cell scientist. It covers the characterization of cells, genetic techniques for modifying cells and organisms, tissue culture technology, transplantation immunology, properties of pluripotent and tissue specific stem cells and, in particular, the relevant aspects of mammalian developmental biology. It dispels many misconceptions about stem cells, especially that they can be miracle cells that can cure all ills. The book puts emphasis on stem cell behavior in its biological context and on how to study it. Throughout, the approach is simple, direct, and logical, and evidence is given to support conclusions. Stem cell biology has huge potential for advancing therapies for many distressing and recalcitrant diseases, and its potential will be realized most quickly when as many people as possible have a good grounding in the science of stem cells. Content focused on the basic science underpinning stem cell biology Covers techniques of studying cell properties and cell lineage in vivo and in vitro Explains the basics of embryonic development and cell differentiation, as well as the essential cell biology processes of signaling, gene expression, and cell division Includes instructor resources such as further reading and figures for downloading Offers an online supplement summarizing current clinical applications of stem cells Written by a prominent leader in the field, The Science of Stem Cells is an ideal course book for advanced undergraduates or graduate students studying stem cell biology, regenerative medicine, tissue engineering, and other topics of science and biology."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    John E. Brush, Jr., MD.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Uncertainty in clinical medicine
    Chapter 2. The logic of medicine
    Chapter 3. Probability: uncertainty quantified
    Chapter 4. Decision making: making choices
    Chapter 5. Solving unstructured problems
    Chapter 6. Therapeutic decision making
    Chapter 7. Evidence-based medicine
    Chapter 8. Improving the quality of care
    Chapter 9. Common fallacies
    Chapter 10. Putting this book into practice
    Appendix 1. More on probability curves
    Appendix 2. More on likelihood ratios
    Appendix 3. The minimum Bayes factor and likelihood ratios.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R723.5 .B78 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Vibhakar Vachhrajani, Payal Khakhkhar.
    Summary: This book outlines, from a surgeon's standpoint, how physicians and mid-level providers working at wound care centres can expeditiously and effectively manage wounds. It comprehensively addresses the concept of wound healing, from the healing process to debridement concepts, and various antiseptics and local antibiotics used in dressing materials to facilitate healing. The book also discusses the latest inventions and treatment options that have revolutionized wound healing, such as: oxygen therapy, ozone therapy, hyperbaric oxygen therapy, electric therapy and ultrasonic wound therapy. In closing, it examines the latest regenerative therapies based on stem cell therapy, cellular therapy and gene therapy. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for medical students and physicians dealing with wound management, as well as a reference guide for nurses in primary and tertiary wound care settings.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Pathophysiology of wound healing
    Chapter 3. Debridement
    Chapter 4. Antiseptics and local antibiotics. Chapter 5. Absorbent dressings (simple gauze and others). Chapter 6. Moisturizing dressings
    Chapter 7. Other types of dressings
    Chapter 8. Other modalities of treatment
    Chapter 9. Growth factors and hormones
    Chapter 10. Regenerative therapy
    Chapter 11. Offloading, footwear and immobilization
    Chapter 12. Management of hypertrophic scar
    Chapter 13. Different types of wounds.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Scientific and technical publication (Washington, D.C.) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Len Wisneski, MD, FACP.
    Contents:
    A review of classic physiological systems
    Systems integration : psychoneuroimmunology
    The stress system
    The relaxation system : theoretical construct
    The relaxation system : therapeutic modalities
    Energy medicine : cutting-edge modalities
    Energy medicine : focus on non-thermal electromagnetic therapies
    Energy medicine : focus on lasers
    The four pillars and two guideposts for the healing professions
    The pineal gland : energy transducer
    Soul medicine : crossing the boundary
    Human epigenetics in health and disease
    History and philosophy of naturopathic medicine
    Wellbeing
    Assessing the toxic load and detoxification strategies
    Precision nutrition
    The landscape of integrative medicine in America with a shift to prevention and health promotion
    Whole person caring
    Energy medicine : focus on lasers.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    edited by David L. Williams, Ronald F. Nunn, and Vincent Marks.
    Contents:
    v. 1, Analytical aspects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB40 .S416
    1
  • Print
    edited by David Innes Williams and Geoffrey D. Chisholm.
    Contents:
    v.1 - Renal disorders infections and calculi. v.2 - Urogenital tract, oncology and the urological armamentarium.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC870 .S33 1976
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Allison B. Kaufman, Meredith J. Bashaw, Terry L. Maple.
    Summary: In the modern era, zoos and aquariums fight species extinction, educate communities, and advance learning of animal behaviour. This book features first person stories and scientific reviews to explore ground breaking projects run by these institutions. Large-scale conservation initiatives that benefit multiple species are detailed in the first section, including critical habitat protection, evidence-based techniques to grow animal populations and the design of community education projects. The second section documents how zoos use science to improve the health and welfare of animals in captivity and make difficult management decisions. The section on saving species includes personal tales of efforts to preserve wild populations through rehabilitation, captive breeding, reintroduction, and public outreach. The concluding section details scientific discoveries about animals that would have been impossible without the support of zoos and aquariums. The book is for animal scientists, zoo professionals, educators and researchers worldwide, as well as students of zookeeping and conservation.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    edited with a foreword by Barbara Newborg.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Studies in cellular physiology
    v. 2. Radical dietary treatment of vasular and metabolic disorders.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QH 631 .K325
    2
  • Digital
    Stephen B. Heard.
    Summary: The ability to write clearly is critical to any scientific career. The Scientist's Guide to Writing provides practical advice to help scientists become more effective writers so that their ideas have the greatest possible impact. Drawing on his own experience as a scientist, graduate adviser, and editor, Stephen Heard emphasizes that the goal of all scientific writing should be absolute clarity; that good writing takes deliberate practice; and that what many scientists need are not long lists of prescriptive rules but rather direct engagement with their behaviors and attitudes when they write. He combines advice on such topics as how to generate and maintain writing momentum with practical tips on structuring a scientific paper, revising a first draft, handling citations, responding to peer reviews, managing coauthorships, and more. In an accessible, informal tone, The Scientist's Guide to Writing explains essential techniques that students, postdoctoral researchers, and early-career scientists need to write more clearly, efficiently, and easily. Emphasizes writing as a process, not just a productEncourages habits that improve motivation and productivityExplains the structure of the scientific paper and the function of each partProvides detailed guidance on submission, review, revision, and publicationAddresses issues related to coauthorship, English as a second language, and more.

    Contents:
    Frontmatter
    Contents
    Preface
    Part I. What Writing Is
    1. On Bacon, Hobbes, and Newton, and the Selfishness of Writing Well
    2. Genius, Craft, and What This Book Is About
    Part II. Behavior
    3. Reading
    4. Managing Your Writing Behavior
    5. Getting Started
    6. Momentum
    Part III. Content and Structure
    7. Finding and Telling Your Story
    8. The Canonical Structure of the Scientific Paper
    9. Front Matter and Abstract
    10. The Introduction Section
    11. The Methods Section
    12. The Results Section
    13. The Discussion Section
    14. Back Matter
    15. Citations
    16. Deviations from the IMRaD Canon
    Part IV. Style
    17. Paragraphs
    18. Sentences
    19. Words
    20. Brevity
    Part V. Revision
    21. Self- Revision
    22. Friendly Review
    23. Formal Review
    24. Revision and the "Response to Reviews"
    Part VI. Some Loose Threads
    25. The Diversity of Writing Forms
    26. Managing Coauthorships
    27. Writing in English for Non- Native Speakers
    Part VII. Final Thoughts
    28. On Whimsy, Jokes, and Beauty: Can Scientific Writing Be Enjoyed?
    Acknowledgements
    References
    Permanent URLs
    Index.
    Digital Access De Gruyter 2016
  • Digital
    Carlos Pavesio, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a concise but comprehensive overview of scleritis, with up-to-date information on all aspects, including diagnosis and treatment. Fundamental features of the pathogenesis of scleral inflammation are first discussed as a basis for understanding the therapeutic strategies. Detailed descriptions are then provided of clinical manifestations, the complications that can arise during the course of the disease process, and the best way to manage them. An individual chapter is devoted to infectious scleritis and its management, this being an uncommon but serious condition that may result not only in loss of vision but also in loss of the globe itself. The diagnostic approach to and various management options for scleritis are then discussed extensively, with coverage of local and systemic therapy and new strategies, including biologics. Apart from the potential impact on vision, inflammation of the sclera carries a risk of association with systemic diseases, some of which can prove fatal if not promptly recognized and managed. This book is designed to allow ophthalmologists to easily identify the condition and the signs indicative of a more severe problem. It will thereby assist in safe and effective management, and help in preserving vision and life.

    Contents:
    General Considerations on Anatomy and Pathogenesis of Scleral Inflammation
    Classification and Clinical Presentations
    Associated Systemic Diseases
    Infectious Scleritis
    Diagnostic Approach to Scleritis
    Complications and their Management
    Management with Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents
    Management with Steroids: Local and Systemic
    Management with Immunosuppressive Therapy and Biologics.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John Varga, Christopher P. Denton, Fredrick M. Wigley, Yannick Allanore, Masataka Kuwana, editors.
    Summary: Comprised of the authoritative work of international experts, this fully-updated second edition of Scleroderma builds upon the well-regarded approach in the first edition to provide integrated, concise, and up-to-date synthesis of current concepts of pathogenesis and modern approaches to management of systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). With a multidisciplinary approach to comprehensive care, this book is easily accessible for health care professionals in many fields. The new edition includes extensive updated material based on major developments in the field, with new chapters on personalized medicine, cancer complications, global perspectives on scleroderma, and more. It presents a succinct and thoughtful synthesis of current pathomechanistic concepts, providing a valuable reference tool for basic and translational investigators working in the field. Scleroderma: From Pathogenesis to Comprehensive Management serves as an essential, all-inclusive resource for rheumatologists, pulmonologists, cardiologists, gastroenterologists, nephrologists and all those involved in the care of scleroderma patients.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Historical Perspective of Scleroderma
    Section II. Epidemiology, Genetics and Classification
    Epidemiology, Environmental and Infectious Risk Factors
    Genetic Factors
    Disease Subsets in Clinical Practice
    Evolving Concepts of Diagnosis and Classification
    Overlap Syndromes
    Juvenile Localized and Systemic Scleroderma
    Morphea (Localized Scleroderma)
    Scleroderma Mimics
    Systems Biology Approaches to Understanding the Pathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis
    Section III: The Biological Basis of Systemic Sclerosis
    Introduction: The Etiopathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis: An Integrated Overview
    Pathology of Systemic Sclerosis
    Inflammation and Immunity
    Autoantibodies as Markers and Possible Mediators of Scleroderma Pathogenesis
    The Clinical Aspects of Autoantibodies
    Mechanisms of Vascular Disease
    Biomarkers in Systemic Sclerosis
    Pathophysiology of Fibrosis in Systemic Sclerosis
    Overview of Animal Models
    Section IV. Cardiovascular Manifestations and Management
    Raynaud's Phenomenon, Digital Ulcers, and Nailfold Capillaroscopy
    Renal Crisis and Other Renal Manifestations of Scleroderma
    Cardiac Involvement
    Section V. Pulmonary Manifestations and Management
    Overview of Lung Involvement: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Monitoring
    Clinical Assessment of Lung Disease
    Treatment of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Pathogenesis of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Clinical Assessment of Pulmonary Hypertension
    The Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension in the Setting of Systemic Sclerosis
    Section VI. Gastrointestinal Manifestations and Management
    Overview of Gastrointestinal Tract Involvement
    Upper Gastrointestinal Tract: Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
    Small and Large Intestinal Involvement and Nutritional Issues
    Section VII. Skin, Musculoskeletal and Other Complications
    Calcinosis
    Evaluation and Management of Skin Disease
    Assessment and Management of Progressive Skin Involvement in Diffuse Scleroderma
    Skeletal Muscle Involvement
    Tendons, Joints, and Bone
    Cancer in Systemic Sclerosis
    Overlooked Manifestations
    Pregnancy
    Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment
    Introduction to Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment
    Immunomodulatory, Immunoablative, and Biologic Therapies
    Investigative Approaches to Drug Therapy
    Drug Development and Regulatory Considerations for SSc Therapies
    Physical and Occupational Therapy
    Psychosocial Issues and Care for Patients with Systemic Sclerosis
    Clinical Trial Design in Systemic Sclerosis
    Measuring Disease Activity and Outcomes in Clinical Trials
    Innovative Approaches to Clinical Trials in Systemic Sclerosis
    Molecular Stratification by Gene Expression as a Paradigm for Precision Medicine in Systemic Sclerosis
    Section IX. Case Studies: Approach to Complex Clinical Problems
    Managing the Ischemic Finger in Scleroderma
    Scleroderma Renal Crisis
    Rapid Diffuse Skin Disease with Progressive Joint Contractures
    Management of the Scleroderma Patient with Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension Failing Initial Therapy
    Pseudo-obstruction with Malabsorption and Malnutrition
    Progressive Interstitial Lung Disease Non-Response to Cyclophosphamide
    Coping with the Disfigurement of Scleroderma: Facial, Skin, and Hand Changes
    Managing Complicated Digital Ulcers .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Mitchel P. Goldman, Robert A. Weiss ; contributors, Jean-Jé́rôme Guex, Hugo Partsch, Michel R. Perrin, Albert-Adrien Ramelet, Stefano Ricci, Oscar Maleti, Marzia Lugli.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy
    2. Adverse Sequelae and Complications of Venous Hypertension
    3. Pathophysiology of Varicose Veins
    4. Pathophysiology of Telangiectasias
    5. Noninvasive Examination of the Patient Before Sclerotherapy
    6. Use of Compression Therapy
    7. Mechanism of Action of Sclerotherapy
    8. Complications and Adverse Sequelae of Sclerotherapy
    10. Role of Surgery in the Treatment of Varicose Veins
    11. Intravascular Approaches to the Treatment of Varicose Veins : Radiofrequency, Lasers and More
    12. Clinical Methods for Sclerotherapy of Telangiectasias
    13. Treatment of Leg Telangiectasias with Laser and High-Intensity Pulsed Light
    14. Venoactive Drugs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    American Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing.
    Summary: This newly released publication is an updated scope of practice statement and 17 revised standards for the clinical and administrative professional practice of ambulatory care registered nurses (RNs). The standards promote effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment.The 10th edition of the Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing contains some significant revisions from previous versions. In addition to the revised scope of practice, this publication contains 17 standards. The first six standards address the phases of the nursing process; the last 11 standards address professional performance.These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. -- Provided by Publisher.

    Contents:
    Scope and standards revision task force
    Overview of the AAACN standards 10th edition
    Scope of practice for professional ambulatory care nursing
    Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing. Standards of professional clinical practice
    Standards of nursing organizational and professional performance.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    AAACN.
    Summary: "The Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing promotes effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment. The 9th Edition contains significant revisions from previous versions, including an updated Scope of Practice statement, as well as updates for the 16 standards of professional ambulatory care nursing practice. The scope of practice statement addresses the definition and unique characteristics of ambulatory care nursing, the conceptual framework, its history over the past 30 years, the diverse types of ambulatory care settings, the roles of ambulatory care RNs, the trends and issues in ambulatory care and future directions. The standards specify the competencies needed for professional clinical and administrative practice. The first six standards address the six phases of the nursing process; the last ten standards address Professional Performance. Each standard contains three sections: 1. A statement of the standard addressed. 2. Measurement criteria that may be used for demonstrating competency for meeting the standard. 3. Additional standard statements and measurement criteria for nurseexecutives, administrators, and managers. These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. Use this resource to guide ambulatory care nursing role descriptions and competencies; improve or create policies, procedures, and standards; train and orient staff; create clinical, telehealth, and administrative job descriptions; stimulate participation in research and evidence-based practice; guide ethical practice and patient advocacy; and guide performance improvement initiatives in clinical and organizational environments."--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    editors, P. Gopalakrishnakone, Elisabeth Ferroni Schwartz, Lourival D. Possani, Ricardo C. Rodríguez de la Vega.
    Summary: In recent years, the field of Toxinology has expanded substantially. On the one hand it studies venomous animals, plants and micro organisms in detail to understand their mode of action on targets. While on the other, it explores the biochemical composition, genomics and proteomics of toxins and venoms to understand their three interaction with life forms (especially humans), development of antidotes and exploring their pharmacological potential. Therefore, Toxinology has deep linkages with biochemistry, molecular biology, anatomy and pharmacology. In addition, there is a fast developing applied subfield, clinical toxinology, which deals with understanding and managing medical effects of toxins on human body. Given the huge impact of toxin-based deaths globally, and the potential of venom in generation of drugs for so-far incurable diseases (for example, Diabetes, Chronic Pain), the continued research and growth of the field is imminent. This has led to the growth of research in the area and the consequent scholarly output by way of publications in journals and books. Despite this ever growing body of literature within biomedical sciences, there is still no all-inclusive reference work available that collects all of the important biochemical, biomedical and clinical insights relating to Toxinology. The Handbook of Toxinology aims to address this gap and cover the field of Toxinology comprehensively.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carol E.H. Scott-Conner, David L. Dawson.
    Summary: "To better reflect its new and expanded content, the name of the 4th edition of Operative Anatomy has been changed to Essential Operative Techniques and Anatomy. In this latest edition, the text's focus on clinically relevant surgical anatomy will still remain, but it is now organized by anatomical regions rather than by procedures. Then to further ensure its relevance as a valuable reference tool, the number of chapters has been expanded to 134 and the color art program has also been increased significantly. Written for surgical residents, this book provides an up-to-date, easy-to-use reference for nearly all procedures with which they will face in their residency. Providing a blend of both surgical anatomy and a surgical atlas, this edition covers all Essential Common procedures from the SCORE curriculum as well as many of the Essential Uncommon procedures such as urgent operations seen in general surgery practice. FEATURES: Covers all Essential Common procedures in SCORE curriculum, Significantly expanded chapter on thoracoscopic surgery of the esophagus, Significantly expanded chapter on laparoscopic colon resection, New chapters on cutaneous infections, I & D, excision, STSG, ligation, stripping, saphenous vein, loop ileostomy/closure, operations for small bowel obstruction (including laparoscopic), and pediatric umbilical hernia repair"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton.
    Contents:
    1.Introduction: Scottish medicine and literary culture, 1726-1832 / Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton
    2. 'Nothing is so soon forgot as pain': reading agony in Adam Smith's The theory of moral sentiments / Craig Franson --3. The origins of a modern medical ethics in enlightenment Scotland: Cheyne, Gregory and Cullen as practitioners of sensibility / Wayne Wild
    4. The demise of the preformed embryo: Edinburgh, Leiden, and the physician-poet Mark Akenside's contribution to re-establishing epigenetic embryology / Robin Dix
    5. Benjamin Rush, Edinburgh medicine and the rise of physician autobiography / Catherine Jones
    6. The construction of Robert Fergusson's illness and death / Rhona Brown
    7. 'Groaning under the miseries of a diseased nervous system': Robert Burns and melancholy / Allan Beveridge
    8. Phrenological controversy and the medical imagination: 'A modern pythagorean' in Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine / Megan J. Coyer
    9. Blood and the revenant in Walter Scott's The Fair Maid of Perth / Katherine Inglis
    10. Magic, mind control, and the body electric: "Materia Medica" in Sir Walter Scott's library at Abbotsford / Lindsay Levy
    11. An Account of ... William Cullen: John Thomson and the making of a medical biography / David E. Shuttleton
    12. Transatlantic irritability: Brunonian sociology, America and mass culture in the nineteenth century / Gavin Budge
    Index.
    Digital Access 2014
    Access via Clio medica 2014 ; 94
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    E. Scott Sills, editor.
    Contents:
    The Development of PGD
    Elements of Informed Consent for Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis
    Follicular Recruitment & Oocyte Recovery in Assisted Reproduction
    Biomarker-based Flow-Cytometric Semen Analysis for Male Infertility Diagnostics and Clinical Decision Making in ART
    Comparison of Methods for Assessment of Sperm DNA Damage (Fragmentation) and Implications for the Assisted Reproductive Technologies
    Tweaking ICSI for a PGD program
    Comprehensive Chromosomal Screening from Polar Body Biopsy to Blastocyst Trophectoderm Sampling: Evidence and Considerations
    Polar Body Diagnosis
    An Alternative and Addition to Preimplantation Diagnosis
    Efficiency of Polar Body Biopsy for Aneuploidy Screening by DNA Microarray for Single Embryo Transfer
    Prediction of Embryo Viability by Morphokinetic Evaluation to Facilitate Single Transfer
    Comparison of PCR Techniques for Embryo Screening and Single Embryo Transfer
    Array CGH and Partial Genome Sequencing for Rapidly Karyotyping IVF Blastocysts Before Transfer
    Single Embryo Transfers Enabled by aCGH
    Current and Future Methodologies
    SNP array, qPCR, and next-generation sequencing based comprehensive chromosome screening
    Expanding PGD Applications to Non-traditional Genetic and Non-Genetic Conditions
    Should molecular cytogenetic techniques be applied to facilitate single embryo transfer in egg donation cases? Assessment of frequency and distribution of embryo aneuploidy after anonymous donor oocyte IVF
    Selecting the Single Embryo for Transfer in Mitochondrial Disorders
    Single Embryo Transfer: The Significance of the Embryo Transfer Technique
    The Vitrification Component: An Integral Part of a Successful eSET Program
    A Review of Luteal Support Protocols for Single Embryo Transfers
    Fresh and Frozen
    Cost effectiveness of single embryo transfers relative to higher embryo transfer policies in clinical practice: A population based analysis
    The Quebec experience
    One plus one equals two at once: Presenting cumulative pregnancy rates as the ideal outcome in elective SET programs
    Single Embryo Transfer in a State-Sponsored IVF Context: Current Experience from Israel
    Single Embryo Transfer: the Quebec Experience
    Regulatory Aspects of Embryo Testing: An American View
    Regulatory Challenges in Assisted Reproduction: A European Perspective
    Preimplantation Genetic Screening: Ethics & Policy
    Crossing Rubicons: Assisted Reproductive Therapies and Remaining Human.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Richard S. Koplin, David C. Ritterband, Emily Schorr, John A. Seedor, Elaine Wu.
    Summary: The Scrub's Bible represents an entry level guide to understanding the human eye, its basic anatomy, and physiology. It includes details on the fundamentals of the two most common areas of ophthalmic surgery: cataract and corneal/refractive surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The Evolution of Eye Surgery
    3. The Advent of Ambulatory Eye Surgery
    4. The Eye and its Anatomical Considerations
    5. How We See
    6. Contemplating Cataract Surgery
    7. How the Patient Gets From the Front Door of the ASC to Your OR Suite
    8. Decorum in the OR
    9. Infection Control
    10. Setting Up Your OR Suite
    11. The Phaco Machine
    12. Setting Up the Phaco Machine
    13. Trouble-Shooting the Phaco Machine
    14. Cataract Surgery: More Than One Way to Skin a Cat
    15. Femto Laser Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS)
    16. Performing Phaco
    17. Determining Lens Power and Design: Lens Implants and Implantation
    18. Glaucoma Treatment as an Adjunct to Cataract Surgery
    19. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a List of "What Ifs" and "What to Do's"
    20. The Surgical Tray for Cataract Surgery (Example)
    21. Surgeon Specific Instruments
    22. Self-Assessment Test Cataract Surgery
    23. Surgical Checklist
    24. Secondary IOLs
    25. Corneal Surgery. The Cornea: How it Works
    26. Corneal Transplantation: Penetrating Keratoplasty
    27. Corneal Transplantation: Keratoprosthesis
    28. Corneal Transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DSAEK
    29. Corneal transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DMEK
    30. Pterygium Surgery
    31. Band Keratopathy Removal
    32. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a list of "What ifs" and "What to dos
    33. Surgical Tray Penetrating Keratoplasty
    34. Surgical Tray Keratoprosthesis
    35. Surgical Tray DSAEK
    36. Surgical Tray DMEK
    37. Surgical Tray Pterygium
    38. Self Assessment Test Corneal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anthony W.D. Larkum, Gary A. Kendrick, Peter J. Ralph, editors.
    Summary: This book takes the place of "Biology of Seagrasses: A Treatise on the Biology of Seagrasses with Special Reference to the Australian Region", co-edited by A.W.D. Larkum, A.J. MaCComb and S.A. Shepherd and published by Elsevier in 1989. The first book has been influential, but it is now 25 years since it was published and seagrass studies have progressed and developed considerably since then. The design of the current book follows in the steps of the first book. There are chapters on taxonomy, floral biology, biogeography and regional studies. The regional studies emphasize the importance of Australia having over half of the world's 62 species, including some ten species published for Australia since the previous book. There are a number of chapters on ecology and biogeography; fish biology and fisheries and dugong biology are prominent chapters. Physiological aspects again play an important part, including new knowledge on the role of hydrogen sulphide in sediments and on photosynthetic processes. Climate change, pollution and environmental degradation this time gain an even more important part of the book. Decline of seagrasses around Australia are also discussed in detail in several chapters. Since the first book was published two new areas have received special attention: blue carbon and genomic studies. Seagrasses are now known to be a very important player in the formation of blue carbon, i.e. carbon that has a long turnover time in soils and sediments. Alongside salt marshes and mangroves, seagrasses are now recognized as playing a very important role in the formation of blue carbon. And because Australia has such an abundance and variety of seagrasses, their role in blue carbon production and turnover is of great importance. The first whole genomes of seagrasses are now available and Australia has played an important role here. It appears that seagrasses have several different suites of genes as compared with other (land) plants and even in comparison with freshwater hydrophytes. This difference is leading to important molecular biological studies where the new knowledge will be important to the understanding and conservation of seagrass ecosystems in Australia. Thus by reason of its natural abundance of diverse seagrasses and a sophisticated seagrass research community in Australia it is possible to produce a book which will be attractive to marine biologists, coastal scientists and conservationists from many countries around the world.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Biogeography; 1 Evolution and Biogeography of Seagrasses; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Fossils and Seagrasses; 1.2.1 Fossil Record of the Alismatales; 1.2.2 Alismataceae; 1.2.3 Aponogetonaceae; 1.2.4 Hydrocharitaceae; 1.2.5 Potamogetonaceae-Cymodoceaceae (Incl. Ruppiaceae); 1.2.6 'Seagrass' Fossils; 1.2.7 Foraminiferan Evidence; 1.2.8 Other Associative Evidence; 1.2.8.1 Gastropods; 1.2.8.2 Crustose Coralline Algae; 1.2.8.3 Sirenia; 1.3 Biogeography of Seagrasses; 1.3.1 The Present Distribution of Seagrasses; 1.3.2 Seagrass Distribution and Biogeographical Regions 1.4 New Zealand, Our Close Neighbour1.5 Conclusions; References; 2 Biogeography of Australian Seagrasses: NSW, Victoria, Tasmania and Temperate Queensland; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Habitat Descriptions; 2.3 Species Distributions; 2.3.1 Temperate Queensland (QLD); 2.3.1.1 Zostera muelleri; 2.3.1.2 Halophila spp.; 2.3.2 Halodule uninervis; 2.3.2.1 Syringodium isoetifolium; 2.3.2.2 Cymodocea spp.; 2.3.3 New South Wales (NSW); 2.3.3.1 Posidonia australis; 2.3.3.2 Zostera muelleri; 2.3.3.3 Halophila spp.; 2.3.4 Victoria (VIC); 2.3.4.1 Zostera spp.; 2.3.4.2 Zostera muelleri 2.3.4.3 Heterozostera nigricaulis2.3.4.4 Heterozostera tasmanica; 2.3.4.5 Amphibolis antarctica; 2.3.4.6 Halophila australis; 2.3.4.7 Posidonia australis; 2.3.5 Tasmania (TAS); 2.3.5.1 Amphibolis antarctica; 2.3.5.2 Halophila australis; 2.3.5.3 Heterozostera tasmanica/Heterozostera nigricaulis; 2.3.5.4 Posidonia australis; 2.3.5.5 Zostera muelleri; 2.4 Changes in Seagrass Distribution; 2.4.1 Decadal Fluctuations in Port Phillip Bay seagrass linked to rainfall (VIC); 2.4.2 Warming-Induced Seagrass Loss from Western Port Bay (VIC) 2.4.3 Impacts of Floods and Dredging on Queensland Seagrasses (QLD)2.4.4 Decline of Seagrasses in Urban Tasmania (TAS); 2.4.5 Decline of Seagrasses in Urban New South Wales (NSW); 2.5 Conclusions; References; 3 Seagrasses of Southern and South-Western Australia; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Forces Shaping Seagrasses and the Coastline over Geological Time; 3.3 Present Day Seagrass Habitats and Drivers; 3.4 Impacts on Seagrasses in this Region; 3.5 Emerging Threats and Management Issues; 3.6 Summary; References; Taxonomy and Anatomy; 4 Anatomy and Structure of Australian Seagrasses Abstract4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Plant External Morphology (See also Table4.1); 4.3 The Foliage Leaf; 4.4 Leaf Blade (See also Table4.2); 4.5 Cuticle; 4.6 Epidermis; 4.7 Leaf Fibre Bundles; 4.8 Mesophyll and Air Lacunae; 4.9 Leaf Vascular System; 4.10 Leaf Sheath; 4.11 Stems (Erect Shoots) and Rhizomes; 4.12 Root; 4.13 Phyllosphere, Rhizosphere and Endophytes; 4.14 Reproduction: Flowers, Fruits, Seeds and Seedlings (See also Table4.3); 4.15 Concluding and Recommendations for Future Studies; Acknowledgements; References; Molecular and Taxonomic Studies
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Z697.M4 S43
    3
  • Digital
    Caroline De Brún, Nicola Pearce-Smith.
    Summary: This is a user-friendly, hands-on guide to literature searching, which is an essential skill for all involved in health care research and development, researchers, and students from all disciplines.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Where to Start
    Clinical Information: Sources
    Searching the Internet
    Formulating Searchable Questions
    Building a Search Strategy
    Free Text and Thesaurus searching
    Searching HealthCare Databases
    Refining Search Results
    Saving Citations
    Citation Pearl Searching
    Quality Improvement and Value: Sources
    Patient Information: Sources
    Critical Appraisal
    Glossary of Terms
    Appendix 1: Ten Tips for Effective Searching
    Appendix 2: Teaching Resources
    Record your Favourite Resources.
    Digital Access Wiley 2013
  • Digital
    Sarah Bonato.
    Summary: "Searching the Grey Literature is for librarians interested in learning more about grey literature. This book will help you tackle your search successfully, from start to finish. All types of librarians will find the content of this book useful, particularly those in health or social science"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What is grey literature?
    The value of grey literature
    Databases for grey literature
    Searching for dissertations/thesis
    Searching for unpublished clinical trials
    Repositories for grey lit
    Conference proceedings, papers and posters for grey literature
    Grey literature search checklists & other similar sources
    Google for grey literature
    Developing a grey literature search plan
    Grey literature : keeping current with emerging trends and suggested learning tools.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA541.A7 S43
    11
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for SEARO technical publications to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Purkyně, Jan Evangelista.
    Contents:
    --sv. 2-5. [without special title].--s
    v. 6. Disertace Purkyňových žáků.--s
    v. 7. České práce fysiologické a morfologické.--s
    v. 8. Úvahy a pracé přírodovědné.--s
    v. 9. Věda, výchova, společnost, studie a úvahy.--s
    v. 10. Slavistické pracé.--s
    v. 11. Básně a překlady.--s
    v. 12. Fysiologie lidské mluvy a menší fysiologickě pracé.--s
    v. 13. Autobiografické stati. Bibliographia.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QP71 .P98
    1
  • Digital
    MIT Critical Data.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the Book
    Objectives of secondary analysis of EHR data
    Review of clinical database
    Challenges and opportunities
    Secondary Analysis of EHR Data Cookbook
    Overview
    Step 1: Formulate research question
    Step 2: Data extraction and preprocessing
    Step 3: Exploratory Analysis
    Step 4: Data analysis
    Step 5: Validation and sensitivity analysis
    Missing Data
    Noise vs. Outliers
    Case Studies
    Introduction
    Predictive Modeling: outcome prediction (discrete)
    Predictive Modeling: dose optimization (regression)
    Pharmacovigilance (classification)
    Comparative effectiveness: propensity score analysis
    Comparative effectiveness: instrumental variable analysis
    Decision and Cost Effectiveness Analysis: Hidden Markov models and Monte Carlo simulation
    Time series analysis: Gaussian processes (ICP modelling)
    Time series analysis: Bayesian inference (Motif discovery in numerical signals)
    Time Series analysis: Optimization techniques for hyperparameter selection
    Signal processing: analysis of waveform data
    Signal processing: False alarm reduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alberto Morganti, Enrico Agabiti Rosei, Franco Mantero, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of the latest advances in the epidemiological, pathophysiological, diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of secondary hypertension, provided by a group of the most highly respected European experts in this field. It is common belief that secondary forms of hypertension are rare, although in 95% of patients the cause of high blood pressure is unknown - euphemistically referred to as "essential". There is increasing evidence from epidemiological studies that the prevalence of secondary hypertension is much higher than previously thought, accounting for 20%-25% of all hypertensive patients. There are additional, very good reasons for identifying those patients with secondary hypertension: firstly, they are exposed to a greater risk of suffering major cardiovascular events than patients with essential hypertension who have the same blood pressure level, and for this reason require particular care. Secondly, these patients can be relieved of a lifetime of pharmacological therapy or, at least, have a chance to be treated with more specific and effective medications. A high degree of clinical skill is required to recognize the often vague and subtle symptoms and signs that characterize patients with secondary hypertension, and clinicians need to fully comprehend the mechanisms responsible for the development and maintenance of high blood pressure. Shedding new light on a complex area of cardiovascular medicine, the book enables readers to better treat affected patients.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Renal Parenchymal Disease
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology of Hypertension in CKD
    Hypertension as a Risk Factor for Kidney Function Loss in CKD
    Special Conditions
    Resistant Hypertension in CKD
    Hypertension in Patients on Dialysis
    Hypertension in Renal Transplant Patient
    Antihypertensive Treatment and Target BP in CKD According to Recent Guidelines
    Conclusion
    References
    Atherosclerotic Renovascular Disease
    Introduction
    Renal Artery Stenosis and Blood Pressure
    Pathophysiological Mechanisms Clinical Significance of Renal Artery Stenosis
    When and How to Search for Atherosclerotic Renal Artery Stenosis?
    Treatment Issues
    Conclusions
    References
    Fibromuscular Dysplasia: From a Rare Cause of Renovascular Hypertension to a More Frequent Systemic Arterial Disease
    Introduction
    Definition of FMD
    Differential Diagnosis
    Classification
    Possible Manifestations
    Stenosis
    Dissections
    Aneurysms
    Arterial Tortuosity
    Aetiological Factors
    Genetics
    Focus on Renal FMD
    What Is the Prevalence of Renal FMD?
    In the General Population? In Hypertensive Patients?
    What Is the Profile of Patients with Renal FMD?
    In Whom to Screen for Renal FMD?
    What Is the Best Screening and Diagnostic Strategy?
    What Are the Essential Steps to Consider in the Management/Work-Up of Renal FMD?
    Has Smoking an Influence on FMD?
    Which Medical Treatment in the Patient with FMD?
    How to Assess Haemodynamic Significance of FMD-Related Renal Artery Stenosis?
    Whom to Revascularize?
    How to Revascularize?
    Is FMD a Systemic Disease?
    Which Usual Work-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?
    When to Look for Familial FMD? How to Prepare Pregnancy in a Patient with FMD?
    Can FMD Affect the Heart?
    Are There Specificities of FMD in Elderly Patients?
    Are There Specificities of FMD in Children?
    Is FMD a Progressive Disease?
    Which Follow-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?
    Conclusion
    References
    Primary Aldosteronism
    Introduction
    Detection Rate and Screening Strategy
    Diagnosis
    Conditions for Testing
    Exclusion of Primary Aldosteronism
    Imaging
    Subtyping of Primary Aldosteronism
    Adrenal Vein Sampling
    Alternative Strategy for Subtyping
    Genetic Testing
    Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nanfang Li, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Introduction
    Part I: General Theory of Secondary Hypertension
    1: Summary of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1 Screening for Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.1 Prevalence of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.2 Preliminary Screening of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.3 Specialized Examination of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.4 Screening Process for Secondary Hypertension
    1.2 Resistant Hypertension
    1.2.1 Prevalence and Diagnostic Criteria of RH:
    1.2.2 Precautions for the Diagnosis of RH and Pseudo RH 1.2.3 Screening of Secondary Hypertension in Patients with RH:
    1.2.4 Management of RH
    1.2.5 Recommended Hypertension Specialist Visit
    1.2.6 Invasive Interventional Therapy
    References
    2: Clinical Manifestations of Secondary Hypertension: Medical History, Symptom Characteristics, and Signs
    2.1 History Taking
    2.2 Characteristics of Symptoms
    2.3 Common Characteristics in Secondary Hypertension
    2.4 Physical Examination
    2.5 Relationship Between Secondary Hypertension and Age 2.6 Characteristics of Different Types of Secondary Hypertension History and Physical Examination
    References
    3: Significance of General Laboratory Examination in the Diagnosis of Secondary Hypertension
    3.1 Routine Laboratory Blood Tests
    3.1.1 Blood Routine
    3.1.1.1 Red Blood Cells
    3.1.1.2 White Blood Cells
    3.1.1.3 Platelets
    3.1.2 Serum Potassium
    3.1.2.1 Hypokalemia (K+ 5.3 mmol/L)
    3.1.3 Blood Glucose
    3.1.4 Blood Lipids
    3.1.5 Serum Uric Acid
    3.1.6 Hypersensitive C-Reactive Protein (CRP) 3.1.7 Plasma Insulin Levels
    3.1.8 Renal Function
    3.1.9 Homocysteine (Hcy)
    3.2 Urine Examination
    3.2.1 Examination of General Traits
    3.2.1.1 Urine Volume
    3.2.1.2 Color and Transparency
    3.2.1.3 Foam
    3.2.1.4 Urine Specific Gravity (SG)
    3.2.1.5 Urinary PH Value
    3.2.2 Detection of Urinary Protein and Urinary Microalbumin
    3.2.2.1 Proteinuria Standards (Table 3.4)
    3.2.2.2 Clinical Significance of Proteinuria
    3.2.3 Urine Red Blood Cells or Occult Blood
    3.3 Hemorheology
    3.3.1 Hemorheology and Hypertension 3.3.1.1 Hemorheological Characteristics of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Hypopnea Syndrome (OSAHS)
    3.3.1.2 Hemorheological Characteristics of Pregnancy-Induced Hypertension Syndrome
    3.3.1.3 Hemorheological Characteristics of Essential Hypertension
    3.4 Ambulatory Blood Pressure and Exercise Blood Pressure
    3.4.1 Ambulatory Blood Pressure
    3.4.1.1 Application of ABPM in Renal Hypertension
    3.4.1.2 ABPM and Primary Aldosteronism
    3.4.1.3 ABPM and Pheochromocytoma
    3.4.1.4 ABPM and Sleep apnea syndrome
    3.4.1.5 ABPM in the Elderly
    3.4.1.6 ABPM for Adolescents
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Harikesh Bahadur Singh, Chetan Keswani, M.S. Reddy, Estibaliz Sansinenea, Carlos García-Estrada.
    Summary: Recent changes in the pattern of agricultural practices from use of hazardous pesticides to natural (organic) cultivation has brought into focus the use of agriculturally important microorganisms for carrying out analogous functions. The reputation of plant growth promoting rhizomicroorganisms (PGPRs) is due to their antagonistic mechanisms against most of the fungal and bacterial phytopathogens. The biocontrol potential of agriculturally important microorganisms is mostly attributed to their bioactive secondary metabolites. However, low shelf life of many potential agriculturally important microorganisms impairs their use in agriculture and adoption by farmers. The focal theme of this book is to highlight the potential of employing biosynthesized secondary metabolites (SMs) from agriculturally important microorganisms for management of notorious phytopathogens, as a substitute of the currently available whole organism formulations and also as alternatives to hazardous synthetic pesticides. Accordingly, we have incorporated a comprehensive rundown of sections which particularly examine the SMs synthesized, secreted and induced by various agriculturally important microorganisms and their applications in agriculture. Section 1 includes discussion on biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites from fungal biocontrol agents. This section will cover the various issues such as development of formulation of secondary metabolites, genomic basis of metabolic diversity, metabolomic profiling of fungal biocontrol agents, novel classes of antimicrobial peptides. The section 1 will also cover the role of these secondary metabolites in antagonist-host interaction and application of biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites for management of plant diseases. Section 2 will discuss the biosynthesized secondary metabolites from bacterial PGPRs, strain dependent effects on plant metabolome profile, bio-prospecting various isolates of bacterial PGPRs for potential secondary metabolites and non-target effects of PGPR on microbial community structure and functions. Section 3 encompasses synthesis of antimicrobial secondary metabolites from beneficial endophytes, bio-prospecting medicinal and aromatic hosts and effect of endophytic SMs on plants under biotic and biotic stress conditions.

    Contents:
    Bioactive secondary metabolites of basidiomycetes and its potential for agricultural plant growth promotion
    Secondary metabolites of Metarhizium spp. and Verticillium spp. and their agricultural applications
    Secondary Metabolites of nonpathogenic Fusarium spp.: Scope in agriculture
    Non-mycorrhizal fungal spectum of root communities
    Bioactive Volatile Secondary Metabolites of Trichoderma spp.: Future Perspectives
    Phytopathogen biomass as inducer of antifungal compounds by Trichoderma asperellum under solid-state fermentation
    Bioactive Secondary metabolites of Trichoderma spp. for efficient management of phytopathogens
    Secondary metabolites of the plant growth promoting model rhizobacterium Bacillus velezensis FZB42 are involved in direct suppression of plant pathogens and in stimulation of plant induced systemic resistance
    Pyrroloquinoline quinone (PQQ): Role in bacteria-plant interactions
    Bacterial mechanisms promoting the tolerance against drought stress in plants
    Bacillus spp. as plant growth promoting rhizobacteria
    Secondary Metabolites from Cynobacteria: A potential source for plant growth promotion and disease management
    Biological control of nematodes by Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: secondary metabolites involved and potential applications
    A deeper insight into the symbiotic mechanism of Rhizobium spp. from the perspective of secondary metabolism
    Metabolites of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria for the Management of Soil Borne Pathogenic Fungi in Crops
    Exploiting of beneficial endophytic microorganisms in plant growth promotion and crop protection: Elucidation of some bioactive secondary metabolites involved in both effects
    Bioprocessing of endophytes for production of high value biochemical
    Synthesis and application of hydroxamic acid: A key secondary Metabolite of Piriformospora indica.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khalil Fattouch, Patrizio Lancellotti, Gianni D. Angelini, editors.
    Summary: Open heart surgery has been in a continuous state of evolution since its earliest day. This book presents information on the management of secondary mitral valve regurgitation, one of most vexing problems to cardiologists, cardiac surgeons and patients. The treatment for primary mitral regurgitation is straightforward and has as its primary aim timely intervention to prevent left ventricular remodelling and left ventricular dysfunction. The management of secondary mitral regurgitation is more challenging as the mitral valve is not the primary cause of the disease. Furthermore, correcting mitral regurgitation without changing the left ventricular geometry is not guaranteed to be either beneficial or curative. Secondary Mitral Valve Regurgitation draws together contributions from a range of experienced cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, anesthetists and scientists to provide comprehensive and authoritative coverage on anatomy, hemodynamics, mechanism, echocardiographic assessment and treatment modalities. Many of the elusive details surrounding the best management of secondary mitral regurgitation are presented in a comprehensive manner so that this book will serve as an important primary source for readers wanting information on this important topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Rod J. Rohrich, Jamil Ahmad ; with illustrations by Brenda L. Bunch, Jennifer C. Darcy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Print
    Londa Schiebinger.
    Summary: In the natural course of events, humans fall sick and die. The history of medicine bristles with attempts to find new and miraculous remedies, to work with and against nature to restore humans to health and well-being. In this book, Londa Schiebinger examines medicine and human experimentation in the Atlantic World, exploring the circulation of people, disease, plants, and knowledge between Europe, Africa, and the Americas. She traces the development of a colonial medical complex from the 1760s, when a robust experimental culture emerged in the British and French West Indies, to the early 1800s, when debates raged about banning the slave trade and, eventually, slavery itself. Massive mortality among enslaved Africans and European planters, soldiers, and sailors fueled the search for new healing techniques. Amerindian, African, and European knowledges competed to cure diseases emerging from the collision of peoples on newly established, often poorly supplied, plantations. But not all knowledge was equal. Highlighting the violence and fear endemic to colonial struggles, Schiebinger explores aspects of African medicine that were not put to the test, such as Obeah and vodou. This book analyzes how and why specific knowledges were blocked, discredited, or held secret.

    Contents:
    The rise of scientific medicine
    Experiments with the Negro Dr's materia medica
    Medical ethics
    Exploitive experiments
    The colonial crucible : debates over slavery
    Conclusion : the circulation of knowledge.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R853.H8 S347 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Mark W. Anderson, Michael G. Fox.
    Contents:
    MRI of the pectoral girdle and chest wall
    MRI of the shoulder
    MR arthrography of the shoulder
    MRI of the arm
    MRI of the elbow
    MRI of the forearm
    MRI of the wrist
    MRI of the hand
    MRI of the hip
    MR arthrography of the hip
    MRI of the thigh
    MRI of the knee
    MRI of the leg
    MRI of the ankle
    MRI of the foot
    MRI of the thoracic spine
    MRI of the lumbar spine
    CT of the thorax
    MRI of the heart
    CT of the abdomen
    MRI of the abdomen
    CT of the male pelvis
    CTof the female pelvis
    MRI of the male pelvis
    MRI of the female pelvis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Stanley F. Malamed.
    Contents:
    Sedation in dentistry: a historic perspective
    Pain and anxiety in dentistry
    Introduction to sedation
    The spectrum of pain and anxiety control
    Physical and psychological evaluation
    Monitoring during sedation
    Nondrug techniques : iatrosedation and hypnosis
    Oral sedation
    Rectal sedation
    Sublingual, transdermal, and intranasal sedation
    Intramuscular sedation
    Inhalation sedation : historical perspective
    Inhalation sedation : rationale
    Pharmacology, anatomy, and physiology
    Inhalation sedation equipment
    Inhalation sedation : techniques of administration
    Inhalation sedation : complications
    Contemporary issues surrounding nitrous oxide
    Practical considerations
    Teaching inhalation sedation : history and present guidelines
    Intravenous sedation : historical perspective
    Intravenous moderate sedation : rationale
    Armamentarium
    Anatomy for venipuncture
    Venipuncture technique
    Pharmacology
    Intravenous moderate sedation : techniques of administration
    Intravenous sedation : complications
    Practical considerations
    Guidelines for teaching
    Fundamentals of general anesthesia
    Armamentarium, drugs, and techniques
    Preparation for emergencies
    Emergency drugs and equipment
    Management of emergencies
    The pediatric patient
    The geriatric patient
    The medically compromised patient
    The physically compromised patient
    Neurologic illnesses and other conditions
    Medicolegal considerations
    The controversial development of anesthesiology in dentistry.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Pradip P. Kamat, John W. Berkenbosch, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview on sedation and analgesia for the pediatric intensivist. Divided into two primary sections, the text presents a framework on how to care for patients who need sedation, analgesia, and neuromuscular blockade inside the pediatric ICU (PICU), and how to manage procedural sedation in an outpatient setting. The first section focuses on sedation and analgesia for the critically ill child, with an emphasis on analgesics, sedatives, neuromuscular blockade, tolerance and withdrawal, and the PICU environment. The second section centers around procedural sedation, detailing patient selection, pre-sedation assessment, how to choose a sedation regimen, available agents, and nursing considerations. Written by experts in the field, Sedation and Analgesia for the Pediatric Intensivist: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for the pediatric intensivist in caring for their patients both inside and outside the PICU.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Sedation and Analgesia
    Brief History of Pediatric Sedation and Analgesia
    Goal of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child
    Physiology of Pain
    Complexities of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child
    References
    Chapter 2: Safety and Monitoring During Pediatric ICU Sedation
    Assessment Tools
    Pain Assessment
    Self-Report Tools and Surrogate Reporting
    Observational Tools Agitation and Sedation Assessment
    Objective Monitoring Tools
    Processed EEG
    Conventional EEG
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Analgesic Use in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Specific Agents
    References
    Chapter 4: Regional Analgesia and Its Role in the PICU
    Introduction
    History
    Safety and Risks of Regional Anesthesia
    Benefits of Regional Anesthesia
    Some Common Blocks
    Central Neuraxial Blocks
    Upper Extremity Blocks
    Truncal Blocks
    Lower Extremity Blocks
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Sedative Agents Chapter 5: Sedative Agents (Benzodiazepines)
    Overview of Benzodiazepines and Mechanism of Action
    Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations
    Adverse Reactions, Drug-Drug Interactions, and Monitoring Parameters
    Benzodiazepine and Opioids
    Breastfeeding/Pregnancy Considerations
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Breastfeeding Considerations
    In Summary
    References
    Chapter 6: Alpha-Agonists in Pediatric Critical Care
    Introduction
    Pharmacology
    Clinical Applications
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Barbiturates in the Pediatric ICU
    Introduction Pharmacology
    Clinical Applications
    References
    Part III: Anesthetic Agents
    Chapter 8: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child: Ketamine
    Introduction
    Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
    Mechanism of Action
    Dosing
    Uses of Ketamine in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Ketamine for Sedation
    Ketamine for Acute Pain
    Ketamine for Chronic Pain
    Ketamine Side Effects
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 9: Propofol for Sedation of the Critically Ill Child
    Introduction
    Pharmacology
    Mechanism of Action
    Pharmacokinetics
    Pharmacodynamics Clinical Considerations for Use
    Indications for Short-Term, Deep Sedation
    Propofol "Drug Washout"
    The Impact of Propofol on Sleep and Delirium in ICU Patients
    Palliative Sedation
    Propofol-Related Infusion Syndrome (PRIS)
    Pathophysiology
    Prevention and Treatment
    Consideration in Special Populations
    Mitochondrial and Metabolic Disorders
    Conclusions
    Bibliography
    Chapter 10: Inhalational Agents: What Volatile Inhalational Agents Are and How to Use Them in the ICU Setting
    Introduction
    Principles of Inhalational Agents
    Minimum Alveolar Concentration
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ravindra Kumar, Anuja Gupta, editors.
    Summary: The global population is increasing rapidly, and feeding the ever-increasing population poses a serious challenge for agriculturalists around the world. Seed is a basic and critical input in agriculture to ensure global food security. Roughly 90 percent of the crops grown all over the world are propagated by seed. However, seed can also harbour and spread pathogens, e.g. fungi, bacteria, nematodes, viruses etc., which cause devastating diseases. Seed-borne pathogens represent a major threat to crop establishment and yield. Hence, timely detection and diagnosis is a prerequisite for their effective management. The book "Seed-Borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Detection, Diagnosis & Management" addresses key issues related to seed-borne/transmitted diseases in various agricultural crops. Divided into 31 chapters, it offers a comprehensive compilation of papers concerning: the history of seed pathology, importance of seed-borne diseases, seed-borne diseases and quarantine, seed health testing and certification, detection and diagnosis of seed-borne diseases and their phytopathogens, host-parasite interactions during development of seed-borne diseases, diversity of seed-borne pathogens, seed-borne diseases in major agricultural crops, non-parasitic seed disorders, mechanisms of seed transmission and seed infection, storage fungi and mycotoxins, impact of seed-borne diseases on human and animal health, and management options for seed-borne diseases. We wish to thank all of the eminent researchers who contributed valuable chapters to our book, which will be immensely useful for students, researchers, academics, and all those involved in various agro-industries.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Impact of seed borne phytopathogens or seed borne diseases on agriculture and society
    Chapter 1. Importance of Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Economic losses and Impact on Society
    Chapter 2. Major Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: International Trade of Agricultural Products and Role of Quarantine
    Part II. History of seed pathology
    Chapter 3. Contribution of Individuals and Organizations in the Development of Seed Pathology
    Chapter 4. Ancient, Mid-time and Recent History of Seed Pathology
    Part III. Diagnosis & detection of seed borne pathogens
    Chapter 5. Diagnosis and detection of Seed borne fungal phytopathogens
    Chapter 6. Detection of Seed and Propagating Material Borne Bacterial Diseases of Economically Important Crops
    Chapter 7. Detection and diagnosis of seed-borne viruses and virus like pathogens
    Chapter 8. Detection and diagnosis of seed borne and seed associated nematode
    Part IV. Host
    parasite interaction during the development of seed borne diseases
    Chapter 9. Host-parasite Interaction During Development of Major Seed-borne Fungal Diseases
    Chapter 10. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne bacterial diseases
    Chapter 11. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed transmitted viral diseases
    Chapter 12. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne diseases caused by nematodes
    Part V. Diversity of seed borne phytopathogens
    Chapter 13. Diversity of seed borne fungal phytopathogens
    Chapter 14. Diversity of seed borne bacterial phytopathogens
    Chapter 15. Genetic diversity, transmission and understanding of seed-borne viruses and phytoplasma
    Chapter 16. Diversity of Seed Borne and Seed Associated Nematodes
    Part VI. Major Seed borne diseases in different agricultural crops
    Chapter 17. Major Seed borne diseases in important cereals: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 18. Major Seed born e diseases in important oilseeds: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 19. Major Seed borne diseases in important pulses: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 20. Major Seed borne diseases in important vegetables: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 21. Major Seed borne diseases in important forage crops & fibre crops: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Part VII. Seed borne diseases: Human and animal health
    Chapter 22. Seed borne diseases: its impact on Human and animal health
    Part VIII. Management of seed borne pathogens/diseases
    Chapter 23. Use of Biological Control Agents in the Management of Seedborne Diseases
    Chapter 24. Chemical Management of seed borne diseases: Achievements and future challenges
    Chapter 25. Biotechnology: An intervention for the genetic resistance against seed borne phytopathogens
    Chapter 26. Management of Seed borne diseases: An integrated approach
    Part IX: Mechanism of seed transmission and seed infection
    Chapter 27. Mechanism of Seed Transmission and Seed Infection in Major Agricultural Crops in India
    Part X: Miscellaneous
    Chapter 28. Seed Health Testing and Seed Certification
    Chapter 29. Non-Parasitic Seed Disorders of Major Agricultural Crops
    Chapter 30. Storage fungi and Mycotoxins
    Chapter 31. Epidemiology of seed borne diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Satish Kumar Verma and James Francis White Jr.
    Summary: This book focuses on the importance and roles of seed microbiomes in sustainable agriculture by exploring the diversity of microbes vectored on and within seeds of both cultivated and non-cultivated plants. It provides essential insights into how seeds can be adapted to enhance microbiome vectoring, how damaged seed microbiomes can be assembled again and how seed microbiomes can be conserved. Plant seeds carry not only embryos and nutrients to fuel early seedling growth, but also microbes that modulate development, soil nutrient acquisition, and defense against pathogens and other stressors. Many of these microbes (bacteria and fungi) become endophytic, entering into the tissues of plants, and typically exist within plants without inducing negative effects. Although they have been reported in all plants examined to date, the extent to which plants rely on seed vectored microbiomes to enhance seedling competitiveness and survival is largely unappreciated. How microbes function to increase the fitness of seedlings is also little understood. The book is a unique and important resource for researchers and students in microbial ecology and biotechnology. Further, it appeals to applied academic and industrial agriculturists interested in increasing crop health and yield.

    Contents:
    Intro; Prologue; What Are Endophytes?; A New Definition for Seeds: A Miniature 'Noah's Ark' for Plant Colonization; The Intention of This Book; Contents; Part I: Seed Endophytes: Introduction, and Methods for Assessment and Management;
    1: Seed-Vectored Microbes: Their Roles in Improving Seedling Fitness and Competitor Plant Suppression; 1.1 The Seed Microbiome; 1.2 Adaptations of Seeds to Carry Symbiotic Microbes; 1.3 Roles of Seed-Vectored Microbes in Plant Seedlings; 1.4 What Happens to Seed-Vectored Microbes?; 1.5 Signal Molecules; 1.6 Endobiome Interference 1.7 Mode of Entry of Micrococcus luteus into Root Cells1.8 Intracellular Phases of Aureobasidium pullulans and Rhodotorula sp.; 1.9 Does Endobiome Interference Affect Plant-Plant Interactions?; 1.10 Potential Applications of Endobiome Interference to Control Invasive or Weedy Plant Species; 1.11 Conclusions; References;
    2: Thinking About PPFM Bacteria as a Model of Seed Endophytes: Who Are They? Where Did They Come from? What Are They Doing for ... ; 2.1 Fooled by a Bacterium; 2.2 Recognizing the Significant Role of Bacteria in Plant Metabolism 2.3 Looking at Seed Endophytes Through a Pink-Pigmented Facultatively Methylotrophic Lens2.3.1 So Where Does This Relationship Come from?; 2.3.2 What Are They Doing for Seeds?; 2.3.3 What Are They Doing for the Plants?; 2.3.4 A Role for Seed Endophytes in Plant Improvement; 2.3.5 As an Aside: Endophytes Influence the Quality of Seeds as Food Items for Us; 2.4 Outstanding Questions; 2.5 Conclusions; References;
    3: Seed Endophytes and Their Potential Applications; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Seed Endophytes; 3.3 Assessing Seed Endophytic Communities; 3.4 Roles of Seed-Borne Endophytes 3.4.1 Seed Endophytes and Plant Growth Enhancement3.4.2 Seed Endophytes Mitigating Heavy Metal Toxicity/Stress; 3.5 Mechanism of the Growth Promotion and Heavy Metal Stress Tolerance; 3.5.1 Heavy Metal Resistance Genes Conferring Metal Resistance; 3.6 Future Prospects; References;
    4: Exploring Endophytic Communities of Plants: Methods for Assessing Diversity, Effects on Host Development and Potential Biot ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 What Are Endophytes?; 4.1.2 Challenges in the Study of Endophytes; 4.2 Isolation of Endophytic Microbes; 4.2.1 Media for Isolation of Fungal Endophytes 4.2.2 Media for Isolation of Bacterial Endophytes4.3 Identification of Endophytes; 4.3.1 Molecular Tools to Identify Endophytes; 4.3.2 Markers and Primers for Endophyte Identification; 4.4 Techniques to Evaluate Endophyte Distribution in Plants; 4.4.1 Hood and Shew Staining Protocol; 4.4.2 Fluorescent Probes for Localization of Bacterial and Fungal Endophytes; 4.4.3 ROS Staining to Study Bacterial Endophytes; 4.5 Endophyte Modulation of Seedling Development; 4.5.1 Examining Modulation of Seedling Development Where Endophytes Are Not Culturable
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Jane W. Ball, Joyce E. Dains, John A. Flynn, Barry S. Solomon, Rosalyn W. Stewart.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Stina Siedhoff.
    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Table of contents; Abstract; List of figures; List of tables; List of abbreviations; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Research context and problem statement; 1.2 Research objective; 1.3 Structure of the thesis; 2 Theoretical background; 2.1 Disruptive innovation concept; 2.1.1 Terminology and conceptualization of disruptive innovation; 2.1.2 The role of business models in disruptive innovation; 2.2 Business model concept; 2.2.1 Conceptualization of business models; 2.2.2 Business model as an activity system; 2.3 Business model innovation concept 2.3.1 Conceptualization and classification of business model innovation2.3.2 Business model innovation as a process vs. outcome; 2.3.3 Artifacts for business model innovation; 2.4 Synopsis and research question; 3 Design science research; 3.1 Overall research design; 3.1.1 Research paradigm; 3.1.2 Research method; 3.2 Exploratory research design; 3.2.1 Exploratory research method; 3.2.2 Sampling; 3.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 3.2.4 Data analysis; 4 Results and discussion of exploratory research; 4.1 Results; 4.1.1 Descriptive analysis; 4.1.2 Content analysis 4.1.2.1 Problem identification and objective of a solution4.1.2.2 Business model patterns for disruptive innovations; 4.2 Discussion; 4.2.1 Purpose and scope; 4.2.2 Justificatory knowledge; 4.2.3 Principles of form and function; 5 Prescriptive research design; 5.1 Design construction; 5.1.1 Design as a search process; 5.1.2 Design as an artifact; 5.2 Design evaluation; 5.2.1 Design evaluation method; 5.2.2 Sampling; 5.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 5.2.4 Data analysis; 5.2.5 Role of the researcher; 6 Results and discussion of prescriptive research; 6.1 Results 6.1.1 Design construction: low-resolution artifact6.1.2 Design evaluation; 6.1.3 Design (re)construction and communication; 6.2 Discussion; 6.2.1 Principles of implementation; 6.2.2 Testable propositions; 6.2.3 Constructs and expository instantiation; 6.2.4 Artifact mutability; 7 Conclusion; 7.1 Contribution; 7.1.1 Contribution to theory; 7.1.2 Contribution to practice; 7.1.3 Contribution to methodology; 7.2 Limitations; 7.3 Further research; 7.4 Concluding remarks; References; Appendices;
    Appendix 1: Coding structure;
    Appendix 2: Pattern matrix
    Appendix 3: HMW brainstorming questions on problems organizations encounter when designing business models for disruption
    Appendix 4: Decision matrix for ideation stage;
    Appendix 5: Design Thinking evaluation workshop, Minutes;
    Appendix 6: Elements of the Design Theory for BMI in the context of DI
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mohamad Z. Koubeissi, Amer Alshekhlee, Prachi Mehndiratta, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1- Epidemiology of Seizures and Epilepsy in Cerebrovascular Disease
    Chapter 2: Seizures in Ischemic Stroke
    Chapter 3: Seizures in Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    Chapter 4: Seizures in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    Chapter 5: Seizures in subdural hematoma
    Chapter 6: Seizures in Cerebral Cavernous Malformations
    Chapter 7: Seizures in Arteriovenous Malformations
    Chapter 8: Seizures in Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis
    Chapter 9: Pediatric Stroke and Seizures
    Chapter 10: Medical Management of Seizures in Cerebrovascular Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Panayiotis N. Varelas, Jan Claassen, editors.
    Summary: Updated and expanded to provide the neurologic, intensive and critical care communities a comprehensive guide to common critical care illnesses and seizures, this third edition remains the premier resource on seizures in critical care. In addition to covering etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment options, chapters feature the latest technologies and treatments and integrate current literature. This unique and specialized text offers neurologists, intensivists, neurosurgeons, trauma surgeons, epileptologists, electrophysiologists and residents in various specialties clarity on this challenging set of comorbidities.

    Contents:
    Part I. General section. Chapter 1: Status epilepticus - lessons and challenges from animal models ; Chapter 2: Impact of seizures on outcome ; Chapter 3: Diagnosing and monitoring seizures in the ICU: the role of continuous EEG for detection and management of seizures in critically ill patients, including the ictal-interictal continuum ; Chapter 4: Seizures and quantitative EEG ; Chapter 5: Spreading depolarizations and seizures in clinical subdural electrocorticographic recordings ; Chapter 6: Multimodality monitoring correlates of seizures ; Chapter 7: Management of critical care seizures ; Chapter 8: Management of status epilepticus in the inensive care unit.
    Part II. Etiology-specific section. Chapter 9: Ischemic stroke, hyperperfusion syndrome, cerebral sinus thrombosis, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 10: Hemorrhagic stroke and critical care seizures ; Chapter 11: Traumatic brain injury and critical care seizures ; Chapter 12: Brain tumors and critical care seizures ; Chapter 13: Global hypoxia-ischemia and critical care seizures ; Chapter 14: Fulminant hepatic failure, multiorgan failure and endocrine crisis and critical care seizures ; Chapter 15: Organ transplant recipients and critical care seizures ; Chapter 16: Extreme hypertension, eclampsia, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 17: Infection or inflammation and critical care seizures ; Chapter 18: Electrolyte disturbances and critical care seizures ; Chapter 19: Alcohol-related seizures in the intensive care unit ; Chapter 20: Drug-induced seizures in critically ill patients ; Chapter 21 : Illicit drugs and toxins and critical care seizures ; Chapter 22: Seizures and status epilepticus in pediatric critical care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gavin Bowyer, Andrew Cole, editors.
    Summary: Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics provides a selection of references from the Trauma and Orthopedic literature, aimed at the surgeon preparing for the Intercollegiate Specialty Board examination, and similar end-of training examinations in other countries. It is the perfect guide for examiners and trainers who are preparing their trainees for the examination, as well as providing a literature basis for their own practice. Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics presents the classical papers underlying current practice as well as recent publications which have brought about innovation, clarified pathology or demonstrated outcomes. The references are presented with a brief summary which allows the reader to access a literature review, with the use of online resources, with the key references already identified.

    Contents:
    Part I. Adult Elective Orthopaedics
    Part II. Trauma
    Part III. Children's Orthopaedics
    Part IV. Hand and Upper Limb.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Compiled for the Committee on Aging.
    Digital Access Google Books 1955
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L966 .U54 1955
    1
  • Digital
    Hans Rommes, Rick van Saene, Miguel A. de la Cal.
    Summary: This book explains the basic concepts of Selective Decontamination of the Digestive tract (SDD) to help those involved in treating critically ill patients to improve outcomes and the quality of care. SDD has led to major changes in our understanding, the treatment and prevention of infections in critically ill patients over the past 40 years. It is the most studied intervention in intensive care medicine and is the subject of 73 randomized controlled trials, including over 15000 patients and 15 meta-analyses. SDD reduces morbidity and mortality, is cost-effective and safe as SDD does not increase antimicrobial resistance. Correct application of the SDD strategy enables ICU teams to control infections - even in ICUs with endemic antibiotic resistant microorganisms such as methicillin resistant S. aureus (MRSA). Describing the concept and application of SDD, and presenting case studies and microbiological flow charts, this practical guide will appeal to intensivists, critical care practitioners, junior doctors, microbiologists and ICU-nurses as well as infection control specialists and pharmacists.

    Contents:
    Part I. The basics
    Introduction
    Microorganisms
    Defense
    Infections
    Infection control
    Enteral and parenteral antimicrobials used in the SDD-policy
    Part II. Clinical microbiology for the ICU team
    Clinical microbiology: an overview
    Surveillance versus diagnostic cultures
    Sampling and microscopy
    Inoculation and culturing
    Naming of microorganisms
    Antibiotic sensitivity testing
    Availability of the clinical microbiological results for the intensivist
    Part III. Therapeutics
    Therapy of bacterial and fungal infections
    Viral infections in the ICU
    Inflammation and hyperinflammation
    Part IV. Surveillance
    Resistance
    Outbreaks
    Appendix
    Appendix 1. General principles before implementing the SDD-strategy
    Appendix 2. Selective decontamination of the digestive tract
    Appendix 3. SDD in Methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA)
    Appendix 4. SDD in Multidrug-resistant Gram-negative bacteria (MDRGNB).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth D. Tew, Francesco Galli.
    Contents:
    1. The epidemiology of selenium and human cancer
    2. Selenoproteins in tumorigenesis and cancer progression
    3. Selenoproteins and metastasis
    4. Selenium-dependent glutathione peroxidases during tumor development
    5. Targeting the selenoprotein thioredoxin reductase 1 for anticancer therapy
    6. The regulation of pathways of inflammation and resolution in immune cells and cancer stem cells by selenium
    7. Selenium and breast cancer risk: focus on cellular and molecular mechanisms
    8. Selenium and epigenetics in cancer: focus on DNA methylation
    9. Selenium and cancer stem cells
    10. Selenocompounds in cancer therapy: an overview.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Alézbeta Heged̋usová, Ondrej Heged̋us, Silvia Jakabová, Alena Andrejiová, Miroslav Šlosár, Ivana Mezeyová, Marcel Golian.
    Summary: Selenium plays a significant role in preventing certain types of cancer and cardiovascular diseases. The level of Selenium in the human body depends on its concentration in food. In turn, the content in vegetable crops is a function of the soil-plant system. There are many countries in the world with low Selenium content in the soil. The average daily human intake is thus limited through food chain. Analysis of Selenium status suggests that fortification of the soil substrate with Sodium Selenate, and foliar application to agricultural crops are both effective means of Selenium enrichment. Our intention for this publication is to present the possibilities of augmenting Selenium content by biofortification of soils and plants through differentiated nutrition. In the first part of the monograph, the results of Selenium supplementation in model vegetation experiments are presented. The next part of the monograph presents the results of foliar supplementation of Selenium in field conditions. This book is an outstanding reference source for plant breeders and researchers engaged in biofortification of horticulture crops. It is also beneficial to agricultural companies and other stakeholders.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The role of selenium in human nutrition
    Methods for determination of selenium in foodstuffs
    Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after fortification of the growing substrate.-Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after foliar application
    Changes of selenium content in edibilities during the processing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Eranthie Weerapana.
    Contents:
    Examining xCT-mediated selenium uptake and selenoprotein production capacity in cells / Namgyu Lee, Anne E. Carlisle, and Dohoon Kim
    Methods for accurate and reproducible studies of pharmacological effects of selenium in cancer / Arun Kumar Selvam, Tímea Szekerczés, Sofia Björnstedt, Ali Razaghi, and Mikael Björnstedt
    Using selenocysteine-specific reporters to screen for efficient tRNASec variants / Christina Z. Chung, Dieter Söll, and Natalie Krahn
    Expressing recombinant selenoproteins using redefinition of a single UAG codon in an RF1-depleted E. coli host strain / Qing Cheng and Elias S.J. Arnér
    Selenocysteine substitutions in thiyl radical enzymes / Juan Carlos Cáceres, Clara A. Bailey, Kenichi Yokoyama, and Brandon L. Greene
    Expression of selenoproteins via genetic code expansion in mammalian cells / Jennifer C. Peeler and Eranthie Weerapana
    Applying selenocysteine-mediated expressed protein ligation to prepare the membrane enzyme selenoprotein S / Rujin Cheng, Jun Liu, Vidyadhar Daithankar, and Sharon Rozovsky
    Chemoproteomic interrogation of selenocysteine by low-pH isoTOP-ABPP / Daniel W. Bak and Eranthie Weerapana
    SecMS analysis of selenoproteins with selenocysteine insertion sequence and beyond / Chenfang Si, Ye Cao, and Yaoyang Zhang
    An accelerated and optimized algorithm of selenium-encoded isotopic signature targeted profiling for global selenoproteome analysis / Guogeng Jia, Jinjun Gao, Fan Yang, Tianyu Feng, and Chu Wang
    Assay of selenol species in biological samples by the fluorescent probe Sel-green / Baoxin Zhang and Jianguo Fang
    Identification of selenoprotein O substrates using a biotinylated ATP analog / Meghomukta Mukherjee and Anju Sreelatha
    Application of alpha-methyl selenocysteine as a tool for the study of selenoproteins / Emma J. Ste. Marie and Robert J. Hondal
    Modeling of selenocysteine-derived reactive intermediates utilizing a nano-sized molecular cavity as a protective cradle / Ryosuke Masuda and Kei Goto
    Diselenide-selenoester ligation in the chemical synthesis of proteins / Max J. Bedding, Sameer S. Kulkarni, and Richard J. Payne.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Irena Roterman, Leszek Konieczny, editors.
    Summary: This book is an open access under a CC BY license. The subject of this book relates to protein ligands with particular structural and complexation properties. They are composed of self-assembled molecules, capable of penetrating as a unit into proteins outside the binding site. The ribbon-like supramolecular system only permits the penetration of self-assembled molecules into the protein-body and formation of stable complexes. Supramolecular Congo red and similar compounds fit these requirements. Destabilized protein fragments enable the penetration of such ligands, with susceptibility to supramolecular ligand binding often associated with protein function. As a result, complexation modifies their functional effects. The activity of enzymes is inhibited by arresting them in the complexed state, but "naturally irreversible" complexation as in the case of immune complexation, is enhanced instead. This property offers many attractive possibilities of using supramolecular ligands as described in this book.

    Contents:
    Supramolecular systems as protein ligands
    Supramolecular Congo Red as Specific Ligand of Antibodies Engaged in Immune Complex
    Protein Conditioning for Binding Congo Red and Other Supramolecular Ligands
    Metal Ions Introduced to Proteins by Supramolecular Ligands
    Possible Mechanism of Amyloidogenesis of V Domains
    Supramolecular Structures as Carrier Systems Enabling the Use of Metal Ions in Antibacterial Therapy
    Congo Red Interactions with Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by Michael S. Gordon.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC681.A2 T4
    2
  • Digital
    Meera Mahalingam.
    Summary: "An essential examination resource for anyone sitting their primary or maintenance of certification examinations in dermatology, pathology or dermatopathology, Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology uses histopathology as a catalyst for constructive and critical thinking and to trigger relevant clinical, genetic and syndromic associations. Concise explanations at the end of each chapter give short answers to each question and expand on each answer choice. Each chapter consists of an increasingly difficult selection of questions, allowing the reader to develop and self-test their knowledge. Tables relevant to the section covered have also been incorporated in the answer section. Using this practical approach, the reader will become familiar with the pathologic basis of clinically relevant dermatoses and cutaneous tumors. The question and answer format make this book the first resource of its kind. Thinking about information in a new way is the foundation of this book, making it an invaluable addition for any trainee"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    1. General;
    2. Genodermatoses and epidermal disorders;
    3. Pigmentary disorders;
    4. Tissue reaction patterns;
    5. Disorders involving the dermis and, or subcutis;
    6. Depositional diseases and cutaneous manifestations of systemic disease and depositional diseases;
    7. Infections;
    8. Tumors.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    by Yousaf Ali.
    Summary: This practical study guide illustrates a variety of different scenarios of rheumatic disease in succinct question and answer format. It contains 120 complex cases with potentially unusual diagnoses designed to stimulate thought and further reading in this rapidly evolving specialty. The questions demonstrate both common and uncommon rheumatologic conditions that may be encountered on ward rounds or in clinic by using radiographs, pictures, and skin findings. Each case is based on a real-life diagnostic situation encountered by the author from his two decades of experience working in a busy consultative practice.Self Assessment in Rheumatology: An Essential Q & A Study Guide, Second Edition is an essential resource for students, postgraduate fellows, internists, and practicing physicians eager to learn more about rheumatology, test their fund of knowledge, or prepare for board examinations.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Assessment Questions 1-10
    Chapter 2. Assessment Questions 11-20
    Chapter 3. Assessment Questions 21-30
    Chapter 4. Assessment Questions 31-40
    Chapter 5. Assessment Questions 41-50
    Chapter 6. Assessment Questions 51-60
    Chapter 7. Assessment Questions 61-70.-Chapter 8. Assessment Questions 71-80
    Chapter 9. Assessment Questions 81-90
    Chapter 10. Assessment Questions 91-100
    Chapter 11. Assessment Questions 101-110
    Chapter 12. Assessment Questions 111-120.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Inamuddin, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Rajender Boddula and Tariq Altalhi.
    Summary: "This comprehensive book describes the design, synthesis, mechanisms, characterization, fundamental properties, functions and development of self-healing smart materials and their composites with their allied applications. It covers cementitious concrete composites, bleeding composites, elastomers, tires, membranes, and composites in energy storage, coatings, shape-memory, aerospace and robotic applications. The 21 chapters are written by researchers from a variety of disciplines and backgrounds."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Self-Healing Polymer Coatings / Facundo I Altuna, Cristina E Hoppe
    Smart Phenolics for Self-Healing and Shape Memory Applications / Baris Kiskan, Yusuf Yagci
    Self-Healable Elastomers / Mariajose Cova Sanchez, Daniela Belon Garcia, Mariano Martin Escobar, Marcela Mansilla
    Self-Healable Tires / Norazlianie Sazali, Mohamad Azuwa Mohamed, Zul Adlan Mohd Hir
    Self-Healing Bacterial Cementitious Composites / R Preetham, R Hari Krishna, MN Chandraprabha, R Sivaramakrishna
    Self-Healable Solar Cells: Recent Insights and Challenges / Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Sonia Bahrani, Seeram Ramakrishna, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang
    Self-Healable Core-Shell Nanofibers / Sonia Bahrani, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang
    Intrinsic Self-Healing Materials / Angelita Cristiane Saul, Joao Henrique Zimnoch dos Santos
    Self-Healable Catalysis / Bilge Cokuner Filiz
    Self-Healing Materials in Corrosion Protection / Eiman Alibakhshi, Bahram Ramezanzadeh, Mohammad Mahdavian
    Self-Healable Conductive Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, D Balaji, V Bhuvaneswari, S Sivalingam
    Self-Healable Artificial Skin / Beg Younus Raza, Nishad Gokul Ram, Priyanka Singh
    Self-Healing Smart Composites / Sithara Gopinath, Suresh Mathew, P Radhakrishnan Nair
    Stimuli-Responsive Self-Healable Materials / G Jerald Maria Antony, S Raja, ST Aruna
    Mechanically-Induced Self-Healable Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, R Saravanakumar
    Self-Healing Materials in Robotics / Sunny Kumar
    Self-Healing Materials in Aerospace Applications / M Harikrishna Kumar, C Moganapriya, A Moha Kumar, R Rajasekar, V K Gobinath
    Bio-Inspired Self-Healable Materials / Archita Sharma, Shailendra Kumar Arya
    Self-Healable Batteries / Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Maryam Zarei, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Wei-Hung Chiang, Chin Wei Lai, Sonia Bahrani
    Self-Healing in Bleeding Composites / Lutfur Rahman, Ata Ullah, Muhammad Bilal Yazdani, Muhammad Irfan, Waheed S Khan, Asma Rehman
    Self-Healing Polymers / Muhammad Akram, Charles Oluwaseun Adetunji, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Adrish Sohail, Iram Ghaffar, Olugbenga Samuel Michael, Hina Anwar, Musa Abidemi Muhibi, Juliana Bunmi Adetunji, Umme Laila, Mathew Olaniyan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    Lou Peveto Scott.
    Contents:
    v. 1, Body structure and function, nutrition and food management, basic pharmacology and drug therapy ; v. 2, Roles and responsibilities in nursing health ; v. 3, Medical and surgical nursing, mental illness ; v. 4, Mother and newborn, the well and sick child, communicable diseases.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT55 .S3
    4
  • Digital
    Jose Frantz, Laura Schopp, Anthea Rhoda, editors.
    Summary: Self-management is a term that was used as early as the 1960s when it was applied during the rehabilitation of chronically ill children. Subsequently, self-management was applied as formalized programs for a variety of populations and health issues. In reflecting on self-management, it is important to note that it would be difficult for individuals not to be aware of their specific health behaviors, which could include unhealthy behaviors. As self-management has evolved, essential skills identified include behavioral modeling, decision making, planning, social persuasion, locating, accessing and utilizing resources, assisting individuals to form partnerships with their health care providers and taking action. These are key skills that would benefit health professional educators, clinicians and patients. This book, consisting of three parts, provides insights into the aspects of self-management as it relates to its definition and application. It highlights how self-management can be applied to various long-term health conditions, for different populations or target groups and in different contexts. The text provides an overview of self-management and the rationale for its applications by illustrating its use in specific clinical conditions and in different sub-populations and target groups. Academics can use the book as a textbook when teaching postgraduate and undergraduate students about self-management as a technique to facilitate community reintegration for individuals living with long-term conditions. It can also be used by clinicians to enhance their management of individuals with long-term conditions. Furthermore, researchers can use the text to expand and support their research in this area.

    Contents:
    Part I: Understanding self-management
    1. Overview of self-management
    2. The case for self-management
    Part II: The application of self-management in various conditions
    3. Self-management and spinal cord injuries
    4. Self-management in diabetes
    5. Self-management and stroke
    6. Self-management and low back pain
    Part III: Using self-management across the lifespan and across settings
    7. Self-management in youth
    8. Self-management in chronic illness in the elderly
    9. Community health workers as key contributors to self-management programs
    10. Self-management in the workplace
    11. Self-management in nutrition and exercise.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jane N.T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on young people (12-25 years old) growing up with a chronic somatic condition and/or physical disability, facing different challenges during their transition to adulthood and to adult healthcare services. Becoming an adult often proves extra challenging for them, because the adaptive tasks related to living with a chronic condition can clash with developmental milestones. Finding a good balance and integrating these tasks in daily life is also referred to as self-management. This book addresses self-management and empowerment of young people with chronic conditions as well as the Positive Youth Development concept. It elaborates on theories and approaches and offers a complete overview of self-management interventions for young people with chronic conditions, emphasizing on the tasks of medical, emotion and role management. It also elaborates on the roles and tasks of professionals, as well as the patient-provider relationship; the shifting roles between young people and their parents and the role of peer support. This book is unique in its broad view on self-management, i.e. it goes beyond medical management and focuses on young people achieving their maximum potential and a good quality of life. Furthermore, the book employs a positive youth development approach, focusing on empowerment and growth rather than problems or issues. It offers an overview of the state-of-the-art and evidence concerning self-management support for young people with various chronic conditions. As such it is of benefit for all healthcare professionals working in care for young people, but also for researchers interested in this topic.

    Contents:
    Self-Management of Young People with Chronic Conditions: An Overview and Introduction / AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, and Jane N. T. Sattoe
    Positive Youth Development Approach to Support Life Skills of Young People with Chronic Conditions / Alison R. S. Manning, Jodie Neukirch Elliott, Samuel M. Brotkin, Gary Maslow, and McLean D. Pollock
    The Development of Self-Management in Young People with Chronic Conditions: A Transitional Process / Jane N. T. Sattoe and AnneLoes van Staa
    Exploring Components and Effects of Self-Management Interventions for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Marjolijn I. Bal, Jane N. T. Sattoe, Pepijn D. D. M. Roelofs, and AnneLoes van Staa
    Self-Management Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions: Roles and Views of Professionals / Janet E. McDonagh
    Transition to Adulthood: Shifting Roles Between Young People with Chronic Conditions and Their Parents / Karen L. Shaw, Gemma Heath, and Albert Farre
    Peer Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Susan Kirk and Linda J. Milnes
    Skills for Growing Up and Ready Steady Go: Practical Tools to Promote Life Skills in Youth with Chronic Conditions / Jane N. T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Marij E. Roebroeck, and Sander R. Hilberink.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Agota Szende, Bas Janssen, Juan Cabases, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Juan M. Cabases and Rosalind Rabin
    Data and Methods / Bas Janssen, Agota Szende, and Juan Manuel Ramos-Goni
    Population Norms for the EQ-5D / Bas Janssen and Agota Szende
    Cross-Country Analysis of EQ-5D Data / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen
    Socio-demographic Indicators based on EQ-5D / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen
    Annex 1: EQ-5D population norms - National surveys
    Annex 2: EQ-5D population norms - Regional surveys
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kari M. Eddington, Timothy J. Strauman, Angela Z. Vieth, Gregory G. Kolden.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Kari M. Eddington, Timothy J. Strauman, Angela Z. Vieth, Gregory G. Kolden.
    Summary: "Depression is one of the most common forms of psychological distress and can have devastating consequences for individuals and their loved ones. Decades of research have shown that there are many possible causes of depression, and one of those causes involves problems with self-regulation. Self-regulation involves setting and pursuing important personal goals - put simply, the process of trying to be the kind of person you want to be. Self-System Therapy for Depression: Therapist Guide provides a thorough description of Self-System Therapy (SST)-a motivational approach to treating depression that helps decrease feelings of disappointment and failure and increase feelings of pride and accomplishment, by improving the process of self-regulation. Clinical studies have shown that SST is effective in reducing depression and anxiety. The treatment program is structured within a 16-session plan, and strategies and techniques for each phase of treatment are presented in detail, along with case vignettes and examples. The core strategies of SST focus on identifying appropriate and reasonable personal goals and standards (including coping with perfectionistic standards), evaluating and improving the effectiveness of goal pursuit strategies, and adjusting goals in order to improve opportunities for positive emotions. The accompanying Client Workbook explains the basics of self-regulation in simple terms and provides worksheets to help illustrate and implement these strategies."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Background for the Therapist
    Chapter 1: Introduction to This Guide
    Chapter 2: Theoretical Overview
    Chapter 3: Is SST Right for My Client?
    Chapter 4: Overview of SST Strategies
    Part II: Therapy Phases and Strategies
    Chapter 5: Orientation Phase (Sessions 1
    4)
    Chapter 6: Exploration Phase (Sessions 5
    8)
    Chapter 7: Adaptation Phase (Sessions 9
    15)
    Chapter 8: Termination and Relapse Prevention.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018]
  • Digital
    College of American Pathologists Hematology and Clinical Microscopy Resource Committee
    Summary: "Semen Analysis Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to sperm morphology. The content includes specimen collection and macroscopic assessment, sperm count, and morphology assessment and classification systems. Also included are 50 images representing normal morphology, head defects, neck/midpiece defects, tail defects, and residual cytoplasm defects, as well as images of nonsperm cells, Pap-stained sperm, and equipment."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    edited by Peter M. Haddad, David J. Nutt.
    Summary: "The 2nd edition of this book was edited by David King and published in 2004. Since then there have been major advances in psychopharmacology in terms of new medications coming to the market, increased understanding of the mechanisms of drug action and new data on the efficacy, tolerability, safety and clinical effectiveness of a range of medications. Partly as a result, clinical guidelines for many psychiatric disorders have altered. As such, a new edition of this textbook was essential and we were delighted when the College approached us to edit the 3rd edition. This was a major endeavor that was only possible with the commitment and expertise of the authors"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    PubMed Central
    v. 21-, 2004- Full text delayed 12 months
  • Digital
    edited by Rob Butler, Cornelius Katona.
    Summary: A concise and up-to-date text on the mental health of older people, this second edition is fully updated to reflect changes in technology, competency-based training, guidelines, law and treatments. Each chapter sits alone as an informative, readable and helpful resource for a range of health care professionals. Together the chapters form an essential text that contributes to the rising standards in old age psychiatry. With practical guidelines on clinical management, this edition also includes new sections on topics such as palliative care and migrant health, all written by a global authorship, considering international perspectives. Targeted at qualified and trainee consultant psychiatrists, this text is also useful to other doctors, medical students and healthcare professionals who work with older people.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Pauline Delahaye.
    Summary: This monograph is about new perspectives in animal studies methodology, by using concepts and tools from the field of semiotics. It proposes a reflexion on current challenges and issues in the ethology field, and introduces different semiotics - biosemiotics, zoosemiotics - as potential methodological solutions. The chapters cover many aspects of ethology where semiotics can be a helpful hand: studies of language, culture, cognition or emotions, issues about complex, endangered or variable species. It explains why these points are difficult to study for actual ethology, why they still matter for researchers, biodiversity actors or wildlife programs, and how an interdisciplinary study with a semiotic point of view can help understand them. This book will appeal to a wide readership, from researchers and academics in living sciences as well as in linguistics fields, to other professionals - veterinarian, wildlife managers, zookeepers, and many others - who feel the need to better understand some aspects of animals they are working with. Students with animal focus should read this book as an introduction to interdisciplinary methodology, and a proposition to work differently with animals.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Author; List of Figures; List of Tables;
    Chapter 1: Introduction and Purpose; 1.1 Creation Process; 1.1.1 About the Subject; 1.1.2 About the Corpus; 1.1.3 About the Academic and Social Impact; 1.2 Why Use Semiotics in Animal Studies; 1.2.1 History of Semiotics; 1.2.2 History of Animal Studies; 1.3 Questions About Methodology; 1.3.1 Studying a Subject from Different Academic Fields; 1.3.2 Including New Corpus Categories; 1.3.3 Hypothesis, Biases and Ideologies; References;
    Chapter 2: Debates and Controversies; 2.1 Existing Controversies 2.1.1 Language2.1.2 Consciousness; 2.1.3 Emotions; 2.2 The Perspective of Humanities; 2.2.1 What Is an Animal?; 2.2.2 What Are Language Sciences For?; 2.2.3 The Specific French Academic Tradition; 2.3 Author Position; 2.3.1 The "Lesser Evil" Position; 2.3.2 About the Particular Case of Definitions; References;
    Chapter 3: Necessary and Problematic Definitions; 3.1 Necessary Definitions; 3.1.1 Emotion; 3.1.2 Consciousness; 3.1.3 Memory; 3.2 Problematic Definitions; 3.2.1 Language; 3.2.2 Emotions; 3.2.3 Intelligence; 3.2.4 Culture; References;
    Chapter 4: Semiotic Tools and Concepts 4.1 How to Pick Semiotic Tools4.1.1 Relevance; 4.1.2 Peirce's Tools; 4.1.3 Intensity, Frequency, Context; 4.2 Semiotic Concepts; 4.2.1 Intentional, Conscious, Unconscious; 4.2.2 Jakobson's Functions of Language; 4.2.3 Eco's Semiotic Theory; 4.2.4 About the Case of Anthropomorphism; References;
    Chapter 5: Intertheoricity: How to Build Bigger Models; 5.1 What Is Intertheoricity; 5.1.1 Academic Position About Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.2 Difficulties and Flaws of Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.3 Guillaume's Theory; 5.2 How Intertheoricity Allows for Bigger Models; 5.2.1 A Shared Methodology 5.2.2 Definitions: Harmonisation and Creation5.2.3 How Concepts "Communicate" with Each Other; 5.3 Why We Need Bigger Models; 5.3.1 More Complex Subjects; 5.3.2 Over-Specialised Researchers; 5.3.3 More Impact, Less Time; References;
    Chapter 6: Strengths and Flaws of Ethological and Biological Methodology; 6.1 Strengths to Work with; 6.1.1 Ancient and Strong Field; 6.1.2 Evolutive Methodology; 6.1.3 Observation-Based Science; 6.2 Flaws to Counter; 6.2.1 Leaving or Not Leaving the Laboratory; 6.2.2 Observation Is Disruption; 6.2.3 How Ideology Can Be Rooted in Science; References
    Chapter 7: Animal Studies, Animal Ethics7.1 Issues in Animal Studies; 7.1.1 Working with Living Beings; 7.1.2 Difficulty to Understand Stranger Minds; 7.1.3 Situation of Emergency; 7.2 Ethical Issues; 7.2.1 About Endangered Species; 7.2.2 About Complex Species; 7.2.3 About Pain in Animals; 7.3 Solutions of Semiotic Methodology; 7.3.1 On General Issues; 7.3.2 On Ethical Issues; References;
    Chapter 8: Building Zoosemiotics; 8.1 Between Semiotics and Animal Studies; 8.1.1 Semiotics and Biosemiotics; 8.1.2 Biosemiotics and Zoosemiotics; 8.2 Progress Wanted, and Progress Needed; 8.2.1 Where We Are
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hans-Christoph Pape, Stephen L. Kates, Christian Hierholzer, Heike A. Bischoff-Ferrari, editors.
    Summary: This book describes a fully integrated approach to the management of elderly patients who are at risk of or suffer trauma, drawing on up-to-date knowledge from multiple specialties in recognition of the fact that the number and severity of comorbidities in this population requires expertise in many fields. Readers will find comprehensive and detailed coverage of the prevention of complications related to aging, geriatric care concepts, specific treatments in acute care, including fracture stabilization and diagnostic procedures, and the surgical management of different types of fracture and soft tissue trauma. Intensive care management of the geriatric patient is also extensively addressed. Information is provided on diverse aspects of the physiology of ageing, and the coverage is completed by discussion of fracture care service models and specific models of rehabilitation and aftercare designed to prevent further falls and adverse late outcomes. The authors are a group of renowned experts from each of the relevant fields, and the book will be a valuable asset for surgeons, intensivists, geriatricians, gerontologists, and rehabilitation specialists.

    Contents:
    Introduction Physiology of ageing
    Prevention of complications related to ageing
    Geriatric Care concepts in acute care
    Fracture care service models
    Specific treatments in acute care
    Surgical management of major fractures
    Intensive Care Management of the geriatric patient
    Rehabilitation and outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Muñoz-Espin, Marco Demaria.
    Summary: This book offers comprehensive information on the new and rapidly evolving science of identifying and targeting senescent cells, and on the exciting prospect of new diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities for stopping, and even reversing, the progression of disease and the deterioration of the human body due to ageing. According to recent United Nations data, by 2050 one in six people worldwide will be older than age 65, with peaks rising to one in four people in Europe and North America. Remarkably, the number of persons aged 80 years or older is expected to triple, from 143 million in 2019 to 426 million in 2050. First documented in the 1960s, the concept of cellular senescence as an underlying cause of ageing has been established in the course of the last decade. Using genetically engineered mouse models, researchers have demonstrated that the selective elimination of senescent cells can block and even reverse a number of age-related dysfunctions and pathologies, promoting both better health and longer life in the elderly. These include cardiovascular diseases; neurological disorders; type 1 and type 2 diabetes; inflammatory diseases; fibrosis; geriatric syndromes; chronic diseases resulting in organ dysfunction; the integrity of the musculoskeletal system; and cancer. Some senolytic agents have already progressed into trials. These include UBX0101 for the treatment of osteoarthritis (now in phase II), a cocktail of dasatinib and quercetin for the management of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and chronic kidney disease, and ABT-263 in combination with senescence-inducing chemotherapies for the treatment of advanced solid tumours. In addition, the book discusses pathways to early phase clinical trials and translational approaches in medicine and ageing, highlighting new opportunities as well as current limitations, challenges and alternatives. Given its scope, it will benefit a broad audience of advanced educators, researchers, graduate students and practitioners.

    Contents:
    Part I: Origins and Development of Senotherapies
    Chapter 1. Senolytic drug development
    Chapter 2. Discovery of Senolytics and the pathway to early phase clinical trials
    Part II: The Impact of Senotherapies: from Regeneration to Aging
    Chapter 3. Interconnection between cellular senescence, regeneration and ageing in salamanders
    Chapter 4. Senolytics target senescent cells and improve aging and age-related diseases
    Chapter 5. Senotherapy of cancer
    Part III: Understanding and Targeting the Senescent Surfaceome
    Chapter 6. Targeted senolytic strategies based on the senescent surfaceome
    Chapter 7. Senolysis and senostasis through the plasma membrane
    Part IV: Novel Senescence-Associated Markers and Targets
    Chapter 8. In situ detection of miRNAs in senescent cells in archival material
    Chapter 9. Novel probes and carriers to target senescent cells
    Chapter 10. Potential applications of aptamers for targeting senescent cells
    Chapter 11. Mitochondria: potential targets for interventions to counteract senescence.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Wyndaele J.J.
    Summary: This book covers sensation in all major components of the pelvic region. The small pelvis is containing many different structures and viscera, and sensations elicited there are important for regulating a normal daily life and for warning that something is going wrong. The sensory system is driving in many aspects the motor activity, and precedes and guides the efferent functions. It is surprising that in the last 60 years the ratio between research and publications about sensory versus motor has gradually become less. There has been undoubtedly a rise in the number of publications written on pelvic sensation but in the same time the number of manuscripts on motor function have increased more. It is the hope that this compilation of most data available on sensation will be of interest for the reader, will incite to perform more research so that an important part of pelvic functional diagnosis and treatment modalities will use the whole of the mechanisms available. The book is intended for all interested in pelvic functions and the interactions between the different structures, specialists in urology, gastroenterology, sexuality, pain, pelvic floor function and dysfunction, paediatricians and geriatricians, neurologists, students and those in training . The reader will find interesting and challenging information, and suggestions for further research.

    Contents:
    Sensation
    Bladder
    Urehra
    Pain
    Pelvic floor
    Diagnosis
    Technical tests
    Psychology
    Kidneys
    Bowel
    Neuropathy
    Bladder training.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Editor-in-Chief, Bernd Fritzsch, University of Iowa, Iowa City, United States.
    Summary: "The Senses: A Comprehensive Reference, Second Edition, is a comprehensive reference work covering the range of topics that constitute current knowledge of the neural mechanisms underlying the different senses. This important work provides the most up-to-date, cutting-edge, comprehensive reference combining volumes on all major sensory modalities in one set. Offering 264 chapters from a distinguished team of international experts, The Senses lays out current knowledge on the anatomy, physiology, and molecular biology of sensory organs, in a collection of comprehensive chapters spanning 4 volumes. Topics covered include the perception, psychophysics, and higher order processing of sensory information, as well as disorders and new diagnostic and treatment methods. Written for a wide audience, this reference work provides students, scholars, medical doctors, as well as anyone interested in neuroscience, a comprehensive overview of the knowledge accumulated on the function of sense organs, sensory systems, and how the brain processes sensory input. As with the first edition, contributions from leading scholars from around the world will ensure The Senses offers a truly international portrait of sensory physiology. The set is the definitive reference on sensory neuroscience and provides the ultimate entry point into the review and original literature in Sensory Neuroscience enabling students and scientists to delve into the subject and deepen their knowledge."--publisher's web page, viewed September 10, 2020.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Sudhir Sopory, editor.
    Summary: Plants provide a source of survival for all life on this planet. They are able to capture solar energy and convert it into food, feed, wood and medicines. Though sessile in nature, over many millions of years, plants have diversified and evolved from lower to higher life forms, spreading from sea level to mountains, and adapting to different ecozones. They have learnt to cope with challenging environmental conditions and various abiotic and biotic factors. Plants have also developed systems for monitoring the changing environment and efficiently utilizing resources for growth, flowering and reproduction, as well as mechanisms to counter the impact of pests and diseases and to communicate with other biological systems, like microbes and insects. This book discusses the "awareness" of plants and their ability to gather information through the perception of environmental cues, such as light, gravity, water, nutrients, touch and sound, and stresses. It also explores plants' biochemical and molecular "computing" of the information to adjust their physiology and development to the advantage of the species. Further, it examines how plants communicate between their different organs and with other organisms, as well as the concepts of plant cognition, experience and memory, from both scientific and philosophical perspectives. Lastly, it addresses the phenomenon of death in plants. The epilogue presents an artist's view of the beauty of the natural world, especially plant "architecture". The book provides historical perspectives, comparisons with animal systems where needed, and general biochemical and molecular concepts and themes. Each chapter is selfcontained, but also includes cross talk with other chapters to offer an integrated view of plant life and allow readers to appreciate and admire the functioning of plant life from within and without. The book is a tribute by the Editor to his students, colleagues and co-workers and to those in whose labs he has worked.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Plant Diversity and Adaptation.- Chapter 2. The Light Awakens! Sensing Light and Darkness.- Chapter 3. Nutrient Perception and Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 4. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 5. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 6. Plant Cognition: Ability to Perceive 'Touch' and 'Sound'.- Chapter 7. Perception of Stress Environment in Plants.- Chapter 8. Heterotrimeric G-protein Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 9. Plant Hormones
    Some Glimpses on Biosynthesis, Signaling Networks and Cross Talk.- Chapter 10. The Two-component System: Transducing Environmental and Hormonal Signals.- Chapter 11. Calcium Signaling: A Communication Network that Regulates Cellular Processes.- Chapter 12. Nitric Oxide a Tiny Decoder and Transmitter of Information.- Chapter 13. A Tale of Sugars and Hormones: Perception and Responses.- Chapter 14. ROS Signaling and its Role in Plants.- Chapter 15. Extracellular ATP Signaling in Animals and Plants: Comparison and Contrast.- Chapter 16. Mammalian Neurotransmitter are Important Signals Mediating Plant Morphogenesis.- Chapter 17. The Plant Cell Wall: Barrier and Facilitator of Environmental Perception.- Chapter 18. Plastid Retrograde Signals: More to Discover.- Chapter 19. Electric Signaling and Long Distance Communication in Plants.- Chapter 20. How Plants Respond to Pathogen Attack: Interaction and Communication.- Chapter 21. Integration of Multiple Signalling Cues.- Chapter 22. Plant Death: Short and Long Life Span to Immortality.- Chapter 23. Sentient Nature of Plants: Memory and Awareness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paule Valery Joseph, Valerie Buzas Duffy, editors.
    Summary: The textbook provides an overview of the sensory science field in the context of diseases such as obesity and Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). This book brings a summary of the state of the science in key areas and provides examples of translational science from using cellular and rodent models to human clinical trials and community health. The volume structure leads the reader through the physiology of taste and smell into how sensory testing for taste and smell is studied, basic mechanisms, various protocols that are used throughout the field along with the pros/cons of the current methods used. This resource is intended for classroom teaching, for novice researchers in sensory research as well as students and postdoctoral fellows. Example of courses are nutrition, basic nursing, interdisciplinary health courses, sensory perception (psychology), neuroscience, and medical courses, dentistry, food science and others.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1.Taste and Smell Systems Development during infancy, childhood
    2.Anatomy, Physiology and Neurobiology of Olfaction and Gustation
    3.Measurement of Olfaction : Screening and assessment
    4.Measurements of Gustation: Screening and assessment
    5.Measurements of Chemesthesis
    6.Integration of taste, smell and chemestesis: Clinical Implications
    7.Overview of olfaction and gustation under metabolic influences
    8.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with obesity
    9.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with diabetes
    10.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with hypertension
    11.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in psychiatric disorders
    12.Taste and Smell alterations and Neurodegenarative Disorders
    13.Taste and smell in weight loss surgery 3
    14.Taste and Smell alterations and Cancer Therapies
    15.Oral health and chemosensory problems
    16.Chemosensation and pharmacological treatments
    17.Oral and Extraoral Olfactory and Taste Receptors
    18.Sensory Nutrition. Implications to Health and Personalized Medicine
    19.Oral health and Microbiome: Implications for Taste.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ana Valéria Colnaghi Simionato, editor.
    Summary: This book covers liquid chromatography, gas chromatography and capillary electrophoresis, the three main separation techniques lately available, applied to key omic sciences, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics and foodomics. The fundamentals of each technique are not covered herein. Instead, the recent advances in such techniques are presented focusing on the application to omics analyses and unique aspects in each case. This volume intends to offer wide ranging options available to researchers on omics sciences, and how to integrate them in order to achieve the comprehension of a biological system as a whole. Omic sciences have been of ultimate importance to comprehend the complex biochemical reactions and related events that occurs upon a biological system. The classical central dogma of molecular biology, which states that genetic information flows unidirectionally from DNA to RNA and then to proteins, has been gradually replaced by the systems biology approach. This book presents a multidisciplinary approach that explains the biological system as a whole, where the entire organism is influenced by a variety of internal events as well as by the environment, showing that each level of the biological information flux may influence the previous or the subsequent one.

    Contents:
    The new omics era into systems approaches: what is the importance of separation techniques?
    Biological Applications for LC-MS-Based Proteomics
    The role of chromatographic and electromigration techniques in Foodomics
    CE-MS for proteomics and intact protein analysis
    Peptidomics and Capillary Electrophoresis
    Discovery of native protein complexes by liquid chromatography followed by quantitative mass spectrometry
    Capillary electrophoresis based N-Glycosylation analysis in the biomedical and biopharmaceutical fields
    Practical considerations in method development for gas chromatography-based metabolomic profiling
    Capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry for metabolomics: possibilities and perspectives
    Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry for Clinical Metabolomics: An Overview
    Analytical platforms for mass spectrometry-based metabolomics of polar and ionizable metabolites
    Metabolomic data treatment: basic directions of the full process
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Guillermo Ortiz-Ruiz, Carmelo Dueñas-Castell, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nicholas S. Ward, Mitchell M. Levy, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art resource for clinicians who care for patients with sepsis and research scientist alike, . Patients with severe sepsis requiring ICU admission have very high rates of ICU and overall hospital mortality, with estimates ranging from 18 to 50%. Risk factors for death from sepsis include underlying illness, increased age, and multi-system organ failure. This is compounded by the significant variation in the management of early severe sepsis. Care of these patients and clinical conditions can be quite complex, and materials are collected from the most current, evidence-based resources. Book sections have been structured to review the overall definitions and epidemiology of sepsis as well as current insights into the pathophysiology of sepsis. This review summarizes the evidence for the international consensus guidelines for the identification and management of sepsis. The latter part of this book reviews emerging concepts and approaches in the diagnosis and management of sepsis that may significantly reduce mortality in the future. Sepsis: Pathophysiology, Definitions and the Challenge of Bedside Management represents a collaboration between authors drawn from a variety of disciplines and contributions from basic scientists and highly recognized clinical opinion leaders with expertise in clinical trials.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    Chapter 1 Introduction
    Chapter 2 Sepsis Definitions
    Chapter 3 Epidemiology of Sepsis: Current Data and Predictions for the Future
    Section 2
    Chapter 4 Overview of the Molecular Pathways and Mediators of Sepsis
    Chapter 5 Sepsis-induced Immune Suppression
    Chapter 6 Molecular Targets for Therapy
    Section 3
    Chapter 7 Mechanisms of Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis
    Chapter 8 Sepsis-Induced AKI
    Chapter 9 Sepsis and the Lung
    Chapter 10 Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis: Brain, Neuromuscular, Cardiovascular, and Gastrointestinal
    Section 4
    Chapter 11 Diagnosis of Sepsis: Clinical Findings and the Role of Biomarkers
    Chapter 12 Source Control in Sepsis
    Chapter 13 Hemodynamic Support in Sepsis
    Chapter 14 Bundled Therapies in Sepsis
    Chapter 15 Genetics in the Prevention and Treatment of Sepsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Nicasio Mancini.
    Contents:
    Microbiological diagnosis of sepsis : the confounding effects of a "Gold Standard" / Nicasio Mancini, Roberto Burioni, and Massimo Clementi
    Pathophysiological aspects of sepsis : an overview / Yong-Ming Yao [and 3 others]
    Clinical aspects of sepsis : an overview / Giacomo Monti [and 4 others]
    Technical improvements in culturing blood / Giacomo Pardini
    Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF/MS)-based identification of pathogens from positive blood culture bottles / Philippe Lagacé-Wiens
    Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from positive blood culture bottles : a manual and an automated protocol / Minna Mäki
    Broad-range PCR in the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a sequencing approach / Yoshitomo Morinaga and Katsunori Yanagihara
    Identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a microarray-based approach / Teresa Raich and Scott Powell
    Detection of carbapenemases using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) meropenem hydrolysis assay / Jaroslav Hrabák
    Molecular detection of antibiotic resistance genes from positive blood cultures / Musa Y. Hindiyeh [and 4 others]
    Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : manual protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Helge Mühl, and Claudia Disqué
    Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : automated protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Claudia Disqué, and Helge Mühl
    Broad-range PCR for the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood : a sequencing approach / Eva Leitner and Harald H. Kessler
    Real-time PCR-based identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood samples / Madeleine Mai [and 6 others]
    Host response biomarkers in the diagnosis of sepsis : a general overview / Marianna Parlato and Jean-Marc Cavaillon
    Host response biomarkers in sepsis : the role of procalcitonin / Jean-Louis Vincent, Marc Van Nuffelen, and Christophe Lelubre
    Host response biomarkers in sepsis : overview on sTREM-1 detection / Jérémie Lemarié, Damien Barraud, and Sébastien Gibot
    Host response biomarker in sepsis: suPAR detection / Evangelos J. Giamarellos-Bourboulis and Marianna Georgitsi
    Clinical diagnosis of sepsis and the combined use of biomarkers and culture- and non-culture-based assays / Frank Bloos.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Arjen M. Dondorp, Martin W. Dünser, Marcus J. Schultz, editors.
    Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. It constitutes a unique source of knowledge and guidance for all healthcare workers who care for patients with sepsis and septic shock in resource-limited settings. More than eighty percent of the worldwide deaths related to sepsis occur in resource-limited settings in low and middle-income countries. Current international sepsis guidelines cannot be implemented without adaptations towards these settings, mainly because of the difference in local resources and a different spectrum of infectious diseases causing sepsis. This prompted members of the Global Intensive Care working group of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) and the Mahidol-Oxford Tropical Medicine Research Unit (MORU, Bangkok, Thailand) - among which the Editors - to develop with an international group of experts a comprehensive set of recommendations for the management of sepsis in resource-limited settings. Recommendations are based on both current scientific evidence and clinical experience of clinicians working in resource-limited settings. The book includes an overview chapter outlining the current challenges and future directions of sepsis management as well as general recommendations on the structure and organization of intensive care services in resource-limited settings. Specific recommendations on the recognition and management of patients with sepsis and septic shock in these settings are grouped into seven chapters. The book provides evidence-based practical guidance for doctors in low and middle income countries treating patients with sepsis, and highlights areas for further research and discussion. .

    Contents:
    Table of contents List of Contributors Foreword Preface 1. Current Challenges in the Management of Sepsis in ICUs in Resource-poor Settings and Suggestions for the Future 2. Development of the Guidelines
    Focus on Availability, Feasibility, Affordability and Safety of Interventions in Resource-limited Settings 3. Infrastructure and Organization of Adult Intensive Care Units in Resource-limited settings 4. Recognition of Sepsis in Resource-limited Settings 5. Core Elements of General Supportive Care for Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 6. Ventilatory Support of Patients with Sepsis or Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 7. Hemodynamic Assessment and Support in Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 8. Infection Management in Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 9. Management of Severe Malaria and Severe Dengue in Resource-limited Settings 10. Pediatric Sepsis and Septic Shock Management in Resource-limited Settings.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    R.A.M. Case ... [et al.].
    Contents:

    v. 1. England and Wales, 1911-70 : Deaths and death rates by sex, age, site, and calendar period.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC279.G7 S47 1976
    4
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    3
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    4
  • Digital/Print
    ed. by E.C. Seguin ...
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L39 .S45
    3
  • Print
    Contents:
    Monograph 1. Unemployment insurance
    Monograph 2. Old age dependency
    Monograph 3. Health insurance
    Monograph 4. Social insurance legislation
    Monograph 5. The administration of unemployment insurance
    Monograph 6. The limitations of unemployment insurance
    Monograph 7-12. British experience with unemployment insurance
    Monograph 13. The problem of old age dependency.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I414 .M59
    13
  • Digital
    edited by Wolfgang Blenau, Universität zu Köln, Köln, Germany, Arnd Baumann, Forschungszentrum Jülich, Jülich, Germany.
    Contents:
    Novel Approaches to Serotonin Receptor Interaction Studies
    Techniques for the Study of GPCR Heteromerization in Living Cells and Animal Models
    Organotypic Slices and Biolistic Transfection for the Study of Serotonin Receptor Function in CNS Neurons
    Dissecting a Model of Depressive-Related Phenotype and Antidepressants Effects in 129S2/SvPas Mice
    The Murine Serotonin Syndrome and the 5-HT1A Receptor: Behavioral Effects and Hypothermia
    5-HT4 Receptor Subtype, Î2-arrestin Level, and Rapid Onset Effects of Antidepressant Drugs
    Autoshaping Memory Formation and Retention Loss: Are Serotonin and Other Neurotransmitter Transporters Involved?
    Flow Cytometry to Determine Serotonin Transporter Function in Human Peripheral Blood Cells
    Functional Genomics of Serotonin Receptors in Helminth Parasites: Elucidation of Receptor Function through RNA Interference (RNAi)
    Visualization of the Serotonin System in Drosophila Brain: Immunofluorescence and Confocal Microscopy
    Serotonin Modulates Adult Neurogenesis in an Invertebrate Model: Approaches to Receptor Localization and Function
    Immunolocalization of Serotonergic Neurons in Arthropod Developmental and Phylogenetic Neuroanatomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Ben Davidson, Pınar Firat, Claire W. Michael.
    Summary: This revised and updated second edition contains multiple microscopic illustrations of all diagnostic entities and ancillary techniques, providing a comprehensive, authoritative guide to all aspects of serous effusions. It now includes the many new antibodies which have been tested since the previous edition, as well as a discussion on next-generation sequencing and molecularly targeted therapy. Section one covers diagnosis for benign and malignant effusions while section two discusses biology, therapy, and prognosis highlighting clinical approaches that may be of value. Serous Effusions provides an indispensable guide to all aspects of current practice for cytopathologists, cytotechnicians, pathologists, clinicians and researchers in training and practice.

    Contents:
    Benign effusions
    Lung carcinoma
    Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma
    Breast carcinoma
    Malignant mesothelioma
    Hematological hematologic and lymphoid neoplasia
    Cancer of other origin
    Lung carcinoma
    Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma
    Breast carcinoma
    Malignant mesothelioma
    Cancer of other origin.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    James Merlino, MD, Chief Experience Officer of Cleveland Clinic.
    Summary: Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within ten years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations--methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improveits customer experience.

    Contents:
    Transformed by the patient experience
    Patients first as true north
    Leading for change
    Describing the elephant: Defining the patient experience and strategy
    Culture is critical
    Cultural alignment : the Cleveland Clinic experience
    Physician involvement is vital
    Want to know what patients think? Ask!
    Execution is everything
    Healthcare requires service excellence
    Doctors need to communicate better
    Making patients our partners
    Getting it done has defined our success
    Epilogue: We have a responsibility to lead.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Teppo Hujala, Anne Toppinen, Brett J. Butler, editors.
    Summary: With this book, the reader will become familiar with services and service research as evolving phenomena in private, non-industrial family forestry. Targeted as learning material for higher-education students in Western economies, and as a handbook for forest scientists worldwide, the book has a strong theoretical base, but also a practical orientation with examples of novel forest services from different regions and contexts. Conceptual foundations of service dominant logic (S-D logic) will introduce the reader to the service research lenses, through which the subsequent chapters scrutinize services designed and offered to family forest owners. These publicly funded or market services typically help owners fulfil various land ownership objectives through forest management. Increasingly, these services are helping landowners to secure and improve ecosystem services provision from their forests and helping to meet demands from the various stakeholders. While the book essentially approaches services as a continuous, value co-creation activity by forest owners and service providers, it recognizes and analyses the role of supporting institutions and policy frameworks in service evolution. Moreover, the book takes a step further by contemplating the wider societal transitions that may be required to enable service ideas to become service innovations as part of paradigmatic changes of markets, entrepreneurship, and customer behavior that help society move towards more sustainable and responsible bio-based economy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I. Market Environment and Context
    Section II. Public Service and Business Innovations
    Section III. Emerging Service Topics
    Section IV. Transitions Governance.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Committee on the Immunization Finance Dissemination Workshops, Division of Health Care Services, Institute of Medicine.
    Contents:
    Pt.1. Summary of the Chicago Workshop
    Pt. 2. Summary of the Austin Workshop
    Pt.3. Summary of the Los Angeles Workshop
    Pt. 4. Summary of the Washington, D.C. Workshop
  • Digital
    Michael T. Lawton, MD ; illustrations by Xavier Studio: Kenneth Xavier Probst, MA, CMI.
    Summary: "The book is organized into three sections: tenets, the seven arteriovenous malformations, and selection. The tenets establish eight steps for AVM resection that comprise the phases of battle, as follows: step 1, exposure; step 2, subarachnoid dissection; step 3, defining the draining vein; step 4, defining the feeding arteries; step 5, pial dissection; step 6, parenchymal dissection;, step 7, ependymal or deep dissection; and step 8, finally resection. Critical concepts for dissection and resection are covered in the tenets section. In the section on the seven arteriovenous malformations, the anatomical battlefields for the lobes and deep regions are reviewed, 32 subtypes are described, and a resection strategy is presented for each subtype, step by step. The selection section addresses the secret to successful AVM surgery, which has nothing to do with surgical strategy or technique; rather, it is choosing your battles wisely"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Exposure
    Subarachnoid dissection
    Draining veins
    Feeding arteries
    Pial dissection
    Parenchymal dissection
    Ependymal/deep dissection
    Arteriovenous malformation resection
    Intraoperative arteriovenous malformation rupture
    Surgeon factors
    Frontal arteriovenous malformations
    Temporal arteriovenous malformations
    Parieto-occipital arteriovenous malformations
    Ventricular and paraventricular arteriovenous malformations
    Deep arteriovenous malformations
    Brainstem arteriovenous malformations
    Cerebellar arteriovenous malformations
    Patient selection
    Multimodality management strategies and treatment selection.
  • Digital
    Michael T. Lawton ; illustrated by Kenneth Xavier Probst.
    Contents:
    End-to-side anastomosis
    Side-to-side anastomosis
    End-to-end anastomosis
    Dexterity
    Donors and recipients
    In the zone
    Clamp time
    Arteriotomy
    Suturing technique
    Tissue handling
    Tightening and tying
    Bypass patency
    Aneurysm occlusion
    Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass
    Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft
    Reimplantation
    In situ bypass
    Reanastomosis
    Intracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft
    Combination bypass
    Middle cerebral artery bypass strategy
    Anterior cerebral artery bypass strategy
    Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass strategy
    Basilar artery bypass strategy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Print
    Marc Lesser ; Foreword by Daniel J. Siegel, MD.
    Summary: "The former director of the Tassajara Zen Center and a cofounder of Google's Search Inside Yourself program shows how modern workplaces can become more productive, compassionate, and harmonious by applying the practice of mindfulness"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / by Daniel J. Siegel, MD
    Introduction
    Investigate. Love the work ; Do the work ; Don't be an expert ; Connect to the pain
    Connect. Connect to the pain of others ; Depend on others
    Integrate. Keep making it simpler
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 126
    1
  • Digital
    Erick Forno, Sejal Saglani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a comprehensive review of severe asthma in children and adolescents, covering epidemiology, genetics, risk factors, co-morbidities, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment. Written by leaders in the field, chapter discussions draw on the mechanisms driving the disease, genetics, multidisciplinary approaches, and immunomodulators, and other important aspects in the management of the disease. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents: Mechanisms and Management is designed to be a practical guide, opening with an introduction on the epidemiology of severe childhood asthma, as well as a discussion of special considerations of the disease unique to the preschool-aged patient. The distinctions between the diagnosis and management of asthma in young children of various ages, and specific approaches for the adolescent with severe asthma, including the transition into adult care are then addressed. Finally, the book closes with a discussion on the current state and future avenues for severe asthma research. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents is an indispensable reference for the healthcare professional, for basic and translational researchers, as well as for students, residents and fellows.

    Contents:

    Section 1: GENERAL OVERVIEW 1. Epidemiology of severe asthma: This chapter will include a discussion of the prevalence of 'severe asthma', how it differs in children from adults, natural history from birth cohorts into adolescence and adult life, impact of childhood disease on adult function and COPD; etc. 2. Special considerations in preschool age: Highlight the importance of the problem, how preschool differs from school-age presentation and natural history, pathophysiology, viral induced wheezing, the impact of atopy and prematurity; etc.
    Section 2: DIAGNOSIS OF SEVERE ASTHMA 3. Confirming the diagnosis of 'severe asthma': Evaluation for 'difficult to treat' vs. severe asthma, evaluation of steroid response, discussion of ERS/ATS, GINA, and NAEPP definitions. 4. Comorbidities or 'asthma plus': Review of how comorbidities may worsen asthma, with emphasis on chronic rhinosinusitis, obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, gastroesophageal reflux disease, etc.
    Section 3: MANAGEMENT OF SEVERE ASTHMA 5. Multidisciplinary management: The importance of non-pharmacological management including lifestyle modification, smoking, pollution, trigger avoidance, adherence to medication, need for social support, etc. 6. Stepwise pharmacological approach: Review of ATS/ERS, GINA, NAEPP stepwise approach, inhaled steroids, LABA, LAMA, theophylline, systemic steroids, LTRA, etc. 7. Immunotherapy and immunomodulators: SCIT, SLIT, omalizumab, mepolizumab, and other immunomodulators or 'biologicals'. 8. Special considerations for the management of preschool wheeze: Discuss the acute episodes and maintenance therapy, assessments of etiology inflammation and infection to direct management, asthma predictive index, early interventions and disease modification. 9. Management of side effects and complications: Importance of preventing and managing side effects from medications, such as adrenal suppression, bone health, growth issues, etc. Working with other subspecialists. The need for an annual review. 10. Management of acute, severe, life-threatening exacerbations: Acute treatment options including non-invasive and invasive ventilation. Discussion of those patients who may do not have severe chronic impairment but that mostly do well and then have very acute and life-threatening exacerbations. 11. Adolescence and transition to adulthood: Impact of puberty, males vs females, issues in adolescence such as adherence, medical beliefs, importance of a formal approach in the transition to adult care, assessment of readiness; etc.
    Section 4: CURRENT AND FUTURE RESEARCH 12. Basic mechanisms mediating severe pediatric asthma: Basic science research, animal models, molecular studies, potential therapeutic agents. 13. Clinical studies and clinical trials: Physiological assessments, bronchoscopic studies, phenotyping/endotyping studies, cluster analyses, biomarkers, etc. 14. Genomics and pharmacogenomics: Studies involving genetic risk/predisposition, biomarkers, pharmacogenetics, transcriptomics. 15. Future directions: Metabolomics, proteomics, microbiome; need for a unified approach to definition, management, and outcomes to allow for international clinical trials. 16. Potential therapeutic agents from adult trials: Emerging options in adults that can be extrapolated to pediatrics, LAMA, immunosuppressants, bronchial thermoplasty, immunomodulators including dupilumab, benralizumab, lebrikizumab. bronchoscopic-tailored treatment, antimicrobials, etc.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Masayuki Saijo, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of severe fever with thrombocytopenia syndrome (SFTS), an emerging infectious disease endemic to China, South Korea, and Japan that is caused by a bunyavirus first discovered in 2011, widely referred to as SFTS virus (SFTSV) though recently renamed Huaiyangshan banyangvirus. The contents will be of interest for the light that they cast on not only this viral infection but viral hemorrhagic fevers in general. The opening chapters summarize general considerations and perspectives regarding SFTS and describe the discovery process in each of the affected countries. The basic mechanism of SFTSV infection is then examined from the perspectives of epidemiology, pathology, and virology. The book goes on to examine in detail the mode of spread and transmission of SFTSV, means of infection control, and diagnosis and therapy. The final two chapters explore Heartland virus infections and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever with the aim of highlighting similarities and differences compared with SFTS. This book will be of interest to all researchers who study emerging viruses and infections, whether in Asia or elsewhere, as well as to clinicians who may encounter SFTS.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Discovery of a Novel Viral Hemorrhagic Fever-like Infection, SFTS, in Peoples' Republic of China; 1.3 Discovery of SFTS Epidemics in Japan and South Korea; 1.4 Causative Virus, SFTSV; 1.5 Similarity and Difference in the Characteristics Between Two Bunyavirus Infections SFTS and CCHF; 1.6 Life Cycle of SFTSV and the Transmission Route of SFTSV to Humans; 1.7 Epidemiology; 1.8 Clinical Manifestations; 1.9 Laboratory Diagnosis; 1.10 Pathology and Pathophysiology; 1.11 Necessity to Develop Specific Treatment for SFTS 1.12 Necessity to Develop Specific Preventive Measures against SFTS1.13 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: The Discovery Process of SFTS in China; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Case Surveillance; 2.3 Identification of the Viral Gene and Genetic Analysis; 2.4 Isolation of the Novel Virus; 2.5 Detection of the Virus in the Patients with SFTS; 2.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: The Discovery Process of SFTS in Japan; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The First Patient Diagnosed with SFTS in Japan; 3.2.1 Case Presentation (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.2.2 Definitively Diagnosing the Patient (Takahashi et al. 2014) 3.2.3 Public Announcement of the First Patient with SFTS in Japan (Saito et al. 2015)3.2.4 The First Retrospective Study for SFTS in Japan (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.3 Intuitional Cooperation; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Severe Fever with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome in the Republic of Korea; 4.1 Detection of the First SFTS Case in the Republic of Korea; 4.1.1 Case Description; 4.1.2 Isolation of SFTS Virus from the First Case (Kim et al. 2013); 4.1.3 Characterization of the Isolate of SFTS Virus; 4.2 Epidemiology of SFTS in Human 4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis of SFTS Virus Isolated from the Republic of Korea4.4 Future Direction; References;
    Chapter 5: Virology of SFTSV; 5.1 Genomic Structure of SFTSV; 5.2 Structural Proteins; 5.2.1 N protein; 5.2.2 GP Precursor, Gn, and Gc; 5.2.3 L Protein; 5.3 Nonstructural Protein; 5.4 Assembly of Virus Particles; 5.5 Plaque Formation and Cytopathic Effect in SFTSV-Infected Cells; 5.6 Syncytium Formation of SFTSV-Infected Cells Induced by pH-Dependent Membrane Fusion; 5.7 Transportation of Viral Proteins in Cells; References;
    Chapter 6: Molecular Epidemiology of SFTSV; 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Impact of in vitro Passaging on the Nucleotide Sequences of SFTSV Genomes6.3 Phylogenetic Analysis; 6.4 The Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequence Homology Between SFTSV Strains; 6.5 The Geographical Distribution of SFTSV Strains; 6.6 The Migration of the SFTSV Strains Beyond the Geographical Separation; References;
    Chapter 7: Epidemiology of SFTS in China; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Surveillance System in China; 7.3 Case Definition of SFTS; 7.4 Disease and Geographical Distribution; 7.5 Geographical Distribution; 7.5.1 Henan Province; 7.5.2 Shandong Province; 7.5.3 Hubei Province
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Wynnis Tom.
    Summary: Children are no less spared from severe skin diseases. This textbook is designed as a practical clinical reference that will guide practitioners in treating difficult dermatoses in children in whom topical therapy has been unsuccessful. Individual sections are devoted to inflammatory diseases, immune-mediated/autoimmune diseases, tumors and proliferative disorders, and genodermatoses. Each chapter addresses which patients represent suitable candidates for systemic or other non-topical therapy and considerations and caveats in the use of such approaches. Potential treatments are then appraised from a current evidence-based perspective, with provision of detailed but relevant information and reference tables that summarize recommendations in use and monitoring. Future directions in management are also presented.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Xiaobing Fu and Liangming Liu.
    Summary: This book discusses recent progress in organ damage and tissue repair following severe trauma and sepsis. In part 1, it introduces the theory and clinical practice in organ damage. In part 2, it covers all the subjects of sepsis, ranging from mechanism, inflammation, and infection to the lung injury and neonatal sepsis. In part 3, it discusses 4 new advances techniques in tissue repair. There are 20 chapters contributed by experts in each area. This book is a valuable reference for scientists and clinicians to know the new knowledge and technology in severe trauma and sepsis, which will benefit their work in research and clinic through multidisciplinary collaboration.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sarah A. Tilstra, Deborah Kwolek, Julie L. Mitchell, Brigid M. Dolan, Michael P. Carson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides primary care clinicians, researchers, and educators with a guide that helps facilitate comprehensive, evidenced-based healthcare of women and gender diverse populations. Many primary care training programs in the United States lack formalized training in women's health, or if they do, the allotted time for teaching is sparse. This book addresses this learning gap with a solid framework for any program or individual interested in learning about or teaching women's health. It can serve as a quick in-the-clinic reference between patients, or be used to steer curricular efforts in medical training programs, particularly tailored to internal medicine, family medicine, gynecology, nursing, and advanced practice provider programs. Organized to cover essential topics in women's health and gender based care, this text is divided into eight sections: Foundations of Women's Health and Gender Based Medicine, Gynecologic Health and Disease, Breast Health and Disease, Common Medical Conditions, Chronic Pain Disorders, Mental Health and Trauma, Care of Selected Populations (care of female veterans and gender diverse patients), and Obstetric Medicine. Using the Maintenance of Certification (MOC) and American Board of Internal Medicine blueprints for examination development, authors provide evidence-based reviews with several challenge questions and annotated answers at the end of each chapter. The epidemiology, pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of all disease processes are detailed in each chapter. Learning objectives, summary points, certain exam techniques, clinical pearls, diagrams, and images are added to enhance reader's engagement and understanding of the material. Written by experts in the field, Sex and Gender-Based Women's Health is designed to guide all providers, regardless of training discipline or seniority, through comprehensive outpatient women's health and gender diverse care.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Common Topics for Reproductive Age Women
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Contraception and Family Planning
    Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
    Amenorrhea and the Female Athlete Triad
    Irritable Bowel Disease
    Migraine Headaches
    SECTION II: Mental Health
    Mood Disorders in Women
    Intimate Partner Violence and Sexual Trauma
    Eating Disorders
    SECTION III: Special Populations
    LGBT Care
    Gender Dysphoria and Care of the Transgender Patient
    SECTION IV: Gynecologic Issues
    Vaginitis and Cervicitis
    Benign Gynecologic Disease: Fibroids, Endometriosis, Ovarian Cysts
    Chronic Pelvic Pain (pelvic floor dysfunction, interstitial cystitis, sexual trauma, psychologic)
    Gynecologic Emergencies: Ectopic Pregnancy, Ovarian Torsion, and Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
    Cervical Cancer Screening and Management of the Abnormal Pap
    Cancers of the Urogenital Tract (Ovarian/Uterine/Fallopian/Vulvar/Vaginal/Bladder)
    SECTION V: Breast Health
    Breast Cancer Screening
    Care of the Breast Cancer Survivor and Chemoprophylaxis
    Benign Breast Disease
    SECTION VI: Cardiovascular Health
    Risk Factors for Heart Disease in Women
    Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease in Women
    SECTION VII: Pregnancy
    Preconception Counseling
    Care of the Pregnant Patient
    Post-Partum Care
    SECTION VIII: Common Topics for Menopause Age Women
    Diagnosis and Management of Menopause
    Atrophic Vaginitis
    Urinary Incontinence
    Sexual Dysfunction
    Bone Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Franck Mauvais-Jarvis, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Sex differences in diabetes and obesity
    Part II. Role of estrogens in metabolic homeostasis
    Part III. Impact of androgens in metabolic homeostasis and disease
    Part IV. Transgender biology and metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Patricia Silveyra, Xenia T. Tigno, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the latest experimental work on sex-based differences in lung function and inflammation. Readers will learn how these differences relate to individual predispositions for the development of lung disease in men and women, and in different stages of their reproductive lives. Further, the book focuses on diseases that predominantly affect women or men, with an emphasis on the physiological mechanisms underlying their pathobiology. In turn, these findings are complemented by chapters on recent studies, which investigate how circulating sex hormone levels impact the lungs innate immune response to environmental agents and air pollution. The pathogeneses of asthma and viral respiratory infection are also major focus areas. As an outlook, the book also discusses current and future research directions aimed at developing sex-specific therapies for lung disease. To examine these anatomical and physiological differences in the male and female respiratory systems, the authors employ a broad range of methods from molecular and clinical biology. Accordingly, the book will be a fascinating read for physiologists and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About This Book
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Sex Differences in Respiratory Physiology
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Historical Studies of Sex Differences
    1.3 Definitions and Methods to Assess Respiratory Structure/Function
    1.4 Sex Differences in the Developing Lung
    1.5 Peri-Pubertal Sex Differences and Adulthood
    1.6 Importance of Sex Differences in the Lung
    References
    Chapter 2: Sex Differences in the Anatomy of the Airways and the Lungs: Impact on Dysanapsis across the Lifespan 2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Anatomical Overview of Airways and Lungs
    2.1.1.1 Airways
    2.1.1.2 Lung
    2.2 Determinants of Sex Differences in the Airways, the Lungs, and dysanapsis
    2.2.1 Dimensional Determinants
    2.2.1.1 Nasopharynx
    2.2.1.2 Pharynx
    2.2.1.3 Glottis
    2.2.1.4 Vocal Cords
    2.2.1.5 Larynx
    2.2.1.6 Trachea and Main Bronchi
    2.2.2 Lung
    2.3 Dysanapsis
    2.4 Immunological Determinants
    2.5 Hormonal Determinants
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Sex Steroids and Their Influence in Lung Diseases Across the Lifespan
    3.1 Introduction 3.2 Biology of Sex Steroids
    3.2.1 Estrogen
    3.2.2 Progesterone
    3.2.3 Testosterone
    3.2.4 Other Regulators of Sex Steroids
    3.3 Functions of Sex Steroids Across the Lifespan: An Emphasis on Lung Diseases
    3.3.1 Effects of Sex Steroids in Prenatal Lungs
    3.3.2 Effects of Sex Steroids in Early Childhood
    3.3.3 Effects of Sex Steroids in Late Childhood/Puberty
    3.3.4 Effects of Sex Steroids in Adult Lungs
    3.3.5 Effects of Sex Steroids in Aging Lungs
    3.4 Conclusion and Future Scope
    References
    Chapter 4: Sex Differences in the Developing Lung: Implications for Disease 4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Neonatal Lung
    4.2.1 Lung Development During Gestation and Infancy
    4.2.2 Gender Disparities in Preterm Neonatal Outcomes
    4.2.3 Gender and Respiratory Outcomes in Preterm Infants
    4.2.3.1 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (RDS)
    4.2.3.2 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia (BPD)
    4.2.3.3 Sex-specific Response to Environmental Smoking Exposures
    4.2.3.4 Chronic Cough
    4.2.3.5 Protracted (or Persistent) Bacterial Bronchitis (PBB)
    4.2.3.6 Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (PCD)
    4.2.3.7 Non-cystic Fibrosis (Non-CF) Bronchiectasis
    4.2.3.8 Cystic Fibrosis (CF) 4.3 Prepubertal Development of the Lung
    4.3.1 Lung Development During Early Childhood
    4.3.2 Pulmonary Function Testing in Infants and Preschool Children
    4.3.2.1 Forced Deflation and the Rapid Thoracoabdominal Compression
    4.3.2.2 Measures of Compliance and Resistance
    4.3.2.3 Forced Oscillation Technique (FOT)
    4.3.2.4 Inert Gas Washout (IGW)
    4.3.2.5 Electrical Impedance Tomography (EIT)
    4.3.2.6 Ventilator Graphics
    4.3.3 Pulmonary Function Testing in Older Children
    4.3.3.1 Spirometry
    4.3.4 Sex Differences in Airway Obstruction and Lung Diseases
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Rupert Lanzenberger, Georg S. Kranz, Ivanka Savic.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Sex Differences in Neurology and Psychiatry
    Copyright
    Available titles
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contributors
    Contents
    Section I: Sex differences in neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
    Chapter 1: Structural differences between male and female brains
    Why Sex Matters: Searching for Differences Between Male and Female Brains
    A Short Detour Into the World (of Human Brain Mapping): Global, Regional, and Local
    A Mixed Bag: A Multitude of (Conflicting) Findings Based on Structural MRI
    Global measures
    Regional measures
    Some general observations A specific consideration: The corpus callosum
    Local measures
    Voxel-wise gray matter volume
    Vertex-wise cortical thickness
    Point-wise cortical gyrification
    Why Size Matters: The Possible Confounding Impact of Total Brain Volume
    Conclusions
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter 2: Beyond sex differences and a male-female continuum: Mosaic brains in a multidimensional space
    The Basis of the Mosaic Hypothesis: Studies in Laboratory Animals
    Testing the Mosaic Hypothesis
    Mosaic in human brain structure and connectivity as revealed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) Mosaic in brain connectivity
    Mosaic in neuronal numbers in the post-mortem human hypothalamus
    Mosaic in structural changes following exposure to severe real-life stress
    A Comment on the Source of Differences Between Women and Men
    Typical and Rare Brain ``Types ́́
    Criticism of the Mosaic Hypothesis
    Questioning the analytical method used to test the mosaic hypothesis
    The question of prediction
    The straw-man criticism of the mosaic hypothesis
    Moving from a Male-Female Continuum to a Multidimension Space
    Conclusions
    References Chapter 3: Sex differences and brain development during puberty and adolescence
    Introduction
    Sex Effects on Anatomical Brain Changes Across Childhood and Adolescence
    Anatomical brain changes
    Cerebral cortex
    Subcortical structures
    White matter
    Sex effects on anatomical brain development
    Cerebral cortex
    Subcortical structures
    White matter
    Greater male variability in brain structure and development
    Behavioral and Functional Brain Changes and Sex Effects
    Behavioral changes and brain functioning
    Social and affective functioning
    Social relationships Emotion processing and amygdala responsiveness
    Behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive development
    Sex effects in adolescent functional brain changes and behavior
    Sex effects in affective brain functioning
    Sex effects in behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive functioning
    Sex steroid hormones at puberty and adolescence
    Gender Identity Development
    Gender incongruence
    Sexual orientation
    Effects of puberty suppression and gender-affirming hormones on brain and cognition
    Concluding Remarks
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Nayoung Kim, editor.
    Summary: Sex/gender - specific medicine (SGM) is defined as the practice of medicine based on the understanding that biology and social roles are important in men and women for disease prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment. Current research demonstrates differences in disease incidence, symptomatology, morbidity, and mortality based on sex and gender. Sex/gender-specific medicine is a fundamental aspect of tailored therapy and precision medicine. Therefore, the variables must be considered in medical education and practice as well as in research models ranging from human participants, animals and cells. Gastroenterology is very big and important division of Internal Medicine, which include esophagus, stomach, small and large intestine, pancreatobiliary tract and liver. Nowadays estrogen is known to play a key role in the prevention of colon cancer and progression of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, especially in women. This book covers the sex/gender-specific medicine in the area of gastrointestinal (GI) tract in the adults as well as in the pediatrics and in the gut microbiota.

    Contents:
    1. Sex/gender-specific medicine
    2. The difference of sex and gender in the gastrointestinal diseases
    3. The metabolism of estrogen and testosteron
    4. Esophagus
    5. Stomach
    6. Pancreas and biliary diseases
    7. Liver
    8. Colon
    9. Brain-Gut-Microbiome axis
    10. Sex difference of gut microbiota
    11. Overlap syndrome of FGIDs (functional gastrointestinal disorders)
    12. Sex difference of gastrointestinal diseases in the pediatrics
    13. Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics of gastrointestinal drugs
    14. Sex/gender-specific medicine education and work-l ife conflict and its health effects on Korean gastroenterologists according to age and sex.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Anthony C. Hackney, editor.
    Summary: It is well-established, through extensive peer-reviewed published research, that physical activity and exercise training can impact the reproductive endocrine system of women. This ground-breaking, comprehensive title presents a range of unique insights into the opposite question: how the reproductive endocrine system of women affects their exercise ability. More precisely, the thematic question explored in this work is: if exercise affects reproductive hormones, conversely then could the reproductive hormones have physiological effects unrelated to reproduction that influence the capacity of women to exercise? In exploring this question, the goal is to better understand the unique physiology of women and whether female sex hormones might account for some of the variance in physiological performance between amenorrheic and eumenorrheic women, and within women across the age span as they experience menarche to menopause. Sex Hormones, Exercise and Women: Scientific and Clinical Aspects synthesizes the research by exploring the physiology and psychology behind these occurrences. This novel title will not only be of interest to researchers, exercise scientists, graduate students, and clinicians; it will also serve as a source of valuable information for female athletes and their trainers in the context of preparing for competitions.

    Contents:
    Ch1: The Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Oral Contraceptives: Regulation and Function
    Ch2: Sex Hormones and Their Impact on the Ventilatory Responses to Exercise and the Environment
    Ch3: Sex Hormones and Substrate Metabolism During Endurance Exercise
    Ch4: Sex Hormone Effects on the Nervous System and their Impact on Muscle Strength and Motor Performance in Women
    Ch5: Estrogen and Menopause: Muscle Damage, Repair and Function in Females
    Ch6: Nutritional Strategies and Sex Hormone Interactions Within Women
    Ch7: The Effect of Sex Hormones on Ligament Structure, Joint Stability and ACL Injury Risk
    Ch8: Sex Hormones and Physical Activity in Women: An Evolutionary Framework
    Ch9: Sex Hormones and Environmental Factors Affecting Exercise
    Ch10: Exercise, Depression? Anxiety Disorders and Sex Hormones
    Ch11: Stress Reactivity and Exercise in Women
    Ch12: Sex Hormones, Cancer & Exercise Training in Women
    Ch13: The Effects of Acute Exercise on Physiological Sexual Arousal in Women
    Ch14: Sex Hormones, Menstrual Cycle, and Resistance Exercise
    Ch15: Effects of Sex Hormones and Exercise on Adipose Tissue
    Ch16: Exercise in Menopausal Women.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter L.M. Kerkhof, Virginia M. Miller, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers together contributions from internationally renowned authors in the field of cardiovascular systems and provides crucial insight into the importance of sex- and gender-concepts during the analysis of patient data. This innovative title is the first to offer the elements necessary to consider sex-related properties in both clinical and basic studies regarding the heart and circulation on multiscale levels (i.e. molecular, cellular, electrophysiologically, neuroendocrine, immunoregulatory, organ, allometric, and modeling). Observed differences at (ultra)cellular and organ level are quantified, with focus on clinical relevance and implications for diagnosis and patient management. Since the cardiovascular system is of vital importance for all tissues, Sex-Specific Analysis of Cardiovascular Function  is an essential source of information for clinicians, biologists, and biomedical investigators. The wide spectrum of differences described in this book will also act as an eye-opener and serve as a handbook for students, teachers, scientists and practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shira M. Goldenberg, Ruth Morgan Thomas, Anna Forbes, Stefan Baral, editors.
    Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the health inequities and human rights issues faced by sex workers globally across diverse contexts, and outlines evidence-based strategies and best practices. Sex workers face severe health and social inequities, largely as the result of structural factors including punitive and criminalized legal environments, stigma, and social and economic exclusion and marginalization. Although previous work has largely emphasized an elevated burden and gaps in HIV and sexually transmitted infection (STI) services in sex work, less attention has been paid to the broader health and human rights concerns faced by sex workers. This contributed volume addresses this gap. The chapters feature a variety of perspectives including academic, community, implementing partners, and government to synthesize research evidence as well as lessons learned from local-level experiences across different regions, and are organized under three parts: Burden of health and human rights inequities faced by sex workers globally, including infectious diseases (e.g., HIV, STIs), violence, sexual and reproductive health, and drug use Structural determinants of health and human rights, including legislation, law enforcement, community engagement, intersectoral collaboration, stigma, barriers to health access, im/migration issues, and occupational safety and health Evidence-based services and best practices at various levels ranging from individual and community to policy-level interventions to identify best practices and avenues for future research and interventions Sex Work, Health, and Human Rights is an essential resource for researchers, policy-makers, governments, implementing partners, international organizations and community-based organizations involved in research, policies, or programs related to sex work, public health, social justice, gender-based violence, women's health and harm reduction. .

    Contents:
    Overview and Evidence-Based Recommendations to Address Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers
    Part I. Burden of Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers Globally. The Epidemiology of HIV Among Sex Workers Around the World: Implications for Research, Programs, and Policy ; Global Burden of Violence and Other Human Rights Violations Against Sex Workers ; Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights Inequities Among Sex Workers Across the Life Course ; Exploring the Protective Role of Sex Work Social Cohesion in Contexts of Violence and Criminalisation: A Case Study with Gender-Diverse Sex Workers in Jamaica ; Patterns and Epidemiology of Illicit Drug Use Among Sex Workers Globally: A Systematic Review
    Part II. Structural Determinants of Health and Human Rights Inequities in Sex Work. Criminalised Interactions with Law Enforcement and Impacts on Health and Safety in the Context of Different Legislative Frameworks Governing Sex Work Globally ; Stigma, Denial of Health Services, and Other Human Rights Violations Faced by Sex Workers in Africa: "My eyes were full of tears throughout walking towards the clinic that I was referred to" ; Criminalisation, Health, and Labour Rights Among Im/migrant Sex Workers Globally
    Part III. Evidence-Based Services and Best Practices: Opportunities for Action. Sex Worker-led Provision of Services in New Zealand: Optimising Health and Safety in a Decriminalised Context ; Best Practices and Challenges to Sex Worker Community Empowerment and Mobilization Strategies to Promote Health and Human Rights ; Reimagining Sex Work Venues: Occupational Health, Safety, and Rights in Indoor Workplaces ; Integrated Interventions to Address Sex Workers' Needs and Realities: Academic and Community Insights on Incorporating Structural, Behavioural, and Biomedical Approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Veronica Ades, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Why This Book Is Needed
    A Word About Terminology
    Women and LGBTQ
    FGM/FGC
    Trauma-Informed Care
    Summary
    References
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Assistant Editors
    Authors
    Part I: Defining Trauma
    1: What Is Psychological Trauma?
    Introduction
    What Is Psychological Trauma?
    Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Characteristics of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Reactions to Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Mental Health Reactions to Trauma
    Cognitive Reactions to Trauma
    Social Reactions to Trauma Physical Health Reactions to Trauma
    The Trauma Survivor as a Patient
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Psychoeducation: Discussing Trauma with Patients
    Introduction
    Basic Trauma Themes
    Theme 1: Fight, Flight, and *Freeze* (Table 2.1)
    Theme 2: The Response to Trauma is Automatic
    Theme 3: Body Responses Connect to Survival, Both During and After
    Theme 4: Trauma is About the Experience, not the Exposure
    Theme 5: Symptoms of Hyper- and Hypo-arousal are Normal
    Themes on the Patient-Provider Interaction
    Theme 6: Messages of Guilt, Shame, and Fault are Common Theme 7: Messages of Self-blame and Shame Can and Should Be Addressed Within the Provider/Patient Relationship
    Stance and Approach
    Basic Principles of Psychoeducation
    Reduction of Shame
    Titration of Information
    Use the Language of the Patient, Not of Pathology or Disorder
    Think About Diagnoses Within a Frame of Helpfulness (or not) with the Patient
    If You Make a Mistake, Apologize and Mindfully Move Along
    If the Patient Closes off (Shift in Body Language, Affect, Speech, or Contact), Notice and Discuss
    Embolden Curiosity Minimize Surprise Within the Provider/Patient Relationship
    Consider the Patient as a Whole Person, Not Only a Survivor
    Working with Patient Reactions in the Moment
    Ways to Explain Trauma Therapy and Provide a Referral
    References
    Part II: Context-Specific Trauma
    3: Intimate Partner Violence and the Training of Healthcare Providers
    Background
    SAIF Curriculum Content
    Screen
    Framing Statements
    Limits of Confidentiality
    Screening Questions
    How Often, When, Where
    Assess
    Negative Response (Does Not Endorse IPV Situation)
    Unclear Response Positive Response
    Intervene
    Safety Planning
    Follow-Up
    Documentation
    SAIF Curriculum Design and Implementation
    Evaluation of the Workshop
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Reducing Barriers to Medical Care for Survivors of Commercial Sexual Exploitation
    Introduction
    Definitions
    How Trafficking Works
    Working with Survivors
    Epidemiology of Sex Trafficking
    Identifying Survivors
    Physical Needs of Survivors
    Trauma-Informed Intake and Pace
    Building Healing Patient-Provider Relationships
    Nonjudgmental and Strength-Based Language
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph Truglio, Rita S. Lee, Barbara E. Warren, Rainier Patrick Soriano, editors.
    Summary: This book is a point-of-care resource for effective sexual and reproductive healthcare for patients of all ages, sexual orientations, gender identities and medical backgrounds in the primary care setting. This useful guide is divided into three parts, and other than part three, which deals exclusively with transgender and gender diverse patients, all content will relate to patients of all gender identities. Part one presents sexual and reproductive health (SRH) using a lifespan approach, including chapters on pediatrics, adolescents and young adults, adults, and older adult patients. Part two presents an approach to common SRH issues that span multiple age groups, including contraception and family planning, sexually transmitted infections and cancer screenings as well as sexual and reproductive health in the setting of common medical conditions. Part three is dedicated to sexual and reproductive health for transgender and gender non-binary patients, including psychosocial, medical, surgical and legal aspects of health. This book provides primary care clinicians with a framework for providing effective sexual and reproductive healthcare to patients of all ages, sexual orientations and gender identities in a way that is inclusive, focuses on health, and addresses the needs unique to specific populations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I: Sexual and Reproductive Health: A Lifespan Approach
    Pediatrics
    Young Adults
    Adults
    Geriatric
    Section II: Essential Topics in Sexual and Reproductive Health
    Contraception and Family Planning
    Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Sexual Dysfunction
    Cancer Screening
    Intimate Partner Violence
    Spirituality and SRH
    Section III: Special Populations
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Developmental Delay
    Orthopedic Issues
    Cardiopulmonary Issues
    Long-Term Cancer Survivors
    Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
    Section IV: Healthcare for Transgender and Gender Non-Conforming Individuals
    Mental Health and Psychosocial Support
    Medical Management
    Surgical Options
    Fertility and Reproductive Choices
    Legal Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lindsay M. Orchowski, Christine A. Gidycz.
    Summary: Sexual Assault Risk Reduction and Resistance explores the theory, research, and practice of sexual assault risk reduction, resistance education, and self-defense programs for women and other vulnerable groups, including sexual minorities, individuals with disabilities, and those with histories of victimization. Following an ecosystemic perspective, the book examines individual risk and protective factors for sexual victimization, as well as peer-, family-, community- and societal-level factors that influence risk for sexual violence and inform the content of programs. This volume brings together leading researchers and practitioners to operationalize sexual assault risk reduction approaches and highlights the rationale and need for risk reduction in the context of other sexual assault prevention efforts. The volume provides an overview of the history of this sexual assault prevention approach and addresses current controversies and questions in the field. The authors outline risk and protective factors for victimization and discuss how these factors guide risk reduction efforts. The volume also outlines the theory and effectiveness of current sexual assault risk reduction and resistance practices and addresses special populations and future directions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Matthew Bennett, Emma Goodall.
    Summary: This SpringerBrief provides readers with a comprehensive snapshot of contemporary research about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual behaviours and interests. The authors use a scoping review approach to canvass the diverse literature on this topic. This approach shows many gaps in scholarly understanding about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual interests and behaviours. Some of the gaps relate to sex education, gender dysphoria and gender reassignment surgery, pregnancy and childbirth, and domestic violence experiences of autistics. The book addresses these gaps and provides explanations and recommendations for further research.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Methodology
    Results
    Recommendations for Research in the Future, and Final Comments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Emmanuele A. Jannini, Alberto Siracusano, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the fundamental importance of the proper assessment and treatment of sexual disorders in patients with mental disorders with regard to their treatment outcomes and adherence to therapies. In fact, patients with mental disorders often suffer from sexual dysfunctions and in many cases, pharmacological treatment causes sexual-dysfunction side-effects. However, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, eating disorders and psychotic disorders are often also characterized by sexual symptoms that have a profound impact on sexual function. The psychopathology of sexual behavior investigates deficits in the mind-body relationship that are expressed through sexual symptoms such as erectile dysfunction, premature ejaculation, vaginismus, orgasmic disorders, or lack of sexual desire. These symptoms can be considered both prodromal and as a consequence of psychological or psychiatric suffering. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experts, this book offers a valuable guide for psychiatrists, andrologists, gynecologists and psychologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Angie Rantell, editor.
    Summary: This book provides to nurses an understanding of female sexual function and dysfunction specifically in relation to common gynecological conditions. It offers evidence based overview of assessment of sexual function, including available questionnaires and provides a multidisciplinary approach to managing sexual dysfunction, from incontinence to pelvic organ prolapse and recurrent urinary tract infections. It also covers a holistic approach including over the counter and home treatments, psychological therapies, physical therapies, pharmacological options and if necessary more invasive interventions. Sexual function and pelvic floor dysfunction is often a neglected area due to the taboo nature of discussions. This book aims to educate nurses, to help them understand the types of treatment options available, and encourage them to engage in conversations about sexual function with women, so that they can be referred to appropriate health professionals and access the right care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Models of female sexual function
    Chapter 3. What is sexual dysfunction?
    Chapter 4. Impact of Incontinence on female sexual function
    Chapter 5. Impact of Pelvic organ prolapse
    Chapter 6. Impact of recurrent urinary tract infections
    Chapter 7. Impact of Genitourinary Syndrome of the Menopause
    Chapter 8. Introducing the subject to women
    Chapter 9. History taking and physical examination
    Chapter 10. Subjective and objective outcome measures
    Chapter 11. Over the counter and home remedies /devices
    Chapter 12. Psychological therapies
    Chapter 13. Physical therapies
    Chapter 14. Pharmacological and surgical management
    Chapter 15. Partners / impact of male issues
    Chapter 16. Access to services and help seeking behaviour.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christopher Sonnex.
    Summary: This fully revised and updated second edition covers the range of conditions seen in genitourinary medicine, sexual health and sexually transmitted infection clinics, making it a useful and practical guide for all health practitioners in this area. Aimed at medical practitioners, this book provides a quick reference guide to help with diagnosis and management of genital problems. In addition, it provides essential guidance on what to do next when faced with a patient presenting with a genital complaint, whether the patient can be successfully treated with a drug regimen or needs to be referred up to the sexual health and genital medicine specialist. Sexual Health and Genital Medicine in Clinical Practice, Second Edition is of particular interest to residents on their rotations through this field of medicine, doctors in training, specialist nurses, and primary care practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn.
    Summary: There has been dramatic social change with respect to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) rights around the world in the last decade. Yet legal protection and inclusion remain limited for LGBT youth. The context of schooling is especially important-schools remain the primary societal institution to which most youth have access and in which nearly all youth spend some significant portion of their lives. LGBT youth are at risk for some of the greatest difficulties experienced by adolescents, and many of those problems have been traced directly to negative school experiences. Research shows that anti-LGBT school victimization results in poor academic performance and negative school attitudes, mental health, and risk behaviors. New studies have identified characteristics of schools that are associated with inclusion and safety for LGBT students, including practices and policies that are associated with positive school climate and student wellbeing. Sexual Orientation, Gender Identity, and Schooling brings together contributions from a diverse group of researchers, policy analysts, and education advocates from around the world to synthesize the practice and policy implications of research on sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling. The book is interdisciplinary, as studies of LGBT students and schooling have emerged across disciplines including education, clinical, school, and developmental psychology; sociology; and public health. Included are syntheses of key areas of research; examples of new international models for educational practice; case studies of transformational policy and practice; and specific examples of the nexus of research, practice, and policy. The fundamental goal of this book is to advance social justice related to sexual orientation and gender identity through strengthening the relationship between research, practice, and policy to support LGBT students and schools. It will be of interest to school, developmental, and clinical psychologists, educators and school administrators, and LGBT scholars. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction : Sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling / Stephen T. Russell and Stacey S. Horn
    Understanding and reducing homophobic harassment and victimization in schools / V. Paul Poteat
    School safety and connectedness matter for more than educational outcomes : the link between school connectedness and adolescent health / Elizabeth Saewyc and Yuko Homma
    Disrupting hetero-gender-normativity : the complex role of LGBT affirmative supports at school / Neal A. Palmer, Joseph G. Kosciw, Emily A. Greytak, and Madeline J. Boesen
    Supporting LGB/T youth : comprehensive school transformation as effective bullying prevention / Sarah Schriber, Stacey S. Horn, Christina Peter, L. Boyd Bellinger, and David Fischer
    LGB-parent families and the school context / Abbie E. Goldberg
    Transsexuality and school education in Brazil / Maria Rita de Assis Cesar and Josafá Moreira da Cunha
    The school-to-prison pipeline and the pipeline population : the patterns and practices of its production and dismantling possibilities / Shannon Snapp and Adela C. Licona
    Inextricably linked : the shared story of ethnic studies and LGBTQ-inclusive curriculum / Shannon Snapp and Stephen T. Russell
    Teaching about sexual and gender diversity and challenging homophobia/transphobia in the South African school system / Finn Reygan
    Sexual and gender minorities and bullying in Japan / Makiko Kasai
    Changing the school climate : a critical examination of the policies and strategies against homophobia adopted in the Province of Quebec, Canada / Line Chamberland and Gabrielle Richard
    Advocacy to support gender identity development in schools in the face of organized backlash / David Fischer, L. Boyd Bellinger, Stacey S. Horn, and Shannon L. Sullivan
    The shifting political winds : LGBT students, educational policy and politics, and the dilemmas confronting street-level bureaucrats / Catherine A. Lugg and Jason P. Murphy
    Enumerated U.S. state laws : evidence from policy advocacy / Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn, Raymond L. Moody, Amanda Fields, and Elizabeth Tilley
    From "dignity" to "success" : using strategic communications to change policies and perspectives / Ryan Schwartz and Carolyn Laub
    The Australian context : turning research into policies, policies into research / Tiffany Jones and Lynne Hillier
    The use of research in policy and advocacy for creating safe schools for LGBTQ students / Carolyn Laub and Hilary Burdge
    Sexual diversity in Spanish schools / José Ignacio Pichardo Galán
    Homophobia, schooling, and the Italian context / Salvatore Ioverno, Nicola Nardelli, Roberto Baiocco, Isabella Orfano, and Vittorio Lingiardi
    Sexual orientation, gender identity, and school : learning from the past, envisioning the future / Stacey S. Horn and Stephen T. Russell.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    edited by Earl E. Shelp.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Conceptual roots.--v.2 Ethical viewpoints in transition.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    BF692 .S4347
    2
  • Digital
    Antonio Cristaudo, Massimo Giuliani, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, well-illustrated, and easily accessible book documents the latest research outcomes concerning sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and describes important advances in their prevention, diagnosis and treatment. The changes in the epidemiology and clinical aspects of STIs that have occurred over the past decade are fully explored, with special attention to core groups and patients with immunological disorders. The emerging challenges associated with particular sexually transmitted pathogens, including C. trachomatis, N. gonorrhoeae, HPV, and HIV, are identified and discussed. Readers will find detailed information on modern preventive strategies, new laboratory and diagnostic techniques, and a range of innovative treatments, including vaccines, continuous antiretroviral therapy, and new drugs against hepatitis viruses. Attention is also drawn to new directions in biomedical research that promise clinical benefits for the patients and communities. The combination of a detailed clinical and research approach, with emphasis on new knowledge and innovative aspects, ensures that the book will be of value to a wide readership comprising both clinicians and researchers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Section 1 Global Epidemiology
    Global epidemiology of Sexually Transmitted Infections in the 21st century: beyond the numbers
    The new epidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection
    Social and Behavioral determinats of STI in the 21st century. An overview
    Section 2 Prevention and control of STI
    Behavioral Prevention Strategies for STI
    Vaccines for STIs: present and future directions
    Section 3 Laboratory and diagnostic techniques
    New diagnostic approaches to viral Sexually Transmitted infections
    New tools for the diagnosis of bacterial STIs
    Section 4 The clinical spectrum of STI
    The syphilis after the year 2000
    Neisseria gonorrhoeae infections
    Novel approach to Chlamydia trachomatis Infections in female and male
    Genital Herpes: clinical and scientific novelties
    Clinical Management of anogenital warts and Intraephitelial neoplasia
    Sexually Transmitted Hepatitis
    Bacterial Vaginitis and Vaginosis
    The clinical spectrum of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection
    Donovanosis, chancroid and endemic treponematoses. Clinical features and control
    The Lymphogranuloma venereum as re-emerged sexually transmitted infection
    HHV-8 Infection and Kaposi Sarcoma
    Section 5 Modern challenges in STI area
    Biological pathways of HPV-induced carcinogenesis
    Antimicrobial resistance of Neisseria Gonorrhoeae: a new challenge
    The men who have sex with men (MSM) as core group for STI
    The vaccines against HPV: a new direction for STI prevention
    Immunological strategies against T. Pallidum infections
    Natural history of anal HPV Infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sophia A. Hussen, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art update that covers the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and clinical presentation of the most frequently encountered STIs in adolescence and young adulthood. The introductory sections discuss more general themes including approaches to obtaining a sexual history and exam, concerns of sexual minority youth, ethical and legal considerations, and health disparities in STIs in this population. Subsequent chapters are organized by pathogen such as herpes simplex virus, and human immunodeficiency virus, or clinical syndrome including pelvic inflammatory disease, and vaginitis. Each chapter begins with a case study to illustrate key characteristics of the disease process in question and includes rich illustrations, resources, and guidelines. Written by experts in the field, the text includes a review of epidemiology, pathophysiology, treatment, prevention, and adolescent-specific considerations that is vital to working with this important population. With its transdisciplinary perspective, Sexually Transmitted Infections in Adolescence and Young Adulthood is a unique text that is valuable to infectious disease specialists, adolescent medicine specialists, gynecologists, primary care physicians, advanced practice providers, medical administrative staff, school nurses, sexual health educators, social workers, and public health officials.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Considerations in the Care of Sexually Active Adolescents
    Chapter 1: Approach to the Sexual History and Physical Exam
    Sexual History
    General Approach
    Parental Involvement in the Visit
    Critical Questions to Ask
    Physical Exam
    References
    Chapter 2: Care of Sexual and Gender Minority Adolescents
    Definitions and Epidemiology
    Approach to Sexual Healthcare with Sexual and Gender Minority Youth
    Creating a Welcoming Environment
    Setting the Stage for Confidentiality, Nonjudgment, and Honesty Taking a Sexual History
    Physical Examination
    Sexual Health Considerations in Sexual and Gender Minority Youth
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    Chlamydial and Gonococcal Infections
    Syphilis
    Hepatitis
    HPV
    Bacterial Vaginosis
    Use of Toys
    Contraception and Family Planning
    Case Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Racial Disparities in STIs Among Adolescents in the USA
    Differences in Sexual Risk Behaviors
    Differences in STI Risk Among Sexual Networks
    SES-Related Inequities Disproportionately Experienced by Minorities That Reduce Access/Care SES/Racial Inequities Indirectly Increase STIs Through Psychosocial/Behavioral Mechanisms
    SES/Racial Inequities That Directly Increase STI Susceptibility Through Biological Stress Regulatory Systems
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Ethical and Legal Considerations in STI Treatment for Adolescents
    Minor Status
    Emancipation
    Mature Minors
    Exceptions for Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Confidentiality
    Case Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Common Clinical Syndromes
    Chapter 5: Vaginitis and Cervicitis
    Introduction
    Normal and Abnormal Physical Exam Bacterial Vaginosis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Vulvovaginal Candidiasis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Trichomoniasis
    Non-infectious Causes of Vaginitis
    Foreign Body
    Vulvar Vestibulitis
    Allergic Vaginitis
    Cervicitis
    Epidemiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Case Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
    Syndrome Description
    Risk Factors
    Immune System and PID
    IUD and PID
    PID Symptomatology Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Screening Programs
    Education
    Other Prevention Strategies
    Other Considerations
    HIV and PID
    Incarceration
    Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender Youth
    Sexual Violence
    Other PID Correlations
    Case Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Urethritis
    Syndrome Description
    Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination
    Differential Diagnosis
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Nongonococcal Urethritis (NGU)
    Gonococcal Urethritis
    General Instructions to Patient
    Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Laura Hinkle Bachmann, editor.
    Summary: Though recent breakthroughs in research advance care with each day, the population of HIV-infected individuals continues to grow globally, leaving them particularly susceptible to additional STDs that are complicated by their immunocompromised state. This text is the only book to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review of issues relevant to STI care in the HIV-infected adult, adolescent, and transgendered populations. Written by experts in the field, HIV in HIV-Infected Adults and Adolescents approaches these unique needs through its review of sexual history, synergies between STIs and HIV, epidemiology, issues specific for HIV-infected individuals, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management considerations for ten common STIs, and prevention strategies. Each topic includes a case-based presentation and the most current CDC-recommended STI treatment regimens. Sexually Transmitted Infections in HIV-Infected Adults and Special Populations is the ultimate resource for any physician treating adults and special populations with HIV, including HIV clinicians, sexual health specialists, general internists, family medicine practitioners, infectious diseases specialists, advanced practice clinicians, and physicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Sexual history - this is where it begins
    STDs and HIV - Syndemics and Synergy
    Bacterial STDs
    Viral STDs
    Parasitic STDs
    Other
    Prevention
    Special populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    von Sanitätsrat Dr. Magnus Hirschfeld.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Geschlechtliche Entwicklungsstörungen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Onanie
    pt. 2. Sexuelle Zwischenstufen das männliche Weib und der weibliche Mann
    pt. 3. Störungen im Sexualstoffwechsel mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Impotenz.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O671 .H66
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles J. Yeo.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Section I: Esophagus and Hernia. Part one: Anatomy and physiology of the esophagus
    Part two: Diagnostic evaluation of the esophagus
    Part three: Esophageal motility disorders and diverticula
    Part four: Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Part five: Paraesophageal hernia
    Part six: Barrett esophagus
    Part seven: Esophageal cancer
    Part eight: Miscellaneous esophageal conditions
    Part nine: Hernia
    Section II: Stomach and small intestine
    Volume 2. Section III: Pancreas, biliary tract, liver, and spleen. Part one: Pancreas
    Part two: Biliary Tract
    Part three: Liver
    Part four: Spleen
    Section IV: Colon, rectum, and anus. Part one: Anatomy, physiology, and diagnosis of colorectal and anal diseases
    Part two: Benign colon, rectal, and anal conditions
    Part three: Inflammatory diseases
    Part four: Neoplastic disease
    Part five: Techniques and pearls
    Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-2, 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Saskia K. Nagel.
    Summary: The volume offers a unique collection of articles on pediatric neuroenhancement from an international and multidisciplinary perspective. In recent years, the topic of "neuroenhancement" has become increasingly relevant in academia and practice, as well as among the public. While autonomous adults are free to choose neuroenhancement, in children it presents its own ethical, social, legal, and developmental issues. A plethora of potential (neurotechnological) enhancement agents are on the market. While the manifold issues surrounding the topic have been extensively discussed, there is little work on the specific questions that arise in children and adolescents. This book addresses this gap in the literature: Next to conceptual and normative work on autonomy and self-control, the collection explores the implications for parenting and schooling, and provides input for a discussion of public attitudes. It is a valuable resource for the different academic communities confronted with questions of how to evaluate and approach enhancement in children and is of interest to neuroethicists, scholars in applied ethics and neurology, psychiatrists and psychologists as well as scientists developing enhancement interventions for children.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gustavo De Deus, Emmanuel J.N.L. Silva, Erick Souza, Marco A. Versiani, Mario Zuolo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides clinicians with up-to-date, scientifically based guidance on the most important stages of endodontic treatment, i.e., cleaning and shaping of the root canal space, including mechanical preparation and chemical disinfection. Five internationally recognized experts present and discuss recent developments and new perspectives in the field. Important advances in root canal preparation and irrigation procedures are described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. A key feature of the book is the detailed attention devoted to the latest research findings and to their impact on contemporary evidence-based clinical guidelines and modern clinical practice. On this basis, simple treatment protocols are proposed that take the anatomy of the root canals fully into account. In addition, emerging problems and trends are considered. The book will be an excellent resource for clinicians and advanced practitioners who are seeking to update their practice.

    Contents:
    The Classical Schilder's Principles of Cleaning and Shaping
    Shaping for Cleaning: an Updated Approach for Canal Debridement
    The Complexity of the Root Canal Anatomy and its Influence on Canal Preparation and Irrigation
    Modern Strategies for Root Canal Shaping
    Manual and Mechanical Glide Path
    Mechanical Preparation: The Status of the Rotary Systems
    Mechanical Preparation: The Current Role of the Reciprocating Systems
    Cleaning and Shaping in Retreatment Cases
    Chemical Disinfection: Root Canal Irrigants, Devices and Techniques
    Root Canal Preparation and Irrigation in a World of Surrogates
    Evidence-based: Root Canal Enlargement and Apical Limits
    Managing Complex Canal Anatomies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kiya Movassaghi, editor.
    Summary: This book fills the gap for lack of a precise roadmap to approach the fundamentals of implant-based breast surgery to achieve optimal results. Despite the vast number of publications on breast surgery, there is a deficit in easy to process yet detailed source of information which brings all of the concepts together. With observation, surgical experience, and better devices the approach to implant-based breast surgery must evolve from "volumizing" the breast to "shaping" the breast. In a concise and accessible fashion, Shaping the Breast covers the best practices in breast surgery covering topics of primary augmentation, augmentation mastopexy, composite augmentation, revision breast surgery and breast reconstruction. In a methodical and logical approach, it provides the successful pillars for reproducible outcomes which includes patient assessment, biodimensional planning, surgical techniques and patient care along with pearls and pitfalls. It includes dozens of before and after images alongside case studies to illustrate the management of variety of complex issues

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Shaping the Breast: Optimizing Outcomes in Breast Augmentation
    Chapter 2. Shaping the Breast in Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 3. Composite Breast Augmentation.-Chapter 4. Optimizing Aesthetics with Reconstructive Breast Surgery
    Chapter 5. Shaping the Breast: Managing Complex Breast Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ann F. Schrooten, Barry P. Markovitz.
    Summary: This book tells true and poignant stories from both sides of the physician-patient/parent relationship and provides a unique glimpse into how parents and physicians think, feel, and interact. The stories are grouped under four sections: Hope, Compassion, Communication, and Trust. Each section includes stories contributed by parents from all across the United States and by pediatricians practicing at many of the best children's hospitals throughout the country. The parents tell of interactions with physicians that had a significant impact on them and their child and offer context and insight that promote empathy and reflection. The physicians tell of interactions with patients and families that served as learning moments in their career and promote the humanization of medicine and show there is more to a physician beyond their scientific knowledge and white coat. The stories are edited by Barry P. Markovitz - a pediatrician specializing in critical care medicine who has been in practice for more than 20 years and by Ann F. Schrooten - the parent of a child born with a chronic complex condition who has more than 15 years of experience interacting with pediatric subspecialists and other healthcare professionals who cared for her son. The editors have written commentaries to the stories to provide an independent perspective on the events and messages conveyed and to encourage reflection, inquiry, and discussion. In addition to being a valuable resource for pediatricians, pediatric subspecialists, nurses and other healthcare professionals, the book will also appeal to families of children living with complex medical conditions because it shares physician encounters and behaviors many have experienced in the care of their own children. By giving a voice to both parents and physicians, the goal is to create a bridge to better understanding that can improve communication, minimize conflicts, and foster trust and compassion among physicians, patients, and families. .

    Contents:
    I. Compassion
    What Matters At The End
    I Didn't Have To Fix It
    No Wrong Decisions
    Reuniting Families
    Leading With Compassion
    Minute By Minute, Step By Step
    Seek Permission First
    A Sacred Relationship
    Kids Like These
    A Smile Worth Saving
    II. Trust
    Team Harlie
    Best Laid Plans
    If We Are Paying Attention
    Full Disclosure
    The Photograph
    Learning Together
    Altered Path
    The Befores And The Afters
    Not Everyone Is Born A Superhero
    Beyond The Numbers
    Shared Experience
    Tying The Threads Into A Bond
    III. Communication
    A Voice That Doesn't Use Words
    Brave The Difficult Conversation
    A Roadmap
    Teamwork
    Re-Learning To Listen
    Words Matter
    Trust Their Voice
    Knowing Your Family
    Advocacy Is Not Anger
    Where Is The Doctor?
    Failure to Communicate
    When A Patient and Family Forever Change Your World
    Respect: A Two-Way Street
    IV. Hope
    Persistence Of Hope: A Story In Two Acts
    Can I Offer You Advice?
    The Life Of The Party
    Every Single Second Worth It
    Partners In Hope
    Answers For Rosie
    We Treat Souls, Not Just Bodies
    Never Give Up
    The Sliver Of Sky
    The Many Voices of Hope
    Mothers Club
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Myung Hi Yoo, Hye Jeong Kim, In Ho Choi, Sumi Yun.
    Summary: This book is a superbly illustrated, comprehensive guide to the differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules by means of shear wave elastography. A wealth of representative clinical cases are used to demonstrate the value of the stiffness map in identifying the degree and pattern of fibrosis. The goal is to enable readers to identify the characteristic differential diagnostic features of nodular hyperplasia, thyroiditis, follicular adenoma, and the various types of thyroid cancer and to predict the final histopathology on the basis of the imaging findings. With this in mind, correlations between the appearances on shear wave elastography and conventional ultrasonography and the findings of fine-needle aspiration cytology, core needle biopsy, and surgical biopsy are highlighted. In addition, the fundamental principles of shear wave elastography are clearly explained and related to clinical practice in the field of thyroid disease. Both radiologists and clinicians will find the book to be an excellent asset that aids in correct preoperative diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Shear wave elastography physics
    SWE of the thyroid nodules
    Differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules
    Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Anjali Prashar.
    Summary: This book covers a wide range of topics concerning human tear based science, starting from basics such as the normal composition of tears and moving up to novel disease detection platforms. The entire approach is pioneering, as tears are beginning to be recognized as the most invaluable non-invasive tool in diagnostics. Interestingly, the concept is not restricted to ocular diseases: In recent years, tear diagnostics is increasingly being tapped even for cancer detection. Hopefully, non-invasive tear diagnostics will eventually replace todays invasive disease detection and monitoring techniques. Previous literature on tear diagnostics has been restricted to scientific journal articles, most of which dealt with a single tear constituent, such as a protein. This book offers a far more comprehensive and handy 'reference guide, presenting both basic and advanced information and data. Accordingly, it will be useful for researchers in academia and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as healthcare professionals and diagnostic kit developers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Collection methods
    Chapter 3. Composition of tears
    Chapter 4. Tear profile of contact lens users
    Chapter 5. Cry baby: Tear profile of infants
    Chapter 6. Tear off the disease
    Chapter 7. Factors affecting tear health
    Chapter 8. Artificial tears
    Chapter 9. Proposed diagnostic comprehensive tear panels
    Chapter 10. Microfluidics in tear analysis
    Chapter 11. News bulletins
    Chapter 12. Bibliograpy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Emergency Nurses Association ; edited by Vicki Sweet, Andi Foley.
    Summary: "Written by emergency nurses for emergency nurses, this comprehensive "Bible" presents both basic information for students and detailed information for practicing emergency nurses. New developments and changes in clinical practice have been incorporated throughout, including updated information on cardiac drugs, tissue adhesives, epidemiological statistics, and application of stents. A new chapter on Weapons of Mass Destruction helps prepare nurses for any possible acts of terrorism. Coverage has been expanded on EMTALA regulations and the HCFA, triage, wound cleaning, and wound management of pediatric patients."-- From the Publisher.

    Contents:
    Unit 1 Foundations of Emergency Nursing
    Unit 2 Professional Practice
    Unit III Clinical Foundations of Emergency Nursing
    Unit IV Medical and Surgical Emergencies
    Unit V Trama Emergencies
    Unit VI Special Populations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    Gongshe Liu, Xiaoxia Li, Qingfen Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest research on sheepgrass, both in China and around the globe, as well as fundamental information on the topic. Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis (Trin.) Tzvel) is a key species in the eastern part of the Eurasian steppe and widely distributed in northern China. It is highly adaptable and holds considerable value in terms of animal husbandry and ecology / the environment. Over the past thirty years, Chinese scientists have collected and evaluated a wealth of wild sheepgrass germplasm data, and extensive basic research has been conducted on the plants sexual reproduction, yield, quality, and resistance. In addition, methods for utilizing new varieties in different regions have been developed. This book describes the distribution and origin, breeding, cultivation, and sexual reproduction of sheepgrass. It also discusses recent advances concerning its nutrient and water absorption and applications, grazing resistance mechanism, and gene resources mining.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgment; Abstract; Contents; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: Basic Knowledge of Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis); 1.1 Value and Distribution of Sheepgrass; 1.1.1 Derivation of the Name Sheepgrass; 1.1.2 Relatives of Sheepgrass; 1.1.3 Distribution of Wild Sheepgrass; 1.1.4 Cultivation Areas of Sheepgrass in China; 1.1.5 Animals Preferring to Eat Sheepgrass; 1.1.6 Advantages of Sheepgrass; 1.1.7 Nutrient Components of Sheepgrass; 1.1.8 Nutritional Changes of Sheepgrass at Different Stages of Growth; 1.1.9 Value of Sheepgrass in Grazing and Feeding 1.1.10 Domestic and Foreign Demands for Sheepgrass1.1.11 Purpose of Fresh and Dried Sheepgrass; 1.1.12 Other Value of Sheepgrass; 1.1.13 Usage of Sheepgrass to Prevent Water Loss and Soil Erosion; 1.1.14 Usage of Sheepgrass for Wind Prevention, Sand Fixation, and Dust Suppression; 1.1.15 Benefits of Sheepgrass Feeding Animals; 1.2 Morphology and Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.1 Plant Height of Sheepgrass; 1.2.2 Root System of Sheepgrass; 1.2.3 Sheepgrass Stem; 1.2.4 Sheepgrass Leaves; 1.2.5 Rhizome of Sheepgrass; 1.2.6 Seed of Sheepgrass; 1.2.7 Spike and Flower of Sheepgrass 1.2.21 Light and Heat Conditions for the Growth of Sheepgrass1.2.22 Resistance of Sheepgrass to Grazing and Trampling; 1.2.23 Freezing Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.24 Drought Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.25 Saline-Alkali Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.26 Common Diseases of Sheepgrass; 1.2.27 Pests of Sheepgrass; 1.2.28 Competitions Between Sheepgrass and Weeds; 1.3 New Varieties and Seed Production of Sheepgrass; 1.3.1 Certified Varieties of Sheepgrass; 1.3.2 Basic Requirements in Sheepgrass Seed Production; 1.3.3 Requirements for New Forage Variety Approval 1.2.8 Leaf Thorn of Sheepgrass1.2.9 Life Cycle of Sheepgrass; 1.2.10 Seed Germination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.11 Seed Dormancy of Sheepgrass; 1.2.12 Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.13 Definitions of Different Developmental Stages of Sheepgrass in Agricultural Production; 1.2.14 Two Ecotypes of Sheepgrass; 1.2.15 Self-Pollination and Open Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.16 Vegetative Propagation of Sheepgrass; 1.2.17 Rhizome and Tillering of Sheepgrass; 1.2.18 Seed Holding of Sheepgrass; 1.2.19 Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.20 Degradation of Sheepgrass Land by Overgrazing 1.3.4 Seed Quality Standards and Ratings of Sheepgrass1.3.5 Breeder's Stock, Foundation Seed, and Commercial Seed; 1.3.6 Major Factors Influencing Sheepgrass Seed Yield; 1.3.7 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (P), and Potassium (K) Fertilizers in Spring; 1.3.8 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Microelement Fertilizers and Microbial Manures in Spring; 1.3.9 Ripeness and Harvesting Stages of Sheepgrass Seed; 1.3.10 Seed Harvesting Methods; 1.3.11 Seed Drying and Storage; 1.3.12 Seed Quality Testing Indicators; 1.3.13 DNA Can Be Used for Seed Identification
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors Elizabeth Buys, MD, Kristina Tocce, MD, MPH, Michele A. Manting, MD, MEd.
    Contents:
    Preventive care
    Ethics
    Genetics
    Obstetrics
    Obstetrics screening and surveillance
    Obstetrics high risk
    Obstetrics postpartum
    Breast and lactation
    Gynecology
    Contraception
    Family planning
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Neoplasia
    Menopause
    Sexuality
    Reproductive issues.
  • Digital
    editors, Sonali Mehta Patel, MD, FAAP, Kent Nelson, MD, FAAP, Stephanie R. Jennings, MD, FAAP.
  • Digital
    editor, Stanley Zaslau, Professor and Chief, Urology Residency Program Director, Associate Chair, Education and Research, Department of Surgery, Department of Surgery/Division of Urology, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West University.
    Contents:
    Surgical physiology
    Trauma and burns
    Acute abdomen
    Hernias
    Esophagus and stomach
    Small bowel
    Colon, rectum, and anus
    Hepatobiliary
    Breast
    Gynecological disorders
    Endocrine surgery
    Pancreas and spleen
    Skin and soft tissue
    Vascular surgery
    Cardiothoracic surgery
    Otolaryngology
    Pediatric surgery
    Transplant surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurology
    Urology.
  • Digital
    Nalan Gökoğlu.
    Summary: Shellfish is a broad term that covers various aquatic mollusks, crustaceans and echinoderms that are used as food. They have economic and ecological importance and have been consumed as food for centuries. Shellfish provide high quality protein with all the dietary amino acids essential for maintenance and growth of the human body. Shellfish are a major component of global seafood production, with shellfish aquaculture rapidly growing in recent years. There are many different processing methods used across the world. Shellfish are very perishable foods and must be preserved just after catching or harvesting. This makes the preservation of seafood a critical issue in terms of quality and human health. To date there have been a number of books on seafood processing and preservation, but all of them have been mostly focused on fish. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is the first reference work to focus specifically on shellfish, providing comprehensive coverage of the production methods, biological makeups and preservation methods of all major shellfish species. Individual sections focus on crustaceans such as shrimps and prawns, crabs and lobsters plus molluscans including mussels, scallops and oysters. Cephalopods such as squid and octopus are also covered in depth. For each species processing and preservation methods such as chilling, freezing, canning and curing are examined, plus the important safety aspects specific to each shellfish type. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is an essential publication for any researchers or industry professionals in search of a singular and up-to-date source for the processing and preservation of shellfish. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 01- Introduction
    Chapter 02- Crustacean Shellfish
    Chapter 03- Molluscan Shellfish
    Chapter 04- Echinoderms
    Chapter 05- shellfish Safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    J. Michael Scott, John A. Wiens, Beatrice Van Horne, Dale D. Goble.
    Summary: "This is a book about conservation reliance-the need of many declining and imperiled species for ongoing, long-term conservation and management. It is also about shepherding nature-the need for a broad acceptance of the responsibility of humans to act as good shepherds. These are things that the four of us have spent much of our careers thinking about"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Extinction and the challenge of conservation reliance
    The conservation spectrum
    The genesis of conservation reliance and the language of conservation
    What are the threats?
    Emerging threats in a rapidly changing world
    The role of policy and law
    What's in the conservationist's toolbox : species-centered approaches
    Expanding the conservationist's toolbox : going beyond species
    Conservation reliance is a human issue
    Making tough decisions : prioritizing species for conservation
    Being a good shepherd.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Kenneth J Ryan.
    Summary: "In Sherris & Ryan's Medical Microbiology, the emphasis is on the text narrative, which is designed to be read comprehensively, not as a reference work. Considerable effort has been made to supplement this text with other learning aids such as the above-mentioned cases and questions as well as tables, photographs, and illustrations. This book is intended to be the primary text for students of medicine and medical science who are encountering microbiology and infectious diseases for the first time. Part I opens with a chapter that explains the nature of infection and the infectious agents at the level of a general reader. The following four chapters give more detail on the immunologic, diagnostic, and epidemiologic nature of infection with minimal detail about the agents themselves. Parts II through V form the core of the text with chapters on the major viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic diseases, and each begins with its own chapters on basic biology, pathogenesis, and antimicrobial agents"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Kenneth J. Ryan, C. George Ray.
    Contents:
    Infection
    Infection: basic concepts
    Immune response to infection
    Sterilization, disinfection, and infection control
    Principles of laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases
    Emergence and global spread of infection
    Pathogenic viruses
    Viruses: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis of viral infection
    Antiviral agents and resistance
    Influenza, parainfluenza, respiratory syncytial virus, adenovirus, and other respiratory viruses
    Viruses of mumps, measles, rubella, and other childhood exanthems
    Poxviruses
    Enteroviruses
    Hepatitis viruses
    Herpesviruses
    Viruses of diarrhea
    Arthropod-borne and other zoonotic viruses
    Rabies
    Retroviruses: human T-lymphotropic virus, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
    Papilloma and polyoma viruses
    Persistent viral infections of the central nervous system
    Pathogenic bacteria
    Bacteria: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis of bacterial infections
    Antibacterial agents and resistance
    Staphylococci
    Streptococci and enterococci
    Corynebacterium, Listeria, and Bacillus
    Mycobacteria
    Actinomyces and Nocardia
    Clostridium, Peptostreptococcus, Bacteroides, and other anaerobes
    Neisseria
    Haemophilus and Bordetella
    Vibrio, Campylobacter, and Helicobacter
    Enterobacteriaceae
    Legionella and Coxiella
    Pseudomonas and other opportunistic gram-negative bacilli
    Plague and other bacterial zoonotic diseases
    Spirochetes
    Mycoplasma
    Chlamydia
    Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Anaplasma, and Bartonella
    Dental and periodontal infections
    Pathogenic Fungi
    Fungi: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis and diagnosis of fungal infection
    Antifungal agents and resistance
    Dermatophytes, Sporothrix, and other superficial and subcutaneous fungi
    Candida, Aspergillus, Pneumocystis, and other opportunistic fungi
    Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, and other systemic fungal pathogens
    Pathogenic parasites
    Parasites: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis and diagnosis of parasitic infection
    Antiparasitic agents and resistance
    Apicomplexa and microsporidia
    Sarcomastigophora: the amebas
    Sarcomastigophora: the flagellates
    Intestinal nematodes
    Tissue nematodes
    Cestodes
    Trematodes
    Glossary
    Infectious diseases: syndromes and etiologies.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Kenneth J. Ryan.
    Summary: "With this seventh edition, Sherris Medical Microbiology will complete its fourth decade. We are pleased to welcome new authors, Andy Alspaugh (mycology) and Megan Reller (epidemiology) from Duke and Scott Weissman (bacteriology) from the University of Washington. Sadly, George Ray a founding author and coeditor of the last three editions is no longer with us (see Dedication). John Sherris, the founding editor, continues to act as an inspiration to all of us."-- Preface
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph LoCicero III, Richard H. Feins, Yolonda L. Colson, Gaetano Rocco.
    Contents:
    Pt. A: Evolution of general thoracic surgery
    Sect. I: History and pioneers in thoracic surgery
    Pt. B: The lung, pleura, diaphragm and chest wall
    Sect. II: Structure and function of the chest wall and lungs
    Sect. III: Thoracic imaing
    Sect. IV: Diagnostic procedures
    Sect. V: Diagnostic procedures in pulmonary diseases
    Sect. VI: Preoperative assessment of the thoracic surgical patient
    Sect. VII: Preoperative and anesthetic management of the general thoracic surgical patient
    Sect. VIII: Pulmonary resections
    Sect. IX: Postoperative management of the general thoracic surgical patient
    Sect. X: The chest cage
    Sect. Xi: The diaphragm
    Sect. XII: The pleura
    Sect. XIII: The trachea and bronchi
    Sect. XIV: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the lung
    Sect. XV: Carcinoma of the lung
    Sect. XVI: Other tumors of the lung
    Sect. XVII: Thoracic trauma
    Sect. XVIII: Understanding statistical analysis and medical decision making
    Pt. C: The esophagus
    Sect. XIX: Structure of the esophagus
    Sect. XX: Physiology of the esophagus
    Sect. XXI: Diagnostic studies of the esophagus
    Sect. XXII: Operative procedures in the management of esophageal disease
    Sect. XXIII: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the esophagus
    Sect. XXIV: Malignant lesions of the esophagus
    Pt. D: The mediastinum
    Sect. XXV: Structure and function of the mediastinal contents
    Sect. XXVI: Noninvasive investigations
    Sect. XXVII: Invasive diagnostic investigations and surgical approaches
    Sect. XXVIII: Mediastinal infections, mass lesions in the mediastinum, and control of vascular obstructing symptomatology
    Sect. XXIX: Primary mediastinal tumors and syndromes associated with mediastinal lesions
    Sect. XXX: Mediastinal cysts.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    managing author, R. Rand Allingham ; senior authors, Karim F. Damji [and five others].
    Summary: "Known for its consistent, authoritative content and presentation, Shields Textbook of Glaucoma is the premier succinct and clinically focused text on the medical and surgical management of glaucoma. This full-color, easy-to-use reference offers a rational approach to every aspect of the field, including rare glaucomas, and presents a total care plan for the patient. The seventh edition brings you fully up to date with all that's new in this rapidly changing field with new chapters, newly colorized line drawings, and an updated design for faster reference. Presents clear, concise, highly illustrated information ideal for general ophthalmologists, residents, and other non-specialists who treat patients with glaucoma. Includes new chapters on imaging; surgical management, including minimally invasive procedures such as micro-invasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS); sustained drug delivery; and malignant glaucoma/aqueous misdirection. Contains new images, newly colorized line drawings, and new icons that highlight and differentiate procedures for quick reference. Covers advances in genetics, technology, and surgical treatment that impact your management and treatment decisions.Offers expert information that is easy to find, clearly explained, and helpfully illustrated-all from an experienced team of authors who present a balanced, consistent approach throughout"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR201.E82 S55 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Hiroshi Shimizu.
    Contents:
    Structure and function of the skin
    Histopathology of the skin
    Dermoscopy
    Description of skin lesions
    Diagnosis of skin diseases
    Treatment of skin diseases
    Eczema and dermatitis
    Urticaria, prurigo and pruritus
    Erythema and erythroderma
    Drug-induced skin reactions (DISRs) and graft-versus-host disease (GVHD)
    Vasculitis, purpura and other vascular diseases
    Collagen diseases
    Physicochemical injury and photosensitive diseases
    Blistering and pustular diseases
    Disorders of keratinization
    Disorders of skin color
    Metabolic disorders
    Disorders of the dermis and subcutaneous fat
    Disorders of the skin appendages
    Nevi and neurocutaneous syndromes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas M. Scalea, editor.
    Contents:
    Neck
    The Chest
    Emergency Department Thoracotomy
    Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy
    Indication and Techniques for Vascular Exploration
    Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration
    Ultrasound Physics for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips
    Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus
    The Lungs
    Cardiac Injury
    Liver Injuries
    The Spleen
    Pancreas and Duodenum
    Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon
    Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, Bladder
    Traumatic Injuries and Common Surgical Emergencies of the External Genitalia and Urethra.- Cervical Vascular Injuries
    Thoracic Vascular Injuries
    Endovascular Therapy in Trauma
    Timing of Fracture Fixation
    Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas M. Scalea, editor.
    Summary: This book acts as a portable and easy-to-understand reference for surgical trainees or young faculty members that are interested in reviewing procedures on the way to the operating room. This second edition aims to provide a practical hands-on approach to operative trauma management. Following the success of the first edition, chapters were revised, updated, and added due to substantial changes in trauma care over the past few years. Several new experts contributed their knowledge and techniques inside this new edition. For example, chapters on fasciotomy and resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA) have been added. The second edition of The Shock Trauma Manual of Operative Techniques is a valuable reference for practicing surgeons in the community and serves to aid trauma practitioners as they attempt to deal with operative challenges.

    Contents:
    Neck: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration
    The Chest: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration
    Emergency Department Thoracotomy
    Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy
    Indications and Techniques for Vascular Exploration
    Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration
    Ultrasound for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips
    Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus Injuries: Techniques
    Lung Injury: Techniques
    Cardiac Injury: Techniques
    Liver Injuries: Techniques
    Spleen Injuries: Techniques
    Pancreas and Duodenum Injuries: Techniques
    Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon Injuries: Techniques
    Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, and Bladder: Techniques
    Cervical Vascular Injuries: Techniques
    Thoracic Vascular Injuries: Techniques
    Abdominal Vascular Injuries: Techniques
    Endovascular Therapy in Trauma
    Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta (REBOA)
    Extremity Fasciotomies
    Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ching-Jen Wang, Wolfgang Schaden, Jih-Yang Ko.
    Contents:
    History of shockwave treatment and its basic principles / Vincent, K.C.S., d'Agostino, M.C
    Development of extracorporeal shockwave therapy for treatment of osteonecrosis of the femoral head / Cheng, J.-H., Hsu, S.-L., Wang, C.-J.
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy for tendinopathy / Ko, J.-Y., Wang, F.-S.
    Significance of extracorporeal shockwave therapy in fracture treatment / Haffner, N., Smolen, D., Dahm, F., Schaden, W., Mittermayr, R.
    Local and systemic effects of extracorporeal shock wave therapy on bone / Russo, S., Servodidio, V., Mosillo, G., Sadile, F.
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy and sports-related injuries / Leal, C.A., Berumen, E., Fernandez, A., Bucci, S., Castillo, A.F.
    Preclinical and clinical application of extracorporeal shockwave for ischemic cardiovascular disease / Yip, H.-K., Lee, F.-Y., Chen, K.-H., Sung, P.-H., Sun, C.-K.
    Mechanisms underlying extracorporeal shock wave treatment for ischemic cardiovascular disease
    Sun, C.-K., Yip, Y.-K.
    Effect of extracorporeal shockwave on angiogenesis and anti-inflammation : molecular-cellular signaling pathways / Leu, S., Huang, T.-H., Chen, Y.-L., Yip, H.-K.
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy assisted intravesical drug delivery / Tyagi, P., Chuang, Y.-C.
    Application of extracorporeal shockwave therapy on erectile dysfunction and lower urinary tract inflammatory diseases / Wang, H.J.
    Current applications and future prospects of extracorporeal shockwave therapy / Sansone, V., Frairia, R., Brañes, M., Romero, P., Catalano, M.G., Applefield, R.C.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Douglas W Arthur, Frank A. Vicini, David E. Wazer, Atif J. Khan, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I: Accelerated Breast Irradiation: History, Rationale, and Controversies
    Pathologic Anatomy of Early-Stage Breast Cancer: Defining the Target
    The Radiobiology of Accelerated Breast Irradiation
    Quality Assurance and Radiation Safety/Medical Events
    Surgical Considerations in Partial Breast Irradiation
    Impact of Oncoplastic Surgery on adjuvant XRT
    Comparison of true cost between modalities in a changing health care system
    PART II: Hypofractionated WBI: Patient Selection
    Physics of HWBI
    Treatment History
    PART III: Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation: Patient Selection
    Physics of Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation
    Interstitial brachytherapy
    Intracavitary brachytherapy
    3D-Conformal external beam radiotherapy
    PART IV: Intra-operative Radiation Therapy: Patient Selection
    Physics of IORT
    50 kV Photons: Targeted Intraoperative Radiotherapy (TARGIT)
    Intraoperative Technique with Electrons
    PART V: Emerging treatment approaches: Extreme hypofractionation (brachytherapy, Gammapod, UK FAST WBI)
    APBI for breast augmentations
    Accuboost
    APBI for in-breast recurrence following WBI
    Preoperative partial breast
    Locoregional Hypofractionation
    PART VI: Hypofractionation for metastatic disease: Stereotactic treatment for Oligometastatic disease
    Hypofractionaton for palliation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Boyd J. Tomasetti, Rolf Ewers, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to short implants will take the reader through their research and development, explain the clinical indications, evaluate the outcomes achieved with various implants, and explore restorative and laboratory considerations. Short implants have steadily gained greater market share in the last decade as practitioners sought alternatives to traditional length implants in order to avoid grafting procedures. Current manufacturers offer a variety of implant lengths and widths, allowing surgeons and restorative dentists the ability to select the best implant for each clinical circumstance. Cutting edge information is provided on the research and clinical results achieved utilizing a range of implants, specifically those developed by Nobel Biocare, Straumann, Jack Hahn, and Bicon. Readers will also find an extensive description of the role of ultra-short implants involving reconstruction in both cleft patients and cancer patients who have lost portions of their mandible and/or maxilla. This book is a must-have for those interested in learning how the use of short and ultra-short implants offers both surgeons and restorative dentists an opportunity to stand out from those that use only the traditional length implants.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: A Short History of Dental Implants
    References
    2: Short Implants: Indications and Contraindications
    References
    3: Short Implants and Early Brånemark Team Developments: Heritage Established at the Outset
    References
    4: The Short Implant Heritage Continues: The Possibility of Reduced Grafting Without Restorative Compromise
    4.1 Approaching the Site with Minimal Bone Volume
    4.2 The Most Important Part of the Implant
    References
    5: The Straumann Short Implants
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 The Straumann 6 mm Implant 5.3 The Straumann 4 mm Implant
    5.4 Conclusions
    References
    6: Short Implants: Historical Perspectives
    6.1 What Is a Short Implant?
    6.2 Implant Design
    6.3 Rational for Short Implants, Why Do They Work?
    6.4 Summary and Conclusion
    References
    7: Significance of Bone-Implant Contact in Short Implants and Clinical Impact
    7.1 Bone Biology, Osseointegration, Bone-Implant Contact, and Physics
    7.2 Assessment of Osseointegration
    7.3 Clinical Osseointegration and Short Implants
    7.4 Conclusion Statements
    References 8: The Survival of Short and Ultrashort Plateau Root Form Implants
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Survival Studies on Plateau Root Form Implants
    8.2.1 Definition
    8.3 Statistical Models
    8.4 Data Sample
    8.5 Factors Associated with Failures of Osseointegration
    8.6 Smoking Impairs Osseointegration in the Maxilla
    8.6.1 Clinical Recommendations Regarding Patients Who Smoke Tobacco
    8.7 One-Stage Surgical Protocol and Osseointegration
    8.8 Immediate Implant Placement and Higher Failures in the Mandible
    8.8.1 Clinical Recommendations 8.9 Implant Size and Osseointegration
    8.10 Failure to Survive after Loading
    8.11 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Maxilla
    8.12 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Mandible
    References
    9: Short Implant in Cleft Cases
    9.1 Dental Implants Overview
    9.2 Summary
    9.2.1 Short and Ultrashort Implants
    References
    10: Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients with Ultra-Short Implants and TRINIA Bridges
    10.1 Epidemiology and Aetiology of Oral Squamous Cell Carcinomas
    10.2 Multimodal Therapy of the OSCC 10.3 Implant Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients
    10.4 Discussion
    References
    11: Minimally Invasive Sinus Lift Using Short Implants
    References
    12: The Use of Short and Ultrashort Implants in Atrophic Jaws
    12.1 Atrophic Maxilla
    12.2 Conclusions
    12.3 Atrophic Mandible
    12.3.1 Trio-TRINIA®
    12.4 Summary and Conclusion
    References
    13: Restorative Techniques for Bicon Short® Implants
    13.1 Crown-to-Implant Ratio
    13.2 Factors of Bone Gain Versus Bone Loss
    13.3 Bicon Restorations: Design and Technique
    13.4 Single-Unit Restorations
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    W. Frank Peacock, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Administrative and Regulatory Issues
    Society of Cardiovascular Patient Care's Acute Heart Failure Accreditation
    The Economics and Reimbursement of Acute Heart Failure
    Regulatory Requirements in Acute Heart Failure
    Quality and Operational Metrics in Heart Failure
    Staffing and Facilities Requirements for Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Management
    Part II: Pathophysiology and Demographics
    Pathophysiology of Acute Decompensated Heart Failure
    Acute Heart Failure: Epidemiology and Demographics
    Part III: EMS/Emergency Department Assessment and Treatment
    Pre-hospital Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Dyspnea Assessment and Airway Management in Acute Heart Failure Patients
    Volume Assessment in the Emergency Department
    Diagnostic and Prognostic Biomarkers in Emergency Department Acute Heart Failure
    Bedside Ultrasound in the Evaluation and Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Emergency Department Therapy of Acute Heart Failure
    Part IV: Short Stay Unit: Admission, Treatment, and Disposition
    Short Stay Unit Admission Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
    Essentials of Patient Education in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit
    Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Discharge Criteria
    Effective Discharge Planning For Acute Heart Failure in the Short Stay Unit
    Drugs that Should Not be Used in the Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Errors to Avoid in Acute Heart Failure Care
    Chronic Heart Failure Management: Drugs Recommended for Routine Use
    Implantable Cardiac Devices in the Short Stay Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Implications of Atrial Fibrillation in Acute Heart Failure Management
    Controversies in Acute Heart Failure Management
    Acute Heart Failure Research in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit
    Part V: Resources
    Clinical Pathways/Algorithms
    Patient Education Tools
    Discharge Instructions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Margarita Pena, Anwar Osborne, William Franklin Peacock, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this book provides scientific and clinical insights on the management of patients who arrive at the hospital with a presentation consistent with a potential acute coronary syndrome. Focusing on the cardiology aspects of chest pain, it presents the science and methodology that has allowed the remarkable improvements in diagnostic accuracy and improved patient outcomes for the evaluation of patients presenting with suspected acute coronary syndromes. Chapters address key issues of the implementation of high sensitivity troponin and the use of contemporary non-invasive myocardial perfusion evaluation technologies (e.g., coronary artery computed tomography). It also addresses the cutting edge application of new technologies that promise to effect the early identification of coronary vascular disease. This new edition offers updated chapters as well as brand new chapters. Short Stay Management of Chest Pain is a valuable tool for acute care physicians, nurses, and hospital administrators devoted to caring for this population.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology and Demographics of Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 2. Financial Impact of Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 3. Billing for Short Stay Chest Pain Services
    Chapter 4. Why have Chest Pain Patients in a Short Stay Unit?
    Chapter 5. What is the Value of Accreditation in Cardiology?
    Chapter 6. Pathophysiology and Definition of Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 7. Emergency Department Presentation of Chest Pain
    Chapter 8. Chest Pain Risk Stratification by History, Physical, and EKG
    Chapter 9. The Role of Biomarkers Chest Pain Evaluation
    Chapter 10. Are Risk Scoring Systems Necessary?
    Chapter 11. Emergency Department Disposition of Patients Presenting with Chest Pain
    Chapter 12. Short Stay Unit Requirements
    Chapter 13. Medical Therapy of Chest Pain Patients Managed in a Short Stay Unit
    Chapter 14. Provocative Testing for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
    Chapter 15. Use of Multi-slice CT for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
    Chapter 16. Use of MRI for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
    Chapter 17. New Technologies for the Evaluation of Acute Coronary Syndromes: Magnetocardiography
    Chapter 18. Disposition from the Short Stay Unit
    19. Examples of Short Stay Chest Pain Protocols, Order Sheets and Discharge Instructions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alan Eppel.
    Springer eBooks.
    Summary: This book is an easy-to-use guide to short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy for early career practitioners and students of mental health. Written by an expert psychiatric educator, this book is meticulously designed to emphasize clarity and succinctness to facilitate quality training and practice. Developed in a reader-friendly voice, the text begins by introducing the theoretical underpinnings of psychodynamic psychotherapy. Topics include the principles of attachment theory, the dual system theory of emotion processing, decision theory, choice point analysis and a critical review of the research literature. The book then shifts its focus to a description in a manualized format of the objectives and tasks of each phase of therapy within the framework of the engagement, emotion-processing and termination phases. The book concludes with a chapter on psychodynamically informed clinical practice for non-psychotherapists. Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy is the ultimate tool for the education of students, residents, trainees, and fellows in psychiatry, psychology, counseling, social work, and all other clinical mental health professions.

    Contents:
    The Emergence of Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    The Application of Attachment Theory to Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    Understanding and Recognizing Emotion
    A Critical Review of Psychotherapy Research
    Updating the Language of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    Choice Point Analysis
    A Manual for Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    Supervision: Applying Action Alternatives
    Psychodynamically Informed Clinical Practice For Non-Psychotherapists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Martins-de-Souza, Laboratory of Neuroprotemics, Department of Biochemistry, Institute of Biology, State University of the Campinas (UNICAMP), Campinas, Brazil, Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Munich, Germany, Research Group of Proteomics, Department of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy, Ludwig-Maximilians-University of Munich, Munich, Germany, Laboratory of Neurosciences (LIM-27), Institute of Psychiatry, University of Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
    Contents:
    Survey of shotgun proteomics / Fabio Cesar Sousa Nogueira and Gilberto B. Domont
    LC-MALDI-TOF/TOF for shotgun proteomics / Patricia Fernández-Puente ... [et al.]
    Fully automatable multidimensional reversed-phase liquid chromatography with online tandem mass spectrometry / Maggie P.Y. Lam ... [et al.]
    GeLC-MS/MS analysis of complex protein mixtures / Monika Dzieciatkowska, Ryan Hill, and Kirk C. Hansen
    IPG strip-based peptide fractionation for shotgun proteomics / Murat Eravci, Christian Sommer, and Matthias Selbach
    SILAC yeast : from labeling to comprehensive Proteome Quantification / Lyris M. F. de Godoy
    Analysis of proteome dynamics in mice by isotopic labeling / John C. Price and Sina Ghaemmaghami
    Stable isotope labeling in mammals (SILAM) / Daniel B. McClatchy and John R. Yates III
    Analysis of individual protein turnover in live animals on a proteome-wide scale / Stefan Reckow and Christian Webhofer
    Determining protein subcellular localization in mammalian cell culture with biochemical fractionation and iTRAQ 8-plex quantification / Andy Christoforou, Alfonso Martinez Arias, and Kathryn S. Lilley
    Brain quantitative proteomics combining GeLC-MS and isotope-coded protein labeling (ICPL) / Giuseppina Maccarrone, Maria Lebar, and Daniel Martins-de-Souza
    Employing TMT quantification in a shotgun-MS platform / Darragh P. O'Brien and John F. Timms
    Employing TMT quantification in shotgun-MS proteomic analysis : a focus on skeletal muscle / Bruno Menezes de Oliveira
    Spectral counting label-free proteomics / Liisa Arike and Lauri Peil
    Quantification of proteins by label-free LC-MSE / Alon Savidor and Yishai Levin
    Bioinformatics for proteomics : opportunities at the interface between the scientists, their experiments, and the community / Marc Vaudel ... [et al.]
    Identification of DNA damage checkpoint-dependent protein interactions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae using quantitative mass spectrometry / Francisco M. Bastos de Oliveira and Marcus B. Smolka
    Application of shotgun proteomics for discovery-driven protein-protein interaction / Livia Goto-Silva ... [et al.]
    Mapping protein complexes using covalently linked antibodies and isobaric mass tags / Antje Dittmann ... [et al.]
    Biomarker verification using selected reaction monitoring and shotgun proteomics / Angel Mauricio Castro-Gamero, Clarice Izumi, and José César Rosa
    Use of universal stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC)-based selected reaction monitoring (SRM) approach for verification of breast cancer-related protein markers / Ning Qing Liu ... [et al.]
    Secretome analysis by high-throughput proteomics and multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) / Vitor M. Faça ... [et al.]
    Preparation of heteroelement-incorporated and stable isotope-labeled protein standards for quantitative proteomics / Anna Konopka ... [et al.]
    One-source peptide/phosphopeptide ratio standards for accurate and site-specific determination of the degree of phosphorylation / Martin E. Boehm, Bettina Hahn, and Wolf D. Lehmann
    Quantitative glycoproteomics for N-glycoproteome profiling / Sheng Pan
    Practical recipe to survey phosphoproteomes / William C. Edelman ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of the phosphoproteome using the library-assisted eXtracted ion chromatogram (LAXIC) strategy / Justine V. Arrington, Liang Xue, and W. Andy Tao
    Fast, efficient, and quality-controlled phosphopeptide enrichment from minute sample amounts using titanium dioxide / Clarissa Dickhut, Sonja Radau, and René P. Zahedi
    Quantifying small molecule-induced changes in cellular protein expression and posttranslational modifications using isobaric mass tags / Isabelle Becher, Maria Fälth Savitski, and Marcus Bantscheff
    Analysis of protein structure by cross-linking combined with mass spectrometry / Evgeniy V. Petrotchenko ... [et al.]
    Top-down proteomics by means of orbitrap mass spectrometry / Kai Scheffler.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gazi Huri, Nikolaos K. Paschos, editors.
    Contents:
    [Contents] Shoulder Anatomy.
    Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder.
    Shoulder Biomechanics.
    History.
    Physical Evaluation.
    Assessing Outcomes.
    Three-Dimensional Visualization in Clinical Shoulder Practice.
    Clavicle Fractures.
    Proximal Humerus Fractures.
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty for 3-Part and 4-Part Proximal Humerus Fractures.
    Dislocations and Fracture Dislocations of the Shoulder Girdle.
    Scapula and Glenoid Fractures.
    Inflammatory Arthropathy of the Shoulder.
    Joint Sepsis.
    Avascular Necrosis.
    Soft Tissue Disorders.
    Splints and Orthoses.
    Shoulder Rehabilitation.
    Injections.
    Arthroscopic Positioning: Beach Chair Versus Lateral.
    Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Resection Arthroplasty.
    Revısıon Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Shoulder Arthrodesis.
    Anatomy, Assesment, and Surgery of the Biceps Tendon.
    Rotator Cuff Surgery.
    Surgical Management of Stiff Shoulder.
    Surgical Management of Shoulder Instabilities
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Jenny T. Bencardino.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of imaging diagnosis of shoulder disorders from a clinical perspective. After discussion of relevant imaging techniques, a wide spectrum of disorders is addressed in a series of dedicated chapters on rotator cuff injuries and impingement syndromes, biceps tendon and rotator interval pathology, glenohumeral instability, SLAP tears and microinstability, shoulder girdle fractures, shoulder arthropathies, tumors and tumor-like conditions, and entrapment neuropathies. Separate consideration is also given to the pediatric shoulder and to preoperative planning, postoperative imaging, and surgical techniques in patients undergoing shoulder arthroplasty. The unique anatomy and range of motion of the shoulder joint can present a diagnostic challenge. Characterization of soft tissue injuries and radiographically occult osseous pathology is often facilitated by the use of advanced imaging techniques, including MRI, CT, and ultrasound. Readers will find this excellently illustrated book to be an invaluable aid to diagnostic interpretation when employing these techniques.

    Contents:
    Part I Imaging Techniques
    Chapter 1 Current Protocols for Radiographic and CT Evaluation of the Shoulder
    Chapter 2 Technical Update in Conventional and Arthrographic MRI of the Shoulder
    Chapter 3 Sonographic Evaluation of the Shoulder
    Chapter 4 Image-Guided Procedures of the Shoulder
    Part II Rotator Cuff, Bicepts and Rotator Interval
    Chapter 5 Imaging Diagnosis of Rotator Cuff Pathology and Impingement Syndromes
    Chapter 6 Imaging Diagnosis of Biceps Tendon and Rotator Interval Pathology
    Part III The Labrum
    Chapter 7 Imaging Diagnosis of Glenohumeral Instability with Clinical Implications
    Chapter 8 Imaging Diagnosis of SLAP Tears and Microinstability
    Part IV Trauma and Arthropathies
    Chapter 9 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Girdle Fractures
    Chapter 10 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Arthropathy
    Chapter 11 Preoperative Planning and Postoperative Imaging of Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Part V Miscellaneous
    Chapter 12 Imaging Diagnosis of Tumors and Tumor-like Conditions of the Shoulder
    Chapter 13 Imaging of Pediatric Disorders of the Shoulder
    Chapter 14 Imaging Diagnosis of Nerve Entrapments in the Shoulder.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert A. Arciero, Frank A. Cordasco, Matthew T. Provencher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Donald H. Lee, Robert J. Neviaser.
    Contents:
    Part I: Shoulder. A: Rotator cuff. Acromioplasty
    Rotator cuff repair: open technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
    Rotator cuff repair: arthroscopic technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
    Open repair of rotator cuff tears
    Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears
    Operative fixation of symptomatic os acromiale
    B: Arthritic shoulder. Humeral head resurfacing arthroplasty
    Humeral hemiarthroplasty with biologic glenoid resurfacing
    Total shoulder arthroplasty
    Rotator cuff tear arthroplasty: open surgical treatment
    Open unconstrained revision shoulder arthroplasty
    C: Instability. Closed treatment of shoulder dislocations
    Arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior instability of the shoulder
    Open treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Arthroscopic treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Anterior glenohumeral instability associated with glenoid or humeral bone deficiency: the Latarjet procedure
    Open treatment of posterior-inferior shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic treatment of posterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Open Bankart procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocation
    D: Biceps tendon. Mini-open biceps tenodesis
    Arthroscopic biceps tenodesis
    SLAP lesion: arthroscopic reconstruction of the labrum and biceps anchor
    Treatment of the unstable shoulder with humeral head bone loss
    E: Clavicle. Open distal clavicle excision
    Arthroscopic distal clavicle resection
    Open treatment of acute and chronic acromioclavicular dislocations
    Sternoclavicular joint reconstruction using semitendinosus graft
    F: Trauma. Open reduction and internal fixation of acute midshaft clavicular fractures
    Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures
    Operative treatment of two-part proximal humerus fractures
    Open reduction and internal fixation of three- and four-part proximal humerus fractures
    Percutaneous fixation of proximal humerus fractures
    Proximal humerus fractures: hemiarthroplasty
    Operative management of scapular fractures
    G: Miscellaneous. Surgical approaches to the shoulder
    Arthrodesis of the shoulder
    Open and arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression
    Scapular surgery
    Adhesive capsulitis
    Arthroscopic treatment of calcific tendinitis in the shoulder
    Nerve transfers for shoulder and elbow restoration after upper trunk brachial plexus injuries
    Thoracic outlet syndrome
    Suprascapular nerve neuropathy
    Part II: Elbow. A: Introduction. Surgical approaches for open treatment of the elbow
    B: Elbow Arthroscopy. Arthroscopy of the elbow: setup and portals
    Elbow arthritis and stiffness: open treatment
    Elbow arthritis and stiffness: arthroscopic treatment
    C: Arthroplasty. Radial head fractures: radial head replacement
    Total elbow arthroplasty
    Total elbow arthroplasty for the treatment of complex distal humerus fractures
    Radiocapitellar replacement
    Revision total elbow arthroplasty
    D: Soft tissue pathology. Medial epicondylitis: open treatment
    Lateral epicondylitis: arthroscopic and open treatment
    Repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures
    Repair and reconstruction of the ruptured triceps
    E: Nerves. Endoscopic cubital tunnel release
    Submuscular ulnar nerve transposition
    Surgical decompression for radial tunnel syndrome
    F: Trauma. Distal humerus fractures, including isolated distal lateral column and capitellar fractures
    Radial head fractures: open reduction and internal fixation
    Open treatment of complex traumatic elbow instability
    Surgical reconstruction of longitudinal radioulnar dissociation (Essex-Lopresti injury)
    Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction using the modified Jobe technique
    Lateral ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
    G: Miscellaneous. Soft tissue coverage
    Operative management of olecranon bursitis
    Elbow arthroscopic débridement for osteochondritis dissecans.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    T. Bradley Edwards, Brent J. Morris.
    Summary: "Focusing on all key aspects of shoulder replacement surgery and emphasizing on the latest techniques and tools, Shoulder Arthroplasty, 2nd Edition, brings you expert procedural approaches from two master surgeons in the field: Drs. T. Bradley Edwards and Brent J. Morris. Extensively illustrated, this technique-intensive reference provides step-by-step guidance on the most effective approaches to patients in everyday practice, including the variations and complications that surgeons invariably encounter. Focused, concise coverage includes indications and contraindications, preoperative planning and imaging, results and complications, and more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section one: The basics. Evolution of shoulder arthroplasty
    Becoming a shoulder arthroplasty surgeon
    Operating room setup
    Anesthesia, patient positioning, and patient preparation
    Long head of the biceps tendon
    Section two: Unconstrained shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning and imaging
    Surgical approach
    Subscapularis
    Glenoid exposure
    Humeral component
    Glenoid component
    Soft tissue balancing
    Subscapularis and rotator interval repair
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section three: Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning and imaging
    Surgical approach
    Glenoid exposure
    Humeral component
    Glenoid component
    Reduction and deltoid tensioning
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section four: Arthroplasty for fracture. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning and imaging
    Surgical approach (handling of the tuberosities)
    Humeral prosthetic positioning
    Tuberosity reduction and fixation
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section five: Alternatives to conventional shoulder arthroplasty. Stemless shoulder arthroplasty
    Biological alternatives to shoulder arthroplasty
    Section six: Revision shoulder arthroplasty. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning, imaging, and special tests
    Surgical approach
    Humeral stem removal and glenoid exposure
    Humerus
    Glenoid component
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section seven: Postoperative rehabilitation. Rehabilitation following shoulder arthroplasty
    Section eight: The future. Future directions in shoulder arthroplasty.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Joseph D. Zuckerman ; illustrations by Bernie Kida.
    Summary: "Covering every aspect of shoulder arthroplasty from initial assessment to comprehensive postoperative rehabilitation, Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Practice, provides highly illustrated, authoritative guidance on the fastest growing arthroplasty procedure. Dr. Joseph Zuckerman, former president of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons and the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, has assembled a team of world-renowned contributing authors who clearly explain and demonstrate-in print and in video-the techniques they utilize to achieve successful outcomes. This one-stop reference is an ideal resource for surgeons at all levels of experience who wish to further enhance their ability to perform shoulder replacement. Covers the essentials of glenohumeral anatomy and the surgical approaches used for shoulder arthroplasty along with in-depth descriptions of preoperative evaluation and patient selection. Comprehensive sections on all aspects of primary anatomic shoulder arthroplasty, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty, and shoulder arthroplasty for fractures. Detailed techniques for revision shoulder arthroplasty that covers the full spectrum of clinical scenarios encountered including comprehensive sections on complications following surgery. Discusses special situations such as nerve injury after arthroplasty, arthroplasty for chronic dislocations, arthroplasty in the Parkinson's patient, arthroplasty for shoulder tumors, prevention of infection, outpatient total shoulder arthroplasty, and much more. Provides superb visual guidance through full-color illustrations and procedural videos for techniques covered in the book"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Gazi Huri, Filippo Familiari, Young Lae Moon, Mahmut Nedim Doral, Giulio Maria Marcheggiani Muccioli, editors.
    Summary: This book describes and evaluates techniques and devices used in shoulder arthroplasty with a view to enabling readers to improve their surgical practice. After an opening section on basic knowledge, including surgical anatomy, key issues in total shoulder arthroplasty and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) are considered in detail. Among the topics covered are biomechanics, cemented versus cementless humeral fixation, the comparative merits of humeral components featuring short stem and stemless designs and of pegged and keeled glenoid components, the influence of humeral inclination in RTSA, and the avoidance and management of unstable RTSA. An entire section is then devoted to the description and illustration of valuable surgical tips and tricks. Arthroplasty for acute proximal humerus fractures is considered separately, again addressing important aspects of technique and current controversies. The book is an outcome of a workshop held by the international Shoulder Club, formed at Hacettepe University in Ankara in 2015 with the aim of bringing together leading authorities in the field and young orthopedic surgeons and students from across the world in order to disseminate expertise and exchange ideas.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Shoulder anatomy
    Chapter 2. Axillary Nerve Palsy
    Chapter 3. Deltopectoral approach
    Chapter 4. Biomechanics of RTSA
    Chapter 5. Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty: Causes and Indications to Surgery
    Chapter 6. Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Biomechanics
    Chapter 7. Unstable Reverse Total Shoulder Arthoplasty How to Avoid and Manage
    Chapter 8. Keeled or Pegged Polyethylene Glenoid Componenets
    Chapter 9. Genral Principals of Rehabilitation Following Shoulder Surgery
    Chapter 10. Rehabilitation after Shoulder Arthroplasty. Chapter 11. Indications for Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Chapter 12. Stemless RTSA
    Chapter 13. Massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears treated with an arthroscopic-assisted latissimus dorsi tendon transfer: Indications, surgical technique, and outcomes
    Chapter 14. Fundamentals in Shoulder Radiology
    Chapter 15. Shoulder Arthroplasty: Pain Management
    Chapter 16. Shoulder Arthroplasty in the Treatment of Proximal Humeral Fractures
    Chapter 17. Operative technique of angular stable plate fixation
    Chapter 18. Complications of ORIF in proximal humeral fractures
    Chapter 19. Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries
    Chapter 20. Complications of Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Olivier Courage ; with Forewords by Stephen S. Burkhart, Philippe Hardy.
    Contents:
    Prefaces
    Introduction
    Chapter 1 Being in the right conditions
    1.1 Avoiding steam
    1.2 Properly entering the shoulder
    1.3 Avoiding blood
    Chapter 2 Being properly installed
    2.1 Installing the patient
    2.2 The surgeon's ergonomy
    Chapter 3 Basic essentials
    3.1 Stable image
    3.2 Straight image
    3.3 Finding your instruments
    Chapter 4 Exploring the shoulder
    4.1 The glenohumeral
    4.2 The subacromial space
    Chapter 5 Tips for the key surgeries
    5.1 Before the surgical arthroscopy
    5.2 The rotator cuff
    5.3 The subscapularis
    5.4 The biceps
    5.5 Instability and the arthroscopic Bankart
    Chapter 6 Less frequent surgeries
    6.1 The acromioclavicular
    6.2 The subscapularis nerve
    Chapter 7 How to evolve your techniques
    7.1 Analyze your mistakes, travel and create
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Milano, Andrea Grasso, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive and stunningly illustrated textbook covers the entire spectrum of shoulder disease and arthroscopic techniques. It reviews the anatomy and the biomechanics of the shoulder, basic arthroscopic procedures, advanced reconstructive surgeries, and an overview on shoulder pathologies with a special focus on surgical approach. Shoulder Arthroscopy: Principles and Practice is a highly organized reference with all chapters following a standardized format: from detailed descriptions regarding epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical findings, imaging, indication for treatment up to a step-by-step description of current surgical techniques, including tips and tricks on how to avoid the most common mistakes and complications. There is also an entire section dedicated to the evaluation of outcome measurements. The tips and techniques presented in this book are based on the Editor and his Contributors' individual experience. The book guides the orthopaedic resident and fellow who wants to focus on shoulder diseases, but it also represents a landmark reference for expert surgeons already involved in shoulder surgery.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Shoulder
    Biomechanics of the Shoulder
    Shoulder Examination
    Imaging of the Shoulder
    Biology of Injury and Repair of Soft Tissues of the Shoulder
    Principles of Shoulder Rehabilitation
    Instrumentation in Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Operating Room Set-up and Patient Positioning
    Anaesthesia in Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Portal Placement and Related Anatomy
    Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Anchors and Sutures
    Arthroscopic Suture Management
    Arthroscopic Knot Tying
    Acute Traumatic Anterior Shoulder Instability
    Recurrent Anterior Shoulder Instability
    Posterior Shoulder Instability
    Multidirectional Instability of the Shoulder
    The Overhead Athlete
    SLAP Lesions
    Subacromial Impingement
    Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
    Full-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
    Large to Massive Rotator Cuff Tears
    Disorders of the Rotator Interval: Coracohumeral Ligament and Biceps Tendon
    Subscapularis Tears
    Treatment Options for Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears
    Calcific Tendonitis
    The Stiff Shoulder
    Degenerative Acromioclavicular Joint Disease
    Arthritis and Synovitis of the Shoulder
    Failed Instability Surgery
    HAGL and Reverse HAGL Lesions
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Bony Bankart Lesions
    Management of Hill-Sachs Lesions
    Glenoid Bone Loss: Arthroscopic Bone Grafting
    Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure
    Failed Rotator Cuff Surgery
    Arthroscopic Suprascapular Nerve Release
    Biologic Augmentation in Rotator Cuff Repair
    The Role of Platelet Rich Plasma in Rotator Cuff Repair
    Arthroscopically-Assisted Latissimus Dorsi Transfer
    Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Arthroscopic Management of Fractures of the Greater Tuberosity
    Acromioclavicular Joint Instability
    Scapulothoracic Disorders
    Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Outcome Research in Shoulder Arthroscopy: An Overview
    Experimental Models in Shoulder Research
    Outcome Measurements Tools for Functional Assessment of the Shoulder
    Self- Assessment of Treatment Outcomes in Shoulder Arthroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Andreas B. Imhoff, Felix H. Savoie III, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Charalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date resource on common shoulder disorders. The reader will learn about various shoulder conditions, their presentation, evaluation and management. Anatomy, biomechanics, function, clinical history taking and examination, radiological imaging and other investigations, as well as principles of non-surgical and surgical management of the troublesome shoulder are presented first. The Shoulder Made Easy conveys clear, easily understood information to help practitioners in day-to-day clinical practice as well as in preparation for undergraduate or postgraduate exams. The book focuses on: Commonly encountered clinical symptoms of the shoulder: patients don't present with a clinical diagnosis but with symptoms such as pain, stiffness, weakness or instability and a thorough consideration of what could be accounting for such symptoms and how such symptoms may be dealt with is presented. Commonly encountered clinical disorders of the shoulder: each clinical disorder is concisely presented with the background, clinical symptoms, investigations, differential diagnosis, treatment and a further reading section. This book attempts to present information in an easily read, succinct way. In particular, this book tries to unpick and explain those concepts of shoulder disorders that may be difficult to understand. An attempt is made to pass on knowledge but more importantly also stimulate lateral thinking. Key diagrams, clinical photographs and radiographs are used as necessary to highlight important points; references to relevant landmark articles are also provided in each chapter. The book will be of great interest to medical students, junior orthopaedic doctors, GPs and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and function of the shoulder
    Clinical examination of the shoulder
    Radiological imaging of the shoulder
    Sub-acromial impingement
    Rotator cuff tears subscapularis
    Calcific tendinitis
    Superior labrum tears
    Para-labral cysts
    Os-acromiale
    Frozen shoulder
    Anterior shoulder instability
    Posterior shoulder instability
    Multidirectional instability
    Glenohumeral osteoarthritis
    Acromioclavicular joint osteoarhtitis
    Inflammatory arthritis
    Winging scapula.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Eiji Itoi, Guillermo Arce, Gregory I. Bain, Ronald L. Diercks, Dan Guttmann, Andreas B. Imhoff, Augustus D. Mazzocca, Hiroyuki Sugaya, Yon-Sik Yoo, editors.
    Contents:
    Classification and Epidemiology: Classification of Stiff Shoulder
    Epidemiology. Etiology: Idiopathic
    Post-Traumatic
    Post Cuff Repair
    Post Instability Repair
    Other Post Surgical
    Other Causes (Cuff Disease, Impingement, Osteoarthritis, heterotopic ossification, etc). Anatomy and Biomechanics: Anatomy Related to the Range of Motion
    Biomechanics Related to the Range of Motion
    Rotator Interval and Stiffness. Examinations: Pathophysiology: Histology and Laboratory Tests
    Clinical Symptoms
    Physical Examinations
    Imaging. Conservative Treatment: Natural Course
    Conservative Treatment. Surgical Treatment: MUA
    Arthroscopic Release
    Postop. Rehabilitation Program
    Reported Outcomes and Results: What should we and the patient expect?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joshua S. Dines, MD, Orthopaedic Surgeon, Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Associate Professor, Orthopaedic Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA, David M. Dines, MD, Orthopaedic Surgeon Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Professor, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA, Lawrence V. Gulotta, MD, Associate Attending Orthopedic Surgeon, Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Associate Professor, Orthopaedic Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA
    Summary: The ultimate how-to resource on shoulder surgery from internationally renowned experts Shoulder problems related to degenerative conditions, sports injuries, or trauma comprise a significant percentage of orthopaedic surgery practice. Shoulder Surgery: Tricks of the Trade reflects collective expertise from Joshua Dines, David Dines and Lawrence Gulotta, renowned orthopaedic surgeons at the prestigious Hospital for Special Surgery in New York, and an impressive cadre of contributors. The unique resource features practical advice from recognized experts, presenting surgical essentials in an easy.

    Contents:
    Shoulder Surgery: Tricks of the Trade; MedOne Information; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Video Legends; Foreword; Preface; Contributors; I Rotator Cuff/Biceps; 1 Subacromial Decompression and Acromioplasty; 2 Arthroscopic Acromioclavicular Joint Resection; 3 Arthroscopic Capsular Release; 4 Arthroscopic Treatment of Calcific Tendinitis; 5 Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair; 6 Partial Articular-Sided Supraspinatus Tear Repair; 7 Arthroscopic Subscapularis Repair; 8 Massive Rotator Cuff Repair (Mobilization Techniques, Slides); 9 Massive Rotator Cuff Repair: Margin Convergence 10 Revision Rotator Cuff Repair: Patch Augmentation11 Superior Capsule Reconstruction with Fascia Lata Autograft; 12 Superior Capsular Reconstruction; 13 Arthroscopic Suprapectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 14 Open Suprapectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 15 Open Subpectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 16 Arthroscopic Biceps Transfer; 17 SLAP Repair; 18 Internal Impingement; II Instability; 19 Arthroscopic Treatment of Multidirectional Instability; 20 Arthroscopic Anterior Stabilization; 21 Open Anterior Stabilization (Bankart/Capsular Shift); 22 Role of Remplissage in Anterior Shoulder Instability 23 Double-Row Labral Repair24 Anterior Humeral Avulsion of the Glenohumeral Ligament Repair; 25 Modified Open Latarjet: The "One-Screw" Technique; 26 The Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure; 27 The Guided All-Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure Using Cortical Button Fixation; 28 Eden-Hybinette for Failed Latarjet Procedure; 29 Distal Tibia Allograft for Failed Latarjet; 30 Partial Humeral Head Replacement: Allograft and Prosthetic; 31 Arthroscopic Posterior Stabilization; 32 Open Posterior Stabilization; 33 Arthroscopic Posterior HAGL Repair; 34 Modified McLaughlin for Posterior Dislocation 35 Latissimus Dorsi Tendon Transfer36 Lower Trapezius Transfer; 37 Pectoralis Major Transfer for Irreparable Subscapularis Tears; III Arthritis/Arthroplasty; 38 Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management Procedure for the Treatment of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis; 39 Deltopectoral Approach for Shoulder Arthroplasty; 40 Humeral Resurfacing Arthroplasty; 41 Subscapularis Management in Shoulder Arthroplasty: Tenotomy, Peel, and Osteotomy; 42 Total Shoulder Arthroplasty; 43 Stemless Anatomic Shoulder Replacement 44 Patient-Specific Instrumentation Facilitates Glenoid Replacement in Shoulder Arthroplasty45 Posterior Glenoid Wear in Total Shoulder Replacement: Eccentric Reaming; 46 Posterior Glenoid Wear in Anatomic Total Shoulder Replacement: Augmented Polyethylene Glenoid Component; 47 Bone Grafting for B2/B3 Glenoid; 48 Convertible Components in Shoulder Arthroplasty; 49 Superior Approach to the Shoulder; 50 Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty; 51 Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty with a Shaped Humeral Head Autograft for B2/B3 and C Glenoids.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeremy B. Searle (Cornell University), P. David Polly (Indiana University), Jan Zima (Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic).
    Summary: Presents new insights into speciation through an in-depth analysis of extraordinary chromosomal variation in one species written by leading experts.

    Contents:
    Milestones in common shrew chromosomal research / Jan Zima and Jeremy B. Searle
    Introducing the common shrew / Nikolay A. Shchipanov, Jan Zima and Sara Churchfield
    Morphology and genetics of the common shrew : general features
    Alina Mishta and Jeremy B. Searle
    Phylogeography / Fríða Jóhannesdóttir, Andrew J. Thompson, Rodrigo Vega, Jeremy S. Herman, Thomas A. White, Marja Heikkinen, Anna A. Bannikova and Jeremy B. Searle
    Chromosomal differentiation in the common shrew and related species / Nina S. Bulatova, Larisa S. Biltueva, Svetlana V. Pavlova, Natalia S. Zhdanova and Jan Zima
    Phylogenetic relationships of chromosomal races / Thomas A. White, Jan M. Wojcik and Jeremy B. Searle
    Meiosis and fertility associated with chromosomal heterozygosity / Pavel M. Borodin, Stanisław Fedyk, Włodzimierz Che̜tnicki, Anna A. Torgasheva, Svetlana V. Pavlova and Jeremy B. Searle
    Chromosomal hybrid zones / Stanisław Fedyk, Svetlana V. Pavlova, Włodzimierz Che̜tnicki and Jeremy B. Searle
    Gene flow between chromosomal races and species / GlennYannic, Patrick Basset, Agnès Horn and Jacques Hausser
    Geometric morphometric tests for phenotypic divergence between chromosomal races / P. David Polly and Jan M. Wojcik
    Is it really the chromosomes? / Patrick Basset, Glenn Yannic and Jacques Hausser
    Further divergence : the role of ecology and behaviour / Boris I. Sheftel, Natalia V. Moraleva and Jacques Hausser
    Climate, diversification and refugia in the common shrew : evidence from the fossil record / P. David Polly
    Shrews, chromosomes and speciation / Jeremy B. Searle, Jan Zima and P. David Polly.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Patrick Williot, Guy Nonnotte, Denise Vizziano-Cantonnet, Mikhail Chebanov, editors.
    Summary: The biology of the Siberian sturgeon, Acipenser baerii Brandt 1869, has become a very attractive subject of investigation for biologists since the 1980s. This volume 1 is part of a two-volume set devoted to the species, the second of which focuses on farming. The present volume is divided into three parts: Biology and ecology, Biology and physiology of reproduction, and Ecophysiology, i.e. adaptation to the environment. The first part addresses a broad range of topics, such as: the ecology, including a new approach to species-specificity, a new insight on the mineralization of vertebral elements, two approaches to sex determination, transposable elements in the gonads, early ontogeny, olfaction and gustation, nutrition and swimming. The second part includes neurochemical and anatomical descriptions of the central nervous system and an updated version of the oogenesis, the characteristics of both sperm and spermatozoa, and a synthesis on gonadal steroids (synthesis, plasmatic levels and biological activities). In turn, the third part reveals how the physiology of the species changes depending on environmental factors such as oxygen, ammonia, and nitrite. Some fundamental consequences of ammonia are developed (sublethal and lethal levels, effects on gill epithelium and haematology, acid-base balance, on AA and adenyl nucleotides levels in plasma, brain and muscle tissue). In addition, the book includes two methodological chapters dealing with fish dorsal aortic cannulation and respiration physiology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; General Introduction to the Siberian Sturgeon Books with a Focus on Volume 1 Dedicated to the Biology of the Species; References; Part I: Biology and Ecology;
    1: Geographical Distribution, Ecological and Biological Characteristics of the Siberian Sturgeon Species; 1.1 Geographical Distribution; 1.2 Species Structure; 1.3 Phylogenetic Relations of the Siberian Sturgeon; 1.4 Diet Composition; 1.5 Growth of the Sturgeon in Different Populations; 1.6 Spawning Habitat, Reproductive Parameters, and Peculiarities of Gameto- and Gonadogenesis. 3.1.3 The Duodenum3.1.4 The Spiral Gut; 3.1.5 The Hindgut; 3.1.6 The Pyloric Gland; 3.1.7 The Liver; 3.1.8 The Pancreas; 3.1.9 The Swim Bladder; 3.2 Blood Circulation and Blood-Making (Hemopoietic) Organs; 3.2.1 The Heart; 3.2.1.1 The Arterial Cone; 3.2.1.2 The Ventricle; 3.2.1.3 The Atrium; 3.2.2 The Spleen; 3.3 The Excretory System; 3.3.1 The Kidneys; 3.3.2 The Ureters; 3.4 Reproductive System; 3.4.1 The Ovaries; 3.4.2 The Oviducts; 3.4.3 The Testes; 3.4.4 The Spermaducts; References. 4.4.3 Seasonal Variations of Mineralization Rate in the Notochord4.5 Mechanical Constraints on the Axial Skeleton During Swimming; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; References;
    5: Evolution of Molecular Investigations on Sturgeon Sex Determination and Most Recent Developments in DNA Methylation with a Focus on the Siberian Sturgeon; Introduction; 5.1 Material and Methods; 5.1.1 Study Fish and Sampling Procedures; 5.1.2 ISSR Analysis; 5.1.3 Measurement of Gene Expression; 5.1.4 MS-HRM Determination; 5.1.5 Statistics; 5.2 Results; 5.2.1 ISSR; 5.2.2 Gene Expression; 5.2.3 DNA Methylation.
    4: The Axial Skeleton of the Siberian Sturgeon. Development, Organization, Structure and New Insights on Mineralization and Ossification of Vertebral Elements4.1 Axial Anomalies in Sturgeons; 4.2 Development and Growth of the Vertebral Axis; 4.3 Organization and Structural Composition of the Axial Skeleton; 4.3.1 Organization of Vertebral Elements; 4.3.2 Structure of the Vertebral Elements; 4.3.3 Development and Structure of the Notochord; 4.4 Mineralization of the Axial Skeleton; 4.4.1 Mineralization Process of the Vertebral Elements; 4.4.2 Mineralization in the Notochord Funiculus.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Patrick Williot, Guy Nonnotte, Mikhail Chebanov, editors.
    Summary: The Siberian sturgeon, Acipenser baerii Brandt 1869 is the most widely farmed sturgeon species. Continuing from Volume 1, which focuses on the biology of the species, the present Volume 2 in turn examines farming aspects. It is divided into six parts, the first of which deals with reproduction and early ontogenesis, i.e. reproductive cycles, controlled reproduction, sperm cryoconservation, and weaning of larvae. The second covers the growing phase with a focus on food and feeding (management, fish meal replacement, potential endocrine disruptions, usefulness of prebiotics and immunostimulants, and nitrogen excretion). Production-related data are the focus of the third part and include: characteristics (countries, structures of production, evolution in production, economic features) of the gross production of the species (meat and caviar) worldwide, a method for assessing the quality of caviars, off-flavors management, and an example of production of fingerlings for restocking. Part four addresses selected long-term management issues: genetic variability of brood stocks, genome manipulation and sex control, and the advantages of hybrids. The next three chapters constitute the fifth part, which is devoted to health status (immunology and welfare). In closing, the absence of ecological risks of introducing the species in non-native waters is shown using two long-term documented examples (Russia and France). Three methodological chapters round out the volume, covering: in vitro incubation of ovarian follicles, a richly illustrated library of echographies and photos, and a detailed presentation of oxygen demand studies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Introduction to the Siberian Sturgeon Books with a Focus on Volume 2 Dedicated to the Farming of the Species; Acknowledgments; References; About the Editors; Part I: Reproduction and Early Ontogenesis;
    26: Reproductive Cycles in Sturgeons with a Special Focus on the Farmed Siberian Sturgeon; Introduction; 26.1 The Means to Determining the Biological Cycles and Puberty; 26.2 Biological Cycles and Puberty in Sturgeons; 26.3 Some Conclusions; References;
    27: Controlled Reproduction of Farmed Siberian Sturgeon Acipenser baerii Brandt; Introduction. 27.1 Some Reproduction-Related Sturgeon Biological Characteristics27.2 Preselection of Potential Brood Fish; 27.3 Management of Potential Future Brood Fish; 27.4 Definite Selection; 27.4.1 Males; 27.4.2 Females; 27.4.2.1 Plasmatic Indicators; 27.4.2.2 Observations of the Ovarian Follicles; 27.5 Hormonal Stimulation; 27.5.1 Possible Pre-spawning Corrections of Reproductive Status of Brood Fish; 27.5.2 Hormonal Stimulation; 27.6 Collection of Gametes; 27.7 Management of Gametes and Mating; 27.8 Treatment of Fertilized Eggs and Incubation; 27.9 Trends in the Yield of Ova. 27.10 PerspectivesReferences;
    28: Siberian Sturgeon Sperm Cryoconservation; Introduction; 28.1 Cryopreservation and Cryodamage; 28.2 Procedures Developed for Teleosts Are Not Efficient for Sturgeon; 28.3 High Quality of Semen Is Prerequisite for Successful Cryopreservation; 28.4 Methanol Is Well Suited as Cryoprotectant for Sturgeon Cryopreservation; 28.4.1 Basic Protocol Developed by Horváth and Urbányi (2000); 28.4.2 Simplified Protocol Developed by Judycka et al. (2015b); 28.5 Effects of Cryopreservation on Semen Characteristics of Siberian Sturgeon. 28.6 The Use of Cryopreserved SemenReferences;
    29: Weaning in Siberian Sturgeon Larvae; 29.1 The Onset of Exogenous Feeding; References; Part II: Ongrowing;
    30: Food Characteristics and Feeding Management on Sturgeon with a Special Focus on the Siberian Sturgeon; 30.1 Sturgeon Feeding Under Aquaculture Conditions; 30.1.1 Feeding of Larvae; 30.1.2 Feeding of Juveniles; 30.1.3 Feeding Sturgeon for Meat and Caviar; References;
    31: Reasons and Possibilities of Fish Meal Replacement in the Siberian Sturgeon; 31.1 Alternative Proteins Currently Used in Siberian Sturgeon Nutrition. 31.2 PerspectivesReferences;
    32: Endocrine Disruption in the Siberian Sturgeon Acipenser baerii Fed with a Soy-Containing Diet; 32.1 Blood Biomarkers of Fish Reproductive Endocrine Physiology; 32.2 Estrogen Contamination in the French Fish-Farm Conditions; 32.3 The Differences Between Sturgeon and Trout on Their Sensitivity to Phytoestrogens; 32.4 Bioavailability of Phytoestrogens Is the Clue; 32.5 Sex Steroids in the Siberian Sturgeon; 32.5.1 Estradiol; 32.5.2 11-Ketotestosterone; 32.6 Soy Phytoestrogens and Teleost Fish Reproduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Porochista Khakpour.
    Summary: "In the tradition of Brain on Fire and Darkness Visible, an honest, beautifully rendered memoir of chronic illness, misdiagnosis, addiction, and the myth of full recovery that details author Porochista Khakpour's struggles with late-stage Lyme disease. For as long as writer Porochista Khakpour can remember, she has been sick. For most of that time, she didn't know why. All of her trips to the ER and her daily anguish, pain, and lethargy only ever resulted in one question: How could any one person be this sick? Several drug addictions, three major hospitalizations, and over $100,000 later, she finally had a diagnosis: late-stage Lyme disease. Sick is Khakpour's arduous, emotional journey--as a woman, a writer, and a lifelong sufferer of undiagnosed health problems--through the chronic illness that perpetually left her a victim of anxiety, living a life stymied by an unknown condition. Divided by settings, Khakpour guides the reader through her illness by way of the locations that changed her course--New York, LA, New Mexico, and Germany--as she meditates on both the physical and psychological impacts of uncertainty, and the eventual challenge of accepting the diagnosis she had searched for over the course of her adult life. With candor and grace, she examines her subsequent struggles with mental illness, her addiction to the benzodiazepines prescribed by her psychiatrists, and her ever-deteriorating physical health. A story about survival, pain, and transformation, Sick is a candid, illuminating narrative of hope and uncertainty, boldly examining the deep impact of illness on one woman's life."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC155.5 .K43 2018
    1
  • Print
    by Lenwood G. Davis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6664.S53 D38
    1
  • Digital
    Fernando Ferreira Costa, Nicola Conran, editors.
    Summary: Although sickle cell anemia was the first molecular disease to be identified, its complex and fascinating pathophysiology is still not fully understood. A single mutation in the beta-globin gene incurs numerous molecular and cellular mechanisms that contribute to the plethora of symptoms associated with the disease. Our knowledge regarding sickle cell disease mechanisms, while still not complete, has broadened considerably over the last decades. Sickle Cell Anemia: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice aims to provide an update on our current understanding of the disease's pathophysiology and use this information as a basis to discuss its manifestations in childhood and adulthood. Current therapies and prospects for the development of new approaches for the management of the disease are also covered.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Mark T. Gladwin, Gregory J. Kato, Enrico Novelli.
    Summary: "This book will provide students and practitioners with the most recent guidelines for patient care. Chapters include guidelines of care, diagnosis, unique cases, and cutting-edge therapies that will appeal to hematology fellows, trainees, and practicing hematologists"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Genetic Basis of Sickle Cell Disease / Martin H Steinberg, Swee Lay Thein
    Sickle Hemoglobin Polymerization / Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro, Constance Tom Noguchi, Alan N. Schechter
    Vaso-Occlusion in Sickle Cell Disease / Huihui Li, Paul Frenette
    Hemolysis and Endothelial Dysfunction / Gregory J. Kato, Mark T. Gladwin
    Sterile Inflammation in Sickle Cell Disease / Prithu Sundd, Solomon F. Ofori-Acquah
    Ischemia-Reperfusion Pathobiology in Sickle Cell Anemia / Robert P. Hebbel, John D. Belcher, Gregory M. Vercellotti
    Mechanistic Insights on Sickle Cell Pathophysiology Learned From Transgenic Mouse Models / Kalpna Gupta, Lewis L. Hsu
    Pharmacologic Induction of Fetal Hemoglobin / Abdullah Kutlar, Vivien Sheehan
    Stroke and Cognitive Dysfunction / Hanne Stotesbury, Robert J. Adams, Fenella J. Kirkham
    Management of Pregnant Women and Newborns With Sickle Cell Disease / Samuel A. Oppong, Jodi-Anne Stewart, Michael R. DeBaun
    The Asthma Conundrum in Sickle Cell Disease / Natalie R. Shilo, Elizabeth S. Klings, Claudia R. Morris
    Acute Chest Syndrome / Armand Mekontso Dessap, Elliott Vichinsky
    Pediatric Sickle Cell Disease / John J. Strouse, Nancy Green
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Heart Disease in Patients with Sickle Cell Disease / Mark T. Gladwin, Kenneth I. Ataga, Roberto Machado
    Cardiac Complications / Vandana Sachdev, Punam Malik, John Wood
    Sickle Nephropathy / Santosh L. Saraf, Vimal K. Derebail, Victor R. Gordeuk, Jane A. Little
    Sickle Cell Trait / Philippe Connes, Hyacinth I. Hyacinth, Rakhi P. Naik
    Acute and Chronic Pain / Samir K. Ballas, Wally R. Smith
    Priapism in Sickle Cell Disease / Susan M. MacDonald, Arthur L. Burnett
    Ocular Complications in Sickle Cell Disease / Adrienne W. Scott, Morton F. Goldberg Rare Presentations and Emerging Complications of Sickle Cell Disease / Oswaldo Castro, Kathryn L. Hassell
    Thrombophilia in Sickle Cell Disease / Enrico Novelli, Rafal Pawlinski, Sruti Shiva, Nigel Key
    Transfusion Therapy in Sickle Cell Disease / Sally A. Campbell-Lee, Anoosha Habibi, Darrell J. Triulzi
    Clinical Trials : State of the Art and Lesson Learned / Laura M. De Castro, Ramasubramanian Kalpatthi, Marilyn J. Telen
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Sickle Cell Disease / Alexis Leonard, John F. Tisdale, Lakshmanan Krishnamurti, Mark C. Walters
    Emergent Clinical Complications of Sickle Cell Disease / Marcus Carden, Jeffrey Glassberg, Claudia R. Morris
    Psychosocial Burden in Sickle Cell Disease / Allison A. King, Sherif M. Badawy, Julie Panepinto, Kofi Anie, Charles Jonassaint, Marsha Treadwell
    Therapeutic Options and Combination Therapy / Caterina P. Minniti, Jane S. Hankins
    Gene Therapy for Sickle Cell Disease / Tim M. Townes, Marina Cavazzana
    Hydroxyurea and Sickle Cell Disease / Winfred C. Wang, Russell E. Ware
    The Burden of Sickle Cell Gene in India / Yazdi Italia, Dipty Jain, Roshan Colah, Khushnooma Italia
    Sickle Cell Disease in Jamaica : Observations from a Small Island / Graham Serjeant, Beryl Serjeant
    Sickle Cell Disease in Brazil / Fernando Ferreira Costa
    Sickle Cell Disease in Africa / Amma Twumwa Owusu-Ansah, Julie Makani, Kwaku Ohene-Frempong.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2021
  • Digital
    Jo Howard, Paul Telfer.
    Summary: This practical clinical handbook reveals that sickle cell disease (SCD) is an increasingly common condition to manage in Europe and North America. SCD demands clinical expertise and experience as well as sensitivity to its social and cultural context. This book is designed to broaden readersℓ́ℓ knowledge in this challenging condition by describing the acute and long-term complications unique to SCD and that affect nearly every system of the body. Critically, it also details the significant recent advances in understanding the pathophysiology of SCD that are leading to novel treatment modalities. ℗ℓ Sickle Cell Disease in Clinical Practice promotes higher quality care by outlining the clinical problems as they arise, and covering essential background information, including up-to-date research, and useful points to guide management. As such, the intended target audience is broad and includes general physicians, general practitioners, hematologists, pediatricians, emergency medicine physicians, surgeons, medical students, nurse specialists and commissioners.

    Contents:
    Overview of Sickle Cell Disease
    Laboratory Tests Used in Diagnosis and Monitoring of Sickle Cell Disease
    Organization of Care for Sickle Cell Disease
    Overview and general principles
    Pain in Sickle Cell Disease
    Respiratory and Cardiac Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Neurological Complications of Sickle Cell Disease
    Renal and Urological Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Bone and Joint Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Ophthalmological complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    The Spleen in Sickle Cell Disease
    Infection and Infection Prophylaxis in Sickle Cell Disease
    Gastroenterological Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Anemia and Sickle Cell Disease
    Leg Ulceration in Sickle Cell Disease
    Management of Pregnancy in Sickle Cell Disease
    Surgical Management of Patients with Sickle Cell Disease
    Sickle Cell Disease Treatment Modalities
    Out-Patient Management of Sickle Cell Disease Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Sylvia B. Smith, Tsung-Ping Su, editors.
    Summary: "Originally confused with opioid receptors and then orphan receptors with no biological function, Sigma Receptors are now recognized as relevant to many degenerative diseases with remarkable potential as therapeutic targets. In this text, new information about the structure of sigma 1 receptor, its binding sites are provided as well as its expression in many cell types. It's putative role in degenerative neuronal diseases including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, pain, drug addiction and locomotor activity. Their roles in possible treatments for blinding retinal diseases emphasize the tremendous far-reaching potential for ligands for these receptors. Exciting breakthroughs in this dynamic field in the last decade are reported herein, which will guide future investigators in determining the full potential of this unique, yet abundantly expressed protein"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to sigma receptors: their role in disease and as therapeutic targets / Sylvia B. Smith
    Structural perspectives on sigma-1 receptor function / Assaf Alon, Hayden Schmidt, Sanduo Zheng, Andrew C. Kruse
    A review of the human sigma-1 receptor structure / Felipe Ossa, Jason R. Schnell, José Luis Ortega-Roldan
    Fluorinated pet tracers for molecular imaging of [sigma]1 receptors in the central nervous system / Frauke Weber, Peter Brust, Erik Laurini, Sabrina Pricl, Bernhard Wünsch
    The evolution of the sigma-2 ([sigma2) receptor from obscure binding site to bona fide therapeutic target / Chenbo Zeng, Robert H. Mach
    Sigma 1 receptor and ion channel dynamics in cancer / Olivier Soriani, Rapha︠l Rapetti-Mauss
    Sigma-1 receptors fine-tune the neuronal networks / Shang-Yi Anne Tsai, Tsung-Ping Su
    Pharmacological modulation of the sigma 1 receptor and the treatment of pain / Manuel Merlos, Javier Burgueño, Enrique Portillo-Salido, Carlos Ramón Plata-Salamán [and others]
    Sigma-1 receptor antagonists: a new class of neuromodulatory analgesics / Cristina Sánchez-Fernández, José Manuel Entrena, José Manuel Baeyens [and others]
    Sigma-1 receptors and neurodegenerative diseases: towards a hypothesis of sigma-1 receptors as amplifiers of neurodegeneration and neuroprotection / Linda Nguyen, Brandon P. Lucke-Wold, Shona Mookerjee, Nidhi Kaushal, Rae R. Matsumoto
    Sigma-1 receptor agonists and their clinical implications in neuropsychiatric disorders / Yakup Albayrak, Kenji Hashimoto
    Role of sigma-1 receptor in cocaine abuse and neurodegenerative disease / Yu Cai, Lu Yang, Fang Niu, Ke Liao, Shilpa Buch
    Sigma receptors and substance use disorders / Valentina Sabino, Callum Hicks, Pietro Cottone
    Stimulation of the sigma-1 receptor and the effects on neurogenesis and depressive behaviors in mice / Kohji Fukunaga, Shigeki Moriguchi
    Role of [sigma]1 receptors in learning and memory and Alzheimer's disease-type dementia / Tangui Maurice, Nino Goguadze
    Sigma-1 receptor in motoneuron disease / Renzo Mancuso, Xavier Navarro
    The sigma-1 receptor-A therapeutic target for the treatment of ALS? / Timur A. Mavlyutov, Erin M. Baker, Tasher M. Losenegger, Jaimie R. Kim, Brian Torres [and others]
    The role of sigma1R in mammalian retina / Jing Wang, Xuezhi Cui, Penny Roon, Alan Saul, Sylvia B. Smith
    Peeking into sigma-1 receptor functions through the retina / Timur A. Mavlyutov, Lian-Wang Guo
    The role of sigma 1 receptor as a neuroprotective target in glaucoma / Barbara Mysona, Neil Kansara, Jing Zhao, Kathryn Bollinger.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Changming Sun, Tomasz Bednarz, Tuan D. Pham, Pascal Vallotton, Dadong Wang, editors.
    Summary: Signal and image analysis techniques are becoming more widely used in biomedical and life science applications. With an emphasis on applications of computational models for solving modern challenging problems in biomedical and life sciences, this book aims to bring collections of articles from biologists, medical/biomedical and health science researchers together with computational scientists to focus on problems at the frontier of biomedical and life sciences. The goals of this book are to build interactions of scientists across several disciplines and to help industrial users apply advanced computational techniques for solving practical biomedical and life science problems. This book is for users in the fields of biomedical and life sciences who wish to keep abreast with the latest techniques in signal and image analysis. The book presents a detailed description to some of the applications. It can be used by those both at graduate and specialist levels.

    Contents:
    Visual Analytics of Signalling Pathways Using Time Profiles
    Modeling of Testosterone Regulation by Pulse-modulated Feedback
    Hybrid Algorithms for Multiple Change-Point Detection in Biological Sequence
    Stochastic Anomaly Detection in Eye-Tracking Data for Quantification of Motor Symptoms in Parkinson?s Disease
    Identification of the Reichardt Elementary Motion Detector Model.- Multi-Complexity Ensemble Measures for Gait Time Series Analysis: Application to Diagnostics, Monitoring and Biometrics
    Development of a Motion Capturing and Load Analyzing System for Caregivers Aiding a Patient to Sit Up in Bed
    Classifying Epileptic EEG Signals with Delay Permutation Entropy and Multi-Scale K-means
    Tracking of EEG Activity Using Motion Estimation to Understand Brain Wiring
    Towards Automated Quantitative Vasculature Understanding via Ultra High-Resolution Imagery
    Cloud Based Toolbox for Image Analysis, Processing and Reconstruction Tasks
    Pollen Image Classification Using the Classifynder System: Algorithm Comparison and a Case Study on New Zealand Honey
    Digital Image Processing and Analysis for Activated Sludge Wastewater Treatment
    A Complete System for 3D Reconstruction of Roots for Phenotypic Analysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    E. Priya, V. Rajinikanth, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the various automated and semi-automated signal and image processing techniques, as well as deep-learning-based image analysis techniques, used in healthcare diagnostics. It highlights a range of data pre-processing methods used in signal processing for effective data mining in remote healthcare, and discusses pre-processing using filter techniques, noise removal, and contrast-enhanced methods for improving image quality. The book discusses the status quo of artificial intelligence in medical applications, as well as its future. Further, it offers a glimpse of feature extraction methods for reducing dimensionality and extracting discriminatory information hidden in biomedical signals. Given its scope, the book is intended for academics, researchers and practitioners interested in the latest real-world technological innovations.

    Contents:

    Chapter 1. An Integrated Design of Fuzzy C-Means and NCA based Multi-Properties Features Reduction for Brain Tumor Recognition.-
    Chapter 2. Hybrid Image Processing based Examination of 2D Brain MRI Slices to Detect Brain Tumour/Stroke Section - A Study.-
    Chapter 3. Edge Enhancing Coherence Diffusion Filter for Level Set Segmentation and Asymmetry Analysis using Curvelets in Breast Thermograms.-
    Chapter 4. Lung Cancer Diagnosis Based on Image Fusion and prediction using CT and PET image.-
    Chapter 5. Segmentation and Validation of Infrared Breast Images using Weighted Level Set and Phase Congruency Edge Map Framework.-
    Chapter 6. Analysis of Material Profile for Polymer Based Mechanical Microgripper for Thin Plate Holding.-
    Chapter 7. Design and Testing of Elbow Actuated Wearable Robotic Arm for Muscular Disorders.-
    Chapter 8. A Comprehensive Study of Image Fusion Techniques and Their Applications.-
    Chapter 9. Multilevel Mammogram Image Analysis for Identifying Outliers, Misclassification using Machine Learning.-
    Chapter 10. A Review on Automatic Detection of Retinal Lesions in Fundus Images for Diabetic Retinopathy.-
    Chapter 11. Medical Image Watermarking: A Review on Wavelet Based Methods.-
    Chapter 12. EEG Signal Extraction Analysis Techniques.-
    Chapter 13. Classification of sEMG Signal based Arm Action using Convolutional Neural Network.-
    Chapter 14. An Automated Approach for the Identification of TB Images Enhanced by Non-uniform Illumination Correction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wilm van Drongelen.
    Summary: Signal Processing for Neuroscientists, Second Edition provides an introduction to signal processing and modeling for those with a modest understanding of algebra, trigonometry and calculus. With a robust modeling component, this book describes modeling from the fundamental level of differential equations all the way up to practical applications in neuronal modeling. It features nine new chapters and an exercise section developed by the author. Since the modeling of systems and signal analysis are closely related, integrated presentation of these topics using identical or similar mathematics presents a didactic advantage and a significant resource for neuroscientists with quantitative interest. Although each of the topics introduced could fill several volumes, this book provides a fundamental and uncluttered background for the non-specialist scientist or engineer to not only get applications started, but also evaluate more advanced literature on signal processing and modeling.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Yoichi Ando.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Human hearing system
    3. Analysis of sound signals
    4. Formulation and simulation of sound fields in an enclosure
    5. Magnetoencephalographic evoked responses to factors extracted from the autocorrelation function (ARC)/ the inter-aural cross-correlation function (IACF) factors
    6. Neural evidences related to subjective preference
    7. Temporal and spatial primary percepts of sound and the sound field
    8. Subjective preference of the sound field
    9. Temporal and spatial features of speech signals
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    IJsbrand M. Kramer.
    Contents:
    Prologue : signal transduction from an historical perspective
    An introduction to signal transduction
    Regulation of muscle contraction by adrenoceptors
    Cholinergic signaling and muscle contraction
    Sensory signal processing; visual transduction and olfaction
    Intracellular calcium
    Bringing the signal into the nucleus : regulation of gene expression
    Nuclear receptors
    Protein kinase c in oncogenic transformation and cell polarity
    Regulation of cell proliferation by receptor tyrosine protein kinases
    Signal transduction to and from adhesion molecules
    WNT signaling and the regulation of cell adhesion and differentiation
    Activation of the innate immune system : the toll-like receptor-4 and signaling through ubiquitinylation
    Chemokines and traffic of white blood cells
    Activating the adaptive immune system : role of non-receptor tyrosine kinases
    Signaling through the insulin receptor : phosphoinositide 3-kinases and AKT
    TGF[beta] and signaling through receptor serine/threonine protein kinases
    Protein phosphatases
    Cell fate determination by notch.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Smain Femmam.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Control, servo-mechanisms and system regulation
    Chapter 2. System process control
    Chapter 3. Actuators: modeling and analysis
    Chapter 4. Digital control and polynomial approach
    Chapter 5. NAO robot
    Chapter 6. Application problems with solutions
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Suresh R. Devasahayam.
    Summary: Physiology is a set of processes that maintain homeostasis, and physiological measurement is a means of observing these processes. Systems theory and signal processing offer formal tools for the study of processes and measured quantities. This book shows that systems modeling can be used to develop simulations of physiological systems, which use formal relations between the underlying processes and the observed measurements. The inverse of such relations suggest signal processing tools that can be applied to interpret experimental data. Both signal processing and systems modeling are invaluable in the study of human physiology. Discussing signal processing techniques ranging from filtering and spectrum analysis to wavelet analysis, the book also includesGraphs and analogies to supplement the mathematics and make the book more accessible to physiologists and also more interesting to engineers. Physiological systems modeling helps in both gaining insights and generating methods of analysis. This book shows how numerical computation with graphical display, haptics and multimedia can be used to simulate physiological systems. In this third edition the simulations are more closely related to clinical examination and experimental physiology than in previous editions. Detailed models of nerve and muscle at the cellular and systemic levels, and simplified models of cardiovascular blood flow provide examples for the mathematical methods and computer simulations. Several of the models are sufficiently sophisticated to be of value in understanding real world issues like neuromuscular disease. The book features expanded problem sets and a link to extra downloadable material, and simulation programs that are solutions to the theory developed in the text are also available.

    Contents:
    Module1-Introduction to Signal Measurement and Analysis in Physiology.- Chapter 1.1 Measurement, Analysis, Modelling and Simulation.- Chapter 1.2. Physiological Measurement
    ECG as an example.- Chapter 1.3. Sensors and Measurement.- Chapter 1.4. Characterizing Transducers
    A Systems Approach.- Chapter 1.5. Interference and Noise.- Chapter 1.6. Simulation of Systems and Virtual Experiments.- Chapter 1.7. Execises.- Module 2-Basics of Signals and Systems.- Chapter 2.1. Time Domain Signals and Systems.- Chapter 2.2. Linear Systems: Impulse Response.- Chapter 2.3. Frequency Decomposition of Signals.- Chapter 2.4. Frequency Response and Pole-Zero plots.- Chapter 2.5. Random Signals.- Chapter 2.6. Exercises.- Module 3-Signal Filtering and System Control for Physiology.- Chapter 3.1. Filters in Different Domains- Mechanical filters, particle filters, electrical filters.- Chapter 3.2. A Common Sense View of Optimal filtering.- Chapter 3.3. Formal Definition of Optimal Filtering.- Chapter 3.4. Standard Filters: LPF, HPF, BPF, BSF.- Chapter 3.5. Realization of Simple Filters, Ensemble Averaging.- Chapter 3.6. Filtering Physiological Signals.- Chapter 3.7. Feedback Control Systems.- Chapter 3.8. Exercises.- Module 4-Digitization and Discrete Systems.- Chapter 4.1. Digitization
    From the Physical World to Computers and Back Again.- Chapter 4.2. Sampling, Quantization and Reconstruction Methods.- Chapter 4.3. Discrete Systems
    Z transforms.- Chapter 4.4. Discretization of Systems
    Bilinear transforms.- Chapter 4.5. Digital Feedback Control and Hybrid Systems.- Chapter 4.6.Exercises.- Module 5-Discrete Signal Processing.- Chapter 5.1. Digital Filtering and Sytem Identification.- Chapter 5.2. Discrete Fourier Transforms.- Chapter 5.3. Power Spectrum and Short-Time Fourier Transform.- Chapter 5.4. The Wavelet Transform.- Chapter 5.5. Time-Series Analysis.- Chapter 5.6. Programming Exercises.- Module 6-Numerical Methods, Graphics and Haptics for Modeling.- Chapter 6.1. Introduction to Computer Simulations.- Chapter 6.2. Geometry of 3D graphics.- Chapter 6.3. Animation and Image Manipulation.- Chapter 6.4. Virtual Experiments.- Chapter 6.5. Using electromechanical systems to provide 'feel'
    haptics.- Chapter 6.6. Basic haptics design.- Chapter 6.7. Exercises.- Module 7-Model-based Analysis of Physiological Systems.- Chapter 7.1. Biophysical Models and Black-Box Models.- Chapter 7.2. Purpose of Physiological Modelling and Signal Analysis.- Chapter 7.3. System identification in Physiology
    sensory receptors, eye movement.- Chapter 7.4. Opening the Loop
    Estimating Loop Transfer Function.- Chapter 7.5. Experimental Methods for System identification.- Chapter 7.6. Model-Based Noise Reduction and Feature Extraction.- Chapter 7.7. Exercises.- Module 8-Nerve Action Potential, Propagation and Stimulation of Tissue.- Chapter 8.1. Nerve Excitation and Propagation.- Chapter 8.2. The Hodgkin-Huxley Model, Fluctuation Analysis.- Chapter 8.3.Action Potential Propagation.- Chapter 8.4. Stimulation of Nerves within Tissue.- Chapter 8.5. Strength-Duration and Recruitment Relations.- Chapter 8.6. Electrical and Magnetic Stimulation.- Chapter 8.7. Exercises.- Module 9-Skeletal Muscle Contraction.- Chapter 9.1. Skeletal Muscle Behaviour, Structure and Organization.- Chapter 9.2. The Sliding Filament Model.- Chapter 9.3. Force Generation: Huxley's Model.- Chapter 9.4. Linearization of Skeletal Muscle Models.- Chapter 9.5. Simple haptics models of skeletal muscle as a non-linear spring.- Chapter 9.6. Applications of Muscle Modelling.- Chapter 9.7.Exercises.- Module 10-Neural Firing Analysis.- Chapter 10.1. Neural Information Transmission.- Chapter 10.2. Pulse sequences and Modulation Theory.- Chapter 10.3.Estimating Nerve Firing Rate.- Chapter 10.4. Spike Detection and Demodulation.- Chapter 10.5. Applications of Firing Rate Demodulation.- Chapter 10.6. Exercise.- Module 11-The Electromyogram
    Modelling and Analysis.- Chapter 11.1.Recording Myoelectric Signals.- Chapter 11.2. Electrode Transfer Function.- Chapter 11.3. Motor Unit Action Potential.- Chapter 11.4. Voluntary EMG Model.- Chapter 11.5. EMG Analysis.- Chapter 11.6. Hear, see, feel
    adding realism to EMG models.- Chapter 11.7. Exercises.- Module 12-Neuromuscular Control.- Chapter 12.1.Neuromuscular Reflex.- Chapter 12.2. Unit of Movement: Two Muscle Joint.- Chapter 12.3. Modelling Reflex Control of Movement.- Chapter 12.4. Movement Analysis.- Chapter 12.5. Understanding Pathology Using Neuromuscular Models.- Chapter 12.6. Incorporating haptics in neuromuscular models.- Chapter 12.7. Simulating spasticity
    what we can simulate is what we understand.- Chapter 12.8. Exercises.- Module 13-Cardiovascular Modelling.- Chapter 13.1. The Cardiovascular System.- Chapter 13.2. Modelling Blood Flow.- Chapter 13.3. Electrical Analogue of Fluid Flow in Vessels.- Chapter 13.4. Model of Coronary Circulation.- Chapter 13.5. Simulating the 'feel' of pulse auscultation.- Chapter 13.6.Applications of Cardiovascular Modelling.- Chapter 13.7. Exercises.-Module 14-Immune Response to Infection.- Chapter 14.1. The Immune Response.-Chapter 14.2. Linearized Model of the Immune Response.- Chapter 14.3. System Equations.- Chapter 14.4. Stability Analysis.- Chapter 14.5. Extending the Model.- Chapter 14.6. Exercises.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Henry M. Adams, Jane Meschan Foy.
    Contents:
    Abdominal distention
    Abdominal pain
    Alopecia and hair shaft anomalies
    Amenorrhea
    Anemia and pallor
    Anxiety
    Ataxia
    Back pain
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Chest pain
    Constipation
    Cough
    Cyanosis
    Depression
    Diarrhea and steatorrhea
    Disruptive behavior and aggression
    Dizziness and vertigo
    Dysmenorrhea
    Dysphagia
    Dyspnea
    Dysuria
    Edema
    Epistaxis
    Extremity pain
    Facial dysmorphism
    Failure to thrive: pediatric undernutrition
    Family dysfunction
    Fatigue and weakness
    Fever
    Fever of unknown origin
    Foot and leg problems
    Gastrointestinal hemorrhage
    Gender expression and identity issues
    Headache
    Hearing loss
    Heart murmurs
    Hematuria
    Hemoptysis
    Hepatomegaly
    High blood pressure
    Hirsutism, hypertrichosis, and precocious sexual hair development
    Hoarseness
    Hyperhidrosis
    Hypotonia
    Inattention and impulsivity
    Irritabilitya and fussiness
    Jaundice
    Joint pain
    Learning difficulty
    Limp
    Loss of appetite
    Lymphadenopathy
    Macrocephaly
    Medically unexplained symptoms
    Microcephaly
    Nonconvulsive periodic disorders
    Odor (Unusual urine and body)
    Petechiae and purpura
    Polyuria
    Proteinuria
    Pruritus
    Puberty: normal and abnormal
    Rash
    Recurrent infections
    Red eye/pink eye
    School absenteeism and school refusal
    Scrotal swelling and pain
    Self-harm
    Self-stimulating behaviors
    Short stature
    Sleep disturbances (Nonspecific)
    Speech and language concerns
    Splenomegaly
    Stridor
    Substance use: initial approach in primary care
    Symptoms of emotional disturbance in young children
    Syncope
    Temper
    Tics
    Torticollis
    Vaginal bleeding
    Vaginal discharge
    Vomiting
    Weight loss
    Wheezing
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Rebecca Dresser.
    Summary: The research ethics system was created without the help of people who know what it is like to be a research subject. This is a serious omission. Experts have overlooked ethical issues that matter to subjects. Silent Partners moves subjects to the forefront, giving them a voice in research ethics.

    Contents:
    Subject perspectives : the missing element in research ethics
    Personal knowledge and study participation
    The everyday ethics of human research
    The hidden world of subjects : rule-breaking in clinical trials
    Participants as partners in genetic research
    Terminally ill patients and the right to try experimental drugs
    Embedded ethics in developing country research
    Research subjects as literary subjects
    How to hear subjects.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Xin Jin (Joseph) Zhou, Zoltan G. Laszik, Tibor Nadasdy, Vivette D. D'Agati.
    Summary: Approximately ten percent of the world population are affected by kidney diseases, which often can only be diagnosed by renal biopsy. This practical guide offers an algorithmic, deductive approach to the interpretation of this complicated procedure, covering all technical methods used for diagnosis. This new edition includes an authoritative chapter on digital renal pathology, a topic inadequately covered in current literature. All chapters have been extensively revised in light of major advances in the understanding of the pathogenesis and clinicopathological features of renal disease. Written for practising pathologists and nephrologists, this text encompasses the entire spectrum of medical renal diseases in both pediatric and adult populations. Its numerous diagnostic algorithms provide a convenient overview and a helpful guide into the detailed text, directing the reader to major patterns of interest. Including online access to over 1000 photomicrographs and diagrams, this book is also of interest to trainees in nephrology and pathology.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Huiliang Cao.
    Contents:
    Bioinspired synthesis of silver nanoparticles : characterization, mechanism, and applications
    Tuning the properties of silver monolayer for biological applications
    Synergistic antimicrobial activity of silver and chitosan
    Titania nanotubes as silver nanoparticle carriers to prevent implant-associated infection
    Polymer-silver nanocomposites : preparation, characterization, and antibacterial mechanism
    Dissolution of silver nanoparticles
    Silver as an antimicrobial agent : the resistance issue
    The risks of silver nanoparticles to human body
    Imunomodulatory activities of silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) in human neutrophils
    Evaluating the interactions of silver nanoparticles and mammalian cells based on biomices technologies
    Methods and tools for assessing nanomaterials and uses and regulation of nanosilver in Europe
    Toward selectively toxic silver nanoparticles
    Orthopaedic implant-associated infections : pathogenesis, clinical presentation and management
    Dental implant infection : typical causes and control
    Guidelines for nanosilver-based antibacterial devices.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Scott C. Sherman ; contributing authors, Ghazala Q. Sharieff [and 31 others] ; with illustrations by Susan Gilbert and Catherine Delphia.
    Summary: Companion videos presents step-by-step procedures for splinting, arthrocentesis, injections, and reduction of fractures and dislocations. The book's Fracture Index illustrates every posssible fracturee of each bone.

    Contents:
    General principles
    Anesthesia and analgesia
    Rheumatology
    Complications
    Special imaging techniques
    Pediatrics
    Approach to neck and back pain
    Specific disorders of the spine
    Cervical spine trauma
    Thoracolumbar spine trauma
    Hand
    Wrist
    Forearm
    Elbow
    Upper arm
    Shoulder
    Pelvis
    Hip
    Thigh
    Knee
    Leg
    Ankle
    Foot.
  • Digital
    editor, Scott C. Sherman.
    Contents:
    General principles / R. Darrell Nelson and Jonah Gunalda
    Anesthesia and analgesia / Tarlan Hedayati
    Rheumatology / Todd Taylor, Usama Khalid, and Jehangir Meer
    Complications / Erik Nordquist
    Special imaging techniques / Joy L. English
    Pediatrics / Ghazala Q. Sharieff
    Approach to neck and back pain / Zheng Ben Ma and Emily Senecal Miller
    Specific disorders of the spine / Andrew D. Perron and Carl A. Germann
    Cervical spine trauma / Michael E. Nelson
    Thoracolumbar spine trauma / Sean Dyer
    Hand / David E. Manthey and Kim L. Askew
    Wrist / Andrea L. Blome and Megan E. Healy
    Forearm / Eric Toth and James Webley
    Elbow / Carl A. Germann and Brook M. Goddard
    Upper arm / Casey Glass
    Shoulder / Adnan Hussain and Sanjeev Malik
    Pelvis / Hany Y. Atallah
    Hip / Gregory W. Hendey
    Thigh / Rachel R. Bengtzen and Alexander P. Skog
    Knee / Michael C. Bond
    Leg / Adriana Segura Olson, George Chiampas, and Jacob Stelter
    Ankle / Moira Davenport and Madison Galasso
    Foot / Dennis Hanlon and Christopher Morris.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    Filippo Castoldi, Davide Blonna, Marco Assom, editors.
    Summary: The treatment of humeral fractures is a complex issue and the source of considerable controversy. In the case of fractures of the proximal humerus, early range of motion is the main aim of treatment. If a fracture modifies the anatomy or function of the glenohumeral and scapulothoracic joints, the surgeon must adhere meticulously to treatment principles in order to ensure a satisfactory outcome. Humeral shaft fractures are frequent, accounting for 1% to 3% of all fractures in adults; while excellent functional results have been reported with nonoperative management, open reduction and internal fixation is preferred in specific clinical settings. In contrast, intra-articular fractures of the distal humerus are frequently complex and full functional recovery is difficult to achieve. This volume clearly explains the concepts that are central to an understanding of humeral fractures from the proximal to the distal tip. Indications for different forms of treatment, including nonsurgical, are presented in detail, and all of the commonly used fixation techniques are described with the help of high-quality illustrations. Further important aspects such as complications, rehabilitation, and treatment of sequelae are also fully considered. This book will be an invaluable and comprehensive aid for all surgeons who treat humeral fractures.

    Contents:
    PART 1. Proximal humerus: 1. Main anatomy
    2. Understanding the Fracture
    3. Operating theatre setup
    4. Closed reduction principles
    5. Surgical Approaches
    6. Percutaneous fixation: when and how
    7. ORIF in three-/four-part fractures
    8. Intramedullary nail rationale and surgical technique
    9. Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty
    10. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty
    11. Surgical neck fracture
    12. The tuberosities
    13. Malunions of the tuberosity
    14. Nerve injuries
    15. Fracture dislocations
    16. Treatment of the sequelae
    17. Conservative treatment
    PART 2. The diaphysis: 18. Surgical anatomy
    19. Radial palsy and humerus fractures
    20. Internal Fixation: plate or IM Nail
    21. External fixation
    22. Periprosthetic fracture
    PART 3. Distal Humerus: 23. Surgical anatomy
    24. Surgical approaches and fracture pattern
    25. Internal fixation principles
    26. Prosthesis
    27. External fixation when and how
    28. Malunion and non union
    29. Terrible triad.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Byung In Han.
    Summary: This book describes a streamlined version of vestibular rehabilitation therapy (VRT), an exercise-based approach that is of proven value in the treatment of vertigo and dizziness. This simplified form of VRT is intended for use in primary healthcare facilities. As Dr. Han had practiced martial art and ballet, he could pick out necessary movements from those art forms. The selected movements were used to make the VRT exercises. The opening part describes the indications for and the principles of VRT and provides general information on key exercises. The role of VRT in patients with central dizziness is then discussed. The remainder of the book offers clear, precise guidance on the exercises used in simplified VRT, covering general exercises, gaze stability exercises, postural stability exercises, and habituation exercises. The text is supported by numerous photographs that will help both clinicians and patients to implement the exercises correctly and effectively.

    Contents:
    Vestibular Rehabilitation Therapy: Review of Indications, Mechanisms, and Key Exercises
    Vestibular Rehabilitation in Central Dizziness
    Implementing the exercises.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Saurabh Jain.
    Summary: This book provides a clear, concise and easy to understand guide to the diagnosis and management of strabismus. Throughout the text, a practical approach to examining, diagnosing and treating patients with strabismus is utilised, supported with case studies in the form of patient photographs and ocular motility videos. Flowcharts and tables are included, together with evidence based management plans and suggestions for further reading. Simplifying Strabismus: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management is aimed at optometrists, junior and senior ophthalmologists, as well as any medical professional wishing to improve their knowledge of strabismus. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Making sense of strabismus
    Anatomy of the extraocular muscles
    Applied physiology of eye movements
    Examining a patient with strabismus
    Orthoptic assessment of a patient with strabismus
    Concomitant strabismus
    Paralytic strabismus
    Supranuclear disorders
    Alphabet patterns in strabismus
    Strabismus in systemic disease
    Other forms of incomitant strabismus
    Surgical and non-surgical treatment of strabismus.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael F. Klaassen, Earle Brown, Felix Behan.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by Vicki Moran, Rita Wunderlich, Cynthia Rubbelke.
    Summary: This book focuses on evidence-based standards for simulation in nursing education. The foundational principle of simulation excellence and its relevance to nursing is defined and infuses throughout the book. It also discusses necessary components for quality simulation from development to implementation. These areas include (but are not limited to): theoretical background, accreditation and approval standards, the simulation environment, developing and implementing simulations, and debriefing. These subject areas are approached following a thorough review of the literature and current practices identified from the International Nursing Association for Clinical Simulation and Learning (INACSL), Society for Simulation in Healthcare (SSH), National League for Nursing (NLN) and State Boards of Nursing. This quick reference title will become the best practice standards for simulation excellence in nursing education.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Simulation in Nursing Education
    Chapter 2: Standards in Simulation
    Chapter 3: Simulation Environments
    Chapter 4: Developing Simulations
    Chapter 5: Implementing Simulations
    Chapter 6: Putting It All Together.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Harry Owen.
    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    Part I
    2 Early Examples of Simulation in Training and Healthcare
    3 Simulation in Medical Science
    Part II
    4 Simulation in Obstetrics and Midwifery
    Part III
    5 Simulators and Teaching Aids Used in Teaching Medicine
    6 Simulation in Surgery
    7 Simulation in Oto-, Rhino-, and Laryngology
    8 Simulation in the Treatment of Eye Disorders
    9 Simulation in Nursing
    10 Simulation and Teaching in Resuscitation and Trauma Management
    11 Simulation in Dentistry and Dental Hygiene
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jozef Rovensky, Manfred Herold, Martina Vasakova.
    Summary: Sine syndromes (SSs) represent atypical forms of inflammatory rheumatic diseases, the courses of which are often severe. While the diagnosis of rheumatic diseases can be determined according to an established set of diagnostic criteria based on clinical characteristics and laboratory parameters, Sine Syndromes do not fulfill the standard criteria used to assist in the classification of patients with rheumatological disorders. This concise book gives an overview of atypical courses in common inflammatory rheumatic diseases such as Wegener's granulomatosis, systemic sclerosis, Sjögren's syndrome, or systemic lupus erythematosus. Each chapter reviews similar cases reported in the literature and presents current data on treatment options. Drawing on their vast clinical experience, the editors provide a series of detailed case reports in order to illustrate the different types of disease. The book is intended to facilitate early diagnosis and effective therapy in patients where a schematic approach may not prove sufficient. Sine Syndromes in Rheumatology will serve as a useful and easily accessible reference for specialists in rheumatology as well as for practitioners in the fields of internal medicine, pediatrics, and orthopedics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Giusto Pignata, Francesco Corcione, Umberto Bracale, editors.
    Summary: Single-access laparoscopic surgery (SALS), performed using a single transumbilical access, has recently proved to bring advantages over other forms of laparoscopic surgery due to the reduction in the number of incisions and the consequent decrease in morbidity, less blood loss and postoperative pain. Furthermore, cosmesis may be improved because incision within the umbilicus renders surgery virtually scarless. Nevertheless, as with all new surgical concepts, questions may be raised regarding safety, usefulness, and appropriateness. This book analyzes the use of SALS for different indications and abdominal surgical procedures based on a careful literature review of the experience of the most important surgical teams employing this approach and also the authors' personal observations. The coverage is broad, encompassing, for example, the role of SALS in appendectomy, repair of abdominal wall defects, cholecystectomy, gastric surgery, nephrectomy, splenectomy, hemicolectomy, and pancreatic, liver, and gynecological surgery. Resident surgeons specializing in laparoscopy, researchers, and related healthcare professionals will find Single-Access Laparoscopic Surgery to be an invaluable source of information in an area which deserves to receive detailed attention.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1.Introduction: From Multiport Laparoscopic Surgery to Single Port Laparoscopic Surgery
    2.SingleAccess Laparoscopic Appendectomy
    3.Single-access Laparoscopic Abdominal Wall Defect Repair
    4.Single-access Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    5.Single-access Laparoscopic Surgery for Obesity
    6.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gastric Surgery (Hiatal Hernia Repair and Gastric Resections)
    7.Single-access Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    8.Single-access Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
    9.Single-access Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy
    10.Single-access Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection
    11.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Pancreatic Surgery
    12.Single-access Laparoscopic Liver Resections
    13.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gynecological Surgery
    14.Single-access Robotic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jianqin Gu, Xiangdong Wang.
    Contents:
    1. Can the single cell make biomedicine different?
    2. Automated single-cell analysis and isolation system: a paradigm shift in cell screening methods for bio-medicines
    3. Single-cell non-coding RNA in embryonic development
    4. High throughput single cell RNA sequencing, bioinformatics analysis and applications
    5. Circulating tumor cells: the importance of single cell analysis
    6. Super-resolution fluorescence microscopy for single cell imaging
    7. Single cell proteomics for molecular targets in lung cancer: high-dimensional data acquistion and analysis
    8. Therapeutic antibody discovery in infectious diseases using single-cell analysis
    9. Single cell genetics and epigenetics in early embryo: from oocyte to blastocyst
    10. The potential roles and advantages of single cell sequencing in the diagnosis and treatment of hematological malignancies
    11. Application of single cell sequencing in cancer
    12. Emergence of bias during the synthesis and amplification of cDNA for scRNA-seq
    13. Detection and application of RNA editing in cancer
    14. Is pooled CRISPR-screening the dawn of a new era for functional genomics
    15. Roles of single cell systems biomedicine in lung diseases
    16. The significance of single-cell biomedicine in stem cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Anup K. Singh and Aarthi Chandrasekaran.
    Contents:
    Single-cell western blotting
    A microfluidic device for immunoassay-based protein analysis of single E. coli bacteria
    Enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISpot) for single-cell analysis
    Photocleavable DNA barcoding antibodies for multiplexed protein analysis in single cells
    Genome-wide analysis of protein and mRNA copy numbers in single escherichia coli cells with single-molecule sensitivity
    Microfluidic flow cytometry for single-cell protein analysis
    Microfluidic image cytometry for single-cell phenotyping of human pluripotent stem cells
    Characterizing phenotypes and signaling networks of single human cells by mass cytometry
    Multiplexed peptide-MHC tetramer staining with mass cytometry
    Imaging and mapping of tissue constituents at the single-call level using MALDI MSI and quantitative laser scanning cytometry
    SPLIFF: A single-cell method to map protein-protein interactions in time and space
    Microfluidic proximity ligation assay for profiling signaling networks with single-cell resolution
    Dynamics and interactions of individual proteins in the membrane of single, living cells
    Microfluidics-enabled enzyme activity measurement in single cells
    Microfluidic chemical cytometry for enzyme assays of single cells
    Quantitative detection of nucleocytoplasmic transport of native proteins in single cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Buwei Yu, Jiaqiang Zhang, Yiming Zeng, Li Li, Xiangdong Wang, editors.
    Summary: With the rapid development of biotechnologies, single-cell sequencing has become an important tool for understanding the molecular mechanisms of diseases, defining cellular heterogeneities and characteristics, and identifying intercellular communications and single-cell-based biomarkers. Providing a clear overview of the clinical applications, the book presents state-of-the-art information on immune cell function, cancer progression, infection, and inflammation gained from single-cell DNA or RNA sequencing. Furthermore, it explores the role of target gene methylation in the pathogenesis of diseases, with a focus on respiratory cancer, infection and chronic diseases. As such it is a valuable resource for clinical researchers and physicians, allowing them to refresh their knowledge and improve early diagnosis and therapy for patients.

    Contents:
    Values of single-cell sequencing and methylation in molecular diagnosis and therapy
    Single-cell sequencing in human diseases
    Single-cell sequencing of T cell receptors: A perspective on the technological development and translational application
    DNA Methylation in pulmonary fibrosis
    Molecular regulation and clinical significance of caveolin-1 methylation in chronic lung diseases
    Research advances on DNA methylation in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
    DNA Methylation in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Single cell sequencing: a new dimension in cancer diagnosis
    The Role of Methylation in the CpG Island of the ARHI Promoter Region in Cancers
    Clinical Significance of P16 Gene Methylation in Lung Cancer
    Application of single-cell RNA sequencing in pancreatic cancer and the endocrine pancreas
    Single Cell Sequencing in GU Malignancies
    PI3K Isoform-Selective Inhibitors in Cancer
    Single cell RNA sequencing in human disease: Renal, pancreatic, and viral diseases
    Single-cell sequencing in human genital infections
    PI3kinase Inhibitors in Thrombosis and Cardiovascular Disease
    Use of single-cell microfluidic technology towards therapeutic antibody discovery from single B cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Xiangdong Wang, editor ; honor editors, Xiaoming Chen, Zhihong Sun, Jinglin Xia.
    Summary: The volume focuses on the genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and bioinformatics of a single cell, especially lymphocytes and on understanding the molecular mechanisms of systems immunology. Based on the author?s personal experience, it provides revealing insights into the potential applications, significance, workflow, comparison, future perspectives and challenges of single-cell sequencing for identifying and developing disease-specific biomarkers in order to understand the biological function, activation and dysfunction of single cells and lymphocytes and to explore their functional roles and responses to therapies. It also provides detailed information on individual subgroups of lymphocytes, including cell characters, function, surface markers, receptor function, intracellular signals and pathways, production of inflammatory mediators, nuclear receptors and factors, omics, sequencing, disease-specific biomarkers, bioinformatics, networks and dynamic networks, their role in disease and future prospects. Dr. Xiangdong Wang is a Professor of Medicine, Director of Shanghai Institute of Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of Fudan University Center for Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of the Biomedical Research Center of Zhongshan Hospital, Deputy Director of Shanghai Respiratory Research Institute, Shanghai, China.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Wai Lun Law, Conor P. Delaney, editors.
    Summary: Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery provide a comprehensive and state-of-the art review of single incision laparoscopic and transanal colorectal surgery. The text concentrates on surgical techniques and tricks in single incision laparoscopic and transanal surgery with detailed descriptions of the techniques, as well as indications and limitations of the procedures. The newly available evidence on these procedures is emphasized and all procedures are richly illustrated with diagrams and photos. Written by experts in their fields, Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery is a valuable resource for general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, laparoscopic GI surgeons, surgical residents and fellows in training interested in these two rapidly developing fields in colorectal surgery.

    Contents:
    Platforms and Instruments (principles of single incision laparoscopic colorectal surgery, available platforms and instruments)
    Single Incision Laparoscopic Right Colectomy
    Single Incision Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
    SILS Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch-Anal Anastomosis (IPAA)
    Low Anterior Resection and Total Mesorectal Excision
    Tricks and Routes to Success
    Robotic Single Port Colorectal Surgery
    Current Evidence for Single Incision Laparoscopic Colectomy
    Local Excision for Low Rectal Cancer: From Mucosectomy to Endolumen Loco-Regional Resection: Tips And Tricks
    Hybrid NOTES Colectomy for Left-sided Colonic Tumors
    Transanal Endoluminal Total Mesorectal Resection (Tetmr) by Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery
    Transanal Excision: Development, Technique and Evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Spies and Yann R. Chemla.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Direct fluorescent imaging of translocation and unwinding by individual DNA helicases
    Chapter 2. Single-molecule imaging with one color fluorescence
    Chapter 3. Measuring membrane protein dimerization equilibrium in lipid bilayers by single-molecule fluorescence microsopy
    Chapter 4. Fluorescent labeling of proteins in whole cell extracts for single-molecule imaging
    Chapter 5. Quantifying the assembly of multicomponent molecular machines by single-molecule total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
    Chapter 6. How to measure separations and angles between intramolecular fluorescent markers
    Chapter 7. Precisely and accurately inferring single-molecule rate constants
    Chapter 8. Quantification of functional dynamics of membrane proteins reconstituted in nanodiscs membranes by single turnover functional readout
    Chapter 9. Putting Humpty-Dumpty together: clustering the functional dynamics of single biomolecular machines such as the splicosome
    Chapter 10. Single-molecule FRET to measure conformational dynamics of DNA mismatch repair proteins
    Chapter 11. Single-molecule confocal FRET microscopy to dissect conformational changes in the catalytic cycle of DNA topoisomerases
    Chapter 12. Probing the conformational landscape of DNA polymerases using diffusion-based single-molecule FRET
    Chapter 13. Methods for investigating DNA accessibility with single nucleosomes
    Chapter 14. Single-molecule fluorescence studies of fast protein folding
    Chapter 15. Single-molecule multicolor FRET assay for studying structural dynamics of biomolecules
    Chapter 16. A multicolor single-molecule FRET approach to study protein dynamics and interactions simultaneously
    Chapter 17. Interferometric scattering microscopy for the study of molecular motors
    Chapter 18. Enzyme kinetics in femtoliter arrays
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Riccardo Bertolo, Jihad Kaouk.
    Contents:
    1. The evolution of robotic single-port dedicated platforms / Riccardo Autorino, Christopher Bednarz, Fairleigh Reeves and Prokar Dasgupta
    2. Applications of single-port robotic platforms in urology: an overview / Marcio Covas Moschovas and Vipul Patel
    3. Single-port robot-assisted radical prostatectomy: transperitoneal versus extraperitoneal approach / Grace Chen and Simone Crivellaro
    4. The re-discovery of alternative access to the pelvic fossa: the role of the single-port robotic platform / Juan Garisto, Venkat M. Ramakrishnan, Riccardo Bertolo and Jihad Kaouk
    5. The evolution of single-port robot-assisted transperineal radical prostatectomy / Riccardo Bertolo, Juan Garisto and Jihad Kaouk
    6. Robotic single-port surgery for kidney and upper urinary tract cancers / Paul Kogan and Ronney Abaza
    7. Robot-assisted single-port radical cystectomy and intracorporeal urinary diversion / Fahad Sheckley, Michelle Kruse, Mubashir Billah, Juan Garisto and Mutahar Ahmed
    8. Single-port robotic ureteral reconstruction / Nathan Cheng and Michael Stifelman
    9. Single-port robotic surgery for kidney transplantation and autotransplantation / Alireza Aminsharifi, Mahmoud Abou Zeinab and Jihad Kaouk
    10. Comparison of perioperative outcomes and costs between single-port and standard multiport robot-assisted surgeries in urology / Shirley L. Wang, Andrew T. Gabrielson, Phillip M. Pierorazio and Mohamad E. Allaf
    11. Future perspectives: natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery / Alireza Aminsharifi, Riccardo Bertolo, Christian Huge and Wesley M. White.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Single surgical procedures series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Nabil F. Saba, Derrick T. Lin, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the standard surgical, radiotherapeutic, and systemic management of sinonasal and skull base tumors. It provides up-to-date information on epidemiology, diagnostic modalities, molecular biology, staging, treatment complications, principles of supportive care, and current controversies. Sinonasal and skull base tumors display histologic and anatomic heterogeneity, as well as wide variation in clinical behavior. Accordingly, they pose significant diagnostic and treatment challenges. A multidisciplinary approach offers the best chance of a successful outcome. In addition to documenting in detail the currently accepted management approaches, this book sheds light on various promising novel therapeutic strategies. Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies is an invaluable reference for all specialists involved in treating these tumors, including otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, reconstructive surgeons, medical and radiation oncologists, neuroradiologists, specialized head and neck pathologists, prosthodontists, and speech and swallow therapists.

    Contents:
    The Etiology and Epidemiology of Sinonasal Malignancies
    Radiology and Diagnostic Approaches to Sinonasal Malignancies and Skull Base Tumors
    The Pathology of Common Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies
    Open Approaches to Sinonasal Tumors
    Reconstruction and Rehabilitation after Surgical Ablation of the Paranasal Sinuses
    Endoscopic Resection of Sinonasal Tumors
    Endoscopic Reconstruction of the Skull Base
    Radiation Therapy for Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors
    Theroleofsystemictherapyandtargetedapproaches for the treatment of sinonasal malignancies,- Complications of Surgical Management of Skull Base and Sinonasal Malignancies
    Supportive care for patients with sinonasal and skull base tumors
    Rare Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ronald Younes, Nabih Nader, Georges Khoury, editors.
    Summary: Placement of endosseous implants in the posterior maxilla is often difficult because of a lack of supporting bone. Sinus augmentation procedures have therefore been extensively used for the treatment of the edentulous atrophic posterior maxilla prior to implant placement. This book describes in detail the most widely used sinus grafting techniques as well as some innovative variations, with full coverage of both lateral and crestal approaches. A key aim is to assist the practitioner in selecting the appropriate sinus grafting technique based on the evaluation of a number of parameters that are described in detail and codified in a simple and practical way. Up-to-date information is also provided on grafting materials and on potential complications of sinus augmentation procedures and their treatment.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Biologic Basis of Sinus Grafting
    Anatomical and Physiological Considerations for Sinus Augmentation
    Update on Grafting Materials
    Lateral Sinus Grafting Approach
    Crestal Sinus Grafting Approach
    Guidelines for Optimal Treatment
    Complications
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mark E. Mehle, editor.
    Summary: This volume serves as a comprehensive and useful guide for ENT and allergy physicians in the recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of patients who suffer from sinus headaches and migraines. The text reviews key issues such as identification and management of migraine, and appropriate surgical and nonsurgical treatment that is often not part of ENT or allergy resident training. With 20% of women and 6% of men having migraines (only 50% recognized) this text also serves to expand management options to physicians already medically or surgically treating sinuses or seeing cosmetic patients with head and neck concerns. Other forms of intervention in migraineurs, such as surgery, Botulinum Toxin injections and adjunctive and integrative therapy, are covered. Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist will be an invaluable resource for ENT and allergy specialists, and any physician or medical professional with an interest in sinus headache or migraine.

    Contents:
    Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist: an Introduction
    Anatomy and Pathophysiology of Migraine
    Differential Diagnosis and Workup of the Headache Patient: Should I Order a Scan?
    Pharmacological Management of Migraine
    Botulinum Toxin for Migraine Headaches
    Sinus Headache and Rhinogenic Headache
    Allergic Rhinitis and Migraine Headache
    Vestibular Migraine
    Migraine Co-Morbidities
    Surgery for Migraine: An Evidence-Based Review
    Adjunctive and Integrative Therapy in Migraine Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    by Botha De Meillon, David H.S. Davis and Felicity Hardy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L179.A2 D3 1961
    1
  • Digital
    Michael J. Aminoff, MD, DSc, FRCP, Professor of Neurology, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California.
    Contents:
    An introductory snapshot
    In the beginning
    London and the Great Windmill Street School
    Anatomy of the expression of emotions
    Behind the glories of war
    Swings and roundabouts
    In and out of the central nervous system
    The organization of the nervous system
    Clinical observations on the nervous system
    For God and country
    New classrooms : old struggles
    The ebbing tide
    To each his due.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kato Shum and John Rossi.
    Contents:
    Synthesis and conjugation of small interfering ribonucleic neutral SiRNNs / Alexander S. Hamil and Steven F. Dowdy - - Liver-targeted SiRNA delivery using biodegradable poly(amide) polymer conjugates / Stephanie E. Barrett and Erin N. Guidry
    PepFect6 mediated SiRNA delivery into organotypic cultures / Suvarna Dash-Wagh, Ülo Langel, and Mats Ulfendahl
    Highly efficient SiRNA delivery mediated by cationic helical polypeptides and polypeptide-based nanosystems / Lichen Yin, Nan Zheng, and Jianjun Cheng
    Disulfide-bridged cleavable PEGylation of poly- L -lysine for SiRNA delivery / Min Tang ... [et al.]
    Preparation of a cyclic RGD : modified liposomal SiRNA formulation for use in active targeting to tumor and tumor endothelial cells / Yu Sakurai, Tomoya Hada, and Hideyoshi Harashima
    Multifunctional envelope-type nano device containing a pH-sensitive cationic lipid for efficient delivery of short interfering RNA to hepatocytes in vivo / Yusuke Sato, Hideyoshi Harashima, and Michinori Kohara
    Bioreducible poly (beta-amino ester)s for intracellular delivery of SiRNA / Kristen L. Kozielski and Jordan J. Green
    Preparation of polyion complex micelles using block copolymers for SiRNA delivery / Hyun Jin Kim ... [et al.]
    Delivery of small interfering RNAs to cells via exosomes / Jessica Wahlgren ... [et al.]
    Dendrimer nanovectors for SiRNA delivery / Xiaoxuan Liu and Ling Peng
    Chitosan nanoparticles for SiRNA delivery in vitro / Héloïse Ragelle ... [et al.]
    Non-covalently functionalized of single-walled carbon nanotubes by DSPE-PEG-PEI for SiRNA delivery / King Sun Siu ... [et al.]
    SiRNA in vivo-targeted delivery to murine dendritic cells by oral administration of recombinant yeast / Kun Xu ... [et al.]
    TLR9-targeted SiRNA delivery in vivo / Dewan Md Sakib Hossain ... [et al.]
    Aptamer-MiRNA conjugates for cancer cell-targeted delivery / Carla L. Esposito, Silvia Catuogno, and Vittorio de Franciscis
    Method for confirming cytoplasmic delivery of RNA aptamers / David D. Dickey ... [et al.]
    Hapten-binding bispecific antibodies for the targeted delivery of SiRNA and SiRNA-containing nanoparticles / Irmgard S. Thorey ... [et al.]
    Stable delivery of CCR5-directed shRNA into human primary peripheral blood mononuclear cells and hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells via a lentiviral vector / Saki Shimizu, Swati Seth Yadav, and Dong Sung An
    Hepatic delivery of artificial micro RNAs using helper- dependent adenoviral vectors / Carol Crowther, Betty Mowa, and Patrick Arbuthnot
    Intravascular AAV9 administration for delivering RNA silencing constructs to the CNS and periphery / Brett D. Dufour and Jodi L. McBride
    Efficient gene suppression in dorsal root ganglia and spinal cord using adeno-associated virus vectors encoding short-hairpin RNA / Mitsuhiro Enomoto ... [et al.]
    Synthetic SiRNA delivery : progress and prospects / Thomas C. Roberts ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shrestha Ghosh.
    Summary: This book illustrates the activities of mammalian sirtuin SIRT6 in connection with DNA damage repair and premature aging. It mainly presents research on the nuclear lamin A, notably the upregulation of p53 and acetylation etc. Taken together, these studies reveal the various regulatory roles of SIRT6, which are of substantial biological relevance in DNA damage repair, aging and longevity, and can have significant implications in devising therapeutic strategies to combat age-associated pathologies. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of genetics, cell biology, molecular biology etc.

    Contents:
    Intro; Supervisor's Foreword; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Contributors; Acronyms and Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Premature Aging and Genomic Instability; 1.1.1 Chronological Aging and Premature Aging; 1.1.2 A Brief Background of Progeroid Syndromes; 1.1.3 Genomic Instability and Premature Aging; 1.2 Lamins and Laminopathies; 1.2.1 The Nuclear Lamins; 1.2.2 A Brief Outlook of Laminopathies; 1.2.3 Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome (HGPS); 1.2.4 Atypical HGPS Conditions; 1.3 Role of Sirtuins in Premature Aging 1.3.1 Sirtuins ... At a Glance1.3.2 Sirt1; 1.3.3 Sirt2; 1.3.4 Sirt3; 1.3.5 Sirt4; 1.3.6 Sirt5; 1.3.7 Sirt6; 1.3.8 Sirt7; 1.4 An Overview of SIRT6; 1.4.1 Structure and Localization of SIRT6; 1.4.2 Diverse Functions of SIRT6; 1.4.3 Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6; 1.4.4 Perspectives; 1.5
    p53: In a Nutshell; 1.5.1 Domains of p53 and Their Associated Functions; 1.5.2 Mechanisms of p53 Activation and Regulation; 1.5.3 Perspectives; 1.6 Hypotheses and Objectives of Study; 1.6.1 Hypothesis I: A Potential Interlinkage Between Lamins and SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair and Premature Aging 1.6.2 Hypothesis II: A Potential Functional Interlinkage Between SIRT6 and P53 in Accelerated Cellular Senescence and Premature Aging1.6.3 Hypothesis III: Other Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6 with Regulatory Roles in DNA Damage Repair Process; References; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Materials; 2.1.1 Cell Lines; 2.1.2 Mouse Lines; 2.1.3 Constructs; 2.1.4 Antibodies; 2.1.5 Reagents; 2.1.6 Primers; 2.2 Methods; 2.2.1 Cell Culture, Transfections and Treatment with Reagents; 2.2.2 Mouse Embryonic Fibroblast (MEF) Collection; 2.2.3 Genotyping of Tissues from Mice 2.2.18 Isolation of Bone Marrow Stromal Cells, and Cells from Thymus and Spleen2.2.19 Immunostaining for Fluorescence-Activated Cell Sorting (FACS) Analysis; 2.2.20 Annexin-V Staining; 2.2.21 Statistical Analysis; References; 3 Results-I. Lamin A is an Endogenous Activator of SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair Process; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Results; 3.2.1 Lamin A is a Direct Interacting Partner of SIRT6; 3.2.2 The Core Domain of SIRT6 Plays a Critical Role in Interacting with Lamin A; 3.2.3 The C-Terminus of Lamin A Dictates Its Binding with SIRT6; 3.2.4 Lamin A Enhances SIRT6 Deacetylase Activity
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Riekelt H. Houtkooper, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Biochemistry and enzymology of sirtuins
    2. NAD as a pharmacological tool to boost sirtuin activity
    3. Protein lysine acylation: abundance, dynamics and function
    4. SIRT1 in metabolic health and disease
    5. Deacetylation by SIRT3 relieves inhibition of mitochondrial protein function
    6. SIRT5 reveals novel enzymatic activities of sirtuins
    7. Diverse roles of SIRT6 in mammalian healthspan and logevity
    8. Sirtuins in cancer, emerging role as modulators of metabolic reprogramming
    9. Sirtuins as metabolic modulators of muscle plasticity
    10. Sirtuins and aging
    11. Sirtuins and the circadian clock: epigenetic and metabolic crosstalk
    12. Sirtuin activation by small molecules
    13. Sirtuins: a future perspective
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Arnaud Gautier, Marlon J. Hinner.
    Contents:
    How FlAsH got its dparkle : historical recollections of the biarsenical-tetracysteine tag / B. Albert Griffin, Stephen R. Adams, and Roger Y. Tsien - - Site-specific protein labeling in the pharmaceutical industry : experiences from novartis drug discovery / Lukas Leder
    Getting across the cell membrane : an overview for small molecules, peptides, and proteins / Nicole J. Yang and Marlon J. Hinner
    Considerations and protocols for the synthesis of custom protein labeling probes / Ivan R. Corrêa Jr.
    2-Cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) condensation for site- specific labeling of proteins at the terminal cysteine residues / Lina Cui and Jianghong Rao
    Fluorescent labeling for patch-clamp fluorometry (PCF) measurements of real-time protein motion in ion channels / Thomas K. Berger and Ehud Y. Isacoff
    Fluorescent labeling of SNAP-tagged proteins in cells / Gražvydas Lukinavičius, Luc Reymond, and Kai Johnsson
    Halotag technology for specific and covalent labeling of fusion proteins / Hélène A. Benink and Marjeta Urh
    Ligation of synthetic peptides to proteins using semisynthetic protein trans-splicing / Julian C.J. Matern ... [et al.]
    Chemical-tag labeling of proteins using fully recombinant split inteins / Anne-Lena Bachmann ... [et al.]
    Phage selection assisted by Sfp phosphopantetheinyl transferase-catalyzed site-specific protein labeling / Bo Zhao ... [et al.]
    Site-specific biotinylation of purified proteins using BirA / Michael Fairhead and Mark Howarth
    Site-specific labeling of proteins via sortase : protocols for the molecular biologist / Maximilian Wei-Lin Popp
    BONCAT: metabolic labeling, click chemistry, and affinity purification of newly synthesized proteomes / Peter Landgraf, Elmer R. Antileo, Erin M. Schuman, and Daniela C. Dieterich
    Genetic encoding of unnatural amino acids for labeling proteins / Kathrin Lang , Lloyd Davis, and Jason W. Chin
    Labeling proteins by affinity-guided DMAP chemistry / Tomonori Tamura and Itaru Hamachi
    Ligand-directed tosyl chemistry for selective native protein labeling in vitro, in cells, and in vivo / Shinya Tsukiji and Itaru Hamachi.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eun-Ok Im, Afaf I. Meleis, editors.
    Summary: This book fills the gap in the literature on nursing theories by presenting the background information on situation specific theories such as philosophical bases and current status of situation specific theories and providing a collection of situation specific theories that have been developed. It provides specific guidelines for nursing research and practice, essentials for PhD and DNP students to complete the requirements for their degrees (e.g., dissertation, QI project). In addition, this book can be used in theory courses in other graduate nursing programs that require theoretical bases for their comprehensive exam or scholarly project (e.g., MSN, NP). Throughout nursing history, nursing theories have evolved within the contexts of changing and emerging theoretical needs of nursing discipline. Subsequently, several different types of nursing theories have been proposed, developed, and used in nursing education, research, and practice. Situation specific theories could be easily adopted and used in nursing practice and research due to their foci on specific populations or particular fields. Since situation specific theories were firstly proposed in 1990s, they became a major part of nursing theories in the past two decades, making this book appeals to all levels of nursing students.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Charlie Arnot.
    Summary: Despite food being safer, more affordable and more available than at any time in human history, consumers are increasingly skeptical and critical of today?s food system. In Size Matters, Charlie Arnot provides thought provoking insight into how the food system lost consumer trust, what can be done to restore it, and the remarkable changes taking place on farms and in food companies, supermarkets and restaurants every day as technology and consumer demand drive radical change. The very systems and technologies that are mistrusted by consumers are driving a revolution that empowers individual consumers to find the perfect recipe of taste and nutrition to meet their specific needs and desires. Size Matters pulls back the curtain to examine the irony, competing priorities and new realities that shape today's food system.

    Contents:
    Chapter1: Sowing the Seeds of Distrust
    Chapter2: Social License Revoked
    Chapter3: From A & P to Omni Shopping
    Chapter4: From Famine to Feast
    Chapter5: How to Make Money by Doing What's Right
    Chapter6: Brands as Agents of Change
    Chapter7: Military, Social Media and Meal Time
    Chapter8: Dinner Without Dogma.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited Wan-Fai Ng.
    Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome summarises current understanding of the pathogenesis of the disease, including advances in the genetics, disease mechanisms, clinical diagnosis and assessment, secondary Sjögren's syndrome, and the role of laboratory investigations and imaging.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Roberto Gerli ; co-edited by Elena Bartoloni, Alessia Alunno.
    Contents:
    Introduction : history of Sjögren's syndrome
    Clinical features
    Management of Sjögren's syndrome
    Classification criteria for Sjögren's syndrome
    Imaging procedures useful for the diagnosis of Sjögren's syndrome : abnormalities of the major salivary glands
    Sjögren's syndrome--associated lymphoma
    Spontaneous and inducible animal models of Sjögren's syndrome
    Genetics, genomics, gene expression profiling, and epigenetics in Sjögren's syndrome
    Autoantigens and autoantibodies in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome
    Sjögren's syndrome and environmental factors
    Histology of Sjögren's syndrome
    Glandular epithelium : innocent bystander or leading actor?
    T cells in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome : more than just Th1 and Th2
    B lymphocytes in primary Sjögren's syndrome
    Cytokines, chemokines, and the innate immune system in Sjögren's syndrome
    Autoantibodies and autoantigens in Sjögren's syndrome
    Outcome measures in Sjögren's syndrome and perspectives in clinical trial design
    Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : b-cell targeting
    Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : t-cell targeting
    New biological avenues for Sjögren's syndrome.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Seunghee Cha, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough update on Sjögren's syndrome (SS) and its adverse impacts on oral health. The opening section focuses on the clinical and laboratory characteristics of SS and its current management. Here, readers will find information on diagnostic criteria, pharmacotherapy, dental management, and the importance of saliva in oral health and SS. Attention then turns to the immunopathogenesis of SS, which includes the mechanisms of secretory dysfunction, myoepithelial cell functions in salivary gland physiology and disease, dysregulated innate and adaptive immunity, and B-cell expansion and neoplasia. The final section details important advances in SS diagnosis and therapy. The differential diagnoses of recurrent glandular swelling, glandular irrigation and sialendoscopy, and salivary gland ultrasound for SS in children are explained, along with the pharmacological management for SS, clinical care for dry eyes, and gene therapy. This book will be of interest to not only dental practitioners and researchers but also rheumatologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Clinical Characteristics of SS and Current Management: Characteristics of SS, Pharmacotherapy and Dental Management
    Saliva and Its Importance in SS
    Efficacy of Sialoendoscopy in SS
    Dysautonomia in SS and Oral Complications. Immunopathogenesis of SS: Mechanisms of Secretory Dysfunction in SS
    Dysregulation of Innate Immunity and Oral Health.-Dysregulation of Adaptive Immunity and Oral Health. Improved SS Diagnosis and Therapeutics: Recurrent vs. Persistent Salivary Gland Swelling in Differential Diagnosis of SS
    Salivary Gland Ultrasound Sonography of SS and Juvenile SS
    Sialometry: The importance of Calibration
    Gene Therapy in SS for Restoration of Secretory Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    George A.W. Bruyn, editor.
    Summary: This book answers questions about the critical role of ultrasound in the management of patients with Sjogrens syndrome. It also covers developments rheumatologists can foresee in performing a biopsy of the parotid gland. Each chapter is authored by experts on this condition, emphasizing the extent of current understanding and dealing with unanswered challenges and pitfalls. Topics such as modern imaging techniques like ultrasound and MRI and their importance are given particular focus in this book; practitioners are increasingly using imaging techniques to refine diagnosis and guide clinical management. Additionally, as a significant emerging point of interest in the field, biopsy of the major salivary glands, particularly ultrasound-guided procedures, receives extra attention within the text. The book also includes a chapter that deals with future directions and will also review the challenges patients face with unmanaged Sjogrens syndrome. Comprehensive and concise, Sjogrens Syndrome and the Salivary Glands provides a balanced overview between the chapters and ensure homogeneity of the terminology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of Sjogrens syndrome
    The variable clinical presentation of Sjogrens syndrome
    Diagnostic and classification criteria of Sjogrens syndrome
    On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: epigenetics and epithelial cells
    On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: environmental factors and cells of the innate and adaptive immune system
    Juvenile Sjogrens syndrome
    Anatomy and histology of the salivary glands
    Sonoanatomy of the major salivary glands
    Imaging of Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to ultrasound
    Towards a scientific validation of ultrasound for Sjogrens syndrome
    Ultrasonographic scoring systems a systematic review
    Biopsy of the minor salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome
    Biopsy of the major salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to B cell proliferation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Graham Hughes, Shirish Sangle, Simon Bowman.
    Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome is slowly being recognised as one of the most common auto-immune diseases, and considered pivotal in the spectrum of auto-immune disorders. Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice is a unique, concise book which explores important insights into Sjögren's links with other conditions and devotes itself to shedding new light on this disease. Aimed at young medics but also suitable for the informed lay reader, physicians and pharma, Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice will help with the diagnosis and treatment of this increasingly recognised disorder.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Eyes
    Mouth and Salivary Glands
    Lungs
    Skin
    Gut
    Bladder, Vagina, Kidney
    The Nervous System
    Joints, Tendons, Muscles
    Sjögren's and Lymphoma
    Sjögren's Overlaps
    General Treatment
    Drug Treatment
    Diagnosis I: Blood Tests
    Diagnosis II: Other Tests
    Causes of Sjögrens.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Samir N. Khleif, Olivier Rixe, Roland T. Skeel.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew J. Hilton, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, NY, USA.
    Contents:
    Overview of Skeletal Development
    Overview of Skeletal Repair (Fracture Healing and Its Assessment)
    Generation of Closed Transverse Fractures in Small Animals
    The Murine Femoral Bone Graft Model and a Semi-Automated Histomorphometric Analysis Tool
    Surgical Induction of Posttraumatic Osteoarthirits
    A Mouse Model of Flexor Tendon Repair
    Cartilage Explant Cultures
    Renal Capsule Transplantations to Assay Skeletal Angiogenesis
    Whole Mount Skeletal Staining
    Tips and Techniques for Processing and Sectioning Undecalcified Murine Bone Specimens
    Preparation of Thin Sections from Non-fixed and Undecalcified Hard Tissues Using Kawamoto's Film Method (2012)
    Demineralized Murine Skeletal Histology
    Beta-Galactosidase Staining in the Skeleton
    Whole-Mount In Situ Hybridization on Murine Skeletogenic Tissues
    Non-Radioactive In Situ Hybridization on Skeletal Tissue Sections
    Radioactive In Situ Hybridization to Detect Gene Expression in Skeletal Tissue Sections
    Proliferation Assays (BrdU and EdU) on Skeletal Tissue Sections
    TUNEL Assay on Skeletal Tissue Sections to Detect Apoptosis
    Analysis of Chondrogenesis Using Micromass Cultures of Limb Mesenchyme
    Isolation and Culture of Murine Primary Chondrocytes
    Bone Marrow Stromal Cell Assays : In Vitro and In Vivo
    Isolation and Culture of Neonatal Mouse Calvarial Osteoblasts
    RANKL-Based Osteoclastogenic Assays from Murine Bone Marrow Cells
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cultures and Assays.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce D. Browner, Jesse B. Jupiter, Christian Krettek, Paul A. Anderson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Grant E. Garrigues, Marc J. Richard and Mark J. Gage.
    Summary: From the sternoclavicular joint to the distal phalanx, Skeletal Trauma of the Upper Extremity is a practical, one-volume resource covering all aspects of upper limb trauma and surgery. Comprehensive in scope, it features a multidisciplinary, step-by-step approach to evaluation and management, including concise background information and a detailed focus on practical points and surgical techniques. Written by global experts in traumatology, sports medicine, shoulder, elbow, and hand surgery, this richly illustrated guide brings you into the operating room with leaders in the field. Offers detailed, practical guidance from the originators and/or masters of each procedure, along with multiple, illustrated surgical technique descriptions. Includes pearls and pitfalls, preoperative evaluation and indications, surgical techniques, rehabilitation, and management of complications. Features tables and figures throughout that clearly demonstrate surgical tips and tricks. Identifies controversial topics and covers current challenges such as arthroscopic coracoclavicular/acromioclavicular joint reconstruction, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for proximal humerus fracture, total elbow arthroplasty for fracture, interosseous membrane reconstruction of the forearm, and many more. Contains more than 500 high-quality illustrations, including anatomical and surgical illustrations, surgical photographs, ultrasounds, and x-rays. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kathleen Benton.
    Summary: With a focus on end-of-life discussion in aging and chronically ill populations, this book offers insight into the skill of communicating in complex and emotionally charged discussions. This text is written for all clinicians and professionals in the fields of healthcare and public health who are faced with questions of ethical deliberation when a patient's illness turns from chronic to terminal. This skill is required to manage care well in an age of advanced technology, and numerous autonomous choices. With a palliative care and ethics focus, the manuscript provides case studies illustrating issues which occur in the acuity and chronicity of end of life. Clear tools for clinicians, such as scripting and "the advance care planning video library" are included. The book focuses on the unique concept of outpatient ethics, including readmission prevention and shortened length of stay through good communication for clinicians who will be required to conduct this discussion with patients. The ethical undertone in this text provides a perfect opening for application in healthcare ethics classes, both in fields of public health and healthcare. Medical scholars and physicians, nurse practitioners and physician's assistants, as well as social workers, both in practice and training, will benefit from this text.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Daniel
    Defining the patient population
    Ethics and the medicalization of death
    Ethics end-of-life cases
    The skills of communicating clearly.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Edward A. S. Duncan, PhD, BSc(Hons), DipCBT.
    Summary: This book provides a practical and pragmatic guide to becoming a successful practitioner. It covers everthing from thinking and judgement to decision making, evidence-based practice and research skills, leadership and managemnt. It also guides the reader towards effective career advancement, getting their work noticed, and staying up to date in their field.--back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section 1: Thinking, judgement and decision skills for practice
    Judgement and decision-making skills for practice / Priscilla Harries
    Shared decision-making skills in practice / Edward A. S. Duncan
    Doing reflective practice: being a reflective and resilient practitioner / Elizabeth Anne McKay
    Section 2: Professional skills for practice
    Assessment skills for practice / Susan Prior ; Nichola Duffy ; Edward A. S. Duncan
    Activity analysis / Kirsty Forsyth
    Goal setting in occupational therapy: a client-centred perspective / Lesley Scobbie ; Sally Boa
    Therapeutic use of self: a model of the intentional relationship / Renne R. Taylor ; Jane Melton
    Problem solving / Edward A. S. Duncan
    Group skills for practice in occupational therapy / Sharan L. Schwartzberg ; Mary Alicia Barnes
    Record and report writing / Lisa McGraw ; Jane Grant
    Section 3: Evidence-based and research skills for practice
    Finding and appraising the evidence / Edward A. S. Duncan ; M. Clare Taylor
    Implementation science / Katrina Bannigan
    Section 4: Leadership, supervision and management skills for practice
    Improvement science in practice / Lianne McInally
    Developing research skills in practice / Edward A.S. Duncan
    Presentation and publication skills / Edward A. S. Duncan ; Allister Landrock ; Ann Landrock
    Self-care and self-management / Katrina Bannigan
    Leadership skills / Charles H. Christiansen
    Practice education-Skills for students and educators / Stephen Isbel ; Thomas Bevitt ; Mon-Lin Ye ; Ted Brown
    Clinical supervision skills / Jenny Strong ; Amy McKenzie
    Professional use of social media / Edward A.S. Duncan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
  • Digital
    Hani Almoallim, Mohamed Cheikh, editors.
    Summary: This Open Access book presents practical approaches to managing patients affected by various rheumatological diseases, allowing readers to gain a better understanding of the various clinical expressions and problems experienced by these patients. Discussing rheumatology from an organ systems perspective, it highlights the importance of detailed musculoskeletal examinations when treating patients affected by rheumatological diseases. The book first explores the latest diagnostic approaches and offers key tips for accurate musculoskeletal examinations before addressing the various treatment modalities, with a particular focus on the most common joints involved in rheumatoid arthritis: the wrists and the metacarpophalangeal joints (2nd and 3rd). Featuring easy-to-understand flow diagrams and explaining the common medical problems associated with rheumatic disease, such as shortness of breath and anemia, it is not only a valuable resource to rheumatologists, but will also appeal to medical students, junior residents, and primary healthcare physicians.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basics in Rheumatology
    1 History-Taking Skills in Rheumatology
    2 Approach to Musculoskeletal Examination
    3 Laboratory Interpretation of Rheumatic Diseases
    4 Pharmacotherapy in Systemic Rheumatic Diseases
    5 Radiology in Rheumatology
    Part 2 Diagnostic approach to common medical problems in patients with rheumatic diseases
    6 Low Back Pain
    7 Pulmonary Manifestations of Connective Tissue Diseases
    8 Nervous system and rheumatology
    9 Diagnostic Approach to Proximal Myopathy
    10 Bones and Rheumatology
    11 Fever and Rheumatology
    12 Thrombosis in Rheuamtological Diseases
    13 The Blood in Rheumatology
    14 Renal System and Rheumatology
    15 Skin Manifestations of Rheumatological Diseases
    16 Cardiovascular Diseases and Rheumatology
    17 Gestational Rheumatology
    18 Perioperative Management of Patients with Rheumatic Diseases
    19 The Eye and Rheumatology
    20 Vasculitis and Rheumatology
    21 Diabetes and Rheumatology
    22 Soft Tissue Rheumatic Disorders
    23 Gastrointestinal System and Rheumatology
    24 Pediatric Rheumatology
    Part 3 Classification criteria and guidelines
    25 Classification Criteria and Clinical Practice Guidelines for Rheumatic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Miranda A. Farage, Kenneth W. Miller, Nancy Fugate Woods, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: An era of global population aging is upon us. By 2030, one in eight people will be over age 65. Since women generally live longer than men, the health and welfare of postmenopausal women will become a significant public health concern. This book offers a comprehensive review of the life changes associated with menopause, both at the dermatological and physiological level (e.g., hormonal, immunological) and at the subcellular level. It critically examines the dermatological, biological, and clinical challenges to postmenopausal health and well-being and the current and emerging therapeutic interventions. The authors advocate a holistic approach, emphasizing the need to view the menopause as a life transition with various facets rather than as a series of distinct medical conditions to be managed. Our goal is to offer a comprehensive resource to the researchers, clinicians, physicians, and helping professions whose mission is to promote the health and well-being of women around the world.

    Contents:
    What is Menopause?
    Skin and Menopause
    Effect of Supplementations and Vitamins on Menopause
    Hormonal Change and Therapy
    Menopause and Genital
    Menopause and Autoimmune Disease
    Hotflahes
    Other Therapy for Menopause
    Sexual Decline
    Menopause Tests
    Menopause and Sleep
    Menopause and Mental Effects
    Menopause and Quality of Life
    Menopause and cosmetic procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ashish Dwivedi, Neeraj Agarwal, Lipika Ray, Amit Kumar Tripathi, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the potent effect of ultraviolet radiation (UVR) on the photoaging and cancer formation. Skin is the largest human organ which continually reconstructs itself to ensure its viability, integrity, and ability to provide protection for the body. This protection can be compromised by the aging of the skin which ultimately promotes skin inflammation, impaired wound repair, and increased risk of skin cancer. The book entails mechanistic insights into the UVR-induced immunomodulation and DNA damage in the skin to delineate the pathogenesis, and develop novel ways for prevention of photoaging of the skin cells. It also elucidates the potential of nanotechnology in the treatment of skin cancer. Further, it discusses the bioinformatics approaches to understand the molecular mechanism of photoaging and cancer formation.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Skin anatomy & morphology
    Chapter 2. Cellular & Molecular events: skin aging & cancer
    Chapter 3. Human skin stem cell and aging
    Chapter 4. UV-R induced skin damage: Skin againg & cancer
    Chapter 5. UV-R induced immunomodulation :Skin aging & cancer
    Chapter 6. UV-R and Role of Pigmentation in skin aging & cancer
    Chapter 7. UV-R and Vitamin D synthesis
    Chapter 8. UV-R induced melanin chemi-excitation in melanoma pathogenesis
    Chapter 9. Future prospective of nanotechnology in skin cancer therapeutics
    Chapter 10. Role of bioinformatics in understanding of molecular mechanism and prevention of skin cancer
    Chapter 11. UV-R interaction with skin. Cases of study
    Chapter 12. Monitoring the genotoxic potential of sunlight and DNA photoprotection of sunscreen.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Carmen Salavastru, Dedee F. Murrell, James Otton, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the relationship of the skin with cardiovascular disease. It details the variety of genetic, autoimmune, metabolic and endocrine factors that link the two disciplines. Recognition of one sign or symptom in dermatology can lead to the investigation and discovery of an important related cardiac condition, the recognition of which is important to prevent cardiovascular complications. Similarly, a cardiac condition may be related to an underlying skin condition that requires treatment. Genetic examples of such instances included within the book include: pseudoxanthoma elasticum, epidermolysis bullosa with desmosome defects and plectin defects; Marfan syndrome; Autoimmune conditions include vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lupus; metabolic conditions include insulin resistance, eruptive xanthomas with hypertriglyceridemias and elevated cholesterol; endocrine disorders include thyroid acropachy with atrial fibrillation; insulin resistance with coronary artery disease and psoriasis or hidradenitis suppurativa. Skin and the Heart reviews the effects of genetic, autoimmune and endocrine diseases with connections between skin and heart. It is therefore a key reference for all practitioners and researchers working in both disciplines.

    Contents:
    I. Embryology. Embryology of the skin ; Embryology of the heart
    II. Genetic diseases. Epidermolysis bullosa ; Cutaneous Manifestations of Aortic Disease ; Tuberous Sclerosis Complex: Skin and Heart: Pivotal Common and Early Signs ; Incontinentia pigmenti ; The Heart in Neurofibromatosis 1 ; Cardiocutaneous desmosomal disorders
    III. Inflammatory diseases. Lupus erythematosus and other collagen diseases ; Vasculitis ; Behçet's Disease ; Kawasaki disease
    IV. Infectious. COVID-19 ; Lyme disease ; Syphillis ; Viral conditions
    V. Metabolic and endocrine diseases. Xanthomas and abnormalities of lipid metabolism and storage ; The skin and diabetes ; Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Fabry Disease ; Mastocytosis
    VI. Drug reaction. Medication induced cardiotoxic and skin rections ; Cardiovascular side effects of medications for skin diseases ; The importance of cardiac assessment in the era of biologic therapies for psoriasis
    VII. Erythoroderma and High output cardiac failure. Erythroderma and cardiac function
    VIII. Miscellaneous. Disorders of fluid regulation ; Infantile hemangiomas and the heart ; Erdheim-Chester disease ; Cardiac Implantable Device Related Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editor, Tove Agner.
    Contents:
    Filaggrin and skin barrier function
    Stratum Corneum lipids: their role for the skin barrier function in healthy subjects and atopic dermatitis patients
    Importance of tight junctions in relation to skin barrier function
    Antimicrobial peptides, infections and the skin barrier
    Biological variation in skin barrier function: from A (atopic dermatitis) to X (xerosis)
    Methods for the assessment of barrier function
    In vivo raman confocal spectroscopy in the investigation of the skin barrier
    Irritants and skin barrier function
    Skin barrier function and allergens
    Penetration through the skin barrier
    Treatments improving skin barrier function
    Standards for the protection of skin barrier function
    The role of the skin barrier in occupational skin diseases
    Wet work and barrier function
    Saving the barrier by prevention.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Deborah F. MacFarlane, editor.
    Summary: The incidence of skin cancer continues to rise, as do the challenges physicians face in treating the growing population of skin cancer patients. Skin Cancer Management: A Practical Approach, 2nd edition addresses the spectrum of skin cancers from the precancerous to the inoperable. In this revised and updated edition, a wide selection of medical treatments and surgical procedures are described in detail and supplemented with an abundance of full-color figures. Numerous case studies help to illustrate the various techniques. .

    Contents:
    Biopsy Techniques and Interpretation
    Topical Therapies for Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers
    Chemical Peels for Precancerous Skin Lesions
    Photodynamic Therapy
    Intralesional and Perilesional Treatment of Skin Cancers
    Electrodesiccation and Curettage
    Cryosurgery
    Optimizing Surgical Outcomes
    Anxiolysis, Anesthesia, and Analgesia
    Excision Techniques and Materials
    Mohs Surgery
    Principles of Cutaneous Flap Surgery
    Techniques in Skin Grafting
    Nail Surgery and Malignant Tumors of the Nail Unit
    Practical Management of Melanoma
    Skin Cancer in Skin of Color
    Management of Skin Cancers in Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
    Imaging of Head and Neck Skin Cancer
    Radiation Oncology in Skin Cancer Treatment
    When to Refer Out
    Chemoprevention of Keratinocyte Carcinomas
    Systemic Therapy for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Non-Melanoma Skin Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Barbara Fowble, Sue S. Yom, Florence Yuen, Sarah Arron, editors.
    Contents:
    Scope of the Problem
    Anatomy of the Skin and Pathophysiology of Radiation Dermatitis
    Types of Radiation-Related Skin Reactions
    Skin Care Products Used During Radiation Therapy
    Head and Neck Cancer
    Thoracic Cancers
    Breast Cancer
    Gastrointestinal Cancer
    Genitourinary Cancer
    Gynecologic Cancer
    Central Nervous System
    Pediatrics
    Sarcoma
    Skin Cancer
    Locally Advanced Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hanjiang Zhu, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: The skin is the first line of defense against chemical warfare agents including nerve agents and toxic industrial chemicals, providing a possible barrier or delay to systemic distribution. However, some chemicals act directly on the skin including vesicants sulfur mustard and corrosive compounds such as strong acids or bases, and do not have to gain access to systemic circulation to cause extensive skin damage. Early and rapid skin decontamination is extremely important following exposure to chemical warfare agents and toxic industrial chemicals because it decreases serious skin damage to the patient and, potentially, their doctor. This multi-authored international text pulls together a century of decontamination research and helps the reader expedite solutions that will decrease morbidity and mortality. Complete with dozens of hiqh quality photographs and illustrations, Skin Decontamination aids industrial hygiene, dermatology, occupational physicians and those involved in the public health arena.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Isolated Human and Animal Stratum Corneum As a Partial Model for the 15 Steps of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination, Part I
    Chapter 2. Isolated Human And Animal Stratum Corneum As A Partial Model For The 15 Steps Of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination Part II
    Chapter 3. Recent Knowledge: Human/Animal Skin Decontamination
    Chapter 4. The Decontamination of Chemically Contaminated Remains
    Chapter 5. Effectiveness of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Skin Decontaminants: Towards Tests Standardization
    Chapter 6. Effects of Soap-Water Wash on Human Epidermal Penetration
    Chapter 7. Fuller's Earth: Old and Faithful Skin Decontaminant Against Toxic Agents
    Chapter 8. Comparison of Four Different Fullers Earth Formulations in Skin Decontamination
    Chapter 9. The Mass Decontamination Paradigm: Response Relating to Gas Phase Exposures and Skin Decontamination
    Chapter 10. Binding Affinity and Decontamination of Dermal Decontamination Gel (DDGel) to Model Chemical Warfare Agent (CWA) Simulants
    Chapter 11. Dermostyx (IB1): High-efficacy and Safe Topical Skin Protectant Against Percutaneous Toxic Agents
    Chapter 12. Understanding the Impact of Responder Management Strategies on Public Experiences and Behaviour During Mass Decontamination.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Thomas P. Habif, James G.H. Dinulos, M. Shane Chapman, Katherine A. Zug.
    Summary: "Get practical guidance from renowned dermatologist Dr. Thomas Habif and his expert team of co-authors in this user-friendly, focused text. Written specifically for the non-specialist, this easy-to-follow reference offers precisely the diagnostic and treatment information you need to quickly identify the 250 skin disorders you're most likely to see. It's an ideal resource for any medical practitioner who'd rather treat than refer patients with skin disease, as well as an excellent review for board preparation"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Topical therapy
    Eczema
    Urticaria
    Acne, rosacea and related disorders
    Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
    Bacterial infections
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Viral infections
    Fungal infections
    Exanthems and drug reactions
    Hypersensitivity syndromes and vasculitis
    Infestations and bites
    Vesicular and bullous diseases
    Connective tissue diseases
    Light-related diseases and disorders of pigmentation
    Benign skin tumors
    Premalignant and malignant non-melanoma skin tumors
    Nevi and malignant melanoma
    Vascular tumors and malformations
    Hair and nail diseases
    Neonatal disease
    Cutaneous manifestations of internal disease
    Lasers in dermatology
    Leishmaniasis
    Leprosy (Hansen's diseases)
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Rashmi Sarkar, Surabhi Sinha, editors.
    Summary: This book covers dermatological and related esthetic concerns specific to female patients. Since knowing whats normal is as important as knowing whats not, first chapters covers physiological differences in the skin of women and the changes during puberty, pregnancy, and menopause. Certain commonly encountered dermatoses are more frequent in females chronic telogen effluvium, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, pigmented contact (cosmetic) dermatitis, etc., which are explained in a more focused manner. Dermatoses exclusive to females involving the vulva is discussed at length. These include common papulosquamous conditions such as psoriasis, lichen planus, and lichen sclerosus as well as the uncommon but challenging plasma cell vulvitis. Breast dermatoses also are predominantly encountered in women and are described in detail in this book. Importantly, the safety of drugs and biologics in pregnancy and lactation have been covered too. One section is dedicated to the emotional and psychological burden of skin disease in women and certain disorders requiring psychiatric intervention such as obsessive-compulsive disorder (trichotillomania, trichotemnomania) and body dysmorphic disorder. Furthermore, commonly used cosmeceuticals and frequently performed esthetic procedures such as chemical peels, botulinum toxin, and soft tissue augmentation (fillers) are well explained. Skin diseases in females can cause a significant emotional and psychological impact that can sometimes be more serious than the physical impact. There is a paucity of comprehensive published literature in both journal and books and this book aims to fill that gap. This book is meant as a resource for dermatology residents and trainees, practitioners, and teachers. .

    Contents:
    Physiology of skin
    Pregnancy dermatoses
    Skin in pregnancy
    Skin changes in Menopause
    Acne in women
    TSDF in females with skin of color
    Rosacea
    Hidradenitis suppurativa
    Pigmentary disorders in women
    Hair disorders
    Metabolic syndrome: dermatologic aspects in females
    Eczemas in women
    Body dysmorphic disorder
    DLQI in females : important disorders with low DLQIs
    Treatment of cellulite
    Breast augmentation - cutaneous aspects & complications
    Vaginal rejuvenation
    Treatment of the ageing face
    The Sensitive Skin-Dos and Donts
    A guide to botulinum toxin and fillers
    Chemical peels and lasers-special consideration
    Sexually transmitted diseases in women
    Vulval disorders in women
    Tropical diseases in women
    Nail Disorders in women
    Challenges faced by women dermatologists and training programs available to them.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John C. Hall, editor.
    Summary: As the number of surviving immune suppressed patients continues to rise, skin manifestations of patients have become increasingly important. AIDS patients, and renal, heart, liver, bone marrow, and lung transplant patients are now living longer and immunosuppressive drugs are being used more frequently. Diabetes is rising in the US and around the world, offering its own unique brand of immune suppressed skin diseases. The skin may be the earliest sign of these conditions and be the organ showing the most profound, earliest, and treatment limiting side effects. Skin Diseases in the Immunocompromised is the most comprehensive book on the topic available. It elucidates the signs of immune suppressed skin diseases to afford early diagnosis and management of this ever-increasing diverse group of illnesses. Organized for easy access, this book will be an essential resource for residents and fellows in dermatology and infectious diseases medical professionals.

    Contents:
    Skin Disorders in Immunocompromised Diabetes Patients
    Skin Disorders of AIDS Patients
    Skin Disorders in Patients with Primary Immunodeficiencies
    Cancer Patients and Skin Disease
    Skin Disease in Solid Organ Transplant Patients
    Graft vs Host Disease and Skin Manifestations
    Cutaneous Reactions to the Biologics
    Cutaneous Reactions to Chemotherapy
    Cutaneous Reactions to Corticosteroids
    Cutaneous Reactions to Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
    Cutaneous Manifestations of Aging and Immunodeficiency
    UVA and UVB Therapy: Practical Applications and Implications for the Immunosuppressed Patient and Skin Disease
    Skin Cancer in the Immunocompromised
    Radiation Therapy for Non-melanoma Skin Cancer in Immunosuppressed Patients and Cutaneous Toxicity from This Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Aldo Morrone, Roderick Hay, Bernard Naafs, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book is a comprehensive guide to the dermatologic disorders that may be encountered in refugees and other migrants. It will equip readers to diagnose and treat a diverse range of skin diseases and conditions, including, but not limited to, infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites, dermatologic manifestations of sexually transmitted diseases, dermatoses associated with malnutrition, pigmentary disorders, bullous diseases, connective tissue diseases, and benign and malignant cutaneous neoplasias. Attention is drawn to various neglected tropical skin diseases and to the characteristic signs of torture and genital mutilations. Helpful information is also provided on the significance of skin color and the relevance of ethnic and genetic factors. The clinical chapters are complemented by discussion of the circumstances that give rise to migration, such as poverty, war, and environmental conditions. This enables the reader to gain a more rounded understanding of patients circumstances that in turn will positively impact on patient care. This book will be of wide interest to dermatologists, whether experienced or in training, as well as to general physicians and researchers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: What Does It Mean to Be a Migrant, Asylum Seeker, or Refugee: Current Global Situation
    1.1 The Human Rights Paradigm
    1.2 Migration: Magnitude and Terminology
    1.3 Why People Migrate: "Forced" and "Voluntary" Migrants
    References
    2: Medical, Social, and Civic Needs of Displaced Persons
    References
    3: Viral Dermatoses
    3.1 Herpes Simplex Virus Infections
    3.2 Human Papilloma Virus Infections
    3.3 Pityriasis Rosea
    References
    4: Bacterial Dermatoses
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Clinical Features 4.2.1 Impetigo
    4.2.2 Ecthyma
    4.2.3 Folliculitis and Furuncles
    4.2.4 Carbuncles
    4.2.5 Abscess
    4.2.6 Suppurative Paronychia
    4.2.7 Erythrasma
    4.2.8 Pitted Keratolysis
    4.2.9 Erysipelas
    4.2.10 Systemic Complications
    4.3 Management
    References
    5: Non-Venereal Treponematoses
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Yaws
    5.3 Bejel
    5.4 Pinta
    References
    6: Fungal Infections
    6.1 Superficial Mycoses
    6.1.1 Dermatophytosis
    6.1.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
    6.1.2 Onychomycosis
    6.1.3 Superficial Candidosis 6.1.3.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
    6.1.3.2 Laboratory Diagnosis
    6.1.4 Superficial Malassezia Infection
    6.2 Deep Mycoses
    6.2.1 Subcutaneous Mycoses
    6.2.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
    6.2.2 Systemic Mycoses
    References
    7: Protozoan Dermatoses
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Transmission
    7.3 Clinical Features of CL
    7.4 Diagnosis
    7.5 Treatment
    References
    8: Helminthic Dermatoses
    8.1 Nematodes
    8.1.1 Cutaneous Larva Migrans (CLM)
    8.1.1.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.1.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
    8.1.1.4 Treatment 8.1.2 Lymphatic Filariasis
    8.1.2.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.2.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.2.3 Differential Diagnosis
    8.1.2.4 Treatment
    8.1.3 Gnathostomiasis
    8.1.3.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.3.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.3.3 Treatment
    8.1.4 Loiasis
    8.1.4.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.4.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.4.3 Treatment
    8.1.5 Onchocerciasis
    8.1.5.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.5.2 Treatment
    8.1.6 Strongyloidiasis
    8.1.6.1 Global Distribution
    8.1.6.2 Diagnosis
    8.1.6.3 Treatment
    8.2 Trematodes and Cestodes
    8.2.1 Schistosomiasis 8.2.1.1 Global Distribution
    8.2.1.2 Diagnosis
    8.2.1.3 Treatment
    8.2.2 Cysticercosis
    8.2.2.1 Treatment
    References
    9: Dermatoses Caused by Arthropods
    9.1 Bites and Stings
    9.2 Insect Bites
    9.3 Infestations
    9.3.1 Scabies
    9.3.2 Myiasis
    9.3.3 Tungaiasis
    9.3.4 Lice (Pediculosis and Pthiriasis)
    References
    10: Eczema and Dermatitis
    10.1 Atopic Dermatitis
    10.1.1 Pathogenesis
    10.1.2 Epidemiological and Clinical Aspects
    10.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
    10.1.4 Histopathology
    10.1.5 Treatment
    10.1.5.1 Topical Therapies
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fingani Annie Mphande.
    Summary: This book focuses on neglected skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries through the lens of livelihoods. These diseases, when neglected, not only affect the skin, but also joint movement and physical appearance, severely influencing the lives and livelihoods of individuals and families in vulnerable communities. The book explores why neglected skin diseases thrive in resource-poor countries, and considers how this cycle might be broken by looking at the impact on livelihoods and access to healthcare in affected communities. The research is shaped by three guiding questions: Firstly, why have some measures been successful in one part of a population and not the other? Secondly, what is unique about vulnerable populations in various parts of the world? And thirdly, can the cycle of debilitating skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries be broken? In addressing these concerns, the book excavates past and present efforts in public health measures to combat these diseases, considers the impact of culture and livelihoods, and reviews some of the milestones in disease elimination and eradication. This book will be an indispensable source for health service planners, administrators and practitioners working with vulnerable populations, as well as students and researchers in public health. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1:Skin Diseases; Need For Attention
    Chapter 2:Types Of Skin Disease And Their Causes
    Chapter 3:Impact of Skin Diseases in limited Resource Countries
    Chapter 4:Prevention, Treatment And Control Of Skin Diseases
    Chapter 5:Potential Public Health Measures To Tackle Skin Diseases
    Chapter 6:Case Studies
    Chapter 7:Reducing Burden Of Disease
    Chapter 8:Milestones; Disease Elimination Success Stories.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marco Matucci-Cerinic, Daniel Furst, David Fiorentino, editors.
    Summary: Rheumatologic diseases are highly associated with clinical symptoms of the skin, nails, and mucosal membranes. This book provides the practicing rheumatologist with a rapid, easy to consult reference to help interpret the nature of these cutaneous lesions and then quickly decide upon the appropriate follow-up tests. Utilizing an abundance of informative photographs, it contains all of the essential information needed for early diagnosis and treatment. This comprehensive guide properly orients the practitioner within the challenging world of rheumatologic disorders of the skin and gives insight into when consultation with a dermatologist is advisable.

    Contents:
    Part I: Presentation of Skin Manifestation
    Approach to Patients with Skin Manifestations
    Chilblain Lupus Erythematosus
    Erythema Nodosum
    Livedo Reticularis
    Malar Erythema
    Purpura
    Telangiectasias
    Ulceration in Rheumatic Disease
    Panniculitis
    Diagnosing Puffy Fingers in the Rheumatic Patient
    Part II: Methodology
    Capillaroscopy
    Use of Biopsy
    Part III: Inflammatory Joint Disease
    Skin Manifestations of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
    Inflammatory Bowel Associated Spondyloarthropathy
    Nodules in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Genital Involvement as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
    Keratoderma Blennorrhagica as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
    Parvovirus B19 Infection
    Rheumatic Fever
    Part IV: Connective Tissue Diseases
    Skin Manifestations of Localized Scleroderma (LS)
    Localized Scleroderma of the Face
    Skin Manifestations of Raynaud's Phenomenon
    Skin Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
    Skin Manifestations of Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus
    Skin Manifestations and Sjgren's Syndrome
    Skin Manifestations of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Skin Manifestations in Dermatomyositis
    Stiff Skin Syndrome
    Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis
    Graft-versus-Host Disease (GvHD): Cutaneous Manifestations
    Scleromyxedema
    Eosinophilic Fasciitis
    Part V: Vasculitides
    Kawasaki Disease
    Dermatologic Manifestations of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Wegener's Granulomatosis)
    Eosinophilic Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss Syndrome)
    Polyarteritis Nodosa
    Skin Manifestations in Microscopic Polyangiitis
    Henoch Schnlein Purpura
    Skin Manifestations and Cryoglobulinemia
    Skin Manifestations in Giant Cell Arteritis
    Skin Manifestations of Behet's Disease
    Familial Mediterranean Fever
    Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Syndromes
    Part VI: Other Rheumatic Conditions
    Sarcoidosis
    Amyloidoses
    Hypertrophic Osteoarthropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luc Teot, Sylvie Meaume, Sadanori Akita, William J. Ennis, Veronique Del Marmol, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, wound care has gained increasing recognition as a distinct medical specialty. An understanding of the complex mechanisms involved in wound healing facilitates efficient assessment and treatment of patients with wounds, and skin necrosis can be considered the starting point in the entire healing process. This book is the first to discuss skin necrosis as a symptom related to a broad range of pathologies. Richly illustrated, it primarily provides therapeutic strategies and treatment algorithms for different clinical contexts. All chapters were written by renowned specialists in their respected fields and include detailed sample cases and essential take-home messages. In light of the highly interdisciplinary nature of wound management, Skin Necrosis offers an invaluable resource for wound care practitioners and health care professionals across the fields of surgery, dermatology, internal medicine, and nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eugene Yu, Reza Forghani.
    Contents:
    Anterior cranial fossa, nasal cavity, and paranasal sinuses / Sheldon D.S. Derkatch, Ian J. Witterick, Scott V. Bratman, Almudena Perez-Lara, Hugh D. Curtin, and Reza Forghani
    Sellar, parasellar, and clival region / Amy W. Lin, Walter Kucharczyk, Ehab Y. Hanna, Brian O'Sullivan, and Eugene Yu
    Cerebellopontine angle and jugular fossa / Laila S. Alshafai, Chris Heyn, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Vincent Lin, Michael D. Cusimano, Sean Symons, Nabeel S. Alshafai, and Peter Som
    Petroclival and lateral skull base / Rickin Shah, Gregory J. Basura, and Ashok Srinivasan
    Open and endoscopic approaches to the sinonasal cavity and skull base / Nidal Muhanna, Christopher J. Chin, Allan D. Vescan, and John R. De Almeida
    Post-treatment appearance following skull base therapy / Adam A. Dmytriw, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Eugene Yu, and Peter Som
    Neuroendovascular procedures for skull base neoplasia / Adam A. Dmytriw and Aditya Bharatha
    Cross-sectional CT and MRI imaging atlas of the skull base / Almudena Perez-Lara, Eugene Yu, and Reza Forghani.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Vincent Chong.
    Contents:
    Anterior Skull Base / David SY Sia, Clement Yong, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
    Imaging of the paranasal sinuses and their surgical rleevance / Clement Yong, David SY Sia, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
    The Sphenoid Bone / James TPD Hallinan, David SY Sia, Clement Yong, Vincent Chong
    Imaging in endoscopic endonasal skull base surgery / Eric YS Ting, Fiona Ting, Ghim Song Chia, Vincent Chong
    Temporal bone inflammatory and infectious diseases / Marc Lemming
    Temporal bone tumors / Bert De Foer, Laura Wuyts, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dithers, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
    Temporal bone trauma / Bert De Foer, Abdellatif, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dinther, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
    Update on imaging of hearing loss / Lubdha M. Shah, Richard H. Wiggins III
    Imaging of the facial nerve / Theresa Kouo, Robert E. Morales, Prashant Raghavan
    Imging of the postoperative middle ear, mastoid, and internal auditory canal / Timothy L. Larson, Matthew L. Wong
    Petrous apex / Ilona M. Schmalfuss
    Imging of the cerebellopontine angle / Margaret N. Chapman, Osamu Sakai
    Jugular Foramen / Chih Ching Choong, Eric T.Y. Ting, Vincent Chong
    Imaging of the craniovertebral junction / Hon-Man Liu, Ya-Fang Chen
    Skull base bone lesions I / Alexandra Borges
    Skull Base Bone Lesions II / Alexandra Borges
    Neurointerventional Radiology for Skull Base Lesions / Hon-Man Liu, Yen-Heng Lin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    F. Allan Midyett, Suresh K. Mukherji
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to skull base imaging. Skull base is often a "no mans land" that requires treatment using a team approach between neurosurgeons, head and neck surgeons, vascular interventionalists, radiotherapists, chemotherapists, and other professionals. Imaging of the skull base can be challenging because of its intricate anatomy and the broad breadth of presenting pathology. Although considerably complex, the anatomy is comparatively constant, while presenting pathologic entities may be encountered at myriad stages. Many of the pathologic processes that involve the skull base are rare, causing the average clinician to require help with their diagnosis and treatment. But, before any treatment can begin, these patients must come to imaging and receive the best test to establish the correct diagnosis and make important decisions regarding management and treatment. This book provides a guide to neuroradiologists performing that imaging and as a reference for related physicians and surgeons. The book is divided into nine sections: Pituitary Region, Cerebellopontine Angle, Anterior Cranial Fossa, Middle Cranial Fossa, Craniovertebral Junction, Posterior Cranial Fossa, Inflammatory, Sarcomas, and Anatomy. Within each section, either common findings in those skull areas or different types of sarcomas or inflammatory conditions and their imaging are detailed. The anatomy section gives examples of normal anatomy from which to compare findings against. All current imaging techniques are covered, including: CT, MRI, US, angiography, CT cisternography, nuclear medicine and plain film radiography. Each chapter additionally includes key points, classic clues, incidence, differential diagnosis, recommended treatment, and prognosis. Skull Base Imaging provides a clear and concise reference for all physicians who encounter patients with these complex and relatively rare maladies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Quick Decoder for Acronyms and Abbreviations
    Overview
    Part I: Pituitary Region
    1: Rathke's Cleft Cyst
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    2: Pituitary Adenoma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    3: Craniopharyngioma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    Plain Films
    CT Features
    MRI Features [2, 3]
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    4: Ectopic Neurohypophysis
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    Plain Films
    CT Features
    MRI Features [2, 3]
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis A Closer Look
    Selected References
    5: Hypothalamic Hamartoma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    6: Neurohypophyseal Sarcoidosis
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation [1, 2]
    Natural History
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment
    Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References 7: Intrasellar Arachnoid Cyst
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Natural History
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment
    Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    8: Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    MRI Features
    CT and Plain Film Features
    Clinical Issues
    Presentation
    Natural History
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment and Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    Part II: Cerebellopontine Angle 9: Epidermoid Cyst
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    T1 Signal
    T2 Signal
    DWI
    CISS and FLAIR
    Clinical Issues and Natural History
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment and Prognosis
    A Closer Look
    Selected References
    10: CPA Meningioma
    Imaging
    General Imaging Features
    CT Features
    MRI Features
    Angiographic Features
    Clinical Issues and Natural History
    Presentation
    Epidemiology and Pathology
    Treatment
    Prognosis
    Differential Diagnosis of Solid CPA Masses
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anthony Cheesman, Ghassan Alusi, H. Ian Sabin, editors.
    Summary: 'Skull Base Surgery' represents a genuinely multi-disciplinary collaborative approach to the standard procedures in skull base surgery. It emphasizes the basic operative steps of each approach and describes variations from the basic approach. Authors from the relevant specialties Neurosurgery, Otolaryngology, Maxillo-Facial Surgery and Plastic Surgery contribute to this new specialty of skull base surgery.

    Contents:
    Approaches to the Anterior Skull Base
    Approaches to Central Skull Base
    Approaches to Lateral Skull Base
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Walter C. Jean.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Péter Halász, Anna Szűcs.
    Summary: Translational research connects science and clinical medicine from "the bench to the bedside." In Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment, the authors look back from the bedside to the brain function underlying clinical symptoms and reveal mechanisms explored by contemporary neuroimaging and signal analysis in the overlapping fields of sleep and epilepsy. This book will help the reader to see epilepsy from a new viewpoint. The common pathophysiology binding together the diverse manifestations of epilepsies is the exaggeration of plastic functions of the brain involving the hippocampus, the non-specific thalamocortical system and the perisylvian cognitive network. Epileptic derailment seems to be the price for the latest achievements of the mammal and human brain; namely the highly developed ability to change and learn. The contemporary results of sleep research provide new viewpoints to explain why sleep and epilepsy are bedfellows. Converging evidence supports the concept that one of the most important biological roles of NREM sleep is the renewal of synaptic balance ensuring learning ability from one day to the next and consolidation of new memories. Epilepsy and NREM sleep use overlapping structures and functions, therefore epilepsy beginning in early childhood may interfere with sleep plastic functions. NREM sleep, which affects original learning and memory, may become the hidden source of chronic cognitive impairment when epilepsy occurs during sleep and blocks the plastic processes. Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment abandons the academic classification of epilepsy by following the system epilepsy concept, binding major epilepsies with structures and functions of physiological brain systems. It tries to show within this system the close interrelationship between sleep, epilepsy and cognition. Neuroscientists, clinical epileptologists and neurologists interested in brain processes underlying brain plasticity, sleep and epilepsy will find this book thought provoking. It offers good "brain-gymnastics" for reconsidering the ideas on epilepsy.It provides contemporary knowledge about the neurophysiological and functional anatomical background of major epilepsiesTreats major epilepsies as system epilepsies of brain networksReveals the interrelationship of sleep, epilepsy and cognitive impairment showing how epileptic manifestations became facilitated in NREM sleep and interferes with sleep plastic functions

    Contents:
    1. Introductory considerations
    2. Absence epilepsy as the system epilepsy of the non-rapid eye movement sleep-promoting system
    3. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe and nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy as system epilepsies of the ascending cholinergic arousal system
    4. Juvenile idiopathic myoclonic epilepsy (Janz Syndrome) as a system epilepsy affecting the corticothalamic system and the frontal motor and cognitive frontal subsystems
    5. Medial temporal lobe epilepsy (MTLE): the epilepsy of the hippocampal declarative memory system
    6. Idiopathic polyfocal hyperexcitability conditions (HIEC) of childhood and their transition to electrical status epilepticus in sleep
    7. Epileptica encephalopathies
    8. Summary.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Sushil K. Jha, Vibha M. Jha, editors.
    Summary: Over the years there has been growing interest among the scientific community in investigating sleep and how it affects the memory and other brain functions. It is now well established that sleep helps in memory consolidation and induction of neural plasticity, and that short-term deprivation of either total sleep or rapid eye movement sleep alone can induce memory deficits very quickly. Quantitative and qualitative changes in sleep architecture after different training tasks further suggest that discrete memory types may require specific sleep stage/s for optimal memory consolidation, and studies indicate that sleep deprivation alters synaptic plasticity and membrane excitability in the hippocampal neurons and synaptic up-scaling in the cortical neurons. Further, sleep alteration during pregnancy may increase the risk of depression and adversely affect maternal-child relationships, parenting practices, family functioning, and children's development and general wellbeing. This book coherently discusses all these aspects, with a particular focus on the possible role of sleep in memory consolidation and synaptic plasticity. It also highlights the detrimental effects of sleep loss on mental health, the immune system and cognition. This book is a valuable reference resource for students and researchers working in the area of sleep, memory, or neuronal plasticity.

    Contents:
    The Memory Function of Sleep Across the Lifespan
    Sleep Deprivation, Cognitive Functions and Countermeasures
    Sleep Loss and Neuronal Stress
    The Role of Sleep in Homeostatic Regulation of Ionic Balances and Its Implication in Cognitive Functions
    Sleep and Brain Plasticity
    The Role of Sleep in Emotional Processing
    Sleep, Stress, and Traumatic Memory
    The Distinctive Role of NREM and REM sleep in the Consolidation of Fear Memory
    Sleep and Appetitive Conditioned Memory.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Meerlo, Ruth M. Benca, Ted Abel, editors.
    Contents:
    Behavioral and electrophysiological correlates of sleep and sleep homeostasis
    Genetic dissection of sleep homeostasis
    Sleep deprivation and gene expression
    Sleep and synaptic homeostasis
    Sleep and synaptic plasticity in the developing and adult brain
    Sleep and adult neurogenesis: implications for cognition and mood
    Animal studies on the role of sleep in memory: from behavioral performance to molecular mechanisms
    A bird's eye view of sleep-dependent memory consolidation
    Neuroimaging studies of sleep and memory in humans
    The role of sleep in human declarative memory consolidation
    Sleep-dependent memory consolidation in healthy aging and mild cognitive impairment
    Adenosine, caffeine, and performance: from cognitive neuroscience of sleep to sleep pharmacogenetics
    Optogenetic control of hypocretin (orexin) neurons and arousal circuits
    Stress, arousal, and sleep
    Sleep and emotional functions
    Sleep and plasticity in schizophrenia
    Chronically restricted or disrupted sleep as a casula factor in the development of depression
    Sleep deprivation therapy for depression
    Pharmacological treatment of sleep disorders and its relationship with neuroplasticity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eric Vermetten, Anne Germain, Thomas C. Neylan, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction
    Ch. 1: War, Sleep and PTSD: War and War-related Trauma: An Overview
    Ch. 2: Combat-Related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder: Prevalence and Risk Factors
    Ch. 3: Sleep as a Mediator of mTBI and PTSD
    Ch. 4: Gender Differences in Sleep and War Zone-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Part 2: Military Deployment and Sleep
    Ch. 5: The Role Of Sleep In The Health And Resiliency Of Military Personnel
    Ch. 6: Sleep Disturbance during Military Deployment
    Ch. 7: Sleep and fatigue issues in military operations
    Ch. 8: Suicidal Behavior in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Focus on Combat Exposure
    Part 3: Neuroscience PTSD and Sleep
    Ch. 9: PBRM1: Genetics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Sleep Disturbance
    Ch. 10: The Neurocircuitry of Fear and PTSD
    Ch. 11: Brain Pathways of Traumatic Memory: Evidence from an Animal Model of PTSD
    Ch. 12: Brain Structural Abnormalities in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Relations with Sleeping Problems
    Ch. 13: PET Ligands Binding Specific Imaging Proteins in the Brain: The Application in PTSD
    Part 4: Assessment of Sleep in relation to combat related PTSD
    Ch. 14: Assessment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 15: Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Assessment Methods in PTSD
    Ch. 16: Sleep Changes in PTSD
    Ch. 17: Actigraphy and PTSD
    Ch. 18: The Extreme Nocturnal Manifestation of Trauma: Trauma Associated Sleep Disorder
    Ch. 19: PTSD, arousal and disrupted (REM) sleep
    Ch. 20: The Psychophysiology of PTSD Nightmares
    Ch. 21: Sleep-Disordered Breathing and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 22: Heart Rate Variability, Sleep, and the early detection of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 23: Sleep, Declarative Memory, and PTSD: Current Status and Future Directions
    Part 5: Treatments of sleep disturbances in PTSD
    Ch. 24: Psychotherapy Interventions for Comorbid Sleep Disorders and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Ch. 25: Cognitive Processing Therapy and Trauma-Related Sleep Disturbance
    Ch. 26: Imagery Rehearsal Therapy for PTSD-related Nightmares
    Ch. 27: Nightmare Deconstruction and Reprocessing for PTSD Nightmares
    Ch. 28: Hypnotic Interventions for Sleep in PTSD
    Ch. 29: Medication for sleep problems in posttraumatic stress disorder
    Ch. 30: Pharmacology of Sleep and PTSD
    Part 6: Specific Populations
    Ch. 31: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Youth Exposed to War and Terror
    Ch. 32: Predicting sleep quality and duration in adulthood from war-related exposure and posttraumatic stress in childhood
    Ch. 33: Sleep disorders among Holocaust survivors
    Ch.34 : Sleep Studies in Serbian Victims of Torture: analysis of traumatic dreams.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mitchell G. Miglis.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of normal sleep / L. Schneider
    Anatomy and physiology of the circadian system / R.P. Najjar, J.M. Zeitzer
    The functions of sleep and the effects of sleep deprivation / E.H. During, M. Kawai
    Sleep and cognitive impairment / B.R. Peters, S.J. Sha, K. Yaffe
    Sleep and movement disorders / L. Ashbrook, E.H. During
    Sleep and stroke / G.J. Meskill, C. Guilleminault
    Sleep and epilepsy / B. Razavi, R.S. Fisher
    Central nervous system hypersomnias / J. Cheung, C.M. Ruoff, E. Mignot
    Sleep and multiple sclerosis / D.J. Kimbrough, T.J. Braley
    Sleep and neuromuscular disease / S. Sakamuri, J.W. Day
    Sleep and headache / M. O'Hare, R.P. Cowan
    Sleep and the autonomic nervous system / M.G. Miglis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Friedman and Ofer Jacobowitz.
    Contents:
    The role of otolarynologist in the treatment of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea
    Signs and symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea and upper airway resistance syndrome
    Airway evaluation in obstructive sleep apnea
    Clinical polysomnography
    Home sleep testing
    Drug-induced sleep endoscopy (DISE)
    Obstructive sleep apnea : decision making and treatment planning
    CPAP, APAP, and BiPAP
    Analysis of CPAP failures
    Oral appliances for OSA
    Rationale and indications for surgical treatment
    The impact of surgical treatment of OSA on cardiac risk factors
    Perioperative and anesthesia management
    Friedman tongue position and the staging of obstructive sleep apnea/hypopnea syndrome
    Algorithm for surgery : paptopharyngoplasty first and foremost
    Algorithm for multilevel treatment : the Riley, Powell, and Liu Stanford experience
    Lingual tonsil hypertrophygrading system
    The effect of oral positioning on hypopharyngeal airway dimensions
    Algorithm for multilevel treatment : Friedman experience
    Nasal obstruction and sleep-disordered breathing
    Minimally invasive nasal valve repair
    Plastic surgery techniques for correction of nasal obstruction
    New techniques in nasal valve repair
    Inferior turbinate reduction
    Role of laser surgery in treatment of OSA
    Cautery-assisted palatal stiffening operation and anterior palatoplasty
    Injection snoreplasty
    Sling snoreplasty
    Elevoplasty
    Palatal implants for primary snoring : short- and long-term results of a new, minimally invasive surgical technique
    Classic uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
    Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty : patient selection and effects on the airway
    Zeta palatopharyngoplasty (ZPP)
    The uvulopalatal flap
    Modified uvulopalatopharyngoplasty with uvula preservation
    Transpalatal advancement pharyngoplasty
    Expansion sphincter pharyngoplasty
    Barbed snore surgery (BSS)
    Fundamentals of minimally invasive radiofrequency applications in ear, nose, and throat medicine
    Radiofrequency tissue effects
    Endoscopic coblator open tongue base resection for obstructive sleep apnea
    Tongue base stabilization for obstructive sleep apnea and snoring
    Endoscopic coblation lingual tonsillectomy
    Electrical stimulation of the upper airway
    Upper airway stimulation : implanted neurostimulation device treatment of obstructive sleep apnea
    Multilevel pharyngeal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea
    External submucosal glossectomy
    Genioglossus advancement in sleep apnea surgery
    Hyoid suspension as the only procedure
    Management of the epiglottis
    Transoral robotic surgery (TORS) for OSA
    Multilevel surgery with or without genioglossal advancement
    Maxillofacial surgical techniques for hypopharyngeal obstruction in obstructive sleep apnea
    Modified maxillomandibular advancement technique
    Distraction osteogenesis maxillary expansion (DOME) for adult obstructive sleep apnea patients
    Tracheostomy for sleep apnea
    Speech-ready, long-term tube-free tracheostomy for obstructive sleep apnea
    The perioperative management of patients with obstructive sleep apnea
    Multimodality management of nasopharyngeal stenosis after uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
    Current techniques for the treatment of velopharyngeal insufficiency
    Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty: analysis of failure
    Salvage of failed palate procedures for sleep-disordered breathing
    Revision uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP) for Z-palatoplasty (ZPP)
    Management of sleep-related breathing disorders in children
    Evaluation and management of persistent pediatric obstructive sleep apnea
    Current techniques of adenoidectomy
    Intracapsular microdebrider-assisted and coblation tonsillectomy
    Laryngomalacia
    Drug-induced sleep endoscopy in children
    Prevention and correction of pediatric SDB/OSA and post-T&A relapse : a non-surgical orthodontic/dentofacial orthopedic approach
    Innovations in surgical treatment of OSA.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Hans P.A. Van Dongen, Paul Whitney, John M. Hinson, Kimberly A. Honn, Michael W.L. Chee.
    Summary: 'Sleep Deprivation and Cognition,' Volume 247 in the Progress in Brain Research series, covers the effects of sleep deprivation, with this new release featuring sections on the Impact of sleep deprivation on long-term memory, Adolescent sleep restriction effects on cognition and mood, Self- regulation and social behavior during sleep deprivation, Experiential decision-making and the effects of sleep loss, Sleep deprivation and dynamic attentional control, a Pharmacogenetic approach to understanding sleep deprivation and cognition, Neuroimaging of functional connectivity in the sleep-deprived brain: what does it tell us?, and more. Key Features: Brings together scientists working in the area of sleep deprivation with scientists involved in research and theory in cognitive neuroscience; Fosters theory-driven research on sleep loss and cognition while also advancing a general understanding of cognitive neuroscience; Provides a foundation for the design of countermeasures to prevent human errors and accidents caused by sleep loss Readership: Everyone working in cognitive neuroscience and everyone studying the effects of sleep deprivation on cognition. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Matt T. Bianchi, editor.
    Summary: The cognitive and behavioral implications of sleep deprivation have been noted in the medical literature for many years. In addition, emerging research continues to demonstrate the contribution of sleep deprivation to some of the most common and costly health conditions today. Sleep Deprivation and Disease provides clinically relevant scientific information to help clinicians, public health professionals, and researchers recognize the ramifications of sleep deprivation across a broad spectrum of health topics. This timely reference covers sleep physiology, experimental approaches to sleep deprivation and measurement of its consequences, as well as health and operational consequences of sleep deprivation. Clinical challenges and areas of uncertainty are also presented in order to encourage future advancements in sleep medicine and help patients avoid the outcomes associated with the myriad causes of sleep deprivation.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Sleep deprivation: practical and philosophical considerations
    Part II Sleep Physiology, measurement, and experimental deprivation
    The functional impact of sleep deprivation, sleep restriction, and sleep fragmentation
    Methods for human sleep deprivation experiments
    Imaging sleep and sleep deprivation
    Part III Sleep and the brain
    Sleep deprivation and neurological diseases
    Sleep deprivation and psychiatric disorders
    Sleep deprivation as a therapy for psychiatry
    Part IV Sleep and medical topics
    Sleep deprivation and human development
    Sleep deprivation and pregnancy
    Sleep deprivation and metabolism
    Sleep deprivation and the cardiovascular system
    Sleep deprivation and rheumatologic disease --Sleep deprivation and pain
    Sleep loss in older adults: effects on waking performance and sleep-dependent memory consolidation with healthy aging and insomnia
    Part V Performance, economics, and operational topics
    Noise-induced sleep deprivation: toward sleeping soundly on noisy nights
    Sleep deprivation and cognitive performance
    Caffeine and naps a countermeasures for sleep loss
    Fatigue in the workplace
    Sleep deprivation and economic burden.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ashima S. Sahni, Ajay Sampat, Hrayr Attarian, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews and discusses the differential diagnoses for the common sleep related complaints encountered in sleep and primary care clinics. It meets the market need for a book that covers differential diagnosis in sleep medicine, and does so in a comprehensive manner. Organized into two sections by age demographic, adult and pediatric, clinical case studies are presented with medications, treatments, diagnoses, and patient medical histories. Specified sleep disorders examined include insomnia, nocturnal awakenings, restless sleeping, nightmares, and sleep apnea. Additionally, chapters include medical questionnaires created for patients in clinical scenarios to aid in learning. Unique and pedagogic, Sleep Disorders is written for physicians who practice in all primary care settings and as well as those sleep physicians in training.

    Contents:
    Part1. Adult sleep medicine. Sleepiness ; Insomnia ; Nocturnal Awakenings; Restless sleeper ; Breathing Pauses ; Sleep Paralysis ; Nightmares ; Inpatient Sleep Consultation ; Sleep Telemedicine
    Part 2. Peds section. Snoring and restlessness during sleep in Children: Unique presentations, Diagnosis and Management ; Restless sleeper ; Obstructive sleep apnea and weight abnormalities in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Sleep disorders (Informa Healthcare) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Soňa Nevšímalová, Oliviero Bruni, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Ontogeny of Sleep and Its Functions in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence
    The Discovery of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    New Directions in the Link between Technology Use and Sleep in Young People
    Sleep Laboratory Tests
    Sleep Structure and Scoring from Infancy to Adolescence
    Algorithm for Differential Diagnosis of Sleep Disorders in Children
    Part II: Sleep Disorders
    Sleep Disorders in Newborns and Infants
    Pediatric Insomnia
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea In Children: A Short Primer
    Sleep Disorders in Children: Simple Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
    Circadian Rhythm Disorders in Childhood
    Disorders Associated with Increased Sleepiness
    Parasomnias in Children
    Sleep and Epilepsy
    Sleep in Neurological and Neurodevelopmental Disorders
    Sleep in Children with Psychiatric and Behavioral Problems
    Childhood Sleep and Medical Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Chun-Feng Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the sleep-related disorders in Parkinson's disease (PD), demonstrating that they are among the most common non-motor manifestations of PD and have a significant negative impact on quality of life. Sleep changes may also serve as markers to identify patients in the preclinical stage of PD. This book presents recent major breakthroughs related to sleep disorders in PD, such as REM sleep behavior disorder (RBD), insomnia, nocturia, restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movements, sleep disordered breathing, excessive daytime sleepiness, and circadian rhythm disorders. It also discusses the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, clinical implications, associated features, evaluation and management of these disorders and suggests some further research directions in these areas in order to develop neuroprotective therapies for PD. Focusing on Chinese PD patients, it addresses traditional Chinese Medicine, and compares the epidemiology and management of PD in China and Western countries to provide a frame of reference values for further studies. Further, it features numerous case reports to enable readers gain a better uderstanding of the subject matter. This comprehensive yet practical book is a valuable resource for scientists and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Part I: General Concepts
    1: An Overview of Parkinson's Disease
    2: An Overview of Roles of the Basal Ganglia in Sleep-Wake Regulation
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Roles of the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
    2.3 The Role of the Dopaminergic and Adenosinergic System in the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
    2.4 A Model of NAc Involvement in Sleep-Wake Regulation
    References
    Part II: Classification of Sleep Disorders in Parkinson's Disease
    3: REM Sleep Behavior Disorder (RBD)
    3.1 Case Report
    References
    4: Insomnia 4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Prevalence of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.3 Risk Factors of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.4 Etiologic Mechanisms of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.5 Clinical Manifestations of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.6 Diagnostic Criteria and Instruments of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.7 Treatment of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
    4.8 Concluding Remarks
    4.9 Case Report
    4.9.1 Clinical Feature
    4.9.2 Past History, Family History and Personal History
    4.9.3 Physical Examination 4.9.4 Imageological Examination and Scale Assessment
    4.9.5 Polysomnography (PSG)
    4.9.6 Diagnosis
    4.9.7 Treatment
    4.9.7.1 Sleep Hygiene
    4.9.7.2 Muscle Relaxation Therapy
    4.9.7.3 Medication
    References
    5: Nocturia
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Causes for Nocturia in PD
    5.2.1 Reduced Bladder Capacity
    5.2.2 Nocturnal Polyuria
    5.2.3 Circadian Rhythm Disturbances
    5.2.4 Other Possible Mechanism for Nocturia in PD
    5.3 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Nocturia in PD [14]
    5.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
    5.3.2 Investigation 5.3.2.1 Routine Test
    5.3.2.2 Ultrasonography
    5.3.2.3 Urodynamics
    5.3.2.4 Other Investigations
    5.4 Management and Treatment of Nocturia in PD
    5.4.1 Pharmacological Interventions
    5.4.1.1 Dopamine Agonists
    5.4.1.2 Antimuscarinic Agents
    5.4.1.3 Desmopressin
    5.4.1.4 Melatonin
    5.4.2 Intermittent Catheterization
    5.4.3 Botulinum Toxin Injection
    5.4.4 Surgical Treatment
    5.4.5 Neuromodulation
    5.4.6 Lifestyle Change
    References
    6: Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS) and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
    6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Association Between PD and RLS
    6.3 Genetic Markers of RLS in PD
    6.4 Pathophysiology of RLS in PD
    6.5 Imaging of RLS in PD
    6.6 Diagnosis of RLS in PD
    6.7 Treatment of RLS in PD
    References
    7: Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Causes of SBD in PD
    7.3 Diagnosis [11]
    7.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
    7.3.2 Investigations
    7.4 Treartment [14, 15]
    7.4.1 Lifestyle Change
    7.4.2 Medication
    7.4.3 Continuous Positive Airway Pressure Therapy (CPAP)
    References
    8: Excessive Daytime Sleepiness
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Edmund Liem, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to enable (pediatric) dentists to recognize the signs and symptoms of sleep disorders in their pediatric patients, it will help to understand the potential negative impact of a sleep disorder on the metabolic and cognitive neurodevelopment of a child and how to collaborate with others to implement appropriate management, including early (dentofacial) orthopedic intervention when necessary. A detailed examination of craniofacial signs and behavioral symptoms should alert the dentist to the potential presence of (a) sleep disorder(s) in children. The various treatment options other than positive airway pressure (PAP) therapy or adeno-tonsillectomy, which should be considered as potential life-saving short-term solutions, are discussed and shown. Treatment options that are discussed are dentofacial orthopedics (including orthotropics), orthodontics and orofacial myology; sample case outcomes are shown to demonstrate achievable results. Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry will serve as an excellent clinical guide that takes full account of recent developments in the field and explains the enormous potential that dentist can attribute to the patients overall (future) health. This book is also an excellent introduction for the general dentist to the medical world of (pediatric) sleep disorders. In this book a team of co-authors (2 medical doctors; 3 dental specialists; 3 general dentists and 3 dental hygienists) shared their knowledge that will educate the (pediatric) dentists about Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Imran S. Khawaja, Thomas D. Hurwitz, editors.
    Summary: This text highlights the importance of common medical comorbidities and illuminates the salient points for treatment, diagnosis, and management of these conditions as they relate particularly to these special populations. Written by experts in both sleep medicine and psychiatry, the text takes a cutting-edge, reader-friendly approach to topics that include sleep disturbances in pregnancy, sleep tele-medicine, sleep disturbances related to difficulties in schools, and substance-induced disturbances. Each chapter follows a consistent format, making it an excellent tool for the busy clinician who is not able to sift through scientific literature or didactic texts. Sleep Disorders in Selected Psychiatric Settings is an excellent resource for all clinicians who may work with special populations struggling with sleep and psychiatric comorbidities, including psychiatrists, sleep medicine physicians, primary care and family medicine physicians, pediatricians, obstetrics/gynecologists, psychologists and all others.

    Contents:
    My patient has trouble sleeping in the psych unit
    Suicide and Insomnia
    Cocaine Induced Insomnia/sleep problems
    Cannabis Induced sleep problems
    Insomnia and Generalized Anxiety Disorder
    Withdrawal insomnia from benzodiazepines
    Insomnia and Panic Disorder
    People think Alcohol helps with sleep
    Sleep apnea in Pregnancy
    Stimulant Induced Insomnia in kids
    Childhood Narcolepsy and Emotional problems of parents
    RLS in Pregnancy
    Insomnia in Pregnancy
    Change in school time helped my teenager's sleep
    Psychosocial issues with being a Sleepy Head
    Extreme dreams make me depressed/Epic Dreaming
    Sleep Disruption in ICU setting
    Sexsomnia on Medications
    I have claustrophobia on the CPAP mask. Please Help?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hrayr Attarian, Mari Viola-Saltzman, editors.
    Summary: In its 2nd Edition this book covers sleep disorders in women at all stages of life, exploring the impact of each reproductive and endocrine stage on both normal sleep and sleep disorders. Includes guidance for physicians on detecting and treating disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Series Editor Introduction
    Preface to the Third Edition
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Overview
    1: Introduction
    References
    2: Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Women
    Introduction
    Sleep Disordered Breathing
    Primary Snoring
    Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome
    Obstructive Apnea / Hypopnea Syndrome
    Central Sleep Apnea
    Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
    Insomnia
    Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis- Ekbom Disease)
    Hypersomnia
    Parasomnia
    REM Behavior Disorder
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Life Cycle Impact on Sleep in Women Sleep Changes in Neonates and Infants
    Sleep Changes in Childhood
    Sleep Changes Around the Menstrual Cycle
    Sex Hormones and Sleep
    Sleep at Menarche
    Sleep in Pregnancy
    Sleep Duration and Sleep Quality in Pregnancy
    Sleep in the Peri- and Post-menopausal Stages
    Hormonal Changes and Sleep
    Age-Related Sleep Changes
    Sleep Changes Related to Mood Disorders
    Bibliography
    4: Normal Reproductive and Endocrine Life Stages: The Impact on Sleep Disorders
    Insomnia
    Menarche and Adolescence
    Child-Bearing Years
    Pregnancy
    Post-Partum
    Menopause and Beyond Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
    Menarche and Adolescence
    Child-Bearing Years
    Menopause and Beyond
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA)
    Child-Bearing Years
    Pregnancy
    Menopause and Beyond
    Sleepiness Disorders/Hypersomnias
    Menarche and Adolescence
    Child-Bearing Years
    Menopause and Beyond
    Circadian Disorders
    Menopause and Beyond
    Parasomnias
    Menopause and Beyond
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Sex and Gender Differences in Sleep
    5: Sex Differences in Sleep
    Introduction Sex Differences in Sleep Behavior and Sleep Architecture in Adults
    When Do Sex Differences in Sleep Emerge? Sleep in Children and Adolescents
    Sex Differences in Sleep under Challenge Conditions
    The Role of Sex Steroids in Women
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Sex Differences in Sleep Disorders
    Introduction
    Insomnia
    Hypersomnias
    Narcolepsy
    Idiopathic Hypersomnia
    Kleine-Levin Syndrome
    Menstrual-Related Hypersomnia
    Sleep-Disordered Breathing
    Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
    Restless Legs Syndrome
    Periodic Limb Movement Disorder Other Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
    Parasomnias
    NREM-Related Parasomnias
    Confusional Arousals and Sleep Terrors
    Sleepwalking
    Sleep-Related Eating Disorder
    REM-Related Parasomnias
    REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
    Nightmare Disorder
    Isolated Sleep Paralysis
    Other Parasomnias
    Exploding Head Syndrome
    Sleep-Related Hallucinations
    Sleep Enuresis
    Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Sleep and Its Disorders Among Sexual and Gender Minority Populations
    Introduction
    Definitions
    Minority Stress Theory and Sleep Health
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sudhansu Chokroverty, editor.
    Summary: Since publication of the first edition in 1994, the second edition in 1999, and the third edition in 2009, many new advances in sleep medicine have been made and warrant a fourth edition. This comprehensive text features 19 additional chapters and covers basic science, technical and laboratory aspects and clinical and therapeutic advances in sleep medicine for beginners and seasoned practitioners. With the discovery of new entities, many new techniques and therapies, and evolving basic science understanding of sleep, Sleep Disorders Medicine, Fourth Edition brings old and new knowledge about sleep medicine together succinctly in one place for a deeper understanding of the topic. Neurologists, internists, family physicians, pediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, otolaryngologists, dentists, neurosurgeons, neuroscientists, intensivists, anesthesiologists as well as those interested in advancing their knowledge in sleep and its disorders, will find this edition to be an invaluable resource to this bourgeoning field.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic science of sleep. Introduction to the topic
    Overview of normal sleep
    Sleep deprivation and excessive daytime sleepiness
    Effects of sleep deprivation and sleepiness on society and driving
    Neurobiology of rem sleep, NREM sleep homeostasis, and gamma band oscillations
    Basic circadian timing and sleep-wake regulation
    Neurotransmitters, neurochemistry, and the clinical pharmacology of sleep
    Neurobiology of NREM sleep and thermoregulation in sleep
    Phylogeny of sleep
    Sleep and anesthesia: different states with shared pathophysiological traits
    Physiological changes of sleep
    Sleep and immune regulation
    Sleep and memory consolidation
    Dreaming and sleep disorder
    Study design and analysis in sleep medicine
    Part II: Technical considerations. Instrumentation, electronics, and signal analysis
    An overview of polysomnographic technique
    Electroencephalography, electromyography, and electro-oculography: general principles and basic technology
    Electrocardiography: principles and applications in sleep medicine
    Evaluation and monitoring of respiratory function
    Neuroimaging in normal and abnormal sleep
    Multiple sleep latency test
    Maintenance of wakefulness test
    Scoring of normal sleep and arousals
    Scoring of sleep-related breathing events
    Part III: Clinical topics. Approach to the patient with sleep complaints
    International classification of sleep disorders
    Epidemiology: principles and application in sleep medicine
    Genetics of sleep and sleep disorders
    Nutrition and sleep
    Sleep duration, morbidity, and mortality
    Obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
    Central sleep apnea, hypoventilation syndrome, and sleep in high altitude
    Positive airway pressure in the treatment of sleep apnea-hypopnea
    Preoperative, perioperative, and postoperative evaluation and management of sleep-disordered breathing
    Oral appliances and surgical techniques for treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
    Nature, evaluation, and treatment of insomnia
    Narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia
    Motor control and dyscontrol in sleep
    Evaluation and management of RLS and PLMD
    Sleep, breathing, and neurologic disorders
    Fatigue in clinical practice
    Sleep, coma, vegetative and minimally conscious states
    Sleep and epilepsy
    Dreaming in neurological disorders
    Sleep in psychiatric disorders
    Sleep disturbances in general medical disorders
    Evaluation and management of circadian rhythm sleep disorders
    Rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder
    Parasomnias
    Sleep disorders in the elderly
    Evolution of sleep from birth to adolescence and sleep disorders in children
    Sleep and sleep disorders in women
    Sleep, violence, and forensic implications
    General principle of treatment of sleep dysfunction and pharmacology of drugs used in sleep disorders
    Sleep and alternative medicine: I
    Approach to sleep disorders in the traditional school of Indian medicine: alternative medicine II
    Sleep in extreme environment
    Erratum to: sleep disorders medicine
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gerald L. Weinhouse, John W. Devlin, editors.
    Summary: For decades heavily sedated ICU patients were assumed to be asleep. However, in the past 20 years, physiologic and epidemiologic studies have established sleep is frequently disrupted in the ICU. The inter-relationship between ICU sleep, delirium, and survivorship has come to the forefront of ICU practice. We now routinely aim for lighter sedation, delirium assessment has become standardized, and knowledge regarding the ICU factors leading to Post- Intensive Care Syndrome (PICS) has evolved. The importance of sleep in routine ICU management was codified for the first time in SCCMs 2018 PADIS guidelines. This state of the art book summarizes current knowledge regarding sleep during critical illness and recovery and how the risk factors, recognition, and outcomes associated with sleep in the ICU differ from those of healthy adults. Chapters address sleep quality in both the research environment and during routine care, the factors that disrupt sleep architecture and circadian biology in the ICU setting, medications that alter sleep architecture and those that can be used to improve it, the relationship between sleep and sedation and between sleep and delirium, and current strategies that can be used to improve sleep in the vulnerable ICU population. Written by experts in the field, Sleep in Critical Illness is a valuable resource for all members of the ICU interprofessional team including critical care physicians, nurses, physician assistants, pharmacists, and respiratory therapists as well as clinicians who consult in the ICU and post-ICU settings. .

    Contents:
    Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part I: Sleep fragmentation and sleep stage disruption
    Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part II: Circadian rhythm disruption
    Unique neurophysiologic findings in the critically ill: "Atypical sleep and pathologic wakefulness"
    Normal sleep compared to altered consciousness during sedation.-Biologic effects of disrupted sleep
    Risk factors for disrupted sleep in the ICU
    Effects of common ICU medications on sleep
    Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Electroencephalographic perspectives
    Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Clinical perspectives
    Mechanical ventilation and sleep
    ICU sleep disruption and its relationship with ICU outcomes
    Long-term outcomes--sleep in survivors of critical illness
    Methods for routine ICU sleep assessment and monitoring
    Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part 1: Non-pharmacologic
    Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part II: Pharmacologic
    Sleep considerations in critically ill children
    Sleep in Critical Illness: Future Directions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Raghav Govindarajan, Pradeep C. Bollu, editors.
    Summary: This concise text provides a quick reference to clinically relevant material in both sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Divided into ten chapters, the book begins by laying the foundation for understanding sleep issues in neuromuscular disorders and moves on to offering an overview of sleep disorders in various neuromuscular conditions. Chapters feature practical advice in managing sleep issues, including an overview of noninvasive ventilation. The final part of the book provides useful tables, charts, pictures and flow charts for quick reference in sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Filling a critical gap in the literature, this guide helps anyone treating neuromuscular patients understand the basics of sleep and neuromuscular disorders and its management.

    Contents:
    Sleep stages and cardiorespiratory monitoring
    Neuromuscular respiratory weakness and its management
    Sleep issues in motor neuron disease
    Sleep issues in myopathic and muscular dystrophies
    Sleep issues in NMJ disorders
    Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-sleep apnea
    Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-movement disorders
    Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-1
    Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-2
    Basics of non-invasive ventilation
    Practical aspects of non-invasive ventilation
    Use and role of non-invasive ventilation in neuromuscular disorders
    Troubleshooting with non-invasive ventilation- Frequently asked questions and their answers.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sudhansu Chokroverty, Michel Billiard, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    I. Evolution of Sleep Medicine by Historical Periods
    Sleep in Ancient Egypt
    Sleep Medicine in the Arab Islamic Civilization
    Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional India
    Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional China
    Sleep in the Biblical Period
    Sleep in the New Testament
    The Greco-Roman Period
    The Aztec, Maya, and Inca Civilizations
    II. Sleep Medicine from the Medieval Period to the 19th Century
    Sleep Medicine in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance
    Sleep in the 17th and 18th Centuries
    III. The Early Evolution of Modern Sleep Medicine
    The Evolution of Sleep Medicine in the 19th and the Early 20th Century
    The History of Polysomnography: Tool of Scientific Discovery
    IV. Sleep Medicine Societies, Professional Societies, and Journals
    A History Behind the Development of Sleep Medicine and Sleep Societies
    Development of Sleep Medicine in Europe
    Evolution of Sleep Medicine in Japan
    History of Japanese Clinical Sleep Medicine
    Sleep Medicine around the World (Beyond North American and European Continents)
    V. Sleep Disorders in Historic Diseases
    Cholera
    Encephalities Lethargica
    African Sleeping Sickness
    Sleep and HIV Disease
    VI. Historical Milestones of Individual Sleep Disorders
    Evolution of the Classification of Sleep Disorders
    History of Epidemiological Research in Sleep Medicine
    The Insomnias: Historical Evolution
    VII. Neurological Sleep Disorders
    Narcolepsy ? Cataplexy Syndrome and Symptomatic Hypersomnia
    Idiopathic Hypersomnia
    Kleine-Levin Syndrome
    Movement Disorders in Sleep
    History of Restless Legs Syndrome, Recently Named Willis-Ekbom Disease
    Sleep and Stroke
    Sleep in Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Sleep, Cognitive Dysfunction, and Dementia
    Fatal Familial Insomnia and Agrypnia Excitata: Insights into Human Prion Disease Genetics and the Anatomo-Physiology of Wake and Sleep Behaviours
    Epilepsy and Sleep
    Sleep Disorders after Traumatic Brain Injury: Milestones in Perspective
    Headache Syndromes and Sleep
    VIII. Psychiatric and Psychological Sleep Disorders
    Depression
    Schizophrenia and Psychosis
    Bipolar Disorder
    IX. Respiratory Diseases
    A Short History of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome
    Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome: A Short History
    Restrictive and Obstructive Lung Diseases and Sleep Disorders
    NREM Arousal Parasomnias
    REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
    Chronobiology and Sleep
    X. Medical Disorders and Sleep
    Cardiovascular Disease and Sleep Dysfunction
    Nonrestorative Sleep, Musculoskeletal Pain, Fatigue in Rheumatic Disorders and Allied Syndromes: A Historical Perspective
    Sleep and Pain: Milestones and Advances from Research
    Endocrine-Metabolic Disorders and Sleep Medicine
    The Gut and Sleep
    Impotence and Erectile Problems in Sleep Medicine
    Women?s Health and Sleep Disorders
    XI. Miscellaneous Important Aspects
    The Emergence of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Sleep Disorders, Cognition, Accidents, and Performance
    Sleep Deprivation: Societal Impact and Long Term Consequences
    Sleep Models
    XII. Evolution of Treatment and Investigative Approaches in Sleep Medicine
    A History of Non-Pharmacological Treatments for Insomnia
    The Pharmacological Treatment of Sleep Disorders
    Psychological Treatment of Insomnia: The Evolution of Behavior Therapy and Cognitive Behavior Therapy
    Modafinil: Development and Use of the Compound
    Phylogeny in Sleep Medicine
    Gamma-Hyroxybutyrate (Sodium Oxybate): From the Initial Synthesis to the Treatment of Narcolepsy Cataplexy and Beyond
    Development and Impact of Brain Imaging Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Karim Sedky, Racha Nazir, David Bennett, editors.
    Summary: This book serves to fill the gap in medical training that neglects the bidirectional relationship between sleep medicine and psychiatry. Written by expert psychiatrists who are also trained in sleep medicine, the text translates between these two fields by covering both the classification of sleep disorders as International Classification of Sleep - third edition (ICSD-3) as it relates to mental health, and also the classification of mental health comorbidities as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders - 5 as they relate to sleep disorders. Chapters also address the neurobiological components of sleep and psychiatric consideration, pharmacological considerations, behavioral therapeutic remedies, and unique challenges in special populations, such as pregnant women, children, and others. Sleep Medicine and Mental Health is an excellent resource for all physicians treating patients with sleep disorders who may also have psychiatric considerations, including psychiatrists, sleep specialists, neurologists, primary care physicians, and all others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Introduction
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Introduction to Sleep and Sleep Disorders
    Introduction
    Functions of Sleep
    Normal Sleep and Sleep Architecture
    Non-Rapid Eye Movement Stages (NREM)
    Rapid Eye Movement Stage (REM)
    Process C and Process S
    Sleep Changes Over Life Stages
    Neurobiology and Neuroanatomy of Sleep
    Sleep Disorder Classifications
    Effects of Psychotropic Medications on Sleep
    Interaction Between Sleep Disorders, Psychiatric Complications, and Medical Problems
    Sleep Assessment Measures Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Insomnia
    2: Insomnia
    Introduction
    Prevalence and Chronicity
    Insomnia and Consequences
    Models of Insomnia
    The Stimulus Control Model
    The Three Factor (3-P) Model
    The Neurocognitive Model
    Diagnosis of Insomnia
    Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Fifth Edition (DSM-5) [51]
    International Classification of Sleep Disorders-Third Edition (ICSD-3) [52]
    International Classification of Disorders-Tenth Edition (ICD-10-CM) [53]
    Insomnia Subtypes
    Adjustment Insomnia (Acute)
    Idiopathic Insomnia (Childhood Onset) Paradoxical Insomnia (Sleep State Misperception)
    Inadequate Sleep Hygiene
    Behavioral Insomnia of Childhood
    Psychophysiological Insomnia (Conditioned Insomnia)
    Insomnia Due to Mental Disorder
    Insomnia Due to Medical Condition
    Insomnia Due to Drugs or Substances
    Evaluation and Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I)
    Introduction
    Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I): What Is It?
    Sleep Pattern Assessment
    Sleep Education
    Stimulus Control Therapy
    Sleep Restriction Therapy Managing High Arousal and Utilizing Cognitive Restructuring
    Creating a Relaxing Environment for Sleep
    Cognitive Restructuring
    Efficacy of CBT-I
    Modality: Does CBT-I Format Affect Improvements in Sleep?
    Contraindications to CBT-I
    Insomnia, Comorbid Health Conditions, and CBT-I
    Physical Health Conditions
    Mental Health Conditions
    Hypnotic Medication Use and CBT-I
    CBT-I by Age Group
    Children
    Adolescents
    Older Adults
    CBT-I Limitations
    Summary
    References
    4: Yoga and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (Y-MBCTi)
    Introduction Approach to Assess Insomnia
    Role of Yoga and Mindfulness Interventions in Insomnia
    The Components of the Y-MBCTi Model
    Goal of Y-MBCTi
    Components of Y-MBCTi
    Customizations in the Y-MBCTi
    Achieving the Meditation Skills Before Implementing the CBT Interventions is the Key to Success in this Therapy
    General Instructions on Meditation for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model
    Instructions for Meditation
    The Five-Step SPASM Method for Honing Meditation Skills
    General Instructions on Sleep Hygiene for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Cristina Frange, Fernando Morgadinho Santos Coelho, editors.
    Summary: Sleep is considered one of the vital signs and has become an important public health issue in our society. Thus, sleep impacts on overall health and, conversely, certain common medical conditions can impair sleep. Emerging evidence, in conjunction with clinical experience, demonstrates that physical therapy improves several sleep disorders and also optimized sleep contributes to boost rehabilitation. As health care professionals, physical therapists are singularly concerned with well-being and need to be competent to instruct their patients to rest and sleep. This book discusses evidences of physiotherapy and sleep medicine. It elucidates the neurophysiological background and mechanisms for physiotherapeutic resources and techniques, directing the future for promising research in the area. Divided in seven sections, the work initially addresses the basic concepts of sleep and physiotherapy and its relation to practice, including the importance of sleep medicine for health. The second section focuses on the basic conceptions of physical therapists' understanding and working in clinical practice and research with sleep.The next section reviews the most common sleep disturbances such as insomnia, restless legs syndrome, and respiratory sleep disturbances. Special populations, spotlighting childhood and adolescence, women physiologic reproductive stages, sleep and gender, and sleep and pain interactions are also examined. Last sections discuss the physical therapy resources to improve sleep and to treat sleep disturbances. This title is an essential resource not only for graduate students, residents, health professionals and physiotherapists working in prevention and rehabilitation, but also for researchers interested in screening, diagnostic and treatment innovations. It is addressed to neurologists, sleep medicine specialists and physical educators as well.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Concepts. - 1. Sleep: definition, concept, new area for physical therapy
    2. Normal Sleep: Interindividual Differences and Sleep Variability
    3. Brief history of Sleep Medicine and its importance for overall health
    Part II. Sleep medicine for the physical therapist
    4. Basic principles of physiotherapeutic sleep practice
    5. Sleep physiology and neuroendocrinology for physiotherapists
    Part III. Physiotherapeutic management of sleep disturbances
    6. Insomnia: an overview
    7. Insomnia: Physiotherapeutic approach
    8. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: an overview
    9. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: Physiotherapeutic approach
    10. Circadian rhythm sleep disturbances: an overview
    11. Physical therapy in circadian rhythm disorders: chrono-rehabilitation?
    12. Sleep bruxism: an overview
    13. Sleep bruxism: Physiotherapeutic approach
    14. Obstructive sleep apnea: an overview
    15. Obstructive sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
    16. Central sleep apnea: an overview
    17. Central sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
    18. Upper airway resistance syndrome: an overview
    19. Upper airway resistance syndrome: Physiotherapeutic approach
    20. Narcolepsy: an overview
    21. Excessive daytime sleepiness: an overview
    22. Narcolepsy and Excessive daytime sleepiness: Physiotherapeutic approach
    23. Parassomnias: an overview
    Part IV. Sleep in specific conditions
    24. Sleep-wake disturbances in childhood and adolescence
    25. Sleep and aging
    26. Sleep and gender differences
    27. Sleep in neurologic diseases
    28. Sleep and Chronic Pain Interlaced Influences: Guidance to physiotherapy practice
    Part V. Physiotherapeutic resources/methods/techniques to improve sleep
    29. Exercise and sleep
    30. Hydrotherapeutic resources for sleep management
    31. Optimizing behavior strategies for sleep
    32. Sleep ergonomics
    Part VI. Evidence from basic science and its contribution to physical therapy in sleep medicine
    33. Basic research for sleep physiotherapy
    34. Sleep and musculoskeletal system
    Part VII. Sleep assessment for physical therapy clinical practice
    35. Subjective assessment of sleep
    36. Objective assessment of sleep
    37. Actigraphy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Douglas B. Kirsch.
    Summary: A new addition to the Neurology in Practice series, Sleep Medicine in Neurology is a practical guide for neurologists diagnosing and managing sleep disorders in their patients. As a part of the series, various feature boxes are highlighted throughout. ""Tips and Tricks"" give suggestions on how to improve outcomes through practical technique or patient questioning. In addition, ""Caution"" warning boxes supply helpful advice on how to avoid problems and 'Science Revisited' boxes offer quick reminders of the basic science principles necessary for understanding the presented concepts.

    Contents:
    Introduction to sleep medicine / Douglas B. Kirsch
    The history and physical examination of the sleep patient / Sheila C. Tsai
    Subjective and objective sleep testing / Martha E. Billings and Nathaniel F. Watson
    Using medications to treat insomnia / Andreea Andrei
    Approach to a patient with excessive daytime sleepiness / Rajdeep Singh and Aatif M. Husain
    Approach to a patient with narcolepsy / Ravichand Madala and Rodney A. Radtke
    Evaluation and medical management of sleep disordered breathing / Mihaela H. Bazalakova and Lawrence J. Epstein
    Surgical management of sleep disordered breathing / Masayoshi Takashima, Jaime Gateno, Melinda Davis-Malessevich and Robert Busch
    Medical comorbidities associated with obstructive sleep apnea / Emerson M. Wickwire and Scott G. Williams
    Non-pharmacological treatments of insomnia and circadian rhythm disorder : special focus on neurology patients / Mary Rose
    Parasomnias : diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment / Douglas B. Kirsch
    Restless leg syndrome, periodic limb movements and other movement disorders in sleep / Raman Malhotra
    Sleep and neurological disorders / Maryann C. Deak
    Cognition, driving and sleep / Makoto Kawai
    Pediatric sleep medicine / Shalini Paruthi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Lourdes M. DelRosso, Raffaele Ferri, editors.
    Summary: This practical text provides knowledge of the basic neuroscience of sleep and sleep disorders as they interrelate with various neurologic conditions. Chapters in the first section cover neural networks involved in normal sleep processes, including dreams and memory. Also discussed are how these neural networks interact in various sleep stages and sleep disorders, such as sleep related movement disorders. The book's second section explores the pathophysiology of sleep disorders in the spectrum of neurologic conditions in both adults and children. This includes sleep changes in patients with dementia, seizures, headaches, and stroke, and other common neurologic disorders. Sleep Neurology fills an important gap in the sleep medicine literature by providing the underpinnings of sleep disorders and will be of great value to students, residents, and clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Neurobiology of Wakefulness
    2. Neurobiology of Sleep
    3. Neurobiology of the Control of Sleep
    4. The Neurological Consequences of Sleep Deprivation
    5. Neurobiology of Dreams
    6. Neurobiology of Memory and Sleep
    7. Neurobiology of Insomina
    8. Narcolepsy and Central Nervous System Hypersomnias
    9. Neurobiology of Parasominas
    10. Neurobiology of Sleep Related Movements
    11. Sleep in Seziure Disorders
    12. Sleep in Headaches
    13. Sleep in Cerebral Palsy
    14. Sleep and Cerebrovascular Disorder
    15. Sleep in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    16. Sleep After Traumatic Brain Injury
    17. Disorders of Sleep and Wakefulness in Parkinson's Disease and other Movement Disorders
    18. Sleep in Elderly Adults and in Subjects with Dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editor, Hsin-Ching Lin.
    Contents:
    The history of sleep medicine / Guilleminault, C.
    Advanced concepts in the pathophysiology of obstructive sleep apnea / White, D.P.
    The history of sleep surgery / Yaremchuk, K., Garcia-Rodriguez, L.
    Advances in the diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea : drug-induced sedated endoscopy / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., Kezirianl, E.J., de Vries, N.
    Novel positional devices for the treatment of positional obstructive sleep apnea, and how this relates to sleep surgery / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., de Vries, N.
    Updated concepts on treatment outcomes for obstructive sleep apnea / Certal, V., Capasso, R.
    Updated Friedman staging system for obstructive sleep apnea / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.
    Advancements of CPAP therapy for obstructive sleep apnea / Chen, N.-H.
    Advances in oral appliances for obstructive sleep apnea / Jacobowitz, O.
    Updated nasal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Johnson, D.M., Soose, R.J.
    Updated palate surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Li, H.-Y.
    Updated hypopharyngeal surgery for sleep apnea / Woodson, B.T.
    Updated minimally invasive surgery for sleep-related breathing disorders / Kotecha, B.
    Advances in box surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : genioglossus advancement, hyoid suspension, and maxillomandibular advancement / Go, Y.H., Winston, T., Abdullah, V.J., Kim, S.W.
    Multilevel obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Li, H.-C., Weaver, E.M., Lin, H.-S., Friedman, M.
    Innovative surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : nerve stimulator / Sommer, J.U., Hørmann, K.
    Robotic obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Song, T.T., Hsu, P.P.
    Pediatric obstructive sleep apnea : where do we stand? / Huang, Y.-S., Guilleminault, C.
    Future perspectives in sleep medicine / Huon, L.-K.A., Guilleminault, C.
    Future perspectives in sleep surgery / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Hans-Peter Landolt, Derk-Jan Dijk, editors.
    Summary: The chapter 'Sleep Physiology, Circadian Rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics' available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic Principles
    1. The Function(s) of Sleep
    2. Neuroanatomical and Neurochemical Bases of Vigilance States
    3. Omics Approaches in Sleep-Wake Regulation
    4. The Role of Glia in Sleep Regulation and Function
    5. Sleep- and Wake-Like States in Small 1 Networks In Vivo and In Vitro
    Part 2. Optogenetics and Pharmacogenetics
    6. Optogenetic Dissection of Sleep-Wake States In Vitro and In Vivo
    7. Pharmacosynthetic Deconstruction of Sleep-wake Circuits in the Brain
    8. Clinical and Experimental Human Sleep-Wake Pharmacogenetics
    Part 3. Sleep-Wake Pathologies
    9. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders I: Focus on Hypersomnias and Movement Disorders During Sleep
    10. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders II: Focus on Insomnia and Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
    Part 4. Current and New Targets, and Therapeutic Prospects
    11. GABA Receptors and the Pharmacology of Sleep
    12. Advances of Melatonin-Based Therapies in the Treatment of Disturbed Sleep and Mood
    13. Dopamine and Wakefulness: Pharmacology, Genetics, and Circuitry
    14. Ketamine-Induced Glutamatergic Mechanisms of Sleep and Wakefulness: Insights for Developing Novel Treatments for Disturbed Sleep and Mood
    15. Adenosine and Sleep
    Part 5. Outlook
    16. Adenosine and Sleep
    17. Functional Interactions Between Sleep and Circadian Rhythms in Learning and Learning Disabilities
    18. Sleep Physiology, circadian rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sergio Garbarino, Lino Nobili, Giovanni Costa, editors.
    Summary: "Human Impact Assessment (HuIA) is a relatively new concept describing an integrated process that encompasses both Health Impact Assessment and Social Impact Assessment and is used to anticipate the effects of programs, projects and decisions on human health and welfare. Sleep occupies approximately one-third of our lives, but its human impact remains largely unrecognized. The prevalence of excessive sleepiness is recognized to be increasing in industrialized societies. Sleepiness and fatigue have high costs in terms of both lives lost and socioeconomic impact. Sleepiness and Human Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive exploration of many different facets of sleepiness in our 24-hour society from the new HuIA point of view. Among the covered issues are the physiology and pathophysiology of sleep, its relationship to daytime alertness, fatigue and drugs, the relevance of sleep-related fatigue in various occupational settings and public safety. This book will be of assistance to physicians, occupational health professionals, ergonomists, researchers and decision-makers as they strive to understand the full significance of sleepiness and to create a culture of accountability in everyday life without sleep-related risks."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fuminobu Yoshimachi, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a valuable contribution to the field of minimally invasive coronary intervention, presenting the latest developments in slender catheters, their development and the related research findings. With the growing interest in trans-radial interventions (TRIs) and distal radial approach, "Slender PCI" has been popular in Japan. Although "Slender PCI" started with using a small diameter catheter of a 5Fr Guiding Catheter, recently it becomes a generic term for all minimally invasive catheter Interventions. "Slender PCI" not only makes less painful but also reduces exposure to radiation and contrast agents. In addition, the book highlights the distal radial approach, 5Fr guiding catheter for treating complex lesion, 4Fr guiding catheters, 3Fr diagnosis catheters. The authors share their experiences and know-how throughout, providing abundant illustrations to enhance readers understanding.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: What Is Slender PCI?
    References
    Chapter 3: Evidence for Slender Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Issues for TRI in the Early Years
    3.3 Large Inner Lumen 6 Fr. Guiding Catheter
    3.4 Miniaturization of the Outer Diameter of the Guiding Catheter
    3.5 Slender Sheath Development
    3.6 Slender Techniques
    3.7 Evidence of TRI
    3.8 Evidence of Small-Sized Guiding Catheter
    3.9 Bleeding Complications
    3.10 Future Perspectives for Slender PCI
    References Chapter 4: Less Invasive Intervention: From a Forearm Radial to Distal Radial Approach
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 Significance of Radial Artery Occlusion after Radial Access
    4.1.2 History of Distal Radial Access
    4.1.3 DRA Puncture Technique
    4.1.4 Our Experience of DRA Access
    4.1.5 Complications of DRA Access
    4.1.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Distal Transradial Access for Arterial Angiography and Interventions: An Overview of Knowledge
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Rationale and Backgrounds
    5.2.1 Applied Anatomy
    5.2.2 Advantages for the Patient 5.2.3 Advantages for the Operator
    5.3 Preparation and Technique
    5.3.1 Patient Selection
    5.3.2 Patient Preparation
    5.3.3 Local Anesthesia
    5.3.4 Ultrasound
    5.3.5 Puncture Site
    5.3.6 Puncture Direction
    5.3.7 Puncture and Wire Insertion
    5.3.8 Skin Incision
    5.3.9 Sheath Selection
    5.3.10 Medication
    5.3.11 Wire Insertion
    5.3.12 Catheter Selection
    5.3.13 Hemostasis
    5.4 How to Start a (l)dTRA Program
    5.4.1 Learning Curve
    5.4.2 Preparation
    5.4.3 Role of a Proctor
    5.4.4 General Recommendations
    5.5 Potential Complications 5.5.1 Distal Radial Artery Occlusion (dRAO)
    5.5.2 Digital Ischemia
    5.5.3 Nerve Damage
    5.5.4 Hematoma
    5.5.5 Pseudoaneurysm (PSA)
    5.5.6 Arteriovenous Fistula (AVF)
    5.5.7 Avascular Necrosis Scaphoid (AVN)
    5.5.8 Tendinitis
    5.5.9 Hand Dysfunction
    References
    Chapter 6: Ultimate Less Radial Artery Occlusion Hemostasis Method on Slender PCI
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 RAO Preventive Strategies History
    6.3 Diagnosis and Treatment
    6.4 Latest Progress in Reduction of Early RAO
    6.5 Importance of Short and Soft Compression 6.6 Our Slender Approach and Postprocedural Care
    6.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Distal Radial Approach for ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Representative Case
    7.3 Procedural Considerations
    7.3.1 Patient Selection and Exclusion
    7.3.2 Puncture
    7.3.3 Hemostasis
    7.4 Clinical Significance of Distal Transradial Access
    7.4.1 Hemorrhagic Complication
    7.4.2 Radial Artery Occlusion
    7.4.3 Concerns Over Delay in Revascularization (Longer Door-to-Balloon Time)
    7.5 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    David Aitchison Smith.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Perspectives; 1.1.1 The Sliding Filament Model; 1.1.2 New Experimental Techniques; 1.1.3 Models of Contractility; 1.2 A Short Guide to Contractile Behaviour; 1.3 The Structure of Skeletal Muscle; 1.3.1 Muscle Ultrastructure; References;
    Chapter 2: Of Sliding Filaments and Swinging Lever-Arms; 2.1 Contractile Empiricism: Hillś Equations; 2.2 How Myosin Heads Find Actin Sites; 2.2.1 Head-Site Matching for Vernier Models; 2.2.2 Lattice Models: Target Zones, Layer Lines and Azimuthal Matching 2.3 The First Sliding-Filament Model2.4 The Swinging-Lever-Arm Mechanism; 2.4.1 Mechanokinetics of the Working Stroke; 2.4.2 Theory of the Rapid Length-Step Response; References;
    Chapter 3: Actin-Myosin Biochemistry and Structure; 3.1 How Myosin and Actin Hydrolyze ATP; 3.1.1 Myosin is an ATPase; 3.1.2 Actomyosin is a Better ATPase; 3.1.3 Steady-State ATP Hydrolysis by Actin-Myosin; 3.2 The Biochemical Contraction Cycle; 3.2.1 Actin Binding Versus Nucleotide Binding; 3.2.2 A Biochemical Cycle for Myosin-S1; 3.2.3 Evidence for Two A.M. ADP States; 3.2.4 Evidence for Two M. ATP States 3.3 Coordinating Lever-Arm Movements with Biochemical Events3.3.1 What Biochemical Event Triggers the Working Stroke?; 3.3.2 The Location of the Repriming Stroke; 3.3.3 An Amalgated Mechanochemical Cycle; 3.4 The Atomic Structure of Myosin Complexes; 3.4.1 Actin Binding; 3.4.2 Phosphate Release and the Working Stroke; 3.4.3 An ADP-Release Stroke; 3.4.4 ATP Binding and Actin Affinity; 3.4.5 The Repriming Stroke and Hydrolysis; 3.4.6 Hydrolysis on Actomyosin?; 3.4.7 The Pathway of the Stroke; References;
    Chapter 4: Models for Fully-Activated Muscle; 4.1 Strain-Dependent Kinetics 4.1.1 Kramers' Method for Reaction Rates; 4.1.2 Actin Binding: Swing, Roll and Lock; 4.1.3 The Kinetics of the Working Stroke; 4.1.4 An ADP-Release Stroke; 4.2 The Evolution of Contraction Models; 4.2.1 A Two-State Stroking Model; 4.2.2 The Search for a Simple Vernier Model; 4.2.3 Lattice Models; 4.3 Computational Methods; 4.3.1 Probabilistic Methods; 4.3.2 Monte-Carlo Simulation; 4.4 The Effects of Filament Elasticity; 4.4.1 The Equivalent Lumped Filament Compliance; 4.4.2 Experimental Consequences; 4.5 Target Zones, Dimeric Myosins and Buckling Rods 4.5.1 Calculations with Target Zones and Dimeric Myosins4.5.2 An Updated 5-State Vernier Model; 4.5.3 Buckling Rods; 4.6 Adding Phosphate, ADP or ATP; 4.6.1 Added Phosphate; 4.6.2 Changing ADP or ATP; 4.7 The Effects of Temperature; References;
    Chapter 5: Transients, Stability and Oscillations; 5.1 Chemical Jumps and Temperature Jumps; 5.1.1 The Activation Jump; 5.1.2 Pi Jumps; 5.1.3 ATP Jumps; 5.1.4 Temperature Jumps; 5.2 Length Steps; 5.2.1 The Length-Step Response; 5.2.2 Repeated Length Steps; 5.3 Sinusoidal Length Changes; 5.4 Force Steps; 5.4.1 Isotonic Oscillations
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Marcus-Matthias Gellrich ; with a contribution by Dieter Schmidt ; English translation by Carole Gustely Cürten.
    Summary: In this book the author describes in detail the history, construction, and examination potential of the slit lamp. In particular, however, he presents a new approach videography that allows the ophthalmologist to document all (!) eye diseases with the slit lamp and a video camera in a practicable, rapid, and affordable manner. The necessary methods, techniques, and equipment, including converging, diverging, and contact lenses, are clearly explained in the text and four didactic videos. The 20 most important videographic settings are described, and recipes for their use are presented, along with diagnostic tips. The accompanying collection of clinical images represents the world's first ever general atlas of ophthalmology from the perspective of the slit lamp. The author has already demonstrated proof of the value of ophthalmological videography in his own practice. It is his hope that this introductory book, with its many images never previously produced with a slit lamp, will stimulate others to exploit the approach's potential.

    Contents:
    Basics: Appliance Construction. Biomicroscopy: Types of Illumination
    Biomicroscopy without Additional Lenses
    Biomicroscopy with Additional Lenses
    Accessory Equipment for Slit Lamps. Videography with the Slit Lamp: Videography - the Basics
    Special Videography Applications
    Specific Videographic Settings for Specific Ocular Diseases. History of the Slit Lamp: History of Slit Lamp Construction.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Victoria Sweet.
    Summary: "A radical new understanding of how medicine is best practiced, from the award-winning author of God's Hotel. Over the years that Victoria Sweet has been a physician, "healthcare" has replaced medicine, "providers" look at their laptops more than at their patients, and costs keep soaring, all in the ruthless pursuit of efficiency. Yet the remedy that economists and policy makers continue to miss is also miraculously simple. Good medicine takes more than amazing technology; it takes time--time to respond to bodies as well as data, time to arrive at the right diagnosis and the right treatment. Sweet knows this because she has learned and lived it over the course of her career. Here she relates unforgettable stories of the teachers, doctors, nurses, and patients through whom she discovered the practice of Slow Medicine, in which she has been a pioneer. Medicine, she makes us see, is a craft and an art as well as a science. It is relational, personal, even spiritual. To do it well requires a hard-won wisdom that no algorithm can replace--that brings together "fast" and "slow" in a truly effective, efficient, sustainable, and humane way of healing"-- Provided by publisher. "The award-winning author of God's Hotel offers a radical reimagining of how we practice medicine"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medicine without a soul
    On the cusp of Aquarius
    Dr. Gurushantih and my new white coat
    The man with a hole in his head
    Dr. Greg's 30 percent solution
    A successful petition to the saint of impossible causes
    The mantle of Hippocrates
    Three prophets, no whale
    Visiting day at the henhouse
    A slow medicine clinic before its time
    Passing the point of no return
    Intermission: in which fast medicine and slow medicine come together
    Turnaround
    A craft, a science, and an art
    Upstairs, downstairs
    A short pause to recapitulate, or The crack in the cosmic egg
    The force that through the green fuse drives the flower
    Nothing is better than life
    A slow medicine manifesto.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA973.5 .S94 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Fabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is a practical guide to the use of small animal imaging in preclinical research that will assist in the choice of imaging modality and contrast agent and in study design, experimental setup, and data evaluation. All established imaging modalities are discussed in detail, with the assistance of numerous informative illustrations. While the focus of the new edition remains on practical basics, it has been updated to encompass a variety of emerging imaging modalities, methods, and applications. Additional useful hints are also supplied on the installation of a small animal unit, study planning, animal handling, and cost-effective performance of small animal imaging. Cross-calibration methods and data postprocessing are considered in depth. This new edition of Small Animal Imaging will be an invaluable aid for researchers, students, and technicians involved in research into and applications of small animal imaging.

    Contents:
    Role of small animal imaging. Noninvasive imaging for supporting basic research / Pat Zanzonico
    Non-invasive imaging in the pharmaceutical industry / Sally-Ann Ricketts, Paul D. Hockings, John C. Waterton
    How to set up a small animal imaging unit / David Stout
    Noninvasive small rodent imaging: significance for the 3R principles / Nicolau Beckmann, Peter Maier
    Study planning and animal preparation. Institutional preconditions for small animal imaging / René H. Tolba
    Statistical considerations for animal imaging studies / Hannes-Friedrich Ulbrich
    Animal anesthesia and monitoring / Marc Hein, Anna B. Roehl, René H. Tolba
    Drug administration / Klaus Nebendahl, Peter Hauff
    Imaging modalities and probes. How to choose the right imaging modality / Fabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff
    X-ray and X-ray-CT / Willi A. Kalender, Paul Deak, Klaus Engelke, Marek Karolczak
    Ct contrast agents / Hubertus Pietsch
    Small animal magnetic resonance imaging: basic principles, instrumentation and practical issue / Peter Jakob
    Mr contrast agents / Eliana Gianolio, Alessandra Viale, Daniela Delli Castelli, Silvio Aime
    Mr spectroscopy / Markus Becker
    Ultrasound / Stuart Foster, Catherine Theodoropoulos
    Ultrasound contrast agents / Michel Schneider
    Imaging modalities and probes. PET and SPECT / Sibylle I. Ziegler
    Radiotracer I: standard tracer / Walter Mier, Uwe Haberkorn
    Radiotracer II: peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals / Roland Haubner, Clemens Decristoforo
    Optical imaging / Ralf B. Schulz, Vasilis Ntziachristos
    Optical probes / Kai Licha
    Multi-modal imaging and image fusion / Vesna Sossi
    Ex vivo validation methods. Ex vivo and in vitro cross calibration methods / Albertine Dubois, Julien Dauguet, Thierry Delzescaux
    In vitro methods for in vivo quantitation of PET and SPECT imaging probes: autoradiography and gamma counting / David Stout
    Data postprocessing. Qualitative and quantitative data analysis / Felix Gremse, Volkmar Schulz
    Guidelines for nuclear image analysis / Martin S. Judenhofer, Stefan Wiehr, Damaris Kukuk, Kristina Fischer, Bernd J. Pichler
    Kinetic modelling / J̲örg van den Hoff
    Data documentation systems / S̲nke H. Bartling, Wolfhard Semmler
    Special applications. Imaging in developmental biology / Katrien Vandoorne, Stav Sapoznik, Tal Raz, Inbal Biton, Michal Neeman
    Imaging in gynecology research / Matthias W. Laschke, Michael D. Menger
    Imaging in cardiovascular research / Michael Schäfers, Klaus Tiemann, Michael Kuhlmann, Lars Stegger, Klaus Schäfers, Sven Hermann
    Imaging in neurology research I: neurooncology / Yannic Waerzeggers, Parisa Monfared, Alexandra Winkeler, Thomas Viel, Andreas H. Jacobs
    Imaging in neurology research II: PET imaging of cns disorders / Gjermund Henriksen, Alexander Drzezga
    Special applications / Imaging in Neurology Research III: Focus on Neurotransmitter Imaging / Wynne K. Schiffer
    Imaging in oncology research / Wolfgang A. Weber, Fabian Kiessling
    Imaging in immunology research / Jason T. Lee, Evan D. Nair-Gill, Brian A. Rabinovich, Caius G. Radu, Owen N. Witte.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mark S. Thompson, DVM Diplomate, American Board of Veterinary Practitioners Certified in Canine/Feline Practice, Brevard Animal Hospital, Brevard, North Carolina.
    Contents:
    Part one: Clinical signs approach to differential diagnosis
    Part two: Systemic approach to differential diagnosis
    Part three: Laboratory values and interpretation of results.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    E. Christopher Orton, Eric Monnet ; illustrated by Molly Borman, Thomas O. McCracken.
    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary function / Orton
    Cardiopulmonary monitoring and supportive care / Orton
    Instrumentation / Orton
    Thoracotomy / Orton
    Sternotomy / Orton
    Minimally-invasive thoracic surgery / Monnet, Orton
    Thoracostomy and pleural drainage / Monnet
    Thoracic wall / Monnet
    Pleural effusions / Monnet
    Pneumothorax / Monnet
    Thymoma and mediastinal masses / Monnet
    Esophagus / Orton
    Vascular ring anomalies / Monnet
    Trachea / Monnet
    Lung / Monnet
    Diaphragm / Orton
    Pericardium / Monnet, Orton
    Strategies for cardiac surgery / Orton
    Patent ductus arteriosus / Orton
    Pulmonary and aortic valves / Orton
    Tricuspid and mitral valves / Orton
    Congenital septal defects / Orton
    Cor triatriatum and double-chambered right ventricle / Orton
    Cardiac neoplasia / Orton
    Epicardial pacemaker implantation / Monnet.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Brad Aiken.
    Summary: Like many fields of science, the future of medicine is frequently predicted by the science fiction writers of today, very much as many of today's medical advances were presaged by science fiction stories of the past. In this book, physician and science fiction author Brad Aiken conveys his own speculations about our medical future through nine highly entertaining and thought-provoking short stories. Touching upon a great variety of themes, including but not limited to telemedicine and remote surgery, vaccination strategies against unknown deathly pathogens, nanomedicine to cure diseases and retard ageing, bionics, cloning and euthanasia, we get a glimpse of what might be awaiting humanity. Yet, in these stories it is always the protagonists, humans after all, who remain at the center stage, not the new technologies. This provides the fictional material with a unique blend of science fiction and social fantasy. It also warns us to be wary of the pitfalls of too much reliance on dehumanizing technology and to make sure it remains our helper, not our master. Last but not least, an extensive scientific essay investigates the interplay between science fiction and both past and current advances in medical sciences and technology, making the link to the fictional material in the book as well as to the relevant scientific literature.

    Contents:
    Part I Short Stories
    Locked In
    Questioning the Tree
    Freudian Slipstream
    Done That, Never Been There
    Hiding from Nobel
    The Last Clone
    If He Only Had a Brain
    Once, On a Blue Moon
    A Time to Every Purpose
    Part II The Science behind the Fiction: The Invasion of Modern Medicine by Science Fiction.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sung-Tsang Hsieh, Praveen Anand, Christopher H. Gibbons, Claudia Sommer, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of small fiber neuropathy (SFN), from diagnosis to therapy. It focuses on nerve degeneration and neuropathic pain, and their underlying pathology, physiology, psychophysics, genetics and imaging. In particular, this book describes and discusses the major advances in diagnostic techniques for assessing SFN. These include skin biopsy, evoked potentials, quantitative sensory testing and functional studies, as biomarkers of SFN. SFN is a common peripheral nerve disorder, but was often overlooked due to a lack of objective and specific diagnostic tests for the assessment of small nerve fibers. These fibers mediate thermal sensation, pain detection (nociception), and autonomic regulation. Major symptoms of SFN include neuropathic pain, impaired sensation and autonomic dysfunction. Neuropathic pain poses a diagnostic challenge to clinicians, an essential step for selecting appropriate treatment to relieve suffering. SFN frequently develops in systemic diseases such as diabetes mellitus, following chemotherapy, infections etc., or presents as a major feature of various genetic neuropathies (e.g. channelopathy and familial amyloidosis). In addition to describing these conditions which lead to SFN, this book also describes related syndromes of neurodegeneration and pain, including fibromyalgia, visceral pain and hypersensitivity. This definitive book covers both clinical aspects and research progress, which provides in-depth and up-to-date information on SFN. It would be immensely useful for clinicians, neurologists, neuroscientists, diabetologists, and pain specialists. Dr. Sung-Tsang Hsieh is a professor at Department of Neurology and Institute of Anatomy and Cell Biology, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. He is also the associate dean of College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. Dr. Praveen Anand is a professor at Department of Clinical Neurology and head of Centre for Clinical Translation, Hammersmith Hospital, UK. Dr. Christopher Gibbons is an associate professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, USA. Dr. Claudia Sommer is a professor of Neurology at the Department of Neurology, Würzburg University Hospital, Germany.

    Contents:
    Overview of small fiber neuropathy and clinical aspects of small fiber neuropathy
    Pathology of small fiber neuropathy: skin biopsy for nociceptive nerve
    Neurophysiology: evoked potential
    Psychophysics
    Autonomic examinations and nerve pathology
    Diabetic neuropathy, metabolic syndrome
    Genetic small fiber neuropathy
    Amyloid neuropathy
    Small fiber involvment in conventional large fiber neuropathy
    Vasculitis and autoimmune disorders, infectious neuropathy
    Pain syndromes
    Visceral pain and hypersensitivity disorders
    Small fiber pathology in neurodegenerative disorders
    Neuropathic pain in small fiber neuropathy
    Therapy for small fiber neuropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hoon Jai Chun, Sang-Yong Seol, Myung-Gyu Choi, Joo Young Cho, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of small intestinal disease with the aim of providing an up-to-date reference of the highest quality that will assist in everyday clinical practice. After introductory chapters on anatomy, pathophysiology, epidemiology, and signs and symptoms, the roles of different imaging modalities in the diagnosis of small intestinal disease are clearly explained, focusing particularly on capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, CT and MR enterography, and nuclear medicine techniques. A series of chapters then address each of the diseases and conditions that may be encountered. The coverage is wide ranging, including, for example, obscure gastrointestinal bleeding, Crohns disease and other inflammatory conditions, celiac disease, Behcets disease, Meckels diverticulum, intestinal tuberculosis, and various malignancies. Numerous informative clinical cases are presented to identify characteristic imaging findings and assist in treatment decision making. Small intestinal disease continues to represent a significant challenge. The scope and detail of this book will make it an invaluable asset for gastroenterologists and other clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy and physiology of small intestine
    2. Epidemiology of small intestinal disease
    3. Symptoms and signs of small intestinal disease
    4. Diagnostic modalities for small intestinal disease
    5. Capsule endoscopy
    6. Device assisted small bowel endoscopy
    7. Radiology (CT/MR enteroscopy)
    8. Nuclear medicine and others
    9. Clinical manifestations of small intestinal disease
    10. Obscure GI bleeding
    11. Vascular lesions
    12. Crohns disease
    13. Other inflammatory lesions
    14. NSAID enteropathy
    15. Intestinal tuberculosis
    16. Behcet disease
    17. Meckels diverticulum
    18. Cryptogenic Multifocal Ulcerous Stenosing Enteritis
    19. Celiac disease
    20. Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
    21. Adenocarcinoma
    22. Lymphoma
    23. GIST
    24. Primary lymphangiectasia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Uwe M. Martens, editor.
    Contents:
    Imatinib Mesylate
    Dasatinib
    Nilotinib
    Bosutinib: a potent second-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitor
    Ponatinib: a third-generation inhibitor for the treatment of CML
    Ruxolitinib
    Ibrutinib
    Pomalidomide
    Enasidenib
    Midostaurin: a multiple kinases inhibitor in acute myeloid leukemia and systemic mastocytosis
    Venetoclax: targeting BCL2 in hematological cancers
    Idelalisib
    Carfilzomib
    Acalabrutinib, a second-generation Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Uwe M. Martens, editor.
    Summary: Extensive research into the molecular mechanisms of cancer has heralded a new age of targeted therapy. The field of personalized cancer therapy is now growing rapidly, and the progress being made will result in significant changes in the treatment algorithms for cancer patients. Numerous novel targets that are crucial for the survival of cancer cells can be attacked by small molecules such as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors. This book, written by acknowledged experts, discusses in detail the most recent developments in targeted cancer therapy using small molecules. A wide range of small molecules is covered, including, in addition to tyrosine kinase inhibitors, mTOR, proteasome, and multikinase inhibitors, among others. For each molecule, aspects such as chemical structure, mechanism of action, drug targets, drug interactions, preclinical studies, clinical trials, treatment applications, and toxicity are discussed.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Uwe M. Martens, editor.
    Contents:
    Erlotinib
    Lapatinib
    Regorafenib
    Crizotinib
    Cabozantinib: multi-kinase inhibitor of MET, AXL, RET, and VEGFR2
    Vemurafenib
    Trametinib (GSK1120212)-- Everolimus
    Vismodegib
    Larotrectinib (LOXO-101)
    Palbociclib, the first of a new class of cell cycle inhibitors
    Cobimetinib (GDC-0973, XL518)
    Lenvatinib: a tyrosine kinase inhibitor of VEGFR 1-3, FGFR 1-4, PDGFRα, KIT and RET
    Afatinib
    Olaparib
    Gefitinib
    Alectinib
    Osimertinib .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mathieu Rederstorff.
    Contents:
    Small non-coding RNAs : a quick look in the rearview mirror / Guillaume Clerget, Yoann Abel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Alcoholic precipitation of small non-coding RNAs / Guillaume Clerget, Valérie Bourguignon-Igel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Quantification and quality control of a small non-coding RNA preparation / Virginie Marchand and Christiane Branlant
    Impact of RNA isolation protocols on RNA detection by Northern blotting / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
    Improved Northern blot detection of small RNAs using EDC crosslinking and DNA/LNA probes / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
    Direct cloning of double-stranded RNAs / Manli Shen [and three others]
    Detection and labeling of small non-coding RNAs by splinted ligation / Gabrielle Bourgeois [and three others]
    Fluorescence in situ hybridization of small non-coding RNAs / Valentin Vautrot [and three others]
    RT-qPCR-based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Fjoralba Zeka, Pieter Mestdagh, and Jo Vandesompele
    Stem-loop RT-PCR based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Véronique Salone and Mathieu Rederstorff
    miR-RACE : an effective approach to accurately determine the sequence of computationally identified miRNAs / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
    Probing small non-coding RNAs structures / Jean-Vincent Philippe [and three others]
    cDNA library generation for the analysis of small RNAs by high-throughput sequencing / Jennifer Gebetsberger, Roger Fricker, and Norbert Polacek
    CLIP-Seq to discover transcriptome-wide imprinting of RNA binding proteins in living cells / Jérôme Saulière and Hervé Le Hir
    Microarray analysis of small non-coding RNAs / Michael Karbiener and Marcel Scheideler
    RML-RACE, PPM-RACE, and qRT-PCR : an integrated strategy to accurately validate miRNA target genes / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
    Dual luciferase gene reporter assays to study miRNA function / Thomas Clément, Véronique Salone, and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Gene expression knockdown by transfection of siRNAs into mammalian cells / Yoann Abel and Mathieu Rederstorff
    Efficient and selective knockdown of small non-coding RNAs / Xue-Hai Liang, Wen Shen, and Stanley T. Crooke
    Cell-SELEX : in vitro selection of synthetic small specific ligands / Helena Dickinson [and three others]
    Small non-coding RNAs and aptamers in diagnostics and therapeutics / Marissa Leonard, Yijuan Zhang, and Xiaoting Zhang.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sonali Vyas, Deepshikha Bhargava.
    Summary: The upcoming trends in healthcare are intended towards improving the overall quality of life. In the past,management of health issues were limited to clinics and hospitals and managing patients data and analyzing it. This procedure was difficult and time consuming. A great effort was also needed in diagnosing the cause and type of disease, but this all has changed now. As advancement in research and technologies, a positive impact on healthcare is seen. This book assesses the need and era of smart healthcare and delivers content relevant to current age and time. It describes the trend, usage and practicality of IWMDs i.e. Wearable Medical Device or Sensors (WMSs) and Implantable Medical Devices (IMDs) and how they enhance the awareness of daily healthcare.It establishes a relation and conjunction of daily healthcare monitoring with clinical healthcare. A healthcare system is called smart when there is an ability to make decisions, which comes from data analytics. Smart healthcare systems possess capability of data analytics and IoT based services which can be implemented on smart phones using cloud technology. This book discusses various research trends and technologies related to innovations and advancements for smart healthcare systems. It also elaborates challenges, scope upcoming techniques, devices and future directions for smart healthcare systems.The proposed book would in particular benefit researchers interested in interdisciplinary sciences, It would also be of value to faculty, research communities, and researchers from diverse disciplines who aspire to create new and innovative research initiatives.

    Contents:
    Smart Health-An Introduction
    Technologies for Smart Health
    Telehealth
    Algorithms and Software for Smart Health
    Scalable Smart Health Systems
    Devices, Systems and Infrastructure for Smart Health
    Cyber Physical System for Healthcare
    Big Data Analytics and Cognitive Computing for Smart Health System
    Values and Risks of Smart Health
    Challenges/ Opportunities and Future Trends in Smart Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Gianni Ciofani.
    Summary: "Smart Nanoparticles for Biomedicine explores smart nanoparticles that change their structural or functional properties in response to specific external stimuli (electric or magnetic fields, electromagnetic radiation, ultrasound, etc.). Particular attention is given to multifunctional nanostructured materials that are pharmacologically active and that can be actuated by virtue of their magnetic, dielectric, optically-active, redox-active, or piezoelectric properties. This important reference resource will be of great value to readers who want to learn more on how smart nanoparticles can be used to create more effective treatment solutions. Nanotechnology has enabled unprecedented control of the interactions between materials and biological entities, from the microscale, to the molecular level. Nanosurfaces and nanostructures have been used to mimic or interact with biological microenvironments, to support specific biological functions, such as cell adhesion, mobility and differentiation, and in tissue healing. Recently, a new paradigm has been proposed for nanomedicine to exploit the intrinsic properties of nanomaterials as active devices rather than as passive structural units or carriers for medications. Discusses the synthesis, characterization and applications of a new generation of smart nanoparticles for nanomedicine applicationsExplores the problems relating to the biocompatibility of a range of nanoparticles, outlining potential solutionsDescribes techniques for manipulating specific classes of nanoparticles for a variety of treatment types"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: Smart Materials in Biomedicine / Elisa Mele
    2. Smart Polymeric Nanoparticles / Clara Mattu, Giulia Brachi, Gianluca Ciardelli
    3. Smart Liposomes for Drug Delivery / Tianshu Li, Shinji Takeoka
    4. Pharmacologically Active Plant-Derived Natural Products / Adela Pintea, Dumitriţa Rugină, Zoriţa Diaconeasa
    5. Nanostructured Cyanoacrylates: Biomedical Applications / Ilker S. Bayer
    6. Applications of Carbon Nanotubes in the Biomedical Field / Cécilia Ménard-Moyon
    7. Carbon Nanomaterials for Nanomedicine / Marta d'Amora, Silvia Giordani
    8. Silica Nanoparticle Applications in the Biomedical Field / Larissa B. Capeletti, Lívia M.D. Loiola, Agustin S. Picco, Michelle da Silva Liberato, Mateus B. Cardoso
    9. Magnetic Nanoparticles and Their Bioapplications / Christos Tapeinos
    10. TiO2 Nanotube Arrays as Smart Platforms for Biomedical Applications / Giada G. Genchi, Yiqi Cao, Tejal A. Desai
    11. Antioxidant Inorganic Nanoparticles and Their Potential Applications in Biomedicine / Austin Burns, William T. Self
    12. Zinc Oxide Nanostructures in Biomedicine / Luisa Racca, Marta Canta, Bianca Dumontel, Andrea Ancona, Tania Limongi, Nadia Garino, Marco Laurenti, Giancarlo Canavese, Valentina Cauda
    13. Smart Inorganic Nanoparticles for Wireless Cell Stimulation / Attilio Marino, Matteo Battaglini, Ilaria Pezzini, Gianni Ciofani
    14. Nanosized Optical Thermometers / Satoshi Arai, Madoka Suzuki
    15. Advanced Optical Microscopy Techniques for the Investigation of Cell-Nanoparticle Interactions / Natalia Feiner-Gracia, Sílvia Pujals, Pietro Delcanale, Lorenzo Albertazzi.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Toyoki Kozai, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the concept, characteristics, methodology, design, management, business, recent advances and future technologies of plant factories with artificial lighting (PFAL) and indoor vertical farms. The third wave of PFAL business started in around 2010 in Japan and Taiwan, and in USA and Europe it began in about 2013 after the rapid advances in LED technology. The book discusses the basic and advanced developments in recent PFALs and future smart PFALs that emerged in 2016. There is an emerging interest around the globe in smart PFAL R & D and business, which are expected to play an important role in urban agriculture in the coming decades. It is also expected that they will contribute to solving the trilemma of food, environment and natural resources with increasing urban populations and decreasing agricultural populations and arable land area. Current obstacles to successful PFAL R & D and business are: 1) no well-accepted concepts and methodology for PFAL design and management, 2) lack of understanding of the environmental effects on plant growth and development and hydroponics among engineers; 3) lack of understanding of the technical and engineering aspects of PFAL among horticulturists; 4) lack of knowledge of the technical challenges and opportunities in future PFAL businesses among business professionals, policy makers, and investors and 5) lack of a suitable textbook on the recent advances in PFAL technologies and business for graduate students and young researchers. This book covers all the aspects of successful smart PFAL R & D and business.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Characteristics of Current Plant Factories and Next Generation Plant Factory; Chapter 1: Current Status of Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs) and Smart PFALs; 1.1 Introduction: Food, Resource, and Environment Trilemma; 1.1.1 Contribution of Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs) to Solving the Trilemma; 1.1.2 Reducing the Loss of Fresh Vegetables in Urban Areas Using PFALs; 1.1.3 Waste Produced in Urban Areas Can Be Used as Essential Resources for Plant Production; 1.2 Characteristics and Main Components of the PFAL Part1 Characteristics of current plant factories and next generation plant factory
    1. Current Status of Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs) and Smart PFALs (Toyoki Kozai)
    2. Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs): Benefits, Problems and Challenges (Toyoki Kozai)
    3. Protocols, issues and potential improvements of current cultivation systems (Na Lu and Shigeharu Shimamura)
    4. Design and Control of smart PFAL (Yoshihiro Nakabo) 5. Designing a Cultivation System Module (CSM) Considering the Cost Performance
    A Step Towards Smart PFALs
    (Toyoki Kozai)
    Part 2 Recent Outcomes in Development and Business
    6. Business planning on Efficiency, Productivity, and Profitability (Kaz Uraisami)
    7. Renewable energy makes plant factory "smart" (Kaz Uraisami)
    8. Total indoor farming concepts for large scale production (Marc Kreuger, Lianne Meeuws, Gertjan Meeuws)
    9. SaibaiX: Production process management system (Shunsuke Sakaguchi)
    10. Air distribution and its uniformity (Ying Zhang and Murat Kacira)
    Part 3 Re-considerations of photosynthesis, LEDs, units and terminology
    11. Reconsidering the Fundamental Characteristics of Photosynthesis and LEDs (Toyoki Kozai and Masayuki Nozue)
    12. Reconsidering the terminology and units for light and nutrient solution (Toyoki Kozai, Satoru Tsukagoshi and Shunsuke Sakaguchi)
    Part 4 Advances in Research on LED lighting
    13. Usefulness of broadband-spectrum white LEDs to envision future plant factory (Hatsumi Nozue and Masao Gomi)
    14. LED lighting technique to control plant growth and morphology (Tomohiro Jishi)
    15. The quality and quality shifting of the night interruption light affect the morphogenesis and flowering in floricultural plants (Byoung Ryong Jeong, Yoo Gyeong Park)
    Part 5 Advanced technologies to be implemented in the smart plant factory
    16. Mechanization of Agriculture considering Its Business model (Tamio Tanikawa)
    17. Quantifying the environmental and energy benefits of food growth in urban environment (Rebecca Ward, Melanie Jans-Singh and Ruchi Choudhary)
    18. Applications for breeding and high-wire tomato production in plant factory (Marc Kreuger, Lianne Meeuws and Gertjan Meeuws)
    19. Molecular breeding for plant factory
    Strategies and Technology (Richalynn Leong and Daisuke Urano)
    20. Production of value-added plants (Shoko Hikosaka)
    21. Chemical inquiry into herbalmedicines and food additives (Natsuko Kagawa)
    22. Detection and utilization of biological rhythms in plant factories (Hirokazu Fukuda, Yusuke Tanigaki, Shogo Moriyuki)
    23. Automated characterization of plant growth and flowering dynamics using RGB images (Wei Guo)
    24. Towards Nutrient Solution Composition Control in Hydroponic System (Toyoki Kozai, Satoru Tsukagoshi and Syunsuke Sakaguchi)
    25. Phenotyping- and AI-based environmental control and breeding for PFAL (Eri Hayashi and Toyoki Kozai)
    26. Plant cohort research and its application (Toyoki Kozai, Na Lu, Rikuo Hasegawa, Osamu Nunomura, Tomomi Nozaki, Yumiko Amagai and Eri Hayashi)
    27. Concluding remarks (Toyoki Kozai). 1.2.1 Characteristics of the PFAL1.2.2 Difference Between PFAL and PFSL; 1.2.3 Main Components of the PFAL; 1.3 Current Status of PFALs; 1.3.1 Estimated Number of PFALs; 1.3.2 Production Capacity, Production Cost, and Wholesale Price; 1.3.3 Plants Suited to PFALs; 1.4 Main Objectives and Outline of This Book; 1.5 Image of the Smart PFAL; 1.6 Expected Ultimate Functions of the Smart PFAL; 1.7 Using Global Technology to Enhance the Quality of Local Culture and Technology; 1.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: Plant Factories with Artificial Lighting (PFALs): Benefits, Problems, and Challenges 2.1 Introduction2.2 Potential and Actualized Benefits of the PFAL; 2.3 Current Unsolved Problems of PFALs; 2.3.1 Actions Required for Solving the Problems; 2.3.2 Some Specific Technical Problems; 2.4 Actions Required for Enhancing PFAL RandD and Business; 2.5 Challenges for the Smart PFAL; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Protocols, Issues and Potential Improvements of Current Cultivation Systems; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Hydroponic System; 3.2.1 Irrigation Methods; 3.2.1.1 The Nutrient Film Technique (NFT) System; 3.2.1.2 The Deep Flow Technique (DFT) System 3.2.1.3 Modified Hybrid System3.2.1.4 Spray System; 3.2.1.5 Ebb and Flow System; 3.2.1.6 Drip Irrigation System; 3.2.1.7 Wicking System; 3.2.2 Nutrient Solutions; 3.2.2.1 Nutrient Composition; 3.2.2.2 Electrical Conductivity (EC); 3.2.2.3 Management of pH; 3.2.2.4 Nutrient Solution Temperature; 3.3 Lighting System and Light Aspects; 3.3.1 Photosynthetic Photon Flux Density (PPFD) and Light Period; 3.3.2 Light Spectrum; 3.4 Set Points of Air Temperature, VPD, CO2 Concentration and Air Current Speed; 3.5 Air Conditioning System and Air Circulation; 3.5.1 Air Conditioning System 3.5.2 Air Circulation3.6 Salinity Control and Sterilization of Nutrient Solution; 3.6.1 Salinity Control; 3.6.2 Sterilization of Nutrient Solution; 3.6.2.1 The UV Sterilization Method; 3.6.2.2 The Ozone (O3) Sterilization Method; 3.6.2.3 The Heat Sterilization Method; 3.6.2.4 Silver/Titanium Oxide Utilization Method; 3.6.2.5 Sand Filtration Method; 3.6.2.6 Other Sterilization Methods; 3.7 Floor Layout; 3.8 Plant Species and Cultivars; 3.9 Issues to Be Solved; 3.9.1 Light; 3.9.2 Temperature; 3.9.3 Element Balance in Nutrient Solution; 3.9.4 pH Adjustment; 3.9.5 Algae; 3.9.6 Tip Burn
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur.
    Summary: This book provides information on how to extract the most from mobile applications and easily adapt and integrate them into daily practice. Today mobile applications that can optimize patient flow, help in examinations, perform anterior/posterior segment imaging, offer differential diagnosis and therapeutic options and even serve as patient drug reminders and councilors are easily available. Most of them have been developed by individuals and as a result lack marketing, even though they are free to download and use. Ophthalmology has always been at the forefront of medicine when it comes to adopting the latest developments -- be they lasers, off-label anti-VEGF drugs or biocompatible implants. Mobile phones and tablets have infiltrated our private and professional lives and they are here to stay. As such, this book explores the endless possibilities that mobile computing offers, and introduces the vista of opportunities for providing better care, one download at a time. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology" this volume is intended for residents and fellows in-training, as well as general and specialist ophthalmologists.

    Contents:
    What are "smart devices"?
    Social networking in ophthalmology
    Apps and social networking pages for basic workup
    Apps and social networking pages for lens disorders
    Apps and social networking pages for glaucoma
    Apps and social networking pages for retinal diseases
    Apps and social networking pages for strabismus and pediatric ophthalmology
    Apps and social networking pages for neuro-ophthalmology
    Apps and social networking pages for oculoplasty and ocular trauma
    Apps and social networking pages for ocular oncology
    Teleophthalmology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard L. Doty
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic principles. A. Fundamentals.
    Epidemiology of smell and taste dysfunction
    B. Morphophysiology of the olfactory and nasal trigeminal sensory systems. Anatomy of the olfactory system
    Development of the human olfactory system
    Anatomy of the olfactory mucosa
    Olfactory receptor function
    Central olfactory structures
    Taste and smell processing in the brain
    The intranasal trigeminal system
    Cranial nerve 13
    C. Morphophysiology of the gustatory and oral trigeminal systems. Anatomy and development of the human taste system
    Taste receptor function
    Central taste anatomy and physiology
    The orotrigeminal system
    Section II: Clinical aspects. A. Clinical assessment
    Health histories and medical evaluations of patients with complaints of chemosensory dysfunction
    Psychophysical testing of smell and taste function
    Electrophysiologic assessment of olfactory and gustatory function
    Neuroimaging of smell and taste
    B. Diseases and disorders. Diseases of the nasal cavity
    Neurolocalization of taste disorders
    Chemosensory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
    Systemic diseases and disorders
    Toxic exposures and the senses of taste and smell
    The influence of head injury on olfactory and gustatory function
    Animal models of olfactory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
    C. Treatment and management of chemosensory disorders. Treatments for smell and taste disorders: a critical review.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Christopher H. Hawkes, Richard L. Doty.
    Summary: Loss of the sense of smell or taste is often a sign of neurological disease. Evaluating chemosensation (the senses of smell and taste) during neurological examination can help early detection of neurodegenerative conditions such as Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease. The importance of such testing is now receiving increasingly high profile in the medical curriculum. In this book, olfactory conditions are completely updated and the sense of taste is now included in similar detail. It is written by experts in the field, covering anatomy and physiology of human olfaction and taste, how they can be measured and their relevance to a wide range of major disorders such as diabetes, kidney disease, Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. The 'Olfactory Vector Hypothesis' that suggests a neuropathogen may enter the nose en route to the brain is evaluated in detail. This introduction to smell and taste disorders is an essential guide for neurologists, neurosurgeons, otolaryngologists, medical trainees, and chemosensory scientists.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Lue, Tom F.; McAninch, Jack W.; Smith, Donald R.; Tanagho, Emil A.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessSurgery
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC871 .S511
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Thompson, Iain Moppett, Matthew Wiles.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Basic sciences. General principles of pharmacology
    Data, statistics and clinical trials
    Inhalational anaesthetics and medical gases
    Intravenous anaesthetics and sedatives
    Local anaesthetics
    Pain
    Nausea and vomiting
    Muscle function and neuromuscular blockade
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Renal system
    Fluid, electrolyte and acid-base balance
    Metabolism, the stress response and thermoregulation
    Blood, coagulation and transfusion
    Section 2: Physics and apparatus. Basic physics
    Equipment
    Clinical measurement and monitoring
    Section 3: Fundamentals of anaesthesia & perioperative medicine. Quality and safety
    Preoperative assessment
    Coexisting disease
    Consent and information
    The practical conduct of anaesthesia
    Airway management
    Pain management
    Local and regional anaesthesia
    Complications
    Management of critical incidents
    Resuscitation
    Postoperative care
    Section 4: Clinical anaesthesia. The high-risk surgical patient
    The older surgical patient
    The obese patient
    Paediatric anaesthesia
    Day surgery
    General, gynaecological and genitourinary surgery
    Orthopaedic surgery
    ENT, maxillofacial and dental surgery
    Ophthalmic surgery
    Vascular, endocrine and plastic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Obstetric anaesthesia and analgesia
    Emergency and trauma surgery
    Anaesthesia in low and middle-income areas
    Anaesthesia outside the operating theatre
    Organ transplantation
    Intensive care medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    J. Javier Servat, Evan H. Black, Frank A. Nesi, Geoffrey J. Gladstone, Christopher J. Calvano, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter J. Davis, Franklyn P. Cladis.
    Summary: Written and edited by renowned experts in pediatric anesthesia, Smith's Anesthesia for Infants and Children provides clear, concise guidance on effective perioperative care for any type of pediatric surgery. The 10th Edition contains significantly revised content throughout, bringing you fully up to date with recent advances in clinical and basic science that have led to changes in today’s clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Special Characteristics of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Behavioral Development
    Respiratory Physiology
    Airway Physiology and Development
    Cardiovascular Physiology
    Regulation of Fluids and Electrolytes
    Thermoregulation
    Developmental Pharmacology
    Intravenous Anesthetics
    Inhaled Anesthetics
    Local Anesthetics
    Opioids
    Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    Anesthetic Adjuncts
    Psychological Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Preoperative Preparation
    Equipment
    Monitoring
    Normal and Difficult Airway Management
    Point of Care Ultrasonography
    Induction, Maintenance, and Recovery
    Transfusion Medicine
    Acute Pain Management
    Regional Anesthesia
    Chronic Pain Management
    Palliative Pain Management
    Neonatology for Anesthesiologists
    Anesthesia for General Surgery in Neonates
    Anesthesia for Fetal Surgery
    Anesthesia for Congenital Heart Disease
    Anesthesia for Neurosurgery
    Anesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
    Anesthesia for General Abdominal, Urologic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Otorhinolaryngologic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Plastic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Ophthalmic Surgery
    Solid Organ Transplantation
    Anesthesia for Conjoined Twins
    Anesthesia for Pediatric Trauma
    Anesthesia for Burns
    Anesthesia for Dental Procedures
    Anesthesia and Sedation for Out of OR Procedures
    Pediatric Sedation
    Anesthesia for Surgical Missions
    Endocrine Disorders
    Respiratory Disorders
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Hematology and Coagulation Disorders
    Oncologic Disorders
    Genetic and Muscular Disorders
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Pediatric Obesity
    Special Pediatric Disorders
    Dermatology for the Anesthesiologist
    Infectious Diseases
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Critical Care Medicine
    Cardiac Critical Care Medicine
    Safety and Outcome in Pediatric Anesthesia
    History of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Medicolegal and Ethical Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
    Education
    Statistics
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Auguste H. Fortin, VI, MD, MPH, Professor of Medicine Division of General Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, Director of Psychosocial Communication, Yale Primary Care Internal Medicine Residency Program, New Haven, Connecticut [and four others].
    Summary: "A comprehensive, evidence-based introduction to the principles and practices of patient communication in a clinical setting Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition presents a step-by-step methodology for mastering every aspect of the medical interview. Readers will learn how to confidently obtain from patients accurate biomedical facts, as well as critical personal, social, and emotional information, allowing them to make a precise diagnosis, develop effective treatment plans, and forge strong clinician-patient relationships. The most evidence-based guide available on the topic, Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition applies the proven 5-step approach, which integrates patient- and clinician-centered skills to improve effectiveness without adding extra time to the interview duration. The book's user-friendly design features icons, boxed case vignettes, and use of color to highlight key points, and pedagogy includes learning an practice exercises in each chapter"-- Provided by publisher. "Our goal in this text is to present in a logical, step-by-step fashion the behaviors that are necessary to conduct an effective and efficient biopsychosocial interview. Interviewing is the most important and most difficult skill learners must master in their clinical careers. The book is designed for learners in medicine, advanced-practice nursing, physician assistant, and other health-related disciplines where communication and relational skills are central"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
  • Digital
    Kenneth Lyons Jones, Marilyn Crandall Jones, Miguel del Campo.
    Contents:
    Dysmorphology approach and classification
    Recognizable patterns of malformation
    Deletion, duplication, and microduplication syndromes identifiable using molecular technology
    Very small stature, not skeletal dysplasia
    Moderate short stature, facial, ± genital
    Senile-like appearance
    Early overgrowth with associated defects
    Unusual brain and/or neuromuscular findings with associated defects
    Facial defects as major feature
    Facial-limb defects as major feature
    Limb defect as major feature
    Osteochondrodysplasias
    Osteochondrodysplasia with osteopetrosis
    Craniosynostosis syndromes
    Other skeletal dysplasias
    Storage disorders
    Connective tissue disorders
    Hamartoses
    Ectodermal dysplasias
    Environmental agents
    Miscellaneous syndromes
    Miscellaneous sequences
    Spectra of defects
    Miscellaneous associations
    Genetics, genetic counseling, and prevention
    Minor anomalies : clues to more serious problems and to the recognition of malformation syndromes
    Normal standards.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Hikaru Hashitani, Richard J. Lang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the commonality and heterogeneity of the mechanisms underlying smooth muscle spontaneous activity in various smooth muscle organs and in addition discusses their malfunctions in disease and their potential as novel therapeutic targets. To facilitate understanding, the volume is divided into five parts and covers 16 organs: airways, phasic muscle, tonic muscle, renal pelvis, ureter, urinary bladder, urethra, corporal tissue, prostate, uterus, oviducts, seminal vesicle, artery, vein, microvasculature, and lymphatic vessels. This structure will help readers to comprehend the most up-to-date information on the similarities and differences in the contractile mechanisms driving various smooth muscles as well as their potential manipulations in particular visceral organ pathologies. The vast advancements in gene, electrical recording, and imaging technologies in this field are also discussed, with review of past achievements and consideration of likely future developments. This book will be of worldwide interest to clinicians, students, and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    PART I: Gastrointestinal tract
    Phasic muscle
    Spontaneous electrical activity and rhythmicity in gastrointestinal smooth muscles
    Tonic muscle (Sphincters)
    Generation of tone by gastrointestinal sphincters
    PART II: Urinary tract
    Renal pelvis
    Pacemaker mechanisms driving pyeloureteric peristalsis: modulatory role of interstitial cells
    Ureter
    Excitation-contraction coupling in ureteric smooth muscle: mechanisms driving ureteric peristalsis
    Urinary Bladder
    Spontaneous activity and the urinary bladder
    Urethra
    Spontaneous activity in urethral smooth muscle
    PART III: Reproductive organs
    Corporal tissue
    Ion channels and intracellular calcium signalling in corpus cavernosum
    Prostate
    Generation and regulation of spontaneous contractions in the prostate gland
    Seminal vesicle
    Mucosa-dependent, stretch-sensitive spontaneous activity in seminal vesicle
    Uterus
    The myometrium - from excitation to contractions and labour
    Oviducts
    Myosalpinx contractions are essential for egg transport along the oviduct and are disrupted in reproductive tract diseases
    PART IV: Blood vessels
    Artery
    Cellular and Ionic Mechanisms of Arterial Vasomotion
    Vein
    Venous Vasomotion
    Microvasculature
    Role of pericytes in the initiation and propagation of spontaneous activity in the microvasculature
    Lymphatic vessels
    Lymphatic vessel pumping
    PART V: Airways
    Regulation of airway smooth muscle contraction in health and disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lawrence E. Wineski.
    Summary: "This book provides health science students a review of basic anatomy in a strong clinical context. The book is heavily illustrated. Most figures have been kept simple in order to convey the fundamental floor plans that underlie the organization of body regions. Illustrations summarizing the nerve and blood supply of regions have been retained, as have overviews of the distribution of cranial nerves"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The back
    Upper limb
    Thorax, Part I: Thoracic wall
    Thorax, Part II: Thoracic cavity
    Abdomen, Part I: Abdominal wall
    Abdomen, Part II: Abdominal cavity
    Pelvis, Part I: Pelvic walls
    Pelvis, Part II: Pelvic cavity
    Perineum
    Lower limb
    Head and neck.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Ryan Splittgerber.
    Summary: "This book contains the basic neuroanatomical facts necessary for the practice of medicine. It is suitable for medical students, dental students, nurses, and allied health students. Residents find this book useful during their rotations. The functional organization of the nervous system has been emphasized and indicates how injury and disease can result in neurologic deficits. The amount of factual information has been strictly limited to that which is clinically important"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and organization of the nervous system
    Neurons and neuroglia
    Nerve fibers and peripheral innervation
    Spinal cord and ascending, descending, and intersegmental tracts
    Brainstem
    Cerebellum and its connections
    Cerebrum
    The structure and functional localization of the cerebral cortex
    Reticular formation and limbic system
    Basal nuclei (Basal Ganglia)
    Cranial nerve nuclei
    Thalamus
    Hypothalamus
    Autonomic nervous system
    Meninges
    Ventricular system and cerebrospinal fluid
    Blood supply of the brain and spinal cord
    Nervous system development
    Appendix: Neuroanatomical data of clinical significance and clinical neuroanatomy techniques.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Susan Basalla and Maggie Debelius.
    Contents:
    Will I have to wear a suit? rethinking life after graduate school
    Getting your head ready
    Should I finish my dissertation?
    How to use your grad school years wisely
    So what am I going to do?
    Myths about post-academic careers
    Questions about graduate school and your future
    Your eclectic mix
    Post-academic profile: Abby Markoe, A.B.D. history of medicine, executive, director
    Squashwise
    How do I figure out what else to do? soul-searching before job searching
    Take inventory
    Break it down
    Looking backward: seven stories
    Guilty pleasures
    "This is your brain on graduate school"
    No need for a #2 pencil
    Where are all those PhDs anyway?
    Create your own possibilities
    Post-academic profile: Samantha Sutton, PhD in biology, life coach
    Asking the big questions: how to figure out if you want them and if they want you
    Asking the big questions
    Answering the big questions: three strategies
    Transitional tales
    So what's next?
    Post-academic profile: Xiuwen Tu, PhD in physics, Sun Power Corporation, device and characterization engineer
    This might hurt a bit: turning a CV into a résumé
    Getting ready to write a résumé
    Writing a résumé: the first draft
    A few more words of advice
    After you've drafted a résumé
    Case studies and sample résumés
    Cover letters that will get you hired
    Post-academic profile: Alyssa Picard, PhD in history, staff representative for the Michigan Affiliate of the American Federation of Teachers
    Sweaty palms, warm heart: how to turn an interview into a job
    Before the interview
    During the interview
    After the interview
    What if the interview doesn't go well?
    The job offer (or lack thereof)
    Negotiation
    Adjusting to your new job
    Post-academic profile: Scott Keeter, PhD in political science, director of Survey Research, Pew Research Center for the People & the Press
    Conclusion.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Frederick L. Kiechle, editor ; Dorothy M. Adcock, Samuel I. McCash, Deborah Sesok-Pizzini, co-editors
    Contents:
    Why is collecting a blood sample important?
    You and your patient
    How do you protect your patient and yourself using standard precautions?
    Sterility
    Disposal of used materials
    What is blood?
    Recommended volume limits for a single blood draw
    How is blood collected?
    Blood collection equipment
    The phlebotomy area
    The test requisition
    Representative blood collection tubes
    Timed specimens
    Approaching the patient
    The venipuncture from an arm vein
    Recommended order of draw for multiple specimen collection
    The difficult venipuncture
    Intravenous fluids and the venipuncture
    Collection of venous blood gases
    Identification and labeling of the blood specimen tube
    The difficult patient
    The missing patient
    The patient has a reaction
    The skin puncture
    Obtaining blood from babies
    The blood smear
    The blood culture
    Collecting blood specimens under special circumstances
    Your safety
    Competency assessment
    Your attitude
    Appendix 1: Drawing blood from existing intravascular devices
    Appendix 2: Intraosseous cannulation used for blood analysis and infusion
    Appendix 3: Aids for visualizing veins under the skin
    Appendix 4: Ultrasound-guided peripheral intravenous cannulation
    Appendix 5: Quality assurance
    Appendix 6: Additional resources.
  • Digital/Print
    Ijeoma Oluo.
    Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a hard-hitting but user-friendly examination of race in America. Widespread reporting on aspects of white supremacy--from police brutality to the mass incarceration of Black Americans--has put a media spotlight on racism in our society. Still, it is a difficult subject to talk about. How do you tell your roommate her jokes are racist? Why did your sister-in-law take umbrage when you asked to touch her hair--and how do you make it right? How do you explain white privilege to your white, privileged friend? In So You Want to Talk About Race, Ijeoma Oluo guides readers of all races through subjects ranging from intersectionality and affirmative action to "model minorities" in an attempt to make the seemingly impossible possible: honest conversations about race and racism, and how they infect almost every aspect of American life.

    Contents:
    Introduction : so you want to talk about race
    Is it really about race?
    What is racism?
    What if I talk about race wrong?
    Why am I always being told to "check my privilege"?
    What is intersectionality and why do I need it?
    Is police brutality really about race?
    How can I talk about affirmative action?
    What is the school-to-prison pipeline?
    Why can't I say the "N" word?
    What is cultural appropriation?
    Why can't I touch your hair?
    What are microaggressions?
    Why are our students so angry?
    What is the model minority myth?
    But what if I hate Al Sharpton?
    I just got called racist, what do I do now?
    Talking is great, but what else can I do?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E184.A1 O454 2019
    1
  • Digital
    by Philip Graham and Nick Midgley ; drawings by Christine Roche ; foreword by Philip Pullman.
    Summary: "This book is about depression in children and teenagers during their school years, from 5 to 18. It is written primarily for parents, but we hope that teachers, social workers, health visitors and family doctors will also find it useful. Why do parents need to know about possible depression in their children? All children get sad and miserable from time to time. Sometimes it is difficult to know if such normal unhappiness needs special attention. We aim to help parents in this situation. This is an example of a situation in which a mother describes how first she thought her son's problem was nothing much to worry about but then she had to change her mind: Ben's mother, a teacher, described the change that came over her ten-year-old son after a short viral illness"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Daniel C. Maldonado, Cynthia Zúñiga.
    Contents:
    -- I: Medicine
    II: Obstetrics & Gynecology
    III: Pediatrics
    IV: Dermatology
    V: Orthopedic Conditions
    VI: Psychiatry/Psychosocial Issues
  • Digital
    Peter S. Uzelac ; special contributor, Daniel C. Maldonado.
    Summary: "Rather than attempting to summarize the contents of a thousand-page textbook into a miniature form, the SOAP series focuses exclusively on guidance through patient encounters. In a typical use, "finding out where to start" or "refreshing your memory" with SOAP books should be possible in less than a minute. Subjects are always confined to two pages, and the most important points have been highlighted. Topics have been limited to those problems you will most commonly encounter repeatedly during your training, and contents are grouped according to the hospital or clinic setting. Facts and figures that are not particularly helpful to surviving life on the wards, such as demographics, pathophysiology, and busy tables and graphs have purposely been omitted (such details are much better studied in a quiet environment using large and comprehensive texts)"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by F. Paulsen und J. Waschke.
    Summary: Learning with the Sobotta system Sobotta - tables of muscles, joints and nerves 60 tables assist in deepening and reviewing your knowledge: All muscles of the human body including origin, insertion, innervation and function. Matching the atlas, volumes 1 to 3, you find a schematic illustration of the original Sobotta figure for each muscle. The described muscle is highlighted in colour. Branches and supply areas of the cervical, brachial and lumbosacral plexusJoints and cranial nervesA practical learning tool for studying on the go!
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Friedrich Paulsen and Jens Waschke ; [translated by T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch]
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Friedrich Paulsen and Jens Waschke ; [translated by T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch]
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sabine Hombach-Klonisch, Thomas Klonisch, Jason Peeler.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson.
    Summary: "Social (In)Justice and Mental Health introduces readers to the concept of social justice and role that social injustice plays in the identification, diagnosis, and management of mental illnesses and substance use disorders. Unfair and unjust policies and practices, bolstered by deep-seated beliefs about the inferiority of some groups, has led to a small number of people having tremendous advantages, freedoms, and opportunities, while a growing number are denied those liberties and rights. The book provides a framework for thinking about why these inequities exist and persist and provides clinicians with a road map to address these inequalities as they relate to racism, the criminal justice system, and other systems and diagnoses. Social (In)Justice and Mental Health addresses the context in which mental health care is delivered, strategies for raising consciousness in the mental health profession, and ways to improve treatment while redressing injustice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Social (In)Justice and Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Injustice and the Social Determinants of Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Michael T. Compton
    Social Injustice and Mental Health Inequities / Sonya M. Shadravan, Nicolás E. Barceló
    Social Injustice and Structural Racism / Matthew L. Edwards, Samuel Ricardo Saenz, Roy Collins, Belinda Bandstra
    Social Injustice and the Schooling System / Tiffani Marie, Brennin Y. Brown
    Social Injustice and the Child Welfare System / Melissa D. Carter, Courtney L. McMickens
    Social Injustice and Urban Development / Jacob Michael Izenberg, Mindy Thompson Fullilove
    Social Injustice and the Carceral System / LeRoy E. Reese, Seyi O. Amosu, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Injustice and the Health Care System / Michelle Ko, Angie Lisbeth Cruz, Janet R. Cummings
    Social Injustice and Substance Use Disorders / Jessica Isom, Sonya M. Shadravan, Melvin Wilson
    Social Injustice and Schizophrenia / Khalima A. Bolden, Poh Choo How, Swati Rao, Deidre M. Anglin
    Social Injustice and Personality Disorders / David Freedman, George W. Woods
    Social Injustice and Child Trauma / Walter E. Wilson Jr., Nicole Cotton, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Justice and Mental Health System Reform / Phillip Murray, Ruth S. Shim
    Social Justice and Advocacy / Kali D. Cyrus, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Social Justice and Mental Health : A Call to Action / Sarah Y. Vinson, Ruth S. Shim.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    EBSCO
    ProQuest Ebook Central
  • Digital
    Stelios Stylianidis, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    A Brief History of Social Psychiatry
    Psychiatric Epidemiology and its Applications in Social Psychiatry
    Global Mental Health
    Psychiatric Reform in Europe
    Psychiatric Reform in Greece
    Psychoanalysis and public psychiatric care
    Mental Health Promotion: good practice in community settings
    Social Exclusion and Mental Health in Metropolitan Athens
    Psychosocial Rehabilitation and the Recovery Model: Applications in residential units in the community
    Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Adults
    Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Children and Adolescents
    A Modern Day Care Centre in Athens
    ACT and Home Care
    Counselling and Psychodynamic Psychotherapy in community settings
    Mental Health Care of itinerant populations in the community
    Modern Technologies and Social Psychiatry
    Domestic Violence and Mental Health Services in the community: Management and Evaluation
    Sexuality in individuals with severe mental illness at PSR units
    Evaluating Social Psychiatry Services
    Implications of the Socioeconomic Crisis for Staff in Community PSR units: the case of an NGO
    Staff Evaluation and Organizational Culture in Mental Health Units
    Participation and Empowerment of Users and Families
    Involuntary Hospitalization: Legal context, Epidemiology and Outcome
    Mental Health and the Financial Crisis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Klaus Ranta, Annette M. La Greca, Luis-Joaquin Garcia-Lopez, Mauri Marttunen, editors.
    Summary: This volume brings together research into diverse aspects of social anxiety and its clinical form, social phobia, in adolescents. Development of the condition, clinical manifestations, and evidence-based prevention and treatment strategies are all addressed, with emphasis on ways in which adolescent development and the broader family and peer context are reflected in the manifestation and treatment of symptoms. The first part of the book reviews epidemiological, neurobiological, and sociopsychological research on vulnerability factors that aim to clarify why both social anxiety and phobia intensify in adolescence. The second part focuses on the phenomenology of social anxiety and phobia in different developmental contexts and provides the reader with a review of developmentally-appropriate evidence-based assessment methods. For example, this section includes chapters on social anxiety in the school environment and in romantic relationships, social phobia in the clinical setting. The third section reviews the psychosocial prevention and treatment options for adolescent social anxiety as well as the psychopharmacological treatment of social phobia. Social Anxiety and Phobia in Adolescents will be informative and interesting for all child and adolescent psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, and psychotherapists as well as for school psychologists and counsellors.

    Contents:
    Background/Theoretical Accounts: The developmental psychopathology of social anxiety and phobia in adolescents
    Developmental Epidemiology of Social Anxiety and Social Phobia in Adolescents
    Easier to Accelerate Than to Slow Down: Contributions of Developmental Neurobiology for the Understanding of Adolescent Social Anxiety
    Developmental Transitions in Adolescence and their Implications for Social Anxiety
    Recognition and Manifestations of Adolescent Social Anxiety and Phobia in Diverse Settings: Assessment of Social Anxiety in Adolescents
    Social Anxiety and the School Environment of Adolescents
    Social Anxiety and Romantic Relationships
    Adolescent Social Phobia in Clinical Services
    Cognition-focused Interventions for Social Anxiety Disorder Among Adolescents
    Interpersonal Approaches to Intervention: Implications for Preventing and Treating Social Anxiety in Adolescents
    School-based Interventions for Adolescents with Social Anxiety Disorder
    Social Skills-based Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder in Adolescents
    Pharmacotherapy for Adolescent Social Phobia
    Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    David L. Roberts, David L. Penn, and Dennis R. Combs.
    Summary: Social Cognition and Interaction Training (SCIT) is a group psychotherapy for individuals with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Devaki Nambiar, Arundati Muralidharan, editors ; with forewords by Mirai Chatterjee and Gita Sen.
    Summary: Drawing from the work of academics and practitioners from ten states across the country, this edited volume showcases and synthesises the diversity and richness of efforts to understand and act on the social determinants of health in India, the conditions in which we are born, grow, live work and age. Such an effort is salient in the current era of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG), which have foregrounded the issue of equity and the need for a comprehensive, multi-sectoral agenda for health and development. In India, particularly in the last decade, there have been myriad efforts to more critically theorise and intervene in areas with bearing on health, like conflict, nutrition or urbanisation, or to address the concerns of vulnerable groups like women, children and the elderly. From these efforts emerge lessons of convergence for academic and policymaking institutions in India who are looking to operationalise and bring life to the SDG agenda in India and other Low and Middle Income Country settings. The book comprises eleven chapters and six short commentaries that appear in conversation with each other, as well as an annexure of validated, ready to use indicators for monitoring of social determinants of health.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Katsunori Kondo.
    Summary: This open access book is the first compilation that reviews a wide range of social determinants of health (SDHs) for non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and healthy ageing in Japan. With the highest life expectancy and the largest elderly population in the world, Japan has witnessed health inequality by region and social class becoming more prevalent since the 2000s. The first half of this volume describes in detail major NCDs, such as cancers, heart and kidney diseases, diabetes, stroke, and metabolic syndrome. The second half, on the other hand, explores various SDHs relating to healthy ageing. All chapters review and focus on SDHs, particularly health inequality associated with socio-economic status and social capital, which are widely addressed in the field of social epidemiology. The book makes the argument that "Health for All" advocated by the WHO should be implemented based on social justice and benefits for the greater society. Public health researchers and policymakers, both in Japan and other nations, will gain scientific evidence from this book to prepare for the coming era as ageing becomes a global issue. Katsunori Kondo is Professor of Social Epidemiology and Health Policy, Center for Preventive Medical Sciences and the Graduate School of Medicine, Chiba University, Japan. He is also Head of Department of Gerontological Evaluation at the Center for Gerontology and Social Science, National Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology. .

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Preface
    Table of Contents
    Editor Bio
    The Social Determinants of Health and Trends Concerning Health Disparity
    Behavioral Problems in Children
    Metabolic Syndorome
    Cancer and Socioeconomic Status
    Coronary Heart Disease
    Stroke
    Chronic kidney disease
    Diabetes Mellitus
    Suicide
    Depression
    Dementia
    Falls and Related Bone Fractures
    Malnutrition in Older People
    Oral Health
    Healthy aging:IADL and functional disability
    Life Course Epidemiology
    Social capital and health
    Access to Healthcare and Health Inequality
    Measures of Health Inequality and Health Impact Assessment
    What Measures Can Be Taken to Reduce Health Disparity?
    Recommendations
    Ministeral notification
    Monitoring report (1)
    Monitoring Report (3)
    Monitoring Report (5)
    Monitoring Report (8)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Luisa E. Delgado, Víctor H. Marín, editors.
    Summary: Human societies are influencing nature in such a way that their independent analysis is no longer suitable. Fortunately, social-ecological systems provide a conceptual framework for the interconnected analysis of societies and ecosystems. However, in the case of Latin America, the complexity of social-ecological processes undermined a much-needed compilation of theoretical concepts, methods and case studies. Increasing readers understanding of such systems using a postnormal approach, the book discusses current concepts and methods with examples of studies from eight countries. It is a useful resource for social actors, government decision makers and scholars.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Social-ecological systems and postnormal science
    Chapter 2
    Studying social-ecological systems from the perspective of social sciences in Latin America
    Chapter 3
    Simplifying the complexity of social-ecological systems with conceptual models
    Chapter 4
    Social actors and participative modelling
    Chapter 5
    Social-ecological systems and human wellbeing
    Chapter 6
    Poor-people ecologism
    Chapter 7
    A new environmental governance
    Chapter 8
    A hierarchical approach for the valuation of multiple ecosystem services
    Chapter 9
    Novel ecosystems and social-ecological complexities
    Chapter 10
    Social-ecological systems and the economy of nature: A Latin-American perspective
    Chapter 11
    Spatial modelling of social-ecological systems: The Arroyo las Conchas watershed, Argentina
    Chapter 12
    Analyzing social vulnerability to natural disasters in northeast Brazil: catastrophic flooding cycles at Alagoas littoral zone
    Chapter 13
    San Rafael Reserve, Paraguay: key social actors and sustainability scenarios through environmental governance schemes
    Chapter 14
    Valuation of hydrological supply in high Andes wetlands of Chinchiná River, Colombia
    Chapter 15
    Participative management and local institutional strengthening: the successful case of mangle social-ecological systems in Ecuador
    Chapter 16
    Integrated assessment of the effects of the payment for hydrological services program at Ajusco, Mexico City
    Chapter 17
    Influence of the rural/urban context in the implementation of forest conservation programs in Mexico: Oaxaca and Mexico City case studies
    Chapter 18
    Characterizing social-ecological traps: A case study of forest and marine systems in Southern and Austral Chile
    Chapter 19
    Ecosystem services from a multi-stakeholder perspective: a case study in a Biosphere Reserve in central Chile
    Chapter 20
    Restoration of riverside forests: contributing to the fisheries management of river Pich is watershed, central jungle, Perú
    Chapter 21
    The challenge of integrated management of Isla de Chiloé coastal zone
    Chapter 22
    Social valuation of ecosystem services at local scale: challenges for the management of a multiple-use coastal and marine protected area (MU-CMPA): Isla Grande de Atacama
    Chapter 23
    Potential futures of social-ecological systems in Latin America.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Daniel Stokols (University of California, Irvine).
    Contents:
    1. Discovering social ecology: a personal journey
    2. Historical origins and conceptual foundations of social ecology
    3. Deriving core principles of social ecology
    4. Rise of the internet- navigating our online and place-based ecologies
    5. Promoting personal and public health
    6. Confronting complex social problems
    7. Managing global environmental change
    8. Designing resilient and substainable communities
    9. Educating the next generation of social ecologists
    10. Epilogue.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Harrison J. Alter, Preeti Dalawari, Kelly M. Doran, Maria C. Raven, editors.
    Summary: Social Emergency Medicine incorporates consideration of patients social needs and larger structural context into the practice of emergency care and related research. In doing so, the field explores the interplay of social forces and the emergency care system as they influence the well-being of individual patients and the broader community. Social Emergency Medicine recognizes that in many cases typical fixes such as prescriptions and follow-up visits are not enough; the need for housing, a safe neighborhood in which to exercise or socialize, or access to healthy food must be identified and addressed before patients health can be restored. While interest in the subject is growing rapidly, the field of Social Emergency Medicine to date has lacked a foundational text a gap this book seeks to fill. This book includes foundational chapters on the salience of racism, gender and gender identity, immigration, language and literacy, and neighborhood to emergency care. It provides readers with knowledge and resources to assess and assist emergency department patients administrators, and other professionals who recognize that high-quality emergency care extends beyond the ambulance bay.

    Contents:
    1. History of Social Emergency Medicine
    2. Public Health, Population Health, and Health Disparities
    3. Race and Racism
    4. Gender and Sexual Identity
    5. Immigration
    6. Language and Literacy
    7. Access to Care
    8. Frequent Emergency Department Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
    9. Substance Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
    10. Education and Employment
    11. Financial Insecurity
    12. Food Insecurity
    13. Homelessness
    14. Housing Instability and Quality
    15. Transportation
    16. Legal Needs
    17. Neighborhoods and the Built Environment
    18. Violence
    19. Firearm Injury
    20. Incarceration
    21. Human Trafficking.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joel Paris.
    Summary: "A quarter century has elapsed since the first edition of this book was published. Since then an enormous body of research has appeared concerning biological and psychological risk factors for personality disorders (PDs), as well as for biological and psychological methods of treatment. However, less attention has been paid to the social context of PDs, i.e., how personality traits and disorders interact with social demands and opportunities. Yet social forces carry important risks for the development of PDs. Personality disorders are rooted in traits. We all have a personality. But it need not become disordered if we can find a social niche that fits our particular characteristics. If we do not find that niche, then psychopathology is more likely to ensue. That is one of the main themes of this new edition. The argument of this book will be backed up by research. Personality traits are heritable variants that lie within a normal range: adaptive under some circumstances but maladaptive under other circumstances. About half of the variance in personality and personality disorders is under genetic influence. Levels of psychosocial risk are complex: some derive from dysfunctional families, but most of the variance is not related to growing up in a specific family. The larger social environment plays a crucial role of its own"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jeff French.
    Contents:
    The case for social marketing in public health / Jeff French
    Key principal, concepts, and techniques of social marketing / Jeff French
    Social marketing planning / Jeff French
    Evaluation of social marketing programmes / Adam Crosier and Dominic McVey
    Social marketing and public health strategy / Jeff French
    Behaviour and how to influence it / Jeff French
    Generating insight and building segmentation models in social marketing / Dominic McVey and Adam Crosier
    Commissioning social marketing / Jeff French
    Social marketing on a small budget / Jeff French
    Building social programme coalitions / Jeff French
    Ethical issues in social marketing / Lynne Eagle, Stephan Dahl, and David Low
    Using digital and social media platforms for social marketing / Melissa K. Blair
    Social franchising: Strengthening health systems through private sector approaches / Julie McBride, Kim Longfield, Dana Sievers, and Dominic Montagu.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    David R. Stukus, Michael D. Patrick and Kathryn E. Nuss.
    Summary: Medical professionals are increasingly engaging with social media in an effort to provide credible evidence-based information and combat the misinformation that patients are finding online and bringing to office visits. Medical professionals are uniquely poised to recognize the harm that can come from applying the incorrect information to decisions affecting ones health, while they are also able to serve as valued and knowledgeable experts online and engage with patients and the public to provide accurate, up-to-date information. Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online Worldis a unique, first-of-its-kind resource, providing specific social media strategies for engagement, as well as advice regarding best practices for professionals to maintain at all times. Chapters discuss many aspects pertaining to social media, covering the basics, researching and assessing credible medical information online, and best practices for discussing myths and misconceptions with patients. Later chapters cover the benefits of engaging in social media as a medical professional, strategies for increasing engagement and building an audience, various options and platforms for content creation and finding your niche, doss and donts regarding patient privacy, and strategies for dealing with negative comments online. A uniquely practical resource, Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online World will be of interest to medical professionals across the spectrum of healthcare, from the student to the seasoned clinician, providing valuable perspective on practicing medicine in an evolving digital world.

    Contents:
    Introduction: What is social media? (Overview of the platforms, ways they are utilized)
    Finding medical information online in the digital age (Details about patients using online resources for medical information)
    Myths and misconceptions (Dangers of searching online for medical information)
    Why should medical professionals get involved? (Benefits of engaging in social media) . Start with a target audience (Who are you trying to reach, how does message change by audience)
    If you Tweet it, they will come (Strategies to increase engagement and build a following) .-Content curation (How to identify and use information from credible resources)
    Content creation (Discuss all the platforms to build an assortment of content; blog posts, podcasts, YouTube and how to cross promote on social media)
    Dos and donts for the medical professional (Patient privacy, subject matter)
    How to deal with trolls (Strategies for dealing with negative comments/feedback)
    The sky is the limit (Ideas for how to take social media to other venues, promotion in academic centers, research).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    guest editors, Megan A. Moreno, MD, MSED, MPH, Victor C. Strasburger, MD.
    Summary: Today's teens are often referred to as Digital Natives due to their upbringing immersed in technological tools including smartphones and social media, while most of us who provide healthcare for this group remain at best, digital immigrants. These technologies present both new opportunities and challenges to teens' health, as well as their education and life experiences. Pediatricians can play a key role in helping teens and their families navigate critical issues such as balancing online and offline lives, as well as understand links between media and health. This issue of AM:STARS is mean.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    Dana S. Dunn.
    Summary: "The book's overarching message is an important one: The experience of most people with disabilities is not what nondisabled persons anticipate--contrary to the latter's beliefs and expectations, the former can lead full and normal lives. Thus, The Social Psychology of Disability is designed to counter stereotypical or biased perspectives aimed at an often overlooked minority group."--Publisher information.

    Contents:
    Overview: The social psychology of disability
    Fundamental psychosocial concepts for understanding disability
    Challenges: stigma, stereotyping, and disability
    Attitudes toward people with disabilities
    Coping with and adjusting to disability
    Towards an understanding of disability identity
    A positive psychology of disability and rehabilitation
    The ecology of disability.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Richard Williams, Verity Kemp, S. Alexander Haslam, Catherine Haslam, Kamaldeep S. Bhui, Sue Bailey ; associate editor, Daniel Maughan.
    Summary: Using current societal dilemmas, this book explores how social factors and social identity influence our health and recovery from illness. It includes recent research to present practitioners, researchers, policymakers and students of many disciplines with the material to support them in better harnessing current knowledge of the impact of social factors on health. The contents will influence collaborative working across policy, disciplinary and practice boundaries to design and deliver healthcare services. The book identifies the importance of social connectedness, social support, agency and self and group efficacy in people's health, longevity and resilience after adversity. Core perspectives include the social identity approach and a values framework for taking public health ethics into decision-making, both of which emphasise valuing people and co-productive relationships. Advocating better targeted mental health promotion and integrated interventions, this book strongly argues for a greater emphasis on social factors in evidence-based and cost-effective practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Jiang Bian, Yi Guo, Zhe He, Xia Hu, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art research methods, results, and applications in social media and health research. It aims to help readers better understand the different aspects of using social web platforms in health research. Throughout the chapters, the benefits, limitations, and best practices of using a variety of social web platforms in health research are discussed with concrete use cases. This is an ideal book for biomedical researchers, clinicians, and health consumers (including patients) who are interested in learning how social web platforms impact health and healthcare research.

    Contents:
    1. A literature Review of Social Media-based Data Mining for Health Outcomes Research
    2. Social Media-Based Health Interventions: Where Are We Now?
    3. Quantifying and Visualizing the Research Status of Social Media & Health Research Field
    4. Social Media in Health Communication
    5. Consumers' Selection of Sources in Searching for Health Information
    6. Understanding and Bridging the Language and Terminology Gap between Health Professionals and Consumers using Social Media
    7. Dissemination of Information on Stigmatized Health Issues on Social Media
    8. Learning Wellness Profiles of Users on Social Networks: The Case of Diabetes
    9. Social Media and Psychological Disorder
    10. Content Analysis of the 2015 #SmearForSmear Campaign Using Deep Learning
    11. How to Improve Public Health via Mining Social Media Platforms: A Case Study of Human Papillomaviruses (HPV)
    12. Learning Hormonal Therapy Medication Adherence from an Online Breast Cancer Forum
    13. Ethics in Health Research using Social Media.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Timothy J. Steiner, Lars Jacob Stovner, editors.
    Summary: This volume describes the impact of headache disorders on public health, and their adverse consequences for society. It opens with an overview of relevant headache disorders before describing, qualitatively, how the burdens attributable to these disorders fall upon adults, adolescents and children. In the second section, beginning with a methodological introduction discussing the principles and potential pitfalls of epidemiological studies assessing prevalence, headache-attributed burden and functional impact, the burdens of headache including financial cost are examined quantitatively and in detail. The third section critically reviews society's response, its inadequacies and the scope for improvement. Topics here include the political failure to recognize the public ill-health and cost that are the consequences of inadequate headache care; the role of the WHO in addressing the problem; headache service organization, delivery and quality; and the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of interventions. The book closes by considering the way forward. This volume contains important messages for primary care and is likely to be of even greater interest to headache specialists and those concerned with public health and health policy. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    PART I HEADACHE and public health 2 The meaning of "headache" in the context of society (overview of headache disorders with societal impact)
    3 Headache-attributed burden (the qualitative components)
    4 Global surveys: WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world
    5 Global surveys: GBD 2010
    PART II METHODOLOGIES 6 Headache epidemiological studies (a summary of the principles and recommendations with focus on pitfalls)
    7 Quantifying headache-attributed burden (specific measures, such as symptom and disability burdens, including headache yesterday, interictal burden, cumulative burden, willingness to pay; generic measures such as quality of life; HARDSHIP)
    8 Headache, functional impact and environment (ICF). PART III CONSEQUENCES FOR SOCIETY 9 Epidemiology and burden of headache (published studies to 2007 + LTB studies)
    10 Cost (financial cost, including Eurolight)
    PART IV SOCIETY'S RESPONSE 10 Political insouciance (the failure to recognize headache as a major cause of public ill-health and societal cost, including messages from WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world)
    11 Responding with the support of WHO (the Global Campaign against Headache)
    12 Societal intervention: headache service organization and delivery
    13 Societal intervention: headache service quality
    14 Interventions (effectiveness and cost-effectiveness)
    15 The way forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    v. 62-67, 2006-10.
    SHELVED UNDER: Reproduction. Supplement.
    6
  • Digital
    Godfrey B. Tangwa [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: This volume examines the most important socio-cultural, political, economic, and policy issues related to emerging infectious diseases in Africa. The volume covers the work of the Global Emerging Pathogens Treatment Consortium (GET); it looks at the challenges of science education and communication in Africa, the global health and governance of pandemics and epidemics, and more. It looks beyond such threats as Ebola, SARS, and Zika to consider the ways communities have sought to contain these and other deadly pathogens. The chapters provide a better understanding of a global health problem from an African perspective, which help clarify to readers why some responses have worked while others have not.Overall, the volume captures the state of the art, science, preparedness, and evolution of a topic important to the health of Africa and the world. It has a broad appeal across disciplines, from medical science and biomedical research, through research ethics, regulation and governance, science and health communication, social sciences, and is also of interest to general readers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Serge Morand, Jean-Pierre Dujardin, Régine Lefait-Robin, Chamnarn Apiwathnasorn, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to socio-ecological dimensions of infectious diseases and health in Southeast Asia.
    Part 1: Infectious Diseases and Societies
    Chapter 2: Climate, environment and epidemic febrile diseases: A view from Chinese medicine
    Chapter 3: Long life of people living with HIV/AIDS and the practice of medical power
    Chapter 4: Socio-environmental global changes and infectious diseases: Interdisciplinary approach applied to tourism studies
    Part 2: Socio-Ecosystems and Health
    Chapter 5: Heavy metals contamination in the ecosystem of Mae Tang reservoir in Northern Thailand
    Chapter 6: Water and health: What is the risk and visible burden of the exposure to environmental contaminations? Insights from a questionnaire-based survey in Northern Thailand
    Chapter 7: Melioidosis in Laos
    Part 3: Global Changes, Land Use Changes and Vector-Borne Diseases
    Chapter 8: Adaptation of mosquito vectors to salinity and its impact on mosquito-borne disease transmission in the South and Southeast Asian tropics
    Chapter 9: The malaria landscape: Mosquitoes, transmission, landscape, insecticide resistance and integrated control in Thailand
    Chapter 10: Rubber plantations as a mosquito box amplification in South and South-East Asia
    Part 4: Monitoring and Data Acquisition
    Chapter 11: Rescuing public health data
    Chapter 12: The new science of metagenomics and the challenges of its use in both developed and developing countries
    Chapter 13: Barcoding, biobanking, e banking: From ecological to ethical and legal aspects. Insights from the PathodivSEA project
    Part 5: Managing Health Risks
    Chapter 14: Methods for prioritization of diseases: Case study of zoonoses in South-East Asia
    Chapter 15: Managing global risks: Vietnamese poultry farmers and avian flu
    Chapter 16: The OIE Strategy to address threats at the interface between humans, animals and ecosystems
    Part 6: Developing Strategies
    Chapter 17: Business for biodiversity and ecosystem services
    Chapter 18: Bridging the gap between conservation and health
    Chapter 19: Implementation of the One health strategy. Lessons learnt from community based natural resource programs for communities' empowerment and equity within an Eco health approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Summary: A health and social science resource that consists of data sources suitable for use with statistical software; each consists of one or more data files, related documentation, and SAS and SPSS program statement files. Additionally includes evidence-based interventions & programs and professional education & capacity building tools.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Sociometrics Evidence-Based Interventions & Programs (EBIs & EBPs)
    Sociometrics
  • Digital
    Kalevi Kairemo, Homer A. Macapinlac, editors.
    Summary: This pocket book is the first of its kind on sodium fluoride (18F-NaF)-PET and addresses skeletal as well as cardiovascular applications. In malignant metastatic diseases 18F-NaF-PET has already demonstrated its benefits in cancer staging, re-staging, follow-up and response evaluation. It also has an emerging diagnostic role in the calcified soft-tissue metastases of primary bone tumours, and can be applied to evaluate cardiovascular diseases, such as calcifications in heart valves and peripheral vascular disease. The book is divided into 11 chapters: five on oncology, four addressing the general aspects of skeletal conditions, and two on cardiovascular diseases. It offers a valuable guide for referring colleagues, nuclear medicine physicians/radiologists and aid clinicians, and highlights the main applications and limitations of 18F-NaF-PET hybrid imaging (PET/CT).

    Contents:
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Tracer and Technique
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Normal variants and artefacts
    Sodium fluoride imaging in oncology
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Monitoring therapy
    Determination of Skeletal Tumor Burden on 18F-Fluoride PET/CT
    18F-Fluoride: Benign Bone Disease
    Dynamic 18F-Fluoride Imaging
    18F-Fluoride Imaging: Atlas of interesting images (images with specific teaching points, tracer, technique and pitfalls)
    Role of Sodium Fluoride-PET in Primary Bone Tumors
    18F-Sodium Fluoride Positron Emission Tomography in Cardiac Disease
    18F-Sodium Fluoride positron emission tomography / computed tomography imaging of the peripheral vasculature.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hemant J. Purohit, Vipin Chandra Kalia, Ravi Prabhakar More, editors.
    Summary: This book explains how the biological systems and their functions are driven by genetic information stored in the DNA, and their expression driven by different factors. The soft computing approach recognizes the different patterns in DNA sequence and try to assign the biological relevance with available information. The book also focuses on using the soft-computing approach to predict protein-protein interactions, gene expression and networks. The insights from these studies can be used in metagenomic data analysis and predicting artificial neural networks.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Current Scenario on Application of Computational Tools in Biological Systems; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Protein Structure Prediction and Interaction; 1.3 Emerging Areas in Tool Development; 1.4 Gene Networks and Plasticity; 1.5 Epigenome: Emerging Area; 1.6 Expanding the Domain of Computational Statistical Analysis; 1.7 Pattern Recognition/Barcoding/Diagnostics; References;
    Chapter 2: Diagnostic Prediction Based on Gene Expression Profiles and Artificial Neural Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Machine Learning and Artificial Neural Networks. 2.3 Gene Expression Profile2.4 Gene Expression Profile Studies with ANN; 2.4.1 Cancer; 2.4.2 Chemotherapy; 2.4.3 Schizophrenia; 2.5 Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 3: Soft Computing Approaches to Extract Biologically Significant Gene Network Modules; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computational Methods for Detecting Network Modules; 3.3 Soft Computing Methods for Network Module Extraction; 3.3.1 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 3.3.2 Fuzzy Network Module Extraction; 3.3.3 GA-RNN Hybrid Approach; 3.3.4 Multisource Integrative Framework; 3.3.5 AutoSOME; 3.4 Assessment. 3.4.1 Dataset3.4.2 Validation; 3.4.2.1 Functional Enrichment Analysis; 3.4.2.2 Topological Validation; 3.4.2.3 Experimental Results; 3.5 Conclusion and Future Scope; References;
    Chapter 4: A Hybridization of Artificial Bee Colony with Swarming Approach of Bacterial Foraging Optimization for Multiple Seq ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Literature Review; 4.2.1 Genetic Algorithm (GA); 4.2.2 Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO); 4.2.3 Artificial Bee Colony (ABC); 4.2.4 Ant Colony Optimization (ACO); 4.2.5 Bacterial Foraging Optimization (BFO); 4.2.6 Bat and Firefly Optimization; 4.2.7 Cuckoo Search. 4.2.8 Frog Leap Algorithm4.2.9 Multiple Sequence Alignment Using Fuzzy Logic; 4.3 Methodology; 4.3.1 Optimizing the Multi-objectives; 4.3.1.1 Sequence Similarity; 4.3.1.2 Penalty of a Gap; Affine Gap Penalty; Variable Gap Penalty; 4.3.2 Hybrid of ABC-BFO; 4.4 Results; 4.4.1 Applications of MSA; 4.4.2 Statistical Analysis; 4.5 Implementation and Discussion; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Construction of Gene Networks Using Expression Profiles; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Genetic Regulatory Networks; 5.3 Co-expression Networks; 5.3.1 Identifying Genes with Key Roles. 5.3.2 Construction of Large-Scale Regulatory Networks5.4 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 5.5 Other Gene Co-expression Network Construction Applications; 5.6 Determining the Thresholds and Clusters for Co-expression Networks; 5.7 Network Concepts Useful in Co-expression Network Construction; 5.8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 6: Bioinformatics Tools for Shotgun Metagenomic Data Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Shotgun Metagenomics; 6.2.1 CAMERA; 6.2.2 MG-RAST; 6.2.3 IMG/M; 6.2.4 METAREP; 6.2.5 CoMet; 6.2.6 METAVIR; 6.2.7 MetaABC; 6.2.8 VIROME; 6.2.9 metaMicrobesOnline.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Elizabeth A. Montgomery, Aaron W. James
    Summary: "New in the Differential Diagnosis in Surgical Pathology series, this abundantly illustrated title helps you systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in soft tissue and bone pathology. It uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions and diagnostic pearls, to guide you through the decision-making process by distinguishing between commonly confused lesions of soft tissue and bone. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate entities that have overlapping morphologic features"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    edited by Cristina R. Antonescu
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC280.S66 S681 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Shuichi Matsuda, Sébastien Lustig, Willem van der Merwe, editors.
    Summary: In this booklet, experts from across the world, including members of the ISAKOS Knee Arthroplasty Committee, offer clear, up-to-date guidance on all aspects of soft tissue or ligament balancing in primary total knee arthroplasty with the aim of enabling the reader to achieve optimal patient outcomes. After an introduction explaining the normal soft tissue condition in the native knee, surgical procedures are described, including techniques for the management of severe deformity. The most striking feature of the booklet, however, is the many pages devoted to the accurate evaluation and clinical relevance of ligament balancing. Different techniques and devices for intraoperative soft tissue assessment are discussed, highlighting, for example, the use of gap-measuring devices or trial liners with load-bearing sensors to achieve more objective evaluation. Above all, special attention is devoted to the crucial issue of the impact of intraoperative soft tissue balance on postoperative results. In the closing chapter, very experienced surgeons introduce intraoperative troubleshooting in order to assist successful completion of arthroplasty.

    Contents:
    Native knee: Anatomy and biomechanics
    Soft tissue balance in native knee
    Knee kinematics in native knee. Operative procedure 1
    primary TKA: Primary principals in soft tissue balancing
    CR: Measured resection technique
    PS: Gap technique
    BCR: How to achieve near normal kinematics. Operative procedure 2
    primary TKA: Varus knee
    severe cases included
    Valgus knee
    severe cases included
    Complicated cases
    recurvatum, severe contracture
    Increasing ROM. Assessment in primay TKA: Intraoperative assessment
    tensor
    Intraoperative assessment
    navigation
    Intraoperative assessment
    OrthoSenser. Clinical relevance: primary TKA: Postoperative changes in soft tissue balance
    Intraoperative soft tissue balance and postoperative knee kinematics
    Intraoperative soft tissue balance and clinical results(ROM, function)
    Knee kinematics and patient satisfaction. Patella: Avoiding patellar maltracking
    Management of patellar baja and alta. Trouble shooting: Intraoperative MCL injury
    Patellar tendon rupture.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kyle Perry.
    Contents:
    Critical Concepts in Soft Tissue Pathology
    Lipomatous Lesions
    Adult Fibroblastic Lesions
    Pediatric Fibroblastic Lesions
    Fibrohistiocytic Lesions
    Pericytic Tumors
    Smooth Muscle Tumors
    Skeletal Muscle Tumors
    Neural and Nerve Sheath Lesions
    Vascular Lesions
    Chondroid Lesions
    Lesions of Uncertain Differentiation
    Select Soft Tissue Lesions of the GI Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Obaid Almeshal, Salah Aldekhayel, Feras Alshomer, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated book provides a comprehensive review of the different surgical modalities for hand soft tissue reconstruction. The indications for and relative merits of various techniques are described in detail, emphasizing the role of loco-regional flaps to avoid the need for advanced microsurgical skills needed for other advanced techniques. Numerous illustrations and case descriptions of the common scenarios provide a rich pictorial database of soft tissue coverage options. This illustrative book will be of value in daily practice for plastic and reconstructive surgeons, residents, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Angelo Paolo Dei Tos.
    Contents:
    Imaging of tumors and pseudotumours of soft tissues / Valerie Bousson, Jean-Denis Laredo, and Daniel Vanel
    Principles of local and systemic treatment of soft tissue sarcomas / Alessandro Gronchi and Paolo G. Casali
    Soft tissue sarcomas with spindle cell morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Soft tissue sarcomas with epithelioid morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Round cell sarcomas / Alberto Righi, Marco Gambarotti, and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Pleomorphic sarcomas / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Myxoid sarcomas / Marta Sbaraglia Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue featuring an inflammatory background / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue resembling normal tissue / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven L. Moran, MD, Professor and Chair of Plastic Surgery, Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, S. Andrew Sems, MD, Assistant Professor of Orthopedics, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Why Wounds Fail to Heal
    ch. 2 Initial Evaluation and Management of Complex Traumatic Wounds / Christin A. Harless / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 3 Management of Simple Wounds: Local Flaps, Z-Plasty, and Skin Grafts / Emily N. Morgan / George Nanos III
    ch. 4 Integra Bilayer Wound Matrix in Combination with Negative Pressure Wound Therapy for Treatment of Extremity Wounds / John B. Hijjawi / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 5 Management of Nerve Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Kanu Goyal / Ian L. Valerio
    ch. 6 Management of Vascular Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Ida K. Fox / Amy M. Moore
    ch. 7 Restoration of Shoulder External Rotation / Randall R. DeMartino / Gustavo S. Oderich
    ch. 8 Rotational Flaps for Rotator Cuff Repair / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan
    ch. 9 Surgical Exposure of the Elbow Following Bony and Soft Tissue Trauma / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan Note continued: ch. 10 Radial Forearm Flap for Elbow Coverage / Julie E. Adams / Scott P. Steinmann
    ch. 11 Anconeus Muscle Flap and Flexor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle Flap for Soft Tissue Coverage of Elbow / Sean R. Cantwell / Brian T. Carlsen
    ch. 12 Bipolar Latissimus Dorsi Rotational Flap for Functional Reconstruction of Elbow Flexion / Morad Askari / Bassem T. Elhassan / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 13 Fasciotomies for Forearm and I land Compartment Syndrome / Frances Sharpe / Milan Stevanovic
    ch. 14 Soft Tissue Management of Delayed Compartment Syndrome / Laura K. Tom / Jeffrey B. Friedrich
    ch. 15 Soft Tissue Interposition Flaps in the Management of Heterotopic Ossification and Proximal Radioulnar Synostosis / Milan Stevanovic / Frances Sharpe
    ch. 16 Principles of Hand Incisions / M. Claire Manske / Douglas P. Hanel / Seth D. Dodds
    ch. 17 Lateral Arm Flap for Hand and Wrist Coverage / Laura W. Lewallen / Marco Rizzo Note continued: ch. 18 Radial Forearm and Radial Forearm Fascial Flap for Coverage of the Dorsum of the Hand and Wrist / Ryan P. Ter Louw / James P. Higgins
    ch. 19 Posterior Interosseous Artery Island Flap for Dorsal Hand Coverage / Yoo Joon Sur / Mohamed Morsy / Michel Saint-Cyr
    ch. 20 Fillet Flaps in Cases of Mutilating Trauma / Eduardo A. Zancolli
    ch. 21 Free Flaps for Upper Extremity Reconstruction and the Anterolateral Thigh Flap / Ryan W. Schmucker / Michael W. Neumeister
    ch. 22 Pedicled Flaps from the Groin and Lower Abdomen for Upper Extremity Coverage / Samir Mardini / Harvey Chim / Steven L. Moran / Chih-Hung Lin
    ch. 23 Cross-Finger Flaps for Digital Soft Tissue Reconstruction / S. Raja Sabapathy
    ch. 24 Heterodigital Arterialized Flap / Nicholas Pulos / Alexander Y. Shin
    ch. 25 Homodigital Island Flaps / Shian Chao Tay / Lam Chuan Teoh
    ch. 26 First Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Island Flap / Mark Henry Note continued: ch. 27 Flap Reconstruction of the Thumb / Michael Sauerbier / Gunter Germann
    ch. 28 Soft Tissue Management Following Traumatic Injury to the Femur / David Elliot / Adam Sierakowski
    ch. 29 Management of Soft Tissue Defects Surrounding the Knee and Tibia: The Gastrocnemius Muscle Flap / Thomas F. Higgins / Lance Jacobson
    ch. 30 Revision and Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty / Karim Bakri / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 31 Pedicled Soleus Muscle Flap for Coverage of the Middle and Distal Third of the Tibia / David J. Jacofsky / Oren Goltzer
    ch. 32 Sural Artery Flap / Salvatore C. Lettieri / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 33 Propeller Flaps and Keystone Flaps in the Lower Extremity / Michael Sauerbier / Annika Arsalan-Werner
    ch. 34 Fasciotomies of the Lower Extremity / Michel Saint-Cyr / Anita T. Mohan
    ch. 35 Amputation and Stump Management / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim / Emily A. Borsting / Jimmy H. Chim / Handel R. Robinson / Yasmina Zoghbi Note continued: ch. 36 Soft Tissue Management of Ankle Fractures and Use of the Gracilis Muscle Flap / Norman S. Turner / Thomas C. Shives
    ch. 37 Calcaneal Fractures/Talar Neck Fractures / Steven L. Moran / S. Andrew Sems
    ch. 38 Flap Coverage for the Foot / Roy W. Sanders / Hassan R. Mir
    ch. 39 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine / L. Scott Levin / William C. Pederson
    ch. 40 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Pelvis and Sacrum: Hemipelvectomy and Pedicled Flap Coverage / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim
    ch. 41 Management of Major Upper Limb Amputations / Matt T. Houdek / Peter S. Rose / Franklin H. Sim / Steven L. Moran
    ch. 42 Replantation of Digits / S. Raja Sabapathy / Hari Venkatramani.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017
  • Digital
    Simone Mocellin.
    Summary: The world of soft tissue sarcomas is a highly complex one, due to the large range of tumor types, each of which is characterized by specific features in terms of its epidemiology, pathology diagnosis, clinical behavior, therapy and biomarker pattern (of both diagnostic and therapeutic value). This book offers a practical, clearly structured reference guide, covering all of these aspects for each soft tissue tumor. Thanks to the consistent and user-friendly format, readers can quickly and easily find the information they need; in addition, up-to-date and authoritative literature information helps them to pursue further research. Overall, this book offers professionals and residents in the fields of oncology, surgery, and pathology an essential guide for study, review, and everyday clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Steven D. Billings, Rajiv M. Patel, Darya Buehler, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Klaus Reichardt, Luís Carlos Timm.
    Summary: This textbook presents the concepts and processes involved in the soil-plant-atmosphere system as well as its applications in the water cycle in agriculture. Although reaching the frontier of our knowledge in several subjects, each chapter starts at the graduation level and proceeds to the post-doctoral level. Its more complicated subjects, as math and physics, are well explained, even to readers not well acquainted with these tools. Therefore, it helps students read, understand, and developing their thoughts on these subjects. Instructors also find it an easy book with the needed depth to be adopted in courses related to Soil Physics, Agricultural Management, Environmental Protection, Irrigation and Agrometeorology. It serves also as "lexicon" to engineers and lawyers involved in agricultural, environmental cases.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Man And The Soil
    Plant
    Atmosphere System.- Chapter 2: Water, The Universal Solvent For Life.- Chapter 3: The Soil As A Water Reservoir For Plants.- Chapter 4: Plant: The Solar Energy Collector.- Chapter 5: Atmosphere: The Fluid Envelope That Covers The Planet Earth.- Chapter 6: The Equilibrium State Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 7: The Movement Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 8: Soil Water As A Nutrient Solution.- Chapter 9: Aspects Of The Soil Atmosphere.- Chapter 10: How Heat Is Propagated In The Soil.- Chapter 11: Water Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 12: Water Redistribution After Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 13: Evaporation And Evapotranspiration: The Vapor Losses To The Atmosphere.- Chapter 14: How Do Plants Absorb Soil Water ?.- Chapter 15: The Water Balance In Agricultural And Natural Systems.- Chapter 16: How Plants Absorb Nutrients From The Soil.- Chapter 17: How Soil, Plant And Atmophere Properties Vary In Space And Time In The Spas: An Approach To Geoestatistics.- Chapter 18: Spatial And Temporal Variability Of Spas Attributes: Analysis Of Spatial And Temporal Series.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amitava Rakshit, Subhadip Ghosh, Somsubhra Chakraborty, Varughese Philip, Avishek Datta, editors.
    Summary: Soil analysis is critically important in the management of soil-based production systems. In the absence of efficient methods of soil analysis our understanding of soil is pure guesswork. Ideally the pro-active use of laboratory analysis leads to more sustainable soil productivity. Unfortunately, most of the worlds agriculture is still reactionary, waiting for obvious yield declines to occur before taking action to identify the reasons. The modern soil laboratory is pivotal to informing soil managers what adaptive practices are needed to address chemical and physical imbalances before they occur, and the intelligent adaptive use of laboratory data not only greatly speeds up and reduces the cost of empirical soil study, but can even render it unnecessary. This book provides a synopsis of the analytical procedures used for soil analysis, discussing the common physical, chemical and biological analytical methods used in agriculture and horticulture. Written by experienced experts from institutions and laboratories around the globe, it provides insights for a range of users, including those with limited laboratory facilities, and helps students, teachers, soil scientists and laboratory technicians increase their knowledge and skills and select appropriate methods for soil analysis.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Soil Analysis: A Relook and Way Forward
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Soil Sampling
    1.2.1 Need for Soil Analysis
    1.2.2 The Future of Soil Chemistry
    1.3 Soil Analysis
    1.3.1 Soil Analysis Processes
    1.3.2 Analytical Methods
    1.3.2.1 Soil Texture
    1.3.2.2 Soil Structure
    1.3.2.3 Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)
    1.3.2.4 Soil Moisture
    1.3.2.5 Soil pH
    1.3.2.6 Lime Requirement (LR)
    1.3.2.7 Electrical Conductivity (ECs)
    1.3.2.8 Gypsum Requirement (GR)
    1.3.2.9 Organic Carbon/Organic Matter 1.3.2.10 Total Nitrogen
    1.3.2.11 Mineralizable Nitrogen
    1.3.2.12 Inorganic N-NO3- and NH4+
    1.3.2.13 Available Phosphorus
    1.3.2.14 Available Potassium
    1.3.2.15 Available Sulphur
    1.3.2.16 Exchangeable Calcium and Magnesium
    1.3.2.17 Micronutrients
    1.3.2.18 Heavy Metals
    1.3.2.19 Proximal/Hyperspectral Methods of Soil Analysis
    1.3.2.20 Modern Approach
    Some Images of Sophisticated Instruments
    References
    2: Application of Statistical Techniques in Soil Research
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Statistical Tools
    2.2.1 Types of Variables and Data 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Modern Research Facilities Involved in Climate Change Research
    3.2.1 Climate Change Impact Evaluation Techniques on Crop Species
    3.2.2 Climate Change Monitoring Techniques
    3.2.2.1 Capturing GHG Using Eddy Covariance Techniques
    3.2.2.2 Capturing CO2 Flux
    3.2.2.3 Capturing Methane
    3.2.2.4 Capturing Water Vapor Flux
    3.3 Capturing and Monitoring Land Surface Energy Fluxes
    3.3.1 Monitoring the Heat Fluxes
    3.3.2 Monitoring the Energy Balance
    3.3.3 Monitoring Albedo and Bowen Ratio
    3.3.4 Monitoring Air and Soil Temperature
    3.4 Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bhoopander Giri, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers the latest insights into soil health and its sustainability, providing an up-to-date overview of the various aspects of soil quality and fertility management, e.g., plant-microbe interactions to maintain soil health; and the use of algal, fungal and bacterial fertilizers and earthworms for sustainable soil health and agricultural production. It first dicusses the past, present, and future scenarios of soil health, and then explores factors influencing soil health, as well as the consequences of degradation of soil health for sustainable agriculture. Lastly it highlights solutions to improve and maintain soil health so as to achieve greater productivity and sustainability without damaging the soil system or the environment. Soil health is defined as the capacity of a soil to function within ecosystem frontiers, to sustain biological productivity, to maintain environmental quality and to promote plant, animal and human health. Soil health is established through the interactions of physical, chemical and biological properties, e.g., soil texture, soil structure, and soil organisms. Healthy soil provides adequate levels of macro- and micronutrients to plants and contains sufficient populations of soil microorganisms. As a result of the increasingly intensified agriculture over the past few decades, soils are now showing symptoms of exhaustion and stagnating or declining crop yields. Exploring these developments as well as possible solutions based on holistic and sustainable approaches, this book is a valuable resource for researchers in the area of soil and environmental science, agronomy, agriculture, as well as students in the field of botany, ecology and microbiology.

    Contents:
    1. Soil health in India: Past History and Future Perspective
    2. Organic farming in relation to soil health
    3. Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: A Booster for Ameliorating Soil Health and Agriculture Production
    4. Vemicompost and Soil Health
    5. Impact of Agricultural Practice on Soil Health
    6. Contribution of Biochar in Improving Soil Health
    7. Soil Health and Foliar Fertilisers
    8. Wild Plants from Coastal Habitats as a Potential Resource for Soil Remediation
    9. Abiotic and Biotic Factors Influencing Soil Health and/or Soil Degradation
    10. Seaweeds: Soil Health Boosters for Sustainable Agriculture
    11. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi
    The Potential Soil Health Indicators
    12. Significance and Management of Green Manures
    13. Green Manuring and Its Role in Soil Health Management
    14. Mighty microbes: Plant growth promoting microbes in soil health and sustainable agriculture
    15. Fertilizers and Pesticides: Their Impact on Soil Health and Environment
    16. Portraying Microbial Beneficence for Ameliorating Soil Health and Plant Growth
    17. Role of Soil Organisms in Maintaining Soil Health, Ecosystem Functioning and Sustaining Agricultural Production
    18. Bacterial Inoculants: How These Microbes Can Sustain Soil Health and Crop Productivity?
    19. Role of Rhizomicrobiome in Maintaining Soil Fertility and Crop Production.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amitav Bhattacharya.
    Summary: "This book explores the impact of soil water deficiency on various aspects of physiological processes in plants. The book explains the effects under soil water deficit condition such as lowering of plant water content, disturbance in carbon metabolism such in photosynthesis, photorespiration and respiration as well as effects of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism. The book also educates the readers about, mineral nutrition under soil water deficit condition and roles of different nutrient to overcome water deficit. Changes in growth and development pattern of plant under soil water deficit condition and effects on growth and development are elaborated. This book is of interest to teachers, researchers, scientists in botany and agriculture. Also the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policy makers will also find this to be a useful read. The in depth description of the major physiological issues in plants under soil water deficit that are presented in this book will help breeders tailoring crops for desirable physiological survival traits in the face of increasing soil water deficit. This book is an impactful addition to the library of any faculty members, researchers, agricultural policy planner, post graduate or student studying in plant physiology, biochemistry, microbiology and other subjects related to crop husbandry."-- EBSCOhost product page, viewed April 29, 2021.

    Contents:
    Effects of soil water deficits on plant-water relationship : a review
    Effects of soil water deficit on carbon metabolism of plants : a review
    Effect of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism in plants : a review
    Mineral nutrition of plants under soil water deficit condition : a review
    Effect of soil water deficit on growth and development of plants : a review
    Role of plant growth hormones during soil water deficit : a review
    Dry matter production, partitioning, and seed yield under soil water deficit : a review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ajay Pazhayattil, Naheed Sayeed-Desta, Emilija Fredro-Kumbaradzi, Marzena Ingram, Jordan Collins.
    Summary: The textbook addresses the lifecycle concepts (Stage 1, 2, 3) of Process Validation. Regulatory bodies such as US FDA, EMEA, WHO, PIC/S have adopted the ICH lifecycle approach. Organizations have an opportunity to harmonize and align PV activities for all regulated markets. The concepts discussed provides a direction on how to approach solid dose manufacturing process validation for regulatory compliance. Solid Oral Dose Process Validation, Lifecycle Approach: Application, Volume Two and the companion Volume One, Solid Dose Process Validation, The Basics, also available as a set, provide directions and solutions for the pharmaceutical industry. The topics and chapters give a systematic understanding for the application of lifecycle concepts in solid dose pharmaceutical manufacturing. Since solid dose formulations encompass majority of the pharmaceutical preparations, it is essential information for pharmaceutical professionals who use the process validation lifecycle approach. This set is published as a comprehensive solution for solid dose process validation.

    Contents:
    Preface, Introduction, Chapter 1: Stage 1 Quality by Design Product Development QbD product development methodologies
    Chapter 2: Stage 1 Scale Up, Tech Transfer Process
    Considerations for process scale up and transfer
    Chapter 3: Stage 2 Batch determination, Sampling & Testing Plan
    PPQ batch determination method, scientifically supported sampling and testing plans
    Chapter 4: Stage 3A Continued Process Verification
    Stage 3A assessment methodology for newly launched products
    Chapter 5: Stage 3B Continued Process Verification
    Routine CPV monitoring plan for commercial products.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stephen P. Dunn, Simon Horslen, editors.
    Summary: A new textbook of transplantation for infants and children is needed that is at least a first effort at achieving standard work in this field. Solid Organ Transplantation in Infants and Children provides a broad view of the current practice of solid organ transplantation in pediatric patients. It focuses on best practice and measureable outcomes whenever possible. It provides direct guidance for standard work in this broad and young field of clinical work. It portrays the regulatory environment in which this work occurs and the specific program requirements for each clinical program. Organized in two volumes, the first volume is devoted to the pediatric patient and their particular needs or concerns. This volume also contains information on the regulatory environment and pediatric program specific requirements. The second volume is devoted to the standard work in each solid organ transplanted. These volumes will be very useful for every practicing pediatric transplant program in the United States and Canada and much of the developed world. By reading these volumes, the reader will gain a firm understanding and practical knowledge of standard work in solid organ transplantation and the regulatory environment and requirements of programs to do that work.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen R. Byrn, George Zografi, Xiaoming (Sean) Chen.
    Contents:
    1. Solid-state properties and pharmaceutical development
    2. Polymorphs
    3. Solvates and hydrates
    4. Pharmaceutical cocrystals
    6. Amorphous solids
    7. Crystal mesophases and nanocrystals
    8. X-Ray crystallography and crystal packing analysis
    9. X-Ray powder diffraction
    10. Differential scanning calorimetry and thermogravimetric analysis
    11. Microscopy
    12. Vibrational spectroscopy
    13. Solid-state NMR spectroscopy
    14. Particle and powder analysis
    15. Hygroscopic properties of solids
    16. Mechanical properties of pharmaceutical materials
    17. Solubility and dissolution
    18. Physical stability of solids
    19. Chemical stability of solids
    20. Solid-state properties of proteins
    21. Form selection of active pharmaceutical ingredients
    22. Mixture analysis
    23. Product development
    24. Quality by design
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Xiu-Qing Li.
    Contents:
    Polyploidy in animal development and disease / Jennifer L. Bandura and Norman Zielke
    Large-scale programmed genome rearrangements in vertebrates / Jeramiah J. Smith
    Chromosome instability in stem cells / Paola Rebuzzini, Maurizio Zuccotti, Carlo Alberto Redi and Silvia Garagna
    Mechanisms of induced inheritable genome variation in flax / Christopher A Cullis
    Environmentally induced genome instability and its inheritance / Andrey Golubov
    The mitochondrial genome, genomic shifting and genomic conflict / Gregory G. Brown
    Plastid genome stability and repair / Eric Zampini, Sebastien Truche, Etienne Lepage, Samuel Tremblay-Belzile , and Normand Brisson
    RNA-mediated somatic genome rearrangement in ciliates / John R. Bracht
    Somatic genome instability in yeast and other fungi / Adrianna Skoneczna and Marek Skoneczny
    Genome variation in archaeans, bacteria, and asexually reproducing eukaryotes / Xiu-Qing Li
    RNA polyadenylation site regions : highly similar in base composition pattern but diverse in sequence : a combination ensuring similar function but avoiding repetitive-regions-related genomic instability / Xiu-Qing Li and Donglei Du
    Insulin signaling pathways in humans and plants / Xiu-Qing Li and Tim Xing
    Developmental variation in the nuclear genome primary sequence / Xiu-Qing Li
    Ploidy variation of the nuclear, chloroplast, and mitochondrial genomes in somatic cells / Xiu-Qing Li, Benoit Bizimungu, Guodong Zhang, and Huaijun Si
    Molecular mechanisms of somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
    Hypotheses for interpreting somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
    Impacts of somatic genome variation on genetic theories and breeding concepts / Xiu-Qing Li
    Somatic genome variation : what it is and what it means for agriculture and human health / Xiu-Qing Li.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Ridenour, Nina.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P101 .S79
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Siddhartha Mukherjee.
    Summary: "The discovery of cells--and the reframing of the human body as a cellular ecosystem--announced the birth of a new kind of medicine based on the therapeutic manipulations of cells. A hip fracture, a cardiac arrest, Alzheimer's, dementia, AIDS, pneumonia, lung cancer, kidney failure, arthritis, COVID--all could be viewed as the results of cells, or systems of cells, functioning abnormally. And all could be perceived as loci of cellular therapies. In The Song of the Cell, Mukherjee tells the story of how scientists discovered cells, began to understand them, and are now using that knowledge to create new treatments and new humans"--Dust jacket flap.

    Contents:
    Prelude: "The elementary particles of organisms"
    Introduction: "We shall always return to the cell"
    Part one: Discovery
    The original cell: an invisible world
    The visible cell: "Fictitious stories about the little animals"
    The universal cell: "The smallest particle of this little world"
    The pathogenic cell: microbes, infections, and the antibiotic revolution
    Part two: The one and the many
    The organized cell: the interior anatomy of the cell
    The dividing cell: cellular reproduction and the birth of IVF
    The tampered cell: Lulu, Nana, and the transgressions of trust
    The developing cell: a cell becomes an organism
    Part three: Blood
    The restless cell: circles of blood
    The healing cell: platelets, clots, and a "modern epidemic"
    The guardian cell: neutrophils and their kampf against pathogens
    The defending cell: when a body meets a body
    The discerning cell: the subtle intelligence of the T cell
    The tolerant cell: the self, horror antitoxicus, and immunotherapy
    Part four: Knowledge
    The pandemic
    Part five: Organs
    The citizen cell: the benefits of belonging
    The contemplating cell: the many-minded neuron
    The orchestrating cell: homeostasis, fixity, and balance
    Part six: Rebirth
    The renewing cell: stem cells and the birth of transplantation
    The repairing cell: injury, decay, and constancy
    The selfish cell: the ecological equation and cancer
    The songs of the cell
    Epilogue: "Better versions of me".
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    QH577 .M83 2022
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jon Meacham & Tim McGraw.
    Summary: From "The Star-Spangled Banner" to "Born in the U.S.A.," Jon Meacham and Tim McGraw take readers on a journey through eras in American history and the songs and performers that inspired us. Meacham chronicles our history, exploring the stories behind the songs, and Tim McGraw reflects on them as an artist and performer. Their perspectives combine to create a unique view of the role music has played in uniting and shaping a nation. Beginning with the battle hymns of the revolution, and taking us through songs from the defining events of the Civil War, the fight for women's suffrage, the two world wars, the Great Depression, the civil rights movement, the Vietnam War, and into the twenty-first century, Meacham and McGraw explore the songs that defined generations, and the cultural and political climates that produced them. Readers will discover the power of music in the lives of figures such as Harriet Tubman, Franklin Roosevelt, Eleanor Roosevelt, and Martin Luther King, Jr., and will learn more about some of our most beloved musicians and performers, including Marian Anderson, Elvis Presley, Sam Cooke, Aretha Franklin, Bob Dylan, Duke Ellington, Carole King, Bruce Springsteen, and more

    Contents:
    A note to the reader
    Overture: The music of history
    The sensations of freedom
    Land where our fathers died
    Mine eyes have seen the glory
    March, march, many as one
    As the storm clouds gather
    We shall overcome
    Archie Bunker v. the age of Aquarius
    Born in the U.S.A.
    Finale: Lift every voice.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    ML3917.U6 M43 2019
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Hannes Gruber, Alexander Loizides and Berhard Moriggl.
    Summary: This first of its kind richly illustrated book provides a tabular and schematic representation of all the peripheral nerves in the human body using a standardized landmark-based algorithm for the definition of the nerve's "Point of optimal visibility (POV)". In this atlas the nerves of the human body are depicted with high-frequent ultrasound probes with frequencies up to 24 MHz: it presents not only the "known" large nerves (N. ischiadicus, N. femoralis, N. medianus etc.), but also the tiny nerves you have learned in your anatomy sessions but forgotten in the course of time! Based on clear illustrations using palpaple/visible external and easily accessible internal landmarks, it offers "nerve sonographers" a clear sonoanatomic guidance on how to easily find the nerve. Additionally, it describes the exact positioning of the probe so that each nerve can be found at its point of optimal visibility. These mental maps for nerve sonographeurs are intended not only for beginners but also for "advanced" specialists requiring instructions on how to easily find even tiny peripheral nerves: especially for neurologists, anaesthesiologists, radiologists, pain practionioners, rheumatologists and surgeons who seek a clear standardized step by step manual on "Where do I find a nerve the easiest?".

    Contents:
    Preamble.- Introduction.- For who and why? The target group and the meaning of this book.- How to use this book effectively
    an instruction manual.- Neck.- Ganglion cervicale medium.- Nervus accessories.- Nervus auricularis magnus.- Nervus dorsalis scapulae.- Nervus facialis: Ramus colli.- Nervus hypoglossus 1 (Diaphragma oris).- Nervus hypoglossus 2 (Trigonum caroticum).- Nervus laryngeus inferior.- Nervus laryngeus recurrens.- Nervus laryngeus superior.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus externus.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus internus.- Nervus occipitalis major.- Nervus occipitalis minor.- Nervus occipitalis tertius.- Nervus phrenicus.- Nervus subclavius.- Nervus(i) supraclavicularis(es).- Nervus suprascapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 1 (Fossa supraclavicularis major).- Nervus transversus colli.- Nervus vagus.- Plexus cervicalis: Ramus trapezius.- Upper Arm-Lower Arm-Hand.- Upper Arm.- Medianus fork.- Nervus axillaris [anterior approach].- Nervus axillaris [posterior approach].- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 1 (Axilla).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 2 (Sulcus bicipitalis medialis).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii lateralis superior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii medialis.- Nervus cutaneus brachii posterior.- Nervus medianus.- Nervus musculocutaneus.- Nervus radialis.- Nervus ulnaris.- Lower Arm-Hand.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus medianus: Ramus muscularis thenaris.- Nervus medianus: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus radialis: Nervus interosseus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus radialis: Ramus profundus (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (distal approach).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus dorsalis manus.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 1 (Hypothenar: ulnar-proximal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 2 (Hypothenar: palmar-distal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus superficialis.- Trunk.- Nervi clunium medii.- Nervi clunium superiores.- Nervus coccygeus.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus femoralis.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus genitalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus & Nervus ilioinguinalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus anterior.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus lateralis.- Nervus(i) intercostobrachialis(es).- Nervus intercostobrachialis II.- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (cranial approach).- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (caudal approach).- Nervus subscapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 2 (Fossa infraclavicularis).- Nervus thoracicus longus 3 (Regio thoracica lateralis).- Nervus thoracodorsalis.- Gluteal region.- Nervi clunium inferiores.- Nervus gluteus inferior.- Nervus gluteus superior.- Nervus ischiadicus 1 (subgluteal).- Nervus pudendus.- Thigh-Lower Leg-Foot.- Thigh.- Nervus cutaneus femoris lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus femoris posterior.- Nervus femoralis.- Nervus femoralis: Rami cutanei anteriores.- Nervus ischiadicus 2 (infragluteal).- Nervus obturatorius.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus anterior et posterior.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus cutaneus.- Nervus saphenus 1 (Trigonum femorale).- Nervus saphenus 2 (Canalis adductorius).- Nervus saphenus 3 (Subsartorielles Kompartiment).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 1 (suprapatellar: Regio femoralis anterior).- Lower leg-Foot.- Nervus cutaneus dorsalis lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus doraslis medialis et intermedius.- Nervus cutaneus surae lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus surae medialis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) dorsalis(es) pedis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus fibularis communis.- Nervus fibularis profundus 1 (Dorsum pedis).- Nervus fibularis profundus 2 (terminales Segment).- Nervus fibularis superficialis.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus profundus.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus superficialis.- Nervus plantaris medialis et. lateralis 1 (Planta pedis).- Nervus plantaris medialis et lateralis 2 (Tarsaltunnel).- Nervus saphenus 4 (Regio cruralis posterior).- Nervus saphenus 5 (terminales Segment am Unterschenkel).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 2 (infrapatellar: Regio genus).- Nervus suralis.- Nervus suralis: Rami calcanei laterales.- Nervus tibialis.- Nervus tibialis: Rami calcanei mediales.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Wei Guo.
    Summary: Sorting and Recycling Endosomes provides the latest information on endosomes, the receiving compartment for endocytosed cargos, and the donor compartment and sorting station for cargos designated to lysosomes, Golgi, or plasma membrane. In recent years, the importance of endosomes as a sorting and recycling compartment has become increasingly appreciated. As such, scientists from various fields of cell biology, membrane traffic, and beyond, see the needs to communicate and learn about the methods used to investigate the dynamics and functions of endosomes. This book brings together specialists from the field who contribute their expertise on a broad range of biomedical topics that will provide ideal reading for researchers interested in endosomal sorting and recycling. This volume covers the approaches necessary to study the key components that mediate the generation and transport of membrane-bounded carriers from the endosomes, and how membrane trafficking machinery is coordinated with cytoskeletons during these processes. In addition to studies carried out in mammalian cells, other model systems such as worm and yeast are also included.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Gregor Majdic.
    Summary: Love, one of the most profound of human emotions, love that accompanies us from puberty to old age, love that follows us from ancient times to modern, from ancient writings, through the Bible and the texts of medieval scribes to modern day books and movies. Through the millennia love has lost none of its secrecy, charm, attractiveness, craziness, even in this digital age, when we are overwhelmed by information. But what is love? Where does this emotion originate? Are we humans the only living beings feeling this emotion? Can love be explained by some chemical reactions in our brains? Is love just a trick of nature or is love some kind of higher feeling? We do not have definite answers to any of these questions, nevertheless, neuroscience, behavioral science and others have provided us with some, at least partial answers. We know today a great deal more than ever before about what is happening in the brain when we are madly in love. We understand why our hearts beat faster when we see the person we love, we know why we sweat and why we feel anxious when the loved one is away from us, and we have some ideas about how feelings of attachment form in the brain. This book guides you through the complicated labyrinth of genes, molecules and brain cells that are involved in the feelings of love, attachment, affection, and also simple sexual reproduction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Two is better than one
    Escherichia coli; do bacteria get it on?
    Amoeba likes the smell
    Moths in search of love through pheromones
    Wild bull and placid ox
    Of bees and flowers
    Clownfish, afterdark secretes of Nemo's parents?
    Graceful swan, a symbol of love
    Gosling following their mothers
    Why only male deer has antlers?
    Depraved hooligan penguins
    Mouse mating and fighting
    Mating like rabbits
    Beware, an elephant in the musth
    Steenbook, a faithful dwarf antelope
    Is there a love in the world of voles?
    Romeo and Juliette among chimpanzees
    Human love through the eyes of neuroscientist
    Origins of human love
    Man and woman madly in love
    What is love?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Jon Meacham.
    Summary: "We have been here before. In this timely and revealing book ... author Jon Meacham helps us understand the present moment in American politics and life by looking back at critical times in our history when hope overcame division and fear. With clarity and purpose, Meacham explores contentious periods and how presidents and citizens came together to defeat the forces of anger, intolerance, and extremism. Our current climate of partisan fury is not new, and in The Soul of America Meacham shows us how what Abraham Lincoln called 'the better angels of our nature' have repeatedly won the day. Painting surprising portraits of Lincoln and other presidents, including Ulysses S. Grant, Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S. Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Lyndon B. Johnson, and illuminating the courage of such influential citizen activists as Martin Luther King, Jr., early suffragettes Alice Paul and Carrie Chapman Catt, civil rights pioneers Rosa Parks and John Lewis, First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, and Army-McCarthy hearings lawyer Joseph N. Welch, Meacham brings vividly to life turning points in American history. He writes about the Civil War, Reconstruction, and the birth of the Lost Cause; the backlash against immigrants in the First World War and the resurgence of the Ku Klux Klan in the 1920s; the fight for women's rights; the demagoguery of Huey Long and Father Coughlin and the isolationist work of America First in the years before World War II; the anti-Communist witch-hunts led by Senator Joseph McCarthy; and Lyndon Johnson's crusade against Jim Crow. Each of these dramatic hours in our national life has been shaped by the contest to lead the country to look forward rather than back, to assert hope over fear--a struggle that continues even now. While the American story has not always--or even often--been heroic, we have been sustained by a belief in progress even in the gloomiest of times. In this inspiring book, Meacham reassures us, 'The good news is that we have come through such darkness before'--as, time and again, Lincoln's better angels have found a way to prevail."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction : To hope rather than to fear
    The confidence of the whole people : visions of the Presidency, the ideas of progress and prosperity, and "We, the people"
    The long shadow of Appomattox : the Lost Cause, the Ku Klux Klan, and Reconstruction
    With soul of flame and temper of steel : "the melting pot," TR and his "bully pulpit," and the Progressive promise
    A new and good thing in the world : the triumph of women's suffrage, the Red Scare, and a new Klan
    The crisis of the old order : the Great Depression, Huey Long, the New Deal, and America First
    Have you no sense of decency? : "making everyone middle class," the GI Bill, McCarthyism, and modern media
    What the hell is the presidency for? : "segregation forever," King's crusade, and LBJ in the crucible
    Conclusion : The first duty of an American citizen.
    Digital Access 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E169.1 .M4977 2018
    1
  • Print
    Alexis Wells-Oghoghomeh.
    Summary: "In The souls of womenfolk, Alexis Wells-Oghoghomeh argues that woman-gendered cosmologies and experiences from the Upper Guinea Coast played a distinct role in shaping the religious consciousness and practices of enslaved communities in the Lower South, and that this process took place concurrently as enslaved peoples in the U.S. South interpreted their new contexts through the cosmological frameworks of their foreparents, while acquiring, innovating, and revising contemporaneous practices"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: of the faith of the mothers
    Georgia genesis: the birth of the enslaved female soul
    Womb remembrances: the moral dimensions of enslaved motherhood
    Sex, body, and soul: sexual ethics and social values among the enslaved
    The birth and death of souls: enslaved women and ritual
    Spirit bodies and feminine souls: women, power, and the sacred imagination
    When souls gather: women and gendered performance in religious spaces
    Conclusion: gendering the "religion of the slave."
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E443 .W45 2021
    1
  • Print
    Mary Herring Wright.
    Contents:
    A bouquet of roses
    The beginning
    Iron mine school days
    More childhood memories
    Scary times
    Make me a child again
    A new kind of life
    The nightmare begins
    The train ride to a new world
    Home!!
    Queen of the fairies
    The old and the new
    Changes, worries, and adventures
    Coming of age
    Boys and other trouble
    More changes and a difficult decision
    Accepted at last
    Graduation
    From student to teacher
    Good-bye, school days! Hello, world!
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HV2534.W75 A3 2019
    1
  • Print
    David George Haskell.
    Summary: "A rich exploration of how the evolution of both natural and manmade sounds have shaped us and the world, and how the world's acoustic diversity is currently in grave danger of being destroyed. We live on a planet that is wrapped in the diverse acoustic marvels of song and speech. Yet never has this diversity been so threatened as it is now. Braiding his experience as a listener and an ecologist with the latest scientific discoveries, David Haskell explores the acoustic wonders of our planet. Starting in deep time with the origins of animal song and traversing the whole arc of Earth's history, he illuminates and celebrates the creative processes that have produced the varied sounds of our world. From the powers of animal sexuality and environmental change, to the unpredictable, improvisational whims of genetic evolution and cultural change, sounds on Earth are the products of and catalysts for vibrant ecosystems. Four interconnected sensory crises are currently diminishing the vitality of our sonic world. Deforestation is erasing the most complex communities of sounds the world has ever known. In the oceans, machine noise has created a living hell for the most acoustically sensitive animals on the planet. In cities, noise has resulted in dire sonic inequities among people, the result of racism, sexism, and power asymmetries. Last, in forgetting or being barred from hearing the voices of the living Earth, we lose both the experience of joyful connection and the foundation for ethics and action. As wild sounds disappear forever and human noise smothers other voices, the Earth becomes flatter, blander. According to Haskell, this decline is not a mere loss of sensory ornament. Sound is a generative force, and so the erasure of sonic diversity makes the world less creative. His book is an invitation to listen, wonder, belong, and act."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Origins. Primal sound and the ancient roots of hearing
    Unity and diversity
    Sensory bargains and biases
    The flourishing of animal sounds. Predators, silence, wings
    Flowers oceans, milk
    Evolution's creative powers. Air, water, wood
    In the clamor
    Sexuality and beauty
    Vocal learning and culture
    The imprints of deep time
    Human music and belonging. Bone, ivory, breath
    Resonant spaces
    Music, forest, body
    Diminishment, crisis, and injustice. Forests
    Oceans
    Cities
    Listening. In community
    In the deep past and future.
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    QH510.5 .H37 2022
    1
  • Print
    Toni Morrison.
    Summary: One of the most celebrated and revered writers in the history of American literature gives us a new nonfiction collection - a gathering of her essays, speeches, and meditations on society, culture, and art, spanning four decades. This book is divided into three parts: the first is introduced by a powerful prayer for the dead of 9/11, the second by a searching meditation on Martin Luther King Ir., and the last by a heart-wrenching eulogy for James Baldwin. In the writings and speeches included here, the author takes on contested social issues: the foreigner, female empowerment, the press, money, "Black matter(s)" and human rights. She looks at enduring aspects of culture: the role of the artist in society, the literary imagination, the Afro-American presence in American literature, and, in her Nobel lecture, the power of language itself. And here too is piercing commentary on her own work (including The Bluest Eye, Sala, Tar Baby, Jazz, Beloved, and Paradise) and that of others, among them painter and collagist Romare Bearden, author Toni Cade Bambara, and theater director Peter Sellars.--description from dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Peril
    The foreigner's home. The dead of September 11 ; The foreigner's home ; Racism and fascism ; Home ; Wartalk ; The war on error ; A race in mind : the press in deed ; Moral inhabitants ; The price of wealth, the cost of care ; The habit of art ; The individual artist ; Arts advocacy ; Sarah Lawrence commencement address ; The slavebody and the blackbody ; Harlem on my mind : contesting memory - meditation on museums, culture, and integration ; Women, race, and memory ; Literature and public life ; The Nobel lecture in literature ; Cinderella's stepsisters ; The future of time : literature and diminished expectations
    Interlude : Black matter(s). Tribute to Martin Luther King, Jr. ; Race matters ; Black matter(s) ; Unspeakable things unspoken : the Afro-American presence in American literature ; Academic whispers ; Gertrude Stein and the difference she makes ; Hard, true, and lasting
    God's language. James Baldwin eulogy ; The site of memory ; God's language ; Grendel and his mother ; The writer before the page ; The trouble with paradise ; On "Beloved" ; Chinua Achebe ; Introduction of Peter Sellars ; Tribute to Romare Bearden ; Faulkner and women ; The source of self-regard ; Rememory ; Memory, creation, and fiction ; Goodbye to all that : race, surrogacy, and farewell ; Invisible ink : reading the writing and writing the reading.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3563.O8749 A6 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Taraprasad Das, Patanjali Dev Nayar, editors.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of eye health in South-East Asia from public health to health system to education to industry in 6 sections. The World Health Organization (WHO) South-East Asia region comprises of 11 countries - Bangladesh, Bhutan, DPR Korea, India, Indonesia, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Timor-Leste. This region is home to 26% of world population; there is a disproportionate amount of blindness (30.6%) and visual impairment (36%). This is a first of its kind book that discusses common conditions of visual impairment and blindness in the South-East Asia region. In addition, the book documents the current eye care industry in the region and the contribution of all eye health INGOs in eye care program planning and service delivery for many decades. Majority of the countries in the South-East Asia region are categorized in middle-income country group. This book discusses the common challenges in these countries such as, suboptimal public expenditure in health, acute shortage of skilled eye health workforce, and rudimentary health industry. The book covers the following 6 sections: 1. Geographic description and health indices of the region 2. Health system evolved over years, including universal eye health, health financing and health management information system (HMIS) 3. Common eye problems including non-communicable disease NCD (and diabetic retinopathy), neglected tropical disease NTD (and Trachoma) 4. Health workforce in the region that includes ophthalmologists, optometrists, and allied ophthalmic personnel 5. Eye health support in the region of 13 international non-government organizations (INGOs) working for decades 6. Eye health industry in the region that includes spectacles, ophthalmic devices and equipment and the pharma industry The book would be a useful resource for ophthalmologists, all public health personnel and policy makers in eye health in the South-East Asia region specifically and all ophthalmologists and scientists interested in public health all over the world as well as for program planning to reach the 'Health for All' strategy by 2030 (United Nations Sustainable Development Goal, SDG 2030).

    Contents:
    Part I The region
    Part II The health system
    2.1. Building blocks
    2.2. Universal health coverage
    2.3. Sustainable development goals
    2.4. Integrated people centric eye care
    2.5. Public financing
    2.6. Health management and information
    Part III The problem
    3.1. Disease burden
    3.2. RAAB and population studies
    Part IV Common disorders
    4.1. Cataract
    4.2. Refractive error and school eye health
    4.3. Childhood blindness and VI
    4.4. NCD and diabetic retinopathy
    4.5. NTD and trachoma
    4.6. Glaucoma
    4.7. Cornea and eye banking
    4.8. Low vision
    Part V Workforce, training and education
    5.1. Ophthalmology
    5.2. Optometry
    5.3. Allied ophthalmic personnel
    Part VI International NGOs
    6.1. CBM
    6.2. Combat blindness international
    6.3. Essilor foundation
    6.4. Fred hollows
    6.5. Helen keller International
    6.6. Himalayan cataract
    6.7. Mission for vision
    6.8. OEU
    6.9. Orbis
    6.10. Seva foundation
    6.11. Sight savers
    6.12. Vision spring
    Part VII Ophthalmic industry
    7.1. Spectacles
    7.2. Ophthalmic devices and equipment
    7.3. Pharma industry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Imani Perry.
    Summary: "We all think we know the South. Even those who have never lived there can rattle off a list of signifiers: the Civil War, Gone with the Wind, the Ku Klux Klan, plantations, football, Jim Crow, slavery. But the idiosyncrasies, dispositions, and habits of the region are stranger and more complex than much of the country tends to acknowledge. In South to America, Imani Perry shows that the meaning of American is inextricably linked with the South, and that our understanding of its history and culture is the key to understanding the nation as a whole. This is the story of a Black woman and native Alabaman returning to the region she has always called home and considering it with fresh eyes. Her journey is full of detours, deep dives, and surprising encounters with places and people. She renders Southerners from all walks of life with sensitivity and honesty, sharing her thoughts about a troubling history and the ritual humiliations and joys that characterize so much of Southern life. Weaving together stories of immigrant communities, contemporary artists, exploitative opportunists, enslaved peoples, unsung heroes, her own ancestors, and her lived experiences, Imani Perry crafts a tapestry unlike any other. With uncommon insight and breathtaking clarity, South to America offers an assertion that if we want to build a more humane future for the United States, we must center our concern below the Mason-Dixon Line." -- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Introduction
    I. Origin stories. An errand into wilderness: Appalachia ; Mother country: Virginia ; Animated roulette: Louisville ; Mary's land: Annapolis and the caves ; Ironic capital: Washington, DC
    II. The solidified South. The clearing: upper Alabama ; Tobacco Road in the Bible Belt: North Carolina ; King of the South: Atlanta ; More than a memorial: Birmingham ; Pearls before swine: Princeton to Nashville ; When Beale Street talks: Memphis ; Soul of the South: the Black Belt
    III. Water people. Home of the flying Africans: the Low Country ; Pistoles and flamboyán: Florida ; Immobile women: Mobile ; Magnolia graves and Easter lilies: New Orleans ; Paraíso: the Bahamas and Havana
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access 2004
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    F216.2 .P47 2022
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H134.R9 S7
    1
  • Digital
    Essegbemon Akpo, Christopher O. Ojiewo, Lucky O. Omoigui, Jean Claude Rubyogo, Rajeev K. Varshney.
    Summary: This open access book shares impact stories - testimonies from various value chain actors who have been part of the Tropical Legumes (TL) projects, over the past twelve years. The Tropical Legumes projects led by ICRISAT in three parts (TLI, TLII and TLIII), constitute a major international initiative supported by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and jointly implemented by the International Center for Tropical Agriculture (CIAT), International Institute of Tropical Agriculture (IITA) and National Agricultural Research Systems (NARS) partners from Sub-Saharan Africa and India. The project developed improved cultivars of common bean, cowpea, chickpea and groundnut (but also soya bean and pigeon pea cultivars in its initial phases) and delivers their seed to smallholders in BMGF-focus areas. It also strengthens the NARS and CGIAR's breeding programs and seed platforms to enhance their ability to deliver high and sustained outputs to smallholder farmers. The book compiles the experiences of a diversity of actors within the grain legume value chains, with a focus on groundnut and common beans in Tanzania and Uganda, groundnut and cowpea in Nigeria, and groundnut in Ghana. All stakeholders involved share their thoughts on being part of a decade-long development project family. National agricultural research institutes, knowledge brokering organizations, NGOs, public and private seed companies, agro-dealers, individual seed entrepreneurs, farm-implement makers, farmer cooperatives, farmer groups, individual men and women farmers, middlemen, processors, traders and consumers were all involved in this project, and as such this book provides valuable insights for development workers, technical staff, and project managers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A Brief Overview of Smallholder Farmers' Access To Seed Of Improved Legume Varieties
    Chapter 2. Impact Stories And Testimonies From Diverse Actors In Groundnut Value Chain In Tanzania
    Chapter 3. Common Bean Value Chain Actors Share Their Feeling About TL Projects In Tanzania
    Chapter 4. Enthusiasm Of Actors Within The Groundnut Value Chain Sharing Impact Stories In Uganda
    5. Empowered Communities Tell Their Own Stories From Common Bean Production In Uganda
    6. Breakthroughs In Groundnut Production Communities In Nigeria
    7. Women At The Center Of Cowpea Value Chain Development In Nigeria
    8. Better-Off Women Boosting Groundnut Business In Ghana
    9. Concluding Remarks: The Tropical Legumes Projects Empowered Communities In A Wide Variety Of Assets.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Visakh P. M and Olga Nazarenko.
    Contents:
    Soy protein : state-of-the-art, new challenges and opportunities / Visakh P. M
    Soy protein : introduction, structure and properties relationship / Visakh P. M
    Advances in soy protein-based nanocomposites / Huafeng Tian Gaiping Guo and Xiaogang Luo
    Applications of soy protein-based blends, composites, and nanocomposites / Ruann Janser Soares de Castro, Andre Ohara, Paula Okuro, Camila Utsunomia, Joelise de Alencar Figueira Angelotti, Fabiola Aliaga de Lima and Helia Harumi Sato
    Biomedical applications of soy protein / Blessing A. Aderibigbe
    Electrospinning of soy protein nanofibers : synthesis and applications / Carlos L. Salas
    Soy proteins as potential source of active peptides of nutraceutical significance / Junus Salampessy and Narsimha Reddy
    Soy protein isolate-based films / Shifeng Zhang
    Use of soy protein-based carriers for encapsulating bioactive ingredients / Zhen-Xing Tang and Jie-Yu Liang.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Arnauld E. Nicogossian, Richard S. Williams, Carolyn L. Huntoon, Charles R. Doarn, James D. Polk, Victor S. Schneider, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I. Introduction to space medicine
    1. Evolution of human capabilities and space medicine
    2. The environment of space exploration
    3. Living and working in space: an overview of physiological adaptation, performance, and health risks
    PART II. Spacecraft Environments
    4. Toxicology
    5. Microbiology
    6. Acoustics and audition
    7. Radiation health and protection
    PART III. Space Flight and Crew Health: Adaptation, Pathophysiology, Rehabilitation, and Countermeasures
    8. Cardiopulmonary system: aeromedical considerations
    9. Neurology
    10. Regulatory physiology
    11. Metabolism and nutrition
    12. Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics
    13. Musculoskeletal adaptation to space flight
    14. Behavioral health and performance
    PART IV. Occupational Health and Safety Issues in Space Flight
    15. Prinicples of crew health monitoring and care
    16. International dimension of space medicine
    PART V. Ground-based and academic training programs
    17. Simulations and analogs (test-beds)
    18. Training in space medicine
    PART VI. Future Perspectives
    19. Commercial space tourism and space as a biomedical laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alex P. Michael, Christian Otto, Millard F. Reschke, Alan R. Hargens, editors.
    Summary: This book consolidates the current knowledge of how short and long-duration spaceflight affects the anatomy and physiology of the central nervous system. It also incorporates the methodology and constraints of studying the central nervous system in space. Chapters detail advances in imaging techniques available to assess intracranial and intraocular pathology as well as translational medicine with an emphasis on brain cancer and neurodegenerative disease in spaceflight. Additionally, the book offers theoretical background information, tested laboratory protocols, and step-by-step methods for reproducible lab experiments to aid neuroscientists and neurobiologists in laboratory testing and experimentation. Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System is the first to comprehensively include all aspects of spaceflight-induced changes in the central nervous system. It is an invaluable resource for basic and clinical laboratory trainees and researchers in aerospace medicine and physiology or for those looking to gain specific knowledge in spaceflight neuroscience.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: History of Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System
    Introduction
    Early Discoveries
    Early Rocket Science
    Early Space Exploration
    The Soviet Union
    The United States
    Early Space Stations
    International Cooperation
    Development of International Organizations
    The International Space Station
    History of Spaceflight Medicine
    Aerospace Medicine Organizations
    Initial Spaceflight Medical Problems
    Long-Duration Spaceflight
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Cardiovascular Physiology and Fluid Shifts in Space The Cardiovascular System on Earth and in Space
    General Concepts of the Circulatory System on Earth and in Space
    Basic Concepts of Blood-Brain Barrier
    Adaptations to Microgravity
    Acute Adaptations and Microgravity-Induced Fluid Shift
    Long-Term Adaptations
    Circulation and the Central Nervous System
    Endothelial Dysfunction
    CSF Hydrodynamics and Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
    CSF Hydrodynamics Circulation on Earth and in Space
    Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
    Space Adaptation Syndrome (SMS)
    Visual Impairment Intracranial Pressure Syndrome Integrated Physiologic Countermeasures
    Artificial Gravity
    Lower Body Negative Pressure With and Without Exercise
    Coagulation and LBNP
    Sodium Intake
    References
    3: Effects of Microgravity and Space Radiation on the Nervous System
    Introduction
    Effects of Microgravity on Neurobiology
    Spaceflight-Induced Intracranial Hypertension
    Space Motion Sickness
    Radiological Changes (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) in Brain Tissue After Microgravity Exposure
    Effects of Microgravity on the Vestibular System
    Effects of Space Radiation on the Nervous System
    Conclusion Cognition upon Return to Earth
    Neuromapping
    Summary
    Potential Positive Effects
    Risk Mitigation Strategies
    Future Directions
    References
    5: Spine Biomechanics and Pathology
    History of Back Pain and Spinal Injury Associated with Spaceflight
    Comparing Epidemiology of Spaceflight-Related Low Back Pain to Terrestrial Low Back Pain
    Spinal Anatomy Affected by Gravitational Load
    Intervertebral Discs
    Paraspinal Muscles
    Changes in Spinal Biomechanics During and After Spaceflight
    Backpain and Spaceflight
    Pain Pathways for Low Back Pain
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Edward Machtinger, Peter A. Nigrović ; edited by Janice A. Lowe.
    Summary: "Spanish for Pediatric Medicine features a quick-reference design that enables the user to rapidly identify and explore common medical situations. English and Spanish equivalents are shown side-by-side for quick reference. This convenient guide includes translations for virtually every type of patient visit. General examinations, Bright Futures stage discussions, emergency department interactions, and terms for discussing specific body systems (hematology, respiratory, cardiovascular, etc.) are provided. This convenient resource fits right in your pocket for use throughout the day as you travel between departments or exam rooms. Also included are translations for discussing issues such as developmental milestones, obesity prevention, and lead toxicity screening along with commonly used expressions to help clinicians better connect with patients and parents. This 3rd edition is completely updated and is consistent with the newest Bright Futures Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents 4th edition content. Visit-specific translations for the 31 age-based visits reflect the organization of the guidelines as well"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. Common expressions. Greetings
    Helpful phrases
    Terms of endearment for children
    Part II. General visit. Initial history
    Past medical history
    Family history
    Social history (HEADSS)
    Description of pain
    Examination instructions
    Immunization screening and instructions
    Discharge instructions
    Part III. Stage visit. Prenatal
    Newborn
    First week (3 to 5 days)
    1 month
    2 months
    4 months
    6 months
    9 months
    12 months
    15 months
    18 months
    2 years
    2½ years
    3 years
    4 years
    5 and 6 years
    7 and 8 years
    9 and 10 years
    11-14 years
    15-17 years
    18-21 years
    Part IV. Target systems. Constitutional and hematology/oncology
    Skin
    HEENT and Neck
    Respiratory
    Cardiovascular
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Musculoskeletal
    Neurological
    Part V. Emergency department visit. Brief emergency department history
    Brief emergency department scenarios
    Description of pain
    Examination instructions
    Discharge instructions
    Part VI. Special issues. Abuse screening questions
    Ancillary services
    Developmental milestones
    Lead toxicity screening questions
    Prevention and treatment of obesity
    Tuberculosis screening
    Media use guidelines
    Part VII. Additional words and phrases.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Francine L. Dolins, University of Michigan, Dearborn, Christopher A. Shaffer, Grand Valley State University, Michigan, Leila M. Porter, Northern Illinois University, Jena R. Hickey, Nathan P. Nibbelink, University of Georgia.
    Summary: "Over the last two decades, technological advances in GPS (global positioning devices) and GIS (global information systems) have allowed primatologists to dramatically increase the quantity of spatial location data they can gather in the field, and the complexity of the analyses they can perform on these data. Before 15 years ago, GPS units did not function well in remote locations and/or under dense foliage, thus, they were useless for most field primatologists. In contrast, in the last 15 years, technological advances have made GPS devices functional across the globe and in most environments allowing field researchers to collect detailed spatial data using this technology"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    N. Samba Kumar, K. Ullas Karanth, James D. Nichols, Srinivas Vaidyanathan, Beth Gardner, Jagdish Krishnaswamy.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Large ungulates in tropical forests are among the most threatened taxa of mammals. Excessive hunting, degradation of and encroachments on their natural habitats by humans have contributed to drastic reductions in wild ungulate populations in recent decades. As such, reliable assessments of ungulate-habitat relationships and the spatial dynamics of their populations are urgently needed to provide a scientific basis for conservation efforts. However, such rigorous assessments are methodologically complex and logistically difficult, and consequently many commonly used ungulate population survey methods do not address key problems. As a result of such deficiencies, key parameters related to population distribution, abundance, habitat ecology and management of tropical forest ungulates remain poorly understood. This book addresses this critical knowledge gap by examining how population abundance patterns in five threatened species of large ungulates vary across space in the tropical forests of the Nagarahole-Bandipur reserves in southwestern India. It also explains the development and application of an innovative methodology - spatially explicit line transect sampling - based on an advanced hierarchical modelling under the Bayesian inferential framework, which overcomes common methodological deficiencies in current ungulate surveys. The methods and results presented provide valuable reference material for researchers and professionals involved in studying and managing wild ungulate populations around the globe.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The conservation issue
    Chapter 2. Development of hierarchical spatial models for assessing ungulate abundance and habitat relationships
    Chapter 3. Model-based assessment of ungulate-habitat relationships
    Chapter 4. Assessing threats to ungulates and management responses
    Chapter 5. Conservation of tropical forest ungulates: the way forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Robert Fletcher, Marie-Josée Fortin.
    Summary: This book provides a foundation for modern applied ecology. Much of current ecology research and conservation addresses problems across landscapes and regions, focusing on spatial patterns and processes. This book is aimed at teaching fundamental concepts and focuses on learning-by-doing through the use of examples with the software R. It is intended to provide an entry-level, easily accessible foundation for students and practitioners interested in spatial ecology and conservation.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to spatial ecology and its relevance for conservation
    2. Scale
    3. Land-cover pattern and change
    4. Spatial dispersion and point data
    5. Spatial dependence and autocorrelation
    6. Accounting for spatial dependence in ecological data
    7. Species distributions
    8. Space use and resource selection
    9. Connectivity
    10. Population dynamics in space
    11. Spatially structured communities
    12. What have we learned? Looking back and pressing forward
    Appendix: An introduction to R.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pravat Kumar Shit, Partha Pratim Adhikary, Debashish Sengupta, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book demonstrates the measurement, monitoring and mapping of environmental contaminants in soil & sediment, surface & groundwater and atmosphere. This book explores state-of-art techniques based on methodological and modeling in modern geospatial techniques specifically focusing on the recent trends in data mining techniques and robust modeling. It also presents modifications of and improvements to existing control technologies for remediation of environmental contaminants. In addition, it includes three separate sections on contaminants, risk assessment and remediation of different existing and emerging pollutants. It covers major topics such as: Radioactive Wastes, Solid and Hazardous Wastes, Heavy Metal Contaminants, Arsenic Contaminants, Microplastic Pollution, Microbiology of Soil and Sediments, Soil Salinity and Sodicity, Aquatic Ecotoxicity Assessment, Fluoride Contamination, Hydrochemistry, Geochemistry, Indoor Pollution and Human Health aspects. The content of this book will be of interest to researchers, professionals, and policymakers whose work involves environmental contaminants and related solutions.

    Contents:
    Part I. Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Part I: Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 2. Combating Arsenic Pollution in Soil Environment via Alternate Agricultural Land Use
    Chapter 3. Temporal and Seasonal Variation in Leachate Pollution Index (LPI) in Sanitary Landfill Sites- A Case study of Baidyabati landfill, West Bengal, India
    Chapter 4.Quantification of Landfill Gas Emission and Energy Recovery Potential: A Comparative Assessment of LandGEM and MTM Model for Kolkata
    Chapter 5. Assessment of natural enrichment of heavy minerals along coastal placers of India: Role of lake and river mouth embayment and its implications
    Chapter 6. Assessment the Impact of Plastic Contaminated Fertilizers on Agricultural Soil Health: A Case Study in Memari II C.D.Block, Purba Bardhaman,West Bengal, India
    Chapter 7. Determining the Role of Leaf Relative Water Content and Soil Cation Exchange Capacity in Phytoextraction Process - Using Regression Modelling
    Chapter 8. Phytoremediation of Arsenic using Allium sativum as Model System
    Chapter 9. Spatio-temporal analysis of open waste dumping sites using Google Earth: A case study of Kharagpur City, India
    Part II. Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 10. Introduction to Part II: Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 11. Groundwater Arsenic Contamination Zone based on geospatial modeling, risk and remediation
    Chapter 12. Geospatial assessment of surface water pollution and industrial activities in Ibadan, Nigeria
    Chapter 13. Aquaculture-based water quality assessment and risk remediationalong the Rasulpur River belt, West Bengal
    Chapter 14. Heavy Metal Contamination in Groundwater and Impact on Plant and Human
    Chapter 15. Emerging Threats of Microplastic contaminant in freshwater environment
    Chapter 16. Exploring Particle Size Transport Variability of Suspended Sediments in two Alpine Catchments over the Lesser Himalayan Region, India
    Chapter 17. Salinity and corrosion potential of groundwater in Mewat district of Haryana, India
    Chapter 18. Threats to quality in the coasts of the Black Sea: heavy metal pollution of seawater, sediment, macro-algae and sea-grass
    Chapter 19. Geospatial assessment of groundwater quality for drinking through Water Quality Index and Human Health Risk Index in an upland area of Chotanagpur Plateau of West Bengal, India
    Chapter 20. Existence of Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products (PPCPs) in the conventional water treatment process
    Chapter 21. Arsenic-rich surface and groundwater around eastern parts of Rupnagar district, Punjab, India
    Part III. Environmental Contaminants, Impacts and Sustainable Management
    Chapter 22. Introduction to Part III: Environmental Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
    Chapter 23. Dynamics of ultra-fine particles in indoor and outdoor environments: a modelling approach to study the evolution of particle characteristics
    Chapter 24. Environmental impacts of coal-mining and coal-fired power-plant activities in a developing country with global context
    Chapter 25. Overview of Indoor air pollution: A human health perspective
    Chapter 26. Mineralogy and Morphological characterization of Technogenic Magnetic Particles (TMP) from industrial dust: Insights into environmental implications
    Chapter 27. Pesticides: Recent Updates on Types Toxicity and Bioremediation Strategies
    Chapter 28. Commonly available plant neem (Azadirachtaindica A. Juss) ameliorates dimethoate induced toxicity in climbing perch Anabas testudineus
    Chapter 29. Estimating Particulate Matter concentrations from MODIS AOD considering meteorological parameters using Random Forest Algorithm
    Chapter 30 Bio-monitoring and bioremediation of a trans-boundary river in India: Functional roles of benthic mollusks and fungi
    Chapter 31 Assessing the Maximum Aerobic Biodegradation Potential of Leaf Litter, an Organic Fraction of Municipal Solid Waste, Under Optimum Nutrient Conditions
    Chapter 32. Rising trend of air pollution and its decadal consequences on meteorology and thermal comfort over Gangetic West Bengal, India.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    William E. Schiesser.
    Summary: The focus of this book is a detailed discussion of a dual cancer vaccine (CV)-immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) mathematical model formulated as a system of partial differential equations (PDEs) defining the spatiotemporal distribution of cells and biochemicals during tumor growth. A computer implementation of the model is discussed in detail for the quantitative evaluation of CV-ICI therapy. The coding (programming) consists of a series of routines in R, a quality, open-source scientific computing system that is readily available from the internet. The routines are based on the method of lines (MOL), a general PDE algorithm that can be executed on modest computers within the basic R system. The reader can download and use the routines to confirm the model solutions reported in the book, then experiment with the model by varying the parameters and modifying/extending the equations, and even studying alternative models with the PDE methodology demonstrated by the CV-ICI model. Spatiotemporal Modeling of Cancer Immunotherapy: Partial Differential Equation Analysis in R facilitates the use of the model, and more generally, computer- based analysis of cancer immunotherapy mathematical models, as a step toward the development and quantitative evaluation of the immunotherapy approach to the treatment of cancer.

    Contents:
    Fixed Boundary PDE Model Formulation
    Fixed Boundary PDE Model Implementation
    Fixed Boundary PDE Model Output
    Moving Boundary PDE Model Implementation
    Moving Boundary PDE Model Output
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Allen Gabriel, G. Patrick Maxwell, Maurice Y. Nahabedian, Toni Storm.
    Summary: "As mentioned, with the many changes in breast surgery during the last two decades and the increasing need for interspecialty collaboration and cooperation, the seeds of this book were thus sown. I saw an opportunity to write and edit a unifying text/atlas that embraced the plastic surgery principles as espoused by Gilles and Millard and yet span the entire breadth of this discipline from breast oncology to breast augmentation. At the same time, in the Millard tradition, my goal is to show others that beautiful or normal-looking results are not only obtainable but critical for this important area. This book is thus written for plastic surgeons, general surgeons, gynecologists, oncologists, or anyone else who is looking for a unified source of information for practical and principled surgical management of the breast. Although the section dealing with oncology is primary text in nature, most of the remaining chapters are in atlas format, thus allowing the reader to pursue the surgical approach espoused within the text. In total, there are over 130 chapters with over 150 contributing authors. In order to have the most expertise in as many areas as possible, we chose a multiauthored approach to the subject rather than a single-authored text"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1914-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I101 .B3
    1
  • Digital
    Jian Lin, He-Ping Zheng, Yong-Qing Xu, Tian-Hao Zhang.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Colin J. McCarthy, T. Gregory Walker, Rafael Vazquez.
    Contents:
    Cover image
    Title page
    Table of Contents
    Copyright
    Dedications
    Contributing Authors
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Sections
    Section 1: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Treatment of Acute and Periprocedural Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 2: Pain Neuroanatomy
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 3: Visceral Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 4: Opioid Reduction Strategies
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 5: Acute on Chronic Cancer Pain
    Key Facts Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Chapter 6: Pediatric Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 7: Shared Decision-Making in Analgesia
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Section 2: Acute Pain Treatment Modalities
    Chapter 8: Peripheral Nerve Blocks
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Section 3: Chronic Pain Treatment Modalities
    Chapter 9: Blocks for Chronic Pain: Facet and Nerve
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 10: Thermal Ablation for Malignancy-Associated Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 11: Spinal Cord Stimulator
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Section 4: Imaging Modalities
    Chapter 12: Radiography
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 13: Ultrasound
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 14: Computed Tomography
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 15: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Chapter 16: Radiation Safety
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Tables
    Image Gallery Chapter 17: Contrast Agents
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Section 5: Head, Neck, and Upper Extremity
    Chapter 18: Functional Anatomy of Head and Neck
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Acute Pain Procedures
    Chapter 19: Cervical Epidural
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 20: Brachial Plexus Nerve Block
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Video Gallery
    Chapter 21: Upper Extremity Blocks
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chronic Pain Procedures Chapter 22: Scalp Block for Migraines and Facial Pain
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Chapter 23: Temporomandibular Joint Injection
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Chapter 24: Trigger Points
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Chapter 25: Stellate Ganglion Blocks
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
    Video Gallery
    Section 6: Thorax and Chest Wall
    Chapter 26: Functional Anatomy of Thorax and Chest Wall
    Main Text
    Image Gallery
    Acute Pain Procedures
    Chapter 27: Erector Spinae Plane Block
    Key Facts
    Key Images
    Main Text
  • Digital
    Santiago Martínez-Jiménez, Melissa L. Rosado-de-Christenson, Brett W. Carter.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital/Print
    nach Vorlesungen bearb. von Dr. Wilhelm v. Leube ...
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L73 .L652 1898
    2
  • Digital/Print
    nach vorlesungen bearb. von dr. Wilhelm v. Leube ...
    Digital Access Google Books 1895-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L73 .L652
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jamieson A. Copsey, Simon A. Black, James J. Groombridge, Carl G. Jones.
    Summary: Biodiversity studied by researching island species recovery and management.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Center for Disease Control, Biological Products Division, Diagnostic Products Evaluation Branch.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Bacterial, fungal, parasitic.
    Digital Access Google Books 1975-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QR185.A6 S74
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Chun K. Kim, Katherine A. Zukotynski.
    Contents:
    Basic principles of SPECT and SPECT/CT and quality control
    Radiopharmaceuticals for clinical SPECT studies
    SPECT and SPECT/CT in neuroscience
    SPECT/CT for the thyroid and parathyroid glands with cases
    SPECT and SPECT/CT for the cardiovascular system
    SPECT and SPECT/CT for the respiratory system
    SPECT and SPECT/CT in neoplastic disease
    SPECT and SPECT/CT for the skeletal system
    SPECT/CT for infection and inflammation
    SPECT in children
    Selected interesting SPECT and SPECT/CT cases.
  • Print
    edited by Katsuyuki Taguchi, Ira Blevis, Krzysztof Iniewski.
    Summary: "The book is a comprehensive cover of the latest developments in the most prevalent imaging modality (X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)) in its latest incarnation: Spectral, Dual-Energy and Photon Counting CT. Disadvantages of the conventional single-energy technique used by CT technology are that different materials cannot be distinguished and that the noise is larger. To address these problems, a novel spectral CT concept has been proposed. Spectral dual-energy CT (DE-CT) acquires two sets of spectral data and spectral Photon Counting CT (PC-CT) detects energy of x-ray photons to reveal additional material information of objects by using novel energy-sensitive, photon-counting detectors. The K-edge imaging may be a gateway for functional or molecular CT. The book covers detectors and electronics, image reconstruction methods, image quality assessments, a simulation tool, nanoparticle contrast agents, and clinical applications for spectral CT"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
  • Digital
    Carsten H. Meyer, Sandeep Saxena, SriniVas R Sadda, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to build concepts and create a solid foundation in the field of optical coherence tomography (OCT) for the general ophthalmologists as well as for the resident trainees and fellows. The chapters are written by leading international authorities in a style comprehensible to a broad audience. Numerous clinical pictures and SD-OCT scans help elucidate various clinical entities.OCT is the optical analog of ultrasound imaging and has emerged as a powerful imaging technique that enables non-invasive, in-vivo, high-resolution, cross-sectional imaging in retinal tissue. A new generation spectral domain optical coherence tomography (SD-OCT) technology has now been developed, representing a quantum leap in resolution and speed, achieving in vivo optical biopsy. i.e. the visualization of tissue architectural morphology in situ and in real time. This book encompasses the role of SD-OCT in both medical and surgical macular disorders. The book is meant coherent and comprehensive for both vitreoretinal specialists as well as general ophthalmologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hatem Alkadhi, André Euler, David Maintz, Dushyant Sahani, editors.
    Summary: This book, edited by leading experts in radiology, offers a state-of-the-art overview of the specifics and the added value of dual-energy, multi-energy, and spectral computed tomography (CT). Latest advances and upcoming innovations such as photon-counting detector CT are covered by renown experts in the field. The entire spectrum of clinical applications of dual-energy and spectral CT throughout the body is covered. Book chapters are written by expert authors with a background in physics and radiology and are richly illustrated with high quality figures, graphical illustrations, and tables. The first section covers background issues and the most relevant technical aspects of the technique, including a detailed description of the approaches to dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT by different vendors of CT scanners. The second part focusses on the use of dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT in daily clinical practice, and individual chapters are devoted to imaging of the brain, cardiovascular system, gastrointestinal tract, abdominal organs, skeletal system, and the chest. The focus of the book ensures that it will be of interest for a multidisciplinary forum of readers comprising radiologists, medical physicists, and other medical professionals and scientists being interested in cutting edge CT imaging.

    Contents:
    Part I: Technical Principles
    Material Decomposition and Post-Processing History and Basic Principles
    Dual-Energy - The Siemens Approach
    Dual-Energy The Philips Approach
    Dual-Energy - The GE Approach
    Dual Energy The Canon Approach
    Basic Principles and Clinical Applications of Photon-Counting CT
    Contrast Media for Modern Computed Tomography
    Part II: Clinical Applications
    Neuroradiological Imaging
    Head and Neck Imaging
    Clinical Applications in Cardiac Imaging
    Dual- Energy CT Angiography
    Thoracic Imaging: Ventilation/Perfusion
    Thoracic Oncology
    Gastrointestinal Imaging: Oncology (Liver, Pancreas, Bowel Cancer and Treatment Response)
    Gastrointestinal Imaging: Liver Fat and Iron Quantification
    Bowel Imaging
    Role of Dual Energy Computed Tomography (DECT) in an Acute Abdomen
    Spectral Computed Tomography Imaging of the Adrenal Glands
    Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys (Lesion Characterization)
    Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys Urinary Stones
    Skeletal Imaging: Bones
    Gout
    Dual-Energy CT in Radiation Oncology
    The Future of Spectral CT - Radiomics and Beyond
    Photon-Counting CT: Initial Clinical Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sylvia L. Asa, Stefano La Rosa, Ozgur Mete, editors.
    Summary: Neuroendocrine neoplasms comprise a large family of proliferative lesions that involve almost every part of the body. Our understanding of their cells of origin as well as the pathology, pathophysiology and genetics of these neoplasms has made tremendous advances in the last few decades. While they are often discussed as separate entities in textbooks of gastroenteropancreatic pathology and pulmonary pathology, their scope is much broader. The book conveys the similarities and differences of these fascinating tumors that may be found from the hypothalamus and pituitary to the rectum, and in soft tissue as well as in many organs. Written by experts in the field, the authors emphasize their structural, functional, predictive and prognostic features and attempt to provide the clinical context that allows improved diagnosis and therapy while building on the genetics that clarifies patterns of inheritance and predisposition to tumor development through precursor lesions. The Spectrum of Neuroendocrine Neoplasia provides a broad overview of neuroendocrine neoplasms using a practical approach to diagnosis, histological classification and therapy, and presents the most important and significant developments of the technologies used to diagnose, classify and treat them.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Ryan C. Branski, Sonja M. Molfenter.
    Summary: Speech-Language Pathology Casebook by Ryan Branski, Sonja Molfenter, and an impressive array of contributors presents a diverse spectrum of cases covering communication, voice, and swallowing disorders in children and adults. Readers are provided with rich and varied narratives underscoring the fact that clinical intervention of speech-language disorders is an art form based on science. Evidence-based assessments and treatments cover a variety of settings including medical inpatient, outpatient, and skilled nursing facility; home health; school; community-based; and private practice. Eighty cases following a standardized format encompass a wide range of congenital and acquired disorders spanning the age continuum. Each case includes a clinical history and description, evaluations/testing, diagnosis, treatment, outcomes, questions and answers, suggested readings, and references. With invaluable firsthand insights from practitioners, this unique resource enhances the ability to develop effective, patient-informed interventions.
  • Print
    Kelly Vess, MA.
    Summary: "Children with speech sound disorders are at higher risk of academic failure, behavioral difficulties, motor impairments, language delays, and literacy deficits. Speech Sound Disorders: Comprehensive Evaluation and Treatment by Kelly Vess provides the necessary tools to use research-based practices when diagnosing and treating preschoolers. Sophisticated yet readerfriendly, this interactive book is certain to revolutionize the methodology therapists use to treat children with these disorders and globally improve outcomes. Through a step-by-step process, readers will learn to critically review and evaluate research in practice. Guidance is provided on how to create educationally rich activities to comprehensively treat children with speech sound disorders. Readers will not only learn how to integrate research into practice, but also how to research their own practices to continually grow as professionals and advance the field. In addition, invaluable insights are provided on how to make efficient use of limited therapy time by targeting executive function, social communication, motor skills, language skills, and literacy skills while treating children with speech sound disorders"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital/Print
    Ayọ̀bámi Adébáyọ̀.
    Summary: "A dazzling story of modern Nigeria and two people caught in the riptides of wealth, power, poverty, and corruption, by the celebrated author of Stay With Me"-- Provided by publisher. Eniola is tall for his age, a boy who looks like a man. Because his father has lost his job, Eniola spends his days running errands for the local tailor, collecting newspapers, begging when he must, dreaming of a big future. Wuraola is a golden girl, the perfect child of a wealthy family. Now an exhausted young doctor in her first year of practice, she is beloved by Kunle, the volatile son of an ascendant politician. When a local politician takes an interest in Eniola and sudden violence shatters a family party, Wuraola and Eniola's lives become intertwined. In her breathtaking second novel, Ayobami Adebayo shines her light on Nigeria, on the gaping divide between the haves and the have-nots, and the shared humanity that lives in between.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user)
    2023 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Audiobook (1 concurrent user)
    2023 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    PR9387.9.A319 S64 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Mariano G. Buffone, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    The acrosome reaction: a historical perspective
    The acrosomal matrix
    Role of ion channels in the sperm acrosome reaction
    The molecules of sperm exocytosis
    Sperm capacitation and acrosome reaction in mammalian sperm
    Lipid regulation of acrosome exocytosis
    Role of actin cytoskeleton during mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis
    Site of mammalian sperm acrosome reaction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey tome Jensen, Mitchell Creinin.
    Summary: "This practical handbook is a current, reliable, and readable guide to today's contraceptive options. The authors provide the essential information that clinicians and patients need to choose the best contraceptive method for the patient's age and medical, social, and personal characteristics. The book concisely covers all available drugs and devices. Each contraceptive method is covered in a single chapter that includes history of the contraceptive, method of action, pharmacology (when applicable), contraindications, and use"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Contraception, Population, and the Environment / Jeffrey Jensen and Mitchell D. Creinin
    Reproduction and Hormonal Contraception / Mitchell D. Creinin and Jeffrey Jensen
    Interpreting Evidence and Creating Clinical Guidance on Contraception / Kathryn M. Curtis and David Hubacher
    Permanent Contraception / Aileen Gariepy and Rebecca H. Allen
    Implant Contraception / Rebecca Cohen and Stephanie B. Teal
    Intrauterine Contraception / Jennifer E. Kaiser and David K. Turok
    Combined Hormonal Contraception / Carolyn Westhoff, Surya Cooper and Ian Bishop
    Injectable Contraception / Laneta Dorflinger and Sharon L. Achilles
    Shorter-Acting Progestin-Only Contraception / Elizabeth Micks and Sarah Prager
    Barrier Methods of Contraception / Jill Schwartz
    Behavioral Methods of Contraception / Anita L. Nelson and Diana C. Sokol
    Emergency Contraception / Alison Edelman and Nora Doty
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Hugh S. Taylor, Lubna Pal, Emre Seli.
    Summary: "In the United States, approximately 15% of all couples will face fertility difficulties, many of whom will go on to a reproductive disorder diagnosis. OB/GYNs specialize in reproductive endocrinology & infertility through a fellowship track after their residency. Today there are approximately 500 reproductive endocrinologists in addition to 800 who are board-eligible. Written in a clear and concise voice, Clinical Gynecologic Endocrinology and Infertility provides a complete explanation of the female endocrine system and offers medical guidance for evaluation and treatment of common disorders"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital/Print
    nach Vorlesungen bearbeitet von Wilhelm v. Leube.
    Digital Access Google Books 1911-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L73 .L652 1911
    1
  • Digital
    Yoshiaki Kawashima.
    Summary: This book describes the principles and applications of the spherical crystallization technique, from the standpoint of its inventor. After an introduction on the history of particle design engineering and nanotechnology, the concept of spherical crystallization itself is clearly explained. Attention then turns to the application of spherical crystallization in pharmaceutical processes. It is explained how the technique can provide physicochemical properties suitable for direct tableting of active pharmaceutical ingredients and how it has enabled the development of a novel particulate design platform from single to complex system. Subsequent chapters describe the roles of polymeric spherical crystallization in the preparation of novel microspheres, microballoons for drug delivery systems (DDS) and the development of biocompatible and biodegradable poly(D, L-lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA) nanospheres. The various applications of PLGA nanospheres composite within oral-, pulmonary-, transdermal DDS and cosmetics are fully discussed. Finally, future perspectives are presented on use of the technology in the design and industrial-scale manufacture of new drug delivery systems, highlighting how a continuous pharmaceutical process that meets US Food and Drug Administration quality requirements should soon be introduced.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concept of spherical crystallization
    Paradigm shifted pharmaceutical process introduced by spherical crystallization
    Particulate-design platform developed by the Advanced Spherical Crystallization System
    Development of Novel Microsphere and Microballoon DDS by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
    Development of PLGA Nanopsphere for Drug Delivery System (DDS) Prepared by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
    Application of PLGA NSs to cosmetics
    Future perspectives of PLGA nanospheres for advanced DDSs and continuous preparation systems for spherical crystallizers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Xian-Cheng Jiang, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of the fundamentals of sphingolipid metabolism and its role in metabolic diseases. Focusing on the sphingolipid de novo synthesis pathway, the effect of sphingomyelin, ceramide, and sphingosine-1-phosphate, and linkage between sphingolipids and other lipids, such as cholesterol, it covers serine palmitoyltransferase, ceramide synthases, ceramidases, sphingosine kinases, and sphingomyelin synthases, and more. While highlighting how rare diseases related to abnormal glycosphingolipid metabolism, this publication introduces sphingolipid metabolism-related diseases, such as lung diseases and cancers, as well as sphingolipid circadian regulation. The book demonstrates advances and limitations of research on sphingolipid metabolism and its roles in metabolic diseases and other diseases. It offers graduate students and researchers a coherent overview of sphingolipids, as well as the limitations of current research in the field, and promotes further studies on metabolic diseases, as well as pharmaceutical research on drug discovery based on sphingolipid de novo synthase.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Sphingolipids and Cholesterol
    Chapter 2: Sphingolipids in adipose: kin or foe?
    Chapter 3: De novo sphingolipid biosynthesis in atherosclerosis
    Chapter 4: Serine Palmitoyltransferase Subunit 3 and Metabolic Diseases
    Chapter 5: Molecular mechanisms of sphingolipid transport on plasma lipoproteins
    Chapter 6: Sphingosine 1-phosphate metabolism and signaling
    Chapter 7: Sphingomyelin synthase family and phospholipase Cs
    Chapter 8: Sphingolipid metabolism and signaling in endothelial cell functions
    Chapter 9: Cholesterol metabolism in chronic kidney disease: physiology, pathologic mechanisms, and treatment
    Chapter 10: Sphingolipids and asthma
    Chaper 11: Manifold Roles of Ceramide Metabolism in Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Liver Cancer
    Chapter 12: Drug development in the field of sphinogolipid metabolism
    Chapter 13: Rare diseases in glycosphingolipid metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Charles E. Chalfant, Paul B. Fisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Michael B.A. Oldstone, Hugh Rosen, editors.
    Summary: "This volume focuses on the role of sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) and its analogs in the induced sequestration of lymphocytes in secondary lymphoid organs or in the microenvironment of tissues involved in infection or autoimmune disease. Initial chapters define the pathways to understand S1P signaling. They cover the organization of signaling systems, the structural biology of the S1P1 receptor, and the chemical and genetic tools that are available and useful to explore this area of research and therapeutics. The later chapters highlight S1P and endothelial integrity, lymphocyte migration in the spleen, and S1P agonist in controlling immunopathologic manifestations of acute respiratory influenza virus infection (in the lung), and its accompanying cytokine storm as well as immunopathologic disease of the central nervous system, including the beginning of treatments in multiple sclerosis. One chapter reveals the possible involvement of other lipid molecules, their use for better understanding lipid signaling, and their potential in the modulation of immune responses."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jean Marc Vital, Derek T. Cawley, editors.
    Summary: This richly illustrated and comprehensive book covers a broad range of normal and pathologic conditions of the vertebral column, from its embryology to its development, its pathology, its dynamism and its degeneration. The dynamic anatomy of the living subject is viewed using the latest technologies, opening new perspectives to elucidate the pathology of the spine and improve spinal surgery. The respective chapters review in depth all sections of the vertebral column and offer new insights, e.g. the 3D study of vertebral movements using the "EOS system," which makes it possible to define an equilibrium of posture and its limits. New histological and chemical findings on the intervertebral disc, as well as detailed descriptions of the aponeuroses and fasciae, are also provided. Bringing together the experience of several experts from the well-known French school, this book offers a valuable companion for skilled experts and postgraduate students in various fields: orthopedic surgery, neurosurgery, physiotherapy, rheumatology, musculoskeletal therapy, rehabilitation, and kinesiology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Phylogenesis and Ontogenesis
    Comparative Anatomy of the Axial Skeleton of Vertebrates
    Introduction
    The Organization Plan for the Vertebrates
    Adaptive Constraints of the Living Environment
    Constraints of the Aquatic Environment
    Constraints of the Terrestrial Air Environment
    Fish
    Terrestrial Vertebrates
    Amphibians (About 7000 Species)
    Reptiles (Approximately 8950 Species)
    The Cervical Spine
    Birds (Approximately 10,000 Species)
    Mammals (About 5500 Species)
    The Cervical Spine
    Structure
    Movements The Craniovertebral Musculature
    Postures
    Thoracic Spine and Lumbosacral
    Structures
    Musculature
    Postures
    References
    Embryology of the Vertebral Column
    Genetic and Biochemical Considerations
    Embryology of the Vertebromedullary Axis
    Early Development
    Trilaminar Embryo
    The Notochord
    Primary Neurulation
    Secondary Neurulation
    Formation and Differentiation of Somites
    References
    The Growing Spine
    A Mosaic of Growth Cartilage
    Vertebral Growth Is Growth by Endochondral Ossification
    Embryology Holds First Truths The Fetal Period: The Strongest of All Growth Is the Intra-Uterine Period
    Vertebral Curves Are Not Primitive But Acquired
    At Birth, 30% of the Spine Is Ossified
    The First Five Years of Life Are Decisive: Living Growth
    Growth Between 5 Years and the Beginning of the Puberty
    Puberty, a Decisive Turn: New Acceleration
    Each Level of the Spine: A Different Growth
    The Cervical Spine
    Central Spinal Canal at the End of Growth
    Cervical Spine Height
    The Superior Cervical Spine
    The Growth of the Atlas (Figs. 27, 28, and 29)
    The Growth of the Axis Is Even More Complex The Lower Cervical Spine
    The T1-S1 Segment (Figs. 31a, b, 32, and 33)
    The Thoracic Spine T1-T12 (Figs. 34 and 35)
    The Lumbar Spine L1-L5 (Figs. 36 and 37)
    The Sacrum
    The Intervertebral Disc
    The Growth of the Thorax: 4th Dimension of the Spine
    Bodyweight
    Parasol Effect
    What Size Deficit for Which Arthrodesis?
    First Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Thoracic Spine
    Second Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Lumbar Spine
    All Scoliosis Will in Time Become Identified as a Growth Cartilage Disease
    The Growth of the Spine: From Normal to Pathological Managing Infantile Scoliosis Is Controlling the Vilebrequin Effect
    Suggested Readings
    The Growth Cartilages of the Spine and Pelvic Vertebra
    Neurocentral Cartilage (NCC)
    The Ring Apophysis
    Ossification of the Pelvic Vertebra
    Bone Age During Puberty
    References
    Morphologic and Functional Evolution of the Aging Spine
    Age-Related Structural Alterations
    The Intervertebral Disc
    Structural Modifications
    A Fragile Avascular Tissue
    A Genetic Predisposition?
    Genesis and Contributions to Aging on Histomorphological Features
    Aggravating Factors
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Luigi Manfrè, editor.
    Contents:
    Imaging
    Biomechanics
    Symptoms
    CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: Spacers
    CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: MILD
    CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar foramina stenosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Wellington K. Hsu, Tyler J. Jenkins, editors.
    Summary: This concise, user-friendly guide brings together the strongest available evidence with expert recommendations to provide insight into the management of injuries to the athlete's spine, including controversies unique to this area. Divided into three thematic sections, this information will prove invaluable, as many of the real-world questions surrounding care do not have distinct and obvious answers. Considerations for team physician management comprises part I, including on-field assessment of spine injuries and concussion, rehabilitation and return to play, and complications and post-concussion sequelae. The second and third sections discuss injuries to the cervical spine and the thoracolumbar spine, respectively, describing injury evaluation, management, and outcomes in the elite athlete. Spine conditions have been studied extensively in the general population; however, applying this data to the elite athlete is controversial. Numerous external variables make performance of well-designed clinical trials challenging in this population, and consequently evidence-based recommendations are lacking for the athlete's spine. Practical and engaging, Spinal Conditions in the Athlete will be an excellent resource for sports medicine specialists, orthopedic and neurosurgeons, and any clinician treating the active patient.

    Contents:
    On-Field Assessment and Management of Spine Injuries
    Considerations for Spinal Cord Injury in the Athlete
    Rehabilitation of the Athlete's Spine
    Diagnosis and On-Field Management of Sports-Related Concussion
    Return to Play after Sports Concussion
    Persistent Post-concussion Symptoms and Long-term Sequelae
    Evaluation of Athletes with Neck or Arm Pain
    Transient Brachial Plexopathy (Stingers/Burners)
    Cervical Cord Neurapraxia
    Congenital Cervical Anomalies in Athletes
    Cervical Disc Herniation in Athletes
    Cervical Stenosis in the Elite Athlete
    Cervical Spine Injuries in Athletes
    Evaluation of Athletes with Back or Leg Pain
    Lumbar Disc Herniation and Degenerative Disc Disease in the Athlete
    Lumbar Disc Herniation in the Adolescent Athlete
    Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in Athletes
    Traumatic Lumbar Injuries in Athletes
    Thoracic Pathology in Athletes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC400 .U58
    4
  • Digital
    edited by Blessen C. Eapen, David X. Cifu.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Kenan I. Arnautović, Ziya L. Gokaslan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art, in-depth knowledge of spinal cord tumor surgery. After an introduction to the history and etiology of spinal cord tumor treatment, the molecular biology, cytogenetics and pathology of this group of tumors is discussed. The pathological anatomy of spinal cord tumors is described and the book focuses in depth on their diagnosis and the surgical approaches that can be used in their treatment. Microsurgery resection techniques, auxiliary treatment options, prognosis and outcomes of spinal cord, and spinal nerve tumors are all covered in detail. Spinal Cord Tumors is aimed at neurosurgeons and may also be of interest to neurologists, neuro-oncologists, radiologists, physiatrists, pathologists, geneticists, orthopedic surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, and other interested scientists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert F. Heary, Todd J. Albert.
    Contents:
    1. The History and Overview of Spinal Deformity
    2. Measuring Value in Spinal Deformity Care
    3. Intraoperative Neuromonitoring in Spinal Deformity Surgery
    4. Anatomy and Evaluation of Spinal Alignment
    5. Anatomical Variants with Spinal Deformity
    6. The Importance of the Sacrum and Pelvis in Deformity Evaluation and Treatment
    7. The Lenke Classification System for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    8. Principles of Sagittal Plane Deformity
    9. Principles of Coronal Plane Deformity
    10. Flexible versus Fixed Spinal Deformity
    11. The Natural History of Spinal Deformity
    12. Congenital Scoliosis
    13. Early-Onset Scoliosis
    14. Neuromuscular Scoliosis
    15. Anterior Surgery for Thoracic Scoliosis
    16. Posterior Approach in Thoracic Deformity
    17. Lateral Interbody Fusion Approaches in Spinal Deformity
    18. Anterior-Posterior Surgery for Spinal Deformity
    19. Minimally Invasive Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformities
    20. Scheuermann Kyphosis
    21. Technological Advances in Spinal Deformity
    22. Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformity
    23. Osteotomies and Vertebral Column Resections for Complex Spinal Deformities
    24. Adult Spinal Deformity Revision Surgery
    25. Surgical Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
    26. Prevention and Treatment of Posttraumatic Deformity of the Thoracolumbar Spine
    27. Bracing and Nonoperative Treatment of Spinal Deformity.
  • Digital
    Praveen V. Mummaneni, Paul Park, Charles H. Crawford III, Adam S. Kanter, Steven D. Glassman, editors.
    Summary: Although there are a number of excellent books dedicated to spinal deformities, this text employs a case-based format which offers the advantage of easy readability. This format will allow the reader to better synthesize the dense information encompassing spinal deformity complications and pearls to avoid them. Example cases highlight the importance of appropriate diagnosis, radiographic assessment, classification, surgical decision making, and complication avoidance. In addition, complication management is emphasized since complications will occur regardless of skill level, experience, or meticulous technique given the complex nature of spinal deformity. Written by key thought leaders, this book not only provides state of the art concepts and techniques but also provides pearls and tips to manage and avoid complications. This book will be useful to the spinal surgeon of any experience level who is interested in optimizing their care for patients with symptomatic spinal deformity. In addition, the concepts presented in this text will be valuable to residents and fellows training in spinal surgery.

    Contents:
    A Historic Overview of Complications in Spinal Deformity Surgery
    Occipital Cervical Surgery Complication
    C1-2 Fusion Complication
    Mid Cervical Kyphosis Surgery Complication
    Cervical Kyphosis (Post-Laminectomy) Surgery Complication
    Cervival Osteomyelitis and Kyphosis Complication
    Cervical Traumatic Deformity (Bilateral Facet Dislocation) Complication
    Cervical Kyphosis (Neuromuscular) Surgery Complication
    Cervicothoracic Kyphosis (AS) Surgery Complication
    Iatrogenic Cervicothoracic Kyphosis Surgery Complication
    Thoracic Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
    Scheuermann?s Kyphosis Surgery Complication
    Thoracic Deformity (Pott?s Disease) Surgery Complication
    Thoracolumbar Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
    Congenital Thoracolumbar Deformity Complication
    Thoracolumbar Deformity (Trauma) Surgery Complication
    Thoracic Deformity (Tumor) Surgery Complications
    Thoracic/Lumbar Deformity (Tumor) MIS Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Deformity (Vascular) Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Posterior Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Anterior/Posterior Surgery Complication
    Thoracolumbar Deformity MIS (Palsy) Surgery Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS (Lateral) Surgery Complications
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PSO/TLIF) Complication
    Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PJK) Complication
    Lumbar Deformity MIS Lateral (Visceral) Surgery Complication
    Thoracolumbar deformity MIS ACR complications
    Lumbar Deformity (Infection) Surgery Complication
    Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery?Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO) Complication
    Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery (VCR) Complication
    Lumbar Deformity Listhesis (Moderate-High grade) Complication
    Pediatric Moderate/High Grade Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
    High Grade Dysplastic Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
    Sacral Insufficiency Fracture Surgery Complication
    Sacral Tumor Surgery Complication.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jin Woo Shin.
    Summary: This book introduces a new medical device, the ZiNeu catheter, and explains its use for the non-surgical interventional treatment of degenerative spinal disease, including spinal stenosis. In particular, the device can directly alleviate stenosis of the intervertebral foramen or central canal and perineural adhesions, resulting in reductions in back pain, leg pain, and neurogenic claudication. The ZiNeu device was invented by the author and the JUVENUI company. It now has CE certification and is exportable to Europe. The book opens by explaining the concepts of epidural balloon decompression and adhesiolysis and outlining the types and features of the ZiNeu catheter. The full range of procedures using the ZiNeu series, ZiNeuF series, and the ZiNeuF03 catheter is then described and illustrated, and guidance provided on key aspects of decision making and post-procedure management. The book will be of interest to all specialists in pain management.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The concept of epidural balloon decomrpression and Adhesiolysis
    Chapter 2. The types and features of the ZiNeu catheter
    Chapter 3. Precautions and notes before the procedure
    Chapter 4. Procedures of the ZiNeu series
    Chapter 5. Procedures of the ZiNeuF seires
    Chapter 6. Procedures of the ZiNeuF03 catheter
    Chapter 7. Dura puncture
    Chapter 8. Tip for selection of catheter
    Chapter 9. Determination of procedure site according to case
    Chapter 10. Post-procedure management and prognosis
    Chapter 11. Genicular Nerve Radiofrequency Ablation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ella Been, Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Patricia Ann Kramer, editors.
    Summary: The vertebral spine is a key element of the human anatomy. Its main role is to protect the spinal cord and the main blood vessels. The axial skeleton, with its muscles and joints, provides stability for the attachment of the head, tail and limbs and, at the same time, enables the mobility required for breathing and for locomotion. Despite its great importance, the vertebral spine is often over looked by researchers because: a) vertebrae are fragile in nature, which makes their fossilization a rare event; b) they are metameric (seriated and repeated elements) that make their anatomical determination and, thus, their subsequent study difficult; and c) the plethora of bones and joints involved in every movement or function of the axial skeleton makes the reconstruction of posture, breathing mechanics and locomotion extremely difficult. It is well established that the spine has changed dramatically during human evolution. Spinal curvatures, spinal load transmission, and thoracic shape of bipedal humans are derived among hominoids. Yet, there are many debates as to how and when these changes occurred and to their phylogenetic, functional, and pathological implications. In recent years, renewed interest arose in the axial skeleton. New and exciting finds, mostly from Europe and Africa, as well as new methods for reconstructing the spine, have been introduced to the research community. New methodologies such as Finite Element Analysis, trabecular bone analysis, Geometric Morphometric analysis, and gait analysis have been applied to the spines of primates and humans. These provide a new and refreshing look into the evolution of the spine. Advanced biomechanical research regarding posture, range of motion, stability, and attenuation of the human spine has interesting evolutionary implications. Until now, no book that summarizes the updated research and knowledge regarding spinal evolution in hominoids has been available. The present book explores both these new methodologies and new data, including recent fossil, morphological, biomechanical, and theoretical advances regarding vertebral column evolution. In order to cover all of that data, we divide the book into four parts: 1) the spine of hominoids; 2) the vertebral spine of extinct hominins; 3) ontogeny, biomechanics and pathology of the human spine; and 4) new methodologies of spinal research. These parts complement each other and provide a wide and comprehensive examination of spinal evolution.

    Contents:
    0 Yoel Rak. Introduction
    Hominoids
    1 Gabrielle E. Russo, Cranial base in Hominoids in relation to posture and locomotion
    2 Thierra K. Nalley, Neysa Grider-Potter, Mikel Arlegi, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: I-the cervical spine
    3 Liza Shapiro, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: II-the thoracic and the lumbar spine
    4 Masato Nakatsukasa, The spinal plasticity: changes in spinal morphology due to locomotor changes: the example of Japanese macaques
    Modern humans
    5 Jeannie Bailey, Patricia Kramer, Lumbar lordosis and motion: implications for fossil hominins
    6 Eric Castillo, Dan Lieberman, Biomechanical models of the spine, evolutionary perspective
    7 Leonid Kalichman, Ella Been, Spinal posture and spinal pathology in modern humans
    8 Katherine Whitcome, Sexual dimorphism of the axial skeleton
    9 Sandra Martelli, Spinal ontogeny and evolution
    Methodology
    10 Ella Been, Reconstruction of the spinal curvatures based on skeletal material
    11 Markus Bastir, The use of geometric morphometrics in the study of the human spine
    12 Kate Robson Brown, Infant vertebral cancellous bone ontogeny (Neanderthals and modern humans)
    13 Patricia Kramer, Finite Element Analysis of the vertebral spine- implications to human evolution
    Extinct hominins
    14 Scott Williams, The spine of Australopith
    15 Marc Meyer, The spine of Early Homo
    16 Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Ella Been, The spine of Late Homo
    17 Martin Haeusler, Spinal paleopathology in hominins
    Final chapter, Been et al., Future perspectives into the study of the human spine and its evolution.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alaa Abd-Elsayed.
    Summary: "Spinal Fusion Techniques, a volume in the Atlas of Interventional Pain Management series, is a concise, practical guide that provides clinicians with detailed, step-by-step guidance on how to perform the latest interventional techniques for treating patients with chronic pain as a result of spinal stenosis. This comprehensive, easy-to-follow guide offers expert coverage of how to deliver safe, accurate, and cost-effective pain relief to patients using all clinically useful imaging modalities, including ultrasound-guided techniques and fluoroscopy. With high-quality images and clear, authoritative guidance throughout, it shows exactly how to evaluate the causes of pain, identify the most promising stimulation technique, locate the site with precision, and deliver effective relief"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of vertebrae
    Surgical instruments
    Patient selection for minimally invasive spine surgery
    Perioperative management and best practices
    Minimally invasive posterior lumbar fusion--a novel approach to facet fusion
    Posterior spinal fusion
    Interspinous fusion with lateral percutaneous technique
    Measuring outcomes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Theodoros Theodoridis, Juergen Kraemer.
    Contents:
    Basic principles
    Diagnostics
    Causal orthopedic pain therapy
    Symptomatic pain therapy
    The spine : anatomy, nociception, and the distribution of pain signals
    Special orthopedic injection therapy : contraindications and patient
    Information
    Cervical injection therapy
    Thoracic injection therapy
    Lumbar injection therapy
    General and specific complications and treatment measures
    Multimodal spinal therapy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Lyle Micheli, Cynthia Stein, Michael O'Brien, Pierre d'Hemecourt, editors.
    Summary: Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides a comprehensive, in-depth review of the mechanisms and management of back injuries and problems occurring in this ever-growing and active population. Led by Dr. Lyle Micheli and his co-editors, an award-winning group of orthopedists discusses and explores common adolescent spine injuries and procedures, in addition to breakthroughs in gene therapy, tissue engineering, and complex operations. As spine surgery is among the most complex and challenging procedures performed in orthopedics, special considerations and procedures are required in pediatric populations. Since many corrective surgeries run the risk of arthritis later in life, particular efforts must be made in young populations to prevent future injury in a child's adolescence and young adulthood while maximizing return-to-play potential. Chapters cover acute spinal injuries, concussions, overuse injuries, spinal malformations, tumors, infections and inflammatory diseases across the range of athletics, including swimming and combat sports. Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides an immeasurable guide for back surgery in pediatric populations and will be a go-to resource for practitioners and residents in pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy and Development of the Young Spine / Brian A. Kelly and Brian Snyder
    2. The Young Athlete's Spinal Mechanics / Robert A. Donatelli and Michael S. Thurner
    3. Acute Thoracic and Lumbar Injuries / Michael P. Glotzbecker and Daniel J. Hedequist
    4. Acute Cervical Spine Injuries / Robert V. Cantu and Robert C. Cantu
    5. Concussion in Youth Sports / Cynthia J. Stein and William P. Meehan III
    6. Adolescent Overuse Spine Injuries / Michael O'Brien and Pierre d'Hemecourt
    7. Throwing Sports and Injuries Involving the Young Athlete's Spine / Peter Kriz
    8. Spine Injuries in Collision/Heavy Contact Sports / Deborah I. Light and Hamish A. Kerr
    9. Spine Injuries in the Aesthetic Athlete / Bridget J. Quinn
    10. Swimming and the Spine / Erika B. Persson and Merrilee Zetaruk
    11. Spinal Injuries in Combat Sports / Merrilee Zetaruk
    12. Principles of Rehabilitation / Michellina Cassella, Carl Gustafson and Pierre d'Hemecourt
    13. Congenital Spine Malformations and Sports Implications / Kristin S. Livingston and John B. Emans
    14. The Young Athlete with Down Syndrome / Benjamin J. Shore
    15. Spinal Deformity: Presentation, Treatment and Return to Sport / M. Timothy Hresko
    16. Intrinsic Spinal Cord Abnormalities in Sport / Edward R. Smith and Mark R. Proctor
    17. Metabolic Spinal Disorders in the Young Athlete / Naomi J. Brown and Kathryn E. Ackerman
    18. Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases Affecting the Young Athlete's Spine / Lionel N. Metz, Derek Thomas Ward and Aenor J. Sawyer
    19. Spine Tumors in the Young Athlete / Megan E. Anderson
    20. Return to Play After Spinal Surgery / Robert G. Watkins, III and Robert G. Watkins, IV
    21. Adaptive Sport / David M. Popoli
    22. The Spine in Skeletal Dysplasia / Lawrence I. Karlin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luigi Manfrè, editor.
    Summary: This easy-to-consult guide describes new minimally invasive procedures for the treatment of spinal instability that are accompanied by fewer complications and side-effects, reduce the risks of anesthesia, and lower costs. Clear accounts of a range of CT, X-ray, and MRI guided techniques are provided, including radiofrequency ablation in facet syndrome, cervical spine fusion, posterior and anterior lumbar spine fusion, and lumbosacral fusion. A brief but comprehensive introduction is included on biomechanics, relevant clinical syndromes, and diagnostic imaging. Like other books in the Springer series New Procedures in Spinal Interventional Neuroradiology, this practice-oriented volume will fill a significant gap in the literature and meet the need expressed by a large number of specialists (interventional neuroradiologists and radiologists, neurosurgeons, and orthopedists) for a topical and handy guide that specifically illustrates the presently available materials and methods.

    Contents:
    1. Biomechanics and Instability
    2. Radiology I- X-ray and CT
    3. Radiology II- MRI
    4. CT/X-ray guided technique in posterior lumbar spine fusion (PIF,TFF, IFF)
    5. Anterior and lateral approaches to the lumbar spine
    6. CT/X-ray guided thermal ablation in spinal facets and sacroiliac joint syndrome disease
    7. CT/X-ray guided technique in sacral fusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Alexander R. Vaccaro, Richard G. Fessler, Kris Radcliff.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Yan Wang, Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, Lawrence Lenke, editors.
    Summary: Spinal osteotomy techniques have been dramatically applied as a standard method for severe and rigid spinal deformity. Although clinical results indicate that patients who undergo osteotomy procedures typically experience well deformity correction and ameliorate the clinical appearance, aggressive peri-operative risks and follow-up complications are not rare. More meticulous and standard indication selection, osteotomy plan design and complication prevention strategy and outcome evaluation are critically needed for surgeon majored in spine deformity. The book Spinal Osteotomy is divided into sections that focus on principles of spinal osteotomy, technical and case illustration and outcomes and complications as well as computer navigation and other latest techniques. Each section is heavily illustrated and clearly written for ease of understanding. Orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeon residents and fellows who want to focus on spinal deformity correction will find this instructive and invaluable. Editor Yan Wang is a professor and dean of orthopedics department, Chinese PLA general hospital, China. Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, MD, is Chief of the Scoliosis Service, Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA. Lawrence G. Lenke MD, is Professor and Chief of the Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA.

    Contents:
    History of spine osteotomy
    Clinical and radiographic evaluation
    How to determine the levels of osteotomy
    Indications for spinal osteotomy
    Anesthesia for spine osteotomy surgery
    History of Spinal Osteotomy for Thoraco-Lumbar Kyphosis in Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Smith-Peterson osteotomy and Ponte osteotomy
    Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO)
    Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (VCR) for Complex Spinal Deformities
    Posterior vertebral column decancellation
    Hemivertebrae Excision: Technique for Congenital Spine Deformity
    The Management of Thoracolumbar Kyphotic Deformity in Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Rod Link Reducer Posterior System for Vertebral Column Resection: A Porcine Model
    Proximal and Distal Junctional Fixation Technique
    Optimizing Safety in Spinal Deformity Surgery
    Outcomes of treatment of severe spinal deformity using spinal Outcomes of Treatment of Severe Spinal Deformity Using Spinal Osteotomy
    Preoperative and Postoperative Care Including Use of Halo Gravity Traction
    Functional Evaluation of Spinal Osteotomy
    Neurological deficit after spinal osteotomy
    Revision Surgery following Osteotomy
    Important Research Principles in the field of Spinal Osteotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Huizhong Tian, Yuan Ma, Jingming Xie, Yingsong Wang, editors.
    Summary: Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is a monograph of introducing osteotomy for spinal deformity correction surgery. Its content is prominent and comprehensive. The unique arrangement with the combination of picture and text shows its concise, intuitive and vivid. It is a monograph for the needs of current clinical practice with quite reference value and teaching significance. The publication of Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics expands the scope of application of osteotomy and the combined treatment with osteotomy and internal fixation. It solved the difficult problems only by simple instruments in the past and made the spinal osteotomy further recognized by spinal surgeons in clinical application. Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is composed of 13 chapters, including: History of the Development of Spinal Osteotomy, Application of Tian's Spinal Osteotomes, Transverse Laminectomy for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, V-shape Laminectomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis, Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis Deformity, Vertebral Column Resection for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, Non-apex Osteotomy for ASK, Apex Osteotomy for AS Kyphosis, Spinal Osteotomy for Congenital Angular Kyphosis, Hemivertebra Osteotomy, Osteotomy for Tuberculosis Angular Kyphosis, Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (PVCR) Correction for Severe Rigid Spinal Deformity, Osteotomy for Traumatic Spinal Deformity. They are various surgical methods of spinal osteotomy with Tian's Osteotomes, and also described in detail by pictures and text. The feature of this book is to illustrate the method of surgical operation to achieve the purpose of enabling beginners to quickly grasp the surgical skills. A good book is a set of handy tools dedicated to the reader. We believed that readers will benefit from it and improve the ability and application level of spinal osteotomy and surgery.

    Contents:
    History of Spinal Osteotomy
    The application of Tian spinal osteotomes. -Transverse laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    V-shaped laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    Subtotal osteotomy of arch and vertebral for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    Total spinal osteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
    Non-apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
    Apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
    Osteotomy Orthopaedics for congenital angular kyphosis
    Hemivertebral osteotomy resection.-Osteotomy orthopaedics for tuberculous angular kyphosis
    PVCR for severe rigid spinal deformity
    Osteotomy orthopaedics for traumatic spinal deformity.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Todd J. Albert, Thomas A. Zdeblick.
    Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery® series,The Spine, Fourth Edition, is a concise, lavishly illustrated reference covering the most advanced, successful surgical techniques for the spine-all in step-by-step detail. Edited by Drs. Todd J. Albert and Thomas A. Zdeblick, this fully revised edition presents the preferred techniques of surgical masters, illustrated with sequential, surgeon's-eye view intraoperative photographs, as well as superb drawings by noted medical illustrators. New contributing authors and new and rewritten chapters keep you fully up to date with recent changes in the field. Provides the up-to-date guidance you need to face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence-helping you minimize error, improve outcomes and increase patient safety Features a new chapter on Mini ALIF and Oblique Anterior Lumbar Retroperitoneal Approach, as well as up-to-date coverage of robotics and technological advances Covers indications and contraindications, pitfalls and potential complications, pertinent surgical anatomy, and pearls and tips for improving results Includes abundant full-color photographs of surgical practice and clear illustrations that reveal areas not visible to the surgeon during a procedure Helps you acquire both knowledge and skill as you master the art and science of spine surgery with guidance from leading orthopaedic surgeons Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    book editors, Christopher M. Bono, Andrew J. Schoenfeld.
    Contents:
    Section I. Examination and diagnostics
    Section II. Trauma
    Section III. Infection
    Section IV. Tumors
    Section V. Degenerative Disorders
    Section VI. Spinal Deformity
    Section VII. Metabolic and Inflammatory Disorders
    Section VIII. Surgical Approaches and Techniques
    Section IX. General Knowledge.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas A. Zdeblick, M.D., AA McBeath Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, Todd J. Albert, M.D., Richard H. Rothman Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Professor Of Neurosurgery, Thomas Jefferson University and Hospitals, President, the Rothman Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: Now in its Third Edition, this volume in the Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery Series combines the step-by-step procedural guidance that readers have come to know with new and updated discussions of specific procedures. The text's how-to format helps readers face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence. NEW to the Third Edition: Six new chapters address Transpedicular Fixation, Anterior Cervical Arthroplasty, Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion, and Lumbar Disc Arthroplasty. Expanded coverage of neurologic issues in spinal surgery broadens the text's scope and assists in presurgical planning and choice of technique.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    founding editors, Richard H. Rothman and Frederick A. Simeone.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD533 .S68 1992
    2
  • Digital
    Kern Singh, MD.
    Summary: "Kern Singh and contributors will present a concise review of key principles of spine surgery: anatomy, clinical evaluation, imaging, diagnostic tests, and select procedures. The chapters will provide broad conceptual overviews of specific topics with end-of-chapter questions to emphasize key subjects within each chapter. This style is appropriate for medical students and postgraduate trainees to function as a primer for their spine surgery rotations. It offers a condensed and high-yield review of spinal healthcare. Also, key high-impact citations will be provided with a summary at the end of each chapter. We have had good success with small books on the spine. This book should follow that pattern"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Neuroanatomy and physiology / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, and Kern Singh
    General spine anatomy and long tract pathways / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Atlanto-occipital anatomy / Suzanne LaBelle, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Cervical spine anatomy / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Phillip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Thoracic spine / Catherine Maloney, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Lumbar spine anatomy / Melissa G. Goczalk, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Sacral spine / Antonios Varelas, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain,Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Spinal history and physical examination / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Junyoung Ahn, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Common radiographic measurements / Dustin H. Massel, Benjamin C. Mayo, William W. Long, Krishna D. Modi, Kern Singh
    Cervical disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Lumbar disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Scoliosis / Lauren M. Sadowsky, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, hilip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Spinal trauma and fractures / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Primary and metastatic spinal tumors / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Spinal infections / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Pediatrics / Jonathan Markowitz, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Posterior cervical laminoplasty with intrumentation / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Posterior cervical laminectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Open posterolateral lumbar fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Anterior lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Lateral lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Surgical complications / Ikechukwu Achebe, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
    Common medical complications following routine spinal surgery / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Shivani Gupta, Daniel M. Sciubba, Mark M. Mikhael, Savvas Nicolaou.
    Summary: This volume features multi-modality imaging studies and management guidance of spine pathologies for the consulting radiologist as well as the neurologist, orthopedist, or emergency clinician diagnosing and managing spinal patients.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    Efrat Saraf-Lavi.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD768 .B656 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Andrew C. Hecht, Chief, Spine Surgery, Mount Sinai Hospital and Mount Sinai Health System, Director, Mount Sinai Spine Center, Associate Professor Orthopaedic and Neurosurgery, Mt. Sinai Medical Center and Icahn school of Medicine, New York, New York.
    Contents:
    General. The epidemiology of spine injuries in athletes / Barrett Boody, Brett D. Rosehnthal, Shah-Nawaz M. Dodwad, Alpesh A. Patel
    Biomechanics of the spine in sports and prevention considerations / Eeric Truumees, Erik E. Swartz
    Rehabilitation of athletes after spine injury and spine surgery / Robert G. Watkins, Michael Kordecki
    On-field evaluation and transport of the injured athlete / Tristan B. Weir, Michael J. Cendoma, Ehsan Jazini, Kelley E. Banagan, Steven C. Ludwig
    Spinal cord injury: pharmacologic agents, thermal cooling, and timing of interventions / Allan R. Martin, Michael G. Fehlings
    Diagnostic imaging of sports-related spinal disorders / Mitchel B. Harris, Micah Blais
    Spine injuries in pediatric athletes / John M. Flynn, Mark A. Seeley, Artistides I. Cruz, Jr.
    Role of the spine surgeon with professional sports teams, agents, and coaches / Robert G. Watkins. Cervical spine injuries in athletes. Differential diagnosis of upper extremity disorders (neck and arm pain) / Laith Al-Shihabi, Howard S. An
    Stingers and burners / Andrew B. Dossett
    Cervical cord neuropraxia / Frank H. Valone III, K. Daniel Riew
    Cervical disk herniation in athletes / Andrew C. Hecht, Steven McAnany, Sheeraz Qureshi
    Congenital cervical anomalies and special needs athletes / Jun Sup Kim, Evan Baird, Lindsay Andras, Nomaan Ashraf
    Degenerative disorders of the cervical spine and cervical stenosis / Kevin L. Ju, John G. Heller
    Fractures of the cervical spine and spinal cord injuries / Gregory D. Schroeder, Tristan Fried, Christie Stawicki, Peter Deluca, Alexander R. Vaccaro. Lumbar spine. Incidence of low back pain in athletes and differential diagnosis and evaluation of athletes with back or leg pain / Kenneth Nwosu, Christopher M. Bono
    Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in immature and adult athletes / Rahul Basho, Andre M. Jakoi, Jeffrey C. Wang
    Lumbar disk herniation in immature and adult athletes / Tyler J. Jenkins, Willington Hsu
    Lumbar degenerative disk disease and spinal stenosis in athletes / Heath P. Gould, Colin M. Haines, William J. Kemp, Timothy T. Roberts, Thomas Mroz
    Piriformis syndrome, sacral stress fractures, and hip labral disorders / Diana Patterson, Brian Neri, Alexis Chiang Colvin
    Lumbar spine disorders in aging athletes / Gordon R. Bell
    Thoracic injuries and pain syndromes in athletes / Tanvir Choudhri, Haroon Fiaz Choudhri, Julian E. Bailes, Jr. Concussion. Concussion: introduction-the controversy / Vin Shen Ban, Richard G. Ellenbogen, H. Hunt Batjer
    Definitions of sports concussion, initial diagnosis, and on-field evaluation / Leah G. Concannon, Brian C. Liem, Stanley A. Herring
    Determining short-term prognosis and return to play / Margot Putukian, Siatta B. Dunbar
    Neuropsychological testing in the treatment and management of sport-related concussion / Melissa A. Lancaster, Lindsay D. Nelson, Michael A. McCrea
    Postconcussion syndrome / Javier Cardenas
    Concussion: long term sequelae-the controversy / Rajiv Saigal, Mitchel Berger.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Jianren Mao, editor.
    Summary: This multi-faceted book provides readers with comprehensive guidance to spine pain care. Unique in structure, the contents integrate various specialties involved in spine pain care, thereby bringing in new prospective and expanding readership. This six part reference begins with a review on the epidemiology and economic impacts that present clinical and financial challenges for spine pain care. Part two then brings the reader into a review of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and etiology of spine pain. Subsequent parts then dive into clinical evaluation tactics, unique disease conditions and treatment options. Finally, the book closes with two chapters discussing the challenges of spine pain medicine and the potential future directions of the field. Written by experts in their respective fields, Spine Pain Care - A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is a first-of-its-kind, barrier breaking work designed for all professionals involved in spine pain care, including physicians and nurses, as well as medical students, residents and fellows as a supplementary educational material. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Epidemiology and Economic Impact
    Chapter 1. Spine Pain Care: Clinical Challenges and Unmet Research Needs
    Chapter 2. The Epidemiology and Economic Impact of Spine Pain
    Chapter 3. Current and Emerging Payment Models for Spine Pain Care: Evidence-Based, Outcomes-Based, or Both?
    Part II. Anatomy, Pathophysiology, and Etiology
    Chapter 4. Functional Anatomy of the Human Spine
    Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of Spinal Pain
    Chapter 6. Clinical and Research Tools for Pain Assessment
    Part III. Clinical Evaluation
    Chapter 7. History and Physical Examination
    Chapter 8. Radiological Evaluation of the Lumbar Spine
    Chapter 9. Neurological Exam and Neurophysiologic Evaluation for the Pain Patient
    Chapter 10. Psychological and Psychiatric Evaluation of the Spine Pain Patient: An Interface of the Mind/Body Dynamic
    Part IV. Spine Pain Conditions
    Chapter 11. Spinal Stenosis
    Chapter 12. Disk Herniation and Radiculopathy
    Chapter 13. Degenerative Spine Joint Disease
    Chapter 14. Degenerative Disk Disease
    Chapter 15. Cervicogenic Headache
    Chapter 16. Infectious and Autoimmune Disease and Spine Pain
    Chapter 17. Oncology and Spine Pain
    Chapter 18. Pediatric Spine Pain
    Part V. Treatment of Spine Pain
    Chapter 19. Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapy
    Chapter 20. Surgical Interventions for Spine Pain Management
    Chapter 21. Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures for Spine Pain Management
    Chapter 22. Epidural Steroid Injections
    Chapter 23. Nerve Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
    Chapter 24. Neuromodulation for Spine Pain Care
    Chapter 25. Intrathecal Drug Delivery
    Chapter 26. Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
    Chapter 27. Fluoroscopic Images of Spinal Procedures and Radiation Safety
    Chapter 29. Sympathetic Neural Blockade and Trigger Point Injections
    Chapter 30. Miscellaneous Spine Procedures: Nucleoplasty, Intradiscal Electrothermal therapy
    Chapter 31. Complications of Interventional Therapy for the Management of Low Back Pain
    Chapter 32. Regional Anesthesia in Patients with Spine Pain
    Chapter 33. Radiation Therapy for Oncologic Spine Pain
    Chapter 34. Rehabilitation Approaches to Spine Care: Physical therapy, Occupational Therapy, and Aquatic Therapy
    Chapter 35. Psychological Assessment and Behavioral Management of Spine Pain
    Chapter 36. Integrative Medicine
    Chapter 37. Organizational and Nursing Issues Related to Spine Pain Care
    Part VI. Challenges and Future Directions
    Chapter 38. Basic Research for Pain
    Chapter 39. Chronic Low Back Pain: Improving Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter C. Gerszten, Samuel Ryu.
    Contents:
    Radiobiology of radiosurgery / Jae Ho Kim and Stephen Brown
    Clinical spinal cord tolerance to radiosurgery / Simon S. Lo [and 10 others]
    Management of spinal cord toxicity / Samuel Ryu, Steve Brown, and Jae Ho Kim
    Histopathologic examination of spinal lesions after radiosurgery / Nathan T. Zwagerman [and 6 others]
    Stereotactic spine radiotherapy : image guidance and patient immobilization / Max Dahele and Ben Slotman
    Treatment planning for spine radiosurgery / David Schlesinger, K. Martin Richardson, Kelly M. Spencer, Brian Winey, and Jason Sheehan
    Quality assurance and treatment delivery / Fang-fang Yin, Zheng Chang, and Justus Adamson
    Contemporary devices for spinal radiosurgery / Christoph Fürweger [and 5 others]
    Imaging, target delineation, and dose prescription / Eric Chang, Omar Ragab, Sukhjeet Batth, Shelly Bian, and Lydia Nng
    Radiosurgery for the re-treatment of progressive spine metastases / Andrew A. Kanner and Benjamin W. Corn
    Clinical outcomes after spinal radiosurgery / Peter C. Gerszten and John C. Flickinger
    Clinical outcomes of pain and quality of life after spinal radiosurgery / Lily Angelov, Sam Chao, and John Suh
    Radiosurgery for spinal canal compromise and spinal cord compression / Richard A. Rammo, Ian Y. Lee, Jack P. Rock, and Samuel Ryu
    Postoperative radiosurgery and minimally invasive surgical techniques / Tobias A. Mattei [and 7 others]
    Radiosurgery and percutaneous cement augmentation / Michael Decuypere and Jason A. Weaver
    Treatment failure, complications, and their management / Nicolaus Andratschke and Matthias Guckenberger
    Patient evaluation and treatment selection for spinal canal compromise / Samuel Ryu and Mark Bilsky
    Radiosurgery for benign extramedullary tumors of the spine / Iris C. Gibbs, Navjot Chaudhary, Steven D. Chang, Robert L. Dodd, and John R. Adler, Jr
    Radiosurgical treatment of spinal chordomas / James P. Caruso, Mark H. Bilsky, Josh Yamada, and Ilya Laufer
    The role of radiosurgery in the treatment of primary malignant spine and spinal cord tumors / Moon-Jun Sohn, Dong-Joon Lee, and Hye-Ran Lee
    Radiosurgery for spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Maziyar A. Kalani, Iris C. Gibbs, John R. Adler, Jr., and Steven D. Chang
    Multidisciplinary approach for the evaluation and treatment of metastatic spinal tumors / Ganesh M. Shankar, Kevin Oh, Kristina Shultz, and John H. Shin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editor, Vincent J. Devlin.
    Contents:
    Clinically relevant anatomy of the cervical region
    Clinically relevant anatomy of the thoracic region
    Clinically relevant anatomy of the lumbar and sacral region
    Evaluation of cervical spine disorders
    Evaluation of thoracic and lumbar spine disorders
    Evaluation of spinal deformities
    Evaluation of impairment, disability, and workers’ compensation
    Strategies for imaging and diagnosis in spinal disorders
    Radiographic assessment of the spine
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the spine
    Computed tomography and CT-myelography
    Nuclear imaging and spinal disorders
    Cervical spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
    Thoracic and lumbar spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
    Pharmacologic management of pain in spine disorders
    Diagnostic and therapeutic spinal injections
    Electrodiagnosis in spinal disorders
    Spinal orthoses
    Indications for surgical intervention in spinal disorders and when not to operate
    Preoperative assessment and planning for patients undergoing spine surgery
    Anesthetic considerations and intraoperative management during spine surgery
    Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring during spinal procedures
    Postoperative management and adverse events after spine surgery
    Procedures for decompression of the spinal cord and nerve roots
    Spinal arthrodesis, graft materials, and graft techniques
    Surgical approaches to the occiput and cervical spine
    Surgical approaches to the thoracic, lumbar, and lumbosacral spine
    Occipital and cervical spine instrumentation
    Thoracic and lumbar spine instrumentation
    Instrumentation and fusion at the lumbosacral junction and pelvis
    Minimally invasive spine surgery
    Artificial disc replacement
    Revision spine surgery
    Spinal cord stimulation and implantable drug delivery systems
    Pediatric back pain
    Pediatric cervical disorders
    Early-onset scoliosis
    Idiopathic scoliosis
    Congenital spinal deformities
    Neuromuscular spinal deformities
    Sagittal plane deformities in pediatric patients
    Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in pediatric patients
    Pediatric spinal trauma
    Pathophysiology and pathoanatomy of degenerative disorders of the adult spine
    Cervical degenerative disorders
    Thoracic disc herniation and stenosis
    Lumbar disc herniation
    Discogenic low back pain
    Lumbar spinal stenosis
    Disorders of the sacroiliac joint
    Adult idiopathic and degenerative scoliosis
    Sagittal plane deformities in adults
    Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in adults
    Evaluation of the spine trauma patient
    Spinal cord injury
    Upper cervical spine trauma
    Lower cervical spine injuries
    Thoracic and lumbar spine fractures
    Sacral fractures
    Spinal injuries in athletes
    Disorders of the spinal cord and related structures
    Primary spine tumors
    Metastatic spine tumors
    Metabolic bone diseases of the spine
    Treatment options for osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures
    Spinal infections
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Ankylosing spondylitis and diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis
    Spinal navigation, robotic surgery, and three-dimensional printing.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Eli M. Baron.
    Contents:
    Closed cervical skeletal tong placement and reduction techniques
    Halo placement in the pediatric and adult patient
    Anterior odontoid resection : the transoral approach
    Odontoid screw fixation
    Anterior C1-C2 arthrodesis : lateral approach of Barbour and Whitesides
    Anterior cervical corpectomy/diskectomy
    Anterior resection of ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    Cervical total disk replacement
    Occipital-cervical fusion
    C2 translaminar screw fixation
    Posterior C1-C2 fusion : harms and Magerl techniques
    Cervical spine : lateral mass screw fixation
    Cervical pedicle screw fixation
    Posterior cervical osteotomy techniques
    Posterior cervical laminoplasty
    Posterior cervical foraminotomy, microdiskectomy
    Subaxial cervical trauma classification and treatment
    Anterior thoracic diskectomy and corpectomy
    Anterior thoracolumbar spinal fusion via open approach for idiopathic scoliosis
    Operative management of scheuermann kyphosis
    Resection of intradural intramedullary or extramedullary spinal tumors
    Endoscopic thoracic diskectomy
    Vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib opening wedge thoracostomy for congenital spinal deformities
    Posterior thoracolumbar fusion techniques for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis
    Thoracoplasty for rib deformity
    Complete vertebral resection for primary spinal tumors
    Surgical treatment of arachnoid cysts
    The adult surgical management of syringomyelia
    Surgical treatment of dural arteriovenous fistulas and arteriovenous malformations
    Adult scoliosis : classification and treatment
    Spinopelvic balance : preoperative planning and calculation
    Sacropelvic fixation
    Posterior far lateral diskectomy
    The lateral extracavitary approach for vertebrectomy
    Pedicle subtraction osteotomy for fixed sagittal imbalance
    Spondylolysis repair
    Surgical treatment of high-grade spondylolisthesis
    Interspinous process motion-sparing implant
    Anterior lumbar interbody fusion
    Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion
    The transpsoas approach for thoracolumbar interbody fusion
    Lumbar total disk arthroplasty
    Kyphoplasty
    Minimally invasive exposure techniques of the lumbar spine
    Hemivertebrae resection
    Lumbar internal laminectomy
    Cortical screw fixation in the lumbar spine
    Spinal navigation : setup and workflow
    Thoracolumbar trauma classification and surgical treatment
    Sacral fixation
    Minimally invasive sacroiliac joint fusion.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Bernhard Meyer, Michael Rauschmann, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the content of European postgraduate spine surgery courses, using a case-based approach. A step-wise solution to a real clinical problem is described and compared to the best available evidence. A weighted conclusion is provided on how to bridge the gap (if there is one) between standard of care and evidence-based medicine. Spine Surgery: A Case-Based Approach is aimed at postgraduate students of spine surgery (both trainee neurosurgeons and trainee orthopedic surgeons), and may also be of interest to medical students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basics and Conservative Therapy
    Psychosomatics/behaviour therapy.-Indications for emergency treatment
    Part 2: Surgical treatment of degenerative cervical, thoracic and lumbar spinal pathologies
    Anterior cervical sub-axial treatment (fusion)
    Cervical motion preserving procedures (TDR)
    Posterior motion preserving procedures (Frykholm, laminoplasty)
    Cervical myelopathy: indication and operative procedure
    Thoracic disc herniation and myelopathy
    Lumbar disc herniation, nucleo-and sequestrectomy
    Lumbar spinal stenosis
    Degenerative spondylolisthesis
    Slipped vertebra and degenerative lumbar scoliosis
    Lumbar non-fusion techniques
    Surgical treatment options at the sacroiliac joint
    Navigation in cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine
    Part 3: Deformity
    Diagnosis and conservativetreatment of AIS
    Operative treatment of AIS
    Congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis
    Adult scoliosis and complication management
    ^Conservative treatment options and indication for surgery in spondylolisthesis
    Operative treatment of spondylolisthesis
    Parameters of spinopelvic balance, etiology and pathogenesis of disturbed spinopelvic balance
    Diagnosis, classification, and general treatment options in hyperkyphosis
    Scheuermann Disease and M. Bechterew
    Surgical correction and special features in traumatic and congenital kyphotic deformities
    Part 4: Spinal fractures
    Pre-hospital management, physical examination, polytrauma management
    Upper cervical trauma (C0-C2)
    Subaxial cervical trauma (C2 - C7)
    Management criteria for thoracic, thoracolumbar and lumbar fractures
    Conservative management of spinal fractures
    Sacral fractures
    Pediatric spine injuries
    Spine injuries in the elderly
    Injuries in ankylosed spine condition
    Part 5: Tumors of spine and inflammatory diseases
    Vertebral osteomyelitis
    Rheumatic diseases
    Metabolic bone diseases
    Primary tumors
    ^Metastases
    Part 6: Intradural pathologies
    Vascular malformations: arteriovenous malformations (AVMs)/Cavernoma, spinal dAVFs
    Inflammation of spinal cord (myelitis)
    Intradural, extramedullary tumors
    Intradural, intramedullary tumors
    Dysraphia, tethered cord, segmentation disorders
    Syringomyelia, sacral cysts
    Spinal cord injury
    classification and diagnostics
    Spinal cord injury
    surgical and pharmaceutical therapy
    Spontaneous CSF leak and ideopathic spinal cord herniation
    Intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring
    Management of intraoperative dural tear
    Therapy of chronic pain syndromes (pumps, DCS, DBS, CS)
    Part 7: Extended indications and advanced operative techniques
    Craniocervical junction
    Basilar invagination
    Cervicothoracic junction
    Kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis
    Thoracic spine
    Primary bone tumor
    Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS)
    Lumbar degenerative scoliosis
    Adult degenerative scoliosis
    ^Long vs short contructs
    High-grade lumbar spondylolisthesis
    Spondyloptosis
    Sacrum
    Intradural tumors
    Oligosymptomatic intramedullary lesion
    Part 8: Revisions and complication management
    Positioning of the patient and related complications
    Postlaminectomy kyphosis
    Failed Back Surgery Syndrome (epidural scar)
    Adjacent segment degeneration
    Management of post-op infections
    Pseudoarthrosis management (case with implant failure)
    Coronal decompensation
    Proximal junctional kyphosis
    Blood management and thromboprophylaxis in spinal surgery
    Management of failure of osteoporotic fixation
    Visceral complications of deformity surgery (pulmonary, esophageal injury or chylothorax)
    Revision of adult deformity
    Iatrogenic neurologic injury
    Management of CSF fistula
    Management of mechanical failure of cervical spine
    Pitfalls of anterior lumbar revision surgery (vasculary or uretheral injury).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Todd J. Albert.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Vikas V. Patel, Alpesh Patel, James S. Harrop, Evalina Burger, editors.
    Summary: Spine surgery has increasingly become a surgical field of its own, with a distinct body of knowledge. While available textbooks cover the intricacies of spine surgery and provide extensive information on each pathology, these books are not geared towards the requirements of the novice and are insufficiently portable for the busy resident to carry while on rounds or on call. This easy-to-use book, written by acknowledged experts, is designed to meet such needs by providing essential information on spine pathology, diagnostic evaluation, surgical procedures, and other treatments. After an opening general section, degenerative spinal disease, pediatric spine conditions, spine trauma, spine tumors, infections, inflammatory disorders, and metabolic conditions are all discussed in more depth. Alongside description and evaluation of surgical options, important background information is included on pathology, presentation, diagnosis, and nonsurgical treatments. Potential complications of surgery are also carefully considered. Spine Surgery Basics will be an invaluable practical aid for all who are embarking on a career in spinal surgery or require a ready reference that can be consulted during everyday clinical practice.

    Contents:
    General: Anatomy
    Physical Exam: Cervical
    Physical Exam: Lumbosacral
    Imaging Basics (basics of anatomy on radiographic imaging plus bone scans, DEXA, etc.)
    Diagnostic Evaluations (injections, EMG, etc)
    General Surgical Principles (guidelines for informed consent, patient positioning for surgery, equipment needed, post operative considerations)
    Surgical Approaches
    Cervical and Thoracic Instrumentation
    Lumbar and Lumbosacral Instrumentation
    Bone graft and Bone Substitute Biology
    Neuromonitoring. Degenerative Spine: Cervical Disc Herniation and Radiculopathy
    Cervical Stenosis and Myelopathy
    Thoracic Disc Herniation
    Lumbar Disc Herniation
    Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
    Lumbar Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
    Spondylolysis and Isthmic spondylolisthesis
    Degenerative Disc Disease with and without Facet Arthritis
    Degenerative Spinal Scoliosis/Deformity. Pediatric Spine: Scoliosis
    Kyphosis
    Congenital
    Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
    Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
    Occipital and Upper cervical spine (Occ-C2)
    Sub-axial cervical spine (C2-C7)
    Thoracolumbar spine (T1-L2)
    Low lumbar spine (L3-L5)
    Sacral spine and pelvis
    Acute Spinal Cord Injury. Tumor, Infection, Inflammatory and Metabolic Conditions: Primary spine tumors
    Primary spine tumors
    Metastatic spine tumors
    Primary spine infections
    Intradural spine tumors
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Ankylosing Spondylitis and DISH
    Osteoporosis and the Aging Spine. Complications: Postoperative Infection
    Dural tear
    Neurological injury
    Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
    Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
    Medical complications (VTE, Pneumonia, Cardiac Disease, Mortality).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nathaniel P. Brooks, MD, FAANS, Associate Professor, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA, Andrea L. Strayer, MS, NP, CNRN, Neurosurgery Nurse Practitioner (Distinguished), University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Mke King.
    Summary: Through stories of achievements, challenges and calamities at five large public hospitals in the United States, the author shows that medical excellence resides where few people expect to find it...and how those centers are threatened by misplaced public priorities and political mythologies.
  • Digital
    Melanie Rogers, editors.
    Summary: This book recognises the challenges associated with the concept of spirituality. An awareness of this concept is integral to the provision of person-centred holistic care. However, APNs ability to provide spiritual care is often impeded by time pressures and the prioritisation of clinical tasks. Confusion about the meaning of spiritually and its relationship to religion compound the challenges involved in providing spiritual care leaving APNs feeling ill-equipped to address this area of care. Many APNs view spirituality as synonymous with religion. This book will provide clarity with the assumption that spirituality is innate to all of our patients and is related to what gives them hope, meaning and purpose. Fundamentally it is about being human. APNs ability to practice with kindness, compassion and empathy will naturally resonate with spiritually competent practice. It begins with an outline of the definitions of spirituality in addition to the concept of spiritually competent practice. An emphasis on the importance of personal development follows. Case studies from countries across the globe illustrate the benefit of integrating spirituality and provide evidence of the importance and relevance of integrating spirituality into practice. These include discussion and presentations of the related concepts of availability and vulnerability which will give APNs more confidence and competence to integrate spirituality into practice. This book is relevant for APNs, students, educators and researchers.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is Spirituality? How does it impact APN Clinical Practice
    Spiritually Competent Practice and Cultural aspects of spirituality
    Personal Spirituality and Self-Compassion?
    Global Case studies in Spirituality
    United Kingdom
    Israel
    USA
    Ireland
    Canada
    China
    Australia or Canada Indigenous Populations
    Operationalising Spirituality
    Availability and Vulnerability Framework for Opertationalising Spirituality
    Spirituality Competencies
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Adele and Doug Calhoun, Clare and Scott Loughrige ; foreword by Jerome Wagner.
    Summary: The Enneagram opens a remarkable window into the truth about us, but simply diagnosing our number doesn't do justice to who we are. Transformation happens as we grow in awareness and learn how to apply Enneagram insights to the rhythms of our daily lives. Filled with exercises to engage, challenge, encourage, and sustain, this handbook will help us grow in greater awareness and lead us to spiritual and relational transformation.
    Digital Access 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J. Balboni, John R. Peteet.
    Contents:
    Religion and spirituality in OBGYN / Rachel Peragallo and John Thorp
    Religion and spirituality in pediatrics / Ray Barfield and Sarah Barton
    Religion and spirituality in family medicine / Timothy P. Daaleman
    Religion and spirituality in psychiatry / Dan G. Blazer
    Religion and spirituality in internal medicine / Lydia S. Dugdale and Daniel P. Sulmasy
    Religion and spirituality in surgery / John Tarpley and Margaret Tarpley
    Religion and spirituality in gerontology / Harold G. Koenig
    Religion and spirituality in oncology / Alan Astrow
    Religion and spirituality in palliative medicine / Tracy Balboni and Michael Balboni
    Religion and spirituality in the intensive care unit / Alex Cist and Philip Choi
    Religion and spirituality in medical ethics / Farr A. Curlin
    Religion and spirituality in medical education / Marta Herschkopf and Christina Puchalski
    Religion and spirituality in nursing / John Swinton and Lynn Vanderpot
    Medicine, spirituality, religion and psychology / Kelly Trevino and Kenneth Pargament
    Spirituality, resistance, and modern medicine : a sociological perspective / Jonathan Imber
    Anthropologies of medicine, religion, and spirituality and their application to clinical practice / Lance D. Laird and L. Linda Barnes
    Law, religion, and the physician-patient relationship / Michael P, Moreland and O. Carter Snead
    Medicine and spirituality : a historical perspective / Gary B. Ferngren
    Philosophical perspectives on medicine and religion / James A. Marcum
    Medicine, religion and spirituality in theological context / Brett McCarty and Warren Kinghorn
    Religion and health : a synthesis / Tyler VanderWeele.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Fiona Timmins and Sílvia Caldeira.
    Summary: This book provides a condensed but comprehensive up-to-date overview of spirituality and its application to health care. The need for healthcare workers to provide spiritual care or meet patients’ spiritual needs is gaining increasing importance in nursing and midwifery policy at local, national and international level. Internationally, there is a growing belief in spirituality as a valid dimension of care.The book highlights a range of examples and case studies facilitating the practical application of the recommendations discussed. In addition to presenting new psychological perspectives, various activities throughout will encourage readers to form their own opinion on the issues covered. The suggestions for further reading and useful websites will also help readers interested in exploring specific areas in more depth. Combining contributions by authors from various disciplines, the book offers a valuable tool for qualified professional healthcare workers in practice, including nurses, social workers, doctors and chaplains. With its handy format, this practical pocket guide offers a faithful companion for practitioners.

    Contents:
    What is Spirituality?
    The psychology of spirituality and religion in healthcare
    Spiritual assessment in healthcare: an overview of comprehensive, sensitive approaches to spiritual assessment for use within the interdisciplinary healthcare team
    Spirituality is a Public Health Issue – The potential role of spirituality in promoting health
    Health Outcomes of Religious and Spiritual Belief, Behavior, and Belonging: Implications for Healthcare Professionals
    Spirituality and Childbirth
    Providing spiritual care – An exploration of required spiritual care competencies in health care and their impact on health care provision
    The role of the nurse in providing spiritual care – A case study approach to exploring specific care provision by healthcare workers in the context of an interdisciplinary healthcare team
    Loss and Grief in people with Intellectual disability
    The Role of the Healthcare Chaplain – A summary of the contribution of healthcare chaplains to modern health care practice
    Teaching and Learning about Spirituality in Healthcare Practice Settings
    Working with diversity – An overview of diversity in contemporary society and the effect of this on healthcare situations
    Being Human: Cultivating Mindfulness and Compassion for Daily Living.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Ben Adler, editor.
    Summary: Spirochetes comprise a fascinating group of bacteria. Although diverse in terms of their habitat, ecology and infectivity for vertebrate and non-vertebrate hosts, they are often considered together because of their similar cellular morphologies. This volume brings together an international group of experts to provide essential insights into spirochete biology, with an emphasis on recent advances made possible by the availability of genome sequences. As such, it offers a valuable resource for microbiologists and other scientists with an interest in spirochete biology.

    Contents:
    The Treponema pallidum Outer Membrane
    Gene regulation, two component regulatory systems, and adaptive responses in Treponema denticola
    Physiologic and Genetic Factors Influencing the Zoonotic Cycle of Borrelia burgdorferi
    Regulation of gene and protein expression in the Lyme disease spirochete
    Genetic manipulation of Borrelia spp.
    Toolbox of molecular techniques for studying Leptospira spp.
    Interaction of Leptospira with the innate immune system
    Leptospiral genomics and pathogenesis
    Complement immune evasion by spirochetes
    Spirochetal lipoproteins in pathogenesis and immunity
    Colonic spirochetes: what has genomics taught us? .
  • Digital
    edited by Klemens J. Hertel.
    Contents:
    The pre-mRNA splicing reaction / Somsakul Pop Wongpalee and Shalini Sharma
    Diversity and evolution of spliceosomal systems / Scott William Roy and Manuel Irimia
    Mechanisms of spliceosomal assembly / Ni-ting Chiou and Kristen W. Lynch
    Alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Stacey D. Wagner and J. Andrew Berglund
    Regulation of alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Miguel B. Coelho and Christopher W.J. Smith
    Introduction to cotranscriptional RNA splicing / Evan C. Merkhofer, Peter Hu, and Tracy L. Johnson
    Chromatin and splicing / Nazmul Haque and Shalini Oberdoerffer
    Preparation of splicing competent nuclear extracts / Chiu-Ho T. Webb and Klemens J. Hertel
    Preparation of yeast whole cell splicing extract / Elizabeth A. Dunn and Stephen D. Rader
    Efficient splinted ligation of synthetic RNA using RNA ligase / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
    In vitro assay of pre-mRNA splicing in mammalian nuclear extract / Maliheh Movassat, William F. Mueller, and Klemens J. Hertel
    Kinetic analysis of in vitro pre-mRNA splicing in HeLa nuclear extract / William F. Mueller and Klemens J. Hertel
    In vitro systems for coupling RNAP II transcription to splicing and polyadenylation / Eric G. Folco and Robin Reed
    Isolation and accumulation of spliceosomal assembly intermediates / Janine O. Ilagan and Melissa S. Jurica
    Complementation of U4 snRNA in S. cerevisiae splicing extracts for biochemical studies of snRNP assembly and function / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
    Expression and purification of splicing proteins from mammalian cells / Eric Allemand and Michelle L. Hastings
    Single molecule approaches for studying spliceosome assembly and catalysis / Eric G. Anderson and Aaron A. Hoskins
    Cell-based splicing of minigenes / Sarah A. Smith and Kristen W. Lynch
    Quantifying the ratio of spliceosome components assembled on pre-mRNA / Noa Neufeld, Yehuda Brody, and Yaron Shav-Tal
    Antisense methods to modulate pre-mRNA splicing / Joonbae Seo, Eric W. Ottesen, and Ravindra N. Singh
    Using yeast genetics to study splicing mechanisms / Munshi Azad Hossain and Tracy L. Johnson
    Medium throughput analysis of alternative splicing by fluorescently labeled RT-PCR / Ryan Percifield, Daniel Murphy, and Peter Stoilov
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation approaches to determine co-transcriptional nature of splicing / Nicole I. Bieberstein, Korinna Straube, and Karla M. Neugebauer
    Computational approaches to mine publicly available databases / Rodger B. Voelker, William A. Cresko, and J. Andrew Berglund
    Approaches to link RNA secondary structures with splicing regulation / Mireya Plass and Eduardo Eyras
    Methods to study splicing from high-throughput RNA sequencing data / Gael P. Alamancos, Eneritz Agirre, and Eduardo Eyras
    Global protein-RNA interaction mapping at single nucleotide resolution by iCLIP-seq / Chengguo Yao, Lingjie Weng, and Yongsheng Shi
    Predicting alternative splicing / Yoseph Barash and Jorge Vaquero Garcia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Adam L. Wollowick, Vishal Sarwahi, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Principles, Diagnosis, and Non-surgical Management
    Spondylolisthesis: A Historical Perspective on Etiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
    Anatomy and Biomechanics Relevant to Spondylolisthesis
    Pain Generators in Spondylolisthesis
    Clinical Evaluation of Pediatric Patients with Spondylolisthesis.-Clinical Evaluation of Adult Patients with Spondylolisthesis
    Imaging Techniques for the Diagnosis of Spondylolisthesis
    Classification of Spondylolisthesis
    Role of the Pelvis in the Diagnosis and Management of L5-S1 Spondylolisthesis.-Non-Operative Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
    Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Children and Adolescents
    Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Adults
    Section II: Surgical Techniques.-Surgical Techniques: Spondylolysis Repair.-Decompression and Spinal Fusion.-Surgical Techniques: Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion.-Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF).-Minimally Invasive TLIF for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Technique: Lateral Interbody Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Pre-sacral Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Techniques: Management of High-Grade Spondylolisthesis including Reduction Techniques.-Management of Spondyloptosis.-Management of Traumatic Spondylolisthesis: Cervical and Lumbar.-Spondylolisthesis Associated with Scoliosis.-Section III: Results of Treatment and Complications
    Results of Surgical Treatment of Adult Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
    Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
    Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
    Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Siobhan C. Budd, Jean-Christophe Egea.
    Summary: This book aims to explore the intricate interrelationship between oral health and sport, with the focus on highly popular team games, endurance sports, and explosive events. In order to understand the vulnerability of athletes of all levels of ability to oral health problems, relevant aspects of sports physiology and training are outlined, as are the predisposing behavioral, psychological, and physiological elements. Specific sports-related oral risk factors are identified and detailed, and the dental conditions frequently observed in athletes are explained. The dental clinical reality of athletes reveals a wide spectrum of oral consequences, affecting both soft and hard tissues, that can adversely impact on training and competitiveness. Principles of dental management are highlighted, and therapeutic solutions provided for the most common dental lesions. Emphasis is placed on preventative measures and solutions adapted to the athlete's individual needs, as well as the importance of effective collaboration with a diverse team of professionals. The book will be of interest to dentists, health professionals, sports coaches, athletes, and teachers and students of dentistry and medical disciplines.

    Contents:
    Setting the Scene: Endurance Sport, Athletes & Training: A Brief History of Sport
    The Current Popularity of Endurance Sports: Why?
    A Definition of Sport
    Physiological Basics of Endurance Sports
    Regulatory Medical Surveillance of Sport. Oral Health: Sports-Related Risk Factors: The Importance of Oral Health and Athletes
    A Summary of The Risk Factors Affecting Oral Health
    Nutrition of Endurance Athletes: Risk Factor
    Too Much of a Good Thing? The Time Factor Risk
    Exercise Induced Immune Suppression: Risk Factor
    Salivary Alterations: Risk Factor
    Psychology of The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
    Medication And The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
    Dental Traumatology and the Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
    Education, Knowledge and Motivation: Risk Factor
    Access to Dental Treatment: Risk Factor. Clinical Reality: Physiological Processes & Oral Health: Periodontal Consequences
    Dental Consequences
    The Dry Mouth Syndrome of Athletes
    Clinical Reality: Dental Occlusion And Performance
    One Step Further: The Influence of Physical Effort on the Manducator System
    The Spread of Oral Infections and Performance
    Dental Pain and Performance
    Notion of Life Quality. Dental Management and Care of Athletes: General Principles
    Specific Principles: Dental Practice
    Therapeutic Solutions for the Most Common Dental Lesions in Endurance Athletes
    The Treatment of Dental Trauma
    Doping, Prescription and Dentistry
    Conclusion (and Final Remarks). Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Douglas J. Casa, editor.
    Summary: This unique book is the first of its kind to specifically explore the science, medicine, challenges and successful experiences of assisting those who must perform and thrive in hot conditions, with an eye toward maximizing both performance and safety. Beginning with both human and comparative physiology as it relates to coping with the heat, key concepts are subsequently elaborated, including heat acclimatization, work-to-rest ratios, hydration, sleep, the effects of altitude, and the use of drugs and supplements. The sections that follow discuss heat-related considerations in individual and team sports and other populations, monitoring techniques, and medical and legal issues. Athletes, warfighters and laborers are often forced to perform intense physical activity in the heat as a part of their jobs or lifestyle. The process of properly preparing for this challenge is multifaceted and often not fully understood or utilized. Sport and Physical Activity in the Heat is an excellent resource for team physicians, high-level coaches, serious athletes, athletic trainers, exercise scientists, strength and conditioning coaches, industrial hygienists, military commanders, or anyone involved in the process of maximizing performance and safety during exercise in the heat for the athlete, warfighter, or laborer.

    Contents:
    Part I: Foundational Concepts
    Part II: Enhancing Exercise Heat Tolerance
    Part III: Tools Available to Assist
    Part IV: Populations
    Part V: Individual Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Vincent Walsh, Mark Wilson, Beth Parkin.
    Contents:
    Great British medalists: psychosocial biographies of super-elite and elite athletes from Olympic sports
    On elite and super-elite Great British athletes: some theoretical implications from Hardy et al.'s (2017) findings
    The psychosocial development of world-class athletes: additional considerations for understanding the whole person and salience of adversity
    The journey of a thousand miles...: notes on Hardy et al.'s Great British Medalists Project
    Embedding the psychosocial biographies of Olympic medalists in a (meta-)theoretical model of dynamic networks
    Assessing risk factors for athletic excellence
    In search of the golden skill
    Much ado about...? A response to Hardy et al.
    The stress test: does what doesn't kill me, make me a super-elite athlete?
    Adversity-related experiences are essential for Olympic success: additional evidence and considerations
    Getting gritty about practice and success: motivational characteristics of great performers
    Great British medalists: a commentary based on developmental systems theory perspective
    Eventual sport performance level: what about the role of types of sport, perception of critical life events, and practice quality?
    Is a peaceful mind a winning mind? Comment on Hardy et al. (2017)
    Super-elite athletes: some complimentary observations from Australia and some lessons for sports expertise research: comment on Hardy et al.
    A culture of striving augments use of working memory? Implications for attention control
    The tales athletes tell: narrative structure and identity in Great British medalists
    Great British medalists: response to the commentaries
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Pietro Delise, Paolo Zeppilli, editor.
    Summary: Sudden death in athletes is a global problem. Although it is a relatively rare phenomenon (1/100,000 persons), when it does occur, it is often as an incomprehensible event. In fact, it strikes subjects who presumably should be much healthier than the general population. In the previous 20 years, many authors have studied this problem in an attempt to understand the causes and prevent these events, and it has been determined that, in the vast majority of cases, athletes who die suddenly have an underlying heart disease (arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, coronary anomalies, channelopathies, etc.). In most cases these diseases do not produce major symptoms and do not preclude sports activity even at the highest levels, although they do increase the incidence of sudden death. How to discover these diseases in asymptomatic athletes is a hotly debated issue. In particular, there is controversy as to whether all athletes should undergo detailed medical screening, including electrocardiogram, or whether the costs of this screening are too high in relation to the event incidence. The purpose of this book is to accurately analyze the causes of sudden death in athletes and to provide cardiologists and sports physicians with useful tips on how to identify at-risk individuals.

    Contents:
    1 Athlete's heart: anatomical and functional adaptations in the normal population. 2 Sudden death in the athletes: role of autopsy
    3 Electrocardiographic physiological, borderline and pthologic alterations in athlete's heart
    4 Benign arrhythmias in athletes
    5 Usefulness of Italian model of pre-partecipation screening for prevention of sudden death in athletes
    6 Hypertrophic cardiomiopathy and left ventricular non compaction
    7 Arrhythmogenic cardiomiopathy
    8 Acute and chronic myocarditis
    9 Congenital and acquired anomalies of coronary arteries
    10 Interpretation and diagnostic work-up of premature ventricular beats
    11 Long QT syndrome
    12 Short QT syndrome
    13 J wave syndromes: Brugada Syndrome and early repolarization
    14 Cathecolaminergic ventricular tachycardia and idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
    15 Sport activity in subjects with implantable defibrillator.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Georg Stuebinger.
    Summary: Georg Stuebinger verifies each of the 24 most common and deadliest cancer diseases worldwide including well-established and potential risk factors resp. important symptoms by using current literature and comprehensive scientific studies with a direct relation to the impact of various parameters of sports and exercise training such as training type, intensity, volume, duration and frequency complete with the corresponding effects. The impact of sports and exercise training as a potential therapy on reduced risk of cancer has been widely discussed in many scientific articles over the last few years, but is still widely unknown. In 2012, about 14 m cancer cases and 8.2 m cancer deaths appeared worldwide whereby cancer represents one of the most frequent causes of death accounting for approximately 13% with a continuously rising number.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    David Conrad, Alan White, editors ; foreword by Mike Farrar.
    Contents:
    Introduction: The Role of Sport in Public Health
    Part I: Sport and Disaster Response
    Post-Earthquake, Iran
    Civil War, Ivory Coast
    Part II: Peace and Social Capital Building through Sport
    Open Fun Football Schools, Balkans
    Right to Play, International
    Dads and Lads, UK
    Fight for Peace, Brazil
    Part III: Sport and Immunisation
    Olympic Sport and Immunisation Festival, Ghana
    Kick Polio Out of Africa
    Part IV: Sport and Screening
    "Sex and Sport" Chlamydia Screening, Australia
    "Kick N Test" HIV and TB Screening Football Tournament, Kenya
    Part V: Health Promotion in Sports Settings
    CALM Mental Health Promotion in Rugby Clubs, UK
    Healthy Stadia, Europe
    Tackling Men's Health, UK
    Golf for People with Severe and Enduring Mental Health Problems, UK
    Premier League Health, UK
    Developing Health Promotion Resources for Use in Sports Settings, UK
    Part VI: Health Promotion with a Sport Theme
    HIV/AIDS Projects in Africa
    "It's a Goal" Mental Health Intervention, UK
    Liverpool FC Men's Health Work
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David J. Engel, Dermot M. Phelan, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Cardiovascular History and Examination
    Chapter 2. Using an electrocardiogram as a component of athlete screening
    Chapter 3. Downstream Cardiac Testing
    Chapter 4. Practical use of genetic testing in athletes
    Chapter 5. Management of Hypertension in the Athlete
    Chapter 6. Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 7. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 8. Other Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 9. Inflammatory Cardiac Disorders in the Athlete
    Chapter 10. Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 11. Sports Participation in Patients with Congenital Long QT Syndrome
    Chapter 12. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management
    Chapter 13. Cardiovascular Implantable Electronic Devices in Athletes
    Chapter 14. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management Coronary artery disease in athletes
    Chapter 15. Marfan Syndrome and Other Genetic Aortopathies
    Chapter 16. Congenital Heart Disease: Approach to Evaluation, Management, and Physical Activity
    Chapter 17. Sleep disorders in Athletes
    Chapter 18. Chest Pain and Dyspnea
    Chapter 19. The Evaluation of Palpitations and Dizziness in the Athlete
    Chapter 20. The Collapsed Athlete
    Chapter 21. Cardiac Arrest in the Athlete
    Chapter 22. Commotio Cordis
    Chapter 23. The Impact of COVID-19 on Sports Cardiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Fabio Lanfranco, Christian Strasburger.
    Contents:
    Growth hormone-insulin-like growth factor axis, thyroid axis, prolactin, and exercise / Hackney, A.C., Davis, H.C., Lane, A.R.
    Exercise and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis / Duclos, M., Tabarin, A.
    Exercise, training, and the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in men and women / Cano Sokoloff, N., Misra, M., Ackerman, K.E.
    Metabolic effects of exercise / Moghetti, P., Bacchi, E., Brangani, C., Don, S., Negri, C.
    Endocrine eesponses to exercise in the developing child and adolescent / Richmond, E., Rogol, A.D.
    Impact of physical exercise on endocrine aging / Janssen, J.A.M.J.L.
    Androgens / Iyer, R., Handelsman, D.J.
    Growth hormone and insulin-like growth factor-1 / Nicholls, A.R., Holt, R.I.G.
    Erythropoietin / Jelkmann, W.
    Ergogenic aids and supplements / Porrini, M., Del Bo', C.
    Methods for doping detection / Ponzetto, F., Giraud, S., Leuenberger, N., Boccard, J., Nicoli, R., Baume, N., Rudaz, S., Saugy, M.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    David R. Diduch, L. Michael Brunt, editors.
    Summary: Sports hernias are an increasingly recognized problem in athletics, presenting a challenge for team physicians and other health care providers regarding their diagnosis and management. Confusion is magnified by the various treatment methods that exist, both surgical and non-surgical. Sports Hernia and Athletic Pubalgia is the first text devoted solely to the topic of sports hernia and will examine its etiology and diagnosis, as well as how to differentiate it from other problems involving the athlete's hip area and other injuries it often correlates and interacts with, such as femoroacetabular impingement. It covers all current approaches to treatment, from open approaches to minimally invasive approaches, and discusses rehabilitation and return to play. Comprised of contributions from an international array of expert clinicians and thought leaders, this is the immediate authoritative book on the subject of sports hernias.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mahmut Nedim Doral, Jon Karlsson, editors.
    Summary: Sports Injuries: Prevention, Diagnosis, Treatment and Rehabilitation covers the whole field of sports injuries and is an up-to-date guide for the diagnosis and treatment of the full range of sports injuries. The work pays detailed attention to biomechanics and injury prevention, examines the emerging treatment role of current strategies and evaluates sports injuries of each part of musculoskeletal system. In addition, pediatric sports injuries, extreme sports injuries, the role of physiotherapy, and future developments are extensively discussed. All those who are involved in the care of patients with sports injuries will find this textbook to be an invaluable, comprehensive, and up-to-date reference.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kazuyuki Kanosue, editor in chief ; Tetsuya Ogawa, Mako Fukano, Toru Fukubayashi, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I: Sports Injury Surveillance
    Sports Injury Surveillance in Japan (from Sports Safety Association)
    Sports Injury Surveillance in Japanese Junior and Senior High School Students
    Injury and Illness Surveillance among Olympic Athletes
    Part II: Concussion and Severe Head-Neck Injury
    Concussions in Junior Rugby Football Athletes and their Prevention
    Prevention of head and neck trauma in rugby
    Severe Head & Neck Injury and its Prevention in Judo
    Concussion and Severe Head-Neck Injury: An Approach for their Prevention in Rugby and Judo
    Part III: ACL Injury: Injury Mechanism, Prevention Programs and Their Usefulness
    Video analysis of ACL injuries in sports
    Video Analysis of ACL Injury Mechanisms Using a Model-Based Image-Matching Technique
    Injury Rate of Soccer Players and the Efficacy of the FIFA 11 + Program
    Biomechanical Studies on ACL Injury Risk Factor During Cutting; Utilizing the Point Cluster Technique
    Biomechanical Risk Factors and Prevention of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
    Risk Factor Analysis of Female Soccer Tournament Players
    Prevention of Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) Injury
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention in Female Adolescents
    FIFA 11+
    Injury Prevention in Amateur Football
    From Development to Worldwide Dissemination
    Influence of Changing Direction on the Center of Gravity and Knee Joint Angle in Rugby Players
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention in Female Lacrosse Players Based on an Examination of Knee and Hip Joint Mechanics During Drop Vertical Jumps Performed While Holding a Lacrosse Stick
    ACL Injury Mechanism in Badminton: Survey of Injury Situation and Motion Analysis Study
    Part IV: ACL Injury: Post-Operative Rehabilitation, Recovery of Function and Tendon Regeneration
    Functional Hop Tests Contribute to Safe Return to Sports after Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Biomechanical Adaptations in Subjects after Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Preventing Secondary Injury
    Morphology and Function of the Semitendinosus Muscle-Tendon Complex after Harvesting its Tendon for Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Part V: Muscle Functions, Occurrence Mechanisms, and Program to Prevent Strain in the Hamstring Muscles
    Functional Differences among Hamstring Muscles in Hip Extension and Knee Flexion Exercises
    Anatomical and Functional Differences of Hamstrings
    Differences in Activation Patterns of the Hamstring Muscles during Sprinting
    The Relationship between Eccentric Exercise and Muscle Damage in Hamstring Muscles
    Risk factors and prevention of hamstring strain
    Part VI: Function in Arches of the Feet and Occurrence Mechanisms of Foot Disorders, Characteristics and Their Prevention
    Kinematics of the Foot and Ankle
    Biomechanical Analysis of the Effects of Footwear
    Risk Factors and Mechanisms of Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fracture
    Part VII: Lumbar Disorder and an Approach for Its Prevention
    Low Back Disorders Among Athletes and Its Prevention
    The Epidemiology of Low Back Disorders in Athletes
    The Prevention of Low Back Disorders in Divers
    Electromyographic Analysis of Deep Trunk Muscles During Sports Activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rosa Mónica Rodrigo, Joan C. Vilanova, José Martel.
    Summary: This introduction to sports injuries in children and adolescents is written in a user-friendly format and takes into account the fact that sports injuries in the pediatric population are not an easy topic for non-pediatric orthopedic surgeons, pediatricians, and non-pediatric radiologists. The book is divided into five chapters on musculoskeletal particularities in children, head and spine trauma, muscle strains and avulsion injuries, bone fractures, overuse injuries, and miscellanea. Each of these chapters comprises ten cases, and each case study includes up to four figures, a description of the clinical case, a review of the pathophysiology of the condition described in the case, and a final section on imaging findings. Sports Injuries in Children and Adolescents is a case-based book aimed at pediatricians, pediatric orthopedic surgeons, and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Head and Spine Trauma
    Muscle Strains and Avulsion Injuries
    Bone Fractures
    Overuse Injuries
    Miscellanea.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Adam C. Watts, Lennard Funk, Michael Hayton, Chye Yew Ng, Mike Walton, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise guide to the diagnosis, investigations, surgical principles and post-operative rehabilitation to sports injuries of the elbow. It features guidance on best practice and information on the appropriate use of the latest diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. Injuries seen in athletes who participate in overhead and contact sports are discussed along with a range of other injury types. Relevant concepts in applied biomechanics and information on sport-specific rehabilitation are also covered enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to develop appropriate treatment plans tailored to individual needs. Sports Injuries of the Elbow comprehensively covers the diagnosis and treatment of patients with elbow injuries acquired during sporting activities, and is an indispensable resource for all medical professionals seeking an up-to-date reference on how to diagnose and treat a range of sports injuries that affect the elbow. .

    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy of the Elbow
    Imaging of the Elbow
    Biomechanics of the Elbow Joint
    Elbow Injuries in the Throwing Athlete
    Posterolateral Rotatory Instability of the Elbow
    Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Elbow
    The Stiff Painful Elbow in the Athlete
    Tendon Injuries around the Elbow
    Myofascial Syndromes
    Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Terrence M. Philbin, editor.
    Summary: Sports Injuries of the Foot is the go-to text for the management and treatment of foot injuries in athletes, demonstrating the current state-of-the-art techniques in assessment, testing and treatment. Organized anatomically beginning with the toes and working down the foot, it covers such common athletic injuries as turf toe, bunions, MTP instability, and midfoot and navicular fractures, all in the context of athletic activity. Attention is also given to special considerations for the adolescent and female athlete, with an eye toward return to play. Written by clinicians for clinicians, it will be an invaluable resource for orthopedists, podiatrists, team physicians, athletic trainers and primary care providers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, Pieter d'Hooghe, Kenneth J. Hunt, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Umile Giuseppe Longo, editors.
    Summary: This book explores in a comprehensive manner the best current treatment options for sports injuries of the foot and ankle. Particular attention is devoted to advanced surgical techniques, with practical and clear explanation of every step of the described procedures. The coverage encompasses management of the full range of ligament, bone and joint, and tendon injuries, and a concluding section addresses special considerations such as outcome assessment and advances in rehabilitation techniques. Foot and ankle injuries are extremely common in athletes and may endanger their sporting activity. The approach to these injuries is constantly evolving with the aim of achieving the best possible functional restoration. In presenting a state of the art update covering all aspects of treatment, this book will be of value for established foot and ankle surgeons, fellows and residents in orthopaedics, and all those involved in sports medicine. The authors are leading international experts renowned within their fields, and the book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS.

    Contents:
    Ligament Injuries: Acute Ligamentous injuries in the ankle
    Chronic Ankle Instability
    Syndesmosis Injuries
    Subtalar Joint Instability
    Lisfranc Complex Injuries. Bone and Joint Injuries: Ankle Fractures
    The role of arthroscopy in ankle fractures
    Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    Jones Fractures
    Anterior Ankle Impingement Syndromes
    Posterior Impingement and Os Trigonum
    Arthritis of the Foot and Ankle
    Hallux Rigidus
    Hallux Valgus
    Minimally Invasive Techniques to correct alignment
    Advanced Techniques in Arthroscopy of the foot. Tendons and Biology: Achilles Ruptures
    Peroneal Tendon Injuries
    Insertional Achilles Tendinopathy
    Non-insertional Achilles Tendinopathy
    Biologics in the Foot and Ankle
    Cartilage Techniques for osteochondral lesions of the talus. Special Considerations: Outcome
    Outcomes Assessment for the Athlete
    Advances in Rehabilitation Techniques
    Footwear and Orthotics for the Athlete
    Special Athlete Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Mike Hayton, Chye Yew Ng, Lennard Funk, Adam Watts and Mike Walt.
    Summary: This book provides insights into sports medicine addressing trauma of the hand and wrist. This collection of injuries invites readers to trace aetiology, diagnosis, relevant pathology, management principles, and outcomes of numerous injuries in elite and non-elite athletes. The authors present management principles and outcomes. It is an ideal reference for postgraduate musculoskeletal doctors and therapists for Orthopaedic and Sports Medicine postgraduate degrees. Each approach to deal with an injury is underlined by case reports. Readers will also find valuable questions and answers fro self-assessment purpose. Sports Injuries of the Hand and Wrist is aimed at sports doctors, musculoskeletal doctors, senior orthopedic trainees with an interest in upper limb, orthopedic trainees preparing for the FRCSOrth exam and similar international exams, as well as upper hand and wrist surgeons in the earlier years of their practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lennard Funk, Mike Walton, Adam Watts, Michael Hayton, Chye Yew Ng.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide detailing the aetiology, diagnosis, relevant pathology, management principles, and outcomes of a variety of injuries to the shoulder including rotator cuff disorders, glenoid bone loss, and pectoralis major ruptures in both elite and non-elite athletes. Each chapter features clinical pearls and a question and answer section to emphasize key points. Sports Injuries of the Shoulder is an essential book for those seeking an up-to-date resource. It is aimed at sports doctors and musculoskeletal doctors; senior orthopedic trainees with an interest in upper limb and those preparing for the FRCSOrth exam and similar international exams, as well as surgeons with a particular interest in shoulder conditions.

    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Sporting Shoulder
    Shoulder Injuries in overhead athletes
    Scapular Dyskiness in Athletes
    Rotator Cuff Disorders in Athletes
    Labral Injuries in Athletes
    Glenoid bone loss in athletes
    Acromioclavicular joint injuries
    The sternoclavicular joint
    Glenohumeral Arthritis in Athletes
    Pectoralis Major Ruptures
    Principles of Sport-specific Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eric Shamus, Jennifer Shamus
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Biomechanics: An Interdisciplinary Tool
    Chapter 2: Baseball
    Chapter 3: Tennis
    Chapter 4: Volleyball
    Chapter 5: Swimming
    Chapter 6: Diving
    Chapter 7: Golf
    Chapter 8: Dinghy Sailing
    Chapter 9: Running
    Chapter 10: Alpine Skiing
    Chapter 11: Ice Hockey
    Chapter 12: Football
    Chapter 13: Basketball
    Chapter 14: Soccer
    Chapter 15: Martial Arts
    Chapter 16: Mixed Martial Arts
    Chapter 17: Cycling
    Chapter 18: Lacrosse
    Chapter 19: Javelin
    Chapter 20: Cheerleading
    Chapter 21: Pilates in Sports
    Chapter 22: Evaluation and Rehabilitation for Anterior Knee Pain.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2017
  • Digital
    Mouhanad M. El-Othmani, Henry T. Goitz, J. Antonio Bouffard.
    Summary: Ideal for all practitioners of musculoskeletal medicine, this practical pocket guide provides a standardized approach, through detailed checklists and protocols, for a complete ultrasonographic examination of the musculoskeletal system to assist in the diagnosis and management of orthopedic and sports medicine pathologies. As the trend in the US healthcare system continues to move towards optimizaing value in care delivery, the utilization of ultrasound has been in the spotlight as a cost-efficient and accurate diagnostic modality for musculoskeletal pathology Ultrasound assessment remains user-dependent, and multiple pathologies can often be overlooked due to the lack of a standardized approach to assess a specific joint or anatomic structure. To address this challenge, this user-friendly text presents a quick, accessible, and structured approach for a complete sonographic examination. After a general overview of the use of ultrasound in musculoskeletal medicine, each chapter proceeds anatomically and includes a detailed, step-by-step approach to the ultrasound diagnostic assessment, covering all major joints and pathologies of clinical importance: shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist, hip, knee, and foot and ankle. Plentiful images support this stepwise approach, covering the entire spectrum from patient positioning to ultrasound findings and appearance. Students, residents, and fellows in orthopedics and sports medicine will find this text especially valuable, however all healthcare providers dealing with the diagnosis and management of musculoskeletal conditions will benefit from its clear and concise approach.

    Contents:
    General Overview of Musculoskeletal Ultrasound
    Ultrasound of the Shoulder
    Ultrasound of the Elbow
    Ultrasound of the Hands and Wrist
    Ultrasound of the Hip
    Ultrasound of the Knee
    Ultrasound of the Foot and Ankle.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jordan D. Metzl with David T. Bernhardt [and 8 others] ; with foreword by Lewis R. First.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Sérgio Rocha Piedade, Andreas B. Imhoff, Mark Clatworthy, Moises Cohen, João Espregueira-Mendes, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book provides information of outstanding quality on the presentation and management of the entire range of sports injuries and conditions likely to be encountered by the sports medicine physician, as well as many other topics relating to sports activity, events, and outcomes. It is the product of close collaboration among members of several ISAKOS committees, and the chapter authors are clinicians and scientists from across the world who are acknowledged experts in sports medicine and orthopedics. The book opens by discussing fundamental topics and principles, covering subjects such as the biomechanics of injuries, physiological demands in sports practice, sports activity at different ages, nutrition and hydration, strength and conditioning, injury prevention, recovery, rehabilitation, and return to play. Subsequent chapters focus in depth on overtraining injuries, neurological disorders, sports trauma to different parts of the body, and special clinical conditions. Further topics to be addressed are different scenarios in sports (e.g., indoor vs outdoor), sports equipment, biologic treatment of sports injuries, major sporting events, and patient-recorded outcome measures.

    Contents:
    PART 1 Sports Practice Principles
    Multidisciplinary Sports Medicine Team
    Pre-participation Evaluation in Sports Practice
    Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal Injuries
    Physiological Demands in Sports Practice
    Sports Activity at Childhood and Adolescence
    Sports Activity at Adult Life and Old Age
    Oriented Warm-up
    Nutrition and Hydration
    Sports Rehabilitation
    Role of Strength and Conditioning Coach
    Sports Injuries Primary and Secondary Prevention
    Return to Play
    PART 2 Overtraining Injuries
    Achilles Tendinopathy
    Muscle Injuries
    Stress Fractures
    Shin Pain
    Groin Injuries
    PART 3 Neurological Disorders
    Seizures and Epilepsies
    Spine Injuries
    PART 4 Sports Trauma
    Face
    Thoracic
    Abdomen
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist and Hand
    Hip
    Knee
    Ankle and Foot
    PART 5 Special Conditions
    Female Athlete Triad and RED-S
    Sudden Cardiac Arrest
    Concussion
    Dopping
    Dermatological Injuries
    Oral Health
    Travelling Management
    Sports Management in Extreme Conditions
    Sports After Knee Arthroplasty
    Ringside physician
    PART 6 Different Scenarios in Sports
    Indoor Sports
    Outdoor Sports: Winter
    PART 7 Sports Equipment
    Sports Footwear: Problems and Advances
    PART 8 Biologics in Sports Injuries
    Biologic Treatment in Tendon and Muscle Injuries
    Biologic Treatment in Ligament Injuries
    Biologic Treatment in Meniscus Injuries
    PART 9 Major Events in Sports
    Olympic Games
    Paralympic Games
    FIFA World Cup
    Extreme Sports
    JUDO, Brazilian jiu-jistsu, and Mix Martial arts
    PART 10 PROMS
    Proms in Sports Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brian Hainline, Robert A. Stern.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Sports and the human brain: an evolutionary perspective
    Sports neurology as a multidisciplinary field
    Section II: Traumatic brain injury and concussion. Mild traumatic brain injury and concussion: terminology and classification
    Catastrophic neurologic injuries in sport
    Concussive and subconcussive brain trauma: the complexity of impact biomechanics and injury
    risk in contact sport
    Concussion: pathophysiology and clinical translation
    Epidemiology of sports concussion in the United States
    Sideline assessment of concussion
    Emergency department evaluation of the concussed athlete
    Office-based concussion evaluation, diagnosis, and management: adult
    Office-based concussion evaluation, diagnosis, and management: pediatric
    The relationship of migraine and other headache disorders to concussion
    Sleep disorders and concussion
    Vestibular dysfunction and concussion
    Neuro-ophthalmologic disorders following concussion
    Neuropsychiatry of sport-related concussion
    Postconcussion syndrome
    The role of neuropsychologists in concussion evaluation and management
    Return to play following sports-related concussion
    Return to learn
    Neuroimaging of brain trauma in sports
    Blood and cerebrospinal fluid biomarkers
    Measuring head impacts: accelerometers and other sensors
    Subconcussive trauma
    The evolving landscape of policies, rules, and law in sport-related concussion
    The modern landscape of sport-related concussion research: key achievements and future directions
    Section III: Neurodegeneration and other long-term consequences of concussion and
    repetitive head impacts. Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: clinical presentation and in vivo diagnosis
    The neuropathology of chronic traumatic encephalopathy
    Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: neuroimaging biomarkers
    Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: fluid biomarkers
    Section IV: Cervical spinal cord injuries. Biomechanics and common mechanisms of injury of the cervical spine
    Cervical spine trauma evaluation
    Acute management of cervical spine trauma
    Cervical spine trauma: prevention strategies
    Classification in para sport for athletes following cervical spine trauma
    Section V: Peripheral nerve injuries. Peripheral nerve injury in sport: an overview
    Neuromuscular adaptations in shoulder function and dysfunction
    Common peripheral nerve injuries in sport: diagnosis and management
    Section VI: Pain. Sport-related injury and pain classification
    Pain management in sport: therapeutic injections
    Section VII: Special neurologic considerations in sport. Athletes with neurologic disease
    Neurologic benefits of sports and exercise
    Future directions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Kazuyuki Kanosue, editor in chief ; Tomoyuki Nagami, Jun Tsuchiya, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Hua Yan.
    Summary: This book covers sports-related eye injuries, presenting standard processes to enable clinical practitioners to make appropriate decisions on the management of these patients. Sports-related activities are responsible for a large percentage of ocular injuries, particularly among young people, and can even lead to blindness. Given the increasing trend in these injuries and the potential functional loss they entail, it is important to understand how to prevent and to accurately diagnose and treat them. This book discusses the definition, etiology, clinical presentations and signs, treatment, and prevention of sports-related eye injuries, and includes typical clinical cases, together with a wealth of images and illustrative figures. Offering a systematic and symptom-based guide to clinical practice, it will help clinical practitioners to fully prepare for the various challenges posed by sports-related eye injuries.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epidemics of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    3. Risk Classification of Sports Events
    4. Classification and Mechanism of Sports related eye injury
    5. Sports-related injuries of the anterior segment
    6. Posterior Segment of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    7. Ocular Adnexal of Sports-Related Eye Injuries
    8. Burns and Radiation Exposure
    9. Prevention of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    10. The application of protective devices in sports-related eye injuries
    11. Guideliness of Return To Play
    12. Sideline evaluation of the injured player
    13. Screening of Sports-related Eye Injuries
    14. Controversial Issue.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Morteza Khodaee, Anna L. Waterbrook, Matthew Gammons.
    Summary: This exciting, user-friendly text covers everything sports medicine and emergency clinicians need to know when encountering sports-related injuries and trauma, whether on the field or in the office. Divided into eight thematic sections, all aspects of musculoskeletal and other trauma care are described in detail, with each chapter including key points for quick reference. The opening section presents general approaches to sports-related trauma, from initial evaluation and acute management to stabilization, anesthesia and imaging. The different types of fractures and dislocations, as well as musculoskeletal healing complications, are covered in part two. The next three sections then take in-depth looks at bone and joint trauma in the upper extremity, lower extremity and axial skeleton, respectively. Soft tissue and other sports-related trauma comprise parts six and seven - from tendons, ligaments, nerves and more to chest, head and facial injuries. The final and largest section presents sports-specific injuries, covering more than 30 individual and team activities from baseball, basketball and hockey to swimming, sailing and triathalon. Throughout, copious figures, photographs and tables enhance and advance the content for a complete, well-rounded examination of the field. Comprehensive but not complex, Sports-related Fractures, Dislocations and Trauma is a practical, high-yield manual for sports medicine and emergency care specialists, primary care physicians and any other professionals caring for athletes both on the field and in the office.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Approaches to Sports Trauma
    Part II: General Synopsis of Acute Musculoskeletal Care in Sports
    Part III: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Upper Extremity
    Part IV: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Lower Extremity
    Part V: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Axial Skeleton
    Part VI: Acute Soft Tissue Injuries in Sports
    Part VII: Other Sports-related Trauma
    Part VIII: Sports-specific Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Graham B. Erickson.
    Summary: From basic eye care services to visual performance training, this evidence-based resource explores a range of sports vision services, including assessment and treatment procedures, outcome expectations, and applications to a variety of sports. Optometrists, ophthalmologists, and sports medicine practitioners will find a thorough review and discussion of the role of vision care in an athlete's performance, as well as practical recommendations for applying current research findings to clinical practice. Contains practical, clinically oriented chapters on visual assessment, prescribing, and ocular injuries in athletes. Takes a task analysis approach allowing the reader to develop solid reasoning skills and evaluate information needed for clinical practice. Includes a new chapter on Assessment and Management of Sports-Related Concussion. Features visual aids throughout including photographs, tables, and boxes to help clarify and visualize important concepts. Addresses sports vision training approaches and updated digital options reflecting the collaboration between athletic trainers, optometrists, and ophthalmologists in helping optimize vision in athletes.

    Contents: <br/
    >1. Introduction to Sports Vision;
    2. Visual Task Analysis in Sports;
    3. Visual Information Processing in Sports;
    4. Visual Performance Evaluation;
    5. Sports Vision Screening and Report Strategies;
    6. Prescribing for the Athlete;
    7. Management of Sport-Related Ocular Injuries and Concussion;
    8. Sports Vision Training;
    9. Sports Vision Practice Development; Multiple appendices
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 1992-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Springer handbook of auditory research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Dietmar Schomburg and Ida Schomburg (eds.).
    Contents:
    v. 1. Class 5: Isomerases
    v. 2. Class 6: Ligases
    v. 3. Class 4: Lyases I
    v. 4. Class 4: Lyases II
    v. 5. Class 4: Layases III
    v. 6. Class 3.4: Hydrolases I
    v. 7. Class 3.4: Hydrolases II
    v. 8. Class 3.4: Hydrolases III
    Index A: Synonym
    v. 9. Class 3.1: Hydrolases IV
    v. 10. Class 3.1: Hydrolases V
    v. 11. Class 3.1: Hydroclass VI
    v. 12. Class 3.2: Hydrolases VII
    v. 13. Class 3.2: Hydrolases VIII
    v. 14. Class 3.2-3.5: Hydrolases IX
    v. 15. Class 3.5-3.12: Hydrolases X
    v. 16. Class 1: Oxidoreductases I
    v. 17. Class 1: Oxidoreductases II
    v. 18. Class 1: Oxidoreductases III
    v. 19. Class 1: Oxidoreductases IV
    v. 20. Class 1: Oxidoreductases V. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VI
    v. 22. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VII
    v. 23. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VIII.
    v. 24. Class 1: Oxidoreductases IX
    v. 25. Class 1: Oxidoreductases X
    v. 26. Class 1: Oxidoreductases XI
    v. 27. Class 1: Oxidoreductases XII
    v. 28. Class 2: Transferases I
    v. 29. Class 2: Transferases II
    v. 30. Class 2: Transferases III
    v. 31. Class 2: Transferases IV
    v. 32. Class 2: Transferases V
    v. 33. Class 2: Transferases VI EC 2.4.2.1-2.5.1.30
    v. 34. Class 2: Transferases VI EC 2.5.1.31-2.6.1.57
    v. 35. Class 2: Transferases VIII
    v. 36. Class 2: Transferases IX
    v. 37. Class 2: Transferases X
    v. 38. Class 2: Transferases XI
    v. 39. Class 2: Transferases XII
    v. S1. Class 1: Oxidoreductases EC 1
    v. S2. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.1-2.7.10
    v. S3. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.7.11.1-2.7.11.16
    v. S4. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.7.11.17-2.8
    v. S5. Class 3: Hydrolases EC 3.1-3.4.21
    v. S6. Class 3: Hydrolases EC3.4.22-3.13
    v. S7. Class 4-6: Lyases, Isomerases, Ligases EC 4-6.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    v. 22, 2005, Class 1, Oxidoreductases VII, EC 1.4
    v. 23, 2005, Class 1, Oxidoreductases VIII, EC 1.5
    v. 24, 2005, Class 1, Oxidoreductases IX, EC 1.6-1.8
    v. 25, 2006, Class 1, Oxidoreductases X, EC 1.9-1.13
    v. 26, 2006, Class 1, Oxidoreductases XI, EC 1.14.11-1.14.14
    v. 27, 2006, Class 1, Oxidoreductases XII, EC 1.14.15-1.97
    v. 28, 2006, Class 2, Transferases I, EC 2.1.1
    v. 29, 2006, Class 2, Transferases II, EC 2.1.2.1-2.3.1.59
    v. 30, 2006, Class 2, Transferases III, EC 2.3.1.60-2.3.3.15
    v. 31, 2006, Class 2, Transferases IV, EC 2.4.1.1.-2.4.1.89
    v. 32, 2006, Class 2, Transferases V, EC 2.4.1.90-2.4.1.232
    v. 33, 2007, Class 2, Transferases VI, EC 2.4.2.1-2.5.1.30
    v. 34, 2007, Class 2, Transferases VI, EC 2.5.1.31-2.6.1.57
    v. 35, 2007, Class 2, Transferases VIII, EC 2.6.1.58-2.7.1.37
    v. 36, 2007, Class 2, Transferases IX, EC 2.7.1.38-2.7.1.112
    v. 37, 2007, Class 2, Transferases X, EC 2.7.1.113-2.7.5.7
    v. 38, 2007, Class 2, Transferases XI, EC 2.7.6-2.7.7
    v. 39, 2008, Class 2, Transferases XII, EC 2.7.8-2.9.1
    v. S1, 2009, Class 1, Oxidoreductases, EC 1
    v. S2, 2009, Class 2, Transferases, EC 2.1-2.7.10
    v. S3, 2009, Class 2, Transferases, EC 2.7.11.1-2.7.11.16
    v. S4, 2009, Class 2, Transferases, EC 2.7.11.17-2.8
    v. S5, 2009, Class 3, Hydrolases, EC 3.1-3.4.21
    v. S6, 2009, Class 3, Hydrolases, EC3.4.22-3.13
    v. S7, 2009, Class 4-6, Lyases, Isomerases, Ligases, EC 4-6.
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Glänzel, Henk F. Moed, Ulrich Schmoch, Mike Thelwall (eds.).
    Summary: This handbook presents the state of the art of quantitative methods and models to understand and assess the science and technology system. Focusing on various aspects of the development and application of indicators derived from data on scholarly publications, patents and electronic communications, the individual chapters, written by leading experts, discuss theoretical and methodological issues, illustrate applications, highlight their policy context and relevance, and point to future research directions. A substantial portion of the book is dedicated to detailed descriptions and analyses of data sources, presenting both traditional and advanced approaches. It addresses the main bibliographic metrics and indexes, such as the journal impact factor and the h-index, as well as altmetric and webometric indicators and science mapping techniques on different levels of aggregation and in the context of their value for the assessment of research performance as well as their impact on research policy and society. It also presents and critically discusses various national research evaluation systems. Complementing the sections reflecting on the science system, the technology section includes multiple chapters that explain different aspects of patent statistics, patent classification and database search methods to retrieve patent-related information. In addition, it examines the relevance of trademarks and standards as additional technological indicators. The Springer Handbook of Science and Technology Indicators is an invaluable resource for practitioners, scientists and policy makers wanting a systematic and thorough analysis of the potential and limitations of the various approaches to assess research and research performance.

    Contents:
    PART A: Analysis of Data Sources and Network Analysis.- The Journal Impact Factor: A Brief History, Critique, and Discussion of Adverse Effects.- Bibliometric Delineation of Scientific Fields.- Knowledge Integration: Its Meaning and Measurement.- Using Google Scholar for Research Assessment. A New Data Source for Bibliometric Studies: Strengths Versus Weaknesses
    Disentangling Gold Open Access.- Science Forecasts: Measuring, Predicting, and Communicating Scientific Developments.- Science Mapping Analysis Software Tools: A Review.- Creation and Analysis of Large-Scale Bibliometric Networks.- Science Mapping and the Identification of Topics: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations.- PART B: Advancement of Methodology for Research Assessment.- Measuring Science: Basic Principles and Application of Advanced Bibliometrics.- Field Normalization of Scientometric Indicators.- All Along the h-Index-Related Literature: A Guided Tour.- Citation Classes: A Distribution-Based Approach for Evaluative Purposes.- Author-Level Indicators of Research Performance.- Challenges, Approaches and Solutions in Data Integration for Research and Innovation.- Synergy in Innovation Systems: Redundancy in the Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations.- PART C: Science Systems and Research Policy.- Scientometrics Shaping Science Policy, Science Policy Shaping Scientometrics: Experience from the ECOOM Case.- Different Processes, Similar Results? A Comparison of Performance Monitoring in the UK, Australia and Germany.- Scientific Collaboration Among BRICS: Trends and Priority Areas.- The Relevance of National Journals from a Chinese Perspective.- Bibliometric Approaches to Gender Studies.- How Biomedical Research Can Inform both Clinicians and the General Public.- Societal Impact Measurement of Research Papers.- Econometric Approaches to the Measurement of Research Productivity.- Developing Current Research Information Systems as Data Sources for Studies of Research.- PART D: New Indicators for Research Assessment.- Social Media Metrics for New Research Evaluation.- Reviewing, Indicating, and Counting Books for Modern Research Evaluation Systems.- Scholarly Twitter Metrics.- Readership Data and Research Impact.- Data Collection from the Web for Informetric Purposes.- Web Citation Indicators for Wider Impact Assessment of Articles.- Usage Bibliometrics as a Tool to Measure Research Activity.- Online Indicators for Non-Standard Academic Outputs.- PART E: Advancement of Methodology for Patent Analysis.- Information Technology-Based Patent Retrieval Models.- The Role of the Patent Attorney in the Filing Process.- Exploiting Images for Patent Search.- Methodological Challenges for Creating Accurate Patent Indicators.- Similarity of Patents and Publications.- Application of Text-Analytics in Quantitative Study of Science and Technology.- Functional Patent Classification.- PART F: Patent System, Patents and Economics.- Computer-Implemented Inventions in Europe.- Interplay of Patents and Trademarks as Tools in Economic Competition.- Post Catch-up Science and Technology Trajectories: Publishing and Patenting Activities of China and Korea.- Standardization and Standards as Science and Innovation Indicators.
  • Digital
    Summary: Springer Publishing Connect offers full-text HTML and PDF access to over 400 books to both individuals and institutions. A publishing pioneer celebrating 65 years in the industry, Springer Publishing Company is known as an innovative nursing, social sciences, and medical publisher.
    Digital Access Database
  • Print
    Franks, Violet.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Springer series, focus on women to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Robert A. Novelline.
    Summary: In this long-awaited 7th edition, Robert Novelline provides more than 600 new high-resolution images representing the current breadth of radiological procedures. The clear choice for excelling in the practice of radiology, this textbook covers essential topics in the curriculum and features hundreds of cases clinicians can turn to again and again.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic concepts
    The imaging techniques
    Normal radiologic anatomy
    How to study the chest
    The lung
    Lung consolidations and pulmonary nodules
    The diaphragm, the pleural spaces, and pulmonary embolism
    Lung overexpansion, lung collapse, and mediastinal shift
    The mediastinum
    The heart
    How to study the abdomen
    Bowel gas patterns, free fluid, and free air
    Contrast examinations and CT of the gastrointestinal tract
    The abdominal organs
    The musculoskeletal system
    Women, men, and children
    The vascular system
    The central nervous system
    Interventional radiology
    The latest in diagnostic imaging.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Bettina Warscheid.
    Contents:
    1. Fifteen Years of Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture (SILAC) / Matthias Mann
    2. Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids Applied to Bacterial Cell Culture / Boumediene Soufi and Boris Macek
    3. SILAC Labeling of Yeast for the Study of Membrane Protein Complexes / Silke Oeljeklaus, Andreas Schummer, Ida Suppanz, and Bettina Warscheid
    4. Whole Proteome Analysis of the Protozoan Parasite Trypanosoma brucei Using Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture and Mass Spectrometry / Olivera Cirovic and Torsten Ochsenreiter
    5. Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cultured Primary Neurons / Guoan Zhang, Katrin Deinhardt, and Thomas A. Neubert
    6. SILAC and Alternatives in Studying Cellular Proteomes of Plants / Annemarie Matthes, Karin Köhl, and Waltraud X. Schulze
    7. In Vivo Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Drosophila melanogaster / Matthias D. Sury, Jia-Xuan Chen, and Matthias Selbach
    8. Stable Isotope Labeling for Proteomic Analysis of Tissues in Mouse / Soraya Hölper, Aaron Ruhs, and Marcus Krüger
    9. Identification of Novel Protein Functions and Signaling Mechanisms by Genetics and Quantitative Phosphoproteomics in Caenorhabditis elegans / Julius Fredens, Kasper Engholm-Keller, Jakob Møller-Jensen, Martin Røssel Larsen, and Nils J. Færgeman
    10. SILAC-Based Temporal Phosphoproteomics / Chiara Francavilla, Omid Hekmat, Blagoy Blagoev, and Jesper V. Olsen
    11. Global Ubiquitination Analysis by SILAC in Mammalian Cells / Zhiping Wu, Chan Hyun Na, Haiyan Tan, and Junmin Peng
    12. Quantifying In Vivo, Site-Specific Changes in Protein Methylation with SILAC / Ho-Tak Lau, Karen A. Lewis, and Shao-En Ong
    13. Applying SILAC for the Differential Analysis of Protein Complexes / Karsten Boldt, Christian J. Gloeckner, Yves Texier, Felix von Zweydorf, and Marius Ueffing
    14. Defining Dynamic Protein Interactions Using SILAC-Based Quantitative Mass Spectrometry / Xiaorong Wang and Lan Huang
    15. Identifying Nuclear Protein-Protein Interactions Using GFP Affinity Purification and SILAC-Based Quantitative Mass Spectrometry / H. Irem Baymaz, Cornelia G. Spruijt, and Michiel Vermeulen
    16. Analyzing the Protein Assembly and Dynamics of the Human Spliceosome with SILAC / Carla Schmidt, Monika Raabe, Reinhard Lührmann, and Henning Urlaub
    17. Identification and Validation of Protein-Protein Interactions by Combining Co-immunoprecipitation, Antigen Competition, and Stable Isotope Labeling / Frederik Sommer, Timo Mühlhaus, Dorothea Hemme, Daniel Veyel, and Michael Schroda
    18. Protein Correlation Profiling-SILAC to Study Protein- Protein Interactions / Anders R. Kristensen and Leonard J. Foster
    19. Autophagosomal Proteome Analysis by Protein Correlation Profiling-SILAC / Andrea C. Becker and Jörn Dengjel
    20. Design and Application of Super-SILAC for Proteome Quantification / Yair Pozniak and Tamar Geiger
    21. Proteomics Meets Genetics: SILAC Labeling of Drosophila melanogaster Larvae and Cells for In Vivo Functional Studies / Alessandro Cuomo, Roberta Sanfilippo, Thomas Vaccari, and Tiziana Bonaldi
    22. Analysis of Secreted Proteins Using SILAC / Jeanette Henningsen, Blagoy Blagoev, and Irina Kratchmarova
    23. Identification of MicroRNA Targets by Pulsed SILAC / Markus Kaller, Silke Oeljeklaus, Bettina Warscheid, and Heiko Hermeking
    24. MaxQuant for In-Depth Analysis of Large SILAC Datasets / Stefka Tyanova, Matthias Mann, and Jürgen Cox.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Stahl, Stephen M.
    Summary: Comprehensive and regularly updated, providing full access to the entire current Cambridge portfolio of neuropsychopharmacology books by Dr Stahl. A one-stop shop
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl ; editorial assistant, Meghan M. Grady ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner.
    Summary: "For this 5th edition of Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology you will notice that every figure in the book has been revised, refreshed and updated with new colors, shading and outlining. About half the figures are entirely new. The number of chapters has decreased by one, with merger of mood stabilizers into treatments for mood disorders; the text itself and the total number of figures and tables are all approximately the same in length and number, although all chapters have been edited, most of them extensively with the details of what has changed listed below. The number of references has now been doubled. Overall, 14 drugs have new uses and indications presented, and 18 brand new drugs are introduced and discussed"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Stephen Stahl ; editorial assistant, Meghan M. Grady ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner ; consultant child psychiatry reviewers, DeeAnn Wong, Desiree Shapiro.
    Contents:
    Amphetamine-D
    Amphetamine-D, L
    Aripiprazole
    Asenapine
    Atomoxetine
    Bupropion
    Chlorpromazine
    Citalopram
    Clomipramine
    Clonidine
    Clozapine
    Duloetine
    Escitalopram
    Fluoxetine
    Fluvoxamine
    Guanfacine
    Haloperidol
    Lisdexamfetamine
    Lithium
    Lurasidone
    Methylphenidate-D
    Methylphenidate-D, L
    Olanzapine
    Paliperidone
    Paroxetine
    Pimozide
    Quetiapine
    Risperidone
    Sertraline
    Trazodone
    Valproate
    Venlafaxine
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, University of California, San Diego, Debbi Ann Morrissette, Neuorscience Education Insitute ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Print
    Stephen M. Stahl, Sabrina K. Segal.
    Summary: Describes the spectrum of symptoms included in mood disorders, the neurocircuitry that underlies those symptoms, and the evidence-based therapeutic targets for the treatment of those symptoms. Also addresses best practices for early screening/detection and longterm management/treatment of mood disorders.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2023
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, Debbi Ann Morissette ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: "As many readers know, Essential Psychopharmacology started in 1996 as a textbook (currently in its fourth edition) on how psycho- tropic drugs work and then expanded to a companion Prescriber's Guide in 2005 (currently in its sixth edition) on how to prescribe psychotropic drugs. In 2008, a website was added (stahlonline.org) with both of these books available online in combination with several more, including an Illustrated series of several books covering specialty topics in psychopharmacology. In 2011 a case book was added, called Case Studies: Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology that shows how to apply the concepts presented in these previous books to real patients in a clinical practice setting. Now comes a compre- hensive set of questions and answers that we call Stahl's Self- Assessment Examination in Psychiatry: Multiple Choice Questions for Clinicians, designed to be integrated into the suite of our mental health/psychopharmacology books and products in the manner that I will explain here"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic neuroscience
    Psychosis and schizophrenia and antipsychotics
    Unipolar depression and antidepressants
    Bipolar disorder and mood stabilizers
    Anxiety disorders and anxiolytics
    Chronic pain and its treatment
    Disorders of sleep and wakefulness and their treatment
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and its treatment
    Dementia and cognitive function and its treatment
    Substance use and impulsive compulsive disorders and their treatment
    CME: posttest and certificate.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    written by Jason Reynolds ; adapted from Stamped from the beginning by and with an introduction from Ibram X. Kendi.
    Summary: "The construct of race has always been used to gain and keep power, to create dynamics that separate and silence. Racist ideas are woven into the fabric of this country, and the first step to building an antiracist America is acknowledging America's racist past and present. This book takes you on that journey, showing how racist ideas started and were spread, and how they can be discredited"--Dust jacket flap The thief known as racism is all around. The construct of race has always been used to gain and keep power, to create dynamics that separate and silence. Racist ideas are woven into a fabric of this country, and the first step to building an antiracist America is acknowledging America's racist past and present. This book takes you on that journey, showing you racist ideas started and were spread, and how they can discredited. Through a gripping, fast-paced, and energizing narrative, Stamped shines a light on the many insidious forms of racist ideas -- and on ways YOU can identify and stamp out racist thoughts, leading to a better future. -- From dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Section 1: 1415-1728. The story of the world's first racist ; Puritan power ; A different Adam ; A racist wunderkind ; Section 2: 1743-1826. Proof in the poetry ; Time out ; Time in ; Jefferson's notes ; Uplift suasion ; The great contradictor
    Section 3: 1826-1879. Mass communication for mass emancipation ; Uncle Tom ; Complicated Abe ; Garrison's last stand
    Section 4: 1868-1963. Battle of the Black brains ; Jack Johnson vs. Tarzan ; Birth of a nation (and a new nuisance) ; The mission is in the name ; Can't sing and dance and write it away ; Home is where the hatred is
    Section 5: 1963-today. When death comes ; Black power ; Murder was the case ; What war on drugs? ; The soundtrack of sorrow and subversion ; A million strong ; A bill too many ; A miracle and still a maybe.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Allison J. Applebaum.
    Summary: Compassionate, groundbreaking, and urgently needed, Stand By Me provides caregivers with new ways to juggle the responsibilities and emotional ups and downs of caregiving.As the founder of the only devoted Caregivers Clinic in the country, clinical psychologist Dr. Allison Applebaum is no stranger to the intensity of being an unpaid, untrained family caregiver. She also understands that it is often the strength and well-being of these very caregivers--the parents, children, partners, siblings, and friends of patients--that are the true linchpin determining each patient's illness experience. This book puts the practical tools and transformative support of the Caregivers Clinic in your hands, empowering you to provide your loved one with the best quality of life and care possible, while promoting your own wellbeing. The book covers crucial topics including: -Getting the most from any healthcare system -Productive advance care planning -Navigating changing roles and relationship dynamics -Finding meaning and purpose in the caregiving experience Stand By Me draws on a decade of clinical and research experience as well as Dr. Applebaum's personal journey as the primary caregiver for her own father, legendary composer Stanley Applebaum, at the end of his life. Dr. Applebaum recognizes caregivers for who they truly are: invaluable healthcare team members. Offering critical insight and takeaways, Stand By Me is an essential resource throughout your caregiving journey.
    Digital Access 2024
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Summary: NCCHC's nationally recognized standards lay the foundation for constitutionally acceptable health services and can help jails improve health services delivery. The standards address seven general areas: (1) governance and administration; (2) health promotion, safety, and disease prevention; (3) personnel and training; (4) ancillary health care services; (5) patient care and treatment; (6) special needs and services; and (7) medical-legal issues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV8833 .N385 2018
    1
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Summary: This manual contains 70 standards grouped under nine general areas. Every standard is categorized, numbered, and named. The statement below the standard's name is designated as the standard, a succinct sentence or two about the topic and statement of the expected outcome. Following the standard are compliance indicators, which specify how meeting the standard can usually be assessed. Next is the discussion section, the first sentence of which states the intent of the standard.

    Contents:
    Governance and administration
    Safety
    Personnel and training
    Health care services and support
    Patient care and treatment
    Health promotion
    Special needs and services
    Health records
    Medical-legal issues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV9104 .N385 2015
    1
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV8843 .N385 2018
    1
  • Print
    National Commission on Correctional Health Care.
    Contents:
    Governance and administration
    Safety
    Personnel and training
    Mental health care services and support
    Patient care and treatment
    Mental health promotion
    Special mental health needs and services
    Clinical records
    Medical-legal issues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC451.4.P68 N38 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Brian C. Gilger, Cynthia S. Cook, Michael H. Brown, editors.
    Summary: "This book is an international effort to standardize the language, terms, and methods used in ocular toxicology. With over 300 color illustrations this consensus volume provides standards and harmonization for procedures, terminology, and scoring schemes for ocular toxicology. it is essential for industry, pharmaceutical companies, and governmental agencies to help improve the drug development process and to reduce and refine the use of animals in research"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Standards for conducting ophthalmic examinations in laboratory animals
    Standard operating procedures for common laboratory animal ocular procedures
    Harmonization of lesion nomenclature in laboratory animals
    Spontaneous incidence of ocular abnormalities in laboratory animals
    Standardized scoring of ocular findings in the context of drug and device development programs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: "Adopted by nurses and healthcare organizations worldwide these expert developed and reviewed benchmarks are the standards for nursing care of women and newborns. The AWHONN Standards summarize the specialty's core principles of nursing practice. This new edition reflects AWHONN's commitment to promote the health of women and newborns by describing women's health, obstetric and neonatal nursing practice and nurses' roles and responsibilities to their patients. This edition emphasizes the nursing profession's important role in providing evidence-based care that is developmentally and culturally appropriate. Featured in the eighth edition are the enduring Standards of Practice and Standards of Professional Performance that are based on and adapted from the current American Nurses Association (ANA) Nursing Scope and Standards of Practice that reflect key elements of obstetric, women's health and newborn nursing. Also included is a customizable 8th Edition Clinical Ladder for you to use in your hospital setting"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the eighth edition
    Components of the standards of practice, eighth edition. Standard 1: Assessment
    Standard 2: Diagnosis
    Standard 3: Outcomes
    Standard 4: Planning
    Standard 5: Implementation
    Standard 6: Evaluation
    Components of the standards of professional performance, eighth edition. Standard 7: Ethics
    Standard 8: Culturally congruent practice
    Standard 9: Communication
    Standard 10: Collaboration
    Standard 11: Leadership
    Standard 12: Education
    Standard 13: Evidence-based practice and research
    Standard 14: Quality of practice
    Standard 15: Professional practice evaluation
    Standard 16: Resource utilization
    Standard 17: Environmental health
    Application of the standards into clinical practice
    Introduction to the clinical ladder template
    AWHONN sample clinical ladder template.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Suggested standards for homes for the aged and nursing homes
    v. 2. Methods of establishing and maintaining standards
    v. 3. Bridging the gap between existing practices and desirable goals in homes for the aged and nursing homes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L966 .N28
    3
  • Print
    Joan Halifax.
    Contents:
    A view from the edge
    1. Altruism. At the high edge of altruism ; Falling over the edge of altruism: pathological altruism ; Altruism and the other edge states ; Practices that support altruism ; Discovery at the edge of altruism
    2. Empathy. At the high edge of empathy ; Falling over the edge of empathy: empathic distress ; Empathy and the other edge states ; Practices that support empathy ; Discovery at the edge of empathy
    3. Integrity. At the high edge of integrity ; Falling over the edge of integrity: moral suffering ; Integrity and the other edge states ; Practices that support integrity ; Discovery at the edge of integrity
    4. Respect. At the high edge of respect ; Falling over the edge of respect: disrespect ; Respect and the other edge states ; Practices that support respect ; Discovery at the edge of respect
    5. Engagement. At the high edge of engagement ; Falling over the edge of engagement: burnout ; Engagement and the other edge states ; Practices that support engagement ; Discovery at the edge of engagement
    6. Compassion at the edge. Survival of the kindest ; Three faces of compassion ; The six perfections ; Compassion's enemies ; Mapping compassion ; Compassion practice ; Compassion in the charnel ground.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BJ1531 .H188 2019
    2
  • Print
    William L. Dauterman, Richard M. Suinn.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Q97 .D24 1966
    1
  • Print
    Berreyesa, Pat; Clark, Sarah; Ellington, Donnie; Jamison, Dede; Miller, Françoise; Roberts, Jan; Smith, Carolyn; Whitby, Jill; Winterburn, Alice.
    Summary: Appendix at end includes list of presidents, 1959-2015, thank you letter from Amir Dan Rubin, list of gifts to the Medical Center, 1959-2008 ($4.3M); services to Stanford Hospital, 1983-2014; scholarships, 1971-May 2014 ($1M); volunteer hours (over 3 million); and copy of the Auxiliary stationery, 1929.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA972.7 .S73 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Summary: This collection includes materials from the Stanford University Medical Center Auxiliary from its beginning in 1959 as the Palo Alto Hospital Auxiliary to its dissolution in 2015. It is made up of seven series: Overview and History, Business Records, Financial and Legal Records, Activities, Newsletters, Photographs, and Scrapbooks.
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access <1983>-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    LD 3002.9 .S7
    1
  • Print
    Fabio Bagnoli, Rino Rappuoli, Guido Grandi, editors ; responsible series editor: Rino Rappuoli.
    Contents:
    Clinical microbiology, transmission and carriage of Staphylococcus aureus
    Worldwide epidemiology and antibiotic resistance of Staphylococcus aureus
    Structure and function of surface polysaccharides of Staphylococcus aureus
    Cell wall-anchored surface proteins of Staphylococcus aureus: many proteins, multiple functions
    Staphylococcus aureus pore-forming toxins
    The role of two-component signal transduction systems in Staphylococcus aureus virulence regulation
    Staphylococcus aureus-associated skin and soft tissue infections: anatomical localization, epidemiology, therapy and potential prophylaxis
    Staphylococcus aureus-associated musculoskeletal infections
    Bacteremia, sepsis, and infective endocarditis associated with Staphylococcus aureus
    Amphixenosic aspects of Staphylococcus aureus infection in man and animals
    Treatment of Staphylococcus aureus infections
    The innate immune response against Staphylococcus aureus
    Adaptive immunity against Staphylococcus aureus
    Staphylococcal immune evasion proteins: structure, function, and host adaptation
    Vaccines for Staphylococcus aureus and target populations
    Lysin therapy for Staphylococcus aureus and other bacterial pathogens.
  • Digital
    editor, Stephanie J. Dancer.
    Contents:
    Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic resistance / Stephanie J. Dancer
    Understanding resistance mechanisms / Efthimia Petinaki & Iris Spiliopoulou
    Staphylococcus aureus epidemiology and screening : best practice / Iris Spiliopoulou & Efthimia Petinaki
    Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus : impact on care in the neonatal unit / Melissa U. Nelson, Matthew J. Bizzarro & Patrick G. Gallagher
    Environmental cleaning : the effect of cleaning on MRSA transmission risk / Stephanie J. Dancer
    Computational simulation modeling of Staphylococcus aureus outbreaks / Bruce Y. Lee & Leslie E. Mueller
    Role of rapid diagnostics in selecting optimal therapy for Staphylococcus aureus infections / Richard A. Proctor & Drew Smith
    Novel compounds for therapy : antibiotics and alternative therapies / Kimberly Hammer, Melissa A. Rohrich, Catherine Wieser & Tze Shien Lo
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Paul D. Fey.
    Contents:
    Clinical characteristics of infections in humans due to Staphylococcus epidermidis / Mark E. Rupp
    Staphylococcus epidermidis pathogenesis / Michael Otto
    Identification of Staphylococcus epidermidis in the clinical microbiology laboratory by molecular methods / Amity L. Roberts
    Pulsed field gel electrophoresis of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Richard V. Goering and Paul D. Fey
    Multilocus sequence typing of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jonathan C. Thomas and D. Ashley Robinson
    Growth and preparation of Staphylococcus epidermidis for NMR metabolomic analysis / Greg A. Somerville and Robert Powers
    The isolation and analysis of phenol-soluble modulins of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Hwang-Soo Joo and Michael Otto
    Genetic manipulation of staphylococci / Jeffrey L. Bose
    Isolation of chromosomal and plasmid DNA from Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jill K. Lindgren
    Isolation of Staphylococus sp. RNA / Tess Eidem
    Use of electroporation and conjugative mobilization for genetic manipulation of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Katherine L. Maliszewski and Austin S. Nuxoll
    Methods to generate a sequence-defined transposon mutant library in Staphylococcus epidermidis strain 1457 / Todd J. Widhelm [and four others]
    Examination of Staphylococcus epidermidis biofilms using flow-cell technology / Derek E. Moormeier and Kenneth W. Bayles
    Rapid quantitative and qualitative analysis of biofilm production by Staphylococcus epidermidis under static growth conditions / Elaine M. Waters [and five others]
    Bacteriophage transduction in Staphylococcus epidermidis / Michael E. Olson and Alexander R. Horswill
    Mouse model of post-arthroplasty Staphylococcus epidermidis joint infection / Tyler D. Scherr [and five others]
    A mouse model of Staphylococcus catheter-associated biofilm infection / Cortney E. Heim, Mark L. Hanke, and Tammy Kielian
    Generation of a central nervous system catheter-associated infection in mice with Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jessica N. Snowden
    Rat jugular catheter model of biofilm-mediated infection / Carolyn R. Schaeffer, Keith M. Woods, and G. Matthew Longo.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors Michelle Gray, Ellen Kitson-Reynolds and Allison Cummins.
    Summary: This volume explores the unique challenges midwifery graduates face as they move into practice. It identifies the similarities and differences in midwifery education, regulation, and clinical practice faced by graduate midwives in all continents, examining the various support systems available for graduate midwives in many countries, and identifying the common strategies (formal and informal) and approaches that have proved to be effective in supporting midwifery graduates. The book volume brings together the experiences of new midwives starting out in registered practice, to share the challenges and triumphs during their transition to confident practitioners. It identifies, explains and details both established and innovative new mechanisms in place to support new midwives in each country, and examines the effects the experiences of transitioning to practice may have on future professional practice, resilience and sustainability. Lack of support during the new-graduate transition to practice has been associated with early attrition from the midwifery profession. Stress, disillusion, and horizontal violence have been identified as factors that influence midwifery attrition rates. Exploration of the various support mechanisms currently available in different countries may stimulate the sharing of best practices in providing new midwives with transition to practice programmes and generate further research. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    IntroductionChapter 1. AustraliaMichelle Gray, Allison CumminsContext of Midwifery Practice in Australia Preparation for Clinical Practice/Midwifery Education; BMid, Post graduate programs, dual degreeRegistration and Regulation of New MidwivesTraditional new graduate program Mentorship and support: benefits, challenges, innovations, exemplars Current Research: highlight recent or ongoing research regarding the transition to clinical practice that is unique to AustraliaRecommendations for the implementation of innovations to support new graduates into COC modelsThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 2 . BelgiumGenevieve Castiaux The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experiences by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 3. BrazilDulce Maria Rosa and Edemilson The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any),what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)A reflective experience written by a new midwife in their first year of practise.The lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 4. CanadaChristine Sandor, Beth Murray-Davis bmurray@mcmaster.caContext of midwifery practice and education in Ontario, Canada • Overview of scope of practice, models of practice , funding and remuneration• Midwifery education in Canada Registration and Regulation of New MidwivesMentorship, Supervision and Support for New MidwivesNew Midwives process of learning, transitioning and identifying Chapter 5. EthiopiaAnnette Bennett The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your countryA brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practice Chapter 6. GermanyMarina Weckend Chapter 7. Hong Kong Hau wai Lei The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife) Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 8 . Iran/TeheranAnahita Esbati The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 9. JamaicaCynthia Pearl Pitter The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
    discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)The lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 10. New Zealand Jacqui Anderson, Lesley Dixon Context of midwifery practice in New Zealand (employed/self-employed, place of work, autonomous practice) Undergraduate Preparation for practice (preparing for NZ context, standards of education theoretical and practice requirements)Registration and regulation (HPCAA)• Frameworks for Midwifery Practice (Professional standards, expectations, ethics, code of conduct)• The Midwifery First Year of Practice Programme ( supporting successful transition)Mentoring and support (importance of relationships and networks)Experiences of new graduate Midwives in New Zealand (feedback from new graduates in New Zealand) Chapter 11. The Netherlands Liesbeth Kool and Esther Feijen-de JongContext of midwifery practice in The Netherlands (history of midwifery, place of birth, the birth of the clinical midwife, organisation of midwifery practice) Preparation for clinical practice/midwifery education (midwifery education, competences of a midwife in the educational system, midwifery education at the AVAG)Registration and regulation of new midwives Mentorship and support: benefits, challenges, innovations, exemplarsCurrent research: highlight recent or ongoing research regarding the transition to clinical practice that is unique to that countryThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 12. United KingdomEllen Kitson Reynolds and Liz CluettThe context of Midwifery Practice: National policy/England, Ireland, Scotland, Wales policy on supporting new graduate midwives onto practice Preparation for Clinical Practice/Midwifery Education: Changes to the university funding and the consequences to midwifery educationNew graduate Midwives' experiences of the current graduate programmes? Changes to include the introduction of associate professionals and the potential impact on the newly qualified midwifeThe changing landscape in view of the Morecambe bay review, changes to legislation, and Francis reportsPreceptorship and developing competence/extended rolesDeveloping a career planThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alan Davies, Alwyn Scott.
    Summary: This book follows Starting to Read ECGs: The Basics by the same authorship and provides the beginner in electrocardiogram (ECG) interpretation with a concise, practical and systematic guide to interpreting ECGs. The authors have included an introduction to the pediatric ECG and genetic cardiac conditions in attempt to deepen readers awareness of some of the broader clinical issues. Starting to Read ECGs: A Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice expands on some of the topics introduced in the first book, but offers a deeper perspective with more detailed background information and a variety of practical interpretation methods. It can be read as a standalone book for those who already possess some basic ECG knowledge or for those who have read the first book in the series and wish to consolidate and expand on what they have already read. The book uses numerous diagrams, tables and practical examples to reinforce learning and summarize information succinctly, and will be an essential resource for medical students, junior doctors, and other health care professionals involved in the recording and interpretation of ECGs who wish to build their knowledge and confidence.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Anatomy and physiology
    Advanced anatomy and physiology
    Cellular physiology (action potential of pacemaker/non-pacemaker cells)
    Wiggers diagram
    Revision of waveform
    Chapter 2 Revision of recording ECG and basic interpretation skills
    Advanced lead placement (posterior ECGs / right sided ECGs)
    Explanation of leads / electrical flow
    Review of normal values and paper timings
    Different methods of rate calculation
    Chapter 3 Calculating cardiac axis
    What it is
    Why it's useful
    The quick look method
    The Hexaxial method
    Making it more accurate
    The vector method
    Worked examples
    Chapter 4 Brady-arrhythmias
    Background
    Genetic factors
    treatment options
    Chapter 5 Tachy-arrhythmias
    Background
    Genetic factors
    treatment options
    Chapter 6 conditions
    Conduction blocks
    PE, electrolye
    Brugada (type I
    III)
    Cardiomyopathy
    Hypertrophy
    Chapter 7 Implantable devices and the ECG
    PPM
    AICDs
    Various implanted monitors (i.e. Reveal)
    Considerations
    ECG appearance
    Chapter 8 Drugs and the ECG
    Tricyclics
    Long QT causing drugs
    Arrythmogenic drugs
    Cardiac specific drugs
    Chapter 9 Paediatric ECGs
    Normal paediatric ECG
    Childhood cardiac abnormalities appearance on the ECG (i.e. congenital issues like holes in hearts, accessory pathways etc)
    Chapter 10 ACS and re-profusion arrhythmia's
    Bloods (enzymes)
    physiology and pathology of arteriosclerosis
    Treatment options
    MI's
    Posterior MIs
    Vasospasm
    Ideoventricular rhythms
    Treatment options (PPCI, CABG, thrombolytic therapy). .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alan Davies, Alwyn Scott.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: How to record a 12-lead ECG
    Physiology
    What is an ECG
    Patient positioning
    Electrode placement
    Attaching the cables
    The machine
    What to write on the ECG
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 2: ECG basics
    How does the 12-lead ECG work?
    ECG paper
    Details found on a standard 12-lead ECG
    12-lead ECG leads
    The PQRST waveform
    Deflection
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 3: Quality issues pertaining to ECG recording
    Background
    Leads
    Calibration markers
    ECG Documentation
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 4: Principles of ECG analysis
    Background
    Basic quality control checks
    The rate
    The rhythm
    The P wave
    The PR interval
    The QRS complex
    The ST segment
    The T wave
    The QT interval
    Electrical axis
    Additional features
    The normal ECG and normal variants
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 5: Chamber abnormalities
    Physiology
    Atrial abnormality
    Ventricular abnormality
    Normal variants
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 6: Arrhythmias
    Background
    Ectopic beats
    Atrial arrhythmias
    Junctional arrhythmias
    Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 7: Conduction delay
    Background
    Bundle Branch Blocks
    Atrioventricular Blocks (AV Blocks)
    Sinoatrial blocks (SA blocks)
    Sick Sinus Syndrome (SSS)
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 8: Miscellaneous cardiac conditions
    Background
    Paced rhythms
    Types of permanent pacemaker (PPM)
    ECG identification of Pacemakers
    Pericarditis
    Long QT syndromes
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 9: Non cardiac conditions identifiable on the ECG
    Background
    Electrolyte imbalances
    Hypothermia
    Digoxin use
    Pulmonary Embolism (PE)
    Summary of key points
    Quiz
    Chapter 10: Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Background
    Atherosclerosis
    Modifiable and non-modifiable risk factors for CHD
    Angina
    Acute Coronary Syndromes (ACS)
    Evolution of STEMI
    Left Bundle Branch Block (LBBB) and chest pain
    Summary of key points
    Quiz.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alister C. Ward, editor.
    Summary: This volume, which includes contributions from leading scientists and clinicians in the field, provides definitive, state-of-the-art information on STAT inhibitors in a biological and clinical context. It gives an overview of the biology of the STAT family of transcription factors and their role in cancer etiology. Additionally, it describes the raft of therapeutic approaches being used to inhibit STATs in the context of various cancers, covering the full spectrum of therapeutic approaches to inhibiting STATs, and presenting emerging data from clinical trials.

    Contents:
    STATs in Health and Disease
    STAT Proteins in Cancer
    Translating STAT Inhibitors from the Lab to the Clinic
    Historical Development of STAT3 Inhibitors and Early Results in Clinical Trials
    STAT3 Inhibitors in Cancer: A Comprehensive Update
    Targeting Upstream Janus Kinases
    Inhibitors of Upstream Inducers of STAT Activation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, Bureau of Health Education
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    KF3812 .U58
    4
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA564.5 .S738 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization ; International Center for Equity in Health, Pelotas.
    Summary: "Achieving equity in health requires a commitment to monitoring health inequalities which, in turn, necessitates strong, equity-oriented health information systems. High-quality data and robust monitoring systems ensure that efforts can be targeted appropriately and that progress can be tracked. Countries must strengthen health information systems to generate better data and evidence to measure progress. Integral to the health inequality monitoring process is the task of reporting data in a meaningful way. This State of inequality report exemplifies effective reporting practices, featuring the topic of reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health. The report addresses the challenge of how to best communicate a large and complex body of data in a manner that is comprehensible, flexible and appealing to a wide readership. Foreword viii Feature stories provide an in-depth look at the state of inequality for selected indicators and highlight key observations in reproductive health interventions, maternal health interventions, care-seeking for sick children, childhood immunization, child malnutrition and child mortality. Perhaps most notable, however, is the innovative use of electronic visualization technology. Story-point dashboards, for instance, guide the reader through a succession of visuals where readers can use interactive tools to further explore, sort and filter the data. Similarly, interactive maps and tables engage readers in customizing how data are viewed. The report reveals that significant inequalities exist in low- and middle-income countries in the area of reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health. The good health of women, infants and children is essential for sustainable development, and there is still much work to be done. Discussions will increasingly call into question how efforts to improve reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health can achieve early and accelerated progress among those who are falling behind."--Pages viii-ix

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Executive summary
    1. Introduction
    2. Background
    2.1. Inequality
    2.2. Health inequality
    2.3. Reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health
    3. Monitoring the state of inequality in RMNCH
    3.1. Data
    3.1.1. Data sources
    3.1.2. Health indicator data
    3.1.3. Dimension of inequality data
    3.1.4. Country selection
    3.2. Analysis
    3.2.1. Data disaggregation
    3.2.2. Summary measures
    3.3. Reporting
    3.3.1. Data visualization
    3.3.2. Feature stories
    4. The state of inequality in RMNCH: stories from low- and middle-income countries
    4.1. Reproductive health interventions
    4.2. Maternal health interventions
    4.3. Care-seeking for sick children
    4.4. Childhood immunization
    4.5. Child malnutrition
    4.6. Child mortality
    4.7. RMNCH interventions, combined
    4.8. Potential for improvement in RMNCH interventions
    5. Reporting the state of inequality: taking stock
    5.1. The importance of data disaggregation
    5.2. Equity orientation of policies, programmes and practices
    5.3. Equity-oriented health information systems
    5.4. Reducing inequality across health topics and the post-2015 sustainable development agenda
    References
    Appendices
    Appendix 1. Data and analysis methods
    Appendix 2. Assessing health inequality: methodological considerations
    Appendix 3. Visualizing disaggregated data using maps
    Appendix 4. Guide to interpreting the visuals used in this report
    Appendix 5. Interactive visualization of health data
    Appendix 6. Additional interactive visuals: references for further data exploration
    Appendix 7. Patterns of inequality
    Supplementary tables
    Index.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA564.5 .S738 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Man Koon Suh, editor.
    Summary: In this book, Korean rhinoplasty masters present their current techniques for the correction of common nasal deformities and explain how to achieve an ideal balance between esthetic and functional outcomes. Among the procedures covered are the harvesting of autogenous tissue, nasal dorsal augmentation, diverse nasal tip techniques, alar rim and alar base surgery, mid-vault surgery, deviated nose correction, and secondary rhinoplasty techniques. Aspects of nasal anatomy of importance for Asian rhinoplasty are also carefully explained. A wealth of illustrative material documents the key steps in each procedure. The book is a collaborative enterprise between highly respected plastic surgeons and otolaryngologists with expertise in rhinoplasty. It will be an invaluable practical resource for all who perform rhinoplasty in Asian patients, whether in Asian countries or in countries with large Asian populations. The book contains various latest techniques that be usefully applied to Caucasian rhinoplasty as well.

    Contents:
    (1) Clinically oriented anatomy of the nose
    (2) Harvest of autogenous tissues for rhinoplasty
    (3) Nasal dorsal augmentation using implant and autogenous tissues
    (4) Nasal tip techniques: augmentation, lengthening
    (5) Nasal tip techniques: reduction, shortening
    (6) Alar rim & alar base surgery
    (6) Mid-vault surgery
    (7) Deviated nose correction and functional surgery
    (8) Secondary rhinoplasty (midvault, implant-related complications)
    (9) Secondary rhinonplasty (tip, contracture).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Konstantin Yastrebov, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of modern techniques used in the rapidly developing field of adult critical care echocardiography, 3D transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiography, myocardial tissue velocity and deformation assessment, and contrast echocardiography. Featuring multiple color illustrations and echocardiographic images, it provides essential information on the technical aspects and current specifics of the equipment, anatomical imaging guidance, and physiological and pathological approaches with a focus on critically ill population. This book helps practitioners to not only understand the techniques and the applicability of these new technologies in various disease states, but also to apply them in a clinical setting. 3D echo, tissue deformation and contrast are opening tremendous new horizons for intensive care practitioners, offering them previously unimaginable insights into cardiac mechanics and anatomy and using non-invasive approaches for central hemodynamic diagnostic and monitoring management of intensive care patients. It also opens the way for completely new areas in clinical research. This book is useful for intensive care physicians, cardiologists, anesthesiologists, emergency physicians and sonographers involved in the provision of advanced echocardiographic services in intensive care units and in critical care environments. It is also suitable for students undertaking a Diploma of Diagnostic Ultrasound (Critical Care) with the Australasian Society of Ultrasound Medicine, adding to the existing literature used to prepare for the second and third parts examinations. .

    Contents:
    Three-dimensional echocardiography
    Tissue velocity and deformation imaging
    Contrast echocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    by George Chandler Whipple.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I84.D1 W5
    2
  • Digital
    Paul D. Thompson, Beth A. Taylor, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Klaus Jung.
    Contents:
    Introduction to proteomics technologies / Christof Lenz and Hassan Dihazi
    Topics in study design and analysis for multistage clinical proteomics studies / Irene Sui Lan Zeng
    Preprocessing and analysis of LC-MS-based proteomic data / Tsung-Heng Tsai, Minkun Wang, and Habtom W. Ressom
    Normalization of reverse phase protein microarray data : choosing the best normalization analyte / Antonella Chiechi
    Outlier detection for mass spectrometric data / HyungJun Cho and Soo-Heang Eo
    Visualization and differential analysis of protein expression data using R / Tomé S. Silva and Nadège Richard
    False discovery rate estimation in proteomics / Suruchi Aggarwal and Amit Kumar Yadav
    Nonparametric bayesian model for nested clustering / Juhee Lee ... [etal.]
    Set-based test procedures for the functional analysis of protein lists from differential analysis / Jochen Kruppa and Klaus Jung
    Classification of samples with order-restricted discriminant rules / David Conde ... [et al.]
    Application of discriminant analysis and cross-validation on proteomics data / Julia Kuligowski, David Pérez-Guaita, and Guillermo Quintás
    Protein sequence analysis by proximities / Frank-Michael Schleif
    Statistical method for integrative platform analysis : application to integration of proteomic and microarray data / Xin Gao
    Data fusion in metabolomics and proteomics for biomarker discovery / Lionel Blanchet and Agnieszka Smolinska
    Reconstruction of protein networks using reverse-phase protein array data / Silvia von der Heyde ... [et al.]
    Detection of unknown amino acid Substitutions using error-tolerant database search / Sven H. Giese, Franziska Zickmann, and Bernhard Y. Renard
    Data analysis strategies for protein modification identification / Yan Fu
    Dissecting the iTRAQ data analysis / Suruchi Aggarwal and Amit Kumar Yadav
    Statistical aspects in proteomic biomarker discovery / Klaus Jung.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Joseph W. Goodman.
    Summary: This book discusses statistical methods that are useful for treating problems in modern optics, and the application of these methods to solving a variety of such problems This book covers a variety of statistical problems in optics, including both theory and applications. The text covers the necessary background in statistics, statistical properties of light waves of various types, the theory of partial coherence and its applications, imaging with partially coherent light, atmospheric degradations of images, and noise limitations in the detection of light. New topics have been introduced i.

    Contents:
    Random variables
    Random processes
    Some first-order statistical properties of light
    Temporal and spatial coherence of optical waves
    Some problems involving higher-order coherence
    Effects of partial coherence in imaging systems
    Imaging through randomly inhomogeneous media
    Fundamental limits in photoelectric detection of light.
  • Print
    James B. Schreiber, Melanie T. Turk.
    Summary: "Drs. Schreiber and Turk's book, Statistics and Data Analysis Literacy for Nurses, fills a void and meets this need. Students and educators alike will benefit from its straightforward, pragmatic style in explaining applied statistical analysis. Chapters are replete with various quantitative methods including novel chapters on Visual Representation and Humility, and examples to assist the reader in understanding what is generally complex content. Drawing on the deep expertise of its authors, the book should become a go-to reference for anyone looking to gain knowledge in applied statistics. The end of chapter review questions is an additional resource for readers to evaluate their mastery of the topic"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Statistical understanding
    Background of design, measurement, and analysis
    Descriptive analyses
    Visual representations
    Traditional study design
    Variability between and within groups
    Variability between and within groups expanded
    Correlation and regression
    Logistic regression
    Introduction to Bayesian analysis
    Quality improvement
    Humility.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    Marco Ceresoli, Fikri M. Abu-Zidan, Kristan L. Staudenmayer, Fausto Catena, Federico Coccolini, editors.
    Summary: The main aim of this book is to offer an easy tool to read a scientific article with greater awareness, to understand and evaluate it more thoroughly, and to better plan research. Today, in the era of evidence-based medicine, both research and daily patient-focused clinical practice are no longer possible without a thorough knowledge of the literature and its continuous updates. Written by surgeons for surgeons, this practical book makes the basic concept of statistics and research methodology easy to understand and apply for young surgeons and researchers, students and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Julie Dawn Thompson.
    Summary: Statistics for Bioinformatics: Methods for Multiple Sequence Alignment provides an in-depth introduction to the most widely used methods and software in the bioinformatics field. With the ever increasing flood of sequence information from genome sequencing projects, multiple sequence alignment has become one of the cornerstones of bioinformatics. Multiple sequence alignments are crucial for genome annotation, as well as the subsequent structural, functional, and evolutionary studies of genes and gene products. Consequently, there has been renewed interest in the development of novel multiple sequence alignment algorithms and more efficient programs.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access SpringerLink 2005-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Statistics for biology and health to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    MyoungJin Kim, Caroline Mallory, Teresa D. Valerio.
    Summary: "Statistics for Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing is an accessible and comprehensive learning tool for nurses returning to graduate school or engaged in evidence-based practice. Peer-reviewed and course tested, the current edition continues to present statistics in a readable, user-friendly format to meet the learning needs of students. Through numerous updates on screenshots, data sets, instructor as well as student materials, additional figures, and hyperlinks in the electronic books, the current edition includes key terms, critical thinking questions, and case studies incorporating research and evidence-based practice to help nurses connect statistics with everyday work in the healthcare field"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Evidence-based practice in nursing, or why do i need to take statistics?
    Statistical essentials I
    Statistical essentials II: measurement
    Working with Microsoft Excel and IBM SPSS statistics software (SPSS)
    Organizing and displaying data
    Descriptive statistics
    Hypothesis testing
    Getting ready for the analysis
    Examining relationships between and among variables
    Modeling relationships
    Tests for comparing group means: part I
    Tests for comparing group means: part II
    Nonparametric tests
    Categorical data analysis: nonparametric tests of association
    Avoiding common statistical mistakes
    Appendices. Random number table
    How to select the correct statistical test
    Critical values.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Print
    Elizabeth Heavey.
    Summary: "Today's nurse faces even more questions about understanding and interpreting data. Although statistics has not changed in its essence, nurses are leveraging new technologies to interpret data in the clinical space. Understanding how to use that information and make successful clinical decisions are the essence of the role of the nurse. The 4th edition will provide new research and highlight an unfolding case study that is used throughout the text to connect concepts to situations, equipping students and instructors with the right tools to leverage the data in a safe and accurate way"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to statistics and levels of measurement
    Presenting data
    Descriptive statistics, probability, and measures of central tendency
    Measuring data
    Sampling methods
    Generating the research idea
    Sample size, effect size, and power
    Chi-square
    Student t-test
    Analysis of variance (ANOVA)
    Correlation coefficients
    Regression analysis
    Relative risk vs. absolute risk and other public health measures you commonly see.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Print
    Neil J. Salkind, Bruce B. Frey, University of Kansas.
    Summary: Now in its Seventh Edition, Neil J. Salkind's bestselling Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics with new co-author Bruce B. Frey teaches an often intimidating subject with a humorous, personable, and informative approach that reduces statistics anxiety. With instruction in SPSS®, the authors guide students through basic and advanced statistical procedures, from correlation and graph creation to analysis of variance, regression, non-parametric tests, and more. The Seventh Edition includes new real-world examples, additional coverage on multiple regression and power and effect size, and a robust interactive eBook with video tutorials and animations of key concepts. In the end, students who (think they) hate statistics will understand how to explain the results of many statistical analyses and won't be intimidated by basic statistical tasks.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Robert W. Broyles, Colin M. Lay.
    Contents:
    v
    .1. Basic concepts and applications ; v.2 Advanced concepts and applications.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA409 .B85
    2
  • Digital
    Nicole Wellbrock, Andreas Bolte, editors.
    Summary: This book is an open access publication. Forest ecosystems in Central Europe are changing as a result of anthropogenic influences and changing climate conditions. As such, a large-scale monitoring programme was undertaken in order to understand the influence of site modification, deposition of air pollutants, and climate. This book presents the scientific findings of this study for Germany, including the major challenges with regard to the future preservation and management of forest ecosystems under environmental change. In addition, it addresses a number of central questions: what are the main factors affecting forest stands and soil integrity? How, and how rapidly, are forest ecosystems changing? How diverse are the changes across Germany? What will be the main risks in sustainable forest management in the future? And how can policy support the development and maintenance of adaptive and resilient forests that provide essential ecosystem services, today and in the future? Helping readers understand the importance of soils and related ecosystem processes for future sustainable forestry, and sharing essential findings on environmental change and related changes in forest status and dynamics, the book is a valuable resource for researchers and policymakers interested in science-based decisions.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Concept and Methodology of the National Forest Soil Inventory.- Chapter 2. Environmental Settings and TheirChanges in the Last Decades.- Chapter 3. Soil Water Budget and Drought Stress.- Chapter 4. Soil Acidification in German Forest Soils.- Chapter 5. Nitrogen status and dynamics in German forest soils.- Chapter 6. Carbon Stocks and Carbon Stock Changes in German Forest Soils.- Chapter 7. Heavy Metal Stocks and Concentrations in Forest Soils.- Chapter 8. Occurrence and Spatial Distribution of Selected Organic Substances in Germany's Forest Soils.- Chapter 9. Nutritional Status of Major Forest Tree Species in Germany.- Chapter 10. Plants as Indicators of Soil Chemical Properties.- Chapter 11. Spatial Response Patterns in Biotic Reactions of Forest Trees and Their Associations with Environmental Variables in Germany.- Chapter 12. Sustainable Use and Development of Forests and Forest Soils
    A Resume.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dietger Mathias.
    Contents:
    Pivotal long-term
    The human body
    A giant chemical factory
    Our food
    An energy transfer medium
    Energy production
    Energy production when food is scarce
    Energy expenditure I
    Basal metabolic rate
    Energy expenditure II
    Heat production
    Energy expenditure III
    Active metabolic rate
    Physical activity level
    Control of energy metabolism in the brain
    Control of energy metabolism by endogenous hormones
    Control of energy metabolism
    The reward system.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stephen Z. Fadem, editor.
    Summary: Patients with kidney disease often find it difficult to understand and undertake the lifestyle changes that will help them stay as healthy as possible. This book offers patients information and guidance on how to stay healthy with kidney disease in a clear, comprehensive, and encouraging way. The first section explains the basics of the disease and how it interacts with other common health issues, such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and aging. The second section breaks down the changes a patient can make to their exercise, treatment, and diet to maximize their kidney function, including helpful tips and healthy recipes. Written by top nephrologists with experience writing for non-specialists, this easy-to-read guide will help kidney disease patients and caregivers manage the illness and keep patients healthy.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Kidney Disease
    2. Aging – Challenges and Interventions
    3. The Kidney and Cardiovascular Disease
    4. Diabetes and Kidney Disease
    5. Hypertension and Kidney Disease
    6. Inflammation in Kidney Disease – Glomerulonephritis
    7. Diet to Preserve Kidney Function
    8. Healthy Diet for Kidney Function
    9. Muscle Breakdown in Kidney Disease - Mechanisms and Management Strategies
    10. Exercises for People with Chronic Kidney Disease and Seniors
    11. Falls in CKD Patients and Seniors - Causes and Prevention
    12. Medication to Avoid with Chronic Kidney Disease
    13. Available Treatments if My Kidneys Do Fail
    14. Appendix - The Cell and the Kidney.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David L. Skaggs, John M. (Jack) Flynn, Mininder S. Kocher, Kenneth J. Noonan, Michael G. Vitale ; consulting gurus, Lindsay Andras ... [and 37 others]
    Summary: "Filled with pearls and wisdom from experts in the field, Staying Out of Trouble in Pediatric Orthopaedics, 2nd Edition, is a concise, easy-to-read guide to managing difficult orthopaedic problems in children. This high-yield, highly illustrated reference provides practical advice on how to deal with commonly seen issues as well as those that are less common but that pose grave threats to the patient. Focusing on preventing problems and avoiding serious complications and prepared by editors, authors, and gurus with more than 1000 years of combined experience in pediatric orthopaedics, this title is an invaluable resource for pediatric orthopaedic surgery fellows and all orthopaedists who care for children"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    presented by G.E. Stechert & co., Alfred Hafner.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    L183 .S81 1939
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Stedman, Thomas Lathrop.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2016
    Unlimited users
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R121 .S8
    6
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R121 .S8
    13
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H121 .S81
    3
  • Print
    senior editor, Scott R. Steele ; section editors, Justin A. Maykel, Amy L. Lightner, Joshua I.S. Bleier.
    Summary: "Offering comprehensive coverage of all diseases and conditions affecting the colon, rectum, and anus, Steele's Colon and Rectal Surgery provides authoritative guidance on the full range of today's operative procedures. Edited by Dr. Scott R. Steele, Chairman of the Department of Colorectal Surgery at the Cleveland Clinic, and section editors Drs. Justin A. Maykel, Amy L. Lightner, and Joshua I.S. Bleier, this new reference contains 81 concise, tightly focused chapters that take you step by step through each procedure, guided by the knowledge and expertise of key leaders in the field from across the world. Includes comprehensive coverage of the latest laparoscopic, robotic, and open diagnostic and surgical management techniques in all areas of colon and rectal surgery. Each chapter includes insightful section editor commentary throughout and concludes with a senior editor commentary written by Dr. Steele. Features a full-color design with hundreds of unique, detailed illustrations and photographs depicting the steps in today's operative procedures"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    editors, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Douglas D. Koch ; associate editors, Adi Abulafia, David F. Chang, Marjan Farid, Nicole R. Fram, Soosan Jacob, Thomas Kohnen, Michael E. Snyder, Mitchell P. Weikert.
    Summary: Offering authoritative coverage, Steinert's Cataract Surgery, 4th Edition, takes you step by step from preoperative evaluation and preparation through the full range of surgical techniques and the mitigation and management of complications. New editors, Drs. Sumit (Sam) Garg and Douglas D. Koch, along with a who’s who list of top international experts, provide practical technical guidance on all aspects of cataract surgery in a newly streamlined, easy-to-read format. From IOL calculations to glaucoma and astigmatism considerations, perioperative drug delivery to methods of iris repair, this up-to-date 4th Edition delivers essential clinical information, core foundational knowledge, and advanced techniques from cover to cover.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Janette K. Burgess, Irene H. Heijink, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art pre-clinical models and clinical applications of stem-cell-based therapies applied to different lung diseases, with a special focus on the translation of bench data into clinical studies. Starting with the assumption that abnormal lung tissue repair and regeneration has emerged as the driving force underlying pathogenesis and progression in many lung diseases, it sheds new light on the potential of stem/stromal cells as drivers of repair and sources of reparative factors in the lung. The first part of the book offers an overview of stem cell types and mechanisms involved in lung development, homeostasis, repair and regeneration, and reveals the crucial role of the extracellular matrix within the lung microenvironment. In the second part, leading experts present the latest pre-clinical evidence and clinical applications of stem-cell-based therapies in a wide variety of lung diseases, ranging from COPD and lung fibrosis to other rare lung diseases. The last section discusses stem cell delivery systems and devices, such as aerosolised spray application. This book appeals to pneumologists, stem cell and matrix biologists, as well as bioengeneers with a special interest in regenerative medicine applied to pulmonary diseases.

    Contents:
    1 Chronic lung pathologies that require repair and regeneration
    I Stem/stromal cells populations in the lung
    2 Characterization of stromal/stem cells in the lung and translation of knowledge of stem/stromal cell population to human lung
    3 Comparison of the regenerative potential for lung tissue of mesenchymal stromal cells from different sources/locations within the body
    4 The potential of factors released from mesenchymal stromal cells as therapeutic agents in the lung
    II Preclinical evidence and clinical applications in Chronic Lung Diseases
    5 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in COPD
    6 Clinical application of stem/stromal cells in COPD
    7 Evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in lung fibrosis
    8 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells and their therapeutic potential in treating BPD and PAH
    9 Crispr-Cas9 editing in induced pluripotent stem cells: a way forward for treating Cystic Fibrosis?
    10 Clinical application of stem/stromal cells in cystic fibrosis
    11 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in targeting ARDS
    12 The safety and efficiency of addressing ARDS using stem cell therapies in clinical trials
    III Stem cell delivery systems and devices
    13 Spraying as route of delivery for stem cells to the lungs
    IV Conclusion
    14 Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fabin Han, Pengzhe (Paul) Lu, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the state-of-the-art in stem-cell-based therapies for neurodegenerative diseases, and highlights advances in both animal models and clinical trials. It comprehensively discusses most neurodegenerative diseases, including such as Parkinson's, Alzheimer's and Huntington's diseases, amyotrophic sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy and retinal degeneration, in which stem cells could potentially be used for therapy in the future. It also addresses the challenges and problems relating to the translation of stem-cell-based therapies into treatments. As such, the book will appeal to research scientists, physicians, graduate students, and medical professionals in the field of stem cells, neuroscience, neurology, neurorestoratology and major neurological disorders.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: General Introduction
    Chapter 2: Clinical-grade stem cells for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
    Chapter 3: Stem cell treatment for Parkinson's disease
    Chapter 4: Stem cell treatment for Alzheimer's disease
    Chapter 5: Stem cell treatment for Huntington's disease
    Chapter 6: Stem cell treatment for amyotrophic sclerosis disease
    Chapter 7: Stem cell treatment for multiple sclerosis
    Chapter 8: Stem cell treatment for muscular dystrophy
    Chapter 9: Stem cell treatment for spinal muscular atrophy
    Chapter 10: Stem cell treatment for Retinal Degeneration
    Chapter 11: Conclusion and future perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Moneeb Ehtesham, editor.
    Summary: "This volume presents the most current reviews on how cancer stem cells (CSCs) hypothesis dictates that the continued proliferation of a tumor is dependent on a sub-population of self-renewing and asymmetrically dividing neoplastic stem cells that supply a largely differentiated tumor. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the characteristics of CSCs, their role in central nervous system (CNS) tumors, and the recent CSC-specific treatment modalities being used. The emerging focus on CSCs in brain tumors represents a paradigm shift in our understanding of the pathogenesis of these neoplasms. Importantly, the realization that a distinct sub-population of cells contributes disproportionately to the growth and sustenance of central nervous system tumors has important implications for the treatment of such tumors. To treat CNS tumors, there is now a growing need to treat CSCs to achieve adequate tumor control"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Regulation of subventricular zone-derived cells migration in the adult brain
    The SVZ and its relationship to stem cell based neuro-oncogenesis
    Isolation and characterization of stem cells from human central nervous system malignancies
    The role of stem cells in pediatric central nervous system malignancies
    Laboratory models for central nervous system tumor stem cell research
    Radiation therapy for glioma stem cells
    Chemoresistance and chemotherapy targeting stem-like cells in malignant glioma
    Immunobiology and immunotherapeutic targeting of glioma stem cells
    Emerging strategies for the treatment of tumor stem cells in central nervous system malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sheldon Krimsky.
    Summary: Employing a series of Socratic dialogues, this study of the use of stem cells in medicine and medical research examines the ethical and public policy issues that confront scientists, clinicians, and the public health community.

    Contents:
    Harnessing stem cells for regenerative medicine
    Hope
    Why is this cell different from other cells?
    The president's stem cells
    The Dickey-Wicker enigma
    The moral status of embryos
    Creating good from immoral acts
    Circumventing embryocide
    My personalized beta cells for diabetes
    Repairing brain cells in stroke victims
    Reversing macular degeneration
    My stem cells, my cancer
    Reprogramming cells
    My personalized disease cells
    To clone or not to clone : that is the question
    Patenting human embryonic stem cells is immoral and illegal (in Europe)
    My embryo is auctioned on the internet
    Here comes the egg man : oocytes & embryos.org
    Human-animal chimeras and hybrids
    Stem cell tourism
    Social media meets science hype
    Feminism and the commercialization of human eggs/embryos
    Was my birth embryo me?
    Embryos without ovaries
    How my cells became drugs
    A clinical trial for paralysis treatment.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Raul Delgado-Morales, editor.
    Summary: This book looks at where stem cell technology is presently and how it is instrumental in advancing the field of disease modeling and cell transplantation. By focusing on major human disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, cancer, and heart disorders, the book summarizes the major findings in the field of human stem cells and dissect the current limitations on our understanding of stem cells biology. The chapters focus on the genetics, genomics, epigenetics and physiology of stem cells models, together with technological advances on molecular biology such as CRISPR/Cas9 or epigenetic editing, that will be instrumental in the future of human disease modeling and treatment. In base of the limitations of current disease models and in front of the unmet necessity of finding therapeutical interventions for human disorders, the availability of stem cell technology has opened new doors for several fields. The unlimited self-renewal capacity and more extensive differentiation potential of stem cells offers a theoretically inexhaustible and replenishable source of any cell subtype. Since Professor Shinya Yamanaka described it, 10 years ago in his seminal paper, that somatic cells could be reprogrammed to inducible stem cells (iPSC) just by expressing four transcription factors, the field of has exploded, especially its applications in biomedical research.

    Contents:
    Part I: Stem cells for brain disorders
    Chapter 1: Human induced pluripotent stem cell-derived neurons to model and gain insights into Alzheimer's disease pathogenesis
    Chapter 2: Modeling schizophrenia with human stem cells
    Chapter 3: Rett Syndrome and Stem Cell research
    Chapter 4: Stem Cell Applications in Spinal Cord Injury: A Primer
    Chapter 5: Cell-Based Therapy for Retinal Degenerative Disease
    Chapter 6: Past, present and future of cell based-therapy in progressive multiple sclerosis
    Part II: Stem cells for cardiovascular diseases
    Chapter 7: Cardiac Stem Cells: a plethora of potential therapies for myocardial regeneration within reach
    Chapter 8: Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-derived Cardiomyocytes in the Evaluation of Cardiotoxic Potential of Drugs
    Part III: Stem cells for general medicine
    Chapter 9: Regenerative medicine for diabetes treatment: new cell sources
    Chapter 10: Dental pulp stem cells promote wound healing and muscle regeneration
    Chapter 11: From bench to bedside of mesenchymal Stem Cells use for Rheumatoid Arthritis treatment
    Chapter 12: Stem Cells and Cancer
    Chapter 13: The relevance of induced pluripotent stem cells for the study of physiological and premature aging
    Part IV: Technical challenges and future
    Chapter 14: Pluripotent stem cell banks
    Chapter 15: Genetic and Epigenetic engineering: the CRISPR/Cas9 era.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Stem cell microenvironments and beyond
    2. The bone marrow microenvironment for hematopoietic stem cells
    3. Leukemia stem cells microenvironment
    4. Developmental HSC microenvironment: the ependyma as a stem cell niche
    6. Being a neural stem cell: a matter or character but defined by the microenvironment
    7. Glioblastoma stem cells and their microenvironment
    8. Plasticity of the muscle stem cell microenvironment
    9. The macula flava of the human vocal fold as a stem cell microenvironment
    10. Oesophageal stem cells and cancer
    11. Oral cancer stem cells microenvironment
    12. Fetal membranes-derived stem cells microenvironment
    13. Current technologies base on the knowledge of the stem cells microenvironments
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ivan N. Rich.
    Contents:
    Short primer in stem cell biology / Ivan N. Rich
    Measurement of hematopoietic stem cell proliferation, self-renewal, and expansion potential / Ivan N. Rich
    Measuring the aging process in stem cells / Yi Liu, Gary Van Zant, and Ying Liang
    Measuring the potency of a stem cell therapeutic / Holli Harper and Ivan N. Rich
    Culturing protocols for human multipotent adult stem cells / Bart Vaes [and six others]
    Isolation of murine bone marrow scavenging sinusoidal endothelial cells / Peter A. G. McCourt [and three others]
    Analysis of circadian rhythms in embryonic stem cells / Jiffin K. Paulose, Edmund B. Rucker III, and Vincent M. Cassone
    Measuring stem cell circadian rhythm / William Hrushesky and Ivan N. Rich
    Cryopreservation of human pluripotent stem cells : a general protocol / Takamichi Miyazaki and Hirofumi Suemori
    Biological differences between native and cultured mesenchymal stem cells : implications for therapies / Elena Jones and Richard Schäfer
    The use of multiparameter flow cytometry and cell sorting to characterize native human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells (MSC) / Sally Boxall and Elena Jones
    High yield recovery of equine mesenchymal stem cells from umbilical cord matrix/Wharton's jelly using a semi- automated process / Timo Z. Nazari-Shafti [and five others]
    Isolation and functional assessment of cutaneous stem cells / Yanne S. Doucet and David M. Owens
    Isolation of adult stem cell populations from the human cornea / Matthew J. Branch [and three others]
    Advanced imaging and tissue engineering of the human limbal epithelial stem cell niche / Isobel Massie [and ten others]
    Isolation and characterization of stem cells in the adult mammalian ovary / Seema Parte [and three others]
    Clonal culture of adult mouse lung epithelial stem/progenitor cells / Jonathan L. McQualter and Ivan Bertoncello
    Culture and characterization of mammary cancer stem cells in mammospheres / Eleonora Piscitelli [and eight others]
    Isolation and culture of primary glioblastoma cells from human tumor specimens / Sascha Seidel, Boyan K. Garvalov, and Till Acker.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Laboratory Control and Basic Culture Protocols for Stem Cell Self-Renewal / Lim, Jeong Mook and others
    Advanced Fixation for Transmission Electron Microscopy Unveils Special Extracellular Matrix Within the Renal Stem/Progenitor Cell Niche / Minuth, Will W. and others
    Multiplex Immunoassays for Quantification of Cytokines, Growth Factors, and Other Proteins in Stem Cell Communication / Valekova, Ivona and others
    Porous Membrane Culture Method for Expansion of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells / Kim, Jin-Su and others
    Tuning Differentiation Signals for Efficient Propagation and In Vitro Validation of Rat Embryonic Stem Cell Cultures / Meek, Stephen and others
    Generation, Expansion, and Differentiation of Human Pluripotent Stem Cell (hPSC) Derived Neural Progenitor Cells (NPCs) / Brafman, David A.
    Isolation, Long-Term Expansion, and Differentiation of Murine Neural Stem Cells / Bizy, Alexandra and others
    Generation, Expansion, and Differentiation of Cardiovascular Progenitor Cells from Human Pluripotent Stem Cells / Cao, Nan and others
    A Practical Guide for the Isolation and Maintenance of Stem Cells from Tendon / Lui, Pauline Po Yee
    A Human Colonic Crypt Culture System to Study Regulation of Stem Cell-Driven Tissue Renewal and Physiological Function / Parris, Alyson and others
    Ca²⁺ Handling in Mouse Embryonic Stem Cell-Derived Cardiomycetes / Wei, Wenjie and others
    Potential Application of Extracellular Vesicles of Human Adipose Tissue-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Alzheimer's Disease Therapeutics / Katsuda, Takeshi and others
    Application of Fluid Mechanical Force to Embryonic Sources of Hemogenic Endothelium and Hematopoietic Stem Cells / Li, Nan and others
    Electrophysiological Recordings from Neuroepithelial Stem Cells / Yamashita, Masayuki
    In Vivo Stem Cell Transplantation Using Reduced Cell Numbers / Tsutsui, Takeo W.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeffrey N. Weiss, author.
    Summary: This book examines the application of stem cell surgery for diabetes and heart failure. Organized into two sections, the first identifies and summarizes the current worldwide stem cell trials for heart failure. Subsequent chapters in part two analyze the current worldwide stem cell trials in patients with Diabetes Mellitus. Both sections utilize studies that include non-expanded stem cells; each study is grouped by stem cell type and geographic location. Stem Cell Surgery Trials in Diabetes and Heart Failure is a comprehensive, convenient reference for cardiologists, endocrinologists, internists, and family physicians.

    Contents:
    1. U.S. Studies
    2. Europe
    3. Iran
    4. China.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Tulio Pinho Navarro, Lara Lellis Navarro Minchillo Lopes, Alan Dardik, editors.
    Summary: Vascular diseases are the leading cause of death worldwide. Distinguished clinical and surgical approaches have attempted to overcome its morbidity and mortality; still 17.9 million people die every year due to vascular afflictions. Stem cell therapy has emerged as a promising therapeutic strategy. Stem cells synthesize and secrete cytokines that promote cell recruitment, immunomodulation, extracellular matrix remodeling, angiogenesis, and neuroregeneration, all of which promote regeneration. Besides that, stem cells are also capable of differentiating in various cell types, being employed in tissue engineering. Preclinical and clinical investigations have reported efficacy of stem cell therapy for various vascular diseases. Even though results are encouraging, the studies demonstrate variation in stem cell type and origin, route and protocol for administration, and concomitant use of other treatment strategies, impairing easy interpretation of results and clinical application. The purpose of this book is to compile and comprise the current state of the evidence regarding stem cell therapy for each vascular disease, elucidating possible clinical applications. More than an objective guide for readers on the use of this novel treatment strategy, this publication will advocate for stem cell therapy use and development and will be of significant interest to physicians in a wide range of disciplines as well as researchers.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Stem Cell Therapy and its Application in Vascular Diseases
    2. Types And Origin of Stem Cells
    3. Stem Cell Delivery Techniques for Stroke and Peripheral Artery Disease
    4. The Ethical Challenges of Stem Cell Therapy in Vascular Disorders
    5. Bone Marrow-Derived Cells: from the Laboratory to the Clinic
    6. Angiogenesis: Perspectives From Therapeutic Angiogenesis
    7. Stem Cell Therapy for Diabetic Foot Ulcers
    8. Venous Foot and Leg Ulcers
    9. Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-Derived Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells for Vascular Regeneration
    10. Mesenchymal Stem Cell and Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation for Vasculitis
    11. Mesenchymal Stem Cell and Endothelial Progenitor Cell Transplantation for Buerger's Disease
    12. Changing the Course of Peripheral Arterial Disease Using Adult Stem Progenitor Cells
    13. Stem Cell Delivery for the Treatment of Arteriovenous Fistula Failure
    14. Stem Cell Therapy to Improve Acute Myocardial Infarction Remodeling
    15. Stem Cell Therapy for Stroke
    16. Use of Stem Cells in the Treatment of Erectile Dysfunction
    17. Stem Cell Therapy for Ophthalmic Vascular Disease
    18. Stem Cell Therapy Delivery in Liver Disease
    19. Stem Cell Therapy for Lymphedema.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin L. Kidder.
    Contents:
    Efficient Library Preparation for Next-Generation Sequencing Analysis of Genome-Wide Epigenetic and Transcriptional Landscapes in Embryonic Stem Cells
    Analysis of Next-Generation Sequencing Data Using Galaxy
    edgeR for Differential RNA-seq and ChIP-seq Analysis: An Application to Stem Cell Biology
    Use Model-based Analysis of ChIP-Seq (MACS) to Analyze Short Reads Generated by Sequencing Protein-DNA Interactions in Embryonic Stem Cells
    Spatial Clustering for Identification of ChIP-Enriched Regions (SICER) to Map Regions of Histone Methylation Patterns in Embryonic Stem Cells
    Identifying Stem Cell Gene Expression Patterns and Phenotypic Networks with AutoSOME
    Visualization and Clustering of High-Dimensional Transcriptome Data Using GATE
    Interpreting and Visualizing ChIP-seq Data with the seqMINER Software
    A Description of the Molecular Signatures Database (MSigDB) Website
    Use of Genome-Wide RNAi Screens to Identify Regulators of Embryonic Stem Cell Self-Renewal and Pluripotency
    Correlating Histone Modification Patterns with Gene Expression Data During Hematopoiesis
    In Vitro Maturation and In Vitro Fertilization of Mouse Oocytes and Preimplantation Embryo Culture
    Derivation and Manipulation of Trophoblast Stem Cells from Mouse Blastocysts
    Conversion of Epiblast Stem Cells to Embryonic Stem Cells Using Growth Factors and Small Molecule Inhibitors
    Generation of Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells Using Chemical Inhibition and Three Transcription Factors
    Transdifferentiation of Mouse Fibroblasts and Hepatocytes to Functional Neurons
    Direct Lineage Conversion of Pancreatic Exocrine to Endocrine Beta-Cells In Vivo with Defined Factors
    Direct Reprogramming of Cardiac Fibroblasts to Cardiomyocytes Using MicroRNAs
    Reprogramming Somatic Cells into Pluripotent Stem Cells Using miRNAs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces many new technologies and clinical applications of hematopoietic stem cells and mesenchymal stem cell transplantation for the treatment of autoimmune diseases and inflammatory diseases. Presented in two parts, Part 1 focuses on stem cell therapies for autoimmune disease treatment; Part 2 focuses on stem cell therapies and their application in the treatment of common inflammatory diseases, including chronic knee osteoarthritis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, liver cirrhosis, Crohn's Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, and more. This book is an essential source for all advanced students and researchers involved with these diseases, stem cells, or both. Stem Cell Transplantation for Autoimmune Diseases and Inflammation and the other books in the Stem Cells in Clinical Applications series are invaluable to scientists, researchers, advanced students and clinicians working in stem cells, regenerative medicine, or tissue engineering as well as cancer or genetics research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Stem Cell Therapy for Autoimmune Diseases;
    Chapter 1: Current Status of Stem Cell Transplantation for Autoimmune Diseases; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Mechanisms of Autoimmune Disease and Stem Cell Therapy Strategy; 1.3 Immune Correction by Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation; 1.3.1 Hematopoietic Stem Cells; 1.3.2 Sources of HSCs for Transplantation; 1.3.3 HSC Transplantations in AD Treatment in Preclinical Trials; 1.3.4 HSC Transplantation for AD Treatment in the Clinic; 1.3.4.1 HSCT for Systemic Sclerosis (SSc) 1.3.4.2 HSCT for Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)1.3.4.3 HSCT for Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA); 1.3.5 The Mechanisms of HSC Transplantation for AD Treatment; 1.4 Immunomodulation by MSC Transplantation; 1.4.1 Mesenchymal Stem Cells; 1.4.2 MSC Transplantation for ADs in Preclinical Studies; 1.4.3 MSC Transplantation for ADs in the Clinic; 1.4.3.1 MSC Transplantation for SLE; 1.4.3.2 MSC Transplantation for Crohn's Disease; 1.4.3.3 MSC Transplantation for Multiple Sclerosis (MS); 1.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Mechanisms of Mesenchymal Stem Cells for Autoimmune Disease Treatment 2.1 Introduction2.2 Cellular Mechanism of Autoimmunity; 2.3 Molecular Mechanism of Autoimmunity; 2.4 MSCs in Treating Autoimmunity; 2.5 Mechanism of MSCs in Treating Autoimmune Diseases; 2.6 Mechanism of EVs from MSCs in Treating Autoimmune Diseases; 2.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Stem Cell Therapy for Multiple Sclerosis: An Exciting Challenge or a Treatment Hope; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Objectives; 3.1.2 The Importance of Stem Cells; 3.2 Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.3 Evidence-Based Experimental Tests of Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.4 Epidermal Nerve Stem Cells (EPI-NCSCs) 3.5 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs)3.6 Neural Stem Cells (NSCs); 3.7 Olfactory Ensheathing Cells (OECs); 3.8 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); 3.9 Oligodendrocyte Precursor Cells (OPCs); 3.10 Evidence-Based Clinical Trial of Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.11 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); 3.12 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs); 3.13 Adipose Stem Cells (ASCs); 3.14 Nervous Stem Cells (NSCs); 3.15 Conclusion and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Mesenchymal Stem Cell Transplantation in Rheumatoid Arthritis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Mechanism of Inflammation in Rheumatoid Arthritis and the MSC 4.2.1 Innate Immunity in Rheumatoid Arthritis-Macrophages4.2.2 Innate Immunity in RA-Osteoclasts; 4.2.3 Innate Immunity in RA-NK Cells; 4.2.4 Innate Immunity in RA-Dendritic Cells; 4.2.5 Adaptive Immunity in RA-T Cell Mechanisms; 4.2.6 Adaptive Immunity in RA-B Cell Mechanisms; 4.3 Autologous and Allogeneic Use in RA; 4.3.1 Intravenous vs. Intra-articular Injection; 4.3.2 Priming MSCs; 4.3.3 Clinical Trials; 4.3.3.1 Intravenous Infusion of Umbilical Cord MSCs-Single-Dose Regime; 4.3.3.2 Intravenous and Intra-articular Infusion of Adipose Tissue MSCs-A Split Dose Regime
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nicole Arrighi.
    Contents:
    1. Definition and classification of stem cells
    2. Stem cells as a necessary experimental platform in medical research
    3. Stem cells at the core of cell therapy
    4. Stem cells for regenerative medicine in humans
    5. Bioethics: regulatory framework for human stem cells
    Glossary
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Summary: This new series, based on a bi-annual conference and its topics, represents a major contribution to the emerging science of cancer research and regenerative medicine. Each volume brings together some of the most pre-eminent scientists working on cancer biology, cancer treatment, cancer diagnosis, cancer prevention and regenerative medicine to share information on currently ongoing work which will help shape future therapies. These volumes are invaluable resources not only for already active researchers or clinicians but also for those entering these fields, plus those in industry. Stem Cells: Biology and Engineering is a proceedings volume which reflects papers presented at the Innovations in Regenerative Medicine and Cancer Research conference; taken with its companion volume Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine it provides a complete overview of the papers from that meeting of international experts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Marnix Jansen, Nicholas A. Wright, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Distal esophageal adenocarcinoma and gastric adenocarcinoma: time for a shared research agenda
    2. Clonal evaolution of stem cells in the gastrointestinal tract
    3. The complex, clonal and controversial nature of Barrett's esophagus
    4. A new pathologic assessment of gastroesophageal reflux disease: the squamo-oxyntic gap
    5. Diagnosis by endoscopy and advanced imaging of Barrett's neoplasia
    6. Endoscopic treatment of early Barrett's neoplasia: expanding indications, new challenges
    7. Definition, derivation, and diagnosis of Barrett's esophagus: pathological perspectives
    8. What makes an expert Barrett's histopathologist?
    9. Staging early esophageal cancer
    10. Transcommitment: paving the way to Barrett's metaplasia
    11. Studying cancer evolution in Barrett's esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma
    12. Genomics of esophageal cancer and biomarkers for early detection
    13. Common variants confer susceptibility to Barrett's esophagus: insights from the first genome-wide association studies
    14. Endoluminal diagnosis of early gastric cancer and its precursors: bridging the gap between endoscopy and pathology
    15. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for early gastric cancer: getting it right!
    16. The Japanese viewpoint on the histopathology of early gastric cancer
    17. Syndromic gastric polyps: at the crossroads of genetic and environmental cancer predisposition
    18. Histopathological, molecular, and genetic profile and hereditary diffuse gastric cancer: current knowledge and challenges for the furture
    19. Helicobacter pylori, cancer, and the gastric microbiota
    20. Helicobacter pylori and gastric cancer: timing and impact of preventive measures
    21. Genomics study of gastric cancer and its molecular subtypes
    22. Recapitulating human gastric cancer pathogenesis: experimental models of gastric cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Yun-Wen Zheng.
    Summary: Stem Cells and Cancer in Hepatology: From the Essentials to Application offers basic scientists and clinicians in the fields of stem cells, hepatology and oncology an overview of the interaction between liver biology, stem cells and cancer. It discusses how the liver performs regeneration and repair, the role stem cells play in these processes, and the mechanisms by which liver cancers are initiated and developed. As the field of stem cells and cancer stem cells in hepatology is new and dynamic, thus making it difficult for researchers and clinicians to understand the most relevant historic and novel studies, this volume addresses that challenge.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Mohamed Al-Rubeai, Mariam Naciri, editors.
    Contents:
    Use of Human Embryonic Stem Cells in Therapy
    Human Neural Stem Cell-based Cell- and Gene-therapy for Neurological Diseases
    Vascular Stem Cell Therapy
    Bioprocessing of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells for Cell Therapy Applications
    Blood Cell Bioprocessing: The Haematopoietic System and Current Status of In-vitro Production of Red Blood Cells
    Bioprocessing Challenges Associated with the Purification of Cellular Therapies
    Separation Technologies for Stem Cell Bioprocessing.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Therapeutic mesenchymal stromal cells : where we are headed / Patrick J. Hanley
    Suspension culture of undifferentiated human pluripotent stem cells using spinner flasks / Vincent C. Chen and Larry A. Couture
    Scalable expansion of human-induced pluripotent stem cells in xeno-free microcarriers / Sara M. Badenes [and 4 others]
    Derivation of GMP-compliant integration-free hiPSCs using modified mRNAs / Jens Durruthy Durruthy and Vittorio Sebastiano
    Labeling pluripotent stem cell-derived neural progenitors with iron oxide particles for magnetic resonance imaging / Sebastien Sart [and 3 others]
    Using the quantum cell expansion system for the automated expansion of clinical-grade bone marrow-derived human mesenchymal stromal cells / Gema Martin-Manso and Patrick J. Hanley
    Isolation and expansion of mesenchymal stromal/stem cells from umbilical cord Under chemically defined conditions / Heba Badraiq, Liani Devito, and Dusko Ilic
    Production of good manufacturing practice-grade human umbilical cord blood-derived mesenchymal stem cells for therapeutic use / Phuc Van Pham and Ngoc Kim Phan
    Xeno-free culture of human periodontal ligament stem cells / Oriana Trubiani and Francesca Diomede
    GMP-compliant human adipose tissue-derived mesenchymal stem cells for cellular therapy / Hamid-Reza Aghayan, Parisa Goodarzi, and Babak Arjmand
    cGMP-compliant transportation conditions for a prompt therapeutic use of marrow mesenchymal stromal/stem cells / Elena Veronesi [and 8 others]
    GMP-grade human fetal liver-derived mesenchymal stem cells for clinical transplantation / Bagher Larijani, Hamid-Reza Aghayan, Parisa Goodarzi, and Babak Arjmand
    Purification of human induced pluripotent stem cell-derived neural precursors using magnetic activated cell sorting / Goncalo M.C. Rodrigues [and 4 others]
    Scalable ex vivo expansion of human mesenchymal stem/stromal cells in microcarrier-based stirred culture systems / Joana G. Carmelo, Ana Fernandes-Platzgummer, Joaquim M.S. Cabral, and Claudia Lobato da Silva
    Media fill for validation of a good manufacturing practice-compliant cell production process / Marta Serra, Livia Roseti, and Alessandra Bassi
    Standard operating procedure for the good manufacturing practice-compliant production of human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells / Livia Roseti, Marta Serra, and Alessandra Bassi
    Culture of human limbal epithelial stem cells on tenon's fibroblast feeder-layers : a translational approach / Gaia Scafetta [and 3 others]
    Bioreactor expansion of human mesenchymal stem cells according to GMP requirements / Christiane L. Elseberg, Denise Salzig, and Peter Czermak.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Chrissa Kioussi.
    Contents:
    Culturing and differentiating mouse embryonic stem cells / Axel P. Gross and Chrissa Kioussi
    Neural stem cell transplantation in an animal model of traumatic brain injury / Dimitra Thomaidou
    Experimental cell transplantation for traumatic spinal cord injury regeneration : intramedullar or intrathecal administration / Ana Alastrue-Agudo [and six others]
    Generation of murine xenograft models of brain tumors from primary human tissue for in vivo analysis of the brain tumor-initiating cell / Maleeha Qazi [and six others]
    Growth of bone marrow and skeletal muscle side population stem cells in suspension culture / Christina A. Pacak and Douglas B. Cowan
    Isolation, culture and immunostaining of skeletal muscle fibres to study myogenic progression in satellite cells / Louise A. Moyle and Peter S. Zammit
    Human neural crest stem cells derived from human pluripotent stem cells / Qiuyue Liu, Andrzej Swistowski, and Xianmin Zeng
    Dental pulp stem cell (DPSC) isolation, characterization, and differentiation / Federico Ferro, Renza Spelat, and Chelsea S. Baheney
    Dental pulp stem cells isolation and osteogenic differentiation : a good promise for tissue engineering / Adriana Di Benedetto, Claudia Carbone, and Giorgio Mori
    Efficient hepatic differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells in a three-dimensional microscale culture / Ran-Ran Zhang [and nine others]
    The generation and maintenance of rat induced pluripotent stem cells / Tomoyuki Yamaguchi, Sanae Hamanaka, and Hiromitsu Nakauchi
    Protocol for cutaneous wound healing assay in a murine model / Gitali Ganguli-Indra
    Adipose-derived stem cells : methods for isolation and applications for clinical use / Brian Mailey [and seven others]
    In vitro detection of residual undifferentiated cells in retinal pigment epithelial cells derived from human induced pluripotent stem cells / Takuya Kuroda, Satoshi Yasuda, and Yoji Sato
    Whole-mount immunohistochemistry to study spermatogonial stem cells and spermatogenic lineage development in mice, monkeys, and humans / Kathrin Gassei, Hanna Valli, and Kyle E. Orwig
    Differentiating the stem cell pool of human hair follicle outer root sheath into functional melanocytes / Marie Schneider [and four others]
    Pancreas development ex vivo : culturing embryonic pancreas explants on permeable culture inserts, with fibronectin-coated glass microwells, or embedded in three-dimensional Matrigel [trademark] / Hung Ping Shih and Maike Sander
    Ultra-rapid manufacturing of engineered epicardial substitute to regenerate cardiac tissue following acute ischemic injury / Vahid Serpooshan and Pilar Ruiz-Lozano.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive discussion on the novel concepts in stem cell heterogeneity, from pluripotent stem cells to human mesenchymal stem cells, adult and cancer stem cells of the thyroid, sarcoma, and more. Thus, Stem Cell Heterogeneity - Novel Concepts starts from a timely update on the current information on stem cells heterogeneity in various tissues and discusses new concepts and future directions. It also provides a solid foundation of the history of stem cells from specific tissues and the current applications of this knowledge in regenerative medicine. When taken as a whole, alongside its companion volumes Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Different Organs, and Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Cancer, these three books present a comprehensive reference on stem cell heterogeneity in various tissues and current and future applications for regenerative medicine. It is essential reading for advanced cell biology students as well as researchers in stem cells and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Stem cells heterogeneity
    Heterogeneity in epiblast stem cells
    Progenitor cell heterogeneity in the adult carotid body germinal niche
    Planarian stem cell heterogeneity
    The cellular origin of Barrett's esophagus and its stem cells
    Pluripotent stem cell heterogeneity
    Sarcoma stem cell heterogeneity
    Heterogeinity in adipose derived stem cells
    Unveiling stem cell heterogeneity towards the development of salivary gland regenerative strategies
    Heterogeneity of human mesenchymal stromal/stem cells
    Mitochondrial heterogeneity in stem cells
    The heterogeneity of renal stem cells, and their interaction with bio- and nano-materials
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive discussion on the heterogeneity existing between different types of stem cells within the same tissue, for several types of cancers, e.g. glioblastoma stem cells. Recent developments have revealed completely different roles of distinct stem cells within the same organ. Thus, Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Cancer provides a timely update us on the current information on stem cells heterogeneity in various tissues. It also provides a solid foundation of the history of stem cells from specific tissues and the current applications of this knowledge in regenerative medicine. When taken as a whole, alongside its companion volumes Stem Cells Heterogeneity – Novel Concepts, and Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Different Organs, these three books present a comprehensive reference on stem cell heterogeneity in various tissues and current and future applications for regenerative medicine. It is essential reading for advanced cell biology students as well as researchers in stem cells and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Multilayered heterogeneity of glioblastoma stem cells: biological and clinical significance
    Heterogeneity of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma stem cells
    Heterogeneity of small cell lung cancer stem cells
    Heterogeneity of hepatic cancer stem cells
    Heterogeneity and plasticity of breast cancer stem cells
    Heterogeneity of melanoma with stem cell properties
    Heterogeneity of colon cancer stem cells
    Urothelial cancer stem cell heterogeneity
    Acute myeloid leukemia stem cell heterogeneity and its clinical relevance
    Contribution of chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML) as a disease model to define and study clonal heterogeneity
    The heterogeneity of osteosarcoma: the role played by cancer stem cells
    Ovarian cancer stem cell heterogeneity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, Alberto Di Giuseppe, Franco Bassetto, editors.
    Summary: Interest in the use of stem cells in aesthetic procedures has been increasing rapidly, reflecting the widespread acknowledgment of the tremendous potential of stem cell fat transfer. This is, however, the first book to be devoted entirely to the subject. The book opens by reviewing the history of the development of pluripotent stem cells and the results of research into the biochemistry and physiology of stem cells. Adipose tissue anatomy and survival are discussed, and the wide range of aesthetic procedures involving stem cell fat transfer are then described in detail. These procedures relate to the face, breast, buttocks, legs, hands, penis, and Poland syndrome. In addition, potential risks and complications are identified. Stem Cells in Aesthetic Procedures: Art, Science, and Clinical Techniques is completely up to date and has been written by leading experts in the field. It will be an invaluable source of information for students, beginners, and experienced surgeons in the fields of plastic surgery, general surgery, cosmetic surgery, facial plastic surgery, otolaryngology, ophthalmology, and oral maxillofacial surgery.

    Contents:
    Stem Cell Applications: An Overview
    Adipose Cell Precursors: Stem Cells in Medicine, Tissue Engineering, and Reconstructive Surgery
    Tissue Engineering of Vascularized Adipose Tissue for Soft Tissue Reconstruction
    Surface Antigenic Profiles of Stem Cells from the Human Bone Marrow, Subcutaneous Fat, and Omentum Fat
    Human Adipose Tissue as a Source of Multipotent Stem Cells
    Adipocytes and Osteoblasts from Human Adipose Tissue Mesenchymal Stem Cells for the Production of Compatible and Safe Biomaterial Crucial in Cosmetic, Reconstructive, and Regenerative Medicine
    Adipogenesis Using Human Adipose Tissue-Derived Cells Impregnated with Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor
    The Adipose Organ: Morphological Perspectives of Adipose Tissues
    Pericytes: a Ubiquitous Source of Multipotent Adult Tissue Stem Cells
    Adipose-Derived Stem Cells to Modulate Scar Tissue: From Biological Basis to Clinical Applications
    Stem Cells, Mature Adipocytes, and Extracellular Matrix: What Does Each Contribute to Fat Graft Survival?
    Multipotential Aspects of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells and Their Spheroids
    The Influences of the Density of ASCs and the Stromal Condensation Rates (SCR) on Volume Maintenance Rates (VMR) in the Fresh Fat Graft
    Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells as Fillers in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    Advantages of the Transplantation of Fat in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    Autologous Fat Transfer: Risk or Benefit?
    Adipose Tissue Anatomy
    Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells: Harvesting, Processing, and Administration
    Cell, Tissue, and Organ Culture: Coulter Counter Use in the Enumeration of Muscle and Fat Stem Cells
    Adipose-Derived Regenerative Cells
    Adipose Tissue: From Energy Reservoir to a Source of Cells for Epithelial Tissue Engineering
    The Role of Adipose Tissue-Derived Stem Cells and of Angiogenesis
    Extensive Characterization of Stem Cells Derived from Skin
    Current Therapeutic Uses of Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells
    Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Clinical Practice
    Adipose-Derived Stem Cells (ADSCs): Current Findings and Future Perspectives in Structural Facial Fat Grafting
    The Stem Cell-Enhanced Regenerative Facelift
    Facial Rejuvenation with Stem Cell Fat Graft: The FAM [TM] Procedure
    Specialized Stem Cell Fat Transfer to Face
    Fat Transfer for Face Volume Enhancement
    Fat Transplantation for Hemifacial Atrophy: In Search for Improved Techniques
    Secondary Correction of Facial Deformities Following Major Resection and Reconstruction: Fat Stem Cell for Restoration of Facial Asymmetries
    Ear Lobe Revolumization
    Breast Augmentation and Augmentation of the Tuberous Breast with Adipose Tissue Transfer
    Breast Augmentation with Stem Cell Fat Transfer and VASE [TM]
    Fat Grafting Supplemented by Adipose-Derived Stem Cells for Breast Augmentation
    Breast Augmentation with Stem Cell-Enhanced Fat Transfer: Comparison Between Enhanced and Unenhanced Fat Grafting
    Multipotential Aspects of Breast Periprosthetic Capsule Stem Cells
    Tuberous Breast Correction with Stem Cell Fat Transfer
    Stem Cell Fat Transfer for Mastoplasty Using VASE [TM] Ultrasound and Office-Devised Stem Cell
    Adipocyte and Stem Cell Grafting: Impact on Cancer Detection
    Fat Grafting for Deep Inferior Epigastric Perforator Flap Refinements in Breast Reconstruction: The Hybrid Autologous Reconstruction
    Stem Cell Enhanced Fat Grafting to Buttocks
    Buttock Recontouring
    Improved Methods of Autologous Fat Transplantation in Correcting Buttock Asymmetry
    Buttock Biomolding with Autologous Adipose Tissue-Derived Stem Cells
    Hand Rejuvenation
    Hand Rejuvenation with Stem Cell Fat Transfer
    Free Fat Graft for Cosmetic Phalloplasty: Twenty-Year Retrospective
    Stem Cell-Assisted Fat Transfer to the Penis
    Vaginal Rejuvenation
    Free Fat Transfer in Irradiated Tissue
    The GID: A New Device for Fat Harvesting and Washing in Aesthetic Plastic Surgery
    Complications of Stem Cell-Assisted Fat Transfer
    Interactions Between Adipose Stem Cells and Cancer
    Editor's Commentary.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Seyed Mohammad Kazem Aghamir, editor.
    Summary: This contributed volume emphasizes the potential of stem cells to be pertained in the urology field and attempts to disclose the history of the field up to the latest advances to date. It gathers the majority of papers that advocate utilizing stem cells as the best option for treating, diagnosing, and managing diseases related to urological system. This book covers a broad spectrum of issues, including mesenchymal stem cells, cancer stem cells, organoids, regenerative medicine, erectile dysfunction, bladder dysfunction, and kidney transplant. From several decades ago, as characteristic features of stem cells have been explored, it has attracted a great amount of interests. In view of their multiple capacity of differentiating into various lineages, many studies were conducted to assess their beneficial potential. Despite considerable progress into applying stem cells in animal models, for translating into clinical practices there are several obstacles to be resolved. However, few clinical studies have been performed in each field and outcomes were delightful. There is an ongoing hope for stem cells to someday, be the mainstream treatments of urological diseases, although stem cells treatments already exist they are not well-known. Indeed, this book is essential for anyone who is working with the purpose of employing stem cells to treat the urological diseases and discusses at length the latest advances as well as their limitations.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    References
    Chapter 2: Overview of Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    2.1 Background
    2.2 Stem Cell Characteristics
    2.2.1 Differentiation
    2.2.2 Anti-Inflammation Ability
    2.2.3 Homing
    2.3 Tissue Regeneration
    2.4 Clinical Application
    2.5 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Cancer Stem Cells
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cancer Stem Cells Specific Properties
    3.3 Testicular Germ Cell Tumors (TGSTs)
    3.4 Prostate Cancer Stem Cells (PCSC)
    3.5 Bladder Cancer Stem Cells (BCSC)
    3.6 Renal Cancer Stem Cell (RCSC) 3.7 The Process of Epithelial to Mesenchymal Transformation (EMT)
    3.8 Metastasis in Urothelial Cancer
    3.9 Liquid Biopsy in Urological Malignancies
    3.10 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Organoids
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 History of Organoids
    4.3 What Is an Organoid?
    4.4 Organoids in Cystoplasty
    4.5 Organoids in Pelvic Floor
    4.6 Organoids in Urethra
    4.7 Organoids in Ureter
    4.8 Kidney and Organoids
    4.9 MSC in Renal Disorders
    4.10 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Regenerative Medicine in Urology
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Stem Cells 5.3 Embryonic Stem Cells
    5.4 Perinatal Stem Cells
    5.5 Adult Stem Cells
    5.6 Wound Healing in Urology Using Mesenchymal Stromal Cells
    5.7 Regenerative Medicine in Bladder
    5.8 Regenerative Medicine for Bladder Using Cell Transplantation
    5.9 Detrusor Dysfunction
    5.10 Stress Urinary Incontinence
    5.11 Penile Reconstruction
    5.12 Penile Transplantation
    5.13 Spermatogonial Stem Cell (SSC) Autotransplantation
    5.14 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Erectile Dysfunctions
    6.1 Stem Cell Niches
    6.2 Endogenous Stem Cells
    6.3 Stem Cells Mobilization 6.4 Stem Cell Localization
    6.5 Penile Endogenous Stem Cells
    6.6 Endogenous Stem Cell Activation
    6.7 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 7: Bladder Dysfunction
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Stem Cells Sources and Their Mechanism of Action in Bladder Dysfunction Recovery
    7.3 Stem Cell Therapy and Pathogenic Models of Bladder Dysfunction
    7.3.1 Bladder Outlet Model
    7.3.2 Bladder Ischemia Model
    7.3.3 Diabetes Model
    7.3.4 Spinal Cord Injured Model
    7.3.5 Cryo-Injured Model
    7.3.6 Other Bladder Dysfunction Models
    7.4 Regeneration of the Bladder
    7.4.1 Tissue Engineering 7.4.2 Bioreactors
    7.4.3 Bioprinting
    7.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 8: Transplant and Kidney Repair
    8.1 MSC Immunomodulation
    8.2 Renoprotective Modes of Action
    8.3 Clinical Use of MSCs in Treatment of Kidney Diseases
    8.4 Acute and Chronic Kidney Injury
    8.5 AKI Induced by Ischemia/Reperfusion
    8.6 AKI Induced by Chemotherapy
    8.7 Chronic Kidney Disease
    8.8 Diabetic Nephropathy
    8.9 Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    8.10 Polycystic Kidney Disease
    8.11 Autoimmune Disease: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    8.12 MSCs in Kidney Transplantation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    by USMLE Junkies & Dr. Lala
    Summary: "A must-have study guide to review for the United States Medical Licensing Examination, USMLE Step 3 and easily recall medical scenarios while proving a linkage or a way each medical condition correlates to one another. There is no other Step 3 review book that uses a stepwise, quick, and high-yield approach in this manner. Step 3 Board-Ready USMLE Junkies will help you achieve success. For such an exam that is fast paced and intense, a guide that helps to see the interrelationships of diseases is a great choice to review. Features: · Updated content and material focusing on clinical perspectives to aid with passing the USMLE Step 3 examination. · It is an easy read: 1, 2, 3...style; yet detailed materials for USMLE Step 3. · High-yield formats which include signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. · Easy to recall short phrases and mnemonics. · Tips on when to admit to ICU. · Initial workup to consider in the emergency room. · Tips to consider during or while taking the examination. · Easy computer-based case simulation tips. · 1-liner Junky cases to help you with clinical cases. · It will help you achieve higher scores on your Step 3"-- From ProQuest Ebook Central product page

    Contents:
    Cardiology
    Endocrinology
    Dermatology
    Gastroenterology
    Hermatology
    Oncology
    Pulmonology
    Infectious disease
    Nephrology
    Pediatrics
    Obstetrics
    Gynecology
    Trauma/ER and surgery
    Biostatistics
    Neurology
    Psychiatry and ethics
    Immunology
    Rheumatology
    Ophthalmology
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Narayanan Janakiram, Dharambir S. Sethi, Onkar K. Deshmukh, Arvindh K. Gananathan.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Martin Huecker, MD, FAAEM, Assistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky, Scott H. Plantz, MD, FAAEM, Associate Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.
    Summary: An important addition to the popular Step-Up series, Step-Up to Emergency Medicine uses the proven series format to provide a high-yield review of emergency medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkships/clinical rotations, end of rotation/shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2. Clinical pearls, full-color illustrations, an.

    Contents:
    Resuscitation
    Cardiovascular emergencies
    Pulmonary emergencies
    Gastrointestinal emergencies
    Urogenital emergencies
    Infectious disease emergencies
    Metabolic emergencies
    Neurologic emergencies
    Rheumatologic and allergic emergencies
    Dermatologic emergencies
    Eye, ear, nose, throat, and dental emergencies
    Obstetric and gynecologic emergencies
    Psychiatric emergencies
    Obstetric and gynecologic emergencies
    Pediatric emergencies
    Hematologic and oncologic emergencies
    Traumatic emergencies
    Orthopedic emergencies
    Wound emergencies
    Toxicologic emergencies
    Environmental emergencies
    Medicolegal considerations.
  • Digital
    Robert V. Ellis, MD, Assistant Professor of Family Medicine, Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio.
    Summary: "Efficiently prepare for your family medicine rotation and exams! This high-yield review book gives you exactly the help you need to succeed on your family medicine clerkship, the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam, and the ambulatory component of the USMLE Step 2 CK. Focus on what you really need to know with chapters and topics based on the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine National Clerkship Curriculum, as well as content areas of the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam. Succinct outline approach keeps "extra" material to a minimum, focusing on the core content you need to know. "Quick Hits" in the margins highlight highly testable topics. Easy-to-follow algorithms show examples of effective clinical reasoning, particularly for similar complaints Includes must-know information on causes, risk factors, history and physical exam, lab studies and radiology, treatment, and complications for the most common diseases and disorders. Review questions with full explanations at the end of each chapter test your knowledge"-- Provided by publisher "When creating Step-Up to Family Medicine, we set out to write a review book to aid students on their family medicine clerkship and to study for the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam as well as to study for the ambulatory component of Step 2 CK"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Family medicine in context
    Preventive care
    Common symptoms
    Immunologic disorders
    Disorders of the blood
    Mental disorders
    Diseases of the nervous system
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Diseases of the respiratory system
    Nutritional and digestive disorders
    Gynecologic disorders
    Renal, urinary, and male reproductive system
    Pregnancy, childbirth, and puerperium
    Disorders of the skin and subcutaneous tissue
    Diseases of the musculoskeletal system and connective tissue
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Care of the older adult
    Appendix 1. Herbal medicines and supplements
    Appendix 2. Over-the-counter medications
    Appendix 3. Preventive medicine guidelines.
  • Print
    Steven Agabegi, Elizabeth Agabegi ; leader editors, Mark D. Duncan, Kelley Chuang
  • Digital
    editors Steven S. Agabegi, MD, Elizabeth D. Agabegi, MD.
    Summary: This book provides a review of medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkships or clinical rotations, shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2.

    Contents:
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Diseases of the pulmonary system
    Obstructive lung diseases
    Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems
    Connective tissue and joint diseases
    Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders
    Hematologic diseases and neoplasms
    Infectious diseases
    Diseases of the skin and hypersensitivity disorders
    Ambulatory medicine.
  • Digital
    Steven Agabegi, MD, Elizabeth Agabegi, MD ; lead editors, Mark D. Duncan, MD, Kelley Chuang, MD.
    Summary: Thoroughly updated and revised, this new edition provides a high-yield review of medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkship or clinical rotations, shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2. This book provides essential information in an efficient, easy-to-remember manner to help you excel on your exams and succeed in a clinical setting. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Diseases of the pulmonary system
    Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems
    Connective tissue and joint diseases
    Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders
    Hematologic diseases and neoplasms
    Infectious diseases
    Diseases of the skin and hypersensitivity disorders
    Ambulatory medicine.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frank W. Ling, Russell R. Snyder, Sandra Ann Carson, Wesley C. Fowler.
    Summary: "Step-Up to Ob/Gyn is a primary review tool to prepare students for both the Ob/Gyn clerkship and the end-rotation NBME shelf examination. Texts in this series blend a bullet-outline format with comprehensive paragraphs, as needed, for optimal study and rotation preparation. Illustrations, charts, tables, graphs, mnemonics, and "Quick Hit" pearls for the clerkship all speed and supplement learning. Ample content without superfluous detail is the hallmark of this growing series. 100 USMLE-style clinical vignette-based questions with answers are provided in the print text, along with a companion Website on thePoint, which will offer an additional 100 USMLE-style questions in a quiz bank, an image bank, as well as an online ebook"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Overview of women's health. The woman's health examination
    The obstetrician/gynecologist's role in screening and preventive care
    Ethics in obstetrics and gynecology
    Embryology and anatomy
    Reproductive physiology
    Section 2. Obstetrics. Endocrinology of pregnancy
    Maternal-fetal physiology
    Preconception and antepartum care
    Prenatal diagnosis, genetic disorder assessment, and teratology
    Normal labor and delivery
    Intrapartum fetal surveillance
    Immediate care of newborn
    Abnormal labor and malpresentation
    Postpartum care/complications
    Ectopic pregnancy
    Common medical and surgical problems in pregnancy
    Infectious diseases in pregnancy
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Multifetal gestation
    Fetal growth abnormalities: fetal growth restriction and macrosomia
    Isoimmunization
    Preterm labor
    Third-trimester bleeding
    Premature rupture of membranes
    Postterm pregnancy and intrauterine fetal demise
    Obstetric procedures
    Section 3. Gynecology. Contraception
    Sterilization
    Reproductive tract congenital anomalies
    Reproductive tract benign conditions
    Vulvovaginitis and sexually transmitted diseases
    Pelvic support defects, urinary incontinence, and urinary tract infection
    Endometriosis
    Dysmenorrhea and chronic pelvic pain
    Breast disorders
    Gynecologic procedures
    Sexual function and dysfunction
    Sexual assault and domestic violence
    Section 4. Reproductive endocrinology and infertility. Puberty
    Amenorrhea and abnormal uterine bleeding
    Hirsutism and virilization
    Menopause
    Infertility
    Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder
    Section 5. Gynecologic oncology. Cell biology and principles of cancer therapy
    Getational trophoblastic neoplasia
    Benign vulvar disease
    Cervical dysplasia and carcinoma
    Cancer of the uterine corpus
    Ovarian and adnexal disease.
  • Digital
    Samir S. Shah, Jeanine C. Ronan, Brian Alverson.
    Summary: "A guide for third year medical students preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam, the pediatrics clerkship, and the USMLE Step 2 CK"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Disease of the pulmonary system
    Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
    Endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Neurologic disorders
    Rheumatologic disorders and orthopedic conditions
    Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Hematologic and oncologic diseases
    Infectious diseases
    Allergic and immunologic disorders
    Dermatologic conditions
    Diseases unique to adolescent medicine
    Diseases unique to the newborn
    Developmental and behavioral disorders
    Dysmorphology and genetic disorders
    Ophthalmologic disorders
    Emergency medicine, critical care, toxicology, and child abuse
    Diseases of the ear, nose and throat
    Appendix: epidemiology and biostatistics.
  • Digital
    Stanley Zaslau, MD, MBA, FACS, Professor, Chief, Urology Residency Program Director, Associate Chair, Education and Research, Department of Surgery, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia, Richard A. Vaughan, MD, FACS, Professor, Department of Surgery, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia.
    Summary: This is an effective high-yield review of general and subspecialty surgery, written specifically for medical, physician assistant, and nurse practitioner students in their surgery clerkship/rotation. This text packs clinical pearls, illustrations, and Quick Hits in a single, ingenious tool, tailoring each element for immediate content absorption and faster, more efficient review. This review book gives you exactly what you need to prepare for the surgery clerkship, accompanying shelf exams, and more.

    Contents:
    Surgical physiology
    Acute abdomen
    Trauma and burns
    Hernias
    Esophagus and stomach
    Small bowel
    Colon, rectum, and appendix
    Hepatobiliary system
    Pancreas and spleen
    Endocrine surgery
    Breast
    Skin and soft tissue
    Vascular surgery
    Pediatric surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Urology
    Otolaryngology
    Cardiothoracic surgery
    Transplantation.
  • Print
    Michael McInnis, MD, Internal Medicine, Chief Educator, Doctors in Training.com, LLC, Forth Worth, Texas, Samir Mehta, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Chief, Orthopaedic Trauma Service, the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Chris Lewis, Family Medicine, Chief Educator, Doctors in Training.com, LLC, Austin, Texas, Sonia Mehta, MD, Fellow, Emory Eye Center, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, Sonul Mehta, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Ophthalmology, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, LCDR Edmund A. Milder, MC USNR, Department of Pediatrics, Naval Medical Center, Sand Diego, California, Adam J. Mirarchi, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon.
    Contents:
    Basic Concepts
    the nervou system
    The cardiovascular system
    The respiratory system
    The gastrointestinal system
    The renal system
    The endocrine system
    The reproductive system
    The musculoskeletal system
    Hematology
    Biochemistry and Genetics
    Microbiology
    Immunology
    Crunch time review.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R834.5 .S74 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Brian Jenkins, MD, Michael McInnis, MD, Chris Lewis, MD.
    Summary: This book provides a high-yield, systems-based review - ideal for preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam and studying for the USMLE Step 2 CK.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Pulmonary disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Genitourinary disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Hematology and oncology
    Selected topics in emergency medicine, critical care, and surgery
    Neurologic disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Dermatology
    Gynecologic and breast disorders
    Obstetrics
    Pediatrics
    Psychiatric disorders
    Epidemiology and ethics.
  • Digital
    editors, Latha Ganti, David C. Lebowitz, Javier Rosario, Ariel E. Vera.
    Summary: This book provides a high-yield, systems-based review - ideal for preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam and studying for the USMLE Step 2 CK.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Hematology and oncology
    Selected topics in emergency medicine, critical care, and surgery
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Pulmonary disorders
    Genitourinary disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Dermatology
    Pediatrics
    Neurologic disorders
    Gynecologic and breast disorders
    Obstetrics
    Psychiatric disorders
    Epidemiology and ethics.
  • Digital
    Joel Paris.
    Summary: Synthesizing the latest research and treatment developments, Stepped Care for Borderline Personality Disorder: Making Treatment Brief, Effective, and Accessible aims to make treatment for borderling personality disorder (BPD) more accessible by providing clinicians with innovative brief and targeted intervention methods. Focusing on integrative treatment models, it offers clinicians a vital guide to the management of patients who are difficult to treat. Acknowleding the early developmental roots of BPD, the book includes sections on BPD in adolescence, childhood precursors of the disorder, and a broad range of etiological factors. It looks at the pitfalls clinicians face when trying to treat BPD, and offers a roadmap to avoiding them.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Hanyi Min, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces up-to-date knowledge of vitreal and retinal diseases with color fundus illustrations. The retinal layers of different lesions normally look like a single plane for junior doctors in Ophthalmology. With the help of the fundus camera, the stereo color images with different shooting angles are taken and the retina looks vivid and stereoscopic in the photograph. Although the technology of "deciphering" retina diseases is constantly advancing, the stereo fundus photography (SFP) is still indispensable, which can not only reveals the retina stereoscopically and comprehensively, but also has been the gold standard for certain diseases, such as glaucoma and retina angiomatous proliferation (RAP). Meanwhile, the equipment demands for SFP are not so high and can be easily promoted in the grass-roots hospitals. In this book, we carefully collected and organized more than 300 stereo color fundus images and angiography pictures of various vitreal and retinal diseases for readers to recognize the three dimensional features at first glance, such as retinal bleeding at different layers, optic disc change of glaucoma, macular diseases, tumors, RAP and polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy (PCV).

    Contents:
    Basic principles of stereo fundus photography
    Retinal diseases
    Macular diseases
    Vitreal diseases
    Optic disc diseases
    Choroidal diseases
    Fundus changes after vitreal-retinal surgeries.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pu Dai, Dong-yi Han, Vincent C. Cousins, Yue-shuai Song, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hiroki Takada, Masaru Miyao, Sina Fateh, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pu Dai, Vincent C. Cousins, Yue-shuai Song, Xue Gao, editors.
    Summary: Featuring a set of 3-D anatomic images of ear surgery based on innovative photographic devices, this book introduces anatomical details of ear surgery in the main areas of the temporal bone and lateral skull base. After overviewing basic anatomy of temporal bone and lateral skull base, the following 8 chapters covers step by step anatomic and surgical procedures of various ear surgeries, including transcanal approach, retroauricular approach, translabyrinthine approach, middle fossa approach, retrosigmoid approach, infratemporal fossa approach, and the stereoscopic virtual anatomy of the temporal bone. It is a practical and useful resource for residents in head and neck surgery, and related field.

    Contents:
    1 Overview
    2 Bony Landmarks of the Temporal Bone
    3 Transcanal approach
    4 Postauricular Approach
    5 Translabyrinthine Approach
    6 Middle Cranial Fossa Approach
    7 Retrosigmoid Approach
    8 Infratemporal Fossa Approach
    9 Stereoscopic Virtual Anatomy of Temporal Bone.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, Bin S Teh, Peter C Gerszten & Eric L Chang
    Summary: The ten chapters of this book provide a concise overview of the various aspects of stereotactic body radiation therapy for non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC), including general, radiobiological, technical and clinical issues.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Andrew Gaya, Anand Mahadevan, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide covers the basic aspects of stereotactic radiotherapy systems and treatment. As an emerging field, stereotactic body radiotherapy (SBRT) offers image-guided radiation that is directed at extremely well-defined tumor targets within the body, delivering very high doses of radiation. Indications for SBRT have expanded extensively in recent years from intracranial treatment to extracranial, leading to the development of a thriving subspecialty within radiation oncology. The expertise on these methods is concentrated across a few centres, mainly in the USA. However, as the technique is increasingly being adopted worldwide, specialists require further training in using it. Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy ? A Practical Guide provides a valuable aid for this purpose and is of particular interest to clinical oncologists and their trainees.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel M. Trifiletti, Samuel T. Chao, Arjun Sahgal, Jason P. Sheehan.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive review of stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) and stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT): its physics, clinical evidence, indications, and future directions. The utilization of stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) and stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT) is increasing internationally because of several factors. First, it offers patients a local treatment option that has demonstrated effectiveness similar to traditional surgery without the morbidity of general anesthesia and open surgical resection. Second, recent advancements in the quality of scientific evidence supporting a SRS or SBRT-containing approach in patients continues to evolve and demonstrate favorable disease-specific outcomes with little, if any, toxicity in various anatomic disease sites and for various conditions including cancer, benign tumors, and other psychiatric and neurologic conditions. Third, and most provocatively, is the notion that definitive local therapy (i.e. SRS or SBRT) in patients with cancer can boost the immune system to fight cancer in other sites throughout the body. While traditional medical knowledge would suggest that all patients with metastatic cancer are incurable, there is a mounting body of evidence that there is a subset of these patients that can be cured with definitive SRS or SBRT. This volume thus delves into each of these benefits and aspects of treatment, guiding physicians to the best treatment plan for their patients. Expert, international authors provide guidelines for SRS and SBRT use by clinicians. Chapters are divided into six main sections: Radiobiology of Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy, Intracranial Radiosurgery Technique, Intracranial Radiosurgery by Indication, Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy Technique, Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy by Indication, The Future of Radiosurgery and SBRT. Overall physics are explained, as well as specific considerations for particular surgical tools (including the L eksell Gamma Knife and Accuray CyberKnife), techniques (including fractionated and charged particle radiosurgery), and anatomic sites (including brain metastases, pituitary tumors, and the prostate). Detailed images and charts enhance the chapters. This book provides physicians with a single, practical resource incorporating both of these broad categories of treatment, SRS and SBRT, and better defines the current role and the direction of radiosurgery.

    Contents:
    Section I: Radiobiology of Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy
    Vascular-Mediated Mechanisms
    Immune-Mediated Mechanisms
    Rationale for Fractionated and Single Session Approaches
    Section II: Intracranial Radiosurgery Technique
    Physics of Radiosurgery
    Leksell Gamma Knife Radiosurgery
    Accuray CyberKnife Robotic Radiosurgery
    Linear Accelerator-Based Radiosurgery
    Fractionated Radiosurgery
    Charged Particle Radiosurgery
    Section III: Intracranial Radiosurgery by Indication
    Brain Metastases
    Pituitary Tumors
    Meningioma
    Vascular Malformations
    Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Movement Disorders and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
    Glial Tumors
    Pediatric Tumors
    Section IV: Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy Technique
    Physics of SBRT
    Immobilization
    Motion Management
    Charged Particle SBRT
    Section V: Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy by Indication
    Primary Lung Cancers
    Lung Metastes
    Spinal Tumors
    Gastrointestinal Cancers
    Prostate Cancer
    Head and Neck Cancer
    Section VI: The Future of Radiosurgery and SBRT
    Patient Selection
    SRS and SBRT Complications and Management
    SRS AND SBRT Integration with Supportive Care
    Targeted Agents and Immunotherapy
    Diagnostic Imaging Advances
    Comparative Effectiveness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    by the Healthcare Sterile Processing Association.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD71.H435 S747 2023
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Stacey E. Mills, MD, W.S. ; associate editors, Joel K. Greenson, MD, Jason L. Hornick, MD, PhD, Teri A. Longacre, MD, Victor E. Reuter, MD.
    Summary: "Sternberg's Diagnostic Surgical Pathology is the flagship book on LWW's pathology list. This classic 2-volume reference presents advanced diagnostic techniques and the latest information on all currently known diseases. The book emphasizes the practical differential diagnosis of the surgical specimen while keeping to a minimum discussion of the natural history of the disease, treatment and autopsy findings. Contributors are asked to provide their expert advice on the diagnostic evaluation of every type of specimen from every anatomic site. This approach distinguishes it from its key competition and provides a style of a personal consultation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gabriella Castoria, Ferdinando Auricchio.
    Contents:
    Progesterone receptor interaction with chromatin / Guillermo P. Vicent [and others]
    Mapping the genomic binding sites of the activated retinoid X receptor in murine bone marrow-derived macrophages using chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing / Bence Daniel, Balint L. Balint, Zsuzsanna S. Nagy, and Laszlo Nagy
    Analysis of chromatin-nuclear receptor interactions by laser-chromatin immunoprecipitation / Rosaria Benedetti [and others]
    Examining estrogen regulation of cancer stem cells through multicolor lineage tracing / Yongshu Zhang, Gabriel Eades, and Qun Zhou
    Reporter mice for the study of long-term effects of drugs and toxic compounds / Nicoletta Rizzi [and others]
    Analysis of histone posttranslational modifications in the control of chromatin plasticity observed at estrogen-responsive sites in human breast cancer cells / Annalisa Di Santi [and others]
    In silico analysis of genomic data for construction of nuclear receptor network / Yun-Young Park and Ju-Seog Lee
    Cofactor profiling of the glucocorticoid receptor from a cellular environment / Sofie J. Desme [and others]
    Paxillin and steroid signaling : from frog to human / Stephen R. Hammes, Susanne U. Miedlich, and Aritro Sen
    Analysis of the androgen receptor/filamin a complex in stromal cells / Pia Giovannelli [and others]
    Multi-well plate immunoassays for measuring signaling protein activations/deactivations and membrane vs. intracellular receptor levels / Cheryl S. Watson [and others]
    Proximity ligation assay to detect and localize the interactions of ER-alpha with PI3-K and Src in breast cancer cells and tumor samples / Coralie Poulard [and others]
    Phosphoinositide 3-kinase assay in breast cancer cell extracts / Antonio Bilancio and Antimo Migliaccio
    Rapid estrogen effects on aromatase phosphorylation in breast cancer cells / Stefania Catalano, Ines Barone, and Sebastiano Andò
    Mouse monoclonal antibodies against estrogen receptor / Caterina De Rosa, Valentina Rossi, and Ciro Abbondanza
    Analysis of estrogen receptor-beta interacting proteins using pull-down assay and MALDI-MS methods / Mahendra Kumar Thakur and Vijay Paramanik
    Analysis of the conformation of the androgen receptor in spinal bulbar muscular atrophy by atomic force microscopy / Tobias Jochum and Andrew C.B. Cato
    Imaging of corticosteroid receptors in live cells / Mayumi Nishi
    Physiological techniques in the study of rapid aldosterone effects / Yamil R. Yusef, Warren Thomas, and Brian J. Harvey
    Detection of the glucocorticoid receptors in brain protein extracts by SDS-PAGE / Fernanda Marques [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    James S. Lowe, Peter G. Anderson.
    Contents:
    Histology
    The cell
    Epithelial cells
    Support cells and the extracellular matrix
    Contractile cells
    Nervous tissue
    Blood cells
    Immune system
    Blood and lymphatic circulatory systems and heart
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary tract
    Liver
    Musculoskeletal system
    Endocrine system
    Urinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Skin and breast
    Special senses.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    James S. Lowe, Peter G. Anderson, Susan I. Anderson.
    Contents:
    Histology
    The cell
    Epithelial cells
    Support cells and the extracellular matrix
    Contractile cells
    Nervous tissue
    Blood cells
    Immune system
    Blood and lymphatic circulatory systems and heart
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary tract
    Liver
    Musculoskeletal system
    Endocrine system
    Urinary system
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Skin and breast
    Special senses
    Self-assessment questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Ranna Parekh, Ed W. Childs, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Stigma and Persons with Disabilities
    2. Stigma and Persons with Obesity
    3. Religious Minorities and Medicine: The Collision of Health Care and Faith
    4. The Poor and Economically Vulnerable in Public and Safety-Net Healthcare Institutions: Outcomes and Attitudes
    5. Stigma and Prejudice Against Individuals Experiencing Homelessness
    6. VIP Patients: An Unexpectedly Vulnerable Population
    7. Stigma and Persons with Substance Use Disorders
    8. Borderline Personality Disorder: From Stigma to Compassionate Care
    9. Diagnosed with Breast Cancer: Stigmatized or a Member of an Empowered Sisterhood
    10. Stigma and Prejudice in Patients with HIV/AIDS
    11. Commercially Sexually Exploited & Trafficked Minors: Our Hidden and Forgotten Children
    12. Stigma and Veterans
    13. I Pity the Poor Immigrant: Stigma and Immigration
    14. Limited English Proficient (LEP) Patient: The Importance of Working with Trained Medical Interpreters to Promote Equitable Health Care
    15. Improving Workforce Diversity in Minority and Majority Institutions
    16. Leveraging Technology for Health Equity
    17. Research with Diverse and Vulnerable Populations
    18. Building Diversity Initiatives in Academic Medicine
    19. Looking Outward and Inward: The Role of Introspection in Expanding and Consolidating Our Understanding of Diversity
    20. Pharmacology: Cultural and Genetic Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan D. Avery, Joseph J. Avery.
    Summary: This book explores the stigma of addiction and discusses ways to improve negative attitudes for better health outcomes. Written by experts in the field of addiction, the text takes a reader-friendly approach to the essentials of addiction stigma across settings and demographics. The authors reveal the challenges patients face in the spaces that should be the safest, including the home, the workplace, the justice system, and even the clinical community. The text aims to deliver tools to professionals who work with individuals with substance use disorders and lay persons seeking to combat stigma and promote recovery. The Stigma of Addiction is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, addiction medicine specialists, students across specialties, researchers, public health officials, and individuals with substance use disorders and their families.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Self-Stigma and Addiction
    Family, Stigma, and Addiction
    Relationships, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Language of Stigma and Addiction
    Doctors, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Stigma of Addiction Treatments
    Race, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Legal System, Stigma, and Addiction
    The Stigma of Addiction in the Workplace
    The Stigma of Addiction in the Media.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Gaebel, Wulf Rössler, Norman Sartorius, editors.
    Summary: This book makes a highly innovative contribution to overcoming the stigma and discrimination associated with mental illness - still the heaviest burden both for those afflicted and those caring for them. The scene is set by the presentation of different fundamental perspectives on the problem of stigma and discrimination by researchers, consumers, families, and human rights experts. Current knowledge and practice used in reducing stigma are then described, with information on the programmes adopted across the world and their utility, feasibility, and effectiveness. The core of the volume comprises descriptions of new approaches and innovative programmes specifically designed to overcome stigma and discrimination. In the closing part of the book, the editors - all respected experts in the field - summarize some of the most important evidence- and experience-based recommendations for future action to successfully rewrite the long and burdensome 'story' of mental illness stigma and discrimination.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Deborah Rowland.
    Contents:
    . Introduction
    Is change changing?
    Still moving : the inner and outer skills
    It all starts in mindfulness
    The power of the systemic
    Make disturbance your friend
    Holding the fire
    The time for emergence
    A tale of still moving and business transformation
    Still moving and your leadership
    The sense of an ending.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    volume editor, Konstantin V. Slavin.
    Contents:
    Technology for peripheral nerve stimulation / Parker, J.L., Cameron, T.
    Theoretical basis of vagal nerve stimulation / Attenello, F., Amar, A.P., Liu, C., Apuzzo, M.L.J.
    Vagal nerve stimulation : surgical technique and complications / Tronnier, V.M.
    Vagus nerve stimulation for epilepsy : an evidence-based approach / Cukiert, A.
    Vagus nerve stimulation for major depressive episodes / Eljamel, S.
    Phrenic nerve stimulation : technology and clinical applications / Abdunnur, S.V., Kim, D.H.
    Trigeminal ganglion stimulation / Van Buyten, J.-P.
    Carotid sinus/nerve stimulation for treatment of resistant hypertension and heart failure / Yin, D., Slavin, K.V.
    Hypoglossal nerve stimulation for obstructive sleep apnea / Mwenge, G.B., Rombaux, P., Lengele, B., Rodenstein, D.
    Sphenopalatine ganglion stimulation in neurovascular headaches / Schoenen, J.
    Occipital stimulation for migraine : update from recent multicenter trials
    Schwedt, T.J., Green, A.L., Dodick, D.W.
    Peripheral nerve stimulation for back pain / Verrills, P., Russo, M.
    Peripheral nerve stimulation for pain in extremities : an update / Pope, J.E., Carlson, J.D., Rosenberg, W.S., Slavin, K.V., Deer, T.R.
    Peripheral neuromodulation to treat postamputation pain / Soin, A., Fang, Z.-P., Velasco, J.
    Peripheral neurostimulation with a microsize wireless stimulator / Yearwood, T.L., Perryman, L.T.
    Sacral neuromodulation for genitourinary problems / Banakhar, M., Hassouna, M.
    Sacral nerve stimulation in the treatment of bowel disorders / Nordenstam, J., Boller, A.-M., Mellgren, A.
    Stimulation of the dorsal root / Ganglion Liem, L.
    Regulation of peripheral nerve stimulation technology / Birk, D.M., Yin, D., Slavin, K.V.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Theodore M. Freeman, James M. Tracy, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    José Javier G. Quezada-Euán.
    Summary: The stingless bees are the most diverse group of highly social bees and are key species in our planet's tropical and subtropical regions, where they thrive. In Mexico, the management of stingless bees dates back centuries, and they were an essential part of the culture and cosmogony of native peoples like the Maya. In recent decades a vast amount of information has been gathered on stingless bees worldwide. This book summarizes various aspects of the biology and management of stingless bees, with special emphasis on the Mexican species and the traditions behind their cultivation. Much of the information presented here was produced by the author and the team of researchers at the Universidad Autonoma de Yucatán in the course of three decades of working with these insects. Given the breadth of its coverage, the book offers an equally valuable reference guide for academics, students and beekeepers alike.

    Contents:
    Taxonomy and diversity of the stingless bee
    Nesting biology
    Anatomy and physiology
    Sex determination and caste production
    Colony function and communication
    Reproduction
    Services provided by stingless bees
    Managing and preserving stingless bees
    The past, present, and future of meliponiculture in Mexico
    Annex 1: List of abbreviations of the genera of stingless bees used in the book and recognized species for Mexico
    Annex 2: Nectar- and pollen-producing plants in the Yucatan Peninsula
    Annex 3: Record sheet template, nest dimensions, and hive sizes for stingless bees in the Yucatan Peninsula.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Aliya N. Husain, MD, J. Thomas Stocker, MD, Louis P. Dehner, MD; Attending Surgical Pathologist, Lauren V. Ackerman Laboratory of Surgical Pathology, Barnes-Jewish and St. Louis Children's Hospitals at the Washington University Medical Center, St. Louis, Missouri.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Dehner, Louis P.; Husain, Aliya N.
    Summary: "Virtually all aspects of the pathology in children are unique in pathogenesis and histogenesis from the moment of conception to adolescence whose range includes developmental anomalies to dysembryonic neoplasms. Stocker and Dehner’s Pediatric Pathology provides encyclopedic but very usable coverage of this complex subspecialty, detailing all major aspects of the pathologic anatomy of childhood disorders ranging from chromosomal syndromes and infections to forensic pathology. Upholding the standard of excellence established in previous editions, this thoroughly updated Fifth Edition offers the in-depth, richly illustrated guidance you need to confidently evaluate and dependably report your findings"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Roberta L. Hines, Stephanie B. Jones.
    Summary: "A valuable resource for anesthesia providers at all levels of training and practice, Stoelting's Anesthesia and Co-Existing Disease, 8th Edition, provides concise, thorough coverage of pathophysiology of the most common diseases and their medical management relevant to anesthesia. Noted authority Dr. Roberta L. Hines and new editor Dr. Stephanie Jones lead a stellar team of contributing authors who provide clear, detailed guidance on successfully managing or avoiding complications stemming from pre-existing conditions."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Pamela Flood, James P. Rathmell, Richard D. Urman.
    Summary: "Stoelting's Pharmacology and Physiology in Anesthetic Practice provides trainees and practitioners an indepth but concise presentation of those aspects of pharmacology and physiology that are relevant either directly or indirectly to the perioperative anesthetic management of patients. This is a difficult topic but is foundational to the practice of anesthesia and trainees face questions on it in their in-training and qualifying exams"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic principles of physiology and pharmacology. Basic principles of physiology ; Basic principles of pharmacology
    Part II: Neurologic system. Neurophysiology ; Inhaled anesthetics ; Intravenous sedatives and hypnotics ; Pain physiology ; Opioid agonists and antagonists ; Centrally acting nonpioid analgesics ; Peripheraly acting analgesics ; Local anesthetics ; Neuromuscular-blocking drugs and reversal agents ; Neurologically active drugs ; Circulatory physiology ; Cardiac physiology ; Renal physiology ; Intravenous fluids and electrolytes ; Sympathomimetic drugs ; Sympatholytics ; Vasodilators ; Antiarrhythmic drugs ; Diuretics ; Lipid-lowering drugs
    Part IV: Pulmonary system. Gas exchange ; Respiratory pharmacology ; Acid-base disorders
    Part V: Blood and hemostasis. Physiology of blood and hemostasis ; Blood products and blood components ; Procoagulants ; Anticoagulants ; Physiology and management of massive transfusion
    Part VI: Gastrointestinal system and metabolism. Gastrointestinal physiology. Metabolism ; Antiemetics ; Antacids and gastrointestinal motility drugs ; Nutrition
    Part VII: Endocrine system. Normal endocrine function ; Drugs that alter glucose regulation ; Drugs for the treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism ; Other endocrine drugs
    Part VIII: Miscellaneous. Antimicrobials, antiseptics, disinfectants, and management of perioperative infection ; Chemotherapeutic drugs ; Psychopharmacologic drugs
    Part IX: Special populations. Physiology of the newborn ; Maternal and fetal physiology and pharmacology ; Physiology and pharmacology of the elderly ; Physiology and pharmacology of resuscitation.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Pamela Flood, James P. Rathmell, Steven Shafer.
    Contents:
    PART I: Basic principles of physiology and pharmacology
    Basic principles of physiology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    Basic principles of pharmacology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    PART II: Neurologic system
    Neurophysiology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    Inhaled anesthetics / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
    Intravenous sedatives and hypnotics / James P. Rathmell, Carl E. Rosow
    Pain physiology / Hui Yang, Bihua Bie, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Opioid agonists and antagonists / Kenneth Cumming III, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Centrally acting nonopioid analgesics / Hesham Elsharkawy, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Peripherally acting analgesics / Hesham Elsharkawy, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Local anesthetics / Kamal Maheshwari, Mohamed A. Naguib
    Neuromuscular physiology / Mohamed A. Naguib
    Neuromuscular blocking drugs and reversal agents / Mohamed A. Naguib
    Antiepileptic and other neurologically active drugs / Pamela Flood, Mark Burbridge
    PART III: Circulatory system
    Circulatory physiology / James Ramsay, Barrett Larson
    Cardiac physiology / Sumeet Goswami, Bessie Kachulis, Teresa A. Mulaikal, Jack S. Shanewise
    Renal physiology / Jonathan Hastie, Jack S. Shanewise
    Intravenous fluids and electrolytes / Jessica Spellman, Jack S. Shanewise
    Sympathomimetic drugs / Sansan S. Lo, Jack S. Shanewise
    Sympatholytics / Steven Miller
    Vasodilators / James Ramsay, Carter Peatross
    Antiarrhythmic drugs / James Ramsay, Nicholas Anast
    Diuretics / Maya Jalbout Hastie, Jack S. Shanewise
    Lipid-lowering drugs / Sarah C. Smith, Jack S. Shanewise
    PART IV: Pulmonary system
    Gas exchange / Peter Slinger
    Respiratory pharmacology / Peter Slinger
    Acid-base disorders / Peter Slinger
    PART V: Blood and hemostasis
    Physiology of blood and hemostasis / Jerrold H. Levy
    Blood products and blood components / Jerrold H. Levy
    Procoagulants / Jerrold H. Levy
    Anticoagulants / Jerrold H. Levy
    Physiology and management of massive transfusion / Jerrold H. Levy
    PART VI: Gastrointestinal system and metabolism
    Gastrointestinal physiology / Michael J. Murray
    Metabolism / Michael J. Murray
    Antiemetics / Michael J. Murray, David A. Grossblatt
    Gastrointestinal motility drugs / Michael J. Murray, Jillian A. Maloney
    Nutrition / Michael J. Murray
    PART VII: Endocrine system
    Normal endocrine function / Vivek K. Moitra
    Drugs that alter glucose regulation / Vivek K. Moitra
    Drugs for the treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism / Vivek K. Moitra
    Other endocrine drugs / Vivek K. Moitra
    PART VIII: Miscellaneous
    Antimicrobials, antiseptics, disinfectants, and management of perioperative infection / Pamela Flood
    Chemotherapeutic drugs / James P. Rathmell, Mihir M. Kamdar
    Drugs used for psychopharmacologic therapy / Joseph Kwok, Pamela Flood
    PART IX: Special populations
    Physiology of the newborn / Pamela Flood
    Maternal and fetal physiology and pharmacology / Pamela Flood
    Physiology and pharmacology of the elderly / Pamela Flood
    Physiology and pharmacology of resuscitation / Michael J. Murray.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD81 .S87 2015
    1
  • Print
    David W. Stoller, MD, FACR, National Director, Orthopaedic and Musculoskeletal Imaging, RadNet, Medical Director, Orthopaedic and Musculoskeletal Imaging, Beverly Radiology, Northern California, San Francisco, California, Affiliate Member, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD557.5 .S765 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Klaus Groschner, Wolfgang F. Graier, Christoph Romanin, editors.
    Summary: "This second edition of the book on Store-operated Ca2+ Entry Pathways has been updated with the newest discoveries that emerged in the field within the last five years. The crystal structure of the Ca2+ signaling core complex is described which adds to a new understanding of the molecular interactions involved. Each chapter has been revised and extended. The book retains its interdisciplinary approach and supplies biochemists, cell biologists and biophysicists as well as clinicians in immunology, neurology and cardiology with valuable information on Ca2+ signaling mechanisms, functions, dysfunctions and their consequences"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    SOCE: fundamental mechanistic concepts. Introduction / James W. Putney
    The STIM-Orai pathway: STIM-Orai structures: isolated and in complex / Jinhui Zhu, Qingping Feng, Peter B. Stathopulos
    The STIM-Orai pathway: Orai, the pore-forming subunit of the CRAC channel / Aparna Gudlur, Patrick G. Hogan
    The STIM-Orai pathway: the interactions between STIM and Orai / Marc Fahrner, Rainer Schindl, Martin Muik, Isabella Derler, Christoph Romanin
    The STIM-Orai pathway: conformational coupling between STIM and Orai in the activation of store-operated Ca2+ entry / Robert M. Nwokonko, Xiangyu Cai, Natalia A. Loktionova, Youjun Wang, Yandong Zhou [and others]
    The STIM-Orai pathway: regulation of STIM and Orai by thiol modifications / Barbara A. Niemeyer
    The STIM-Orai pathway: light-operated Ca2+ entry through engineered CRAC channels / Guolin Ma, Shufan Wen, Yun Huang, Yubin Zhou
    STIM-TRPpathways and microdomain organization: Ca2+ influx channels: the Orai-STIM1-TRPC complexes / Dora Bodnar, Woo Young Chung, Dongki Yang, Jeong Hee Hong, Archana Jha, Shmuel Muallem
    STIM-TRP pathways and microdomain organization: contribution of TRPC1 in store-operated Ca2+ entry: impact on Ca2+ signaling and cell function / Hwei Ling Ong, Indu S. Ambudkar
    STIM-TRP pathways and microdomain organization: auxiliary proteins of the STIM/Orai complex / Jonathan Pacheco, Luis Vaca
    SOCE: crosstalk between organelle and cellular compartments. introduction / Alexei V. Tepikin
    New aspects of the contribution of ER to SOCE regulation: the role of the ER and ER-plasma membrane junctions in the regulation of SOCE / Hayley Dingsdale, Emmanuel Okeke, Lee Haynes, Gyorgy Lur, Alexei V. Tepikin
    New aspects of the contribution of ER to SOCE regulation: TRPC proteins as a link between plasma membrane ion transport and intracellular Ca2+ stores / Alexis Bavencoffe, Michael Xi Zhu, Jin-bin Tian
    The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: store-operated Ca2+ entry and mitochondria / András Spät, Gerg̲ Szanda
    The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: membrane contact sites as signaling hubs sustaining store-operated Ca2+ entry / Nicolas Demaurex, Daniele Guido
    The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: the contribution of mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake, mitochondrial motility, and location to store-operated Ca2+ entry / Roland Malli, Wolfgang F. Graier
    Tissue specificity: the role of organellar membrane nanojunctions in smooth muscle Ca2+ signaling / Nicola Fameli, A. Mark Evans, Cornelis van Breemen
    Tissue specificity: SOCE: implications for Ca2+ handling in endothelial cells / Lothar A. Blatter
    Tissue specificity: store-operated Ca2+ entry in cardiac myocytes / Martin D. Bootman, Katja Rietdorf
    SOCE: molecular and cellular (patho)physiology. Introduction: overview of the pathophysiological implications of store-operated calcium entry in mammalian cells / Juan A. Rosado
    Immunological disorders: regulation of Ca2+ signaling in T lymphocytes / Sonal Srikanth, Jin Seok Woo, Zuoming Sun, Yousang Gwack
    Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: role of STIM and Orai proteins in vascular disorders / Jyoti Tanwar, Mohamed Trebak, Rajender K. Motiani
    Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: SOCE and Ca2+ handling in platelet dysfunction / Jose J. Lopez, Gines M. Salido, Juan A. Rosado
    Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: SOCE in cardiovascular cells: emerging targets for therapeutic intervention / Klaus Groschner, Niroj Shrestha, Nicola Fameli
    Cardiac remodeling and disease: SOCE and TRPC signaling in cardiac pathology / Petra Eder
    Cardiac remodeling and disease: current understanding of STIM1/Orai1-mediated store-operated Ca2+ entry in cardiac function and pathology / Fiona Bartoli, Jessica Sabourin
    Neurological and motor disorders: neuronal store-operated Ca2+ signaling: an overview and its function / Sunitha Bollimuntha, Biswaranjan Pani, Brij B. Singh
    Neurological and motor disorders: TRPC in the skeletal muscle / Sophie Saüc, Maud Frieden
    Fertility: store-operated Ca2+ entry in germ cells: role in egg activation / Zoltan Machaty, Chunmin Wang, Kiho Lee, Lu Zhang
    Metabolic disorders and cancer: hepatocyte store-operated Ca2+ channels in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Eunüs S. Ali, Grigori Y. Rychkov, Greg J. Barritt
    Metabolic disorders and cancer: store-operated Ca2+ entry in cancer: focus on IP3R-mediated Ca2+ release from intracellular stores and its role in migration and invasion / Abigael Ritaine, George Shapovalov, Natalia Prevarskaya.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    James J. O'Connell, M.D.
    Summary: "Dr. O'Connell's collection of stories and essays, written during thirty years of caring for homeless persons in Boston, gently illuminates the humanity and raw courage of those who struggle to survive and find meaning and hope while living on the streets."
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV4506.B6 O26 2015
    1
  • Print
    von Dr. Wilhelm Stekel.
    Contents:
    1. Nervöse Angstzustände und ihre Behandlung
    2. Onanie und Homosexualität. 2., verb. und verm. Aufl.
    3. Die Geschlechtskälte der Frau
    4. Die Impotenz des Mannes
    5. Psychosexualler Infantilismus
    6. Impulshandlungen
    7. Der Fetischismus
    8. Sadismus und Masochismus.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L341 .S82
    9
  • Digital/Print
    Hope Jahren.
    Summary: The author uses several the key inventions--from electric power to large-scale farming and automobiles--to illustrate that the science improves human life, but also releases untenable amounts of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. The author explains the current and projected consequences of greenhouse gases--from superstorms to rising sea levels--and shares the science-based tools that could help us fight back.

    Contents:
    Part one. Life
    Our story begins
    Who we are
    How we are
    Where we are
    Part two. Food
    Growing grain
    Raising meat
    Finding fish
    Making sugar
    Throwing it all away
    Part three. Energy
    Keeping the lights on
    Moving around
    The plants we burn
    The wheels we turn
    Part four. Earth
    Altered air
    Warming weather
    Melting ice
    Rising waters
    The big good-bye
    Another page
    Appendix: The story of less
    The action you take
    The difference you make
    An environmental catechism
    Sources and suggested reading.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    QC903 .J37 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Irene H. Ludwig.
    Summary: "Strabismus correction is the third most common ophthalmic surgery in the US, with 1.2 million procedures performed each year. Strabismus Surgery : Innovative and Classic Approaches by renowned pediatric ophthalmologist Irene H. Ludwig provides comprehensive coverage of strabismus treatment - featuring state-of-the-art techniques based on recent anatomical research and discoveries. Throughout the text and accompanying videos, an impressive group of contributors share clinical pearls and firsthand knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Strabismus Surgery: Innovative and Classic Approaches
    MedOne Access Information
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Contents
    Videos
    Foreword
    Preface
    Dedication and Acknowledgments
    My Search for Relief from Double Vision
    Editor's Discussion of Mr. Watson's Essay
    Contributors
    Part I Introduction
    1 The History of Strabismus Surgery
    Part II Strabismus Diagnosis and Surgical Planning
    Section 1 General Preoperative Evaluation
    Introduction: Surgical Planning-Gathering Data
    2 The History and Examination in Strabismus
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Sebastien Gagneux, editor.
    Contents:
    1. The nature and evolution of genomic diversity in the Mycobacterium tuberclosis complex
    2. The biology and epidemiology of Mycobacterium canettii
    3. The evoluation of strain typing in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex
    4. Genomic epidemiology of tuberculosis
    5. Biological and epidemiological consequences of MTBC diversity
    6. The biology and epidemiology of Mycobacterium africanum
    7. Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex members adapted to wild and domestic animals
    8. Evolution and strain variation in BCG
    9. Antigenic variation and immune escape in the MTBC
    10. PE and PPE genes: a tale of conservation and diversity
    11. Epidemiology of drug-resistant tuberculosis
    12. Evolution of phenotypic and molecular drug susceptibility testing
    13. DNA replication fidelity in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex
    14. Strain diversity and the evolution of antibiotic resistance
    15. Mathematical models for the epidemiology and evolution of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, R. Eugene Zierler, MD, Professor of Surgery, University of Washington School of Medicine, Medical Director, D.E. Strandness Jr Vascular Laboratory, University of Washington Medical Center and Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, Washington, David L. Dawson, MD, Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California, Davis, UC Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, California.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    senior editors, Robert Schafermeyer, Milton Tenenbein ; editors, Charles G. Macias, Ghazala Q. Sharieff, Loren G. Yamamoto.
  • Digital
    senior editor, Milton Tenenbein ; editors, Charles G. Macias, Ghazala Q. Sharieff, Loren G. Yamamoto ; editor emeritus, Robert Schafermeyer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessEmergency Medicine
  • Digital
    Seung-Suk Seo, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of osteoarthritis of the knee. Beyond offering a thorough evidence-based review of the available treatment options, it provides helpful information on such fundamental aspects as anatomy, biomechanics, biochemistry, etiology, pathogenesis, and radiologic assessment. The treatment-oriented chapters cover non-pharmacologic treatment, drug treatment, intra-articular drug and/or cell-based injection therapy, arthroscopic treatment, osteotomy, and joint replacement surgery. The goal is to equip the reader with a sound understanding of both the condition itself and the appropriate treatment strategy in different situations. The importance of taking into account factors such as the degree of arthritis, patient activity, lifestyle, and pain when formulating that strategy is emphasized. The fact that the book extends well beyond the description of surgical treatments means that it will be an excellent source of information and guidance for general clinicians as well as for those who specialize in the management of musculoskeletal disorders.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Biomechanics
    Structure, function and healing response of articular cartilage and meniscus
    Etiology and risk factors
    Knee osteoarthritis and sports
    Epidemilogy and Pathogenesis
    Radiographic Findings of the Knee Osteoarthritis
    Diagnosis and differential diagnosis
    Non-pharmacologic Management
    Pharmacologic Treatment
    Intra-articular Injection Therapy and Biologic Treatment
    Arthroscopic treatment
    Osteotomy around knee
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Total knee arthroplasty
    How to Make a Strategy for Knee Arthritis Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna, Pier Luigi Ingrassia, Emanuele Capogna, Michela Bernardini, Elisa Valteroni, Giada Pietrabissa, Giorgio Nardone.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth and complete guide explaining how to incorporate the strategic dialogue and strategic communication methods into the debriefing after the scenario, characteristics that make it unique. After examining all the aspects that allow a correct use of the simulation, such as knowledge of models, logical schemes, use of the different simulators, planning of the didactic activities and of learning process, this practical book aims to explore the advanced technique of the strategic debriefing. It encourages not only those who are approaching this new debriefing tool but also it provides a useful update to all those who are already more familiar with the standard debriefing after simulation technique.The strategic language, an effective tool in strategic psychotherapy and business problem solving, is ideal and complementary to the standard debriefing methods, making them more performing and functional because, next to common logic, it makes use of non-ordinary logical language. The book is intended for healthcare simulation debriefers and instructors, for hospitals managers, university teachers and to all the physicians who are increasingly showing interest in active teaching processes with simulation.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: What You Need to Know Before You Start
    1.1 Error in Medicine: From Fault to Resource
    1.1.1 Error Classification
    1.1.2 Working with Error in Simulation for Patient Safety
    1.1.3 The Human Factor: Training Non-technical Skills with CRM
    1.2 Adult Learning in Simulation
    1.2.1 Experiential Learning: The Kolb Cycle
    1.2.2 Learning from the Experience of the Other: Mirror Neurons
    1.2.3 Protected Learning and Psychological Safety
    1.3 Training Methods: From Frontal Lesson to Simulation
    1.4 Elements and Characteristics of Communication 3: Effective Communication for Strategic Change
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Knowing to See by Learning How to Act: Theory Informing the Brief Strategic Approach
    3.3 The Structure of the Strategic Dialogue
    3.3.1 Use of the Strategic Questioning
    3.3.2 Reframing and Paraphrases
    3.3.3 Evoking Sensation
    3.3.4 Summarize to Redefine
    3.4 Prescription as an Outcome
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    4: Strategic Debriefing: A Corrective Emotional Experience
    4.1 Emotions and Simulation
    4.2 How to Help Learners Deal with the Emotions Felt During the Scenario 4.3 Descriptive Phase
    4.4 Analytical Phase
    4.5 Application Phase
    4.6 General Considerations
    4.7 Psychotraps and Their Use in Simulation
    4.7.1 The Deception of Expectations
    4.7.2 The Illusion of Ultimate Knowledge
    4.7.3 The Myth of Perfect Reasoning
    4.7.4 I Felt It, Then Is
    4.7.5 Consistency at All Costs
    4.7.6 Overestimate/Underestimate
    References
    5: Strategic Debriefing in Practice
    5.1 Briefing Before the Scenario
    5.2 What to Do During the Scenario
    5.3 Reaction and De-roling Phase
    5.3.1 In Basic Debriefing 5.3.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.4 How to Start Debriefing: The Introduction to the Method
    5.5 Descriptive Phase
    5.5.1 In Basic Debriefing
    5.5.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.6 The Analytical Phase
    5.6.1 In Basic Debriefing
    5.6.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.7 The Application Phase
    5.7.1 In Basic Debriefing
    5.7.2 In Strategic Debriefing
    5.8 The Difficult Debriefing
    5.9 How to Evaluate the Debriefing
    References
    Appendixes
    Appendix A: Debriefing with Regular Staff
    Debriefing
    Introduction
    Descriptive Phase
    Analytic Phase
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Stephen L. Walston.
    Summary: "Developing and implementing strategy is one of the most challenging tasks for healthcare leaders, as it requires a wide range of skills and knowledge. Strategic Healthcare Management: Planning and Execution provides a thorough overview of strategic principles and the competencies needed to apply them, such as communication, decision making, goal setting, data analyses, project management, and financial analysis. The book emphasizes both competitive and collaborative strategies to help healthcare leaders further their organization's mission rather than merely outperform competitors. The third edition includes 10 brand-new cases and expanded content, including new chapters on: The growing trend of healthcare data analytics, with emphasis on data-driven strategic analysis. Project management principles to support strategy implementation, with an exploration of tools and techniques such as Gantt charts. The fundamental concepts and theories of strategy, as well as the actual execution and assessment of strategic plans, are all covered in this book. Readers will gain the theoretical foundation and hands-on experience they need to comprehend, apply, and assess strategies."--Vitalsource.com viewed June 14, 2023

    Contents:
    Strategy and Strategic Management
    Understanding Market Structure and Strategy
    Business Models and Common Strategies
    Growth and Integration Strategies
    Strategic Alliances
    Stakeholders, Values, Mission, and Vision
    External Environment and Strategy
    Internal Environment and Strategy
    Healthcare Analytics and Strategic Management
    Strategic Financial Analysis
    Development and Execution of a Strategic Plan
    Business Plans and Strategic Management
    Organizational Structure and Strategy
    Strategic Change Management
    Strategic Leadership
    Implementing, Monitoring, and Evaluating Strategy
    Project Planning and Management.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Madrean Schober.
    Summary: This eagerly anticipated book equips readers to understand the dynamics of policy processes, relevant decision-making and the significance of key decision-makers. It also emphasizes the usefulness of negotiation and diplomacy skills in order to support the development of an advanced nursing practice (ANP) initiative that involves the identification of pivotal issues to ensure that nurses unlock their full potential. Topics include a definition of strategic planning, essential factors to bear in mind, and frameworks to use in the context of formulating effective policies. By addressing outcome indicators and research, this volume offers a comprehensive approach to coordinated planning, and will appeal to advanced practice nurses, healthcare planners and policymakers, as well as administrators at hospitals and healthcare institutions.

    Contents:
    Strategic planning for advanced nursing practice
    Theories of social and healthcare policy
    Evidence-based policy decisions
    Politics : the art of diplomacy and negotiation
    Effective change : a strategic approach
    Policy analysis
    Rational policy decision-making : idealism versus realism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pieter H. Joubert, Silvia M. Rogers.
    Summary: A document may be based on accurate medical and scientific information, follow guidelines precisely, and be well written in clear and correct language, but may still fail to achieve its objectives. The strategic approach described in this book will help you to turn good medical and scientific writing into successful writing. It describes clearly and concisely how to identify the target audience and the desired outcome, and how to construct key messages for a wide spectrum of documents. Irrespective of your level of expertise and your seniority in the pharmaceutical, regulatory, or academic environment, this book is an essential addition to your supporting library. The authors share with you many years of combined experience in the pharmaceutical and academic environment and in the writing of successful outcome-driven documents.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Written Communication in Drug Development
    Written Communication in Academic Settings
    Language Pitfalls: Native English Speakers
    Language Pitfalls: Non-Native English Speakers
    Scientific Misconduct
    Key Statistical Concepts
    Tables and Graphs
    International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) and Other Guidelines
    The Investigators' Brochure
    Initiating Clinical Programs (IND & IMPD)
    The CTD: Overviews and Summary Documents
    Study Protocols and Reports
    Scientific Papers
    Publication Strategy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    A.L. Hamdan.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Strategic directions and views
    Chapter 3: Porter's strategies in healthcare
    Chapter 4: Sources of competitive advantage
    Chapter 5: Innovation in hospital settings
    Chapter 6: Strategic framework in hospital settings
    Chapter 7: Eight strategic tools implemented
    Chapter 8: Application of Porter's strategies in Lebanese hospitals
    Chapter 9: Correlation between type of strategy and performance
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Charles C. Okigbo, editor.
    Summary: Strategic Urban Health Communication Charles C. Okigbo, editor People are bombarded with messages continuously and sorting through them constantly. In this milieu, critical ideas about health promotion and illness prevention are forced to compete with distracting, conflicting, even contradictory information. To get vital messages through, communication must be effective, targeted, artful-in a word, strategic. Strategic Urban Health Communication provides a road map for understanding strategy, enhancing strategic planning skills, and implementing strategic communication campaigns. Deftly written chapters link the art and science of strategic planning to world health goals such as reducing health inequities and eradicating diseases. Flexibility is at the heart of these cases, which span developed and developing countries, uses of traditional and digital media, and chronic and acute health challenges. And the contributors ground their dispatches in the larger context of health promotion, giving readers useful examples of thinking globally while working locally. Included in the coverage: Urbanization, population, and health myths: addressing common misconceptions. Integrating HIV/family planning programs: opportunities for strategic communication. The role of sports in strategic health promotion in low-income areas. The Internet as a sex education tool: a case study from Thailand. Advertising and childhood obesity in China. Health communication strategies for sustainable development in a globalized world. Balancing depth of understanding of audiences and methods of reaching them, Strategic Urban Health Communication is a forward-looking resource geared toward professionals and researchers in urban health, global health, and health communication.

    Contents:
    Strategy: What It Is
    Strategic Communication Campaigns.
    Urbanization, Population, and Health Myths: Addressing Common Misconceptions with Strategic Health Communication
    'Soaps' for Social and Behavioral Change
    Strategic Health Communication in Urban Settings: A Template for Training Modules
    Risk, Crisis, and Emergency Communication in Developing Countries: Identifying the Needs of Urban Populations
    Strategic Health Communication for Cancer Prevention
    Strategic Health Communication: Making a Difference in Reproductive Health
    Integrating HIV/FP Programs: Opportunities for Strategic Communication
    Communicating for Action: Tackling Health Inequity in Urban Areas
    Beyond Thinking and Planning Strategically to Improve Urban Residents' Health
    Health Communication Strategies for Sustainable Development in a Globalized World Urbanization and Strategic Health Communication in India
    Urban Health Communication Strategy of Pro-poor Growth for Sustained Improvement in Health in South Asia
    The Role of Sports in Strategic Health Promotion in an Urban Slum Setting
    The Internet as a Sex Education Tool: A Case Study of an Online Thai Discussion Board
    Advertising and Childhood Obesity in China.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Gerard Schmets, Dheepa Rajan, Sowmya Kadandale.
    Summary: "This handbook is designed as a resource for providing up-to-date and practical guidance on national health planning and strategizing for health. It establishes a set of best practices to support strategic plans for health and represents the wealth of experience accumulated by WHO on national health policies, strategies and plans (NHPSPs)" -- publisher's website.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA394.9 .S773 2016
    1
  • Print
    chief editors, Robert W. Strauss, Thom A. Mayer ; senior associate editor, Kirk Jensen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA975.5.E5 S77 2021
    2
  • Digital
    chief editors, Robert W. Strauss, Thom A. Mayer ; associate editors, Kirk Jensen, Barbara Weintraub ; assistant editors, Jay Kaplan, Richard Salluzzo ; section editors, Ronald A. Hellerstern [and 17 others].
  • Digital
    J. David Allan, Maria M. Castillo, Krista Capps.
    Summary: Stream Ecology: Structure and Function of Running Waters is designed to serve as a textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and as a reference source for specialists in stream ecology and related fields. This Third Edition is thoroughly updated and expanded to incorporate significant advances in our understanding of environmental factors, biological interactions, and ecosystem processes, and how these vary with hydrological, geomorphological, and landscape setting. The broad diversity of running waters from torrential mountain brooks, to large, lowland rivers, to great river systems whose basins occupy sub-continents makes river ecosystems appear overwhelming complex. A central theme of this book is that although the settings are often unique, the processes at work in running waters are general and increasingly well understood. Even as our scientific understanding of stream ecosystems rapidly advances, the pressures arising from diverse human activities continue to threaten the health of rivers worldwide. This book presents vital new findings concerning human impacts, and the advances in pollution control, flow management, restoration, and conservation planning that point to practical solutions. Reviews of the first edition: ".. an unusually lucid and judicious reassessment of the state of stream ecology" Science Magazine "..provides an excellent introduction to the area for advanced undergraduates and graduate students" Limnology & Oceanography " a valuable reference for all those interested in the ecology of running waters." .

    Contents:
    Dedication
    Preface to the Third Edition
    Acknowledgements
    Preface to the Second Edition
    1. Rivers in the Anthropocene
    2. Streamflow
    3. Fluvial Geomorphology
    4. Stream Chemistry
    5. The Abiotic Environment
    6. Primary Producers
    7. Detrital Energy and the Decompposition of Organic Matter
    8. Stream Microbial Ecology
    9. Trophic Relationships
    10. Species Interactions
    11. Lotic Communities
    12.Energy Flow and Nutrient Cycling in Aquatic Communities
    13. Nutrient Dynamics
    14. Carbon Dynamics and Stream Ecosystem Metabolism
    15. How We Manage Rivers, And Why.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Maxwell Bennett, Jim Lagopoulos.
    Summary: This book provides detailed insights into the cellular and molecular alterations that occur in the brain following stress and trauma. The changes to the grey matter in certain areas of the brain are similar in stressed humans and animals, with the most likely basis for these changes being the degeneration of synaptic connections. In the book?s initial sections, the reader will learn about the core network of synaptic connections that are affected by stress and trauma disorders. These connections are chiefly modulated by dopamine, serotonin and Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF). In subsequent chapters, the NMDA-receptor-mediated plasticity of these synapses is discussed, with particular attention paid to how glucocorticoids can interfere with the function of BDNF and thereby affect the synapse?s physical stability. The book concludes by integrating the observations made in the previous sections so as to present plausible hypotheses regarding the identity of the networks, synapses and molecular pathways that promote fear and extinction. Providing an up-to-date overview of the mechanisms of synaptic plasticity and physiological changes in the stressed and traumatized brain, this book will appeal to researchers, clinicians and students in the neurosciences.

    Contents:
    Grey matter changes in the brain following stress and trauma
    Synaptic changes responsible for grey matter changes in the brain of animal models following stress
    Identification of the core neural network subserving PTSD in animal models and their modulation
    Modulation of the core neural network in stress: the role of Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor & LTP
    Modulation of the core neural network in stress: the role of Endocannabinoids & LTD
    Functioning of the core neural network in fear and extinction
    Modulation of the core synaptic network in extinction: the role of Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor
    Appendix 1: F-actin determination of dendritic spine integrity
    Appendix 2: Regulation of NMDA receptors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Donald M. Broom, Ken G. Johnson.
    Contents:
    Intro; Animal Welfare Series Preface; Preface to Second Edition; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    Chapter 1: One Welfare, One Health, One Stress: Humans and Other Animals; 1.1 The Terms Animal, Welfare, Health and Stress; 1.2 Animal Welfare and Social Change; 1.3 The Debate About Animal Usage; 1.4 Genetics, Epigenetics and What the Environment Can Change; 1.5 The Challenge Ahead; References;
    Chapter 2: Adaptation, Regulation, Sentience and Brain Control; 2.1 Adaptation; 2.2 Homeostatic Control; 2.3 Sentience and the Role of the Brain in Coping; 2.4 Habituation and Sensitisation 2.10 Other Feelings and Emotions: Positive and Negative2.11 Development of Regulatory Systems; 2.11.1 Early Abilities, Preferences and Experiences; 2.11.2 Learning and Memory; 2.11.3 Lifetime and Evolutionary Changes; References;
    Chapter 3: Limits to Adaptation; 3.1 Limitations of Timing and Temporal Aspects of Stimulus Modality; 3.1.1 Changes in Frequency; 3.1.2 Changes in Duration; 3.1.3 The Impact of Novelty; 3.1.4 The Value of Forewarning; 3.2 Limitations of Intensity as an Information Basis for Adaptation; 3.2.1 Changes in Intensity; 3.2.2 Hazard Avoidance and Lethal Limits 2.5 Motivational State2.6 Outputs from Decision Centres; 2.6.1 Neural and Muscular Outputs; 2.6.2 Hormonal and Neurohormonal Outputs; 2.7 Control Systems and Needs; 2.7.1 Simple Models of Control; 2.7.2 Motivational State as the Determinant of Action; 2.7.3 Other Concepts that Have Been Used to Explain Motivation; 2.7.4 The Concepts of Needs and Freedoms; 2.7.5 Motivational Dilemmas and the `Trade-off ́Concept; 2.8 Types of Control; 2.8.1 Rates of Neural and Hormonal Response; 2.8.2 Feedback and Feedforward Controls; 2.8.3 Predictability of Stimulation; 2.9 Pain 3.3 Variation in Adaptation Has Consequences for Responses to Stimulation3.4 Integrating Time, Intensity and Mode of Stimulation; 3.5 The Concepts of Tolerance and Coping; 3.6 Variations in Patterns of Adaptation; 3.6.1 Differing Rates and Methods of Adaptation; 3.6.2 Hypersensitivity; 3.6.3 Hyposensitivity and Stress-Induced Analgesia; 3.7 Other Factors Affecting Adaptation and Coping; 3.7.1 Lack of Stimulation; 3.7.2 Unpredictable Stimulation; 3.7.3 Frustration of Behavioural Output; 3.8 Effects of Human Selection of Animals on Their Ability to Adapt; References
    Chapter 4: Stress and Welfare: History and Usage of Concepts4.1 Stress; 4.2 Welfare; 4.3 Welfare Assessment; 4.4 Welfare in Relation to Stress; 4.5 Welfare in Relation to Naturalness; 4.6 Welfare and Well-Being; 4.7 Welfare and Quality of Life; 4.8 Welfare and a Life Worth Living; 4.9 Welfare in Other Languages; 4.10 Welfare and Sentience; References;
    Chapter 5: Assessing Welfare: Short-Term Responses; 5.1 Behavioural Measures of Welfare; 5.1.1 Orientation and Startle Responses; 5.1.2 Individual Differences in Behavioural Responses; 5.1.3 Measures for Assessing Pain
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vsevolod Rozanov.
    Contents:
    Recent tendencies in suicide and mental health among younger generations and current explanations
    Neurobiology of stress
    What is epigenetics? Is it transgenerational?
    Biological embedding
    Interactions and integrations
    Ideas fo prevention
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Francis Hartmann, Gérard Cucchi ; with contribution by Jacques Orofino.
    Summary: Are oral disorders only an issue for dentists? The answer is no. If your patients complain of pain and/or discomfort, if some are diagnosed as suffering from migraines, fibromyalgia or chronic fatigue, and if classical therapies have remained ineffective, this book could help in your daily practice. When it comes to the complex pathology called Temporo-Mandibular Disorders (TMD) most specialists favour a multidisciplinary approach and treatment of socio-psycho-emotional factors as well as dental, lingual or postural disorders. Yet little is known - from a clinical point of view - about a tricky oral spastic habit called severe teeth clenching. In view of the lack of clinical findings from classical investigations on the subject, it could be considered as the hidden part of an oral parafunctional iceberg. Neuroscience has been able to shed some light on the multiple connections between trigeminal and non-trigeminal nervous centres, which confirms the significant involvement of the stomatognathic system and trigeminal nerves (V) in both oral as well as non-oral major functions such as eating, breathing, speaking, hearing, and standing and also confirms the extensive participation of the paired Vs in the human adaptation process. Too many physicians are still reluctant to admit the pathological responsibilities of the Vs. Therefore their role remains largely underestimated by clinicians. Stress conditions in introverted people cause a parafunctional habit (i.e. severe clenching), which in turn produces trigeminal overstimulation and nociception. Through a process of sensitization this can perturb some non-trigeminal nervous areas, such as the vestibular nuclei and cerebellum (involved in equilibrium). Would you then be willing to accept the possibility that a stressed and introverted patient who clenches hard, durably or frequently may end up suffering from dizziness? If not, this book is not for you. But if you accept the scientific data and clinical facts this book will offer a concrete therapeutic protocol: the Relaxing and Moderating Treatment (RMT), which can greatly help you to familiarize yourself with and neutralize this little known deleterious spastic oral parafunction and its many disconcerting pain-causing and dysfunctional clinical effects. Prepare to be amazed by the results, just as we were!

    Contents:
    Diagnosis. Introduction ; Symptoms ; Objective signs ; Stomatognathic parafunctions
    Pathophysiology ; Introduction ; Characteristics of periodontal proprioception ; The trigeminal nerve pathways and their central projections ; Useful physiological reminders ; Pathophysiological conditions ; The behavioral side of clenching ; Painful outcomes of parafunctional clenching ; Discomfort as the outcome of parafunctional clenching
    Therapeutics. Introduction ; Objectives ; The relaxing and moderating treatment (RMT)
    Medical prospects. Medical prospects
    General synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Katlein França, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.
    Summary: Dermatological conditions are intimately related to stress. Stress can affect, reveal or even exacerbate a number of skin disorders, including alopecia, seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, pruritus, herpes, lichen planus, rosacea and urticarial. On the other hand, the skin disease itself could induce a secondary stress for the patient, influencing his or her quality of life. There is increasing evidence that stress influences disease processes and contributes to inflammation through the modulating hypothalamicpituitary- adrenal axis - releasing neuropeptides, neurotrophins, lymphokines and other chemical mediators from nerve endings to dermal cells. This is one of the first books published on this topic, focusing more on the basic science aspects of stress in dermatopathology (oxidants, antioxidants, and oxidative injury in dermatopathology, dermatopharmacology, and dermatotoxicology.) Most Psychodermatology texts adopt a practical approach to identify all types of Psychodermatology disorders, focusing on clinical treatment. This concise title offers a comprehensive and didactic approach to skin diseases caused or exacerbated by stress, as well as covers the immunology, role and effect of stress on skin disease, and quality of life in dermatology. In the current programs of medical residency in dermatology, little is taught about the relationship between stress and skin diseases and this book is an important tool for young dermatologists and psychodermatologists in training. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Hamilton I. McCubbin & Charles R. Figley.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Coping with normative transitions
    v. 2. Coping with catastrophe.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HQ734 .S9735 1983
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander Choukèr.
    Summary: This book explains how stress - either psychological or physical - can activate and/or paralyse human innate or adaptive immunity. Adequate immunity is crucial for maintaining health, both on Earth and in space. During space flight, human physiology is specifically challenged by complex environmental stressors, which are most pronounced during lunar or interplanetary missions. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, the book identifies the impact of these stressors - the space exposome - on immunity as a result of (dys-)functions of specific cells, organs and organ networks. These conditions (e.g. gravitation changes, radiation, isolation/confinement) affect immunity, but at the same time provide insights that may help to prevent, diagnose and address immune-related health alterations. Written by experts from academia, space agencies and industry, the book is a valuable resource for professionals, researchers and students in the field of medicine, biology and technology. The chapters "The Impact of Everyday Stressors on the Immune System and Health", "Stress and Radiation Responsiveness" and "Assessment of Radiosensitivity and Biomonitoring of Exposure to Space adiation" are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part I Prelude
    1 Space Travel: A Personal View from Above
    2 Prelude: An integrative and up-dated view from the Scientists of the Topical Team "Stress and Immunity"
    Part II "Stress and Immunity"
    Research: A Link Between Space and Earth
    3 What Is Stress?
    4 The special relation of mitochondria, metabolism and stress
    5 The Impact of Everyday Stressors on the Immune- System and Health
    Part III Stress and Immune Allostasis in Space, from Brain to Immune Responses
    6 Neurobiological and Molecular Mechanisms of Stress and Glucocorticoid Effects on Learning and Memory: Implications for Stress Disorders on Earth and in Space
    7 The Autonomic Nervous System
    8 Circadian Rhythm and Stress
    9 Endocannabinoids, "New-Old" Mediators of Stress Homeostasis
    10 Immune System in Space: General Introduction and Observations on Stress-Sensitive Regulations
    11 Innate Immunity Under Conditions of Space Flight
    12 NK Cells Assessments: A Fourty-Year-Old History of Immune Stress Interaction in Space
    13 Adaptive Immunity and Spaceflight
    14 B-cell Immunology in Space
    15 Stress, Hypoxia, and Immune Response
    16 Gravitational Force: Triggered Stress in Cells of the Immune System
    17 Microbial Stress: Spaceflight-induced Alterations in Microbial Virulence and Infectious Disease Risks for the Crew
    18 Stress, Spaceflight, and Latent Herpes Virus Reactivation
    19 Stress and Radiation-Immune-Responsiveness
    Part IV Preventive and Diagnostic Tool and Strategies
    20 Considerations for Development and Application of Health Monitoring Tools in Space
    21 Psychological Monitoring
    22 Technology up-date for monitoring Autonomic Activity
    23 Breath Gas Analysis
    24 Monitoring the Microbial Burden in Manned Space Stations and Analogue environments
    25 Monitoring of Body Core Temperature in Space
    26 Flow Cytometry and cryopreservation Methods to Monitor Immune Dysregulation Associated with Spaceflight
    27 Assessment of Rad iosensitivity and Monitoringof Radiation-Induced Cellular Damage
    28 Hair analyses
    growing evidence
    Part V Therapeutic Strategies
    29 Considerations for Preventive and Therapeutic Strategies
    30 Psychological Countermeasures
    31 Physical Countermeasures to Stress
    32 Nutritional Countermeasures for Spaceflight-Related Stress
    33 The Microbiome perspective: Immune
    gut- axis modulation
    34 Pharmacological Countermeasures to Spaceflight-Induced Alterations of the Immune System
    Part VI Perspectives for Manned Space Exploration
    from Visions to Realities
    35 Platforms for Stress and Immune Research in Preparation of Long-Duration Space Exploration Missions
    36 MARS500 the first preparation of Long-Duration Space Exploration Missions
    lessons learned for space exploration and health on Earth
    37 On the ICE: Isolated, Confined and Extreme Environment
    39 Moon, Mars and Beyond- the exploration roadmap and further visions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eugenio Picano.
    Summary: The sixth edition is enriched by over 300 figures, 150 tables and a video-companion collecting more than 100 cases also presented in the format of short movies and teaching cartoons.This extensively revised and enlarged edition of this long-seller (first edition 1991) documents the very significant advances made since the fifth (2009) edition and is entirely written by Eugenio Picano, a pioneer in the field sharing his lifetime experience with the help of an international panel of 50 contributors from 22 countries representing some of the best available knowledge and expertise in their respective field. For a long time, the scope and application of stress echo remained focused on coronary artery disease. In the last years, it has exploded in its breadth and variety of applications. From a black-and-white, one-fits-all approach (wall motion by 2D-echo in the patient with known or suspected coronary artery disease) now we have moved on to a omnivorous, next-generation laboratory employing a variety of technologies (from M-Mode to 2D and pulsed, continuous, color and tissue Doppler, to lung ultrasound and real time 3D echo, 2D speckle tracking and myocardial contrast echo) on patients covering the entire spectrum of severity (from elite athletes to patients with end-stage heart failure) and ages (from children with congenital heart disease to the elderly with low-flow, low-gradient aortic stenosis).

    Contents:
    1. Stress echocardiography: a historical perspective
    2. Anatomical and functional targets of stress testing
    3. Symptoms and signs of myocardial ischemia
    4. Rational basis of stress echocardiography
    5. Pathogenetic mechanisms of stress
    6. Echocardiographic signs of ischemia
    7. Segmentation of the left ventricle
    8. Right heart stress echocardiography
    9. Coronary flow reserve
    10. Stress echocardiography: instructions for use.- 11. Exercise echocardiography
    12. Dobutamine stress echocardiography
    13. Dipyridamole stress echocardiography
    14. Adenosine and Regadenoson stress echocardiography.- 15. Pacing stress echocardiography
    16. Ergonovine stress echocardiography.- 17. Hyperventilation, handgrip, cold pressor and squatting stress echocardiography
    18. Grading of ischemic response
    19. Diagnostic results and indications
    20. Myocardial viabili.- 21. Diagnostic flowcharts
    22. Prognosis
    23. New technologies
    24. Contrast stress echocardiography
    25. Diastolic stress echocardiography.- 26. Endothelial function in the stress echo laboratory
    27. Special subsets of angiographically defined patients
    28. Special subsets of electrocardiographically defined patients.- 29. Special subsets of clinically defined patients
    30. Microvascular disease
    31. Hypertension
    32. Diabetes
    33. Stress echocardiography in dilated cardiomyopathy
    34. Stress echocardiography in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    35. Stress echocardiography after cardiac transplantation
    36. Stress Doppler echocardiography in valvular heart disease
    37. Pediatric Stress echocardiography
    38. Stress echocardiography and nuclear imaging
    39. Stress echo vs MSCT
    40. Stress echo vs cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    41. Appropriateness in the cardiac imaging and stress echo laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Timothy L. Miller, Christopher C. Kaeding, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Presentation and Diagnosis of Stress Fractures
    Pathophysiology and Epidemiology of Stress Fractures
    General Treatment Concepts for Stress Fractures
    Biomechanics and Gait Analysis for Stress Fractures
    Classification of Stress Fractures
    Imaging of Stress Fractures
    Part II: Management of Stress Fractures
    Stress Fractures of the Lumbar Spine
    Stress Fractures of the Pelvis
    Stress Fractures of the Femur
    Stress Fractures of the Patella
    Stress Fractures of the Tibia
    Stress Fractures of the Fifth Metatarsal
    Stress Fractures of the Ankle
    Stress Fractures of the Calcaneus, Sesamoids and Metatarsals
    Stress Fractures of the Ribs and Shoulder Girdle
    Upper Extremity Stress Fractures
    Insufficiency Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Timothy L. Miller, Christopher C. Kaeding, editors.
    Summary: Now completely revised and expanded, this second edition not only includes updated chapters detailing treatment of the most common and troublesome sites for stress fractures, but also more recent research regarding risk factors for the development of stress fractures. As in the original edition, general principles of evaluation, healing considerations and management strategies are discussed in three thematic sections. However, unlike the previous text, this edition will focus on a holistic approach to the treatment of these increasingly common injuries with new chapters on nutritional optimization of athletes at risk for stress fractures, systemic treatment strategies for healing including vitamin D supplementation and parathyroid hormone stimulation, and surgical and injectable biologic treatment modalities for enhanced bone healing. This edition will also include guidelines for on-the-field and training room management of stress fractures for team physicians. This revision is timely, given the increasing rate and severity of bony stress injuries encountered in elite and professional athletes related to single-sport specialization and the increased popularity of endurance sports such as cross-fit, obstacle course racing, and ultramarathon competitions. It will be an ideal resource for sports medicine practitioners including orthopedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine specialists, athletic trainers, and physical therapists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: General Evaluation Principles for Stress Fractures
    1: Risk Factors for Developing Stress Fractures
    Introduction
    Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Non-modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Demographics
    Gender
    Race
    Age
    Previous History of Stress Fracture
    Genetics
    Lower Extremity Alignment
    Modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Relative Energy Deficiency Syndrome
    Low Energy Availability with or Without Disordered Eating
    Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea
    Osteoporosis
    Calcium and/or Vitamin D Deficiency Low Body Weight/BMI
    Biomechanics and Strengthening
    Medication Use
    Contraceptives
    Other Medications
    Substance Abuse
    Tobacco and Alcohol Consumption
    Extrinsic Risk Factors
    Non-modifiable Extrinsic Risk Factors
    Time of Season
    Modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
    Training Variables
    Equipment Variables (Footwear and Inserts)
    Type of Sport
    Prediction Algorithms Based on Risk Factors
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Sideline and Training Room Evaluation and Treatment for Suspected Stress Fractures Philosophy Behind the Decision-Making on the Sideline and in the Training Room
    Evaluation
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Stress Fractures of the Hip
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Return to Play Current Game
    Game Day Treatment
    Training Room Treatment
    Decision Points
    Stress Fractures of the Femur
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Return to Play Current Game
    Game Day Treatment
    Training Room Treatment
    Decision Points
    Stress Fractures of the Tibia
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Return to Play Current Game Game Day Treatment
    Training Room Treatment of Stress Fractures
    References
    3: Pathophysiology and Epidemiology of Stress Fractures
    Stress Fracture Pathophysiology
    Bone Biology
    Bone Pathophysiology in Stress Fracture
    Host Risk Factors for the Development of Bone Stress Injury
    Bone Mineral Density and Bone Thickness
    Genetics
    Nutritional Factors
    Menstrual Irregularity
    Summary
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Military
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Athletics
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Tennis Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Pediatric/Adolescent Athletes
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Other Sports
    Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Incidence and Return to Play
    Summary - Epidemiology
    References
    4: Diagnostic Imaging Evaluation of Stress Fractures
    Evolution of Imaging
    Imaging Techniques
    Radiography
    Radionuclide Scintigraphy
    Ultrasound
    Computed Tomography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Classification of Stress Fractures
    Defining a Stress Fracture
    Features of a Quality Classification System
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Wen-Yan Han, Xin Li, Golam Jalal Ahammed, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the existing knowledge regarding the effect of global climate change on tea plant physiology, biochemistry, and metabolism as well as economic and societal aspects of the tea industry. Specifically, this book synthesizes recent advances in the physiological and molecular mechanisms of the responses of tea plants to various abiotic and biotic stressors including high temperature, low temperature or freezing, drought, low light, UV radiation, elevated CO2, ozone, nutrient deficiency, insect herbivory, and pathogenic agents. This book also discusses challenges and potential management strategies for sustaining tea yield and quality in the face of climate change. Dr. Wen-Yan Han is a Professor and Dr. Xin Li is an Associate Professor at the Tea Research Institute of the Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences (TRI, CAAS), Hangzhou, PR China. Dr. Golam Jalal Ahammed is an Associate Professor at the Department of Horticulture, College of Forestry, Henan University of Science and Technology, Luoyang, PR China.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Global Climate Change, Ecological Stress, andTea Production; 1 Introduction; 2 Global Climate Change Trends; 3 Climate Change Effects onAgriculture andTea Physiology; 4 Socioeconomic Implications ofClimate Change inMajor Tea-Producing Areas Globally; 5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Understanding Response ofTea Plants toHeat Stress andtheMechanisms ofAdaptation; 1 Introduction; 2 Identification ofHeat Stress-Related Functional Genes fromTea Plant 2 Cold Acclimation: ANecessary Process toIncrease Low-Temperature Tolerance2.1 Freezing Tolerance Measurements andPhysiological Changes DuringCA; 2.2 Identification andCharacterization ofLow-Temperature-Responsive Genes; 2.3 Major Signals andPathways Involved intheRegulation ofLow-Temperature Tolerance; 3 Bud Dormancy: AnImportant Strategy forSurviving Freezing Cold DuringWinter; 3.1 Physiological or Biochemical Changes inOverwintering Buds; 3.2 Major Mechanisms Involved intheRegulation ofBud Dormancy 3 Identification ofHeat Stress-Related Transcription Factor Genes ofTea Plant4 Reliable Reference Genes forNormalization ofExpression Profiles ofGenes Related Heat Stress inTea Plant; 5 Verification ofHeat Stress-Related Genes ofTea Plant inTransgenic Plants; 6 Transcriptome Analysis ofTea Plant; 7 MiRNA Analysis ofTea Plant; 8 Proteomic, Metabolomic, andGenomic Approaches ofHeat Stress inTea Plant; 9 Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 3: Response andAdaptation Mechanisms ofTea Plant toLow-Temperature Stress; 1 Introduction 3.3 Key Genes andTranscription Factors Involved intheRegulation ofBud Dormancy4 Secondary Metabolic Changes that Are Affected byLow Temperature; 5 Challenges andFuture Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Response ofTea Plants toDrought Stress; 1 Introduction; 2 Morphological Responses; 3 Physiological andBiochemical Responses; 3.1 Water Relations; 3.2 Photosynthesis; 3.3 Photosynthetic Pigments; 3.4 Nutrient Elements; 3.5 Plant Growth Substances; 3.6 Osmotic Adjustment; 3.7 Carbohydrates; 3.8 Oxidative Damage; 3.9 Antioxidants; 4 Molecular Responses; 5 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 5: Molecular andPhysiological Adaptations ofTea Plant inResponse toLow Light andUV Stress1 Codifying theSunlight: "Bright" Information forTea Plant Metabolism; 2 Shade inCamellia sinensis: Is It Beneficial?; 2.1 Ecophysiological Adaptations; 2.2 Anatomical andUltrastructural Changes andColor Variation; 2.3 Biochemical Responses; 3 Ultraviolet-B Radiation inCamellia sinensis: Stressor or Enhancer?; 4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: UV-B Radiation-Induced Changes inTea Metabolites andRelated Gene Expression; 1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marek Skoneczny, editor.
    Summary: This book covers both the molecular basics of fungal stress response strategies as well as biotechnological applications thereof. The complex regulatory mechanisms of stress response pathways are presented in a concise and well-readable manner. Also, light will be shed on the interconnection of pathways responding to different types of stress. Profound knowledge of stress responses in yeast and filamentous fungi is crucial for further optimization of industrial processes. Applications are manifold, for example in fungicide development, for improving the resistance of crop plants to fungal pathogens, but also in medicine to help curing fungal infections.

    Contents:
    Response mechanisms to oxidative stress in yeast and filamentous fungi
    Response mechanisms to chemical and physical stresses in yeast and filamentous fungi
    How do yeast and other fungi recognize and respond to genome perturbations
    The nutrient stress response in yeast
    Response and cytoprotective mechanisms against proteotoxic stress in yeast and fungi
    Importance of stress response mechanisms in filamentous fungi for agriculture and industry
    In the crossroad between drug resistance and virulence in fungal pathogens.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jean-Charles Preiser, editor.
    Summary: This book demonstrates how the latest insights into the physiopathology of the stress response can be integrated into clinical practice. The topic is particularly relevant since the metabolic changes triggered by acute stress, including adaptive responses such as resistance to anabolic signals, have recently been more precisely delineated. The underlying mechanisms of these changes are also now better understood. The authors analyse how these advances could result in better management and more effective prevention of the long-term clinical consequences of the alterations occurring during the acute phase. An international panel of respected experts discusses these topics and describes the management of some common clinical conditions.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part 1: Metabolic changes
    Successive phases
    Bioenergetics of the stress response
    Hibernation and mitochondrial adaptation
    Resistance to anabolic signals
    Use of lipids as energy substrates
    Use of carbohydrates
    Stress hyperglycemia
    Protein metabolism
    Micronutrients
    Part 2: Hormonal regulation
    Hypothalamic-pituitary axis
    Thyroid
    Adrenal
    Sex hormones
    Enterohormones
    Adipokines
    Part 3: Particular clinical situations
    Severe undernutrition
    Traumatic brain injury
    Sepsis and MOF
    Morbid obesity
    Burn injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Christine M. Oslowski.
    Contents:
    Methods for studying ER stress and UPR markers in human cells / Donna Kennedy, Afshin Samali, and Richard Jäger
    Assays for induction of the unfolded protein response and selective activation of the three major pathways / Ananya Gupta, Danielle E. Read, and Sanjeev Gupta
    Assays to characterize molecular chaperone function in vitro / Martin Haslbeckand Johannes Buchner
    Analysis of the heat shock factor complex in mammalian HSP70 promoter / Mitsuaki Fujimoto ... [et al.]
    Immunofluorescence-based methods to monitor DNA end resection / Bipasha Mukherjee, Nozomi Tomimatsu, and Sandeep Burma
    Visualizing the spatiotemporal dynamics of DNA damage in budding yeast / Chihiro Horigome ... [et al.]
    Detecting reactive oxygen species by immunohistochemistry / Geou-Yarh Liou and Peter Storz
    Investigating inflammasome activation under conditions of cellular stress and injury / Clare C. Cunningham ... [et al.]
    Methods for studying microRNA functions during stress / Yoshinari Ando and Anthony K. L. Leung
    Measuring autophagy in stressed cells / Marina N. Sharifi ... [et al.]
    Detection of apoptosis using fluorescent probes / Grishma Khanal ... [et al.]
    Measuring death of pancreatic beta cells in response to stress and cytotoxic T cells / Jibran A. Wali ... [et al.]
    Adaptation of the secretory pathway in cancer through IRE1 signaling / Stéphanie Lhomond ... [et al.]
    Studying nitrosative stress in Parkinson's disease / Kenny K. K. Chung
    Cross talk between ER stress, oxidative stress, and inflammation in health and disease / Aditya Dandekar, Roberto Mendez, and Kezhong Zhang
    Stress responses during ageing : molecular pathways regulating protein homeostasis / Emmanouil Kyriakakis, Andrea Princz, and Nektarios Tavernarakis
    Targeting stress responses for regenerative medicine / Irina Milisav, Samo Ribarič, and Dušan Šuput.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nikos C. Apostolopoulos.
    Summary: In this manuscript, practitioners and students who are concerned with sports and rehabilitation medicine, kinesiology, as well as coaches and athletes, are introduced to numerous concepts, including mechanotransduction, inflammation, pro- and anti-inflammatory cytokines, calpains, the extracellular matrix, neutrophils and macrophages, and their relevance to stretching, particularly stretching intensity. Although the quantitative parameters of training, duration, and frequency are important, it is the qualitative criterion of intensity ("how much") that the author suggests is ultimately of greater concern. Intensity, the rate and magnitude of force, may be responsible for the proper recovery, regeneration, and adaptation of the musculoskeletal tissues from training, competition, or rehabilitation from injuries. Research suggests that too much force results in the stimulation of an inflammatory response, one associated with a biochemical feedback emerging from a mechanical stimulus. The intent of this manuscript is twofold: to initiate the discussion of the importance of stretching intensity with regard to proper recovery, regeneration, and adaptation, and to suggest that researchers need to explore its potential role in addressing numerous inflammatory (RA) and non-inflammatory (OA, recurrent tendinitis etc.) musculoskeletal conditions as well.

    Contents:
    1. INTRODUCTION
    2. LITERATURE REVIEW
    3. STUDY ONE
    Acute Inflammatory Response to Stretching
    4. STUDY TWO
    Stretch Intensity vs. Inflammation: Is There a Dose-Dependent Association?
    5. STUDY THREE
    The Effects of Different Passive Static Stretching Intensities on Perceived Muscle Soreness and Muscle Function Recovery Following Unaccustomed Eccentric Exercise
    A Randomised Trial
    6. SUMMARY DISCUSSION
    7. LIMITATIONS
    8. FUTURE RESEARCH
    9. CONCLUSIONS.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hinanit Koltai, Cristina Prandi, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the exciting biology and chemistry of strigolactones. Outgrowth of shoot branches? Development of lateral roots? Interactions with beneficial microorganism? Avoiding parasitic plants? Responding to drought conditions? These important "decisions" made by the plant are all regulated by a group of plant hormones, termed Strigolactones. Latest research unveiled some new biological concepts, such as a redefinition of plant hormones and their crosstalk, new functional diversity of receptors, evolvement of plants to parasitic life habit, smoke and hormone mirrors, core signaling pathways, and even phloem transport of receptor proteins. Another important aspect of Strigolactones is its developed synthetic chemistry, and the opening of a variety of potential applications in agriculture and medicine. The book will address teachers, lecturers and (post- ) graduate students in biology and agronomy, and will clearly present the role strigolactones play in plant development, in induction of parasitic plant germination, interaction of plants with soil biota and abiotic stress conditions, prospects of strigolactone biochemistry and evolution, and chemical synthesis of natural strigolactones and analogs, and their potential applications. Glossary and synopses that may ease comprehension of the related terms and concepts will also be included.

    Contents:
    1. Strigolactone natural biosynthesis
    2. Strigolactones as plant hormones
    3. Strigolactones and parasitic plants
    4. Strigolactones and the soil microbiota
    5. Strigolactones likes and evolution
    6. Strigolactones synthetic chemistry and applications
    7. Synopses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Louis R. Caplan, Vasileios-Arsenios Lioutas.
    Contents:
    Confused after a nap
    Headache after a beach trip
    Why are you staring over there?
    Dizziness and ataxia after lifting a vacuum
    Two generations with stroke and cognitive decline
    Ms H heads to the hospital
    The weak construction worker
    Twisted tongue and dizzy head
    Right hemibody weakness in a man with lighting-like transient facial pain
    Blurry vision
    Gastroenteritis with dizziness and ataxia
    Neck pain soon followed by right hemiparesis
    Sudden onset of double vision and left ataxic hemiparesis. Arm pain and swelling followed by headache, right weakness, and aphasia
    More than meets the eye
    A rusty pipe
    Eyelid droopiness and body weakness
    A pain in the hand
    A ticking time bomb
    "Dancing" hand
    Double vision and jumpy eyes
    Between a rock and a hard place
    Follow you heart or your brain?
    A bloody mesh
    A Lernaean Hydra
    It looks like a stroke, walks like a stroke, and behaves like a stoke. But is it a stroke?
    A relentless headache.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] James C. Grotta, Gregory W. Albers, Joseph P. Broderick, Arthur L. Day, Scott E. Kasner, Eng H. Lo, Ralph L. Sacco, Lawrence K.S. Wong.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Pankaj Sharma, James F. Meschia, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    S.K. Gill, M.M. Brown, F. Robertson, N. Losseff, editors.
    Contents:
    A Rapidly Progressive Dementia
    A Headache after Starting the Oral Contraceptive Pill
    A Child with Enlarged Pupils
    Locked in or Break Out?- An Unusual TIA
    Hemianopic Alexia
    Recurrent Miscarriages and Neurological Symptoms
    A Pain in the Neck
    A Painless Loss of Vision
    Sickle Cell Disease and Stroke
    A New Mother with Rapidly Developing Blindness
    A Potentially Fatal Complication
    A Funny Turn in the Toilet
    A Strategic Infarct Leading to Mild Cognitive Impairment
    A Misbehaving Limb
    More than Just A Sore Throat
    An MRI Saves a Patient from Unnecessary Surgery
    Confusion after the 'Flu
    One Night with Venus, a Lifetime with Mars
    A Hypertensive Spike
    Lying in Wait: Stroke and a Blistering Rash
    An Unusual Case of Paradoxical Embolus
    Reaching a Crescendo
    Bihemispheric Infarcts
    Sleep Disordered Breathing and Stroke
    A Possible Remedy for Post Stroke Confusion
    A Headache with a Difference
    An Alternative Solution to a Difficult Problem
    Botox Saves the Day
    A Diagnosis not to Forget
    A Migraine with Persistent Focal Symptoms
    Stroke and Systemic Disease
    An Unusual Hypertensive Headache
    Recurrent Thunderclap Headaches
    Stroke in Pregnancy
    Cortical Blindness
    Cerebrovascular Disease in Childhood
    Recurrent Neurological Symptoms Mistaken as Multiple Sclerosis
    Intracerebral Haemorrhage and Oral Anticoagulants
    Choked in the Night.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kathy J. Morrison.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Foundations of Stroke Care
    Chapter 2: About the SCRN® Exam
    Chapter 3: Anatomy, Physiology, and Etiology of Strokes
    Chapter 4: Associated Stroke Disorders
    Chapter 5: Hyperacute Stroke Care
    Chapter 6: Stroke Diagnostics
    Chapter 7: Neurological and Functional Assessment and Severity Scores
    Chapter 8: Acute Stroke Care
    Chapter 9: Medications
    Chapter 10: Postacute Stroke Care
    Chapter 11: Primary and Secondary Preventive Care
    Chapter 12: Case Studies
    Chapter 13: Practice Exam
    Chapter 14: Practice Exam: Answers.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey L. Saver, Graeme J. Hankey.
    Summary: "In this second edition of Stroke Treatment and Prevention we aim to update stroke clinicians and practitioners with the optimal evidence for strategies and interventions to treat stroke and prevent first and recurrent stroke. Where available, randomised controlled trials (RCTs) and systematic reviews of RCTs of the interventions are described, and sourced predominantly from the Cochrane Library"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Stroke : the size of the problem / Graeme Hankey
    Understanding evidence / Jeffrey Saver and Graeme Hankey
    Prehospital stroke care and regionalized stroke systems / Kori Sauser Zachrison and Lee Schwamm
    Organized acute inpatient stroke care / Peter Langhorne
    Supportive care during acute cerebral ischemia / Askiel Bruno, Subhashini Ramesh, and Jeffrey Saver
    Reperfusion of the ischemic brain by intravenous thrombolysis / Jeffrey Saver and Joanna Wardlaw
    Reperfusion of the ischemic brain by endovascular thrombectomy and thrombolysis / Meng Lee and Jeffrey Saver
    Collateral flow enhancement : blood pressure lowering and alteration of blood viscosity / Else Sandset and Eivind Berge
    Acute antiplatelet therapy for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack /Jeffrey Saver
    acute anticoagulant therapy for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack / Xinyi Leng and Lawrence Wong
    Treatment of brain edema / Jeffrey Saver and Salvador Cruz-Flores
    Neuroprotection for acute brain ischemia / Jeffrey Saver and Nerses Sanossian
    Acute treatment of intracerebral hemorrhage / Tom Moullaali, Rustam Al-Shahi Salamn, and Craig Anderson
    Acute treatment of subarachnoid hemorrhage / Sherri Braksick and Alejandro Rabinstein
    Prevention of stroke by lowering blood pressure / Meng Lee, Jeffrey Saver, and Bruce Ovbiagele
    Prevention of stroke by lowering blood cholesterol concentrations / Maurizio Paciaroni
    Prevention of stroke by modification of modification of vascular and lifestyle risk-factors / Amytis Towfighi and Jeffrey Saver
    Drugs, devices, and procedural therapies to prevent recurrent cardiogenic embolic stroke / Graeme Hankey
    Long-term antithrombotic therapy for large and small artery occlusive disease / Graeme Hankey
    Carotid and vertebral artery revascularization / Mandy D. Müller, Leo H. Bonati, and Martin M. Brown
    Cervical artery dissections and cerebral vasculiti / Philippe Lyrer
    Prevention of intracerebral and subarachnoid hemorrhage / James Klaas and Robert Brown
    Evidence-based motor rehabilitation after stroke / Gert Kwakkel and Janne Veerbeek
    Language and cognitive rehabilitation after stroke / Marian Brady and Jonathan Evans
    Using pharmacotherapy to enhance stroke recovery / Larry Goldstein
    Electrical and magnetic brain stimulation to enhance post-stroke recovery / Mark Parsons and Jodie Marquez.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, Dong-Wan Kang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on diabetes in stroke, covering both basic and clinical aspects in detail. The focus is in particular on two major areas: general knowledge of diabetes and diabetes from a stroke neurologist's perspective. Readers will find up-to-date information on glucose metabolism, the pathophysiology of diabetes, the clinical significance of diabetes in stroke, the differential influence of diabetes on stroke mechanisms, principles of diabetes care, advances in treatment options, and clinical practice in the real world. The individual components of pathophysiology, management, and key issues are fully addressed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. The book is timely in bringing together within one volume the most important current knowledge on diabetes in stroke. It will be invaluable for stroke physicians, epidemiologists, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basic Science: diabetes and stroke
    1 Glucose metabolism
    2 Pathophysiology and risk factors of diabetes
    3 Macro- and microvascular complications of diabetes
    4 Hyperglycemia in acute stroke
    Part II Clinical significance of diabetes in cerebro-cardiovascular disease
    5 Clinical impact of diabetes mellitus in cardiovascular disease
    6 Epidemiology of stroke patients with diabetes
    7 Differential influence of diabetes on stroke subtypes
    Part III. Treatment of diabetes
    8 Principles of diabetes care and lifestyle modification
    9 Metformin and sulfonylurea
    10 Insulin therapy
    11 Thiazolidinedione (TZD)
    12 Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors
    13 SGLT2 inhibitors
    14 Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist
    15 Standard pharmacological treatment of diabetes based on the guidelines
    16 Future therapies of diabetes
    Part IV Actual clinical practice in patients with diabetes
    17 Diabetes in pregnancy
    18 Glucose lowering strategy in acute stroke
    19 Management of acute complications of diabetes mellitus
    20 Long-term glycemic control for stroke survivors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, editor.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on stroke management in a unique organizational style. Ischemic stroke is extensively covered, with inclusion of overviews that dynamically describe all relevant diagnostic and therapeutic processes in a time sequence mirroring real practice. The individual components of management and key issues are fully discussed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. In addition, the book considers the various causes of stroke and provides detailed guidance on means of secondary prevention. The recent demonstration of the substantial benefit of intra-arterial thrombectomy using stentrievers in patients with acute ischemic stroke represents a great moment in the history of stroke management. As we embark on a new era, there is an urgent need to review and evaluate current modalities for stroke diagnosis and treatment. In tackling this task, this book will be invaluable for physicians, angiographic interventionists, surgeons, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge on stroke.

    Contents:
    1. Initial assessment of patients with stroke-like symptoms
    2. Diagnosis and treatment of ischemic stroke: acute stage
    3. Diagnosis and treatment of hemorrhagic stroke: acute stage
    4. Certain, but relatively frequent causes of ischemic stroke
    5. Secondary prevention of stroke
    6. Clinical practice guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, Min Kyoung Kang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on dyslipidemia in stroke, covering both basic and clinical aspects in detail. The focus is in particular on two major themes: the clinical significance of dyslipidemia in stroke and the treatment of dyslipidemia in stroke patients. Readers will find up-to-date information on lipid metabolism, biomarkers, and advances in treatment options, including novel biologic drugs. Specific management considerations and pitfalls are also discussed. The individual components of pathophysiology, treatment, and key issues are addressed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. This book is timely in bringing together within one volume the most important current knowledge on dyslipidemia in stroke. It will be invaluable for stroke physicians, pharmacists, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Basic Science: Dyslipidemia and Stroke
    1 Role of Dyslipidemia in Atherosclerosis
    2 Effects of Dyslipidemia on the Cerebral vessels
    Part 2 Clinical Significance of Dyslipidemia in Stroke
    3 Impact of Dyslipidemia on Ischemic Stroke
    4 Dyslipidemia and Hemorrhagic Stroke
    5 Clinical biomarkers of Dyslipidemia. Part 3 Treatment of Dyslipidemia in Stroke Patients
    6 Therapeutic Lifestyle Modification
    7 Statins
    8 Ezetimibe
    9 Fibrate and Niacin
    10 Fish Oils
    11 PCSK9 inhibiting monoclonal antibodies
    12 PCSK9 inhibiting siRNA
    13 Understanding of Clinical Practice Guidelines for Dyslipidemia
    Part 4 Management of Dyslipidemia in Clinical Practice of Stroke
    14 Practical Management of Dyslipidemia in Stroke Patients
    15 Practical Dyslipidemia Management in Stroke-specific Situations
    16 Dyslipidemia in Women: Etiology and Management
    17 Safety Considerations of Pharmacological Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seung-Hoon Lee, editor ; Dong-Wan Kang, associate editor.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on hemorrhagic stroke in a unique organizational style. All aspects are covered, including risk factors, pathophysiology, diagnostic modalities, treatment, and prevention. Individual procedures and issues are fully discussed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. Furthermore, in an accompanying overview diagnostic and therapeutic processes are dynamically described in a time sequence mirroring real practice. The recent striking advances in brain imaging have resulted in a better understanding of the causes and pathophysiology of hemorrhagic stroke, and management has been enhanced by a variety of surgical techniques, intensive monitoring, and administration of novel medical treatment. Against this background, it is timely to summarize current understanding of hemorrhagic stroke and its management from a practical perspective. This textbook will be invaluable for stroke physicians, surgeons, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge on the subject.

    Contents:
    Introduction: practical use of the textbook - 1. Introduction on hemorrhagic stroke - 1.1. Definition and classification - 1.2. Statistics on hemorrhagic stroke - 1.3. Ethnic differences - 2. Risk factors and pathophysiology - 2.1. Risk factors of intracerebral hemorrhage - 2.2. Classification of hemorrhagic stroke - 2.3. Pathophysiology of intracerebral hemorrhage - 2.4. Pathophysiology of subarachnoid hemorrhage.- 2.5. Pathophysiology of arteriovenous malformation - 2.6. Pathophysiology of dural arteriovenous fistula - 2.7. Pathophysiology of cerebral amyloid angiopathy - 2.8. Pathophysiology of moyamoya disease - 2.9. Pathophysiology of genetic causes of hemorrhagic stroke - 3. Diagnosis and treatment of hemorrahgic stroke - 3.1. Triage of patients with hemorrhagic stroke: overview - 3.2. Organization of stroke care.- 3.3. Principles of brain imaging for hemorrhagic stroke diagnosis - 3.4. Blood pressure management - 3.5. Acute treatment of subarachnoid hemorrhage - neurosurgery and intervention.- 3.6. General medical management
    fluid, fever, glucose and heart - 3.7. Neurocritical care for hemorrhagic stroke patients - 3.8. Dysphagia assessment - 3.9. Prevention and management of stroke complication.- 3.10. Specific medical treatment for hemostasis - 3.11. Neurosurgery for intracererbral hemorrhage - 3.12. Rehabilitation.- 4. Primary or secondary prevention.- 4.5. Risk factor control - 4.2. Surgery for stroke prevention - 4.3. Angiographic intervention for stroke prevention - 4.4. Management of post-stroke sequlae: depression, dementia, and motor deficit.- 5. Clinical practice guidelines - 5.1. History, purpose and use of clinical practice guidelines for stroke - 5.2. Discrepancy and pitfalls of clinical practice guidelines - 5.3. Smart use of clinical practice guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Seung-Hoon Lee, Jae-Sung Lim.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on vascular cognitive impairment (VCI). The focus is in particular on two major representative clinical syndromes of VCI: subcortical VCI and post-stroke cognitive impairment. Individual chapters address a wide range of topics and issues, providing up-to-date information on epidemiology, cognitive evaluation, pathophysiology, established and emerging neuroimaging biomarkers, amyloid imaging, serum and genetic biomarkers, prognosis, prevention, and treatment. The accompanying illustrations and photos enable the reader to achieve a ready understanding of the contents and to retrieve fundamental information quickly. The book will be an invaluable resource for stroke physicians, surgeons, and students wishing to learn more about the latest advances, from efforts to harmonize neuropsychological evaluation and improvements in diagnostic criteria through to the role of advanced neuroimaging techniques in deepening understanding of VCI and progress toward more targeted treatment.

    Contents:
    1. Definition and concept of VCI
    2. Clinical syndromes of VCI and representative clinical vignettes
    3. Epidemiology of VCI
    4. Cognitive evaluations for VCI
    5. Pathophysiology of VCI
    Theoretical background
    6. Neuroimaging biomarkers and pathophysiological implications
    7. Emerging neuroimaging biomarkers in VCI
    8. Amyloid imaging in VCI
    9. Serum/Genetic biomarkers of VCI
    10. Prognosis of VCI
    11. Prevention and Treatment
    12. Perspectives and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Benjamin M.J. Owens, Matthew A. Lakins, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Chaim Putterman, David Cowburn, Steven Almo.
    Summary: Structural Biology in Immunology, Structure/Function of Novel Molecules of Immunologic Importance delivers important information on the structure and functional relationships in novel molecules of immunologic interest. Due to an increasingly sophisticated understanding of the immune system, the approach to the treatment of many immune-mediated diseases, including multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and inflammatory bowel disease has been dramatically altered. Furthermore, there is an increasing awareness of the critical role of the immune system in cancer biology. The improved central structure function relationships presented in this book will further enhance our ability to understand what defects in normal individuals can lead to disease.

    Contents:
    1. Organization of immunological synapses and kinapses
    2. Principles of protein recognition by small T-cell adhesion proteins and costimulatory receptors
    3. Synthetic antibody engineering: concepts and applications
    4. Natural killer cell receptors
    5. Structure-function in antibodies to double-stranded DNA
    6. The role of the constant region in antibody-antigen interactions: redefining the modular model of immunoglobulin structure
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Helena Hansen, Jonathan M. Metzl, editors.
    Summary: This book documents the ways that clinical practitioners and trainees have used the "structural competency" framework to reduce inequalities in health. The essays describe on-the-ground ways that clinicians, educators, and activists craft structural interventions to enhance health outcomes, student learning, and community organizing around issues of social justice in health and healthcare. Each chapter of the book begins with a case study that illuminates a competency in reorienting clinical and public health practice toward community, institutional and policy level intervention based on alliances with social agencies, community organizations and policy makers. Written by authors who are trained in both clinical and social sciences, the chapters cover pedagogy in classrooms and clinics, community collaboration, innovative health promotion approaches in non-health sectors and in public policies, offering a view of effective care as structural intervention and a road map toward its implementation. Structural Competency in Mental Health and Medicine is a cutting-edge resource for psychiatrists, primary care physicians, addiction medicine specialists, emergency medicine specialists, nurses, social workers, public health practitioners, and other clinicians working toward equality in health.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Yu Wai Chen.
    Contents:
    1. DisMeta : a meta server for construct design and optimization / Yuanpeng Janet Huang, Thomas B. Acton, and Gaetano T. Montelione
    2. Stable expression clones and auto-induction for protein production in E. coli / F. William Studier
    3. High-throughput expression screening and purification of recombinant proteins in E. coli / Natalie J. Saez and Renaud Vincentelli
    4. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : ligation-independent cloning / Claire Strain-Damerell, Pravin Mahajam, Opher Gileadi and Nicola A. Burgess-Brown
    5. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : protein production in E. coli / Nicola A. Burgess-Brown, Pravin Mahajan, Claire Strain-Damerell, Opher Gileadi and Susanne Gräslund
    6. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : protein production in insect cells / Pravin Mahajan , Claire Strain-Damerell, Opher Gileadi and Nicola A. Burgess-Brown
    7. OmniBac : universal multigene transfer plasmids for baculovirus expression vectors systems / Deepak B. Thimiri Govinda Raj, Lakshmi S. Vijayachandran, and Imre Berger
    8. Multiprotein complex production in insect cells by using polyproteins / Yan Nie, Itxaso Bellon-Echeverria, Simon Trowitzch, Christoph Bieniossek and Imre Berger
    9. Expression screening in mammalian suspension cells / Susan D. Chapple and Michael R. Dyson
    10. Cell-free expression of protein complexes for structural biology / Takaho Terada, Takehi Murata, Mikako Shirouzu and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
    11. Cell-free protein synthesis for functional and structural studies / Shin-ichi Makino, Emily T. Beebe, John L. Markley and Brian G. Fox
    13. Insoluble protein purification with sarkosyl : facts and precautions / Ben Chisnall, Courtney Johnson, Yavuz Kulaberoglu and Yu Wai Chen
    13. Estimation of crystallization likelihood through a fluorimetric thermal stability assay / Vincent Mariaule, Florine Dupeux, and José A. Márquez
    14. CrystalDirect : a novel approach for automated crystal harvesting based on photoablation of thin films / José A. Márquez and Florent Cipriani
    15. Methods to refine macromolecular structures in cases of severe diffraction anisotropy / Michael R. Sawaya
    16. Applications of NMR-based PRE and EPR-based DEER spectroscopy to homodimer chain exchange characterization and structure determination / Yunhuang Yang, Theresa A. Ramelot, Shuisong Ni, Robert M. McCarrick and Michael A. Kennedy
    17. Cost-effective protocol for the parallel production of libraries of 13CH3-specifically labeled mutants for NMR studies of high molecular weight proteins / Elodie Crublet, Rime Kerfah, Guillaume Mas, Marjolaine Noirclerc-Savoye, Violaine Lantez, Thierry Vernet and Jerome Boisbouvier
    18. High-throughput SAXS for the characterization of biomolecules in solution : a practical approach / Kevin N. Dyer, Michael Hammel, Robert P. Rambo, Susan E. Tsutakawa, Ivan Rodic, Scott Classen, John A. Tainer and Greg L. Hura
    19. Measuring spatial restraints on native protein complexes using isotope-tagged chemical cross-linking and mass spectrometry / Franz Herzog
    20. Modeling of proteins and their assemblies with the integrative modeling platform / Benjamin Webb, Keren Lasker, Javier Velázquez-Muriel, Dina Schneidman-Duhovny, Riccardo Pellarin, Massimiliano Bonomi, Charles Greenberg, Barak Raveh, Elina Tjioe, Daniel Russel and Andrej Sali
    21. Quality and validation of structures from structural genomics / Marcin J. Domagalski, Heping Zheng, Matthew D. Zimmerman, Zhigniew Dauter, Alexander Wlodawer and Wladek Minor
    22. Navigating the global protein-protein interaction landscape using iRefWeb / Andrei L. Turinsky, Sabry Razick, Brian Turner, Ian M. Donaldson and Shoshana J. Wodak
    23. Mespeus-a database of metal interactions with proteins / Marjorie M. Harding and Kun-Yi Hsin
    24. High-quality macromolecular graphics on mobile devices : a quick starter's guide / Chin-Pang Benny Yiu and Yu Wai Chen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Wayne F. Anderson.
    Contents:
    Data Management in the Modern Structural Biology and Biomedical Research Environment
    Structural Genomics of Human Proteins
    Target Selection for Structural Genomics of Infectious Diseases
    Selecting Targets from Eukaryotic Parasites for Structural Genomics and Drug Discovery
    High Throughput Cloning for Biophysical Applications
    Expression and Solubility Testing in a High Throughput Environment
    Protein Production for Structural Genomics Using E. coli Expression
    Eukaryotic Expression Systems for Structural Studies
    Automated Cell-free Protein Production Methods for Structural Studies
    Parallel Protein Purification
    Oxidative Refolding from Inclusion Bodies
    High throughput Crystallization Screening
    Screening Proteins for NMR Suitability
    Salvage or Recovery of Failed Targets by in situ Proteolysis
    Salvage of Failed Protein Targets by Reductive Alkylation
    Salvage or Recovery of Failed Targets by Mutagenesis to Reduce Surface Entropy
    Data Collection for Crystallographic Structure Determination
    Structure, Determination, Refinement, and Validation
    Virtual High-Throughput Ligand Screening
    Ligand Screening using Fluorescence Thermal Shift Analysis (FTS)
    Ligand Screening using Enzymatic Assays
    Ligand Screening using NMR
    Screening Ligands by X-ray Crystallography
    Case Study Structural Genomics and Human Protein Kinases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Paul Sorajja.
    Summary: "Using a practical, case-based format, this superbly illustrated atlas by Dr. Paul Sorajja is a comprehensive collection of more than 130 professional experiences in treating structural heart disease. Organized by pathology, each case presents key clinical points for practitioners at all levels, from beginner to expert. Cases are provided by interventionalists and surgeons with extensive hands-on experience, and edited by experts in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I: Mitral disease. Transcatheter repair
    Uncomplicated transcatheter mitral valve repair with MitraClip
    Commissural mitral regurgitation therapy
    Advanced steering in the left atrium for an aortic hugger
    Transcatheter repair of ruptured papillary muscle
    Optimal intraprocedural guidance for mitral therapy
    Challenges of transcatheter therapy for functional mitral regurgitation
    The zip-and-clip technique in transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Mitral annular calcification and transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Optimization for multiple clip placement
    Importance of hemodynamics for assessing residual regurgitation
    Use of low profile pressure wire for simultaneous left atrial pressure during repair
    Barlow's valve therapy
    Transcatheter mitral repair for cardiogenic shock
    A space too small for additional clipping
    Treatment of leaflet perforation with vascular plugs
    Occluder therapy for residual mitral regurgitation after transcatheter repair
    Clip-to-annuloplasty ring
    Transcatheter repair of severe mitral regurgitation after surgical annuloplasty
    Unsuccessful transcatheter repair after prior cardiac surgery
    MitraClip in a patient with radiation heart disease
    A difficult case of transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Stuck on the atrial septum
    Ensuring mitral leaflet insertion
    One of my most difficult transcatheter repair cases
    Single leaflet device attachment and clip embolization
    Lessons learned from a difficult MitraClip case
    Percutaneous treatment of ventricular dysfunction and secondary mitral regurgitation (Accucinch)
    Percutaneous annuloplasty for severe mitral regurgitation (MitraAlign)
    Left ventricular therapy for mitral regurgitation (Myocor)
    Coronary sinus approach for mitral regurgitation (Carillon)
    Plugging a hole near a mitral surgical ring
    Anatomical intelligence and image fusion for image guidance of transcatheter mitral valve repair
    Valve replacement
    Computed tomography imaging for transcatheter mitral replacement
    Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Twelve)
    Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Tendyne)
    Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Tiara)
    Antegrade valve replacement in severe mitral annular calcification
    Self expanding prosthesis for severe mitral annular calcification
    Retrograde valve replacement in severe mitral annular calcification with a rail
    Management of LVOT obstruction from mitral valve replacement
    Transcatheter valve placement in a mitral ring
    Balloon commissurotomy
    Hemodynamic assessment of mitral disease
    Balloon mitral valvuloplasty for rheumatic mitral stenosis
    Rupture of mitral valve with balloon mitral valvuloplasty
    The banking technique for Inoue balloon movement
    Section II: Aortic valve disease. Valve replacement
    Caseous mitral annular calcification distorting the aortic annulus
    Transfemoral balloon-expandable transcatheter aortic valve replacement (Sapien 3)
    Double Valve Transcatheter Therapy for Mitral and Aortic Stenosis
    Transvenous antegrade transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Valve embolization in transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Transcatheter aortic valve therapy for ascending aortic dissection with aortic regurgitation
    Superior placement to overcome severe left ventricular outflow tract calcification
    Retrieval of transaortic sheath marker loss
    Left ventricular perforation during transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Subaortic ring therapy
    Bicuspid aortic valve therapy - transcatheter challenges
    Transcatheter aortic valve-in-valve therapy with high risk of coronary obstruction
    A difficult case of transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Valve embolization during transcatheter aortic therapy
    Transcaval transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Subclavian management during transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Rapid ventricular pacing and demise of left ventricular function
    Pure aortic regurgitation treatment
    Aortic regurgitation treatment in the presence of a left ventricular assist device
    Prosthetic valve thrombosis
    Fractures and twists during transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    Transcatheter aortic valve therapy without pre-procedural computed tomography
    Section III: Prosthetic valve. Paravalvular regurgitation
    Computed tomography for paravalvular leak closure
    Retrograde repair of aortic paravalvular regurgitation
    Retrograde repair of mitral paravalvular regurgitation
    Retrograde Repair of a Multi-Orifice Mitral Paravalvular Leak by Hopscotch Technique
    Antegrade repair of mitral paravalvular regurgitation
    Benefit of accurate transseptal puncture in paravalvular closure
    Challenging echocardiographic imaging for leak closure
    Coronary dissection from paravalvular leak closure
    Treatment of Coronary Obstruction after Paravalvular Leak Closure
    Papillary muscle rupture during paravalvular leak closure
    Step up technique with coronary guidewire use for paravalvular leak closure
    The anchor wire technique for aortic paravalvular leak closure
    Venous-arterial rail and anchor
    Simultaneous plug placement for paravalvular leaks
    Closure of aorta to right ventricle fistula
    The aortic-arterial rail technique
    Repair of paravalvular regurgitation in a balloon-expanding prosthesis
    Valve-in-valve
    Mitral valve-in-valve therapy with an apical rail
    Antegrade mitral valve-in-valve therapy
    Bioprosthetic valve fracture at the time of valve-in-valve TAVR
    Self-expanding prosthesis for aortic valve-in-valve
    Small prosthesis therapy
    Transcatheter valve-in-valve therapy for tricuspid disease
    Complex self-expanding aortic valve therapy
    A very difficult case of valve-in-valve therapy
    Antegrade balloon-expandable valve for tricuspid valve-in-valve therapy
    Complex tricuspid valve-in-valve therapy
    Fusion imaging for apical access and mitral valve placement
    Fusion Imaging for Mitral Valve-in-Valve Replacement
    Challenging case of surgical mitral ring therapy
    Section IV: Cardiomyopathy. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Mitral valve abnormalities in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Closure of eccentric atrial septal defect" and place in congenital section
    Reversed pulsus paradoxus
    Percutaneous mitral valve repair in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Recurrent obstruction after percutaneous plication in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Complicated alcohol septal ablation
    Untoward myocardial targeting with contrast during alcohol septal ablation
    Case selection for alcohol septal ablation
    Assessment of aortic stenosis in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Dilated cardiomyopathy
    Volume reduction through infarct exclusion
    Section V: Congenital abnormalities, pseudoaneurysms, and shunts. Patent ductus arteriosus
    Closure of patent ductus arteriosus
    Patent foramen ovale
    Complicated patent foramen ovale closure
    Techniques of ASD Closure with Deficient Rims
    Closure of patent foramen ovale (Helex)
    Coarctation of the aorta
    Transcatheter open-cell stent implantation for treatment of native coarctation of the aorta
    Ventricular septal defect
    Transcatheter device closure of a post myocardial infarction ventricular septal defect
    Gerbode therapy
    Congenital muscular ventricular septal defect closure
    Treatment of post-infarct ventricular septal defect
    Patent foramen ovale closure from the right internal jugular vein
    Pulmonary
    Pulmonary homograft therapy
    Treatment of a chicken wing left atrial appendage
    Complicated left atrial appendage closure
    Pearls from a case of left atrial appendage closure
    Residual leak treatment after left atrial appendage closure
    Pseudoaneurysm
    Closure of multiple pseudoaneurysms in the ascending aorta
    Apical pseudoaneurysm
    Transventricular therapy of pulmonary homograft
    Atrial shunt creation
    Induction of left-to-right atrial shunting for heart failure (Corvia)
    Section VI: Tricuspid disease. Tricuspid regurgitation
    Transcatheter tricuspid valve annuloplasty with pledgets implantation for severe tricuspid regurgitation
    Imaging for the tricuspid valve: tips and techniques
    Tricuspid transcatheter repair
    Transcatheter tricuspid valve repair with the FORMA Repair System
    Transapical valve in tricuspid ring.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Tengchuan Jin, Qian Yin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Raymond J. Owens, Oxford Protein Production Facility UK, Research Complex at Harwell, Oxfordshire, UK.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, R. Lipowsky, E. Sackmann.
    Contents:
    v. 1A From cells to vesicles
    v. 1B Generic and specific interactions. Biological membranes architecture and function / E. Sackmann
    The evolution of membranes / M. Bloom and O.G. Mourttsen
    Polymorphism of lipid-water systems / J.M. Seddon and R.H. Templer
    Phospholipid monolayers / H. Möhwald
    Physical basis of self-organization and function of membranes : physics of vesicles / E. Sackmann
    Lateral diffusion in membranes / P.F.F. Almeida and W.L.C. Vaz
    Molecular theory of chain packing, elasticity and lipid-protein interaction in lipid bilayers / A. Ben-Shaul
    Morphology of vesicles / U. Seifert and R. Lepowsky
    Material transport across permeability barriers by means of lipid vesicles / G. Cevc
    Applications of liposomes / D.D. Lasic
    Generic interactions of flexible membranes / R. Lipowsky
    Electrostatic properties of membranes : the Poisson-Boltzmann theory / D. Andelman
    Interaction in membrane assemblies / V.A. Parsegian and R.P. Rand
    Tension-induced mutual adhesion and a conjectured superstructure of lipid membranes / W. Helfrich
    Physical actions in biological adhesion / E. Evans
    Adhesion of cells / P. Bongrand
    Cell membranes and the cytoskeleton / P. Janmey
    Electroporation and electrofusion of membranes / D.S. Dimitrov
    Cation-induced vesicle fusion modulated by polymers and proteins / K. Arnold.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 1995-
  • Digital
    Christon J. Hurst, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses how aquatic microbial communities develop interactive metabolic coordination both within and between species to optimize their energetics. It explains that microbial community structuration often includes functional stratification among a multitude of organisms that variously exist either suspended in the water, lodged in sediments, or bound to one another as biofilms on solid surfaces. The authors describe techniques that can be used for preparing and distributing microbiologically safe drinking water, which presents the challenge of successfully removing the pathogenic members of the aquatic microbial community and then safely delivering that water to consumers. Drinking water distribution systems have their own microbial ecology, which we must both understand and control in order to maintain the safety of the water supply. Since studying aquatic microorganisms often entails identifying them, the book also discusses techniques for successfully isolating and cultivating bacteria. As such, it appeals to microbiologists, microbial ecologists and water quality scientists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Series Preface; Volume Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Understanding Aquatic Microbial Communities; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Water Has Depth and Divides; 1.3 And Its Ecosystems Are Filled with Amazing Life Forms; 1.4 It Often Takes a Biofilm to Nurture a Microbe; 1.5 When Life Hits the Mat; 1.6 The Fungi Will Get You If You Land in the Water; 1.7 Researching Microbiology Even When You Are Up to Your Waist in Alligators While Studying Respiration Without Oxygen, in a ... ; 1.8 And Microbes Are even in the Water that We Would Want to Drink 1.9 They Are more than Just Nameless Faces: There Are Ways to Culture and Identify even the Seemingly UngrowableReferences;
    Chapter 2: Relationship Between Lifestyle and Structure of Bacterial Communities and Their Functionality in Aquatic Systems; 2.1 Conceptual Idea; 2.2 How Much Free-Living Is Free-Living?; 2.3 Microhabitat Descriptions; 2.3.1 Diffusion-Controlled Water Phase (DifP) and Colloidal Phase (ColP); 2.3.1.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics; 2.3.1.2 Bacterial Adaptations: To Eat and Not Be Eaten; 2.3.2 Marine and Freshwater Particles (Par) 2.3.2.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics2.3.2.2 Bacterial Adaptations; 2.3.3 Living Biosphere (Bio); 2.3.3.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics; 2.3.3.2 Bacterial Adaptations; 2.4 Human-Mediated Implications; 2.5 Scaling Up to the Biomes; 2.6 Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 3: Biofilms: Besieged Cities or Thriving Ports?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Rationale; 3.2.1 Living Beings Interact with the Environment; 3.2.2 Points of Consideration for the Next Generation of Biofilm Researchers; 3.3 Background; 3.3.1 Microbiology Legacy 3.3.2 Spatial and Temporal Heterogeneity Associated with Biofilms3.4 Appropriate Analogies and Rubrics; 3.4.1 Thriving Port City or Besieged City?; 3.5 Key Physical Parameters; 3.5.1 Microbes in Aqueous Solutions; 3.5.2 The Reynolds Number; 3.5.2.1 Inertial Force of a Fluid; 3.5.2.2 Viscosity of a Fluid; 3.5.2.3 Reynolds Number Equation; 3.5.2.4 Points for Consideration When Applying the Reynolds Number; 3.5.2.5 Reynolds Number for a Swimming Body Such as a Bacterium; 3.5.3 Reduced Flow Velocity Near a Surface; 3.5.4 Flow in Non-Newtonian Fluids Such as a Biofilm; 3.6 Bacterial Locomotion 3.6.1 Single Cell Swimming3.6.2 Collective Swimming; 3.6.3 Surface Interaction; 3.6.3.1 Swimming Close to a Surface; 3.6.3.2 Surface Sensing; 3.6.3.3 Shear Trapping; 3.6.3.4 Swimming Upstream; 3.7 Dissolved Nutrients; 3.7.1 Diffusion and Advection; 3.7.2 Chemotaxis; 3.8 Evaluating the Port City Analogy; 3.8.1 Biofilm Formation or Association: Immigration; 3.8.2 Motility in or Around the Biofilm; 3.8.3 Biofilm Detachment: Emigration; 3.8.3.1 Modes of Biofilm Detachment; 3.8.3.2 Erosion, Planktonic Cell Yield, and Seeding Dispersion; 3.8.3.3 Rates and Extent of Biofilm Detachment
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Haixia Chen, Min Zhang, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to introduce the classified chemical components of hypoglycemic compounds in natural products, summarize the recent research progress of natural products with hypoglycemic activity in the past 20 years, and provide the original analysis and development opinions of relevant scholars. Hypoglycemic compounds are to target diabetes mellitus, an important public health problem, one of four priority noncommunicable diseases (NCDs) targeted for action by world leaders. Diabetes mellitus is a common endocrine and metabolic disease, which not only causes physiological damage to patients' kidneys, cardiovascular and cerebrovascular vessels, peripheral blood vessels, nerves and eyes, but also causes mental and psychological pressure to patients. Due to the evidence that traditional medicine and natural herbal formula have advantages in treating diabetes, natural products with hypoglycemic activity have been studied extensively in recent years and have been accepted by many scholars all over the world. This book focuses on the progress on the study of the structure, hypoglycemic activities, structure-activity relationships and mechanism of a wide range of polysaccharides, flavonoids, saponins, alkaloids, terpenoids, polyphenols and other constituents. It will help students and researchers to understand current approaches and progress in the treatment of diabetes with natural products, which may also be beneficial to develop new hypoglycemic drugs.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction of diabetes melitus and future prospects of natural products on diabetes melitus
    Chapter 2. An overview of hypoglycemic modern drugs
    Chapter 3. An overview of hypoglycemic biological drugs
    Chapter 4. An overview of hypoglycemic traditional drugs
    Chapter 5. Glycosides from natural sources in the treatment of diabetes mellitus
    Chapter 6. Isolation and Structure Elucidation of Hypoglycemic Compounds
    Chapter 7. Structural Characterization and Health Effects of Polysaccharides from Momordica charantia on Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 8. Effects of polysaccharides on reducing blood glucose based on gut microbiota alteration
    Chapter 9. An Overview of Polysaccharides and the influencefactors of Hypoglycemic Activity
    Chapter 10. Plant Secondary Metabolites with α-Glucosidase Inhibitory Activity.
    Chapter 11. Rhinacanthin-C and Its Potential to Control Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 12. Regeneration of beta cells by inhibition of pro-apoptotic proteins through phytocompound in STZ induced diabetic albino wistar rats-invivo and insilico approach.
    Chapter 13. Nitrogenous Compounds from Plant Origin in Management of
    Chapter 14. Plant Alkaloids with Antidiabetic Potential
    Chapter 15. The role of Alkaloids in the Management of Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 16. Traditional Indian Herbs for the Management of Diabetes Mellitus and their Herb-Drug Interaction Potentials: An Evidence-Based Review
    Chapter 17. Role of Micronutrients and Trace elements in Diabetes mellitus: A Review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kazuhiro Yamaguchi, editor.
    Summary: This book elucidates the morphological backgrounds of various functional parameters of the human respiratory system, including the respiratory control system, dynamics of the upper and lower airways, gas transport and mixing in the lower airways, gas exchange in the acinus, and gas transfer through the alveolar wall. Presenting the latest findings on the interrelationships between morphology and physiology in the respiratory system, the book's goal is to provide a foundation for further exploring structure-function relationships in various respiratory systems, and to improve both the quality of basic science, and that of clinical medicine targeting the human respiratory system. Edited and written by internationally recognized experts, Structure-Function Relationships in Various Respiratory Systems offers a valuable asset for all physicians and researchers engaging in clinical, physiological, or morphological work in the field of respiration. Moreover, it provides a practical guide for physicians, helping them make more precise pathophysiological decisions concerning patients with various types of lung disease, and will be of interest to respiratory physiologists and respiratory morphologists.

    Contents:
    Part I Respiratory control system
    1.Anatomy and physiology of respiratory control system
    2.Anatomy and physiology of chemical regulatory mechanisms in respiration
    3.Coordination of swallowing and breathing
    Part II Upper airway
    4.Anatomy and function of upper airway during sleep
    5.Instability of upper airway during anesthesia and sedation
    Part III Lower airway
    6.Convective and Diffusive Mixing in Lower and Acinar Airways
    7.Radiological evaluation of lower airway dimensions deciding ventilatory dynamics
    8.Functional properties of lower airway estimated by oscillometry
    Part IV Acinus
    9.Inhomogeneous distribution of ventilation-perfusion (VA/Q) and diffusing capacity-perfusion (D/Q) in the lung
    10.Physiological Basis of Effective Alveolar-Arterial O2 Difference (AaDO2) and Effective Physiological Dead Space (VD/VT)
    11.Oxygen transport from air to tissues as an integrated system
    Part V Alveolar wall
    12.Pathophysiological and clinical implication of diffusing capacity for CO (DLco) and Krogh factor (Kco)
    13.Basic perspective of simultaneous measurement of DLCO and DLNO
    14.Reference equations for simultaneously measured DLCO and DLNO
    15.Differential diagnosis based on newly developed indicator of DLNO/DLCO
    16.Clinical significance of simultaneous measurements of DLCO and DLNO: Can DLCO and DLNO differentiate various kinds of lung diseases?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christine Ziegler.
    Summary: New chapters in the updated serial include Cryo-EM on membrane proteins embedded in nanodics, Solid-Supported membrane-based electrophysiology on membrane transporters and channels, Saposin-lipoprotein scaffolds for structure determination of membrane transporters and channels, Single-molecule FRET on transporters, Dynamics of channels and transporters investigated by NMR, Structure-function studies on channels and transporters, and a section on MemStar, a new GFP-based expression and purification system for transporters and channels.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Lipid Nanodiscs as a Tool for High-Resolution Structure Determination of Membrane Proteins by Single-Particle Cryo-EM / Rouslan Efremov, Christos Gatsogiannis and Stefan Raunser
    Chapter 2: SSM-Based Electrophysiology for Transporter Research / Andre Bazzone, Maria Barthmes and Klaus Fendler
    Chapter 3: Saposin-Lipoprotein Scaffolds for Structure Determination of Membrane Transporters / Joseph Lyons, Andreas Bøggild, Poul Nissen and Jens Frauenfeld
    Chapter 4: Single-Molecule Fluorescence Studies of Membrane Transporters Using Total Internal Reflection Microscopy / Joris M.H. Goudsmits, Antoine M. van Oijen and Dirk J. Slotboom
    Chapter 5: The MEMbrane Protein Single ShoT Amplification Recipe: MemStar / Aziz Abdul-Qureshi, Pascal F. Meier, Chiara Lee and David Drew
    Chapter 6: Efficient Screening and Optimization of Membrane Protein Production in Escherichia coli / Jacopo Marino, Katharina Holzhüter, Benedikt Kuhn and Eric R. Geertsma
    Chapter 7: Pinning Down the Mechanism of Transport: Probing the Structure and Function of Transporters Using Cysteine Cross-Linking and Site-Specific Labeling / Christopher Mulligan and Joseph A. Mindell
    Chapter 8: Ion Channel Conformation and Oligomerization Assessment by Site-Directed Spin Labeling and Pulsed-EPR / Christos Pliotas
    Chapter 9: Strategy for the Thermostabilization of an Agonist-Bound GPCR Coupled to a G Protein / Annette Strege, Byron Carpenter, Patricia C. Edwards and Christopher G. Tate.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    by Richard Bandler and John Grinder.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC480.5 .B32 1975
    1
  • Digital
    Mansoor Fatehi, Daniel Pinto dos Santos, editors.
    Summary: This book provides practitioners and scientists with insights into diverse aspects of structured reporting to allow them to develop tools and a knowledge base to ensure that this electronic reporting trend is widely applied. After an introduction to reporting in radiology, various parts of structured reporting are discussed in detail, including an overview of standardized reporting systems, standardized reporting language, DICOM structured reporting, template based structured reporting, and modular reporting. The last chapter addresses the interaction of structured reporting with artificial intelligence and its impact on the future of radiology. The last chapter addresses the interaction of structured reporting with artificial intelligence and its impact on the future of radiology. Endorsed by the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics (EuSoMII), the scope of the book is based on the Medical Imaging Informatics sub-sections of the European Society of Radiology (ESR) European Training Curriculum Level I and II. It is a valuable resource for residents, radiologists and students.

    Contents:
    Introduction to reporting in radiology
    Basics of structured reporting
    Standardized reporting systems
    Standardizing reporting language
    Interoperable reporting standards
    Template based structured reporting
    Common data elements and modular reporting
    Multimedia-enhanced structured reporting
    Strucrtured reporting and artificial intelligence
    Structured reporting beyond radiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rupert Riedl.
    Summary: In this book, the author Rupert Riedl investigates the structural and functional correlations of issues considered as "complex". He brilliantly analyzes the definition of complexity, the occurrence of complexity, the meaning of complexity, and last-but-not-least the way complexity is dealt with professionally. In recent years, our view of the world has been split into ever smaller segments - in part due to the increasing importance of the natural sciences and their associated analytical power. This calls for once again focusing on complexity and the holistic aspects, on interdisciplinary and synoptic approaches. This book is a translation of the original German version "Strukturen der Komplexität", which was published in 2000. The discussion of complexity from the perspective of a biologist has long been overdue when it was published and is still up-to-date.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: The Issues Tackled Here: An Introduction; 1.1 The Topic at Hand; 1.1.1 Research into Complexity Today; 1.1.2 Complexity: Its Characteristics and Its Meaning; 1.1.3 Why, of All Things, Structures?; 1.2 On Methods; 1.2.1 Morphology, Systems Theory and Gestalt; 1.2.2 Structuralism and Functionalism; 1.2.3 On cognition, Explanation and EE; 1.2.4 Biology as the Conceptual Framework;
    Chapter 2: The World and Cognition as a Problem; 2.1 What Appears Reasonable to Us; 2.1.1 What Arose with Consciousness? 2.1.2 The Conceivable Validations of Perception and Knowledge Gain2.1.3 Forms of Perception Versus Communication; 2.2 How Knowledge Is Gained; 2.2.1 The Levels of Cognition; 2.2.2 What All This Can Tell Us About the World; 2.2.3 The Purpose Served by Such Knowledge; 2.3 The Nature of Our Knowledge; 2.3.1 Construction and Reality; 2.3.2 Emergence, Notions and Language; 2.3.3 Perceiving (Cognition) and Explaining;
    Chapter 3: The Systems of Cognition; 3.1 Conditions of Perception; 3.1.1 Perception Means Problem Solving; 3.1.2 Fundamentals of Association and Conditioning 3.1.3 The Transition to Cognitive Processes3.2 Processing Consecutive Coincidences; 3.2.1 The Composition of the Algorithm; 3.2.2 Wherein the Seeds of Success Lie; 3.2.3 Wherein the Deficiencies Lie; 3.2.4 How to Overcome the Deficiencies; 3.3 Processing Simultaneous Coincidences; 3.3.1 The Composition of the Algorithm; 3.3.2 The Reasons for Success; 3.3.3 The Deficiencies of the Program; 3.3.4 The Path to Overcoming These Deficiencies; 3.4 On Structures and Classes; 3.4.1 The Evolution of Memory; 3.4.2 Fields of Similarity; 3.4.3 On Structural and Class Hierarchies 4.4.3 The Nature of the Natural System
    Chapter 5: The Systems of Explanation and Understanding; 5.1 The Conditions and Our Faculties; 5.1.1 The Preconditions; 5.1.2 The Hypotheses of Causes and Purposes; 5.1.3 Common Sense and Intuition; 5.1.4 The Psychology of Explaining and Understanding; 5.2 Changes in Cultural History; 5.2.1 The Beginnings in Our Culture; 5.2.2 Antiquity and the Middle Ages; 5.2.3 The Modern Era; 5.2.4 The Concepts of Understanding Today; 5.3 The Conditions of Explaining; 5.3.1 On Causal Explanations; 5.3.2 The Double Pyramid of Explanation
    Chapter 4: Structuring the Perceived4.1 A Theory of the World; 4.1.1 The Hierarchic Structure of Things; 4.1.2 On Transformation and Emergence; 4.1.3 The Broadest Parameters; 4.2 The Order of Things; 4.2.1 The Process of Reciprocal Enlightenment; 4.2.2 The Three Fundamental Types of Complex Similarity; 4.2.3 The Four Fundamental Forms of Complex Order; 4.3 The Principles of Morphology; 4.3.1 The Theorem of Homology; 4.3.2 Type and Bodyplan; 4.3.3 A Theory of the Phene and Character; 4.4 The Principles of Systematics; 4.4.1 The Weighting Problem; 4.4.2 Optimizing the Class Concepts
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah A. Woodson and Frédéric H.T. Allain.
    Contents:
    Native purification and analysis of long RNAs
    Characterizing RNA excited states using NMR relaxation
    Quantifying nucleic acid ensembles with x-ray scattering interferometry
    2-aminopurine fluroescence as a probe of local RNA structure and dynamics and global folding
    Mod-seq: a high-throughput method for probing RNA secondary structure
    Reproducible analysis of sequencing-based RNA structure probing data with user-friendly tools
    Computational methods for RNA structure validation and improvement
    Structures of large RNAs and RNA-protein complexes: toward structure determination of riboswitches
    One, two, three, four! How multiple RRMs read the genome sequence
    Combining NMR and EPR to determine structures of large RNAs and protein-RNA complexes in solution
    Structural analysis of protein-RNA complexes in solution using NMR paramagnetic relaxation enhancements
    Resolving individual components in protein-RNA complexes using small-angle x-ray scattering experiments
    Small-anlge neurtron scattering for structural biology of protein-RNA complexes
    Strudying RNA-protein interactions of Pre-mRNA complexes by mass spectrometry
    RNA bind-n-Seq: measuring the binding affinity landscape of RNA-binding proteins
    Using molecular simulation to model high-resolution Cryo-EM reconstructions
    In vitro reconstitution and crystallization of Cas9 endonuclease bound to a guide RNA and a DNA target
    Single-molecule pull-down FRET to dissect the mechanisms of biomolecular machines
    Single-molecule imaging of RNA splicing in live cells.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau.
    Summary: "Struggle and Solidarity presents seven key pieces of federal legislation and demonstrates how public policies--even when not explicitly mental health related--can shape social determinants and improve mental health"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Fixing the "endlessly revolving door" : how laws impact social determinants and thus mental health / Marc W. Manseau, Michael T. Compton
    Saving farmers and striving for food security : the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933 / Michael T. Compton, Julie C. Suarez
    From worker exploitation to union solidarity : the National Labor Relations Act of 1935 / Flávio Casoy, Marc W. Manseau
    A stay against financial catastrophe : the Social Security Act of 1935 / Caroline L. Bersak, Matthew Wolfe
    Clearing the air for mental health : the Clean Air Act of 1963 / Benson S. Ku, Elizabeth Haase
    Still on the road to freedom : the Civil Rights Act of 1964 / Daniel Neghassi, Taiwo P. Alonge
    The times they are a-changin' : the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 / Rebecca A. Powers
    Remodeling and breaking new ground : the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965 / Jacob M. Izenberg, Brie A. Garner, Andrew T. Turk
    Learning from history's lessons : how mental health professionals can participate in policy change / Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau.
  • Digital
    Noel Entwistle.
    Summary: The research described in Student Learning and Academic Understanding had its origins in the pioneering work of Ausubel, Bruner, and McKeachie and followed two complementary lines of development. The first line extended the ideas of Marton on approaches to learning through an inventory designed to assess these approaches among large samples of students and using in-depth interviews with students about their experiences of academic understanding. The second line drew on a range of studies to explore the influences of university teaching and the whole teaching-learning environment on the quality of student learning. Taking the research as a whole shows the value of complementary research approaches to describing student learning, while the findings brought together in the final chapter suggest ways of supporting deep approaches and the development of personal academic understanding among students. Student Learning and Academic Understanding covers a wide range of concepts that have emerged from interviews in which students use their own experiences to describe how they study and what they find most useful in developing an academic understanding of their own. These concepts differ from the traditional psychological concepts by being focused on the specific contexts of university and college, although they are also relevant to the later stages of school education.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by Sara Holder and Amber Lannon.
    Summary: Academic libraries have always promoted student success through teaching and research support and through instruction in information literacy, a skill that is understood to be useful not just for academic success but also for life success. For college and university students, learning to live well and attend to their mental health are life skills they can and should develop during this time, and academic libraries are increasingly playing a role in this part of the student experience. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries can help those charged with leading these efforts gain valuable insigh. Post secondary institutions are high stress environments for many students: Undergraduates may be living on their own for the first time, coping with demanding academic requirements, and experimenting with drugs, alcohol, and new social relationships and identities. Advanced degree students tend to have a high level of job insecurity and are also more likely than other students to be juggling family obligations on top of their studies, research, and teaching. Mental health disorders have their peak onset during the university and college years, and severe anxiety is on the rise. Many university libraries across North America are expanding their service offerings to include student wellness initiatives or are making their space available to other campus entities to provide wellness support as mental health issues and awareness of mental health challenges on campus have increased. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries gathers multiple perspectives on wellness programming and discussions of current activities, with case studies, commentary, and research on student wellness initiatives in academic libraries. Some chapters explore one initiative in detail, and others look at a variety of activities and how they fit within a strategy; some focus on a particular aspect of wellness, and others on a particular at-risk group.Academic libraries have always promoted student success through teaching and research support and through instruction in information literacy, a skill that is understood to be useful not just for academic success but also for life success. For college and university students, learning to live well and attend to their mental health are life skills they can and should develop during this time, and academic libraries are increasingly playing a role in this part of the student experience. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries can help those charged with leading these efforts gain valuable insight into ideas and directions the library can take in pursuit of that goal -- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Preface / Sara Holder and Amber Lannon
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction / Sara Holder and Amber Lannon
    Chapter 1. Then You Can Start to Make It Better: How Academic Libraries Are Promoting and Fostering Student Wellness / Lorna E. Rourke
    Chapter 2. Peer Assisted Study Sessions: How Academic Libraries Can Influence Student Well-Being through Academic Programs and Intentional Partnerships / Christina Sylka, Cassie Gilpin, Kimberly Fama
    Chapter 3. A Case for the Empathetic Librarian / Melissa Beuoy
    Chapter 4. "I'll Go With You": Safety and Wellness Initiatives to Support Trans and Gender-Nonconforming Academic Library Users / Heather Cyre
    Chapter 5. Cultivating Belonging: Diversity and Inclusion Initiatives at the Leonard Lief Library, Lehman College--CUNY / Joan Jocson-Singh, Alison Lehner-Quam, and Rebecca Arzola
    Chapter 6. Welcoming Students with Children: Building a Family Study Space at the University of Toronto Libraries / Kyla Everall and Jesse Carliner
    Chapter 7. Wellness Support for Student Library Employees: A Staff Development Tool Kit for Library Employees Who Supervise Students / Heather Burroughs and Judy Quist
    Chapter 8. The Development of Multiuse Meditation Rooms / JJ Pionke
    Chapter 9. Supporting Digital Wellness and Well-Being / Julia Feerrar
    Chapter 10. Designing for Wellness: A Student/Librarian Collaboration / Barbara Rockenbach, Shyamolie Biyani, and Francie Mrkich
    Chapter 11. Beyond Therapy Dogs: Rethinking Animal Policies to Protect and Promote Student Wellness for All Library Users / Jacqueline Frank
    Chapter 12. Student Wellness through Physical Activity: Promotion in the Academic Library / Noah Lenstra
    Chapter 13. Wellness Overdue? Check In at the Weldon Library Wellness Station: Partnering for Student Wellness / Nicole Maddock, Melanie-Anne Atkins, Monica Fazekas, and Jennifer Robinson
    Chapter 14. Welcoming Wellness: Collaborating with Campus Wellness Programs to Promote Student Wellness Activities in the Library and across Campus / Theresa McDevitt, Li Teng, Susan Graham, Ann Sesti, and Sara Dillon.
  • Print
    von Erling Rustung.
    Contents:
    I. Untersuchung über das Rachitisvorkommen in einem norwegischen Binnental.
    Access via Acta paediatrica 1935; 27
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Studies in ancient medicine to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Studies in health technology and informatics to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    by N. Hamilton Fairley ... Lieut.-Colonel F.P. Mackie ... and F. Jasudasan ...
  • Print
    Edited by S. B. Sells. Foreword by Lois R. Chatham. Contributions by Robert G. Demaree, and others.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Evaluation of treatments.--
    v. 2. Research on patients, treatments, and outcomes.--
    v. 3. Further studies of drug users, treatment typologies, and assessment of outcomes during treatment in DARP.--
    v. 4. Evaluation of treatment outcomes for 1971-1972 DARP admission cohort.--
    v. 5. Evaluation of treatment outcomes for 1972-1973 DARP admission cohort.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L566 .S92 1974
    2
  • Digital
    Paul C. Guest, editor
    Summary: The Middle East is known as the cradle of civilization. It was the crossroads of ancient empires and the birthplace of major world religions. Today it is the center of many world issues due to its economic, religious and political importance. Although it has lagged behind many other regions of the world in medicinal research, this has increased dramatically in recent years with increasing numbers of relevant publications and the country of Iran has spearheaded this progress. Much of the research has focused on increasing our understanding of the aging process and attempting to identify biomarkers and natural products to improve the human healthspan. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the research conducted in the Middle East on the health benefits of curcumin, a phytochemical derived from the famous spice turmeric. Hundreds of studies have now been published describing the health benefits of this spice. The importance of this research is exemplified by poor data regarding health and longevity as only 0.08% of the population in Iran consists of individuals over 90 years of age. This is approximately 10 times lower than the percentage of this same age group in the United Kingdom and the United States of America and almost 20 times lower than that in Japan. This book presents a series of reviews and meta-studies describing research which has resulted in identification potential new biomarkers and drug targets for age-related disorders. All of the studies have focussed on the testing of curcumin and related products, which have already shown some promising leads in age-related conditions such as heart-disease, diabetes, cognitive impairment and cancer. The authors in this series come from different centers and cities of Iran, including Mashhad, Tehran, Isfahan, Ahvaz, Birjand, Quchan and Yazd, and many of the chapters feature collaborations with other countries of the Middle East and throughout the world, including Brazil, Italy, Mexico, Oman, Poland, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. This underscores the emergence of the Middle East into this arena of research. The book will be of high interest to scientific and clinical researchers in the subject of aging and age-related disease, and to physicians and pharmaceutical company scientists since it gives insights into the latest strategies, biomarkers and targets involved in the mechanism of action of curcumin to promote healthy aging. It will also provide important information on disease mechanisms related to age-related disorders, as each chapter will be presented in the context of specific chronic diseases. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Geralyn Ochs, RN, AGACNP-BC, ACNP-BC, ANP-BC, Associate Professor of Nursing, Coordinator of the Adult Gerontological Acute Care Nurse Practitioner Program, St. Louis University School of Nursing, St. Louis, Missouri.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT41 .F8633 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Parikh, Tapan; Dulcan, Mina K.
    Summary: This is a question-and-answer guide that allows you to evaluate your mastery of the subject matter as you progress through the companion textbook. It is made up of approximately 295 questions and each answer is accompanied by a brief discussion that not only addresses the correct response but also explains why other responses are not correct.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Half Title
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    PART I: Questions
    CHAPTER 1 Process of Assessment and Diagnosis
    CHAPTER 2 Assessing Infants and Toddlers
    CHAPTER 3 Assessing the Preschool-Age Child
    CHAPTER 4 Assessing the Elementary School
    Age Child
    CHAPTER 5 Assessing Adolescents
    CHAPTER 6 Neurological Examination, Electroencephalography, Neuroimaging, and Neuropsychological Testing
    CHAPTER 7 Intellectual Disability
    CHAPTER 8 Autism Spectrum Disorders
    CHAPTER 9 Communication Disorders, Specific Learning Disorder, and Motor Disorder CHAPTER 10 Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    CHAPTER 11 Oppositional Defiant Disorder and Conduct Disorder
    CHAPTER 12 Substance Use Disorders and Addictions
    CHAPTER 13 Depressive and Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorders
    CHAPTER 14 Bipolar Disorder
    CHAPTER 15 Anxiety Disorders
    CHAPTER 16 Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Persistent Complex Bereavement Disorder
    CHAPTER 17 Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
    CHAPTER 18 Early-Onset Schizophrenia
    CHAPTER 19 Eating and Feeding Disorders
    CHAPTER 20 Tic Disorders
    CHAPTER 21 Elimination Disorders CHAPTER 22 Sleep-Wake Disorders
    CHAPTER 23 Evidence-Based Practice
    CHAPTER 24 Child Abuse and Neglect
    CHAPTER 25 Cultural and Religious Issues
    CHAPTER 26 Youth Suicide
    CHAPTER 27 Gender and Sexual Diversity in Childhood and Adolescence
    CHAPTER 28 Aggression and Violence
    CHAPTER 29 Psychiatric Emergencies
    CHAPTER 30 Family Transitions: Challenges and Resilience
    CHAPTER 31 Legal and Ethical Issues
    CHAPTER 32 Telemental Health and e-Mental Health Applications With Children and Adolescents
    CHAPTER 33 Principles of Psychopharmacology CHAPTER 34 Medications Used for ADHD
    CHAPTER 35 Antidepressants
    CHAPTER 36 Mood Stabilizers
    CHAPTER 37 Antipsychotic Medications
    CHAPTER 38 Individual Psychotherapy
    CHAPTER 39 Parent Counseling, Psychoeducation, and Parent Support Groups
    CHAPTER 40 Behavioral Parent Training
    CHAPTER 41 Family-Based Assessment and Treatment
    CHAPTER 42 Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depressed Adolescents
    CHAPTER 43 Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment for Anxiety and Depression
    CHAPTER 44 Motivational Interviewing
    CHAPTER 45 Systems of Care, Wraparound Services, and Home-Based Services CHAPTER 46 Milieu Treatment: Inpatient, Partial Hospitalization, and Residential Programs
    CHAPTER 47 School-Based Interventions
    CHAPTER 48 Collaborating With Primary Care
    CHAPTER 49 Collaborating With Inpatient and Subspecialty Pediatrics
    Part II: Answer Guide
    CHAPTER 1 Process of Assessment and Diagnosis
    CHAPTER 2 Assessing Infants and Toddlers
    CHAPTER 3 Assessing the Preschool-Age Child
    CHAPTER 4 Assessing the Elementary School
    Age Child
    CHAPTER 5 Assessing Adolescents
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2023
  • Digital
    Haifa Alotaibi.
    Summary: The book provides A-Z information of surgical disorders in a concise and engaging format and serves as a complete reference for surgical trainees to prepare for the annual promotion and final clinical board exam specially the oral exam. It enhances the subject knowledge and provides distilled information required for clinical exams. The book teaches the resident how to approach a patient with a particular complaint, covering all the possible diagnoses, the operative techniques, and the post-operative follow up. The book provides evidenced based up-to-date information on the examination references in a very simple way. It includes algorithms and illustrations that provide better understanding and eliminate common areas of confusion that result in misdiagnosis and mismanagement; it focuses on the areas in which candidates commonly fail during the exams. Every chapter includes a practice section that provides the opportunity to practice learning outcomes in the form of multiple case scenarios and questions for discussion, along with ideal answers against which readers can test their knowledge using the provided checklist. These case scenarios are very interesting and unique asset of this book. The book is useful for surgical trainees and graduate students, who are preparing for their surgery board clinical exam. It may also be beneficial to the surgeons who have just qualified and passed their board, particularly who are in the early part of their professional career.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Surgical Aspects of Breast Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    1.1 Part I: Knowledge
    1.1.1 Approach to Patient with Breast Lesion
    1.1.2 Management of Benign Breast Lesions
    1.1.3 Management of Invasive Breast Cancer
    1.1.4 Operations for Breast Cancer
    1.1.5 Modified Radical Mastectomy
    1.1.6 Postoperative Follow-Up
    1.2 Part II: Practice
    1.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    1.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    2: Surgical Aspects of Thyroid Diseases for Clinical Board Exams 2.1 Part I: Knowledge
    2.1.1 History of Thyroid Complaint
    2.1.2 Approach to Patient with Thyroid Nodule
    2.1.3 Management of Common Benign Thyroid Disease
    2.1.3.1 Thyroiditis
    2.1.3.2 Hyperthyroidism
    2.1.4 Operation for Thyroid Gland
    2.2 Part II: Practice
    2.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    2.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    3: Surgical Aspects of Parathyroid Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    3.1 Part I: Knowledge
    3.1.1 Approach to Patient with Hypercalcemia
    3.2 Part II: Practice
    3.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    3.2.2 Answer Key
    References 4: Surgical Aspects of Adrenal Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    4.1 Part I: Knowledge
    4.1.1 Approach to Patient with Adrenal Incidentaloma
    4.1.2 Pheochromocytoma
    4.1.3 Cushing Syndrome
    4.1.4 Approach to Patient with Suspected Hyperaldosteronism
    4.1.5 Adrenocortical Cancer
    4.1.6 Adrenalectomy
    4.1.7 Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    4.2 Part II: Practice
    4.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    4.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    5: Surgical Aspects of Liver Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    5.1 Part I: Knowledge 5.1.1 History of Right Upper Abdominal Pain or Mass
    5.1.2 Approach to Patient with Liver Mass
    5.1.3 Benign Liver Lesions
    5.1.4 Malignant Liver Lesions
    5.1.5 Portal Hypertension
    5.1.6 Hepatic Operations
    5.2 Part II: Practice
    5.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    5.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    6: Surgical Aspects of Biliary Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    6.1 Part I: Knowledge
    6.1.1 Management of Asymptomatic Gallstones
    6.1.2 Management of Acute Cholecystitis
    6.1.3 Approach to Patient with Jaundice
    6.1.4 Approach to Patient with Cholangitis 6.1.5 Management of Choledocholithiasis
    6.1.6 Management of Mirizzi Syndrome
    6.1.7 Management of Gallstone Ileus
    6.1.8 Management of Cystic Disorders of the Bile Duct
    6.1.9 Management of Bile Duct Injury
    6.1.10 Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    6.1.11 Management of Extrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
    6.1.12 Biliary Operations
    6.2 Part II: Practice
    6.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
    6.2.2 Answer Key
    References
    7: Surgical Aspects of Pancreatic and Splenic Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
    7.1 Part I: Knowledge
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Richard K. Riegelman.
    Summary: This complete package of textbook, interactive exercises, and real research articles is designed for use alongside Journal Clubs conducted in medical, nursing, and other health professions programs, as well as in evidence-based medicine courses. It employs the authors' proven, step-by-step framework, and strengthens students' and residents' ability to recognize a meaningful study, identify potential study flaws, and apply solid evidence in clinical decision making.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Robert D. Martin, Warren Boling, Gang Chen, John H. Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the latest developments in acute and delayed neurovascular injury studies including delayed cerebral vasospasm, early brain injury, micro-circulation compromise, spreading cortical depolarization, neuroinflammation, and long-term cognitive dysfunctions after subarachnoid hemorrhage. About 32 chapters cover original presentations from the 14th international conference on neurovascular events after subarachnoid hemorrhage, held in Los Angeles in October 2017. Neurosurgeons, neurologists, and neuro-ICU practitioners discuss clinical observations, new pilot treatments, clinical trials, academic and industrial interactions, including surgical and endovascular approaches, brain injury monitoring, new developments in brain imaging, ICU management, early brain injury scales and management, counter cortical depolarization management and anti-inflammation management. In addition, animal models used to study acute and delayed neurovascular events, the basic mechanisms of vascular, neuronal, and CSF physiology, new experimental treatment strategies, new frontiers in the treatment of neurovascular injuries, and new research directions are discussed.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Vasospasm: A Personal Odyssey; History of Vasospasm; B.K.A. Weir; Selected Bibliography: Aneurysms and Vasospasm; Clinical Studies; Prognostic Factors and Outcome; Grade and Vasospasm; Cigarette Addiction; Outcome; Time Course of Vasospasm; Management Mortality and Timing of Surgery; Perioperative Care; Blood Flow and Angiographic Studies; Sequelae of Hemorrhage; Edema; Cerebral Infarction; Hematologic and Metabolic; Hydrocephalus; Types of Hemorrhage; Subarachnoid; Intracerebral; Intraventricular; Subdural; Prospective Human Drug Trials; Nimodipine; Nicardipine TirilazadTissue Plasminogen Activator; Unruptured Aneurysms; Experimental Studies; In Vitro Pharmacological and Genetic Studies; In Vitro Physiological Studies; Animal Models; Liquid Blood Injections; Chronic Clot Application to Arteries; Drug Trials in Animals; Anatomical Observations; General; Musings from an Old World of Thought; History of Vasospasm Research in Japan: Commemoration of Professor Tomio Ohta; Dawn; Sunrise and Sunset; Heparin Treatment in Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: A Review of Human Studies; Introduction; Heparin and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage; Complications of Heparin ConclusionReferences; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage-Related Epilepsy; Introduction; The Epileptic Focus; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage-Related Epilepsy; AED Prophylaxis; Conclusion; References; Part I: Basic Science Section; Cell Culture Model to Study Cerebral Aneurysm Biology; Introduction; Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells; In Vitro VSMC Culture Model to Study CA Biology; Conclusions; References; Rat Model of Intracranial Aneurysm: Variations, Usefulness, and Limitations of the Hashimoto Model; Introduction; Animal Model of IAs; Special Insight in Some Modifiable Factors; BAPN; Strains Ligation of Pterygopalatine ArteryLimitations; References; Possible Involvement of Caspase-Independent Pathway in Neuronal Death After Subarachnoid Hemorrhage in Mice; Introduction; Materials and Methods; SAH Modeling and Study Protocol; SAH Grade; Neurological Score; Histology; Cell Counting; Statistics; Results; Cleaved Caspase-3-Positive Neurons Appeared 24 h After SAH; Both Caspase-3-Related and Caspase-3-Unrelated Dying Neurons Were Observed After SAH; Discussion; References; Nox2 and Nox4 Participate in ROS-Induced Neuronal Apoptosis and Brain Injury During Ischemia-Reperfusion in Rats IntroductionMaterials and Methods; Ethical Approval; Establishing the MCAO Model in Rats; Experimental Group and Drug Administration; Assay of ROS; TTC Staining; Ischemic Penumbra Dissection; Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase dUTP Nick End-Labeling (TUNEL) Staining and Fluoro-Jade B Staining; Western Blot Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Results; General Observation; Nox2 Inhibitor (gp91ds-tat) and Nox4 Inhibitor (GKT137831) Treatments Reduce ROS Levels in Brain Tissues of Rats After MCAO
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gabriel J. E. Rinkel, Paut Greebe.
    Summary: "This pocket-sized book is a quick-reference practical guide for physicians who deal with patients with subarachnoid hemorrhage or intracranial aneurysms outside the hospital. It describes briefly the epidemiology of subarachnoid hemorrhage, the early recognition and clinical course, and in more depth the aftercare, residual symptoms and deficits. The prognosis and management in the long term are discussed in detail. It also provides information on the counselling and treatment of patients with unruptured intracranial aneurysms. Subarachnoid Hemorrhage in Clinical Practice is aimed at general practitioners and family physicians and will also be informative for other specialists such as rehabilitation physicians, nursing home physicians, and physicians working for health insurance companies. It may also be of interest to patients, relatives, and paramedics."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is an aneurysm and what is a subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Aneurysms and subarachnoid hemorrhage in general practice
    In hospital course
    Initial post-hospital course and after-care
    Long-term prognosis
    Clinical research and patient participation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, Ali Akhaddar, Walter A. Hall, Ahmet T. Turgut, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the current state of knowledge on the intracranial chronic subdural hematoma, with an emphasis on the etiology, risk factors, pathophysiology, anatomic pathology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, imaging findings, and treatment modalities, both medical and surgical. Sections on the postoperative complications, prognosis, and medicolegal aspects of this illness are also included. Lastly, the book considers future areas of investigation and innovative therapeutic philosophies. This richly illustrated book will help the reader choose the most appropriate way to manage this challenging neurosurgical disease process. It is an ideal resource for neuroscientists at all levels, from graduate students to research scientists, including neurosurgeons, neurologists, neuroradiologists, and pediatricians, and for those seeking both basic and more advanced information regarding the craniospinal subdural hematoma, including acute, subacute and chronic ones.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Rehana Rehman, Aisha Sheikh.
    Summary: "With the increased prevalence of subfertility (any form of reduced fertility with prolonged time of unwanted non-conception) and the number of subfertile patients turning to assisted reproductive clinics for help, Subfertility: Recent Advances for Management and Prevention is a much-needed resource for today’s health care providers. Written by doctors with extensive expertise in the areas of reproductive physiology and endocrinology, it provides a description of the methods for achieving conception, an overview of the causes of subfertility and how to detect them, a review of the psychological impact of subfertility, guidelines for the treatment of subfertility, and a look at assisted reproductive technologies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and embryology of male and female reproductive systems
    Reproductive endocrine physiology
    Reproductive cycle
    Ovarian reserve
    Introduction to subfertility
    Impact of subfertility
    Polycystic ovary syndrome and subfertility
    Endometriosis and subfertility
    Thyroid imbalance and subfertility
    Pituitary disorders and subfertility
    Oxidative stress and oocyte microenvironment
    Assisted reproductive techniques
    Way forward.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jane A. Stewart.
    Summary: Reproductive medicine and surgery is a major subspecialty in the practice of obstetrics and gynaecology. This textbook provides an introduction to the field of subfertility and reproductive endocrinology, with contributions written by leading experts in the field. This book is based on and compliments a training programme run jointly by the British Fertility Society and the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, making it an indispensable handbook for medical trainees. It will also appeal to clinicians embarking on a career in obstetrics and gynaecology who want an excellent grounding in this area. Specialist nurses will also find the book a valuable resource, and scientists specialising in reproductive medicine and embryology will gain insight into the related clinical areas.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    Summary: There are 9 vols. in the Subject section; 5 vols. in the Biographical section and 4 vols. in the Topographical section. This series reproduces the card subject catalog of the library and includes a cumulation of Current Work in the History of Medicine (No. 6451.1). Material is included until 1977.

    Contents:
    Subject section (9 v.).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z688.M4 W447
    9
  • Digital
    Alan David Kaye, Nalini Vadivelu, Richard D. Urman, editors.
    Summary: This book is written for any clinician who encounters substance abuse in a patient and wonders what to do. Experts from a cross-section of specialties and health professions provide up-to-date, evidence-based guidance on how non-expert clinicians can recognize, understand, and approach the management of substance abuse in their patients. They detail the range of treatments available and whether and how they work. The central importance of using a carefully selected multimodal approach that is tailored to the individual patient is emphasized throughout and illustrated in case scenarios from actual clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Demographics
    Legal Issues
    The multidisciplinary approach to substance abuse management
    Why a multidisciplinary approach?
    The role of the physician
    The role of the psychologist
    The role of the nurse
    The role of the physical therapist and the occupational therapist
    The role of the pharmacist
    Screening and assessment for substance abuse
    Inpatient screening and assessment
    Outpatient screening and assessment
    Substances of Abuse
    Food
    Alcohol (genetics, prevention, complications, and treatment)
    Tobacco
    Induction agents (propofol, nitrous oxide, and inhaled agents)
    Prescription drugs
    Cocaine
    Amphetamines
    Herbs
    Opioids
    Treatment Modalities
    Pharmacotherapy in substance abuse and addiction
    Methadone
    Buprenorphine
    Opioid sparing drugs(ketamine, clonidine, gabapentin, and novel analgesics)
    Non-pharmacological approaches (relaxation techniques, acupuncture, nerve stimulation, hypnosis, etc.)
    Special Clinical Scenarios
    Post-operative pain management (including regional anesthesia)
    Management of chronic pain
    Management of acute pain
    Unique Issues in Selected Populations
    Children and adolescents
    Older adults
    Healthcare professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pedro Ruiz, Professor and Executive Vice-Chair, Director of Clinical Programs, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Miller School of Medicine, University of Miami, Miami, Florida, Eric C. Strain, Professor, Director, Johns Hopkins Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and Research, Medical Director, Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: "Stay up to date with the latest substance abuse treatments and modes of intervention with The Substance Abuse Handbook, 2e. The editors are both nationally recognized clinicians, and provide authoritative, clinically oriented information on the subject of substance use, abuse, and dependence, with an emphasis on diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.You'll find focused, expert information on every aspect of the field, including etiological factors; substances of abuse; compulsive and addictive behaviors; evaluation and diagnostic classification; treatment modalities, management of associated medical conditions; substance abuse in youth and the elderly; women's issue; special groups and settings; models of prevention; training and education; and policy issues. Succinctly presenting the most clinically relevant information from Lowinson and Ruiz's Substance Abuse, 5e, this concise, portable handbook is a must-have reference for anyone involved directly or indirectly in the addiction field.New to This Edition Find the practical information you need fast with this edition's focused coverage of basic science and greater emphasis on clinical concerns. Stay current with the latest information in the field, including changes reflecting the release of DSM-5. Access updated information in key topic areas, including "Special Populations," "Special Settings," and "Models of Prevention."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Etiology
    Epidemiology
    Evaluation and diagnosis
    Alcohol
    Opiates
    Cocaine and crack
    Cannabis
    Amphetamines and other stimulants
    Sedative-hypnotics
    Hallucinogens
    PCP, MDMA, and designer drugs
    Inhalants
    Nicotine
    Caffeine
    Anabolic-androgenic steroids
    Eating disorders
    Pathologic gambling
    Sexual addiction
    Internet addiction
    Methadone maintenance treatment
    Buprenorphine treatment
    Naltrexone and other pharmacotherapies for opioid dependence
    Alcohol abstinence pharmacotherapy treatment
    Vaccines for substance use disorders
    Acupuncture
    Nicotine treatment
    Psychosocial treatment
    The therapeutic community
    Individual psychotherapy
    Group therapy
    Family/couples therapy
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy
    Contingency management
    Motivational interviewing and enhancement
    Relapse prevention
    Management of associated medical conditions
    Medical complications of drug use/dependence
    Psychiatric complications of HIV-1 infection and drug abuse
    Acute and chronic pain
    Psychiatric comorbidity
    Medication interactions
    Models of prevention
    Substance abuse among adolescents and the elderly
    Women and addictions
    Special populations
    Incarcerated populations
    Substance use disorders among health-care professionals
    The homeless
    Training and education
    Forensics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Xiaochu Zhang, Jie Shi, Ran Tao, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Overview of Substance and Non-substance Addictions
    1. Received view of addiction, relapse and treatment
    2. Definition of substance and non-substance addiction
    Part II. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Mechanism
    3. Similarities and differences in neurobiology
    4. Similarities and differences in genetics
    5. Similarities and differences in neuroimaging
    6. Similarities and differences in psychology
    Part III. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Diagnosis
    7. Similarities and differences in diagnostic criterion
    8. Similarities and differences in diagnostic scales
    9. Biochemical diagnosis in substance and non-substance addiction
    10. Development of new diagnostic techniques- machine learning
    Part IV. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Treatment
    11. Drug therapy
    12. Physical therapy
    13. Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) therapy
    14. Nutrition support therapy
    15. Psychotherapy
    16. Cognitive-behavioral therapy
    Part V. Summary and Prospect
    17. Summary and Prospect
    Erratum
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Evaristo Akerele, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the myriad of elements that layer substance abuse disorder, a significant public health issue. It addresses the strong stigma associated with the disease, particularly in regard to the doctor patient relationships. The book begins by explaining the importance of integrating psychiatric and substance use disorder treatment by demonstrating the efficacy of this treatment model. Subsequent to this are chapters dedicated to specific addiction disorders, including cocaine, opioids, gambling, food, and sex addictions. Chapters also examine how addiction can differ among various neurobiological, genetic, socioeconomic, and age demographics. The book closes with histories, policies, and modalities of drug use which serve as a key component to building a foundation for effective and ethical health policy. Written by international experts in addiction psychiatry, Substance and Non-Substance Related Addictions: A Global Approach is a valuable resource for all practitioners seeking to expand their knowledge of addiction medicine.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Comorbid & Age Related Drug Use
    Drug Use and Mental Health: Comorbidity between Substance Use and Psychiatric Disorders
    ADHD and Co-Occurring Substance Use Disorders
    Substance Use in Older Adults
    Child and Adolescent Substance Abuse Disorders
    Section 2: Nonsubstance Addictions
    Compulsive Sexual Behavior
    Food Addiction
    Internet Addiction
    Gambling Disorder
    Section 3: Mechanisms, Race and Gender
    Neurobiological process of Addiction
    The Genetics of Substance Use
    Drug Abuse and Race
    Women and Substance Use Disorders
    Section 4: Key Drugs of Abuse
    Cannabinoids: The case for legal regulation that permits recreational adult use
    Cocaine
    Opioids
    Designer Drugs
    Prescription Drugs
    Section 5: Special Issues in Substance Use
    Drug Policy
    Global Drug Use
    Drug Abuse and Education
    Drug Abuse and Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Abigail L. Donovan and Suzanne A. Bird.
    Summary: This book fills a gap in the existing medical literature by providing a best-practice approach to the evaluation and acute treatment of patients presenting for emergency care with identifiable substance use and/or co-occurring psychiatric disorders. As the first interdisciplinary book to integrate psychiatric and emergency care, the text uniquely covers a myriad of serious medical conditions, acute mental status and dangerous behavioral abnormalities. The book focuses on guidelines that support emergency room physicians with little formal medical training in addiction medicine. The first section focuses on the diagnosis and management of substance-specific intoxication and withdrawal states, as well as common medical co-morbidities and disposition considerations. The book lends particular attention to the identification and stabilization of high risk medical conditions associated with each substance of abuse. The second section is psychiatrically focused, addressing the most common psychiatric symptoms and syndromes, their association with SUDs, an approach to differential diagnosis, and discussion of crucial treatment considerations for both safe ED management and post-ED disposition. A final section includes other pertinent topics, for example, the assessment of patient safety, responding to the medication-seeking patient, assessment and treatment of pregnant patients and working with adolescents and their families around substance use. Substance Use and The Acute Patient is a unique and valuable contribution to the literature for both consulting psychiatrists, emergency medicine specialists, addiction medicine specialists, and all other medical professionals who provide care for these most complex and underserved patients. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Opioid Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Alcohol and Sedative Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Stimulant Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Cannabis Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
    Management of Acute Substance Use Disorders: Hallucinogens and Associated Compounds
    Substance/Medication-Induced Mood States and Co-Occurring Mood and Substance Use Disorders: Evaluation and Management in Emergency Department and Psychiatric Emergency Service Settings
    Substance-Induced Psychosis and Co-Occurring Psychotic Disorders
    Substance-Induced Anxiety and Co-Occurring Anxiety Disorders
    Patients with Co-Occurring Substance Use and Personality Disorders
    Preventing and Managing Risk of Violence and Suicide in Substance Abusing Patients in the Emergency Department
    Responding to the Medication-Seeking Patient
    Substance Use in Children and Adolescents
    Emergency Management of Substance Use in Pregnant Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kristin Waite-Labott.
    Summary: This book develops on substance use disorder in healthcare workers, a topic not often discussed. While the phenomena is nothing new, the desire to learn about it is. This book describes why substance use disorder occurs in healthcare workers, explains how to recognize substance use disorder in peers and how to care for them. It discusses the barriers to seeking treatment, provides different monitoring programs and disciplinary actions, and educates on the recovery and how those with long term recovery maintain it. This book also intends to decrease stigmatizing behaviors. While the main focus is nursing, this book can be helpful to any healthcare professional group.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael A. Nader, Yasmin L. Hurd, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to provide a broad scope of substance use disorder research and how these findings can impact treatment outcomes. The research and outcomes described in this book represent important principles related to identifying and understanding factors related to substance use disorders. The first section is dedicated to methodology including population-based surveys, basic neuroanatomy, chemistry, molecular biology, behavioral models and brain imaging. The second section utilizes this methodology in research related to opioids, cocaine, marijuana, alcohol and nicotine. The book is aimed at both professionals (academics, clinicians, practitioners) and students or trainees.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    Methods for Population Research on Substance Use and Consequences
    1 Introduction
    2 Population Research on Substance Use and Consequences
    2.1 Data Collection Methods
    2.1.1 Surveys
    2.1.2 Ecological Momentary Assessment
    2.1.3 Administrative Data
    2.1.4 Audit Methods
    2.1.5 Unobtrusive Assessment of Substance Use
    3 Measures
    3.1 Measures of Own Use
    3.1.1 Type of Substance
    3.1.2 Mode of Consumption
    3.1.3 Quantity and Frequency of Use
    3.1.4 Setting
    3.1.5 Source
    3.1.6 Problems Associated with Use 3.2 Harming Others
    4 Causal Factors and Correlates of Substance Use and Consequences
    4.1 Individual Causal Factors and Correlates
    4.1.1 Sociodemographic Factors
    4.1.2 Sexual Orientation and Identity
    4.1.3 Personality and Attitudinal Factors
    4.1.4 Personality and Attitudinal Factors
    4.1.5 Mental Health
    4.2 Environmental Causal Factors and Correlates
    4.2.1 Situational Factors
    4.2.2 Family Factors
    4.2.3 Peer Networks
    4.2.4 Availability of Substances
    4.2.5 Price
    4.2.6 Marketing
    4.2.7 Policy
    4.2.8 Enforcement Practices
    4.2.9 Community Characteristics 4.3 GWAS Identified a nAChR Subunit Risk Variant Associated with Nicotine Dependence
    4.4 Molecular and Pharmacological Approaches Have Defined Roles for Genetic Polymorphisms in Substance Use Disorder Physiology
    4.5 Animals: Behavioral Models of Substance Use Disorder
    4.6 Use of Animal Models to Explore Genetic Polymorphisms Associated with Substance Use Disorder
    4.7 Transcriptomics and Substance Use Disorder
    4.8 Cell-Type Specificity: Single-Cell and FACS-Based Approaches
    5 Epigenetic Components of SUD
    5.1 Histone Modifications
    5.2 DNA Methylation 5 Summary and Conclusion
    5.1 Accumulation of Knowledge
    5.2 Translation of Knowledge
    5.3 Limitations
    References
    Translational Molecular Approaches in Substance Abuse Research
    1 Introduction
    2 The Neurobiology of Substance Use Disorder
    3 Substance Use Disorder Heritability
    4 Genetic Components of SUD
    4.1 Consideration of SUD Phenotypes in Human Clinical Populations
    4.2 Genome-Wide Associations and Functional Validation Studies Reveal Genetic Susceptibility and Neurobiological Mechanisms of... 5.3 Chromatin Structure
    6 Conclusions and Future Directions
    References
    Small Molecule Neuropeptide S and Melanocortin 4 Receptor Ligands as Potential Treatments for Substance Use Disorders
    1 SUDs Medications Development
    2 Neuropeptide S (NPS)
    2.1 Oxazolo[3,4-a]pyrazin-3-ones
    2.2 Pyranopyrimidine Derivatives
    2.3 Furo[3,4-c]pyridine Derivatives
    2.4 Imidazopyridines
    2.5 Quinolinone Derivatives
    2.6 Tricyclic Imidazole Derivatives
    2.7 Indan-1,3-dione and Indan-1-one Derivatives
    2.8 Pyrroloimidazole Derivatives
    3 Melanocortin 4 (MC4)
    3.1 Spiropiperidines
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Tiffany Jana and Michael Baran.
    Summary: "This practical, accessible, nonjudgmental handbook is the first to help individuals and organizations recognize and prevent microaggressions, so that all employees can feel the sense of belonging in the workplace that they deserve"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access O'Reilly 2020
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF575.P9 J354 2020
    1
  • Digital
    John P. Sánchez, editor.
    Summary: This first-of-its-kind book for underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities (URM), women, and sexual and gender minorities in medicine offers the core knowledge and skills needed to achieve a well-planned, fulfilling career in academic medicine. The knowledge and skills provided by the esteemed co-authors, successful diverse pre-faculty, and junior and senior academicians, are complemented by their inspirational and motivational stories. Increasing diversity in the academic medicine workforce has been identified and embraced as a core value of institutional excellence at nearly all academic institutions and professional associations. Despite this established core value, certain groups such as Black/African-American, Latino/Hispanic, American Indian/Alaska Native-identified individuals, women, and sexual and gender minorities, are still present in lower proportions compared with the general population and lack inclusion. In 12 chapters and with a unique focus on a practical approach to increasing diversity and inclusion in academic medicine, this book demystifies the often-insular world of academic medicine. It comprehensively outlines career opportunities and associated responsibilities, how to transform academic-related work to scholarship, and offers a clear and transparent look into the academic appointment and promotion process. By focusing on the practical steps described in this handy book, students and residents can develop a strong foundation for an academic medicine career and succeed in becoming the next generation of diverse faculty and administrators.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Herbert Chen, Lilian S. Kao, editors.
    Summary: This book reinforces the curriculum of the AAS courses and also provides guidance to individual surgeons who have not had the opportunity to attend these courses. This is a valuable reference title for medical students and surgical residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Melina R. Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.
    Summary: Academic surgeons play an essential role in advancing the field and improving the care of patients with surgical disease. As the Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and international courses continue to evolve to address the rapidly expanding scope and complexity of academic surgery, there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a unique and portable handbook that focuses on the basic and translational research. It includes new educational materials that are necessary to address not only the rapid evolution and rise of novel research methodologies in basic science and translational research, but also the changing environment for academic surgeons. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a valuable text for medical students, surgical residents, junior faculty and others considering a career in surgical research.

    Contents:
    How to set up, staff and fund your basic science or translational research laboratory
    Choosing a good basic science or translational research mentor
    Effective time management strategies
    How to read the literature, develop a hypothesis, and design an experiment for basic science and translational research
    Tips on maintaining an effective lab notebook for bench research
    How to conduct cell culture
    Modern techniques for protein assessment
    Modern techniques for DNA and RNA assessments
    Utilizing flow cytometry effectively
    Considerations for immunohistochemistry
    Stem cells: are they pertinent to my research?
    Use of genetically engineered mice for research
    Getting you IACUC proposal approved
    How to protect your intellectual property: invention disclosures and patents
    Statistics for bench research
    Ethics in laboratory research.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gregory Kennedy, Ankush Gosain, Melina Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.
    Summary: Combining breadth of coverage with a portable format, this reference has been expertly prepared by Association for Academic Surgery members and guides readers through techniques in reviewing academic literature, laboratory work, statistics and ethical issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Timothy M. Pawlik, Julie A. Sosa.
    Contents:
    Building Your Clinical Trial Research Team
    Clinical Trials: Ensuring Quality and Standardization
    Statistics: Setting the Stage
    Clinical Trials: Handling the Data
    Data Safety Monitoring Boards
    Planning for Data Monitoring and Audits
    The Budget
    Regulatory Considerations in Human Subjects Research
    Publishing a Clinical Trial
    Device Versus Drug Clinical Trials: Similarities and Important Differences
    Defining the Study Cohort: Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
    The History of Clinical Trials
    Ethics of Clinical Trials
    Trial Design: Overview of Study Designs (Phase I, II, III, IV, Factorial Design).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Justin B. Dimick, Caprice C. Greenberg, editors.
    Summary: Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research is a unique handbook which will help researchers and surgeons in obtaining National Institutes of Health funding and other grants, as well as breaking through the barriers to developing a career in academic surgery. Aimed at surgical residents and young surgical faculty, Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research is written by expert authors from around the world who are members of the Association for Academic Surgery, and it offers a practical and personal insight on working in academic surgery.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Health Services Research
    Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Understanding Variations in the Use of Surgery
    Health Policy Research in Surgery
    Studying Surgical Disparities: It's Not All Black and White
    Measuring Health Care Quality in Surgery: Strategies, Limitations, and Currently Available Initiatives
    Using Data for Local Quality Improvement
    Implementation Science and Quality Improvement
    Understanding and Changing Organizational Culture in Surgery
    Assessing Patient-Centered Outcomes
    Studying What Happens in the OR
    Collaborative Quality Improvement
    Large Databases Used for Outcomes Research
    Methods for Enhancing Causal Inference in Observational Studies
    Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: A Clinical Exercise
    Medical Decision-Making Research in Surgery
    Survey Research
    Qualitative Research Methods
    Engaging Students in Surgical Outcomes Research
    Finding a Mentor in Outcomes Research
    What Every Outcomes Research Fellow Should Learn
    Funding Opportunities for Outcomes Research
    Choosing Your First Job as a Surgeon and Health Services Researcher
    Building a Health Services Research Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mark S. Cohen, Lillian Kao, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to innovation and entrepreneurship within academic surgery and details how these approaches can develop new technologies and programs that advance healthcare. The pathways, barriers, and opportunities for commercialization and entrepreneurship are identified and discussed in relation to licenses, start-ups, and obtaining funding. The book aims to help create a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship across academic medical centres around the world, with the belief that this can improve patient care. This book is relevant to surgeons of all disciplines, as well as medical students and researchers.

    Contents:
    Developing a surgical innovation: creating a meaningful value proposition and a compelling pitch for impact
    Understanding the impact of your innovation: customer discovery
    Intellectual property, patents, and conflicts of interest
    Navigating the regulatory process
    Getting funding for a surgical innovation: opportunities and challenges
    Industry-academic partnerships in innovation and entrepreneurship: where is the pendulum swinging?
    The biodesign model : training surgeon innovators and entrepreneurs
    The shared investment model: partnering a venture capital fund with a department of surgery/health system
    Creating an innovation center for surgical devices at an academic medical center
    Leveraging multiple schools into a multidisciplinary I & E program at an academic medical center
    Improving industry-academic engagement through development of a surgery department contract research organization
    Funding engineering/surgical partnerships to accelerate commercialization of institutional surgical innovations: the Coulter model
    Creating a multidisciplinary surgical innovations group at an academic medical center to stimulate surgery faculty technology development
    Engaging SBIR funding for development of surgical innovations coming out of academia
    The partners fund model for accelerating surgical innovations
    Training the next generation of surgical innovators and entrepreneurs through a novel innovation pathway and curriculum.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors,Solange Peters, Rolf A. Stahel.
    Contents:
    Targeting oncogenic drivers / Zhao, Y.; Adjei, A.A. (Buffalo, N.Y.)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in breast cancer / Curigliano, G.; Criscitiello, C. (Milan)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in colon cancer / Khne, C.-H. (Oldenburg)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in gastrointestinal stromal tumors / Casali, P.G. (Milano)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in lung cancer / Suda, K. (Osaka-Sayama/Fukuoka); Mitsudomi, T. (Osaka-Sayama)
    Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in melanoma / Romano, R.; Michielin, O. (Lausanne)
    / successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in ovarian cancer / Damia, G. (Milan); Sessa, C. (Bellinzona)
    Successes and limitations of targeted therapies in renal cell carcinoma / Pracht, M.; Berthold, D. (Lausanne).
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Maria Kidner.
    Summary: This book starts by discussing the APN role and the roles of the APN nurses in specific countries and around the globe. It then analyzes the concept of role transition to provide a basis for exploring and developing professional identity, and describes the APN roles of educator, communicator, advocate, mentor, team member and leader to facilitate role transition and professional identity formation. The transition from registered nurse to advanced practice nurse is typically a dramatic life event. Providing insights into role transition, role ethics, and developing a professional identity, the book encourages readers to explore issues that help ensure that the transition is successful. This unique book allows readers to gain the skills to help them negotiate role transition through the development of their professional identity. It describes precise steps for developing personal values, visions, and mission and goal statements; communication skills to enhance authority, accountability, and responsibility of all parties; team-working skills to improve outcomes; and processes for self-understanding. This book is intended for students in APN programs, new graduates, nurses changing roles where there is role transition confusion, and APNs seeking to understand their professional identity and /or gain insights into the multiple roles of the APN.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About This Book
    Message to Readers
    References
    Contents
    1: APN Role Transition Introduction
    1.1 Definitions
    1.2 What Is Role Transition?
    1.3 What Is Professional Identity?
    1.4 What Is the APN Role All About?
    1.4.1 Nursing and APN Role Definitions
    International Council of Nursing (ICN) (2020)
    World Health Organization
    Florence Nightingale
    China (2004)
    Royal College of Nursing, England (2002)
    United States of America (2010)
    1.4.2 APN's Providing Healthcare
    1.4.3 Why Should I Become an APN? 1.5 How Will Gaining a Professional Identity Impact My Role Transition?
    1.6 How Does This Book Work?
    1.7 Expected Outcomes from This APN Role Transition Book
    1.8 Summary
    Appendix: References Concerning APN Quality of Care
    References
    2: Gaining Insight into Who You Will Become
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Definitions
    2.3 A Day in Clinical Practice
    2.4 The APN Role
    2.4.1 Assumptions About APN
    2.4.2 Characteristics of APN
    2.4.3 Scope of Practice of the APN
    2.4.4 Developing an APN Scope of Practice
    2.4.5 APN as Nurse Anesthetist (NA) 2.5 What Should Be the APN Professional Protected Title?
    2.5.1 Title Confusion and Consensus
    2.6 APN Core Functions
    2.7 Influences on the Development of the APN Role
    2.8 Stakeholders
    2.9 APNs Impacting Health Worldwide
    2.10 Local Culture and Impact
    2.11 Summary
    Appendix: Stakeholders
    References
    3: Factors Influencing Perceptions
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Definitions
    3.3 Curiosity and Courage to Change
    3.4 Looking at History
    3.4.1 The Courage and Vision of Role Developers
    3.4.2 Self as a Factor of Perception: Finding Strength Within 3.4.3 Your Experiences and Personal factors
    3.4.4 Personal-Insight Learning Activity
    3.5 Role as a Factor of Perception
    3.6 Concept Analysis of Professional Identity
    3.6.1 What Is a Concept Analysis?
    3.6.2 Professional Identity Concept Analysis Attributes
    3.6.3 Concept Antecedents
    3.6.4 Concept Consequences
    Conclusion of Professional Identity Concept Analysis
    3.7 Anticipate and Plan Role Impact on Personal Decisions
    3.7.1 Self-Reflection
    3.8 Understand Context as Barrier or as Potential to Improve Relationships
    3.9 Self as Clinical Leader Perspective 3.10 Summary
    References
    4: APN Role Transition: Starting the Process
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Definitions
    4.3 Role Transition
    4.3.1 Role Transition Concept Analysis
    4.3.2 Defining Attributes of the Barnes (2015) Role Transition Concept Analysis
    4.3.3 Questions on APN Role Transition Attributes to Guide Your Personal Journey
    4.3.4 Antecedents of the APN Role Transition Concept Analysis
    4.3.5 Role Transition Personal Antecedents
    4.3.6 Questions to Review Personal Antecedents
    4.3.7 Role Transition Environmental Antecedents
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Debra Jackson, Patricia M. Davidson, Kim Usher.
    Summary: This textbook is a practical, user-friendly and essential guide for doctoral students, their supervisors and advisors and administrators of doctoral programs in nursing and health sciences. Nurses and health scientists have a relatively young tradition of doctoral training, and this means students often come to doctoral studies without a clear understanding of what is required to be successful at this level of education. Supporting students to successful completion of doctoral studies involves a complex fusion of skills, and yet researchers and academics receive little specialist training in this crucial area of teaching and learning. Strong pedagogies around doctoral supervision and writing are essential because in addition to the scientific, research and educative skills required, it is important to be able to establish and maintain enabling professional relationships within which both parties can thrive, and that can withstand the years of critique needed for doctoral work. The authors offer supervisors, advisors, students and administrators practical advice on helping students thrive, and steering them through various challenges that can arise during doctoral candidature. With a focus on nursing and health sciences, the authors take a global approach, recognising the international focus of doctoral training in nursing and health sciences. The authors of this book are experienced supervisors and advisors to doctoral students and together, have well over 100 successful doctoral completions and more than 1000 publications. They draw on a series of interviews and case studies to share their knowledge and experience and provide insights and guidance to inspire and support student progression and ensure students get the most out of their doctoral studies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What is doctoral training?
    Chapter 2. Approaches to supervision
    Chapter 3. Forming and developing the supervision team
    Chapter 4. Establishing and maintaining student/supervisory relationships
    Chapter 5. Managing critique and feedback
    Chapter 6. When students get stuck
    Chapter 7. Cultural considerations in doctoral training
    Chapter 8. Developing doctoral writing
    Chapter 9. Preparing for examination.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by János Fischer and Wayne E. Childers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Laura N. Gitlin, Ann Kolanowski, Kevin J. Lyons.
    Summary: "This edition presents the fundamental principles for effectively securing funds. The book describes an approach to thinking about and engaging in grant writing and the necessary vocabulary and knowledge to effectively read a funding opportunity, determine its appropriateness to pursue vis-à-vis your ideas and level of professional development, and the processes for applying for funding. This edition also includes expanded coverage of key areas such as how to write an effective aims page, considerations for specific types of study designs, how to write a compelling literature review"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why Write a Grant?
    Becoming Familiar with Funding Sources
    Developing Your Ideas for Funding
    Infrastructure to Support Grantsmanship
    Everyone Needs a Mentor
    Strategies for Effective Writing
    Overview of Common Sections of Proposals
    Heart of the Matter : The AIMS
    Background and Significance
    The Approach
    Concept Papers, Pilot Studies, and Supporting Documentation
    Common Pitfalls in Proposals
    Budget Basics
    Putting It All Together to Create a Budget
    Technical Considerations in Budget Development
    Four Project Structures
    Understanding the Process of Collaboration
    Collaborating for Team Science
    Learning about your Institution
    Electronic Considerations
    Understanding the Review Process
    Responding to the Proposal Review
    Welcome to the World of Post-Award
    Building a Program of Research
    A Case Study : Putting it All Together.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Philip K. Louie, Michael H. McCarthy, Todd J. Albert, editors.
    Summary: The goal of this concise guide is to provide a resource of "non-medical" skills and practices that have been shown to help healthcare trainees reach their peak performance. There are many aspects of the healthcare education and training process that are necessary for excelling, preparing for the next stage, and thriving at the level of the trainees end goal. However, certain additional skills and principles are essential in reaching peak performance during training, career, and life. Often overlooked in formal training, these skills and principles can be found in a range of areas, including leadership, goal-setting, mentorship, relationships, skills-training, stoicism, and financial planning, to name just several. All are critical in medical-career development, but learning these skills and principles often requires searching through numerous resources to aquire the needed information. Having completed the rigorous training involved in these professions, the accomplished chapter authors of this easy-to-read title offer insightful key points and tangible action items in each section, geared specifically to the trainee and their training education. In addition, authors from various non-medical sectors and professional backgrounds have contributed their expertise to this compendium, giving the book important interdisciplinary coverage. An invaluable and timely contribution to the health career development literature, The Successful Health Care Professionals Guide will be of great interest to medical students, residents, fellows and all allied health professionals looking to develop the most successful and fulfilling career possible.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Mentorship
    3. Perseverance/grit/stoicism
    4. Skills-training: how other professions train (athletes/performing arts -musicians/dancers)
    5. Goal setting
    6. Career planning
    7. Work/life balance/well-being/avoiding burnout
    8. Relationships: family, romantic, friends
    9. Overcoming failures/disappointments/disasters
    10. Financial planning
    11. Insurance: life, disability (long-term and short-term)
    12. The value of teaching
    13. Lessons from Stoicism
    14. Leadership lessons from History (Washington , Churchill, Grant, Lombardi)
    15. Generalization vs specialization (outside of your specific medical specialty)
    16. What next? Next Step.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Chris Chanyasulkit.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Endorsement; About the Author; About the Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Health Disparities: What Are "Health Disparities"? Why Do We Care? Should We Care?; Introduction; Public Health and Politics; Becoming the Chief Health Strategist; Advocacy; Coalition Building; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: "The More You Know, the Further You'll Go" or What Do Legislators Know About Health Disparities and What Does This Mean for Public Health Advocates?; Notes in the Field; References;
    Chapter 3: How to Get Your Legislator's Attention; Introduction Building Relationships and Political CapitalBuilding Relationships; Building Political Capital; The Anatomy of the Ask; Decide What the Specific Ask Is; Do Your Homework; Effective Messaging; The One-Pager or "Leave-Behind" Document; Get on Their Schedule; Perfect Your Elevator Speech; Follow-Up, Follow-Up, Follow-Up; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: If at First You Don't Succeed ... ; The Planned Parenthood Advocacy Fund of Massachusetts' Legislative Priorities in the 2017-2018 Legislative Agenda; Our 2017-2018 Legislative Successes Included:; Best Practices for Legislative Advocacy ConclusionReferences; Appendix A: Interview Questions for Legislators; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Lawrence D. Dorr.
    Contents:
    Successful techniques for total hip replacement / Lawrence D. Dorr
    The first 51 years of total hip arthroplasty : now, a surprising new era / William H. Harris
    Principles of total hip replacement / Lawrence D. Dorr & Yohei Yukizawa
    Approaches for total hip arthroplasty / Michael P. Ast & Amar S. Ranawat
    Orthopedic biomaterials / Eddie Ebramzadeh, Roberto Chiesa, Sophia N. Sangiorgio & Donald B. Longjohn
    Posterior mini-incision / Lawrence D. Dorr
    Technique of direct anterior approach / Jose A Rodriguez, John Stirton & Jonathan Robinson
    Pain management and rapid recovery / Michael B. Cross & Richard A. Berger
    Dislocation / Lawrence D. Dorr
    Venous thromboembolic prophylaxis after total joint arthroplasty / Vamsi Aribindi & Jay R. Lieberman
    Prevention and treatment of infection / Thorsten Gehrke & Daniel O. Kendoff
    Computers and the hip arthroplasty operating room / Justin Cobb, Simon Harris & Susannah Clarke
    Primer for computerized instruments for total hip replacement / Yohei Yukizawa & Lawrence D. Dorr
    Functional acetabular cup positioning using anatomic landmarks with posterior approach / Chitranjan S. Ranawat, Morteza Meftah, Akhilesh Yadav & Amar S. Ranawat.
    Digital Access Future Med [2014]
  • Digital
    Deborah L. Dillon.
    Summary: "The transition from nursing school graduate to professional nursing practitioner can be stressful and confusing. Unlike educational programs, life doesn't provide a set syllabus. After graduation, what steps do you need to take? How do you get certified? Where should you apply for work? Successful Transition to Practice is a much-needed guide to help you navigate the path from new graduate to the certification and on-boarding process and successful employment. Successful Transition to Practice walks you through the most confusing aspects of transitioning, from studies to full-time work, including applying for licensure, what to expect in an interview, insurance needs, hospital credentialing and more. Filled with expert advice, illuminating examples, and essential information, this important resource provides a framework to help you complete the transition to nurse practitioner with confidence. The book includes valuable information on: Planning for graduation; Getting board certified; Applying for state Licensure; How to ace a job interview; Employment contracts; Negotiating salaries; Malpractice insurance; Hospital credentialing and privileging; Billing and coding; Full practice authority, and more"--Page 4 of cover

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Preparingfor graduation
    Chapter 2. National Certification Examination
    Chapter 3. Applying for Licensure
    Chapter 4. Organizinga Portfolio
    Chapter 5. The Interview
    Chapter 6. Employment Contracts
    Chapter 7. Negotiating a Salary
    Chapter 8. Malpractice Insurance
    Chapter 9 Insurance Credentialing
    Chapter 10. Hospital Credentialing
    Chapter 11. Reimbursement.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editor, Charles F. Willson.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Kiley Reid.
    Summary: "A striking and surprising debut novel from an exhilarating new voice, Such a Fun Age is a page-turning and big-hearted story about race and privilege, set around a young black babysitter, her well-intentioned employer, and a surprising connection that threatens to undo them both. Alix Chamberlain is a woman who gets what she wants and has made a living, with her confidence-driven brand, showing other women how to do the same. So she is shocked when her babysitter, Emira Tucker, is confronted while watching the Chamberlains' toddler one night, walking the aisles of their local high-end supermarket. The store's security guard, seeing a young black woman out late with a white child, accuses Emira of kidnapping two-year-old Briar. A small crowd gathers, a bystander films everything, and Emira is furious and humiliated. Alix resolves to make things right. But Emira herself is aimless, broke, and wary of Alix's desire to help. At twenty-five, she is about to lose her health insurance and has no idea what to do with her life. When the video of Emira unearths someone from Alix's past, both women find themselves on a crash course that will upend everything they think they know about themselves, and each other. With empathy and piercing social commentary, Such a Fun Age explores the stickiness of transactional relationships, what it means to make someone 'family, ' and the complicated reality of being a grown up. It is a searing debut for our times."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3618.E5363 S83 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Gaetano Thiene, Domenico Corrado, Cristina Basso.
    Summary: This text atlas focuses on the pathology and molecular genetics of sudden cardiac death in the young and in athletes, presenting the state of the art in the field as the basis for development and implementation of more effective prevention strategies, including, ultimately, molecular therapy that will cure the underlying biological defect. A wealth of high-resolution color images, accompanied by clear supporting text, are presented to document the anatomic pathology of the cardiac diseases most frequently responsible for sudden cardiac death in this population, including coronary artery diseases, cardiomyopathies, myocarditis, valve diseases, conduction system abnormalities, congenital heart diseases, and ion channel diseases. The role of the molecular autopsy in overcoming the limitations of morphological investigations and offering new insights and avenues for prevention is explained. The approach is, however, interdisciplinary, with close attention also to epidemiologic and clinical aspects. The authors draw throughout on their experience gained over 30 years in the course of a prospective study carried out in the Veneto Region, North East Italy. This text atlas will be of great value not only for cardiologists but also for geneticists, sports physicians, and residents in cardiology and pathology.

    Contents:
    1 Definition, epidemiology and pathophysiologic mechanisms
    2 Coronary Artery Diseases
    3 Cardiomyopathies
    4 Myocarditis
    5 Valve diseases
    6 Conduction system abnormalities
    7 Congenital heart diseases
    8 Ion channel diseases
    9 How to study sudden death at autopsy: protocol of investigation
    10 Molecular pathology and genetic screening
    11 The Veneto Region experience
    12 Prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Haiyan Zhu, editor.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of sudden death, including sudden cardiac and non-cardiac death. Sudden death (SD) has become a major challenge confronting not only cardiologists, but also specialists in respiratory medicine, endocrine medicine, infectious diseases, etc. Chronic diseases are also among the causes of SD. This book summarizes the occurrence of SD, especially in specific groups (such as women, young and middle-aged groups), its causes, predisposing factors, lifestyle, morbidity, point of care testing, and advanced treatment methods including extra-corporeal membrane oxygenation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and hypothermia treatment. In order to improve the early diagnosis, prevention and treatment of SD in clinical practice, the book also provides extensive data on its pathophysiological mechanism, epidemiology and etiology, together with detailed analyses.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction of Sudden Death
    Part I Sudden cardiac death
    Pathophysiological mechanism
    2 Etiology of Sudden Death
    3 Etiology Mechanism of Sudden Death Derived from Brain
    4 Progress in Pathophysiological mechanism of global cerebral ischemia-reperfusion injury
    5 Neuro-prognostication after cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    6 Progress in cardiorespiratory ischemia-reperfusion injury
    7 Progress in Reperfusion Injury of Other Important Organs in Cardiovascular Events
    Part 2 Diagnosis of sudden cardiac death
    8 Improvement in diagnosis of sudden cardiac death
    9 Chronic fatigue stress and sudden death
    10 The Children and infant Sudden Death
    Part 3 Treatment and progress of sudden cardiac death
    11 Prevention of Sudden Cardiac Death
    12 Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    13 Defibrillation in sudden cardiac death
    14 Airway management of sudden cardiac death
    15 Respiratory support strategy for sudden cardiac death
    16 The Use of Extracorporeal Lift Support (ECLS) in Sudden Cardiac Death
    17 Hypothermia therapy in sudden death
    18 Progress in clinical application of subcutaneous implantable cardioverter defibrillator in patients with sudden cardiac death
    Part 4 Sudden non-cardiac death
    19 Progress in diagnosis and treatment of sudden death of respiratory diseases
    20 Sudden Unexpected Death in Endocrine Diseases
    21 Infectious Diseases
    22 Sudden Non-cardiac Deaths Caused by Poisoning
    23 Digestive system disease and sudden death
    Part 5 Chinese medicine to prevent sudden death
    24 Prevention and Control of Sudden Death in Traditional Chinese Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Toshiko Sawaguchi, editor.
    Summary: Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) is characterised by the sudden death of an infant that is not predicted by prior medical history and it is still responsible for a large percentage of infant mortalities. The exact causes have long remained unknown, though some risk factors such as including exposure to tobacco smoke, no breast feeding, and prone sleeping position, have been identified. However an analysis linking neurophysiological and neuropathological aspects in a prospective study of SIDS suggests that one of the causes of SIDS is arousal deficiency. This unique book provides the latest, comprehensive information on SIDS research from epidemiology to physiology.

    Contents:
    Sudden infant death syndrome and the pedunculpontine tegmental nucleus
    Developmental alteration of hypocretins (orexins) in the brainstem in the sudden infant death syndrome
    Sudden infant death syndrome from epidemiology to pathophysiology: Exploring the connections
    Sleep deprivation in infants, children and adolescents
    Sleep disturbance in children resulting from noises exposure
    Sudden infant death syndrome from the perspective of arousal deficiency
    Cerebral blood oxygenation changes over the occipital and frontal cortexes during sucking in infants: an optical topographic study
    Mismatch negativity in healthy neonates and premature babies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, David J. Sugarbaker, Raphael Bueno, Bryan M. Burt, Shawn S. Groth, Gabriel Loor, Andrea S. Wolf with Marcia Williams, Ann Adams.
    Summary: "This book is intended for residents preparing for a case, surgeons seeking management tips, and surgeon specialists preparing for board recertification and remains steadfast in its mission to provide a comprehensive yet practical guide to the modern practice of general thoracic surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2020
  • Digital
    Muhammad Tahir KhanImtiaz, Ahmed Khan, editors.
    Summary: Sugarcane exhibits all the major characteristics of a promising bioenergy crop including high biomass yield, C4 photosynthetic system, perennial nature, and ratooning ability. Being the largest agricultural commodity of the world with respect to total production, sugarcane biomass is abundantly available. Brazil has already become a sugarcane biofuels centered economy while Thailand, Colombia, and South Africa are also significantly exploiting this energy source. Other major cane producers include India, China, Pakistan, Mexico, Australia, Indonesia, and the United States. It has been projected that sugarcane biofuels will be playing extremely important role in worlds energy matrix in recent future. This book analyzes the significance, applications, achievements, and future avenues of biofuels and bioenergy production from sugarcane, in top cane growing countries around the globe. Moreover, we also evaluate the barriers and areas of improvement for targeting efficient, sustainable, and cost-effective biofuels from sugarcane to meet the worlds energy needs and combat the climate change.

    Contents:
    1. Sugarcane as a Bioenergy Source
    2. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane
    Various Routes of Harvesting Energy from the Crop
    3. Energy Cane: A Sound Alternative of a Bioenergy Crop for Tropics and Subtropics
    4. Genetically Modified Sugarcane for Biofuels Production: Status and Perspectives of Conventional Transgenic Approaches, RNA Interference and Genome Editing for Improving Sugarcane for Biofuels
    5. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Brazil
    6. Sugarcane Production and Its Utilization as a Biofuel in India: Status, Perspectives, and Current Policy
    7. Sugarcane biofuels production in China
    8. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Thailand
    9. Sugarcane Biofuels and Bioenergy Production in Pakistan: Current Scenario, Potential, and Future Avenues
    10. Ethanol Production from the Mexican Sugar Industry: Perspectives and Challenges
    11. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in Colombia
    12. Environmental, Economic and Social Impacts of Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Australia
    13. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in Indonesia
    14. Sugarcane Biofuel Production in the USA
    15. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in South Africa, Guatemala, Philippines, Argentina, Vietnam, Cuba, and Sri Lanka
    16. Source-Sink Relationship of Sugarcane Energy Production at the Sugar Mills
    17. Challenges, Constraints, and Limitations of Cane Biofuels
    18. Sustainability and Environmental Impacts of Sugarcane Biofuels
    19. Future Perspectives of Sugarcane Biofuels
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Igor Galynker.
    Contents:
    Psychological models of suicide
    The narrative-crisis model of suicide
    Trait vulnerability assessment
    Stressful life events
    Suicidal narrative
    Suicidal crisis
    Emotional response
    Conducting short-term risk assessment interviews
    Interventions
    Conclusion : being vigilant.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Danuta Wasserman ; foreword by Norman L. Farberow and Shekhar Saxena.
    Summary: 'Suicide' examines the pharmacological, psychotherapeutic, and psychosocial measures adopted by psychiatrists, GPs, and other health-care staff, and emphasizes the need for a clearer psychodynamic understanding of the self if patients are to be successfully recognized, diagnosed and treated.

    Contents:
    Section I Epidemiology
    Suicide in the world, Alexandra Fleischmann
    Section II Theoretical models of suicide behaviour
    Stress-vulnerability model of suicidal behaviours / Danuta Wasserman and Marcus Sokolowski
    The suicidal process / Danuta Wasserman
    Neurobiology of suicide and attempted suicide / J. John Mann and Victoria Arango
    Social dimensions of suicide / Ilkka Henrik Makinen
    Section III Risk groups for suicide
    IIIA Psychiatric disorders
    Depression, bipolar disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Alcohol, other psychoactive substance use disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Anxiety and suicide / Jan Fawcett
    Eating disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Adjustment disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Suicide risk in schizophrenia / Alec Roy and Maurizio Pompili
    IIIB Personality disorders
    Personality disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    IIIC Somatic disorders
    Physical illnesses and suicide / Jouko Lonnqvist
    Section IV Risk situations for suicide
    Negative life events and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
    Suicidal people's experiences of trauma and negative life events / Danuta Wasserman
    Attempted suicide as a risk factor for suicide / Lars Mehlum
    Immigrant populations and suicide / Ahmed Hankir and Dinesh Bhugra
    Suicide in the Criminal Justice System / Marco Sarchiapone
    Suicide in the Armed Forces / Vsevolod A. Rozanov
    Section V Age-related suicide
    Adolescent suicide and attempted suicide / Alan Apter and Yari Gvion
    Older adults and suicide / Siobhan T. O'Dwyer and Diego De Leo
    Section VI Suicide Risk Assessment
    Suicide risk assessment / Danuta Wasserman
    The suicidal patient-doctor relationship / Danuta Wasserman
    Heuristics and biases in suicide risk assessment / Gergo Hadlackzy
    Psychometric scales in suicide risk assessment / Per Bech, Lis R. Olsen, and Goran Hogberg
    Strategies in suicide prevention / Danuta Wasserman
    Section VII Suicide prevention
    VIIA Health care perspective
    Pharmacological treatment of underlying psychiatric disorders in suicidal patients / Hans-Jurgen Moller
    Psychological Treatments for Suicidal Individuals / Megan Chesin, Andriy Yuryev, and Barbara Stanley
    Education of general practitioners in depression and suicide prevention / Wolfgang Rutz and Zoltan Rihmer
    Collaboration between psychiatrists and other physicians / Jean-Pierre Soubrier
    The work environment for healthcare staff / Danuta Wasserman
    A psycho-educational perspective on family involvement in suicide prevention and postvention / Karl Andriessen and Karolina Krysinska
    VIIB Public Health Perspective
    Perestroika in the former USSR: history's most effective suicide-preventive programme for men / Danuta Wasserman and Airi Varnik
    Controlling the environment to prevent suicide / Annette L. Beautrais
    Suicide prevention through the Internet / Vladimir Carli
    Suicide prevention in schools / Danuta Wasserman and Veronique Narboni.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    César A. Alfonso, Prabha S. Chandra, Thomas G. Schulze, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses biopsychosocial and transcultural determinants of suicide by self-immolation, populations at risk throughout the world and prevention strategies specifically designed for young women in fragile environments. Self-immolation, the act of burning oneself as a means of suicide, is rare in high-income countries, and is usually a symbolic display of political protest among men that generally receives international media coverage. In contrast, in low- and-middle-income countries it is highly prevalent, primarily affects women, and may be one of the most common suicide methods in regions of Central and South Asia and parts of Africa. Psychiatric conditions, like adjustment disorders, traumatic stress disorders, and major depression, and family dynamics that include intimate partner violence, forced marriages, the threat of honor killings, and interpersonal family conflicts in a cultural context of war-related life events, poverty, forced migration and ethnic conflicts are important contributing factors. Written by over 40 academic psychiatrists from all continents, sociologists, and historians, the book covers topics such as region-specific cultural and historical factors associated with suicide; the role of religion and belief systems; marginalization, oppression, retraumatization and suicide risk; countertransference aspects of working in burn centers; responsible reporting and the media; and suicide prevention strategies to protect those at risk.

    Contents:
    Transcultural Aspects of Suicide by self-immolation
    Suicide by self-immolation-Historical
    overview
    Self-immolation in Iran
    Self-immolation in Afghanistan
    Self-immolation in India
    Self-immolation in Indonesia and Papua
    Self-immolation in Sub-Saharan Africa
    Self-Immolation in the Tibet Autonomous Region and Tibetan Diaspora
    Self-Immolation in the Tibet Autonomous Region and Tibetan Diaspora
    Self-Immolation in High-Income Countries
    Affective States in Suicide
    Early-Life Adversity, Suicide Risk and Epigenetics of Trauma
    Social Sciences, Suicide and Self-Immolation
    Religion, Spirituality, Belief Systems and Suicide
    Caring for the Suicidal Person
    The Role of Mental Health Professionals in Burn Centers and Units
    Media, Suicide and Contagion - Safe Reporting as Suicide Prevention
    Suicide Prevention Strategies to Protect Young Women at Risk.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christine Yu Moutier, Anthony R. Pisani, Stephen M. Stahl.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Tatiana Falcone, Jane Timmons-Mitchell, editors.
    Summary: The book begins by establishing the neurobiology of suicide before discussing the populations at risk for suicide and the various environments where they may present. The book addresses the epidemiology, including groups at heightened risk; etiology, including several types of risk factors; prevention, including large-scale community-based activities; and postvention, including the few evidence-based approaches that are currently available. Unlike any other text on the market, this book does not simply focus on one particular demographic; rather, the book covers a wide range of populations and concerns, including suicide in youths, racial minorities, patients suffering from serious mental and physical illnesses, psychopharmacological treatment in special populations, and a wide array of challenging scenarios that are often not addressed in the very few up-to-date resources available. Suicide Prevention is an outstanding resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, hospitalists, primary care doctors, nurses, social workers, and all medical professionals who may interface with suicidal patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1953-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L681 .U58
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Van G. Wilson, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Sumoylation / Van G. Wilson
    Molecular function. Roles of sumoylation in mRNA processing and metabolism / Patricia Richard, Vasupradha Vethantham, James L. Manley
    SUMO and chromatin remodeling / David Wotton, Lucy F. Pemberton, Jacqueline Merrill-Schools
    Functions of SUMO in the maintenance of genome stability / Nicola Zilio, Karolin Eifler-Olivi, Helle D. Ulrich
    Regulation of cellular processes by SUMO: understudied topics / Jorrit M. Enserink
    The molecular interface between the SUMO and ubiquitin systems / Jeff L. Staudinger
    SUMO and nucleocytoplasmic transport / Christopher Ptak, Richard W. Wozniak
    SUMO modification of ion channels / Mark Benson, Jorge A. Iñiguez-lluhí, Jeffrey Martens
    The roles of SUMO in metabolic regulation / Elena Kamynina, Patrick J. Stover
    Cell growth regulation. The SUMO pathway in mitosis / Debaditya Mukhopadhyay, Mary Dasso
    Wrestling with chromosomes: the roles of SUMO during meiosis / Amanda C. Nottke, Hyun-Min Kim, Monica P. Colaiácovo
    Sumoylation in development and differentiation / Adeline F. Deyrieux, Van G. Wilson
    The role of sumoylation in senescence / Lyndee L. Scurr, Sebastian Haferkamp, Helen Rizos
    Regulation of plant cellular and organismal development by SUMO / Nabil Elrouby
    SUMO in drosophila development / Joseph Cao, Albert J. Courey
    Diseases. Sumoylation: implications for neurodegenerative diseases / Dina B. Anderson, Camila A. Zanella, Jeremy M. Henley, Helena Cimarosti
    Sumoylation and its contribution to cancer / Jason S. Lee, Hee June Choi, Sung Hee Baek
    Sumoylation modulates the susceptibility to type 1 diabetes / Jing Zhang, Zhishui Chen, Zhiguang Zhou, Ping Yang, Cong-Yi Wang
    Sumoylation in craniofacial disorders / Erwin Pauws, Philip Stanier
    Coordination of cellular localization-dependent effects of sumoylation in regulating cardiovascular and neurological diseases / Jun-ichi Abe, Uday G. Sandhu, Nguyet Minh Hoang, Manoj Thangam [and others]
    Sumoylation as an integral mechanism in bacterial infection and disease progression / Chittur V. Srikanth, Smriti Verma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    edited by Jörg Reichrath.
    Summary: "The goal of this volume is to comprehensively cover a highly readable, updated and extended, overview on our present knowledge of positive and negative effects of UV-exposure, with a focus on vitamin D and skin cancer. Topics that are discussed in-depth by leading researchers and clinicians range from the newest findings in endocrinology, epidemiology, histology, photobiology, immunology, cytogenetics and molecular pathology to new concepts for prophylaxis and treatment. Experts in the field as well as health care professionals not intimately involved in these specialized areas are provided with the most significant and timely information related to these topics. It is the aim of the second edition of this book to summarize essential up-to-date information for every clinician or scientist interested in how to balance between positive and negative effects of UV-exposure to minimize the risks of developing vitamin D deficiency and skin cancer"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Sunlight, ultraviolet radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer: how much sunlight do we need? / Michael F. Holick
    Vitamin D and cancer: an overview on epidemiological studies / José Manuel Ordóñez Mena and Hermann Brenner
    Vitamin D status and cancer incidence and mortality / Irene Shui and Edward Giovannucci
    Solar ultraviolet irradiance and cancer incidence and mortality / William B. Grant
    Vitamin D receptors polymorphisms and cancer / Sara Gandini, Patrizia Gnagnarella, Davide Serrano, Elena Pasquali and Srar Raimondi
    The role of vitamin D for cardiovascular disease and overall mortality / Armin Zittermann and Sylvana Prokop
    Epidemiology of skin cancer / Ulrike Leiter, Thomas Eigentler and Claus Garbe
    Histology of melanoma and nonmelanoma skin cancer / Cornelia S.L. Müller
    Cytogenetics of melanoma and nonmelanoma skin cancer / Melanie A. Carless and Lyn R. Griffiths
    The immune system and skin cancer / Sherry H. Yu, Jeremy S. Bordeaux and Elma D. Baron
    Human papillomaviruses and skin cancer / Sigrun Smola
    Ultraviolet damage, DNA repair and vitamin D in nonmelanoma skin cancer and in malignant melanoma: an update / Jörg Reichrath and Knuth Rass
    Molecular biology of basal and squamous cell carcinomas / Steffen Emmert, Michael P. Schön and Holger A. Haenssle
    Solar ultraviolet radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer surveillance in organ transplant recipients (OTRS): an update / Jörg Reichrath
    Therapy of metastatic malignant melanoma: on the way to individualized disease control / Thomas Vogt
    The vitamin D receptor: a tumor suppressor in skin / Daniel D. Bikle
    Protection from ultraviolet damage and photocarcinogenesis by vitamin D compounds / Clare Gordon-Thomson, Wannit Tongkao-on, Eric J. Song, Sally E. Carter, Katie M. Dixon and Rebecca S. Mason
    Interaction of hedgehog and vitamin D signaling pathways in basal cell carcinomas / Benedikt Albert and Heidi Hahn
    Solar ultraviolet exposure and mortality from skin tumors / Marianne Berwick, Claire Pestak and Nancy Thomas
    Ultraviolet radiation and cutaneous malignant melanoma / Johan Emilian Moan, Zivile Baturaite, Arne Dahlback and Alina Carmen Porojnicu
    Sun exposure and melanomas on sun-shielded and sun-exposed body areas / Asta Juzeniene, Aivile Baturaite and Johan Moan
    Sunlight, vitamin D and malignant melanoma: an update / Jörg Reichrath and Sandra Reichrath
    Ultraviolet exposure scenarios: risks of erythema from recommendations on cutaneous vitamin D synthesis / Ann R. Webb and Ola Engelsen
    Ultraviolet-radiation and health: optimal time for sun exposure / Johan Moan, Mantas Grigalavicius, Arne Dahlback, Zivile Baturaite and Asta Juzeniene
    Sunscreens / Guido Bens
    Sunscreens in the United States: current status and future outlook / Paul C. Jou and Kenneth J. Tomecki
    Health initiatives for the prevention of skin cancer / Rüdiger Greinert, Eckhard W. Breitbart, Peter Mohr and Beate Volkmer
    Optimal serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels for multiple health outcomes / Heike A. Bischoff-Ferrari.
  • Digital
    Jörg Reichrath, editor.
    Summary: The third edition is a comprehensive and updated overview of positive and negative effects of UV-exposure, with a focus on Vitamin D and skin cancer. Researchers, oncologists,and students will be provided with the most significant and timely information related to topics such as the epidemiology of skin cancer, the immune system and skin cancer, ultraviolet damage, DNA repair and Vitamin D in Nonmelanoma skin cancer and malignant melanoma. There have been a number of new, scientific findings in this fast moving field that necessitated a thoroughly updated and revised edition including new Vitamin D metabolites and skin cancer, new findings on the beneficial effects of UV and solar UV and skin cancer, adverse effects of sun protection and sunscreens, sun exposure and mortality, and more. The book will summarize essential, up-to-date information for every clinician or scientist interested in how to balance the positive and negative effects of UV-exposure to minimize the risks of developing vitamin D deficiency and skin cancer.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction
    Lessons learned from paleolithic models and evolution for human health: a snap shot on beneficial effects and risks of solar radiation
    Section II: UV-induced cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D and the physiologic consequences (I)
    Sunlight, UV-radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer: how much sunlight do we need?
    Section III: Solar radiation, Vitamin D and human health
    Vitamin D status and cancer incidence and mortality
    Vitamin D receptors polymorphisms and cancer
    On the relationship between sun exposure and all-cause mortality
    Lindqvist PG (2020) Women with greater sun exposure habits seem to be healthier and to live longer. Are these results in contrast to other research? No
    Section IV: Epidemiology of skin cancer
    Epidemiology of skin cancer and UV radiation
    update 2019
    Solar UV exposure and mortality from skin tumors: an update
    Solarium Use and Risk for Malignant Melanoma: many open questions,not the time to close the debate
    Section V: Photocarcinogenesis of skin cancer
    Molecular biology of basal and squamous cell carcinomas
    Human papillomaviruses and skin cancer
    The immune system and pathogenesis of melanoma and nonnmelanoma skin cancer
    Section VI: The relevance of the vitamin D endocrine system for skin cancer
    Protection from ultraviolet damage and photocarcinogenesis by vitamin D compounds
    The role of classical and novel forms of vitamin D in the pathogenesis and progression of non-melanoma skin cancers
    The Vitamin D Receptor as tumor suppressor in skin
    Cancer prevention in skin and other tissues via cross-talk between vitamin D- and p53- signalling
    Section VII: Prevention and Management of Skin Cancer
    Sunscreens in the United States: Current Status and Future Outlook
    A handful of sunscreen for whole body application
    Sunlight, vitamin D and Xeroderma pigmentosum
    Update: Solar UV-radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer surveillance in organ transplant recipients (O TRs)
    Section VIII: UV-induced cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D and the physiologic consequences
    II. promise and outlook
    Ultraviolet exposure scenarios: balancing risks of erythema and cutaneous vitamin D synthesis
    The Paleolithic nutrition model in relation to ultraviolet light and vitamin D
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Eugenio F. Fornasiero, Silvio O. Rizzoli.
    Contents:
    Light Microscopy and Resolution
    Super-Resolution Microscopy: Principles, Techniques, and Applications
    Foundations of STED Microscopy
    Application of Real-Time STED Imaging to Synaptic Vesicle Motion
    Photoactivated Localization Microscopy for Cellular Imaging
    Data Analysis for Single-Molecule Localization Microscopy
    Super-Resolution Fluorescence Microscopy Using Structured Illumination
    Application of Three-Dimensional Structured Illumination Microscopy in Cell Biology: Pitfalls and Practical Considerations
    Scanning Near-Field Optical Microscopy for Investigations of Bio-Matter
    Atomic Force Microscopy of Living Cells
    X-Ray Microscopy for Neuroscience: Novel Opportunities by Coherent Optics
    Nonlinear Optics Approaches Towards Sub-Diffraction Resolution in CARS Imaging
    Photo-Oxidation Microscopy: Bridging the Gap Between Fluorescence and Electron Microscopy
    Requirements for Samples in Super-Resolution Fluorescence Microscopy
    Probing Biological Samples in High-Resolution Microscopy: Making Sense of Spots.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Javier H. Signorelli.
    Summary: This book identifies all valid species belonging to the superfamily Mactroidea living in American waters, distributed across fourteen biogeographical provinces. It also provides an updated classification of the widely occurring Mactroidea superfamily, which comprises eight subfamilies grouped into four families: Mactridae (Lamarck, 1809); Anatinellidae (Deshayes, J.Gray 1853); Cardiliidae (Fischer, 1887) and Mesodesmatidae (J. Gray, 1840). The species included in this superfamily are known to have existed in North America since the Early Cretaceous.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Introduction
    Chapter 2
    Subfamily Mactrinae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), Part 1
    Chapter 3
    Subfamily Mactrinae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), Part 2
    Chapter 4
    Subfamilies Lutrariinae and Darininae (Mollusca: Bivalvia)
    Chapter 5
    Family Anatinellidae(Mollusca: Bivalvia)
    Chapter 6
    Family Mesodesmatidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sallie G. De Golia, M.D., M.P.H., Kathleen M. Corcoran, Ph.D.
    Summary: This guide explores a range of supervisory techniques--from role-playing and working with process notes to live supervision and cotherapy--as well as a variety of venues--from inpatient and community-based settings to diverse administrative contexts and scholarly environments. It also features a thorough discussion of unique issues in supervision, as well as legal issues and the current state of professional development--back cover.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    Part 2. Supervision Formats
    Part 3. Supervision Techniques
    Part 4. Clinical Supervision Venues
    Part 5. Nonclinical Supervision Venues
    Part 6. Special Issues in Supervision
    Part 7. Legal and Ethical Issues
    Part 8. Professional Development.
  • Digital
    Cesare Marco Scoffone, Andras Hoznek, Cecilia Maria Cracco, editors.
    Summary: PNL is the gold standard for the management of large and/or otherwise complex renal stones. Since its introduction in the seventies PNL has undergone considerable evolution, mainly driven by the improvement in access techniques, endoscopic instrument technology, lithotripsy devices and drainage management. The conventional prone position for PNL has been challenged in the last two decades by a variety of modifications, including the supine and Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia positions, which make simultaneous retrograde working access to the collecting system possible and have proven anesthesiological advantages. The Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia position allowed the development of ECIRS (Endoscopic Combined IntraRenal Surgery), a technique exploiting a combined antegrade and retrograde approach to the upper urinary tract, using both rigid and flexible endoscopes with the related accessories. The synergistic teamwork of ECIRS provides a safe and efficient, minimally-invasive procedure for the treatment of all kinds of urolithiasis. The aim of this book is to share with the urologic community worldwide our experience, our standardization of all the steps, and tips and tricks for the procedure.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    History of PNL
    Prone PNL: Review and results
    PNL Indications and guidelines
    Anatomy for PNL
    Radiology for stone disease
    Anesthesiological considerations (especially position related issues) before, during, after
    Supine PNL
    Endoscopic Combined Intrarenal surgery
    Technical aspects of percutaneous management of ureteral stenoses and upper urinary tract transitional cell carcinoma
    Complications: how to manage them?
    PNL in pediatric patient
    Results: published series
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jacqueline A. Brown and Shane R. Jimerson.
    Summary: "Supporting Bereaved Students at School provides educational professionals with essential information to support bereaved students"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I. Foundational knowledge to support bereaved students at school
    1.The importance of supporting bereaved students at school / Jacqueline A. Brown and Shane R. Jimerson
    2. Defining loss: preparing to support bereaved students / Tina Barrett and Lindsey M. Nichols
    3. Cognitive developmental considerations in supporting bereaved students / Victoria A. Comerchero
    4. The importance of assessment in supporting bereaved students / Catherine B. Woahn and Benjamin S. Fernandez
    5. The importance of consultation in supporting bereaved students / Jeffrey C. Roth
    6. Cross-cultural considerations in supporting bereaved students / Sandra A. López
    7. Family considerations in supporting bereaved students / Melissa J. Hagan and Allie Morford
    8. The role of digital and social media in supporting bereaved students / Carla J. Sofka
    Section II. Interventions to support bereaved students at school
    9. Using grief support groups to support bereaved students / Renée Bradford Garcia
    10. Using cognitive and behavioral methods to support bereaved students / Rosemary Flanagan
    11. Using bibliotherapy to support bereaved students / Ellie L. Young, Melissa A. Heath, Kathryn Smith, Afton Phillbrick, Karli Miller, Camden Stein, and Haliaka Kama
    12. Using music therapy-based songwriting to support bereaved students / Thomas A. Dalton and Robert E. Krout
    13. Using play therapy to support bereaved students / Karrie L. Swan and Rebecca Rudd
    14. Using creative art interventions to support bereaved students / Grace Zambelli
    15. Using writing interventions to support bereaved students / Lysa Toye and Andrea Warnick
    16. Using acceptance and commitment therapy to support bereaved students / Tyler L. Renshaw, Sarah J. Bolognino, Anthony J. Roberson, Shelley R. Upton, and Kelsie N. Hammons.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Jen Alexander, M.A., NCC, SB-RPT.
    Summary: When schools reopen after COVID-19 closures, both students and staff will have experienced months of unprecedented challenges, from social isolation and family illness to stretches of prolonged stress and anxiety. Your elementary school will need a compassionate, intentional, trauma-sensitive plan for easing the back-to-school transition--and acclaimed trauma expert Jen Alexander is here to help. Author of the bestselling guidebook Building Trauma-Sensitive Schools, "Ms. Jen" has developed a concise, reader-friendly blueprint for making the return to school as smooth as possible for everyone involved. In this ebook, you'll get timely, adaptable guidance on designing and implementing a trauma-sensitive transition plan that puts relationships first, prioritizes emotional and social supports, breaks down barriers to learning, and empowers everyone in your learning community. You'll also find simple, specific activities and strategies for helping every student and staff member feel safe, be connected, get regulated, and get ready to learn. Packed with the practical, immediately useful information every educator will be looking for, this must-have guide is your key to making a thoughtful, trauma-sensitive transition plan--and creating a learning environment that meets everyone's needs better than ever before. DISCOVER HOW TO: Apply the four essentials of trauma-sensitive schools to your transition planning; Facilitate team discussions and professional development sessions to prepare for the "new normal"; Gather critical input from families about their concerns, experiences, and needs; Address the specific challenges of school reopenings, including separation anxiety, elevated stress, safety fears, the need to feel in control, and sensory overload after months of isolation and remote learning; Notice and meet needs: both your own and those of students and their families; Help students develop social-emotional skills to navigate the transition back to school (four lessons and extension activities included!); Commit to examining and disrupting systemic inequities that affect children and families who have often been marginalized; Make a plan for self-care and maintain a healthier work-life balance. PRACTICAL MATERIALS: In addition to the activities, games, and social-emotional lessons in the book, you'll get more than 50 downloadable resources, including journal pages, handouts, activities, planning forms, posters, and professional development PowerPoint slides

    Contents:
    Section 1. Preparing for Back to School: Focus on Staff and Families. Why understand trauma? COVID-19 and its effects on students
    Who do we choose to be? Educators rising up and reaching out
    What do we include in our schoolwide transition plan? Getting ready
    How will we create our new normal? Team reflection
    How can we tend to staff needs? Professional development
    What will families need? Gathering input
    What will students feel and need? Anticipating and planning
    Section 2. Making the Transiton: Set Up Your School for Success. How do we design the components of our trauma-sensitive plan? Getting started
    How do we meet families' needs? Establishing a caregiver lounge
    How do we help students find their way? Community building
    How do we help our team be well? Fostering educator resilience.
  • Digital
    David Alberts, Maria Lluria-Prevatt, Stephanie Kha, Karen Weihs, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Patient Navigation and Second Opinion Counseling
    Psychosocial Oncology
    Patient and Family Education and Training.- Cancer Surviovorship.- Lifestyle Change Counseling.- Palliative Care.- Symptom Management
    Cancer Risk and Genetic Counseling
    Cancer Health Disparities and Survivorship.- Financial Planning, Insurance and Disbility counselling
    Financing and Housing
    Certification of Surviovrship Professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    James H. Feusner, Caroline A. Hastings, Anurag K. Agrawal, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Febrile neutropenia
    2. Transfusion support
    3. Tumor lysis syndrome
    4. Cardiopulmonary emergencies
    5. Neurologic emergencies
    6. Hyperleukocytosis
    7. The acute abdomen
    8. Thrombotic disorders
    9. Pain management
    10. Nausea and vomiting
    11. Oral mouth care and mucositis
    12. Nutrition
    13. Management of acute radiation side effects
    14. Prevention of infection
    15. Hematopoietic growth factors
    16. Immunization practice in pediatric oncology
    17. Central venous catheters: care and complications
    18. Knowledge gaps and opportunities for research.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Laura Finn, Alva R. Roche Green.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date, clinically relevant information on a range of complex issues relating to supportive care strategies for the recipients of hematopoietic cell transplantation. The topics addressed include the prevention, recognition, and treatment of transplant-related side effects; management of pretransplant comorbidities; supportive care for specific age groups; quality of life issues in patients who experience graft-versus-host disease; mental and spiritual health care; caregiver and healthcare provider support strategies; and important issues related to end of life care. The aim is to supply hematologists, oncologists, transplant specialists, and palliative care physicians with practical knowledge that can be immediately applied in patient care to optimize transplant-related outcomes. The book's format, which offers concise, non-exhaustive coverage of these and other unique topics, is supplemented by a wealth of working tables, algorithms, and figures, ensuring that it will also serve hematology, oncology and transplant trainees as a reliable companion during their daily work. The authors are world-renowned experts in the field of hematopoietic transplantation and palliative care medicine, and present well-reasoned opinions based on their own experiences and draw attention to relevant results from potentially high-impact clinical trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Cristina Cuturi and Ignacio Anegon.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Shohista Saidkasimova, Thomas H. Williamson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical overview of pathology and interventions in the suprachoroidal space of the eye. Concise and well-structured chapters examine anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, suprachoroidal haemorrhage, choroidal effusions and ocular hypotony management, imaging, suprachoroidal buckling for retinal detachment, drug delivery, suprachoroidal glaucoma devices, subretinal gene therapy and suprachoroidal retinal implant. Suprachoroidal Space Interventions meets the need for a book that improves awareness of established and novel interventions in the suprachoroidal space, particularly as it has been increasingly recognised as a potential space for glaucoma surgery, drug deliveries and retinal surgery. Ophthalmologists and scientists with an interest in glaucoma and retinal surgery will find the book to be an easy to use reference tool for a rapidly developing area of ophthalmology that can be applied in modern clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Suprachoroidal Space
    Introduction
    Embryogenesis
    Sclera
    Choroid
    Suprachoroid
    Vessels in the Suprachoroid
    Nerves in the Suprachoroid
    Supraciliary Space
    Topographic Anatomy for Interventive Procedures
    Suprachoroidal Space and Uveal Effusion
    Suprachoroid in High Myopia
    Suprachoroidal Changes with Age
    Physiology
    Uveoscleral Outflow
    Fluid Dynamics in the Eye and the Suprachoroidal Space
    Summary
    References
    Imaging the Suprachoroidal Space
    Introduction Methods of Imaging the Suprachoroidal Space
    Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography
    Optical Coherence Tomography
    Evaluation of the Choroid and Ambiguities Introduced by the Suprachoroidea
    Evaluating the Suprachoroidal Space
    Summary
    References
    Suprachoroidal Haemorrhage
    Introduction
    Pathogenesis
    Dynamics of Suprachoroidal Haemorrhage
    Phase 1: Ciliary Artery Rupture
    Phase 2: Dissemination of Blood into the Extravascular Space
    Bruch's Membrane and Sclera
    Scattered Focal Adhesions Between Eye Wall Layers
    Linear Adhesions at Ora Serrata
    Clinical Presentation Investigation: Ultrasound
    Management of SCH
    References
    Choroidal Detachment
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Findings
    Differential Diagnoses
    Causes
    Inflammatory Causes of Serous Choroidal Detachment
    Hydrostatic Causes of Serous Choroidal Detachment
    Uveal Effusion Syndrome (UES)
    Management
    References
    Suprachoroidal Space and Glaucoma
    Introduction
    Pharmacological Manipulation of the Uveoscleral Outflow
    Prostaglandin Analogues
    Surgical Exploration of Suprachoroidal Space in Glaucoma
    Cyclodialysis Cleft Cyclodialysis as Surgical Treatment
    Glaucoma Implants for Suprachoroidal Space
    SOLX Gold Microshunt
    Cypass Suprachoroidal Microshunt
    Future Suprachoroidal Glaucoma Devices
    iStent Supra
    MINIject
    Summary
    References
    Suprachoroidal Buckling for Peripheral Retinal Breaks
    Introduction
    Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle
    Combining the Best of Both Worlds
    The Rationale of Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle
    Historical Development
    Working in the Suprachoroidal Space
    Milestones in Technical Refinement
    Surgical Technique Two Surgical Approaches to Suprachoroidal Buckling Surgery
    Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle Combined with Vitrectomy
    Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle as a Stand-Alone Procedure
    Catheter or Cannula?
    Catheter
    Olive Tip Cannula
    Laser or Cryo Retinopexy
    Biocompatibility and Resorption Time of the Different Hydrogels
    Complications and the Learning Curve
    Conclusion
    References
    Suprachoroidal Buckling for Myopic Macular Holes
    Introduction
    Surgical Management of MTM
    Suprachoroidal Surgery for MTM
    Pearls and Pitfalls of Suprachoroidal Buckle Surgery
    Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Lamberti, Donatella Giraudo, Stefania Musco, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed review of neurogenic pelvic dysfunctions following a suprapontine lesion, since a clear understanding of the pathogenesis of vesical and bowel dysfunctions has become increasingly important in medical education. It covers both urinary incontinence and retention, constipation and faecal incontinence resulting from ischemic, haemorrhagic and traumatic brain injury and Parkinson's disease. It also offers a concise yet comprehensive summary of the neurologic examination of the pelvis: all chapters include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information with the relevant level of clinical evidence. The book is divided into three sections, which integrate basic science with clinical medicine. The first section features a general introduction and essential background into micturition and bowel neural control, focusing on cortical control. Section 2 is devoted to common clinical problems regarding the neurologic assessment of the perineum, while the last section summarises urological and bowel dysfunction in suprapontine lesions. Providing a clear, concise and informative introduction to urology, it is a practical guide for professionals, medical students and residents in Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Urology and Neurology.

    Contents:
    Micturition Control
    Bowel Control
    Micturition Reflexes
    Somatic Innervation Of The Perineum
    Superficial (Esteroceptive) Reflexes
    Adult Neurogenic Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunctions
    Neurogenic Bowel Dysfunction
    Ischemic And Haemorrhagic Stroke
    Parkinson Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    by A.B. Appleton [and others].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E23 .A64 1938
    1
  • Digital
    Yashwant V Pathak, editor.
    Summary: This unique book discusses various new techniques developed to enhance the application of nanoparticulate drug delivery systems using surface modification of nanoparticles. The understanding of the surface characteristics of nanoparticles is growing significantly with the advent of new analytical techniques. Polymer chemistry is contributing to the development of many new versatile polymers which have abilities to accommodate many different, very reactive chemical groups, and can be used as a diagnostic tool, for better targeting, for more effective therapeutic results as well as for reducing the toxic and side effects of the drugs. Surface modification of such polymeric nanoparticles has been found by many scientists to enhance the application of nano-particles and also allows the nanoparticles to carry specific drug molecule and disease /tumor specific antibodies which refine and improve drug delivery. Surface Modification of Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery is a collection of essential information on various applications of surface modification of nano-particles and their disease specific applications for therapeutic purposes.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword: Nanobiotechnology Convergence for Drug Delivery; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Understanding Surface Characteristics of Nanoparticles; 1 Introduction; 2 Characterization of Nanoparticles; 2.1 Electron Microscope; 2.2 X-Ray Diffraction; 2.3 Infrared/Visible Spectroscopy and Photoluminescence; 3 Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 3.1 Gas-Phase Synthesis; 3.2 Liquid-Phase Synthesis; 3.3 Solid-Phase Synthesis; 4 Applications of Nanoparticles; 4.1 Drug Delivery; 4.2 Tissue Engineering; 4.3 Nonbiological Applications; 5 Conclusion; 6 Future Trends; References 4.3 The "Click Chemistry"5 Work Explored by Various Researchers for Targeting of PLGA NPs to Brain in Different Neuronal Diseases; 6 Patents and Clinical Trial Status; 7 Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives; References;
    Chapter 4: Surface-Functionalized Lipid Nanoparticles for Site-Specific Drug Delivery; 1 Introduction; 2 Lipid-Based NPs; 3 Parameters Affecting the In Vivo Fate of Lipid NPs; 3.1 Influence of Particle Size; 3.2 Influence of Surface Charge; 3.3 Influence of Hydrophobicity; 4 Passive Targeting Based on Pegylation; 5 Active Targeting 5.1 Functionalization with Antibody Ligands5.2 Functionalization with Saccharide ligands; 5.3 Functionalization with Transferrins; 5.4 Functionalization with Cell-Penetrating Peptides; 5.5 Functionalization Based on Avidin-Biotin Affinity; 5.6 The Antiangiogenic Strategy; 6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Stealth Properties of Nanoparticles Against Cancer: Surface Modification of NPs for Passive Targeting to Human Cancer Tissue in Zebrafish Embryos; 1 Cancer: Introduction, History, Geographical Distribution, and Causes
    Chapter 2: Surface Modification of Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery1 Introduction; 2 Surface Modification Using Cobalt Oxide Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery in Anticancer Treatments; 3 Use of Bromelain for Surface Modification of Silica Nanoparticles for Drug Delivery in the Tumor Extracellular Matrix; 4 Surface Modification of MPEG-B-PCL Nanoparticles for Malignant Melanoma Therapy; 5 Nanoparticles for Cellular-Based Applications of Stavudine; 6 Toxicopharmacological Aspects; 7 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 3: Surface-Modified PLGA Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery to Neurons1 Introduction; 1.1 Neuronal Diseases; 1.2 Introduction to Various Neuronal Diseases; 1.2.1 Alzheimer's Disease (AD); 1.2.2 Parkinson's Disease (PD); 1.2.3 Brain Cancer/Brain Tumors; 1.3 Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB); 1.4 Nasal Drug Delivery to Brain; 2 Nanoparticles as Drug Delivery Vehicles; 3 Dual-/Multi-targeting Strategies; 3.1 Lectins; 3.2 Cell-Penetrating Peptides (CPPs); 3.2.1 Glutathione (GSH); 4 Strategies for Targeted Nanoparticles; 4.1 Carbodiimide Chemistry; 4.2 Michael Addition
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Mehmet Gürsoy and Mustafa Karaman.
    Summary: A step-by-step guide to the topic with a mix of theory and practice in the fields of biology, chemistry and physics. Straightforward and well-structured, the first chapter introduces fundamental aspects of surface treatments, after which examples from nature are given. Subsequent chapters discuss various methods to surface modification, including chemical and physical approaches, followed by the characterization of the functionalized surfaces. Applications discussed include the lotus effect, diffusion barriers, enzyme immobilization and catalysis. Finally, the book concludes with a look at future technology advances. Throughout the text, tutorials and case studies are used for training purposes to grant a deeper understanding of the topic, resulting in an essential reference for students as well as for experienced engineers in R & D.

    Contents:
    Surfaces in Nature / Mehmet Gürsoy, Mustafa Karaman
    Chemical and Physical Modification of Surfaces / Mustafa Karaman, Mehmet Gürsoy, Mahmut Kus, Faruk Ozel, Esma Yenel, Ozlem G Sahin, Hilal D Kivrak
    Surface Characterization Techniques / Gokhan Erdogan, Günnur Güler, Tugba Kilic, Duygu O Kilic, Beyhan Erdogan, Zahide Tosun, Hilal D Kivrak, Ugur Türkan, Fatih Ozcan, Mehmet Gürsoy, Mustafa Karaman
    Surface Modification of Polymeric Membranes for Various Separation Processes / Woei-Jye Lau, Chi-Siang Ong, Nik Abdul Hadi Md Nordin, Nur Aimie Abdullah Sani, Nadzirah Mohd Mokhtar, Rasoul Jamshidi Gohari, Daryoush Emadzadeh, Ahmad Fauzi Ismail
    Langmuir-Blodgett Films: Sensor and Biomedical Applications and Comparisons with the Layer-by-Layer Method / Epameinondas Leontidis
    Surface Modification of Biopolymer-Based Nanoforms and Their Biological Applications / Susana CM Fernandes
    Enzyme-Based Biosensors in Food Industry via Surface Modifications / Nilay Gazel, Huseyin B Yildiz
    Heterogeneous Catalysis from the Perspective of Surface Science / Aydin Cihanoglu, Diego Hernan Quinones-Murillo, Gizem Payer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Kahyun Yoon-Flammery, Carla Fisher, Marc Neff, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive review of what comes after the completion of a general surgery residency, and will serve as a valuable resource for those surgeons, residents, and medical students interested in a career in general surgery. This book reviews several areas of fellowships and how to navigate through the application process, provide a guide for finding a job, negotiating through your first position, and also discusses other difficult topics such as how to deal with malpractice lawsuits. All chapters are written by experts who have gone through the various processes.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    by Karel B. Absolon.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R512.B59 A16
    2
  • Digital
    Tobias S. Köhler, Bradley Schwartz, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations of teaching. Chapter 1: "See one, do one, teach one?" A story of how surgeons learn ; Chapter 2: Surgical curriculum development ; Chapter 3: Curriculum development ; Chapter 4: Measurement in education: a primer on designing assessments ; Chapter 5: Performance assessment in minimally invasive surgery ; Chapter 6: Crowdsourcing and large-scale evaluation ; Chapter 7: Teaching residents to teach: why and how ; Chapter 8: Teaching in the operating room.
    Part II. Program optimization. Chapter 9: Resident duty hours in surgical education ; Chapter 10: Generational differences and resident selection ; Chapter 11: The role of educators in quality improvement ; Chapter 12: Role of the surgeon educator in leading surgical skills center development ; Chapter 13: Modern theory for development of simulators for surgical education ; Chapter 14: The surgical workplace learning environment: integrating coaching and mentoring ; Chapter 15: Optimizing research in surgical residents and medical students ; Chapter 16: Promoting professionalism ; Chapter 17: Optimizing success for the underperforming resident.
    Part III. Lessons and insights of surgical education. Chapter 18: Surgeons' reactions to error ; Chapter 19: Quality improvement and patient safety ; Chapter 20: Teaching surgeons how to lead ; Chapter 21: Teaching surgical ethics ; Chapter 22: Surgical ergonomics ; Chapter 23: Evaluation and management documentation, billing, and coding ; Chapter 24: Simulation in surgery ; Chapter 25: Resident physician burnout: improving the wellness of surgical trainees ; Chapter 25: Preparations beyond residency.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christian de Virgilio, editor ; Areg Gregorian, associate editor ; Paul N. Frank, assistant editor.
    Summary: Surgery: A Case Based Clinical Review provides the reader with a comprehensive understanding of surgical diseases in one easy-to-use reference that combines multiple teaching formats. The book begins using a case based approach. The cases presented cover the diseases most commonly encountered on a surgical rotation. The cases are followed by a series of short questions and answers, designed to provide further understanding of the important aspects of the history, physical examination, differential diagnosis, diagnostic work-up and management, and questions that may arise on surgical rounds. Key figures and tables visually reinforce the important elements of the disease process. Surgery: A Case Based Clinical Review will be of great utility for medical students when they rotate on surgery, interns, physician assistant students, nursing students, and nurse practitioner students.

    Contents:
    Nausea, Vomiting and Left Groin Mass
    Abdominal Pain, Nausea, and Vomiting
    New Palpable Mass in Right Breast
    Abnormal Screening Mammogram
    Chest Pain, Diaphoresis, and Nausea
    Chest Pain and Syncope
    Chest and Back Pain
    Incidentally Discovered Adrenal Mass on CT Scan
    Fatigue, Constipation, and Depressed Mood
    Intermittent Episodes of Sweating, Palpitations, and Hypertension
    Neck Mass That Moves with Swallowing Progressively Hoarse Voice
    Lump on Neck Increasing in Size
    Aural Fullness, Hearing Loss, and Tinnitus
    Post-Prandial RUQ Pain
    RUQ Pain, Fever, Nausea, and Vomiting
    Severe Epigastric Pain with Nausea and Vomiting
    New Onset of Painless Jaundice
    Bright Red Blood per Rectum
    RLQ Abdominal Pain
    Pencil-Thin Stools and Intermittent Constipation
    Chronic Constipation Presenting With Severe Abdominal Pain
    Left Lower Quadrant Pain and Fever
    Neck Pain and Paralysis Following Trauma
    Loss of Consciousness Following Head Trauma
    Multiple Extremity Injuries after Motorcycle Accident
    Immediate Swelling after Trauma to the Knee
    Right Groin Pain and Limp
    Chronic Right Hand Pain
    Full Term Male Infant with Respiratory Distress
    Newborn with Bilious Emesis
    Infant with Bilious Emesis
    Infant with Nonbilious Emesis
    Infant Born with Abdominal Wall Defect
    Excessive Drooling in a Newborn
    Recently Changed Skin Lesion
    Right Leg Pain, Swelling, and Erythema for Two Days
    Postoperative Bleeding
    Postoperative Decreased Urine Output
    Shortness of Breath Five Days after Surgery
    Abdominal Pain Following Motor Vehicle Accident
    Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
    Pedestrian Struck By Motor Vehicle
    Gunshot Wound to the Left Neck
    Stab Wound to the Chest
    Burns to Face, Trunk, and Extremities
    Severe Right Leg Pain after Tibia Fracture
    Bloody Emesis
    Severe Epigastric Abdominal Pain
    Weight Loss and Early Satiety
    Chest Pain after Vomiting
    Scrotal Pain
    Scrotal Mass
    Red Urine
    Transient Loss of Vision in Right Eye
    Right Calf Pain with Walking
    Sudden Onset of Severe Left Sided Abdominal Pain
    Cold, Painful Right Lower Extremity.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christian de Virgilio, editor ; Areg Grigorian, associate editor ; Paul N. Frank, assistant editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Umut Sarpel.
    Contents:
    Preparing for the OR
    Incisions
    Laparoscopy
    Fundoplication
    Esophagectomy
    Gastrectomy
    Cholecystectomy
    Hepatectomy
    Pancreatectomy
    Splenectomy
    Small Bowel Resection
    Bariatric Surgery
    Enteral Access
    Colectomy
    Appendectomy
    Rectal Resections
    Anorectal Procedures
    Thyroidectomy
    Parathyroidectomy
    Adrenalectomy
    Breast Surgery
    Lymphadenectomy
    Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Ventral Hernia Repair
    Surgical Airway
    Trauma Laparotomy
    Central Venous Access
    Carotid Endarterectomy
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair
    Vascular Bypass.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Umut Sarpel.
    Summary: The operating room can be an intimidating place for medical students. Preparing to scrub in on a case requires pulling together information from multiple sources on anatomy, pathology, physiology, yet none truly fit the needs of the surgical student. Surgery: An Introductory Guide for Medical Students 2nd Edition, written expressly for students, fills this void by providing an all-in-one reference in a unified, concise, and portable format. The operations covered represent the breadth of general surgery. Each chapter provides focused information on the pathophysiology relevant to the corresponding procedure. The main steps of each case are described, allowing the student to follow along and interact with the surgical team. A color diagram of the operative field from the vantage point of the surgeon accompanies every chapter. Radiologic imaging highlighting key findings are provided. The most common post-operative complications and their clinical presentation are also detailed. Each chapter concludes with a description of a classic patient case, a list of top questions likely to be posed to students, and an essential knowledge checklist. Written by Dr. Sarpel, a general surgery residency program director with multiple teaching awards, Surgery: An Introductory Guide for Medical Students 2nd Edition provides the critical content students need to succeed in their surgical clerkship.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    1: Preparing for the OR
    Suggested Reading
    2: Incisions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Surgical Technique
    2.3 Complications
    2.4 Classic Case
    2.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    3: Minimally Invasive Surgery
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Surgical Technique
    3.3 Complications
    3.4 Classic Case
    3.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Readings
    4: Fundoplication
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Surgical Technique
    4.3 Complications
    4.4 Classic Case
    4.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading 5: Esophagectomy
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Surgical Technique
    5.3 Complications
    5.4 Classic Case
    5.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    6: Gastrectomy
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Surgical Technique
    6.3 Complications
    6.4 Classic Case
    6.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    7: Cholecystectomy
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Surgical Technique
    7.3 Complications
    7.4 Classic Case
    7.5 OR Questions
    Suggested Reading
    8: Hepatectomy
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Surgical Technique
    8.3 Complications
    8.4 Classic Case
    8.5 OR Questions
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Lillian S Kao, Casey B. Duncan, & Ethan Taub.
    Summary: "Surgery: PreTest Self-Assessment & Review is the perfect way for students to assess their knowledge of surgery for the USMLE Step 2 CK and shelf exams. It includes 500 USMLE-style questions and answers that address the clerkship's core competencies along with detailed explanations of both correct and incorrect answers. Readers will find vignette-style questions and updates on the latest surgical techniques. All questions have been reviewed by students who recently passed the boards and completed their clerkship to ensure they match the style and difficulty level of the exam"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2019
    Users must create a username and password
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD37.2 .S97 2020
    2
  • Digital
    Seiichi Takenoshita, Hiroshi Yasuhara, editors.
    Summary: This book presents cutting-edge surgical techniques and the new operating rooms supporting them, as well as their future developments. In recent years, with the advances in surgical medicine, surgical techniques have undergone great changes. However, safety and reliability are still the major requirements of the operating room, and these are closely linked to the patients wellbeing. The new medical instruments and medical materials being developed to perform surgery more safely, reliably and efficiently are vital technologies supporting this. New techniques involve the introduction of innovative medical instruments and medical materials, and these, too, are increasing in terms of performance and size every year. Surgery and Operating Room Innovation discusses these issues from the perspective of various professionals involved with operating rooms. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Surgical devices and the operating room
    1) Lightweight Carbon-reinforced Resin Surgical Instruments
    2) Forceps-type palpation system for laparoscopic surgery
    3) Ultrahigh definition (8K UHD) video system and video-assisted surgery in the near future
    4) Monitoring of surgeons surgical skills using Internet-of-Things-enabled medical instruments
    Part II. Medical materials and regenerative medicine
    5) Regenerative medicine in the operating room at present and in the near future
    6) Surgery and Operating Room for Restoring Organs Organ Regeneration by Tissue Engineering in The Near Future
    Part III. Artificial intelligence and virtual reality
    7) Extended reality (XR:VR/AR/MR), 3D printing,Holography, A.I. , Radiomics, and online VR tele-medicine for precision surgery
    8) Application of AI in endoscopic surgical operations
    Part IV. Navigation surgery
    9) Application of ICG fluorescent endoscope systems in identifying small lung cancers on the periphery of the lungs in thoracoscopic surgery
    10) Novel multispectral device for quantitative imaging of tissue oxygen saturation and hemoglobin as surgical navigation device
    11) Clinical benefit of mixed reality holographic cholangiography for image-guided laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    Part V. Robotic Surgery
    12) Development of laparoscopic surgery by means of foldable small humanoid robot handswith tactile sensation for laparoscopic surgery
    13) Robotic surgery - Currently and in the near future.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    COL Robert B. Lim, editor.
    Contents:
    Disaster Medicine: Lessons Learned from the Crash of Asiana Airlines Flight
    Disaster Preparedness
    Trauma Surgery in an Austere Environment: Trauma and Emergency Surgery in Unusual
    Difficult Triage Decisions in the Combat or Austere
    Removal of Unexploded
    Hostage Rescue
    Awake Tracheostomy in an Austere
    Pediatric Emergencies in the Combat or Austere Environment: As Easy as A, B, C
    The Oklahoma City
    The Experience of Disaster Response in Sri Lanka: From Reaction to Planning
    A Surgical Response to the Haiti Earthquake
    Surgery on Public Enemy #1
    Lessons Learned in Combat Burn
    Operating in a Tent
    Dismounted Complex Blast
    Surgery Under Fire
    Lessons Learned From the Boston Marathon Bombing
    Chemical Warfare: A Brief History and Summary of Current Threats and Initial Management
    Providing Surgical Training and Assistance in a Developing Country during Military Assistance
    Use What You?ve Got: Resource Utilization in a Mass Casualty in Afghanistan. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Chai Kiat Chng, Narayan H. Gandedkar and Eric J. W. Liou.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach (SFOA), which overcomes the problem of the very prolonged treatment period associated with conventional orthognathic surgery by avoiding the presurgical phase. The shorter duration of the treatment is due to a phenomenon triggered by the surgery, termed the regional acceleratory phenomenon, whereby higher osteoclastic activity and metabolic changes at the dentoalveolar level accelerate postoperative orthodontic tooth movement. In this book, readers will find in-depth discussion of integration of the basic biological principles of SFOA with sound biomechanical doctrines. The authors own treatment protocol for surgical and orthodontic management is fully explained. Diagnosis and treatment plans are presented for various skeletal maxillofacial deformities, and key considerations in pre- and postsurgical patient care are highlighted. Detailed attention is given to complication management and to the impact of recent advances such as 3D image integration, virtual surgical planning, and rapid prototyping of surgical wafers. This richly illustrated book will be an ideal resource and quick reference guide for orthodontists at all levels of experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jong-Woo Choi, Jang Yeol Lee.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach for patients with malocclusion and skeletal disharmony, which has been successfully applied by the authors in their practices over the past 15 years. The approach breaks with the time-tested principles of traditional orthognathic surgery in that corrective bone surgery is performed first, without the removal of dental compensations, followed by orthodontic finishing. All aspects are covered with the aid of numerous illustrations, the aim being to provide surgeons with a systematic educational tool that will enable them to introduce the approach into their own practice. In addition, the book addresses one of the hot issues in orthodontics, occlusal plane-altering orthognathic surgery, in which surgical modification of the occlusal plane is employed to treat various types of dentofacial deformity and improve facial proportions. This promises to become a very powerful tool in modern orthognathic surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction: History and Evolutions in Orthodontic treatment & Orthognathic surgery
    Part I: Orthodontic Strategy in Surgery First Approach
    1. Introduction of Surgery-first Approach in Surgico-orthodontics
    2. STO & Clinical Procedure of Surgery-first Approach
    3. Dental Model set up in Mock surgery for Surgery-first approach
    4. Post-operative Care in Surgery-first Approach and Post-op Orthodontics Combined with TADs
    5. Orthodontic perspective in Treatment Strategy for Cl II Orthognathic Surgery
    6. Orthodontic perspective in Treatment Strategy for Facial Asymmetry
    7. Soft tissue changes following Surgery-first Approach ; IVRO vs SSRO
    Part II: Orthodontic Strategy in Surgery First Approach
    8. Update in Orthognathic surgical techniques
    9. 3D Computer Simulation in Orthognathic Surgery
    10. 3D Photogrammetric analysis in Orthognathic surgery
    11. Clinical applications of Surgery first orthongathic approach in Class III dentofacial deformities
    12. Clinical applications of Surgery first orthongathic approach in Class II dentofacial deformities
    13. Considerations for Facial Asymmetry & Genioplasty in Surgery-first Approach
    14. Long Term Stability of Surgery first appraoch
    15. Total Treatment Time in Surgery first approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph Kim, Julio Garcia-Aguilar, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an educational resource of modern and advanced operative techniques for patients with GI cancers. The textbook is designed to provide a step-by-step surgical approach, highlighting key learning points and potential operative pitfalls. When appropriate, two or more different approaches on an operative procedure are presented to provide additional perspective on surgical techniques. Written descriptions of laparoscopic and robotic cancer operations are paired with online video presentations of the same cancer operation. Written by experts in the field, Surgery for Cancers of the Gastrointestinal Tract: A Step-by-Step Approach provides a concise summary of the current management of each GI cancer and is of great utility to not only surgeons at all levels of training, but also for surgeons in practice who seek to reinforce or learn new surgical techniques.

    Contents:
    Open Technique for Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Open Technique for Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    Open Radical En Bloc Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Three-Field Esophagogastrectomy
    Open Distal Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
    Laparoscopic Distal/Subtotal Gastrectomy
    Minimally Invasive Total Gastrectomy for Gastric Carcinoma
    Total Gastrectomy and Splenectomy with Roux-en-Y esophagojejunostomy
    Open Pancreaticoduodenectomy for Peri-ampullary Cancers: A Step-By-Step Approach
    Laparoscopic Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Robotic Technique for Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Open Technique for Resection of Cancers in the Jejunum and Ileum
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques for Cancers of the Small Intestine (Jejunum and Ileum)
    Open Right Colectomy
    Laparoscopic technique for right colectomy
    Robotic Technique for Right Colectomy
    Open Left Colectomy
    Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
    Open Technique for Low Anterior Resection
    Laparoscopic Technique for Low Anterior Resection
    Totally Robotic Low Anterior Resection of the Rectum
    Hybrid Laparoscopic-Robotic Low Anterior Resection
    Open Abdominoperineal Resection in Lithotomy Position
    Robotic Abdominoperineal Resection
    Open Technique for Transanal Resection
    Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery for Rectal Cancer
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery in Rectal Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gary W. Raff, Shinjiro Hirose, editors.
    Summary: This book was conceived and written to provide a contemporary view of critical urban transport issues, policies, and initiatives in twelve countries with emerging economies, each at somewhat different stages of development. With dedicated chapters on Brazil, China, Colombia, India, Indonesia, Iran, Mexico, Nigeria, Russia, South Africa, Turkey, and Vietnam, the book contains detailed, comparable information about the current urban transport situation in the major cities in these countries. Written by specialists in the field, the book draws on a wide range of information sources to provide up-to-date accounts of each of these countries. By assembling this information in one volume, it provides a valuable source for academics as well as policy-makers with an interest in the current and emerging urban transport needs of a large portion of the world's population.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy of the Chest Wall
    Pectus Excavatum
    Magnetic Mini-Mover Procedure for Pectus Excavatum
    Pectus Carinatum
    Anesthetic Considerations for Chest Wall Surgery
    Poland's Syndrome
    Sternal Clefts and Anomalies
    Chest Wall Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mario Sanna, Rolien Free, Paul Merkus, Maurizio Falcioni.
    Contents:
    History of auditory implantation
    Surgical anatomy in auditory implantation
    Radiology in auditory implantation
    Instruments and implants
    Cochlear implantation
    Special considerations in pediatric cochlear implantation
    Complications and revision surgery in cochlear implantation
    Auditory brainstem implantation
    Electroacoustic stimulation
    Subtotal petrosectomy in cochlear implantation
    Cochlear implantation in cochlear ossification
    Meningitis and implantation
    Auditory implantation in otosclerosis patients
    Otomastoiditis and cochlear implantation
    Inner ear malformations and implantation
    Neurofibromatosis type 2 and auditory implantation
    Implantation in skull base and temporal bone lesions
    Bone conduction implants
    Active middle ear implants : vibrant soundbridge.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Sung Hoon Noh, Woo Jin Hyung.
    Summary: This book clearly describes the surgical procedures employed in patients with gastric cancer. The techniques used in the various types of gastrectomy are presented step by step, and the roles of endoscopic treatment and chemotherapy are also discussed. A distinctive practical feature is the provision of accompanying online videos of standard surgical procedures, which will serve as excellent learning aids for novice practitioners and provide ideal teaching material for experienced surgeons. Surgery remains the mainstay in the treatment of gastric cancer. With advances in tumor biology and technical developments, gastric cancer surgery has become more diverse and its outcomes have steadily improved. However, further improvement of certain aspects of surgical procedures and techniques is still required. Surgery for Gastric Cancer will acquaint readers with the state of the art in the field and prove a valuable tool in the quest for optimal practice.

    Contents:
    PART 1: History of Gastric Cancer Surgery
    PART 2: Gastric Pathophysiology
    1. Preneoplastic lesions, Gastric Carcinogenesis and Molecular Mechanisms (including Role of H. pylori)
    2. Pathology and Pathologic Classifications
    3. Staging
    PART 3: Diagnosis of Gastric Cancer
    1. Endoscopic Diagnosis (EGD & EUS)
    2. Radiologic Diagnosis (CT, MRI, & PET-CT)
    PART 4: Treatment of Gastric Cancer
    1. Endoscopic Treatment
    2. Open surgery for Gastric Cancer
    1) Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    3) Gastrectomy with D3 lymph node dissection
    4) Reconstruction
    3. Laparoscopic surgery for Gastric Cancer
    1)Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    3) Reconstruction
    4. Robotic surgery for Gastric Cancer
    1) Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
    3) Reconstruction
    5. Function-preserving Surgery
    1) Pylorous-preserving gastrectomy
    2) Proximal Gastrectomy
    3) Vagus-preserving gastrectomy
    6. Sentinel node navigation surgery
    7. Surgery for EG Junction Cancer
    8. Surgery after neoadjuvant chemotherapy; Schuhmacher
    9. Surgery for Remnant gastric Cancer
    1) Open surgery
    2) Laparoscopic Surgery
    3) Robotic Surgery
    10. Peritonectomy and HIPEC
    11. Palliative surgery (including resection, bypass & stent)
    PART 5: Postoperative Management& Follow-up
    1. Management of early postoperative complications
    2. Management of late postoperative complications
    3. Follow-up after Gastric cancer treatment
    PART 6: Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Treatments for Gastric Cancer
    1. Neoadjuvant Treatment
    2. Adjuvant Treatment
    3. Radiation Therapy
    4. Novel Agents and the Future perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mikio Mikami, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume provides exhaustive interpretations of surgery for gynecologic cancer. In these chapters, expert authors expound the history, principles and indications, preoperative evaluations, techniques, morbidity, and the future prospects for each surgical procedure. Also included are comparisons of the training systems of gynecologic surgeons in Japan and the USA. Recently, minimally invasive surgeries such as laparoscopic and robotic approaches have been introduced into the gynecologic oncology field. Readers will be interested to know the history, advances, and current status of gynecologic surgery in Japan. This collection methodically broadens understanding of new surgical methods with quality assurance aimed at saving the cancer patient's life, from the point of view of gynecologic oncologists. Thus the book benefits not only experienced gynecologists, but also young physicians and all medical oncologists who are involved in gynecologic cancers.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. Introduction
    2. Subspecialty Training of Gynecologic Surgery in Japan
    3. Subspecialty Training of Gynecologic Surgery in USA.-Part II. Surgical Anatomy of Pelvis
    4. Surgical Anatomy of Pelvis.-Part III. Cervical Cancer
    5. Conization
    6. Abdominal Hysterectomy
    7. Semiradical
    8. Abdominal Radical Hysterectomy
    9. Vaginal RH
    10. SuperRadical Hysterectomy
    11. Laparoscopic Surgery
    12. Robotic Surgery
    13. Radical Trachlectomy
    14. Paraaortic dissection
    15. Pelvic Excentration
    16. Sentinel Nodes Navigation Surgery.-Part IV. Corpus Cancer
    17. Outline of Surgery
    18. Retrperitoneal Lymphnode Dissection
    19. Laparoscopic Surgery
    20. SNNS.-Part V. Ovarian Cancer, Follopian Tube Cancer, Peritoneal Cancer
    21. Outline of Surgery
    22. Staging Lapa (Early Ovarian Cancer)
    23. PDS (Advanced)
    24. Upper Abdomen
    25. Lynphnode Dissection
    26. Intestinal Surgery
    27. IDS
    28. Fertility Preseaveation.-Part VI. Vulvar Cancer and Vaginal Cancer
    29. Outline.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Nikhila Raol, Christopher J. Hartnick.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of velopharyngeal closure and insufficiency / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J
    Nasometry, videofluoroscopy, and the speech pathologist's evaluation and treatment / de Stadler, M., Hersh, C.
    Nasal endoscopy : new tools and technology for accurate assessment / Raol, N.
    New technology : use of cine MRI for velopharyngeal insufficiency / Raol, N., Sagar, P., Nimkin, K., Hartnick, C.J
    Validated patient-reported outcome instruments for velopharyngeal insufficiency / Skriko, J.R., Sie, K.C.Y.
    Prosthodontics rehabilitation in velopharyngeal insufficiency / Jackson, M.
    Superiorly based pharyngeal flap / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
    Sphincter pharyngoplasty / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
    Furlow double-opposing z-plasty / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
    Posterior pharyngeal wall augmentation / Perez, C.F., Brigger, M.T.
    Persistent velopharyngeal insufficiency / Willging, J.P.
    Obstructive sleep apnea / Willging, J.P.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Ruming Zhang.
    Summary: This book addresses surgical management for recurrent soft tissue sarcomas (RSTS) based on a wealth of clinical cases. With aim to reduce recurrence rate, a surgical strategy of barrier resection plus repair reconstruction referring to natural barriers in human body for enhancing curative effect is presented in details. The first part introduces the general theory of surgical treatment for RSTS. The second part is a portfolio of clinical cases, showing the essential of the surgical strategy from hundreds of cases with tumour of different anatomical sites. Each case report is composed of detailed medical history, radiographic images and operational photos. It will help readers to make proper decisions on the basis of specific purposes. This book will be of benefit to oncologists, orthopaedic surgeons, general surgeon, plastic surgeons, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Overview of RSTS
    Principles of Surgical Treatment for RSTS
    Barrier Resection
    Simplified Repair of Surgical Wound
    Relationship between Muscle and Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    Bone Structure Invasion by RSTS
    Extensive Resection
    Surgical Intervention for Complications
    RSTS in Front Upper Trunk
    RSTS in Rear Upper Trunk and Upper Arm
    RSTS in Lower Trunk
    RSTS in Thigh
    RSTS in Knee, Proximal Leg
    RSTS in Foot, Ankle and Distant Leg
    RSTS in Forearm and Elbow
    RSTS of Wrist, Palms and Hands Back.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sefan Sell, Stefan Rehart.
    Contents:
    Principles of orthopedic rheumatology
    The hand
    The elbow
    The shoulder
    The foot
    The ankle
    The knee
    The hip
    The spine.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017
  • Digital
    Bruce E. Dall, Sonia V. Eden, Michael D. Rahl, editors.
    Summary: Filling a significant knowledge gap, this book brings the latest information to the evaluation and treatment of patients with a dysfunctional sacroiliac (SI) joint. Beginning with an overview of current anatomical knowledge and the role of pain and surgery, diagnosis and treatment approaches are carefully presented as individual chapters - featuring the origin of each surgical approach, the approach itself, its literary foundation, and overall available results. The final emphasis of the book is on post-operative concerns - including complications, bracing options, rehabilitation and managing patient expectations. Spine surgeons, physical therapists, and other professionals who treat the SI joint will find Surgery for the Painful, Dysfunctional Sacroiliac Joint to be an invaluable resource.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Surgical Treatment for the Painful, Stable Sacroiliac Joint: What does the literature tell us?
    Anatomy & Biomechanics
    Biomechanics of the injured SIJ: results from an in vitro study
    Pathology of the sacroiliac joint leading to surgery
    Algorithm for the diagnosis and treatment of the dysfunctional sacroiliac joint
    Considerations for the surgeon new to sacroiliac joint surgery
    Lateral approach, minimally invasive
    Posterior midline approach
    Posterior lateral into the longitudinal joint Axis approach, minimally invasive
    Posterior Lateral Open Approach For Sacroiliac Joint Arthrodesis
    Posterior-inferior approach, minimally invasive
    The Sacroiliac Joint and Long Lumbosacral Fusions
    Post-Surgical Rehabilitation
    Complications of sacroiliac joint fusion and salvage considerations
    Round table discussion 4/2/14.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Fabiola Atzeni, Ignazio Francesco Masala, Daniel Aletaha, Marcus Lee, Xenofon Baraliakos.
    Summary: "Surgery in Systemic Autoimmune Disease, Volume 15, describes the state-of-the-art of the use of surgery in treating the most common systemic autoimmune diseases (SADS). The volume consists of an introductory chapter concerning the impact of surgery on SADs, follow by eight chapters describing the use of surgery in the treatment of specific diseases in various areas (cardiology, gastroenterology, orthopedics, neurology. etc.) and the possible difficulties and complications. The final five chapters deal with the possible complications arising during the course of biological and non-biological treatment, also providing recommendation concerning their management. International in scope, the list of more than 20 contributors from Europa and America reads like a who's who of clinical researchers in the field. Written by leading international clinical/surgical and scientific experts on surgical problems in SADsProvides a practical guide to the safer use of surgery in patients with autoimmune diseasesIncludes a number of problems and recommendations that cannot be found in other booksDesigned as a 'guide to clinical practice' for surgical interventions required by patients with SADsGives a comprehensive review of the available surgical options"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. The spectrum of rheumatic diseases
    2. Comorbidities in patients with rheumatic disease
    3. Drugs used in rheumatic disease
    4. Essential and optional drugs for rheumatic diseases
    5. Monitoring of disease and treatment of patients with rheumatic disease
    6. Surgical intervention for rheumatoid arthritis and complication risks
    7. Conventional and biological DMARDs in systemic rheumatic diseases: perioperative risk/benefit management
    8. The relevance of preoperative education among healthcare providers, family caregivers, and patients with systemic rheumatic diseases.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Suryasnata Rath, Milind N. Naik.
    Summary: This surgical manual provides a step-by-step guide to various surgical procedures for patients with thyroid eye disease (TED). The key surgical steps are covered in detail, with intra-operative photographs. The manual addresses all aspects of TED, including the basic anatomy, surgical preparation, evaluation of imaging, and surgical procedures. TED is commonly encountered by oculoplastic surgeons and general ophthalmologists in their daily practice, and restoration of the normal appearance is vital to patients and their families. Surgical treatments for TED include basic oculoplastic surgery, complex eyelid surgery, strabismus surgery, orbital surgery, and aesthetic procedures. All of the contributing authors are eminent experts with vast experience in treating TED. High-resolution images will help readers understand the key surgical steps, and are combined with a minimal amount of text, reflecting the book's focus on surgical technique. Offering a complete guide that contains all relevant surgical knowledge on TED, presented in a highly practice-oriented format, the book is a must-read for every surgeon whose work involves managing TED.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Eyelid Pertaining to Thyroid Eye Disease
    Anatomy of the Orbit Pertaining to Thyroid Eye Disease
    Imaging for the Surgical Management of Thyroid Eye Disease
    Pre-Operative Planning for TED Surgery
    Management of Eyelid Retraction in Active Thyroid Eye Disease
    Tarsorrhaphy for Active TED
    Surgical Management of Compressive Optic Neuropathy in Active TED
    Endonasal Apical Decompression for Compressive Optic Neuropathy in Active TED
    Orbital Decompression: Approaches to the Orbit & Surgical Planning
    Deep Lateral Wall Decompression
    Medial Wall Decompression for TED
    Trans-Antral Orbital Decompression
    Customized Orbital Decompression
    Balanced Two Wall Decompression
    Endonasal Approach to Orbital Decompression
    Pediatric Orbital Decompression
    Video-endoscope assisted Medial/Floor Orbital Decompression
    Management of Strabismus in TED
    Surgical Management of Eyelid Retraction: Transconjunctival approach
    Surgical Management of Eyelid Retraction: Trans-cutaneous Approach
    Surgical Management of Severe Eyelid Retraction: Eyelid Spacers
    Botulinum Toxin in Eyelid Retraction
    Lower Eyelid Fat Prolapse in TED
    Eyelid Aesthetics in TED.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Francois Lacour-Gayet, Edward L. Bove, Viktor Hraška, Victor O. Morell, Thomas L. Spray
    Summary: This book addresses the most technically demanding cardiac surgical techniques, many of which are often performed on small infants. Conotruncal heart defects are a group of congenital anomalies of the cardiovascular system that are a leading cause of symptomatic cyanotic cardiac disease diagnosed in utero. Surgery of Conotruncal Anomalies provides a wealth of practical information and has been written by a collection of world renowned experts. They discuss the most challenging but life-changing surgeries which, if performed perfectly, allow the child to lead a normal adult life in the majority of cases. This book and the large number of truly stunning explanatory illustrations contained within is an essential resource for junior surgeons as well as trainees and practicing cardiac surgeons, pediatric cardiologists and surgeons, and cardiac imagers, to be used as a critical reference when performing these complex cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pietro Ruggieri, Andrea Angelini, editors.
    Summary: Approaches to complex pelvic surgery have changed dramatically in recent years thanks to the development of the entire field of orthopedic surgery. This volume focuses on the mastery of diagnosis, management and operative techniques for tumors of the pelvis. It also provides a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. Written by experts from leading institutions around the globe, it is a comprehensive reference on treating the full range of musculoskeletal tumors frequently encountered in the pelvis. It offers an overview and an update on the epidemiology, principles of initial assessment, clinical presentation and imaging characteristics of pelvic tumors, guiding clinicians through key questions for developing a differential diagnosis and selecting the appropriate surgical technique. This book is an indispensable resource for orthopedists, oncologists, as well as radiologists and pathology specialists treating patients with bone and soft-tissue tumors.

    Contents:
    1 Surgical approaches on pelvic bone tumors
    2 The history of pelvic tumor surgery
    3 Imaging of pelvic bone tumors
    4 Most common histotype of pelvic bone tumors
    5 Benign pelvic bone tumors
    6 Chondrosarcoma of the pelvis
    7 Osteosarcoma of the pelvis
    8 Ewing's sarcoma of the pelvis
    9 Pelvic metastases: diagnosis and treatment
    10 Demolitive surgery for pelvic bone tumors
    11 Principles of pelvic tumor surgery
    12 Innovative techniques in pelvic reconstructions
    13 Navigation in pelvic surgery
    14 Spino-pelvic stabilization
    15 Reconstruction VS no reconstruction
    16 The hip transposition as a reconstructive technique after pelvic resection
    17 The use of stemmed cups in pelvic reconstruction
    18 3D printed reconstructions
    19 3D printed reconstructions
    20 Particles radiotherapy
    21 Chemotherapy for pelvic bone tumors
    22 Role of plastic surgery in the treatment of pelvic tumors
    23 Anesthesiology for pelvic tumor surgery: from risk evaluation to postoperative course
    24 The importance of a multidisciplinary approach to pelvic tumors
    25 Functional rehabilitation after pelvic resection and reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chun Kee Chung, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates an approach to surgery for spinal cord tumors that is based on a refined concept of anatomic compartmentalization. The aim of this approach is to enable maximum preservation of spinal cord function through confinement of the surgical work to the involved compartment or compartments. Importantly, this involvement differs according to tumor type, and the classification favored by the author takes this fully into account. After introductory chapters on epidemiology and pathology, the anatomy of the spinal cord relevant to surgery for spinal cord tumors is discussed in detail and the proposed classification is clearly explained. The surgical approach to each of the identified anatomic compartments is then described, with attention to the roles of intraoperative mapping techniques, diffusion tensor imaging, and electrophysiologic studies in ensuring that spinal cord functions are spared. Examples of the author's experience when applying the proposed approach are presented. The book is meant for neurosurgeons at all levels of experience. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology of spinal cord tumors
    Chapter 2. Pathology of spinal cord tumors
    Chapter 3. Anatomy of spinal meninges and meningeal spaces: Relevant to surgery of spinal cord tumors
    Chapter 4. Anatomical compartment of spinal cord tumors with anatomical classification.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Istvan Sziklai, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the various conventional and cutting-edge surgical techniques for stapes fixations. After describing the broad range of stapes fixations, it discusses the preoperative diagnostic workup, with special emphasis on the role of CT scanning. It reviews stapedectomy and stapedotomy via the classic tympanotomy approach using different stapes footplate fenestration methodologies, and describes the increasingly popular technique of middle ear endoscopy. A subsequent chapter is devoted to the important topic of robot-assisted surgery. The book then reviews the evolution of the piston prosthesis, highlighting the practical aspects of the different types of piston, their benefits, and their impact on hearing. Lasers are also discussed, and the closing chapters focus on revision surgery and consider outcome measures following stapes surgery. To better illustrate the subject matter, the book features a wealth of photographs (including more than 50 in color), as well as in-depth surgical videos.

    Contents:
    History of stapes surgery
    Heterogeneity of stapes fixations
    Preoperative examinations before surgery of stapes fixations. The role of CT in the diagnostics
    Stapedectomy
    Laser stapedotomy
    Surgery of congenital stapes fixation
    Intraoperative complications in stapedectomy/stapedotomy
    Endoscopic stapes surgery
    Robot assisted surgery of stapes fixations
    Middle ear implantation in stapes fixation
    Cochlear implantation and auditory brainstem implantation in advanced otosclerosis
    Piston design for reconstruction of the ossicular chain
    Revision stapes surgery
    Outcome measures after stapes surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    by Bayard Holmes.
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Appendicitis, and other diseases about the appendix.
    Digital Access Google Books 1904-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M540 .H74 v.1 1904
    1
  • Print
    Joaquín Barraquer, Richard C. Troutman, Joaquín Rutllán ; translation and adaptation by Richard D. Binkhorst.
    Contents:
    v. 1. General consideratons and intracapsular cataract extraction / by J. Barraquer, J. Rutllán ; with the cooperation of R.C. Troutman
    v. 2. Surgery of the cornea.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Q80 .B26 1964
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan A. Hyam, Erlick A.C. Pereira, Alexander L. Green.
    Summary: This book reviews the basic science underpinning the autonomic control of various body systems as well as the state-of-the-art clinical applications by which these systems are surgically modulated in patients today.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert F. Spetzler, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Michael T. Lawton.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Nicholas C. Bambakidis, Cliff A. Megerian, Robert E. Spetzler, editors.
    Summary: Now in a fully revised and expanded second edition, this book remains the gold standard guide to the surgical treatment of diseases in the cerebellopontine angle (CPA), the fragile area of the skull base that Harvey Cushing famously described as "the bloody angle." This edition combines current information on the relevant clinical diseases of the CPA with dramatically improved surgical management of its diseases, arranged in five thematic sections. The first section presents the basis and rationale for treatment, including historical perspectives, microsurgical anatomy, relevant radiology and neurology. Part two is composed of chapters on surgical approaches, and parts three and four provide detailed descriptions of surgical management techniques for vestibular schwannomas and non schwannomatous lesions, respectively. The final section provides 21 distinct clinical cases with associated video segments, demonstrating the approaches and techniques in real time. With images courtesy of the renowned Barrow Neurological Institute, Surgery of the Cerebellopontine Angle, Second Edition is a boon resource for expert specialists in neurosurgery, neurotology, neuroradiology, otolaryngology/head and neck surgery, and endovascular surgery.

    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations for Treatment
    Historical Perspectives
    Microsurgical Anatomy of the Cerebellopontine Angle and Its Suboccipital Retromastoid Approaches
    Radiology
    Neurology
    Part II. Surgical Approaches
    Approaches to the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Combined Surgical Approaches
    Functional Surgery of the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Endoscopy in the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Part III. Vestibular Schwannomas
    Biology and Genetics of Vestibular Schwannomas in Tumors of the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Treatment Options for Acoustic Neuroma, Including Stereotactic Radiosurgery
    Translabyrinthine Approach
    Hearing Rehabilitation Following Acoustic Neuroma Surgery
    Acoustic Neuroma Surgery: Retrosigmoid Techniques
    Acoustic Neuroma Surgery: The Middle Fossa Approach
    Complications and Cranial Nerve Rehabilitation
    Facial Reanimation
    Hearing and Surgical Considerations in Neurofibromatosis Type 2
    Prevention and Management of Postoperative Cerebrospinal Fluid Leakage
    Part IV. Nonschwannomatous Lesions of the CPA
    Temporal Bone Neoplasms
    Congenital Rest Lesions and Rare Tumors
    Vascular Lesions of the Cerebellopontine Angle
    Part V. Cases and Approaches (animations and videos)
    Case 1: Retrosigmoid Approach for Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 2: Combined Transpetrosal Approach with Hearing Preservations for Resection of a Meningioma
    Case 3: Far-Lateral Approach for a Foramen Magnum Meningioma
    Case 4: Resection of an Acoustic Schwannoma Complicated by Tumor Encasement of the Anterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Using a Translabyrinthine Approach
    Case 5: Transcondylar Approach for Giant Aneurysm with Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Bypass
    Case 6: Far-Lateral Approach for a Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Aneurysm Clipping
    Case 7: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression for Trigeminal Neuralgia (Endoscope-Assisted)
    Case 8: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression of Hemifacial Spasm
    Case 9: Left Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression of Glossopharyngeal Neuralgia
    Case 10: Anterior Transpetrosal Approach for Resection of Petroclival Meningioma
    Case 11: Vestibular Schwannoma Resection with Facial Nerve Displaced Dorsally
    Case 12: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Pontine Cavernous Malformation
    Case 13: Lateral Transcondylar Craniotomy for PICA Aneurysm
    Case 14: Left Retrosigmoid Approach in Large Vestibular Schwannoma in Patient with NF2
    Case 15: Retrosigmoid Approach for a Left-sided Trigeminal Schwannoma
    Case 16: Retrosigmoid Approach to Right-sided Epidermoid Cyst
    Case 17: Translabrynthine Transtemporal Approach for Left Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 18: Middle Cranial Fossa Craniotomy for a Left Petrous Apex Lesion
    Case 19: Extended Translabyrinthine Approach for Left-sided Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 20: Right-sided Retrosigmoid Approach to Small Vestibular Schwannoma
    Case 21: Transotic Approach to Left-sided Jugular Paraganglioma/Glomus Tumor for Partial Debulking
    Appendix: Anatomic Dissection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Enrico Tessitore, Amir R. Dehdashti, Claudio Schonauer, Claudius Thomé, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel J. Berry, MD, Jay R. Lieberman, MD
    Summary: "Offering authoritative, comprehensive coverage of hip surgery, the 2nd Edition of Surgery of the Hip is the definitive guide to hip replacement, other open and arthroscopic surgical procedures, and surgical and nonsurgical management of the hip across the lifespan. Modeled after Insall & Scott Surgery of the Knee, it keeps you fully up to date with the latest research, techniques, tools, and implants, enabling you to offer both adults and children the best possible outcomes. Detailed guidance from expert surgeons assists you with your toughest clinical challenges, including total hip arthroplasty, pediatric hip surgery, trauma, and hip tumor surgery."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Raymond G. Tronzo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD549 .S87
    2
  • Digital
    Daniel Azoulay, Chetana Lim, Chady Salloum, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the inferior vena cava / Jean-Marc Chevalier
    Imaging and radiological assessment of the inferior vena cava / Hicham Kobeiter, Alain Luciani
    Anesthetic and hemodynamic considerations of inferior vena cava clamping / Daniel Eyraud
    Inferior vena cava resection and reconstruction in the surgical management of tumors involving the inferior vena cava / Laurent Chiche (Paris, France).- Primary leiomyosarcoma of the inferior vena cava / Gary N. Mann.- Retroperitoneal sarcoma involving inferior vena cava / Marco Fiore.- Renal cell carcinoma / Gaetano Ciancio
    Surgery of the Inferior vena cava combined to in situ hypothermic liver surgery / Daniel Azoulay
    Ex situ resection of inferior vena cava with hepatectomy / Karl J. Oldhafer
    Adrenocortical carcinoma / Radu Mihai, Bruno Carnaille
    Malignancy with cavoatrial extension / Jean-Noel Fabiani
    Inferior vena cava reconstruction in liver cadaveric transplantation / Andrea Tzakis.- Inferior vena cava reconstruction in liver living donor transplantation / Kokudo Norihiro.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Philippe Neyret, Guillaume Demey, editors.
    Summary: The knee presents numerous challenges to the orthopaedic surgeon and this book presents techniques and guidance both for common surgical procedures and also for rare and difficult interventions in knee surgery. Surgical techniques and approaches in knee surgery are covered as well as postoperative complications and rehabilitation. Chapters also discuss clinical examination and preparation of the patient prior to the procedure. Surgery of the Knee is a comprehensive step-by-step guide that features more than 500 operative photographs, radiological and surgical drawings of exceptional quality. The Editors have brought together a team of experts within the field ensuring that orthopaedic surgeons in training and those wishing to improve their knowledge of the knee will find this book to be an indispensable resource for performing knee surgery.

    Contents:
    The general principals of patient positioning and set up
    Arthroscopy of the knee
    Meniscectomy
    Meniscal sutures
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction : surgical technique
    Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
    Surgical technique for the arthroscopic reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament
    Posterolateral corner and lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
    Dislocations and bicruciate lesions
    Synovectomies of the knee
    Surgical management of chondral and osteochondral lesions
    Iliotibial band syndrome
    Surgical indications in the treatment of osteoarthritis
    Osteotomy: general conceptions and indications
    Distal opening wedge femoral osteotomy for the treatment of valgus deformity.-High tibial osteotomy
    High tibal varus osteotomy
    Anterior opening wedge osteotomy of the tibia for the treatment of genu recurvatum
    Surgical technique for a double osteotomy
    Lateral opening wedge tibial osteotomy
    Patello femoro arthritis and the lateral vertical partial patellectomy
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) to the other compartment
    Total knee replacement in medial arthritis: surgical technique
    Total knee replacement in lateral arthritis specifics and surgical techniques.-Computer assisted total knee arthroplasty
    Total knee prosthesis after valgus osteotomy of the tibia
    Revision unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Revision total knee arthroplasty : planning and technical considerations
    Episodic patellar dislocation
    Deepening femoral trochleoplasty
    Shortening the patella tendon
    Acute ruptures of the quadriceps tendon
    Chronic rupture of the extensor apparatus
    Patella fractures
    Surgical management of the stiff knee
    Lenghthening of the patella tendon
    Stiffness of the knee: release according to judet
    Post operative complications. .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Philippe Neyret, Chris Butcher, Guillaume Demey, editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a practical guide to the treatment of a range of common knee pathologies, using tried and tested solutions from the Lyon School of Knee Surgery. Extensively revised chapters focus on equipping the reader with a solid foundation in the areas of sports, degenerative and patellofemoral surgery. New chapters cover robotic arthroplasty and strategies in total knee arthroplasty, along with a collection of more unusual cases, enabling the reader to develop their confidence in dealing with a range of clinical scenarios. Surgery of the Knee systematically reviews a range of knee surgery indications and techniques. It represents a timely and valuable resource for both trainee orthopaedic specialists, and practising surgeons who seek to develop a deeper understanding of how to approach treating their patients.

    Contents:
    The general principals of patient positioning and set up
    Arthroscopy of the knee
    Meniscectomy
    Meniscal sutures
    Classification of knee laxities
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction : surgical technique
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using hamstrings : surgical technique
    Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
    Surgical technique for the arthroscopic reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament
    Posterolateral corner and lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
    Dislocations and bicruciate lesions: classification and treatment
    Synovectomies of the knee
    Surgical management of chondral and osteochondral lesions
    Iliotibial band syndrome
    Surgical indications in the treatment of osteoarthritis
    Osteotomy: general conceptions and indications
    Distal opening wedge femoral osteotomy for the treatment of valgus deformity
    High tibial osteotomy
    High tibal varus osteotomy
    Anterior opening wedge osteotomy of the tibia for the treatment of genu recurvatum
    Surgical technique for a double osteotomy
    Lateral opening wedge tibial osteotomy
    Patello femoro arthritis and the lateral vertical partial patellectomy
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) to the other compartment
    Total knee replacement: steps and strategies
    Total knee replacement in medial arthritis: surgical technique
    Total knee replacement in lateral arthritis specifics and surgical techniques
    Computer assisted total knee arthroplasty
    Robotic assisted knee arthroplasty
    Total knee prosthesis after valgus osteotomy of the tibia
    Revision unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
    Revision total knee arthroplasty: planning and technical considerations
    Rotatory hinge prosthesis: indications and technical considerations
    Episodic patellar dislocation
    Deepening femoral trochleoplasty
    Shortening the patella tendon
    Acute ru ptures of the quadriceps tendon
    Chronic rupture of the extensor apparatus
    Patella fractures
    Surgical management of the stiff knee
    Lengthening of the patella tendon
    Stiffness of the knee: release according to Judet
    Clinical cases
    Post operative complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christophe Hulet, Helder Pereira, Giuseppe Peretti, Matteo Denti, editors.
    Summary: This book, published in cooperation with ESSKA, provides an exhaustive review of the meniscus and its pathology, covering all aspects from the basic science of the normal meniscus to clinical and imaging diagnosis, meniscus repair and meniscectomy, outcomes and complications, postoperative management, and emerging technologies. The book opens by examining in depth aspects such as anatomy, histology, physiology, biomechanics, and physiopathology. Clear guidance is offered on arthroscopy and the classification of meniscal lesions, with consideration of the full range of meniscal pathology, including traumatic lesions, degenerative lesions, root tears, meniscal cysts, and congenital lesions. Choice of treatment in different settings is explained, and the various surgical techniques - meniscectomy, meniscal repair, and reconstruction with allografts - are described in detail with the aid of accompanying videos and with presentation of long-term results. The concluding chapter takes a look into the future of meniscus reconstruction, for example through regeneration using mesenchymal stem cells.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Meniscus Basic Science
    Classification Meniscal Lesions
    Preoperative Clinical Examination and Imaging
    Surgical Technique
    Postoperative Evaluation
    Results
    Indications: Adults
    Lavage, Debridement, and Osteoarthritis
    Post-meniscectomized Knee
    Meniscal Reconstruction
    Allograft
    Meniscal Reconstruction
    Substitutes
    Substitutes and Future Technology
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Wei Guo, Francis J. Hornicek, Franklin H. Sim, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the current state of surgical treatment in this particular location-sacrum and pelvis, presenting progress and innovation, describing in detail the related procedures. The book comprises three main parts, pelvic, sacral and typical cases. In each part, chapters are organized in a parallel fashion, with general considerations, surgical approaches and commonly used procedures. This helps to illustrate and detail the surgical techniques involved. This book is valuable for surgeons dealing with this challenging disease. Additionally, it summarizes and reinforces the previous knowledge of techniques in this field. Wei Guo is a Professor at Musculoskeletal Tumor Center, Peoples Hospital, Peking University, China. Francis Hornicek is Chief at Orthopaedic Oncology Service, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA. Franklin H. Sim is a Professor of Orthopedics at the Department of Orthopedics, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Surgery of the Pelvic and Sacral Tumor
    Contents
    Part I: Pelvic Tumors: The Fundamentals
    1: Pelvis: General Considerations
    1.1 Important Considerations When Planning Treatment of Pelvic Tumours
    1.2 Aetiology of Pelvic Tumours
    1.2.1 Primary Tumours
    1.2.2 Secondary Tumours
    1.3 Symptoms of Pelvic Tumours
    1.4 Imaging Modalities
    1.4.1 Plain Radiography
    1.4.2 Computed Tomograph
    1.4.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    1.4.4 Angiography
    1.4.5 Functional Imaging
    1.5 Anatomic Considerations
    1.6 Anaesthetic Considerations 1.7 Positioning and Pressure Care
    1.8 Post-operative Analgesia
    References
    2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Pelvis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Osteology
    2.2.1 Sacrum
    2.2.2 Innominate Bones
    2.2.2.1 Sacroiliac Joint
    2.2.2.2 Sacrospinous Ligament
    2.2.2.3 Sacrotuberous Ligament
    2.2.2.4 Pubic Symphysis
    2.3 Musculature
    2.4 Vascular Anatomy
    2.5 Genitourinary System
    2.6 Large Bowel
    2.7 Lumbar/Sacral Nerves
    Bibliography
    3: Imaging Modalities and Differential Diagnosis
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Imaging Modalities
    3.2.1 Plain Radiographs 3.2.2 Computed Tomography
    3.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    3.2.4 Positron Emission Tomography/Computed Tomography
    3.3 Imaging Features of Common Pelvic Tumors
    3.3.1 Malignant Lesions
    3.3.1.1 Chondrosarcoma
    3.3.1.2 Osteogenic Sarcoma
    3.3.1.3 Ewing Sarcoma
    3.3.1.4 Chordoma
    3.3.1.5 Liposarcoma
    3.3.1.6 Metastatic Disease
    3.3.2 Benign Lesions
    3.3.2.1 Giant Cell Tumor
    3.3.2.2 Osteochondroma
    3.3.2.3 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
    3.4 Summary
    References
    4: Tumors of the Pelvis: Pathologic Aspect
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Soft Tissue Sarcomas 4.2.1 Liposarcoma
    4.2.2 Leiomyosarcoma
    4.3 Primary Bone Sarcomas
    4.3.1 Chondrosarcoma
    4.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    4.3.3 Osteosarcoma
    4.3.4 Chordoma
    4.3.4.1 Benign Lesions
    Osteochondroma
    Giant Cell Tumor
    Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
    4.4 Summary
    References
    5: Staging, Preoperative, and Surgical Planning
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Preoperative Virtual Planning
    5.2.1 PVP Summary
    5.3 Intraoperative Virtual Navigation
    5.3.1 IVN Summary
    5.4 Accuracy in PVP and IVN
    5.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Pelvic Tumors: Surgical Procedures 6: Overview on Pelvic Resections: Classification, Operative Considerations and Surgical Approaches
    6.1 Classification of Tumours According to Location
    6.2 Classification of Internal Hemipelvectomy According to Surgical Margins
    6.3 Indications and Contraindications for Limb-Sparing Surgery
    6.4 Availability of Resources
    6.5 Preoperative Preparation
    6.5.1 Staging Investigations
    6.5.2 Blood Transfusion Requirements
    6.5.3 Preoperative Optimisation
    6.5.4 Informed Consent
    6.5.5 Urinary Catheterisation
    6.5.6 Prophylactic Antibiotic 6.5.7 Anaesthetic Considerations
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, June K. Robinson, C. William Hanke, Daniel M. Siegel, Alina Fratila ; video editors Ashish C. Bhatia, Thomas E. Rohrer.
    Contents:
    Anatomy for procedural dermatology / June K. Robinson
    Aseptic technique / Christie R. Travelute and Todd V. Cartee
    Anesthesia and analgesia / Teresa T. Soriano, Andrew Breithaupt, and Cameron Chesnut
    Instruments and materials / William Lear
    Patient evaluation, informed consent, preoperative assessment, and care / Mara C. Weinstein and Allison T. Vidimos
    Antibiotics / Kavita Mariwalla
    Wound healing / Sonia Lamel, Jie Li, and Robert S. Kirsner
    Wound healing and its impact on dressings and posoperative care / Yakir Levin, Katherine L. Brown, and Tania J. Phillips
    Electrosurgery / Diana Bolotin and Murad Alam
    Cryosurgery / Paola Pasquali
    Skin biopsy techniques / Andrew G. Affleck and Graham Colver
    Incision, draining, and exteriorization techniques / Masato Yasuta
    Suturing technique and other closure materials / Divya Srivastava and R. Stan Taylor
    Complex layered facial closures / Edgar F. Fincher, Hayes B. Gladstone, and Ronald L. Moy
    Hemostasis / Pedro Redondo
    Ellipse, ellipse variations, and dog-ear repairs / Allison Hanlon, Samuel E. Book, and David J. Leffell
    Random pattern cutaneous flaps / Jonathan L. Cook, Glenn D. Goldman, and Todd E. Holmes
    Axial pattern flaps / Christopher J. Miller, Tri Nguyen, and Joseph F. Sobanko
    Skin grafting / Alvaro E. Acosta ... [and 4 others]
    Acne scar revision / Greg J. Goodman
    Revision of surgical scars / Justin J. Leitenberger ... [and 3 others]
    Psychosocial issues and the cosmetic surgery patient / Dee Anna Glaser
    Evaluation and management of the aging face / Lisa M. Donofrio
    Soft-tissue augmentation / C. William Hanke ... [and 4 others]
    Chemical peels / Marina Landau and Sahar F. Ghannam
    Implants / J. Michael Carney
    Botulinum toxins / Doris Hexsel and Camile L. Hexsel
    Liposuction / C. William Hanke ... [and 4 others]
    Autologous fat transfer : evolving concepts and techniques / Kimberly J. Butterwick
    Follicular unit hair transplantation / Robert M. Bernstein
    Laser hair removal / William G. Stebbins ... [and 3 others]
    Laser treatment of tattoos and pigmented lesions / Rachel N. Pritzker ... [and 3 others]
    Photodynamic therapy / Anne Goldsberry ... [and 3 others]
    Laser-based treatment of the aging face for skin resurfacing : ablative and non-ablative lasers / Omar A. Ibrahimi, Nazanin Saedi, and Suzanne L. Kilmer
    Laser and light treatment of acquired and congenital vascular lesions / Johnny Chun Yin Chan and Henry Hin Lee Chan
    Sclerotherapy of varicose veins / Eberhard Rabe, Franz X. Breu, and Felizitas Pannier
    Endovenous thermal ablation techniques with ambulatory phlebectomy for varicose veins / Sanja Schuller-Petrović, Felizitas Pannier, and Milos̆ D. Pavlović
    Lamellar high-SMAS minimum incision face lift / Robert C. Langdon
    Vertical vector face lift with local anesthesia / Rafael A. Schulze, Brian Somoano, and Greg S. Morganroth
    Blepharoplasty and brow-lift / Alina Fratila and young Kyoon Kim
    Rejuvenation of the neck using liposuction and other techniques / William G. Stebbins, Michael S. Kaminer, and C. William Hanke
    Rejuvenation of the external female genitalia / Doris Hexsel, Sebastian Pop, and Antonio Rusciani
    Keloid management / Brian Berman, Sadegh Amini, and Hilary Baldwin
    Vitiligo surgery / Niti Khunger, Koushik Lahiri, and Venkataram Mysore
    Mohs micrographic surgery and cutaneous oncology / Hubert T. Greenway ... [and 4 others]
    Leg ulcer management / Ysabel Bello... [and 3 others]
    Nail surgery / Eckart Haneke
    Repair of the split earlobe, ear piercing, and earlobe reduction / Sirunya Silapunt and Leonard H. Goldberg
    Hidradenitis suppurativa / Virginia J. Reeder, David Ozog, and Iltefat Hamzavi
    Assessment and treatment of photoaging-related mottled pigmentation / Se Young Na and Kyoung Chan Park
    Design of the surgical suite, including large equipment, and monitoring devices / Ross M. Levy and C. William Hanke
    Dermatology office accreditation / Ross M. Levy. Emily Tierney, and C. William Hanke.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ali A. Baaj, U. Kumar Kakarla, Han Jo Kim.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editor, Gregory W. Randolph.
    Summary: "Surgery of the Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands empowers the reader to diagnose benign and malignant diseases effectively, implement the latest cutting-edge techniques, and achieve optimal patient outcomes. This surgical reference book encompasses the most up to date state of the art knowledge, presented by world-renown authors in thyroid and parathyroid surgery, in one concise yet comprehensive source, offering the detailed guidance you need to produce the best results"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    History of thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Applied embryology of the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Thyroid physiology and thyroid function testing
    Thyroiditis
    Thyroglossal duct cysts and ectopic thyroid tissue
    Surgery of cervical and substernal goiter
    Approach to the mediastinum: transcervical, transsternal, and video-assisted
    Surgical management of hyperthyroidism
    Reoperation for benign thyroid disease
    The evaluation and management of thyroid nodules
    Fine-needle aspiration of the thyroid gland : the 2Bethesda system
    Fine-needle aspiration and molecular analysis
    Ultrasound of the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Preoperative radiographic mapping of nodal disease for papillary thyroid carcinoma
    Laryngeal examination in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Radiofrequency and laser ablation of thyroid nodules and parathyroid adenoma
    Differentiated thyroid cancer incidence
    Molecular pathogenesis of thyroid neoplasia
    Papillary thyroid cancer
    Papillary thyroid microcarcinoma
    Papillary carcinoma observation
    Follicular thyroid cancer
    Noninvasive follicular thyroid neoplasm with papillary-like nuclear features (NIFTP)
    Dynamic risk group analysis and staging for differentiated thyroid cancer
    Hürthle cell tumors of the thyroid
    Sporadic medullary thyroid carcinoma
    Syndromic medullary thyroid cancer: MEN 2A and MEN 2B
    Anaplastic thyroid cancer and primary thyroid lymphoma
    Pediatric thyroid cancer
    Familial nonmedullary thyroid cancer
    Principles in thyroid surgery
    Robotic and extracervical approaches to the thyroid and parathyroid glands
    Transoral thyroidectomy
    Minimally invasive video-assisted thyroidectomy
    Surgical anatomy and monitoring of the superior laryngeal nerve
    Surgical anatomy and monitoring of the recurrent laryngeal nerve
    Surgery for locally advanced thyroid cancer: larynx, tracheal invasion, and esophageal
    Central neck dissection: indications and technique
    Lateral neck dissection: indications and technique
    Incisions in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Surgical pathology of the thyroid gland
    Pathophysiology of recurrent laryngeal nerve injury
    Management of recurrent laryngeal nerve paralysis
    Nonneural complications of thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Quality assessment in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Ethics and malpractice in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Postoperative management of differentiated thyroid cancer
    Postoperative radioactive iodine ablation and treatment of differentiated thyroid cancer
    External beam radiotherapy for thyroid malignancy
    Reoperative thyroid surgery
    Nonsurgical treatment of thyroid cysts, nodules, thyroid cancer nodal metastases, and hyperparathyroidism: the role of percutaneous ethanol injection
    Medical treatment horizons for metastatic differentiated and medullary thyroid cancer
    Primary hyperparathyroidism: pathophysiology, surgical indications, and preoperative workup
    Guide to preoperative parathyroid localization testing
    Principles in surgical management of primary hyperparathyroidism
    Standard bilateral parathyroid exploration
    Minimally invasive single gland parathyroid exploration
    Minimally invasive video-assisted parathyroidectomy
    Intraoperative PTH monitoring during parathyroid surgery
    Surgical management of multiglandular parathyroid disease
    Surgical management of secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism
    Parathyroid management in the men syndromes
    Revision parathyroid surgery
    Parathyroid carcinoma
    Surgical pathology of the parathyroid glands.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Print
    William W. Montgomery.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RF51 .M56
    2
  • Digital
    Lee J. Skandalakis, John E. Skandalakis, editors ; with contributions by Panagiotis N. Skandalakis.
    Summary: Generations of residents and general surgeons have relied upon and worn out their copies of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual. Thoroughly revised and with dozens of new illustrations, the fourth edition continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated memory refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. The editors have included techniques to keep the content fresh, relevant, and practice-based. Among the new topics are hand surgery, a section on central venous access, and creating an AV fistula for dialysis. All the existing chapters have been updated and expanded to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation. This fourth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes. This handy pocket manual remains a "must have" for every resident and general surgeon.

    Contents:
    Skin, Scalp, and Nail
    Neck
    Breast
    Abdominal Wall and Hernias
    Diaphragm
    Esophagus
    Stomach
    Duodenum
    Pancreas
    Small Intestine
    Appendix
    Colon and Anorectum
    Liver
    Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
    Spleen
    Adrenal Glands
    Vascular System
    Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries
    Carpal Tunnel
    Microsurgical Procedures
    Miscellaneous Procedures
    Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lee J. Skandalakis, editor.
    Summary: This book continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. It contains thoroughly revised chapters and dozens of new richly colored illustrations, which make it much easier to follow the technique and better appreciate the anatomy. This fifth edition now includes robotic techniques for each relevant chapter. All the existing chapters have been updated to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation as well as a section on anatomical complications. Three new chapters on sports hernia, ablative techniques for venous disease, and on the kidney and ureter have also been added to help surgeons learn more about these structures. The fifth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes and remains a "must have" for every resident and general surgeon.

    Contents:
    Skin, Scalp, and Nail
    Neck
    Breast
    Abdominal Wall and Hernias
    Diaphragm
    Esophagus
    Stomach
    Duodenum
    Pancreas
    Small Intestine
    Appendix
    Colon and Anorectum
    Liver
    Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
    Spleen
    Adrenal Glands
    Vascular System
    Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries
    Carpal Tunnel Release
    Microsurgical Procedures
    Miscellaneous Procedures
    Bariatric Surgery
    Sports Hernia
    Ablative Techniques for Management of Symptomatic Superficial Venous Disease
    Kidney and Ureter.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark O. Jensen ; illustrations by Gary Baune.
    Summary: "In today's surgical environment, open operations have declined in frequency, but the need for a practical, superbly illustrated reference in this area is still great. Ideal for both trainee and experienced surgeons, Surgical Anatomy and Mastery of Open Operations: A Multimedia Curriculum for Training Residents achieves this goal with expert coverage of essential open procedures, both common and uncommon. In print and on video, this "go to" resource includes clinical highlights, practical tips, and detailed illustrations"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Head and neck
    Breast and neurovascular system of the upper extremity
    Thorax
    Abdominal wall
    Small and large intestine
    Stomach, duodenum, and esophagus
    Liver, biliary system, pancreas, and spleen
    Kidney, adrenal, ureters, and bladder
    Pelvis
    Aorta, Iliac arteries, and blood supply to the lower extremity (Vascular exposure)
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    edited by R. Shane Tubbs [and more].
    Summary: The first work of its kind devoted to the surgical anatomy of the cervical plexus, Surgical Anatomy of the Cervical Plexus and Its Branches clearly explains and illustrates this important subset of peripheral nervous system anatomy. Ideal for physicians and residents from a wide range of medical and surgical disciplines, this unique title details new methods of imaging the cervical plexus, as well as its pathology and appropriate surgical approaches. Key Features: Using fresh cadaveric dissections, the surgical anatomy of each branch of the cervical plexus will be demonstrated. Nerves are to be color-coded to differentiate them from other tissues and dissected in a layer-by-layer method. New methods of imaging the cervical plexus as well as its pathology and appropriate surgical approaches will be covered in detail.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Beth Schrope.
    Contents:
    Physics : include medical precautions
    Instrumentation
    Advanced technologies : 3D ultrasound, contrast ultrasound
    Ultrasound of the neck, thyroid and parathyroid
    Breast ultrasound
    Abdominal ultrasound : principles (transabdominal, intraoperative, laparoscopic)
    Hepatobiliary ultrasound : include rf and other ablative therapies
    Ultrasound of pancreas
    FAST : trauma ultrasound
    Critical care ultrasound : includes chest ultrasound
    Endoscopic ultrasound : foregut including esophagus, stomach, small intestine, biliary
    Endoscopic ultrasound : hindgut including endorectal
    Genitourinary ultrasound
    Vascular ultrasound
    Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia
    Therapeutic ultrasound
    Documentation, coding, billing, and compliance
    Credentialing.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
  • Digital
    Deepak Narayan, Shanta E. Kapadia, Gopal Kodumudi, Nalini Vadivelu, editors.
    Summary: This evidence-based guide is the first of its kind to outline the surgical and perioperative management of patients with anatomical anomalies and support clinical decision-making under these difficult circumstances. Presented in a simple, accessible format and organized by anatomical area, this book contains all the essential topics required by trainees and practitioners to assess the patient quickly, diagnose anatomic anomalies, determine the feasibility and safety of the planned surgical and anesthetic procedures, and arrange for advanced consults and care, if needed. Newer techniques for surgical and anesthetic management of patients with anatomic anomalies are presented to facilitate practitioners' development of their skills. Chapters include the latest ultrasound techniques and images, as well as case studies. Physicians, nurses, and trainees involved in the surgical, anesthetic, perioperative, or critical care of patients will find this guide to be their go-to resource in the OR, lab, or pain clinic.

    Contents:
    Section I: Head and Neck
    1. Anatomy of the Head and Neck
    2. Challenges of Dental Surgery and Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in Patients with Anatomical Anomalies
    3. Airway Management
    Section II: Thorax and Its Contents
    4. Head and Neck Variations: Vessels
    5. Head and Neck Variations: Soft Tissue, Nerves, and Bones
    6. Common Congenital Syndromes and Disease States Impacting Regional Anesthesiology Techniques
    7. Thoracic Aorta and Its Variants
    Section III: Abdominal Cavity
    8. Anatomy of the Gastrointestinal System
    9. Anomalies of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    10. Surgical Anatomy of the Hepatobiliary System
    11. Surgical Anatomy, Anomalies, and Normal Variants of the Pancreas
    12. Anatomy of the Genitourinary System
    13. Urologic Anomalies and Surgical Implications
    14. Duodenal Fossae
    15. Acquired Spinal Disorders Anatomy
    16
    Neuraxial and Peripheral Nerve Block Placement in Patients with Anatomical Anomalies
    Section IV: Upper and Lower Extremities
    17. Upper Extremity Variations
    18. Anomalies of the Foot and Ankle
    19. Upper and Lower Extremity Vascular Variations
    Section V: Vascular Access and Anesthesia
    20. Vascular Access and Anesthesia for Patients with Cardiac Anatomic Anomalies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Edward Ellis, III, DDS, MS, Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Director of Residency Training, The University of Texas Southwestern Medicial Center and Chief of Oral and Maxillofacial Suregery, Parkland Memorial Hospital, Michael F. Zide, DMD, Associate Director, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, John Peter Smith Hospital, Fort Worth, Texas ; surgical videos by Eric W. Wang, MD, Associate Professor, Department lf Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Director, Maxillofacial Trauma, UPMC Presbyterian Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Jenny Y. Yu, MD, Associate Professor, Clinical Operations, Departrment of Ophthalmology, Assistant Professor, Department of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ; illustrations by Jennifer Carmichael, MA, and Lewis Calver, BFA, MS.
    Summary: "This text/atlas is a step-by-step guide to the surgical approaches used to expose the facial skeleton. The authors describe in detail the key anatomic structures and the technical aspects of each approach, so that the surgeon can safely gain access to the region of the craniofacial skeleton requiring surgery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basic principles for approaches to the facial skeleton
    Transcutaneous approaches through the lower eyelid
    Transconjunctival approaches
    Supraorbital eyebrow approach
    Upper eyelid approach
    Coronal approach
    Approaches to the maxilla
    Mandibular vestibular approach
    Submandibular approach
    Retromandibular approach
    Rhytidectomy approach
    Preauricular approach
    External (open) approach
    Endonasal approach.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Robert G. Watkins, III, Robert G. Watkins, IV, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephen Haggerty, editor.
    Contents:
    1. The epidemiology of renal replacement therapy
    2. Physiology of peritoneal dialysis
    3. Patient selection for peritoneal dialysis
    4. Perioperative planning assessment and preparation
    5. Overview of catheter choices and implantation techniques
    6. Surgical considerations for open placement of peritoneal dialysis catheters
    7. Fluoroscopic guided percutaneous insertion of PD catheters
    8. Advanced laparoscopic insertion of peritoneal dialysis catheters
    9. Pre-sternal and extended catheters
    10. Buried catheters: how and why?
    11. Post-operative protocol and maintenance of function
    12. Diagnosis and management of catheter dysfunction
    13. Mechnical complications of peritoneal dialysis
    14. Infection complications of peritoneal dialysis
    15. Management of hernias in the context of peritoneal dialysis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Xiaodong Zhu.
    Contents:
    Cardiac Anatomy: Nomenclature and Abbreviations
    Position and Observation of the Heart and Surgical Approaches
    The Right Atrium
    The Right Ventricle
    The Coronary Artery
    The Conduction System of the Heart
    The Left Atrium
    The Left Ventricle
    The Cardiac Skeleton and the Aortic Root
    General Considerations of Cardiac Embryology
    Atrial Septal Defect and Cor Triatriatum
    Atrioventricular Septal Defect
    Ventricular Septal Defect
    Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Drainage
    Aortic Arch Coarctation and Interrupted Aortic Arch
    Congenital Anomalies of the Tricuspid Valve
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction
    Mitral Atresia and Hypoplastic Left Ventricle
    Single Ventricle
    Persistent Truncus Arteriosus
    Aortopulmonary Window
    Aneurism of the Sinus of Valsalva
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Complete Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Pulmonary Atresia
    Double-outlet of Left Ventricle.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ying Mao, Wei Zhu, Jianping Song, editors.
    Summary: This Atlas summarizes current surgical strategy for cerebral revascularization in the treatment of complex neurovascular diseases. It focuses on complex intracranial aneurysms, which are mostly large/giant, irregular and short of enough collateral compensation. In the first part, it starts from the extracranial-intracranial (EC-IC) bypass strategy. For the complex middle cerebral artery aneurysms, the types of EC-IC bypass are determined based on the angioarchitecture. Furthermore, various intracranial-intracranial (IC-IC) bypasses are introduced, with the advantage of no need for graft vessel harvesting and preferable matching of donor and receipt arteries. This Atlas provides useful knowledge and cases about this basic and indispensable skill for neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    External carotid artery - Radial artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Superficial temporal artery - Radial artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Superficial temporal artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Anterior cerebral artery (A3) - Anterior cerebral artery (A3) bypass
    Middle cerebral artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
    Occipital artery - Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass
    Posterior cerebral artery - Posterior cerebral artery bypass
    Posterior inferior cerebellar artery - Vertebral artery bypass
    Anterior cerebral artery (A2) - Radial artery - Anterior cerebral artery (A4) bypass
    Carotid endarterectomy
    Computational fluid dynamics of cerebral revascularization
    Functional magnetic resonance imaging study of cerebral revascularization
    Perspective: The topographic model of cerebral revascularization.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ghulam Qadir Fayyaz, editor.
    Summary: Globally there is a burden of approximately 1, 60,000 new cases of cleft lip and palate every year, yet there is no single comprehensive source on this problem. This surgical atlas fills the gap in the knowledge of appropriately handling cleft lip and palate cases. This pictorial resource has been compiled and edited by an expert who operates one of the highest cleft lip and palate correction programs in the world and has performed more than 34,000 surgeries, restoring function to numerous patients across the globe. It covers all variants and types of cleft lip and palate defects, including both primary cases as well as in previously operated cases. It starts with an in-depth elaboration on anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the (normal) palate and cleft palate, moving towards, classification and identification of defects with the help of clear flow charts and simple algorithms enabling better diagnosis and decision making. With over 1500 high definition images and hand-drawn sketches, this atlas provides a detailed description of diagnosis, problems and the management of each type of defect. The underlying objective of such surgeries is to best restore the good function of the palate and enable better speech production, which is highlighted amply in each chapter. This atlas is a valuable resource for all plastic surgeons, paediatric surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, ENT surgeons and other medical professionals involved in cleft lip and palate defect surgeries.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Patho-Phsyiology of Cleft Palate
    Classification of Cleft Palate
    Management of Cleft Palate Patient
    Objectives of Palate Repair
    Different Techniques of Palate Repair
    New Techniques and Innovations
    Post Operative Management of Cleft Palate Repair
    Complications of Cleft Palate Repair
    Pakistan Comprehensive Fistula Classification
    Management of Midline Palatal Fistula
    Management of Lateral Palatal Fistula
    Management of Subtotal Fistulae
    Management of Multiple Fistulae & FAR
    Dehiscence/Almost Total Loss of Palatal Tissue
    Difficult to Repair Secondary Palate Patients
    Speech Therapy
    Orthognathic Surgery after Cleft Palate Repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bin Qiao, Zhing Min Liu, Yu Guo Weng, Ajit P. Yoganathan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive surgical atlas of functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome, based on theoretical insights and a wealth of clinical practice. It offers anatomical morphology and descriptive texts, while also highlighting key aspects of each procedure. The book is divided into three major parts, the first two of which illustrate the procedures for the palliation of functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome respectively, including the fundamental concepts, derivatives, evolutionary process, and criterion for the staged Fontan procedure. In turn, part three highlights advances in computational simulation for cardiological applications. Featuring well-illustrated, clearly structured instructions, the book offers a valuable guide to functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome for cardiologists around the globe.

    Contents:
    Functional single ventricle
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome
    Part III.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ying-bin Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses advanced surgical techniques for pancreatic cancers, including open, laparoscopic and robotic-assisted surgery, as well as palliative surgery and total meso-pancreas excision. It also features high-resolution illustrations taken from selected clinical cases to enhance the descriptions of the surgical procedures. Providing details of technical issues and commenting on the outcome, it a timely reference resource for pancreatic surgeons, pancreatic physicians, and interns interested in pancreatic cancer surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part 1 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Pancreatoduodenectomy
    1. Pancreatoduodenectomy: Total Meso-Pancreas Excision Approach
    2. Pancreatoduodenectomy: Artery First Approach
    3. Pancreatoduodenectomy: pancreatoduodenectomy other Approach
    4. Pylorus-Preserving Pancreatoduodenectomy
    5. Stomach-Preserving Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    6. Pancreatoduodenectomy with Venous Reconstruction
    Part 2 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Distal Pancreatectomy
    7. Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    8. Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
    9. Modified Appleby Operation for Advanced Malignant Tumors of the Body and Tail of the Pancreas
    Part 3 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Pancreatectomy
    10. Total Pancreatectomy
    11. Pancreatectomy with Other Organ Resection
    Part 4 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Laparoscopic Surgery
    12. Laparoscopic pancreaticoduodenectomy with single stitch method
    13. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    14. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
    15. Role of Staging Laparoscopy for Pancreatic Cancers
    Part 5 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Surgery
    16. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Pancreatoduodenectomy(RPD)
    17. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
    18. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
    Part 6 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Palliative Surgical Therapy
    19. Endoscopic Retrograde Biliary Drainage for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer
    20. Palliative Surgical Therapy: Palliative Bypass Procedure
    Part 7 Surgical Treatments for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    21. Central Pancreatectomy
    22. Duodenum-Preserving Pancreatic Head Resection
    Part 8 Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms
    23. Surgical Treatment of Mucinous Cystic Neoplasms of the Pancreas
    24. Surgical Treatment of Serous Cystadenomas Neoplasm of the Pancreas
    25. Surgical Treatment of Solid Pseudopapillary Neoplasm of the Pancreas
    Part 9 Surgical Treatment of Complications and Recurrences after Pancreatoduodenectomy
    26. Surgical Treatment of Post-Operative Haemorrhage
    27. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatico-enteric Anastomosis Stenosis and Post-operative Chronic Pancreatitis
    28. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Fistula after Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Part 10 Pancreatic Anastomosis
    29. Binding Pancreaticojejunostomy
    30. Binding Pancreaticogastrostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chunlin Hou, Shimin Chang, Jian Lin, Dajiang Song.
    Contents:
    A brief history of perforator flaps
    Anatomy, classification and nomenclature
    Intra-operative techniques in perforator dissection
    Pedicled perforator flaps
    Combined perforator flaps
    Thinned perforator flaps
    Flow-through perforator flaps
    Lateral Arm Perforator Flap
    Medial arm perforator flap
    Radial Artery Perforator Flap
    Ulnar Artery Perforator Flap
    posterior interosseous artery perforator flap
    Posterolateral mid-forearm perforator flap
    Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Perforator Flaps
    Dorso-ulnar metacarpal perforator flap of the little finger
    Digital artery perforator flap
    Perforator flaps in the lateral thoracic region
    Deep inferior epigastric artery perforator (DIEP) flap
    Anterolateral thigh perforator flap
    Vastus medialis perforator flap
    Saphenous artery perforator flap
    Posterior thigh perforator flap
    Anterior tibial artery perforator flap
    Posterior tibial artery perforator flap
    Peroneal artery perforator flap
    Medial sural artery perforator flap
    Peroneal artery anterolateral supramalleolar flap
    Anterior supramalleolar perforator flap
    Medial supramalleolar perforator flap
    Dorsal metatarsal artery perforator flap.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andreas B. Imhoff, Matthias J. Feucht (eds.) ; translated and edited by Dr. Mohamed Aboalata.
    Summary: This atlas depicts and describes the newest arthroscopic and open techniques for dealing with sports orthopaedic injuries and problems. More than 75 surgical procedures are presented step by step with the aid of superb illustrations. Arthroscopic views, artist drawings, X-rays, and clinical and operative photographs are all included to demonstrate exactly how each procedure should be performed. Individual sections are devoted to the shoulder, elbow, pelvis/hip, knee, and ankle/foot. By offering complete illustrated guidance on the surgical management of sports-related injuries, the Surgical Atlas of Sports Orthopaedics and Sports Traumatology will prove invaluable to both novice and experienced surgeons.

    Contents:
    Shoulder: Positioning, Portals
    Subacromial Space
    Rotator Cuff
    Instability
    Osteochondral Lesion
    Osteoarthritis Shoulder. Elbow: Positioning, Portals
    Cartilage
    Tendon. Pelvis / Hip: Positioning, Portals
    Tendon. Knee: Positioning, Portals
    Meniscus
    Ligaments
    Patella
    Osteochondral Lesion
    Osteotomy
    Osteoarthrosis. Ankle / Foot: Positioning, Portals
    Instability
    Osteochondral Lesion
    Osteoarthrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Edgar N. Weaver, Jr ; with James B. Macon, Lydia Prokosch.
    Summary: The learning curve in the management of painful degenerative lumbar spine patients is steep because every case has singular characteristics. Surgical Care of the Painful Degenerative Lumbar Spine: Evaluation, Decision-Making, Techniques by Edgar Weaver reflects more than 35 years of neurosurgical practice devoted to refining degenerative spine disease evaluation and techniques. The book emphasizes and instructs a symptom-focused approach in the surgical decision-making process, with determinant radiographic features used mainly supportively. The text begins with a thorough overview of anatomy,

    Contents:
    Symptom-focused care of the PDLS
    Fundamental anatomy
    Spino-pelvic parameters and sagittal balance
    Stabilization in SFC surgery on the PDLS
    Clinical evaluation of the patient with a PDLS
    The fundamental open surgical method
    Lateral intramuscular planar [Limp] approach for instrumentation/stabilization L3 to sacrum
    Minimally invasive surgical method
    Post-operative care
    Surgical situations of complex decision-making
    Socio-economics in spine surgery.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    345
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    59
  • Digital
    edited by Forrest O. Moore [and others].
    Contents:
    Surgical Critical Care. Respiratory and Cardiovascular Physiology / Marcin Jankowski, Frederick Giberson
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Oxygen Delivery, and Shock / Filip Moshkovsky, Luis Cardenas, Mark Cipolle
    ECMO / Andy Michaels
    Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Hypertensive Emergencies / Rondi Gelbard, Omar K Danner
    Sepsis and the Inflammatory Response to Injury / Juan C Duchesne, Marquinn D Duke
    Hemodynamic and Respiratory Monitoring / Stephen M Welch, Christopher S Nelson, Stephen L Barnes
    Airway and Perioperative Management / Stephen M Welch, Jeffrey P Coughenour, Stephen L Barnes
    Acute Respiratory Failure and Mechanical Ventilation / Adrian A Maung, Lewis J Kaplan
    Infectious Disease / Yousef Abuhakmeh, John Watt, Courtney McKinney
    Pharmacology and Antibiotics / Michelle Strong, CPT Clay M Merritt
    Transfusion, Hemostasis, and Coagulation / Erin Palm, Kenji Inaba
    Analgesia and Anesthesia / Marquinn D Duke, Juan C Duchesne
    Delirium, Alcohol Withdrawal, and Psychiatric Disorders / Peter Bendix, Ali Salim
    Acid-Base, Fluid, and Electrolytes / Joshua Dilday, Asser Youssef, Nicholas Thiessen
    Metabolic Illness and Endocrinopathies / Andrew J Young, Therese M Duane
    Hypothermia and Hyperthermia / Raquel M Forsythe
    Acute Kidney Injury / Remigio J Flor, Keneeshia N Williams, Terence O'Keeffe
    Liver Failure / Muhammad Numan Khan, Bellal Joseph
    Nutrition Support in Critically Ill Patients / Rifat Latifi, Jorge Con
    Neurocritical Care / Herb A Phelan
    Thromboembolism / Herb A Phelan
    Transplantation, Immunology, and Cell Biology / Leslie Kobayashi, Emily Cantrell
    Obstetric Critical Care / Gerard J Fulda, Anthony Sciscione
    Pediatric Critical Care / Erin M Garvey, J Craig Egan
    Envenomations, Poisonings, and Toxicology / Michelle Strong
    Common Procedures in the ICU / Joanelle A Bailey, Adam D Fox
    Diagnostic Imaging, Ultrasound, and Interventional Radiology / Keneeshia N Williams, Remigio J flor, Terence O'Keeffe
    Emergency Surgery. Neurotrauma / Faisal Shah Jehan, Bellal Joseph
    Blunt and Penetrating Neck Trauma / Leslie Kobayashi, Barret Halgas
    Cardiothoracic and Thoracic Vascular Injury / Leslie Kobayashi, Amelia Simpson
    Abdominal and Abdominal Vascular Injury / Leslie Kobayashi, Michelle G Hamel
    Orthopedic and Hand Trauma / Brett D Crist, Gregory J Della Rocca
    Peripheral Vascular Trauma / Amy V Gore, Adam D Fox
    Urologic Trauma and Disorders / Jeremy Juern, Daniel Roubik
    Care of the Pregnant Trauma Patient / Ashley McCusker, Terence O'Keeffe
    Esophagus, Stomach, and Duodenum / Matthew B Singer, Andrew Tang
    Small Intestine, Appendix, and Colorectal / Vishal Bansal, Jay J Doucet
    Gallbladder and Pancreas / Matthew B Singer, Andrew Tang
    Liver and Spleen / Cathy Ho, Narong Kulvatunyou
    Incarcerated Hernias / Cathy Ho, Narong Kulvatunyou
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections and Other Soft Tissue Infections / Jacob Swann, LTC Joseph J DuBose
    Obesity and Bariatric Surgery / Gregory Peirce, LTC Eric Ahnfeldt
    Thermal Burns, Electrical Burns, Chemical Burns, Inhalational Injury, and Lightning Injuries / Joseph J DuBose, Jacob Swann
    Gynecologic Surgery / K Aviva Bashan-Gilzenrat
    Cardiovascular and Thoracic Surgery / Jonathan Nguyen, Bryan C Morse
    Pediatric Surgery / Matthew Martin, Aaron Cunningham, Mubeen Jafri
    Geriatrics / K Aviva Bashan-Gilzenrat, Bryan Morse
    Telemedicine and Telepresence for Surgery and Trauma / Kalterina Latifi, Rifat Latifi
    Statistics / Alan Cook
    Ethics, End-of-Life, and Organ Retrieval / Allyson Cook, Lewis J Kaplan
    Index
    Supplemental Images.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Mazyar Kanani, Simon Lammy.
    Summary: This updated book continues the ABCDE chapter format from the second edition, incorporating an escalating level of diagnostic and management complexity and a concise bibliography in each chapter. It remains demarcated into two sections: the first (e.g. ABCDE chapters) equips surgical trainees in managing non-ICU-based patients, whilst the second provides a basic introduction to ICU care. The chapters introduce standard definitions, pathological processes, diagnostic features and common management plans. These are based on a range of updated recommended guidelines from NICE and SIGN and common ALS principles in critical care patients, as well as current ATLS® and CCrISP® standards. The most common causes of systemic complications in surgical patients are explained, e.g. updated sections on sepsis and major haemorrhage protocols, to name but a few. A must-have revision guide for all surgical trainees, from final-year medical students through to junior surgical registrars.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Ali Salim, Carlos Brown, Kenji Inaba, Matthew J. Martin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert C. McIntyre, Richard Schulick.
    Summary: "Using a proven, practical, algorithmic approach, Surgical Decision Making summarizes evidence-based guidelines and practice protocols in an easy-to-follow format. Designed to sharpen the decision-making skills of both trainees and practicing surgeons, the 6th Edition directs your focus to the critical decision points in a wide range of clinical scenarios, helping you determine optimal evaluation and management to secure the best possible patient outcomes. Algorithms are accompanied by annotations that explain all critical factors affecting decisions in a concise, readable manner"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Perioperative care. Preoperative laboratory evaluation
    Preoperative cardiac evaluation
    Preoperative pulmonary evaluation
    Bleeding disorders in surgical patients
    Hypercoagulable patient
    Postoperative fever
    Bridge anticoagulation
    Intraabdominal infection
    Preoperative evaluation of the geriatric patient
    Part II: Critical care
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Perioperative arrhythmia
    Perioperative myocardial ischemia and infarction
    Shock
    Goal-directed resuscitation
    Pulmonary embolism
    Ventilator-associated pneumonia
    Nutritional support
    Acute respiratory failure
    Acute hypoxic event
    Acute renal failure
    Acid - base disorders
    Sodium disorders
    Potassium disorders
    Calcium disorders
    Hypothermia
    Part III: Head & neck. Neck mass
    Nonmelanoma skin cancer of the face
    Management of melanoma of the head and neck
    Part IV: Thoracic. Lung nodule
    Mediastinal tumors
    Pleural effusion and empyema
    Part V: Alimentary tract. Achalasia
    Esophageal motility disorders (other than achalasia)
    Esophageal perforation
    Caustic ingestion
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Barrett's esophagus
    Esophageal diverticulum
    Paraesophageal hiatal hernia
    Gastric ulcer
    Duodenal ulcer
    Morbid obesity
    Upper GI bleeding
    Bleeding esophageal varices
    Jaundice
    Obstructive jaundice: interventional options
    Cholelithiasis
    Choledocholithiasis
    Hepatic abscess
    Cystic liver disease
    Solid liver lesion
    Acute pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Pancreatic pseudocysts
    Pancreas divisum
    Small bowel obstruction
    Acute mesenteric vascular occlusion
    Short bowel syndrome
    Enterocutaneous fistula
    Crohn's disease of the small bowel
    Right lower quadrant pain
    Volvulus
    Diverticulitis
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Ulcerative colitis
    Ischemic colitis
    Toxic megacolon
    C. dif colitis
    Large bowel obstruction
    Rectal prolapse
    Constipation
    Appendicitis
    Anorectal abscess and fistula-in-ano
    Hemorrhoids
    Pilonidal disease
    Anal fissure
    Groin hernia
    Ventral hernia
    Part VI: Oncology. Cancer of unknown primary
    Esophageal cancer
    Gastric cancer
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Hepatocellular carcinoma
    Gallbladder carcinoma
    Gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs)
    Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumor
    Periampullary carcinoma
    Pancreatic cystic neoplasms
    Pancreatic mass
    Retroperitoneal mass
    GI lymphoma
    Colon polyp
    Colon cancer
    Rectal cancer
    Anal cancer
    96 metastatic colorectal carcinoma
    Breast and soft tissues: nipple discharge
    Gynecomastia
    Palpable breast mass
    Nonpalpable breast lesions
    Early breast cancer
    Advanced breast cancer
    Recurrent breast carcinoma
    Familial breast cancer
    Breast reconstruction
    Soft tissue masses of the extremities
    Cutaneous melanoma
    Nonmelanoma skin cancer
    Part VII: Endocrine. Thyrotoxicosis
    Thyroid nodule
    Well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    Medullary thyroid carcinoma
    Hypercalcemia and hyperparathyroidism
    Hypoglycemia and insulinoma
    Zollinger-Ellison syndrome
    Adrenal incidentaloma
    Pheochromocytoma
    Cushing's syndrome
    Primary aldosteronism
    Part VIII: Trauma. Initial evaluation and resuscitation
    Airway management
    Cervical spine injury
    Resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA)
    Emergency department thoracotomy
    Penetrating neck trauma
    Blunt cerebrovascular injury
    Rib fractures
    Hemo-pneumothorax
    Blunt thoracic aortic injury
    Blunt cardiac injury
    Annotations to thoracoabdominal trauma
    Blunt abdominal trauma
    Penetrating abdominal injury
    Blunt splenic injury
    Liver injury
    Abdominal vascular injuries
    Pancreatic injury
    Duodenal injury
    Penetrating injury of the colon
    Penetrating rectal injury
    Damage-control laparotomy
    Abdominal compartment syndrome
    Traumatic hematuria
    Renal injury
    Ureteral injuries
    Bladder and urethral trauma
    Pelvic fractures
    Closed head injury
    Cervical spine fractures
    Spinal cord injury
    Popliteal artery injury
    Burns
    Acute frostbite
    Electrical burn injury
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kimberly A. Davis, Raul Coimbra.
    Summary: "The combination of surgeon shortage and poor access to emergency surgical care led to establishment of the Acute Care Surgery paradigm and subspecialty in 2003. Concurrently, minimally invasive approaches revolutionized surgical practice in the 21st century. In the United States, acute care surgeons stand at the front line of patient care for emergency general surgery, trauma, and surgical critical care, and thus are positioned to positively impact healthcare delivery and costs. Surgical Decision Making in Acute Care Surgery by renowned surgeons Kimberly Davis and Raul Coimbra is the first text that comprehensively discusses when to use minimally invasive techniques and advanced technology versus traditional open procedures in acute traumatic and non-traumatic surgical emergencies. The text begins with three opening chapters covering the background of the Acute Care Surgery subspecialty, anatomic and physiological considerations, and the impact of acute surgical illness on pre- and postoperative critical care decisions. Subsequent chapters outline surgical approaches for commonly encountered acute conditions. Trauma chapters cover interventions for cervical, blunt and penetrating abdominal, and thoracic injuries. Emergency general surgery topics run the gamut from appendicitis to emergency management of paraesophageal hernias and esophageal perforations. An impressive group of senior surgeons and younger rising stars in American surgery share their expertise throughout the book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Definition of acute care surgery / Robert D. Becher, Raul Coimbra, and Kimberly A. Davis
    Anatomic and physiological considerations / Bishwajit Bhattacharya and Kimberly A. Davis
    Impact of acute surgical illness on critical care decisions pre- and postoperatively / Lena M. Napolitano and Jay Doucet
    Cervical trauma / Aaron Richman and Clay Cothren Burlew
    Blunt abdominal trauma / Morgan Schellenberg and Kenji Inaba
    Penetrating abdominal trauma / Lyndsey E. Wessels, Michael J. Krzyzaniak, and Matthew J. Martin
    Thoracic trauma / Benjamin J. Moran, Katherine M. Kelley, and James V. O'Connor
    Vascular trauma / Jason Pasley, Megan Brenner, and Raul Coimbra
    Appendicitis / Edward Lineen, Yee Wong, and Nicholas Namias
    Acute cholecystitis / Giana H. Davidson and Eileen M. Bulger
    Acute Diverticulitis / Maryanne L. Pickett, Joseph P. Minei, and Michael W. Cripps
    A modern approach to complicated pancreatitis / Chris Javadi, Monica Dua, and Brendan Visser
    Inflammatory/infectious bowel disease / Cigdem Benlice, Ipek Sapci, and Scott R. Steele
    Gastroduodenal ulcers requiring surgery / Robert D. Winfield and Marie L. Crandall
    Intestinal bowel obstruction / Bishwajit Bhattacharya and Adrian A. Maung
    Surgical management of incarcerated hernias / Jessica Koller Gorham and William S. Richardson
    Mesenteric ischemia / James Becker, Todd W. Costantini, and Joseph M. Galante
    Esophageal emergencies : emergency management of paraesophageal hernias and esophageal perforations / Geoffrey P. Kohn.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Rifat Latifi.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to all aspects of geriatric surgery within the broad confines of surgery in geriatrics including general surgery, neurosurgery, thoracic surgery, vascular surgery, cardiac surgery, surgical oncology, hepatobiliary and transplant surgery, plastic, colorectal, orthopedic, gynecologic, and urologic surgery. The text is split into four parts. The first part is organized under general considerations on the geriatric surgical patient and includes current trends in geriatric surgery, and a number of important general issues such as practical approaches to reversal of bleeding/anticoagulation, role of anesthetic concerns in advanced age, frailty index and measurements of physiological reserves, nutritional support in the elderly, quality of life in the elderly, drug use, and family involvement. Part two of the book focuses on surgery specific system-based problems in geriatric surgical patients. The third part addresses many other important aspects of geriatric surgery including palliative and end of life care for the elderly, religious issues and the elderly care surgery, elderly with mental health issues, and nursing care of elderly patients. The fourth and final part describes the need for geriatric surgical care education and the components that are essential for the curriculum of current and future generations of students. Written by experts in the field, Surgical Decision Making in Geriatrics addresses patient selection, pre-operative considerations, technical conduct of the most common operations, and avoiding complications.

    Contents:
    Decision Making in Geriatric Surgery: More Surgery or Less Surgery?
    Is There Room for Common Sense in Surgical Decision-Making?
    Emergency Medicine Department Management of the Elderly
    Cardiovascular Comorbidities in the Elderly Undergoing Surgery
    Reversal of Oral Anticoagulants in the Elderly
    Frailty Assessment as Measurement of Physiologic Reserves in the Elderly
    Anesthetic Concerns in the Elderly
    Nutrition Support in Elderly Patients Undergoing Surgery
    Neurosurgery in the Elderly
    Caring for the Geriatrics Trauma Patient: The Challenges and the Opportunities
    ENT Surgery in the Elderly
    Thoracic Surgery in the Elderly
    Cardiac Surgery in the Elderly
    Surgical Decisions in Breast Cancer in the Elderly
    Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly
    Inguinal Hernia Repair in the Elderly
    Abdominal Wall Reconstruction in the Elderly: Techniques, Outcomes, and Pitfalls
    Bariatric Surgery in the Elderly
    Vascular Surgery in the Elderly
    Operative Surgical Oncology in the Elderly: Epidemiology, Opportunity, Outcome, and Ethical Issues
    Colorectal Surgery in the Elderly
    Liver Transplant Surgery in the Elderly
    Renal Transplantation in the Elderly
    Hepatopancreaticobiliary Surgery in the Elderly
    Plastic Surgery in the Elderly
    Drug Use in Elderly During Surgery: They Were Youngsters Once
    Urologic Surgery in the Elderly
    Gynecologic Surgery in the Elderly
    Postoperative Quality of Life in the Elderly
    Surgical Decision Making in the Elderly with Serious Surgical Illness: The Role of Palliative Care
    Family Involvement: What Does a Loved One Want at the End-of-Life?
    Spiritual and Religious Considerations in the Care of the Elderly
    Perioperative Care in the Elderly with Mental Health Issues
    How Do We Teach Medical Students to Care for the Elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Savio George Barreto, John A. Windsor, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an evidence-based approach to the diagnosis and surgical management of the diseases of the pancreas and biliary tree, highlighting the most recent findings. The chapters are designed to accompany the reader on a step-by-step approach to the patient, providing the latest evidence to justify each recommendation. Wherever feasible and indicated, emphasis is placed on the use of tables and algorithms to simplify decision-making. The information contained in this well-referenced book is thus relevant not only to practicing pancreatobiliary and general surgeons, but also offers valuable guidance for surgical trainees. This book covers 14 diseases of the pancreas and biliary tree, from the more common gallstones and common bile duct stones, acute and chronic pancreatitis, to more complex benign conditions such as biliary fistulae and strictures, as well as cystic tumors of the pancreas, and finally the major malignancies include gallbladder cancer, pancreatic cancer and hilar cholangiocarcinoma. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yuman Fong, Rondi Marie Kauffmann, Emily Marcinkowski, Gagandeep Singh, Hans F. Schoellhammer, editors.
    Contents:
    Preoperative Evaluation of the Cancer Patient for Emergency Surgery
    Toxicity of Anti-Neoplastic Therapy and Considerations for Peri-operative Care
    Surgical Considerations and Emergencies in the Cancer Patient Receiving Immunotherapy
    Surgery in the Thrombocytopenic and Coagulopathic Patient
    Emergency Surgery after Previous Radiation Therapy
    Emergent Image Guided Treatments in the Cancer Patient
    Cross-sectional and Nuclear Imaging as part of Emergency Workup
    Thoracic Emergencies: Tracheobronchial, Pulmonary, and Pleural Diseases
    Esophageal and Mediastinal Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Diagnostic Approach to Life-threatening Pulmonary Infiltrates
    Colon and Rectal Surgical Emergencies
    Hepatobiliary Emergencies
    Pancreatic Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Endocrine Surgical Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Surgical Emergencies in Gynecologic Oncology
    Fulminating Soft Tissue Infections
    Neurological Emergencies
    Vascular Emergencies in Oncologic Surgery
    Surgical Management of Head & Neck Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
    Surgical Emergencies in Breast Surgery
    Pediatric Perioperative Complications and Emergencies
    Dermatologic Emergencies
    Management of Catheter-related Blood Stream Infections in Cancer Patients
    Management of Perioperative Medications including Steroids, Growth Factors, and Hormone Receptors
    Emergencies in Patients with Bone-marrow Transplant
    Emergencies after Solid Organ Transplant: Liver Transplantation
    Surgery for Cancer after Previous Bariatric Surgery
    Emergencies after Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
    Hepatic Artery Infusion (HAI) for Colorectal Liver Metastases and Complications of HAI Pump.-
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Janice L. Pasieka, James A. Lee, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. The thyroid gland
    Thyroid physiology
    Emil Theodor Kocher
    Karl von Basedow
    Jan Wolff and Israel L. Chaikoff
    Hyperthyroidism and thyroiditis
    Robert James Graves
    Henry Stanley Plummer
    Hakaru Hashimoto
    Fritz de Quervain
    George W. Crile
    Multinodular goiter
    Hugh Spear Pemberton
    Medullary thyroid carcinoma
    John Richard Farndon
    Well-differentiated thyroid cancer: papillary, follicular, and oncocytic (Hürthle) cell cancer
    Karl Hürthle
    Update of the treatment guidelines for well-differentiated thyroid cancer
    Frank Lahey
    Thomas Dunhill
    Part II. The parathyroid glands
    Primary hyperparathyroidism: diagnosis and workup
    Sir Richard Owen
    Fuller Albright
    James Bertram Collip
    Surgical management of hyperparathyroidism
    Felix Mandl
    Oliver Cope
    Parathyroidectomy: postoperative considerations/complications
    Frantis̆ek Chvostek
    Armand Trousseau
    Theodor Billroth
    Part III. The adrenal glands
    Adrenal physiology
    Thomas Addison
    Primary aldosteronism
    Jerome W. Conn
    Cushing's Syndrome
    Harvey Cushing
    J. Aidan Carney
    Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Charles Horace Mayo
    Arthur M. Shipley
    Emil Zuckerkandl
    Part IV. Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas
    Part IV. Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas
    Insulinomas
    Sir Fredrick Grant Banting
    Charles Herbert Best
    Allen Oldfather Whipple
    William J. Mayo
    Gastrinoma
    Robert Milton Zollinger
    Edwin H. Ellison
    VIPoma
    John V. Verner Jr. and Ashton B. Morrison
    Glucagonoma
    Small bowel neuroendocrine tumors
    Carcinoid syndrome
    Sigfried Oberndorfer
    Part V. Hereditary endocrine syndromes
    von Hippel-Lindau Disease
    Eugen von Hippel and Arvid Lindau
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1
    Paul Wermer
    Norman W. Thompson
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia 2 syndromes
    John H. Sipple
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles J. Prestigiacomo, E. Jesus Duffis, Chirag D. Gandhi.
    Summary: "Few medical fields have enjoyed the explosive growth and continued maturation as the subspecialty of endovascular surgical neuroradiology. In pouring through the literature on all things associated with neurointerventional, I recognized the need to develop a resource that brought focus to the many devices and the techniques and procedures we do. This book does just that: It brings to sharp focus the most current, and up-to-date methods of an ever-changing specialty. It brings this information to you, through the lens of experts in their respective fields by focusing all their research into the textbook that sits before you. The "Clinical Practice" portion of this textbook integrates and translates this theory into a working paradigm that brings benefit to our patients. By focusing on technique and emphasizing complication avoidance and in those unfortunate times when the complication occurs, complication management, your patient benefits"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Alberto R. Ferreres, editor.
    Summary: This book encompasses the theoretical and practical aspects of surgical ethics, with a focus on the application of ethical standards to everyday surgical practice and the resolution of ethical conflicts in the surgical arena. It provides surgeons (both prospective and practicing) in the different surgical fields with deep, practical insights into the topic. A 21st century surgeon requires complete competence (superb clinical skills, expert surgical decision-making and outstanding performance and technical skills) as well as solid ethical values. Ethics are placed at the core of surgical professionalism, so surgeons must be not only proficient and expert but also ethically and morally reliable. Surgical decision-making can be considered as a two-step process: the "how to treat" aspect is a matter of surgical science, while "why to treat" issues are a matter of surgical ethics and are based on ethical principles. As such, every surgeon should have a moral compass to guide his or her actions, always placing the welfare and rights of the patients above their own. The book provides invaluable background and insights for solving the ethical conflicts surgeons around the globe encounter in their daily practice. Surgical Ethics - Principles and Practice is an authoritative work in the field designed for experienced surgeons, surgical residents, and fellows, all of whom are confronted with ethics issues and conflicts in practice.

    Contents:
    Principles and foundations of surgical ethics
    Surgical ethics in everyday surgical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stanley Hoppenfeld, Piet deBoer, Richard Buckley ; illustrations by Hugh A. Thomas.
    Contents:
    The shoulder
    The humerus
    The elbow
    The forearm
    The wrist and hand
    The spine
    Pelvis and acetabulum
    The hip
    The femur
    The knee
    The tibia and fibula
    The ankle and foot
    Approaches for external fixation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Piet de Boer, Richard Buckley, Stanley Hoppenfeld ; illustrations by Bernie Kida and Hugh A. Thomas.
    Contents:
    The shoulder
    The humerus
    The elbow
    The forearm
    The wrist and hand
    The spine
    Pelvis and acetabulum
    The hip
    The femur
    The knee
    The tibia and fibula
    The foot and ankle
    Approaches for external fixation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Karsy [and 4 others].
    Summary: "The Surgical Handbook by Michael Karsy and esteemed colleagues addresses training gaps by exposing early trainees, medical students, residents, advanced practice providers, and non-specialists to a diverse array of surgical subspecialty diseases and acute management topics. The impressive breadth of content presented in this resource reflects multidisciplinary contributions. The text covers far more than existing medical handbooks, while featuring concise distillation of key points conducive to learning. The book is organized by 16 sections starting with general perioperative and operative management of topics that apply to all surgeons, such as critical care, trauma, and general surgery. Subsequent chapters encompass a full spectrum of surgical specialties-from vascular and cardiothoracic-to neurosurgery and orthopaedics, as well as handy evidence-based reference guides. The focused collection of topics within each section serves as a useful resource for learning about management of specific diseases and also a starting point for self-directed learning"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    Editors, Jeanne E. Poole, Lyle W. Larson.
    Contents:
    The hardware of ICD and pacemaker pulse generators and leads / Brian Olshansky
    Surgical anatomy / Corinne Fligner and Lyle W. Larson
    Surgical tools and techniques / Otway Louie and Lyle W. Larson
    Anesthesia for interventional cardiology / Stefan Lombaard, Joanna M. Davies, and Alec Rooke
    Radiation safety / Melissa Robinson
    Patient preparation / Christine Cramer-Mitchell and Lyle W. Larson
    The surgical procedure / Jeanne E. Poole
    Transvenous lead placement / Andrea M. Russo and Ulrika Birgersdotter-Green
    Considerations for novel or alternative lead placement / Nazem Akoum and Joshua Hermsen
    Implanting the subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
    Kristen K. Patton
    Challenges in the pediatric and young adult patients requiring a cardiac rhythm device / Frank Cecchin
    Special circumstances and obstacles / Roger Carrillo and Chris Healy
    Pitfalls and complications / Marye Gleva and Charles Huddleston
    Prevention, evaluation, and management of cardiac rhythm device infections / Jordan M. Prutkin and Paul Pottinger
    Post-operative management / Linda Mariott and Lyle W. Larson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    John R. Samples, Iqbal Ike K. Ahmed, editors.
    Summary: There is a revolution in new glaucoma surgical techniques. New glaucoma surgical devices are taking precedence in glaucoma surgery, with the new surgeries drastically cutting down on the chances for patient infection as well as higher success rates compared to the older types of surgery. Surgical Innovations in Glaucoma is the only book of its kind written by the top experts in the field, from inventors, clinical trial investigators, and top specialists experienced with the new devices. Written for general ophthalmologists who perform glaucoma surgery, the text walks the reader through the what, where, when, and how of the new glaucoma surgical tools, and includes supplementary online how-to videos for those interested in seeing the latest glaucoma procedures performed with these devices.

    Contents:
    Part I. Considerations in Device Development
    Part II. Laser Technologies
    Part III. Ultrasound Technologies
    Part IV. Internal Outflow Enhancement
    Part V. External Outflow Enhancement
    Part VI. Suprachoroidal Outflow Devices
    Part VII. Cataract Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael E. Kelly and Desmond C. Winter.
    Contents:
    From Early Pioneers to the PelvEx Collaborative / anna J Ryan, P Ronan O'Connell
    The Role of the Multidisciplinary Team in the Management of Locally Advanced and Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Dennis P Schaap, Joost Nederend, Harm JT Rutten, Jacobus WA Burger
    Preoperative Assessment of Tumor Anatomy and Surgical Resectability / Akash M Mehta, David Burling, John T Jenkins
    Neoadjuvant Therapy Options for Advanced Rectal Cancer / Alexandra Zaborowski, Paul Kelly, Brian Bird
    Preoperative Optimization Prior to Exenteration / Marta Climent, Miguel Pera
    Patient Positioning and Surgical Technology / Ben Creavin, Michael E Kelly, Desmond C Winter
    Intraoperative Assessment of Resectability and Operative Strategy / Rory Kokelaar, Dean Harris, Martyn Evans
    Anterior Pelvic Exenteration / Jan WA Hagemans, Jan M Rees, Joost Rothbarth, Cornelis Verhoef, Jacobus WA Burger
    Posterior Pelvic Exenteration / Werner Hohenberger, Maximilian Brunner, Susanne Merkel
    Total Pelvic Exenteration / Satish K Warrier, Andrew C Lynch, Alexander G Heriot
    Extended Exenterative Resections Involving Bone / Timothy Chittleborough, Gordon Beadel, Frank Frizelle
    Exenterative Resections Involving Vascular and Pelvic Sidewall Structures / Brian K Bednarski, George J Chang
    Extended Exenterative Resections for Recurrent Neoplasm / Peter Sagar
    Pelvic Exenteration in the Setting of Peritoneal Disease / Niels Kok, Arend Aalbers, Geerard Beets
    Minimally Invasive Pelvic Exenteration / Danielle Collins, Christos Kontovounisios, Shahnawaz Rasheed, Paris Tekkis
    Stoma Considerations Following Exenteration / Gabrielle H Ramshorst, Jurriaan B Tuynman
    Reconstructive Techniques Following Pelvic Exenteration / Dimitrios Patsouras, Alexis Schizas, Mark George
    Minimizing Morbidity from Pelvic Exenteration / Meara Dean, Alex Colquhoun, Peter Featherstone, Nicola S Fearnhead, R Justin Davies
    Crisis Management / Henrik Kidmose Christensen, Mette Mller Srensen, Victor Jilbert Verwaal
    Quality of Life and Patient-Reported Outcome Measures Following Pelvic Exenteration / Daniel Steffens, Cherry Koh, Michael Solomon
    Adjuvant Therapy options after Pelvic Exenteration for Advanced Rectal Cancer / Ka On Lam, Jeremy Yip, Wai Lun Law
    Adjuvant Therapy Options after Pelvic Exenteration for Gynecological Malignancy / Nisha Jagasia
    Adjuvant Therapy Options for Urological Neoplasms / Gregory J Nason, Clare O'Connell, Paul K Hegarty
    The Role of Re-irradiation for Locally Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Johannes HW Wilt, Jacobus WA Burger
    Palliative Pelvic Exenteration / Hidde M Kroon, Tarik Sammour
    Outcomes of Pelvic Exenteration for Locally Advanced and Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Awad M Jarrar, Scott R Steele
    Outcomes Following Exenteration for Urological Neoplasms / Frank McDermott, Ian Daniels, Neil Smart, John McGrath
    Outcomes Following Exenteration for Gynecological Neoplasms / Pivi Kannisto, Fredrik Liedberg, Marie-Louise Lydrup
    Mesenchymal and Non-Epithelial Tumors of the Pelvis / Eugenia Schwarzkopf, Patrick Boland.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Olaf H. Stanger, John R. Pepper, Lars G. Svensson, editors.
    Summary: This book follows the concept of perceiving the entire aorta as one functional organ assuming that all individual pathologies and local interventional procedures affect the up- and downstream segments with consequences for complications and disease progression. Thus any preventive or surgical strategy must recognize the aortic disease in its entirety. The book intends to cover the full spectrum of aortic pathologies, mechanisms and functional interplay. The latest available diagnostic tools and options for surgical treatment are presented by the foremost experts in their field in state-of-the-art reviews. The reader is provided with the most current and comprehensive insight into all fundamental and clinical aspects of aortic disease. All chapters are carefully complemented with figures and illustrations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Imaging
    Principals
    Congenital diseases
    Connective tissue pathologies
    Aortic root and aortic valve surgery
    TAVI & new technologies
    Ascending aorta
    Aortic arch
    Descending aorta.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alana L. Grajewski, Elena Bitrian, Maria Papadopoulos, Sharon F. Freedman, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide thoroughly covers the characteristics and presentations of childhood glaucoma, as well as all surgical options for treatment. Surgical Management of Childhood Glaucoma: Clinical Considerations and Techniques addresses a variety of surgical methods, ranging from angle surgery with recent modifications to cyclodestruction, reviewing each option's particular set of advantages and disadvantages, and features illustrations and instructional videos of these techniques. Later chapters consider best-practices to providing surgery in developing countries, surgical considerations for patients with corneal opacities and cataracts, and the impact of glaucoma upon quality of life of pediatric patients. Written by leaders in the field of ophthalmology, this book offers readers an exceptional resource on the evaluation and surgical management of childhood glaucoma.

    Contents:
    Childhood glaucoma surgery : perioperative considerations
    Anesthetic considerations int he evaluation of children with glaucoma and associated conditions
    Pediatric examination under anesthesia
    Angle surgery : goniotomy
    Angle surgery : trabeculotomy
    Pediatric trabeculectomy
    Glaucoma drainage devices
    Cyclodestruction
    Other procedures for pediatric glaucoma surgery : new devices and techniques
    Surgical considerations in children with corneal opacities and cataracts
    Childhood glaucoma surgery in developing countries
    Impact of childhood glaucoma and glaucoma surgery on quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nasser Nadjmi.
    Summary: This atlas provides comprehensive, step-by-step guidance on surgical management of the cleft lip, alveolus, and palate. In particular, it demonstrates how an anatomical approach to management provides a sound basis for dealing with the many variations in cleft type. The displaced anatomical borders and landmarks, as well as the functional and aesthetic units, are fully described. The art of dissecting them from their abnormal position is illustrated, and their reconstruction into a normal and functional shape is meticulously explained. The main treatment philosophy underlying the described approach is that children born with cleft deformity should be “cleftless” by the time they enter the first grade of primary school. They must have normal speech. They should not have a fistula or residual cleft in the palate and/or the alveolus. And they should have a normal face so that they can confront the challenges of life without cleft stigma. Both novice and more experienced surgeons will find this atlas to be a valuable aid to optimal treatment, and readers will have online access to videos of the described surgical procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antonio Crucitti, editor.
    Contents:
    General principles of epidemiology
    Endocrine surgery
    Gastrointestinal system
    Vascular disorders
    Hepato-biliary system
    Abdominal wall defect and soft tissue sarcoma
    Trauma and non-traumatic emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kim J. Burchiel.
    Summary: Surgical Management of Pain, Second Edition, is a completely updated state-of-the-art reference on neurosurgical pain management. This new edition is in full color and includes the following sections: Anatomic and Physiologic Foundations for Nociceptive and Neuropathic Pain, Pain Medicine, Pain Diagnoses, Surgical Procedures for Pain, and New Directions for Pain Surgery. The chapters in the book focus on procedures that are currently performed by neurosurgeons to relieve pain. Key Features: Emphasizes best evidence treatment options free online access to videos demonstrating surgical technique.
  • Digital
    George Tsoulfas, Jamal J. Hoballah, George C. Velmahos, Yik-Hong Ho, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to the diagnosis and surgical management of parasitic diseases involving different organ systems, with emphasis on the gastrointestinal tract. It is divided into five parts that address the various etiologies, current diagnostic dilemmas and methods, as well as the key principles involved in their surgical management. The introduction presents the overall epidemiology and classification of parasitic diseases, followed by chapters that focus on different types of the most frequently encountered parasitic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract found in different parts of the world, with special attention given to the existing surgical debates regarding the use of minimally invasive procedures. The next part places special emphasis on hydatid disease by describing the current extent of this disease, changes in its management, and the most frequent complications and tips on how to avoid them. The following part discusses the surgical management of parasitic diseases affecting different organ systems, including the heart, the lungs, the brain and the urinary system. The final part presents the surgical dilemmas encountered in special situations, such as pregnancy, and the pediatric patient. The Surgical Management of Parasitic Diseases is an important and authoritative resource to surgeons of all specialties dealing with parasitic diseases.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Epidemiology and Classification
    1: Epidemiology of Parasitic Diseases
    Global Epidemiology of Parasitic Diseases
    Global Burden of Parasitic Diseases
    Public Health and Research Directions
    Types of Parasites
    Global Burden of Disease from Helminthic Infections
    Epidemiology of Cestodes
    Echinococcosis: Epidemiological Aspects
    Cystic Echinococcosis
    Echinococcosis: A Worldwide Snapshot
    Echinococcosis by Region
    Western Developed Countries
    South America
    China and Southeast Asia Africa and the Middle East
    Echinococcosis: Costs
    Public Health and Research Status
    Eradication
    E. multilocularis
    Cysticercosis
    Intestinal Cestodes
    Nematodes
    Clinical Burden of Intestinal Nematode Disease
    Tissue Nematodes
    Other Nematodes
    Epidemiology of Trematodes
    Schistosomasis
    Liver Flukes
    Intestinal and Lung Flukes
    Epidemiology of Protozoan Parasites
    References
    2: Classification of Parasitic Diseases
    Classification
    Diagnosis of Parasitic Diseases
    Protozoa
    Amebae
    Entamoeba Free-living amebae are Acanthamoeba, Naegleria, and Balamuthia
    Flagellates
    Trypanosoma
    Leishmania
    Giardia
    Trichomonas
    Sporozoa
    Babesia
    Toxoplasma
    Cryptosporidium
    Cystoisospora, Cyclospora
    Plasmodium
    Helminths
    Trematodes (Flukes)
    Schistosoma Species (Blood Flukes)
    Liver/Biliary Flukes
    Fasciolia hepatica
    Clonorchis and Opisthorchis (Asian/Oriental Fluke)
    Lung Flukes
    Paragonimiasis
    Intestinal Flukes (Heterophyes heterophyes and Fasciolopsis buski)
    Cestode Infections
    Intestinal (Non-invasive) Cestodes
    Taenia saginata (Beef Tapeworm) Taenia solium (Pork Tapeworm)
    Diphyllobothrium latum (Fish Tapeworm)
    Hymenolepis nana (Dwarf Tapeworm)
    Tissue (Somatic, Invasive) Cestodes
    Cysticercosis
    Echinococcus Species
    Nematodes (Roundworms)
    Intestinal Nematodes
    Ascaris lumbricoides
    Ancylostoma duodenale (Old World Hookworm), Necator americanus (New World Hookworm)
    Enterobius vermicularis (Pinworm)
    Trichuris trichiura (Whipworm)
    Strongyloides stercoralis
    Tissue Roundworms
    Trichinella spp.
    Wuchereria bancrofti, Brugia malayi, Loa loa, Onchocerca volvulus, Dracunculus medinensis Larva Migrans Syndromes
    References
    Part II: Parasitic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    3: The Role of Surgery in Treating Parasitic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract from Protozoa
    Introduction
    Mastigophora (Flagellates)
    Giardiasis
    Dientamoeba fragilis
    Trypanosoma cruzi
    Sarcodina (Amebae)
    Entamoeba histolytica (Amebiasis)
    Sporozoa
    Cryptosporidium parvum (Cryptosporidiosis)
    Cyclospora cayetanensis
    Ciliophora (Ciliates)
    Balantidium coli
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Surgical Treatment of Intestinal Cestodes
    Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Loren S. Schechter.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Background
    Chapter 3. Medical Therapy
    Chapter 4. Surgical Therapy
    Chapter 5. Surgical Therapy for Transwomen
    Chapter 6. Surgical Therapy for Transmen
    Chapter 7. Conclusion
    Appendices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Charles R. Scoggins, Raphael E. Pollock, Timothy M. Pawlik, editors.
    Summary: This text serves as a comprehensive, state-of-the art definitive reference on surgical mentorship and leadership. This book is a practical, useful guide that reviews select topics on leadership and mentorship, as well as provides key information on how to launch a successful "young" surgical career. This volume focuses on key points on how to identify mentors, highlight mentor-mentee "pearls", as well as define key leadership traits in being successful as an academic surgeon. Chapters are written by national and international leaders in their fields and have boxes that highlight key lessons learned and leadership pearls for easy reference. Surgical Mentorship and Leadership is as a very useful resource for young surgical faculty, as well as fellows and residents in a broad array of surgical training programs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kimberly A. Davis, Stanley H. Rosenbaum, editors.
    Summary: This volume is a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review for clinicians with an interest in the peri-operative nutritionalmanagement of all surgical patients. The text reviews normal physiology, the pathophysiology of starvation and surgical stressors, and focuses on appropriate nutritional repletion for various common disease states. Specifically, the text addresses the severe metabolic demands created by systemic inflammation, infection, and major insults such as trauma and burns. In addition, the book addresses the growing problem of obesity in surgical populations, including appropriate strategies directed towards the metabolic management of these patients. The text is designed for clinicians across levels of training and provides clear and concise evidence based guidelines for the metabolic management and nutritional support of the surgical patient. Written by experts in the field, Surgical Metabolism: The Metabolic Care of the Surgical Patient is a valuable resource forall cliniciansinvolved in the care of the critically ill.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Metabolism
    Fluid and Electrolytes
    Acid-Base Physiology
    Starvation
    Metabolism in the Trauma Patient
    Burns
    Obesity
    Malignancy
    Sepsis and Nutrition
    Intestinal Failure
    Enteral Nutrition
    Parenteral Nutrition
    Considerations in Organ Failure
    Endocrine Perturbations in Critical Illness
    Geriatric Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kimberly A. Davis, Stanley H. Rosenbaum, editors.
    Summary: The goal of this book is not to follow a traditional systems or organ-based approach but rather to encourage our readers to think of the patients as complex biochemical systems. The book provides information that supplements the more traditional approaches and provides a detailed overview of the metabolic knowledge needed for surgical practice. The text reviews normal physiology, the pathophysiology of starvation and surgical stressors. It also focuses on appropriate nutritional repletion for various common disease states. Specifically, chapters address the severe metabolic demands created by systemic inflammation, infection, and major insults such as trauma and burns. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information. As biochemical aspects of modern medicine are advancing rapidly, chapters have been updated and several new chapters have been added in order to help readers keep pace in this race for state-of-the-art knowledge. Surgical Metabolism: The Metabolic Care of the Surgical Patient 2nd Edition is designed for clinicians across levels of training and provides clear and concise evidence based guidelines for the metabolic management and nutritional support of the surgical patient.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Normal Metabolism
    1: Introduction to Metabolism
    Introduction
    History of Metabolism
    The Hierarchy of Metabolism
    The Mitochondrial Level
    The Cellular Level
    The Organ Level
    Metabolic States at the Organism Level
    Energy Requirements
    Normal Energy Requirements
    Abnormal Energy Requirements
    The Measurement of Energy Requirements
    Direct Calorimetry
    Indirect Calorimetry
    Equations to Calculate REE
    Sources of Energy
    Carbohydrates
    Proteins
    Lipids
    Alternate Sources of Energy Normal Metabolic Processes
    Cofactors and Enzymes
    Therapeutic Interventions
    Normal Metabolism
    Perturbations of Metabolism
    Starvation
    Obesity
    Metabolic Stressors
    Genomics Impacting Metabolism
    Metabolomics
    Inborn Errors in Metabolism
    References
    2: Fluid and Electrolytes
    Introduction
    Total Body Water and the Fluid Compartments
    Volume Control Mechanisms
    Baseline Water and Electrolyte Requirements
    Parenteral Solutions
    Maintenance Fluid Therapy
    Resuscitative Fluid Therapy
    The Relationship Between Disorders of Water Balance and Sodium Balance Disorders of Sodium Metabolism
    Disorders of Potassium Metabolism
    Disorders of Calcium Metabolism
    Disorders of Magnesium Metabolism
    Disorders of Phosphorous Metabolism
    References
    3: Acid-Base Physiology
    General Principles
    Physiologic Basis for Acid-Base Disorders and Their Compensation
    Chemical Buffering Systems
    Physiologic Determinants of Acid-Base Maintenance
    Renal System
    Renal Reabsorption of Bicarbonate and Excretion of Acid
    Kidney-Liver Interaction
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Respiratory Regulation of Carbon Dioxide Description and Classification of Acid-Base Disorders
    Assessment of Acid-Base Balance
    Metabolic Acid-Base Disorders
    Metabolic Acidoses
    Pathophysiology
    Anion Gap Acidoses
    Determination of Anion Gap
    Clinical Utility of Anion Gap
    Strong Ion Gap
    Lactate
    Sodium Bicarbonate
    Ketoacidosis
    Acidosis Secondary to Toxin Ingestion
    Salicylates
    Alcohols
    Ethylene Glycol
    Methanol
    Isopropyl Alcohol
    Renal Failure
    Acidosis Secondary to Rhabdomyolysis
    Acidosis of Unknown Origin
    Prognostic Significance of Positive-AG Metabolic Acidosis Non-anion Gap Acidosis (Hyperchloremic)
    Gastrointestinal Tract Loss
    Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Iatrogenic Acidosis
    Unexplained Hyperchloremic Acidosis
    Metabolic Alkaloses
    Pathogenesis and Differential Diagnosis
    Chloride-Sensitive Metabolic Alkaloses
    Chloride-Resistant Metabolic Alkaloses
    Other Causes of Metabolic Alkalosis
    Diagnostic Evaluation and Management
    Metabolic Acidosis
    Respiratory Acid-Base Disorders
    Pathophysiology
    Respiratory Acidosis
    Mechanism
    Management
    Treatment of Underlying Ventilatory Impairment
    Control of Hypoxemia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pierre Lasjaunias, Alejandro Berenstein, K.G. ter Brugge.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical anatomy and variations.
    2.1. Clinical and endovascular treatment aspects in adults ; cerebral ischemia ; vascular tumors of the head and neck ; traumatic arteriovenous fistulae ; aneurysms.
    2.2. Clinical and endovascular treatment aspects in adults ; cerebral arteriovenous shunts ; spinal arteriovenous shunts ; spinal vascular tumors ; technical aspects of endovascular neurosurgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital/Print
    P. Lasjaunias, A. Berenstein.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Functional anatomy of craniofacial arteries
    v. 2. Endovascular treatment of craniofacial lesions
    v. 3. Functional vascular anatomy of brain, spinal cord and spine
    v. 4. Endovascular treatment of cerebral lesions
    v. 5. Endovascular treatment of spine and spinal cord lesions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD594.2 .L37
    4
  • Digital
    Quyen D. Chu, John F. Gibbs, Gazi B. Zibari, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive perspective on surgical oncologic diseases that are relevant to those who have an interest in surgical oncology. Its purpose is to distill a voluminous amount of information to readers so they will have the opportunity to apply relevant information and knowledge to their particular needs. Each chapter is written by experts in their field who provide concise and in-depth information on their topic and supply references to key articles. Illustrations, diagrams, and photographs are included to assist the visual learners. Each chapter begins with bulleted key points to focus the readers on the material that will be covered and concludes with an appendix that summarizes the salient points. This unique set-up can be used as a tool to quickly review the topic at hand. The text also includes a set of short questions and answers at the end of each chapter to reinforce the salient points. Surgical Oncology: A Practical and Comprehensive Approach is a valuable resource for Medical students, surgical oncology fellows, general surgeons, and educators.

    Contents:
    Melanoma
    Non-Melanoma Skin Cancers
    Non-Invasive Breast Cancer
    Early Breast Cancer
    Locally Advanced Breast Cancer (LABC)
    BRCA1 and BRCA2 in Breast Cancer and Ovarian Cancer
    Breast Cancer during Pregnancy
    Esophageal Cancer
    Gastric Cancer
    Small Bowel Cancer
    Gallbladder Cancer
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Adrenal Lesions
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Colon Cancer
    Local Excision of Early Stage Rectal Cancer
    Rectal Cancer
    Management of Liver Metastases from Colorectal Cancer
    Hereditary Colorectal Cancer and Polyposis Syndromes
    Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Anal Canal
    Thyroid Cancer
    Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors (PNETs)
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia (MEN) Syndromes
    Carcinoid Tumors
    Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor (GIST)
    Ovarian and Adnexal Masses.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Frances C. Wright, Jaime Escallon, Moises Cukier, Melanie E. Tsang, Usmaan Hameed, editors.
    Contents:
    1.Tumours of the Adrenal Gland
    2.Ampullary Cancer
    3.Anal Cancer
    4.Breast Cancer
    5.Cholangiocarcinoma
    6.Colon Cancer
    7.Colorectal Liver Metastases
    8.Gallbladder Cancer
    9.Desmoid Fibromatosis and Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans
    10.Gastric Adenocarcinoma
    11.Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumours
    12.Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    13. Melanoma
    14.Merkel Cell Carcinoma
    15.Multidisciplinary Cancer Conferences
    16.Neuroendocrine Tumours (GastroEnteroPancreatic)
    17.Non-melanoma Skin Cancer
    18.Palliative Surgical Care
    19.Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas
    20. Peritoneal Surface Malignancies
    21.Rectal Cancer
    22.Retroperitoneal and Extremity Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    23.Thyroid Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Frances C. Wright, Jaime M. Escallon, Moises Cukier, Melanie E. Tsang, Usmaan Hameed, editors.
    Summary: This third edition manual provides a comprehensive, insightful, evidenced-based review of general surgical oncology and serves as a valuable resource for general surgeons in training, practicing general surgeons, and surgical oncologists. The volume describes a multidisciplinary approach that integrates clinical, radiologic, and pathologic data in formulating practical clinical management, and offers a practical approach to the most common situations when treating cancer patients. Each chapter focuses on an individual malignancy and describes the presentation of the malignancy, integrated management based on stage, landmark trials, and suggestions for who to discuss at multidisciplinary cancer conferences. Multiple tables in each chapter provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field. Clinical "pearls" or tips and tricks from high volume surgeons at the University of Toronto are also discussed. The third edition of the Surgical Oncology Manual will serve as a critical resource for general surgeons in training and practicing surgeons dealing with this challenging field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Tumors of the Adrenal Gland
    Adrenal Incidentaloma
    Background
    Workup [4]
    Imaging
    Management and Follow-Up [4]
    Indications for Adrenalectomy [4-6]
    Functional Adrenal Tumors
    Pheochromocytoma
    Overview
    Workup
    Perioperative Considerations
    Genetic Testing
    Cushing Syndrome
    Overview
    Workup [4]
    Perioperative Considerations
    Autonomous Cortisol Secretion (Subclinical Cushing Syndrome (SCS))
    Primary Aldosteronism
    Overview
    Workup [4, 6, 26]
    Adrenal Vein Sampling Perioperative Considerations
    Prediction of Cure (Aldosterone Resolution Score)
    Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    Preoperative Workup [33]
    Prognostic Factors
    Operative Considerations
    Adjuvant and Systemic Therapy
    Metastases to the Adrenal Gland
    Workup
    Indications for Resection of Adrenal Metastasis
    References
    2: Ampullary Cancer
    Introduction
    Special Notes
    Special Case: Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP)
    Landmark Trials
    Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference (MCC)
    Toronto Pearls
    References
    3: Anal Cancer
    Introduction
    Terminology Risk Factors and Precursor Lesions
    Anal Cancer
    Prevention and Screening
    Referring to Medical Oncology
    Referring to Radiation Oncology
    Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference
    Toronto Pearls
    References
    4: Breast Cancer
    Introduction
    Benign, but Worrisome
    Ductal Carcinoma In Situ
    DCIS Recurrence
    DCIS and the Axilla
    Invasive Breast Cancer
    Special Notes
    Breast-Conserving Surgery
    Absolute Contraindications to BCS
    Relative Contraindications to BCS
    Trials for BCS Versus Mastectomy Meta-analysis to Assess Surgical Margins in BCS for Early Breast Cancer
    Genetic Testing
    The Axilla
    Approach to the Axilla in Early-Stage Breast Cancer
    Special Notes
    Isolated Tumor Cells and Micrometastases
    Special Notes
    Extranodal Extension
    SLNB Following Neoadjuvant Systemic Therapy
    Summary: Management of the Clinically Node-Negative Axilla in Patients Who Have Not Received Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy
    Considerations of Adjuvant Treatment for Invasive Breast Cancer
    Genomic Assays
    Ovarian Function Suppression
    Locally Advanced Breast Cancer
    Special Notes Inflammatory Breast Cancer
    Special Considerations
    Pregnancy and Breast Cancer
    Special Notes
    Breast Cancer in the Elderly
    Special Notes
    Dense Breasts
    Paget's Disease of the Nipple
    Male Breast Cancer
    Metastatic Breast Cancer
    Locoregional Recurrence of Breast Cancer
    Referral to Medical Oncology
    Referral to Radiation Oncology
    Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference
    Technical Aspects of Breast Surgery
    Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
    Technical Aspects of Breast Reconstruction aAfter Mastectomy
    Types of Reconstruction
    Implant-Based Reconstruction Autologous Reconstruction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Sonal S. Chaugule, Santosh G. Honavar, Paul T. Finger, editors.
    Summary: Designed as an easy-to-use, practical guide to tumors of the eye, lids, and orbit, this Open Access book comprehensively addresses surgical treatment and management of diseases related to ophthalmic oncology. Surgical Ophthalmic Oncology: A Collaborative Open Access Reference is an ideal reference for general ophthalmologists, surgeons, fellows and trainees around the world who encounter these diseases in the care of their patients. Notably, this book includes considerations for those ophthalmologists offering subspecialty care in environments with limited access to advanced technology and instrumentation. Individual chapters address diagnostic indications, pre-operative and post-operative concerns, and provide detailed explanations of surgical techniques required to manage various eye cancer ailments with help of ample illustrations. High-quality videos included throughout the book provide readers with the opportunity to review surgical steps in real-time as a learning tool. Chapters thoroughly cover tumors of eyelid, cornea and conjunctiva, orbit as well as intraocular tumors, while later chapters discuss ophthalmic radiation therapy. The book concludes with a section on ophthalmic pathology which details essential guidelines on relevant aspects from specimen collection and transport, to interpretation of the pathology report. Surgical Ophthalmic Oncology: A Collaborative Open Access Reference is a unique and necessary valuable resource for ophthalmologists, trainees, and related medical professionals working in underserved areas in providing quality care for patients suffering from ocular cancers.

    Contents:
    I. Eyelid Tumors
    1. Overview and Epidemiology
    2. Excision of Eyelid Tumors: Principles and Techniques
    3. Biopsy Techniques for Eyelid Tumors
    4. Principles and Techniques of Eyelid Reconstruction
    5. Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Conjunctival and Ocular Adnexal Tumors
    II. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    6. Overview and Classification of Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    7. Surgical Techniques for Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    . Intraocular Tumors
    8. Overview of Intraocular Tumors
    9. Localized Therapy and Biopsies of Intraocular Tumors
    IV. Orbital Tumors
    10. Overview and Imaging of Orbital Tumors
    11. Surgical Techniques of Orbital Tumors
    V. Enucleation and Exenteration
    12. Enucleation and Exenteration
    13. Orbital Implants
    VI. Ophthalmic Radiotherapy
    14. Ophthalmic Radiotherapy: Plaques and Implants
    VII. Ocular Pathology
    15. Ocular Pathology
    VIII. Appendices
    Appendix 1: American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) 8th Edition Cancer Staging
    Appendix 2: College of American Pathologist (CAP) Guidelines for Patients with Retinoblastoma
    Appendix 3: College of American Pathologist (CAP) Guidelines for Patients with Uveal Melanoma
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sanjeet Narang, Edgar L. Ross, Alison Weisheipl.
    Summary: 'Surgical Pain Management' is an essential step-by-step guide to surgical techniques and the perioperative management of chronic pain patients whose treatment includes implantable therapies. Chapters review what makes a potential candidate for implant therapy, patient education, and the surgical management of a patient along with the needed resources to organize an implant service. This book is an ideal companion to an advanced training program in interventional pain management and a useful resource for developing a team that will optimize care for some of the most difficult to treat chronic pain patients.

    Contents:
    Organization of an implant service / Daniel Vardeh and Diane Polombi
    Anesthetic management for chronic pain surgery / Josemaria Paterno and Jason Stewart
    Psychological evaluation of the surgical pain patient / Mohammed A. Issa
    Patient education for surgical intervention for pain / Elizabeth Scanlan
    Implantable drug delivery systems / John S. Quick, Scott A. King, Michael Nguyen, David Boyce, Sanjeet Narang
    Externalized epidural infusion systems / Julie H.Y. Huang and Elizabeth Rickerson
    Dorsal column stimulation / Brendan McGinn, Ziev B. Moses, and Travis Tierney
    Peripheral nerve stimulation / Christian Peccora, Jorge Mendez, and David Janfaza
    Craniofacial nerve stimulation / Jeremy Jones and Edgar L. Ross
    Field stimulation / Ehren Nelson, Andrew Vaclavik, and Milan Stojanovic
    Sacral nerve stimulation / Chris R. Abrecht, Alison Weisheipl, and Assia Valovska
    Treatment of discogenic pain : minimally invasive procedures / Alison Weisheipl and Srdjan S. Nedeljkvoc
    Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty / Yi Cai Isaac Tong and Ram V.S.R. Chavali
    Minimally invasive treatments for spinal stenosis : percutaneous lumbar / Jeremy Jones, R. Jason Yong, and Srdjan S. Nedeljkovic
    Endovenous ablation / Cyrus Ahmadi Yazdi, Michael Nguyen, and R. Jason Yong.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Ahmad Altaleb, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a practical and clinically oriented guide to the concepts of pathologic diagnosis of surgical specimens. Concise and highly illustrated chapters cover essential information required within patient management. Telepathology, ancillary techniques, and surgical oncology concepts are also examined. Surgical Pathology: A Practical Guide aims to bridge the knowledge gap between surgeons and pathologists to promote mutual understanding and a better working relationship. This book is relevant to general surgeons, and surgical oncologists, whether in training or in practice. It also serves as an introduction for first-year pathology residents, and medical students interested in surgical pathology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: The Role of Surgical Pathologist: A Surgeon's Perspective
    Introduction
    Preoperative Input
    Intraoperative Input
    Postoperative Input
    References
    2: Histopathology Versus Cytopathology
    Further Reading
    Part II: The Surgical Pathology Report
    3: The Surgical Pathology Request Form, What Is Mandatory To Fill-In?
    Further Reading
    4: The Surgical Pathology Report Simplified
    Further Reading
    5: Clarifying Jargon in Pathology Reports
    Further Reading Part III: The Journey of Specimens
    6: The Journey of Specimens: From the Operating Table to the Microscope
    7: At the Grossing Station: Principles of Specimen Handling and Cut-Up
    8: Basics of Tissue Processing
    Further Reading
    9: A Primer on Gross Pathology Examination and Selected Images of Gross Specimens
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Specimen's 'Essentials'!
    10: Formalin
    Further Reading
    11: The Paraffin Block
    Further Reading
    Part V: The Intraoperative Consultation
    12: The Pathologist and the Intraoperative Consultation: A Surgeon's Perspective
    References 13: Intraoperative Diagnoses Techniques
    Further Reading
    14: Frozen Sections
    Further Reading
    Part VI: The Biopsy
    15: Biopsies in Oncology: Role, Types, and Principles of Optimal Sampling
    Limitations
    Potential Competing Alternatives: The Liquid Biopsy
    Further Reading
    Part VII: Ancillary Studies in Surgical Pathology
    16: Ancillary Studies in Surgical Pathology
    Further Reading
    17: Commonly Used Immunohistochemical Stains and Their Diagnostic, Theranostic, and Prognostic Utilities
    Introduction
    Diagnostic Use
    Organ Diagnosis
    Differentiation Inflammation
    Tumor Subtypes
    Infections
    Theranostic Use
    Prognostic Use
    Further Reading
    Part VIII: A Primar on Surgical Oncology
    18: Grading and Staging in Pathology
    Grading
    Staging
    Further Reading
    19: A Primer on Clinical Stage Classifications of Malignant Tumors (cTNM)
    Notes
    Further Reading
    20: Selected Tables of Pathologic Stage Classification (pTNM)
    Further Reading
    21: Surgical Margin Assessment
    Extent of Resection: A Rough Guide
    Further Reading
    22: Metastases: A Visual Guide
    High Yield Facts
    Metastases
    General Rules Cancer of Unknown Primary (CUP)
    Further Reading
    Part IX: The Modern Surgical Pathology
    23: Virtual Microscopy and Telepathology
    Further Reading
    24: The Modern Pathologist Role at MDT Meeting
    Multidisciplinary Team (MDT) Meeting
    Further Reading
    Part X: Errors in Surgical Pathology
    25: Sources of Error in Surgical Pathology
    Further Reading
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wen-Ming Cong, editor.
    Contents:
    1. My view on the biological features and surgical treatment of liver cancer
    2. Thinking on innovative research of liver cancer and clinical transformation
    3. Researches on surgical pathology of hepatobiliary tumors in EHBH
    4. Clonal origins of postoperative recurrent heptocellular carcinoma
    5. Tumor-like lesions of the liver and intrahepatic bile duct
    6. Benign tumors of the liver and intrahepatic bile duct
    7. Malignant tumors of the liver and intrahepatic bile ducts
    8. Hepatic tumors in children
    9. Tumors of the gallbladder
    10. Tumors of extrahepatic bile duct
    11. Liver biopsy for the diagnosis of liver neoplasms
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Taofic Mounajjed, Vishal S. Chandan, Michael S. Torbenson, editors.
    Contents:
    Pseudotumors
    Benign Vascular Tumors
    Benign Mesenchymal Tumors and Miscellaneous Tumors
    Benign Hepatocellular Tumors
    Benign Biliary Tumors
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma Precursor Lesions
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Fibrolamellar Carcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma Precancerous Lesions
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Hematolymphoid Lesions
    Benign Pediatric Hepatic Tumors
    Malignant Pediatric Liver Tumors
    Metastatic Tumors. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lizhi Zhang, Vishal S. Chandan, Tsung-Teh Wu, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the entire spectrum of non-neoplastic diseases within the gastrointestinal (GI) tract including new entities, recent developments, and questions that arise in the practice of GI pathology. The text is organized by specific organ site, with related disorders of each organ site subgrouped into several chapters based on their common features. Pathologists can quickly find the disorders they are interested and review similar disorders in the same chapter to help them make a correct diagnosis. Each major and common entity is described in detail with its definition, clinical features, pathological features (covering both the gross and microscopic details), differential diagnosis and treatment/prognosis. All chapters also highlight the use of special/immunohistochemical stains and other supporting studies as needed with a focus on providing a practical differential diagnosis rather than just a list of potential associations. This book is extensively illustrated with both gross and microscopic images that act as an integral part of the information provided in the text. Written by practicing GI/liver pathologists and gastroenterologists from the Mayo Clinic, Surgical Pathology of Non-neoplastic Gastrointestinal Diseases serves as a comprehensive yet practical guide for diagnostic surgical pathologists with a passion for GI pathology. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction: 1. Normal histology of gastrointestinal tract / Vishal S. Chandan
    2. Endoscopy, tissue processing, stains, and special tests / Ferga C. Gleeson and Lizhi Zhang. Part II: Non-neoplastic diseases of the esophagus: 3. Reflux esophagitis and Barrett esophagus / Jason T. Lewis
    4. Eosinophilic esophagitis / Thomas C. Smyrk
    5. Drug-induced injury, injections, and congenital and miscellaneous disorders / Taofic Mounajjed. Part III: Non-neoplastic diseases of the stomach: 6. Common types of gastritis / Michael Torbenson
    7. Special forms of gastritis / Saba Yasir
    8. Drugs-induced injury, infections, vascular, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan. Part IV: Non-neoplastic diseases of the duodenum: 9. Malabsorption and malnutrition disorders / Tsung-Teh Wu
    10. Other inflammatory disorders of duodenum / Tsung-Teh Wu
    11. Infections disorders of the duodenum and small bowel / Audrey N. Schuetz
    12. Drug-induced injury, polyps, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan and Tsung-Teh Wu. Part V: Non-neoplastic diseases of the jejunum and ileum: 13. Inflammatory bowel disease / Lizhi Zhang
    14. Drug-induced injury, vascular, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Lizhi Zhang. Part VI: Non-neoplastic diseases of the colon: 15. Inflammatory bowel disease / Vishal S. Chandan and Tsung-Teh Wu
    16. Non-inflammatory bowel disease colitis / Murli Krishna
    17. Infections disorders of the colon / Bobbi S. Pritt
    18. Drug-induced injury, vascular, congenital, motility, polyps, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan. Part VII: Non-neoplastic diseases of the appendix and anus: 19. Non-neoplastic diseases of appendix / Samar Said
    20. Non-neoplastic diseases of anus / Sejal Subhash Shah.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Prasenjit Das, Kaushik Majumdar, Siddhartha Datta Gupta, editors.
    Contents:
    Perspectives in gastrointestinal tract pathology
    Normal anatomical and histological basis for interpretation in gastrointestinal tract
    Endoscopic gastrointestinal biopsies and cytology samples: indications, endoscopic technique, collection, orientation, processing and handling of samples
    Grossing techniques of gastrointestinal tract specimens
    Diagnostic special stains, immunohistochemical markers and special techniques used in gastrointestinal tract pathology
    Pathology of diseases of esophagus
    Pathology of diseases of stomach
    Pathology of malabsorption syndrome
    Pathology of intestinal motility disorders
    Pathology of other infectious, inflammatory, autoimmune, immunodeficiency, vascular and drug induced diseases of small and large intestine
    Lesions of appendix
    Systemic diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract
    Diagnostic cytology of benign lesions of the gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of pre-neoplastic lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of epithelial lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of lymphoid lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of neuroendocrine lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of mesenchymal lesions of gastrointestinal tract
    Neoplastic pathology of appendix
    Diagnostic cytology of malignant lesions of the gastrointestinal tract
    Molecular classifications of gastrointestinal tract tumors
    Setting up and management of a gastrointestinal tract pathology laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Daniel D, Mais, MD
    Summary: "Surgical Pathology Review fills a gap in the currently available texts, on one side of which are the massive multivolume texts that are primarily concerned with the practical aspects of histopathologic diagnosis and on the other a few standard texts that are concerned primarily with the conceptual fundamentals of pathology. This text smooths over the inevitable gaps in knowledge that, when filled, round the pathologist out into a fully developed diagnostician and prepare them for the successful completion of certification examinations. Organized by organ system and specific lesions found, the focus of the text is nonmorphologic, hard-to-remember facts associated with each lesion—a catalogue of associations considered requisite knowledge for the fully trained pathologist. The prototypical morphologic features of each lesion are briefly described, with accompanying high-quality images of the uncommonly encountered ones. Details relevant to surgical pathology and cytopathology are reviewed."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover Title Copyright Contents Preface Contributors
    1. Head and Neck
    2. Gastrointestinal Tract
    3. Pancreas
    4. Liver
    5. Breast
    6. Gynecologic
    7. Placenta
    8. Genitourinary
    9. Medical Kidney
    10. Endocrine
    11. Lung
    12. Mediastinum
    13. Heart and Vasculature
    14. Skin
    15. Bone and Soft Tissue
    16. Central Nervous System
    17. Lymph Nodes and Spleen
    18. Special Topics Backcover
  • Digital
    Juan A. Sanchez, Paul Barach, Julie K. Johnson, Jeffrey P. Jacobs, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Fundamentals of systems and safety science. 1. The burning platform: improving surgical quality and keeping patients safe
    2. Risk factors and epidemiology of surgical safety
    3. Concepts and models of safety, resilience, and reliability
    4. Surgery through a human factors and ergonomics lens
    5. The relationship between teamwork and patient safety
    6. Enterprise risk management in healthcare
    7. The patient experience: an essential component of high-value care and service
    8. Patients and families as coproducers of safe and reliable outcomes
    9. Tools and strategies for continuous quality improvement and patient safety
    10. The future and challenges of surgical technology implementation and patient safety
    Part 2. Job and organizational design. 11. Organizational and cultural determinants of surgical safety
    12. The role of architecture and physical environment in hospital safety design
    13. Building surgical expertise through the science of continuous learning and training
    14. Promoting occupational wellness and combating professional burnout in the surgical workforce
    15. Executive leadership and surgical quality: a guide for senior hospital leaders
    16. Information technology infrastructure, management, and implementation: the rise of the emergent clinical information system and the chief medical information officer
    17. Redesigning hospital alarms for reliable and safe care
    18. Implementation science: translating research into practice for sustained impact
    Part 3. 19. The leadership role: designing perioperative surgical services for safety and efficiency
    20. Operating room management, measures of OR efficiency, and cost-effectiveness
    21. The science of delivering safe and reliable anesthesia care
    22. Enhanced recovery after surgery: ERAS
    23. The next frontier: ambulatory and outpatient surgical safety and quality
    24. Human factors and operating room design challenges
    25. Diagnostic error in surgery and surgical services-- 26. Preventing perioperative 'never events'
    27. Healthcare-associated infections in surgical practice
    28. Safer medication administration through design and ergonomics
    28. Safer medication administration through design and ergonomics
    29. Preventing venous thromboembolism across the surgical care continuum
    30. Preventing perioperative positioning and equipment injuries
    31. Challenges in preventing electrical, thermal, and radiation injuries
    32. Improving clinical performances by analyzing surgical skills and operative errors
    Part 4. Approaches to managing risks. 33. Perioperative risk and management of surgical patients-- 34. Managing the complex high-risk surgical patient
    35. Geriatric surgical quality and wellness
    36. Patient transitions and handovers across the continuum of surgical care
    37. Failure to rescue and failure to perceive patients in crisis
    38. A quiet revolution: communicating and resolving patient harm
    39. It's my fault: understanding the role of personal accountability, mental models and systems in managing sentinel events
    40. Capturing, reporting, and learning from adverse events
    41. How not to run an incident investigation
    42. Multi-institutional learning and collaboration to improve quality and safety
    43. Lessons learned from anesthesia registries about surgical safety and reliability
    44. Use of data from surgical registries to improve outcomes
    Part 5. Regulation, policy, and the future of surgical care. 45 How regulators assess and accredit safety and quality in surgical services
    46. The perioperative surgical home: the new frontier
    47. Surgical graduate medical education program accreditation and the clinical learning environment: patient safety and health care quality
    48. Affordable Care Act: public legislation
    49. Surgical quality and patient safety in rural settings
    50. Global surgery: progress and challenges in surgical quality and patient services
    51. International perspectives on safety, quality, and reliability of surgical care
    52. Surgical safety in developing countries: Middle East, North Africa, and Gulf Countries
    53. Future directions of surgical safety
    Epilogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Philip F. Stahel.
    Contents:
    Section I. Practical tools for surgical residents in training
    Section II. Case-based scenarios
    Section III. Perspectives
    Section IV. Epilogue.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] William P. Potsic, Robin T. Cotton, Steven D. Handler, Karen B. Zur.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Melissa Phillips LaPinska, Jeffrey A. Blatnik, editors.
    Summary: This text is designed to present a comprehensive state-of-the-art approach to options available for inguinal hernia repair. Early chapters address anatomic evaluation of the groin, preoperative optimization of outcomes, and considerations in choosing a surgical technique. It then transitions to the clinical management of this common medical condition, specifically focusing on operative details. Written by experts in the field of hernia repair, the clinical chapters detail both open and minimally invasive techniques for repair including detailed anatomic drawings, surgical photos, and links to videos of operative techniques. Postoperative management is explained, detailing the common complications and addressing the importance of surgical outcomes, especially in the setting of "pay for performance" metrics. The final section of the text concludes with the management of inguinal hernias in select situations, including children, those performed with concomitant procedures, and modifications for training residents in this common surgical procedure. Each chapter includes a review of the published literature and selected references, along with anatomic illustrations, videos from operative interventions, and surgical photos to help reinforce the text. Surgical Principles in Inguinal Hernia Repair: A Comprehensive Guide to Anatomy and Operative Techniques serves as a comprehensive resource for surgeons on patient preparation, surgical techniques, and outcomes for the management of inguinal hernias. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    H. Jaap Bonjer, editor.
    Contents:
    Section 1. General principles
    1. Ergonomics of the minimally invasive operating theatre
    2. Safety in the operating theatre
    3. Access to the abdominal and thoracic cavity
    Section 2. Abdominal wall
    4. Inguinal and femoral hernia (TEP)
    5. Inguinal and femoral hernia (TAPP)
    6. Ventral hernia
    Section 3. Oesophagus
    7. Motility disorders
    8. Hiatal hernia and reflux
    9. Minimally Invasive Esophageal Resection
    Section 4. Stomach
    10. Gastrectomy
    11. Peptic ulcer perforation
    Section 5. Bariatric surgery
    12. Selection of bariatric procedure
    13. Gastric banding
    14. Gastric by-pass
    15. Sleeve resection
    16. Duodenal switch
    17. Redo surgery
    Section 6. Liver
    18. Hepatic resection
    19. Non-resection: Radiofrequency ablation, cryo, microwave
    Section 7. Galbladder and biliary ducts
    20. Cholecystectomy
    21. Surgical management of ductal calculi
    Section 8. Pancreas
    22. Distal pancreatectomy, enucleation
    23. Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    24. Necrosectomy for acute pancreatitis.-Section 9. Spleen
    25. Splenectomy
    Section 10. Small intestine
    26. Adhesiolysis for bowel obstruction
    Section 11. Colon and Appendix
    27. Appendectomy
    28. Right colonic and ileocaecal resection
    29. Left colectomy and sigmoidectomy
    30. Total colectomy
    Section 12. Rectum
    31. Low anterior resection, abdominoperineal resection
    32. Prolapse
    33. TEM
    34. TAMIS
    Section 13. Thyroid & parathyroid
    35. Thyroid and parathyroid
    Section 14. Adrenal
    36. Adrenal anterior approach
    37. Adrenal posterior approach
    Section 15. Innovative minimally invasive techniques
    38. NOTES and hybrid NOTES procedures
    39. Single incision surgery
    40. Robotic surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Sanchia Goonewardene, Raj Persad, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Scott Francis Davis, editor.
    Summary: This book equips the intraoperative monitoring provider (both technologist and physician) with details of commonly monitored surgical procedures of the spine. This knowledge better allows the monitorist to identify critical phases of the surgery and correlate those with neuroanatomical and functional risk at each phase. Chapters are authored by a surgeon and neurophysiologist, with the surgeon contributing procedural content and the neurophysiologist contributing information on how the monitoring integrates within the context of the procedure. It is the first book that incorporates content about the surgical procedure directly with the intraoperative monitoring plan for the surgery. This text will have a wide audience throughout the medical specialty of intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring; it will be of interest to technologists, interpreting physicians or neurophysiologists, anesthesiologists, and surgeons; essentially anyone on the surgical team that lacks a detailed knowledge of both the surgical procedure and the neurophysiology. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Atlantoaxial Procedures
    Posterior C1-C2 Instrumentation and Fusion Techniques
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan
    Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    Occipito-cervical Fusion
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan
    Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    Far Lateral Transcondylar Approaches
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan
    Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    Trans-oral Approaches to C1-C2
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Monitoring Plan Procedural Details
    Outcomes and Complications
    References
    Posterior C1-C2 Instrumentation and Fusion Techniques
    Occipito-cervical Fusion
    Far Lateral Transcondylar Approaches
    Trans-oral Approach
    Anterior Cervical Discectomy and Fusion
    Introduction
    Procedure Details
    Positioning
    Incision and Exposure
    Discectomy/Decompression
    Closure
    Neuromonitoring
    Outcomes/Complications
    High Cervical ACDF (C3-C4)
    Introduction: See ACDF*
    Pathology
    Procedure Details
    Outcomes/Complications
    Low Cervical/Cervicothoracic ACDF (C7-T3)
    Introduction Operative Planning
    Procedure Details
    Incision and Exposure
    Decompression/Reconstruction
    Intraoperative Monitoring/Consideration
    Posterior Cervical Laminectomy, Instrumentation, and Fusion (PCDF) Versus Posterior Cervical Laminectomy and Decompression
    Introduction
    Procedure Details
    Outcomes/Complications
    References
    Lumbar Spine Surgery
    Lumbar Laminectomy
    Overview
    Pathology
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Lumbar Microdiscectomy
    Overview
    Pathology
    Procedure Details Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Overview
    Pathology
    Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion (TLIF)
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion (LLIF)
    Procedure Details
    Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF)
    Procedure Details Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
    Outcomes/Complications
    References
    Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Introduction
    Posterior Cervical Laminotomy and Foraminotomy
    Translaminar Decompression for Lumbar Stenosis
    LLIF
    TLIF
    Intraoperative Monitoring Considerations
    References
    Metastatic Disease of the Spine: Operative Considerations
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Tumor Workup
    Surgical Decision Making
    Case Presentation
    Intraoperative Monitoring Plan and Considerations
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rachel R. Kelz, Sandra L. Wong, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Quality Improvement in Surgery
    2. The science of quality improvement
    3. Measuring Surgical Quality
    4. Are you capable of providing high quality care?
    5. Surgical Quality Improvement: Local quality improvement
    6. How to address a quality problem
    7. Barriers and pitfalls in quality improvement
    8. Conflict Resolution
    9. Teaching quality improvement
    10. Is 'quality science' human subjects research?
    11. Academic careers in quality improvement
    12. National Quality Improvement: Federal Regulation, Public Reporting, and the Surgeon
    13. The public perception of quality improvement in surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.
    Summary: "Written in a rapid-fire question-and-answer format, Surgical Recall is a best-selling, high-yield reference for clerkship students. Covering both general surgery and surgical subspecialties, this portable resource provides accurate, on-the-spot answers to the questions you’re most likely to encounter during your rotations and on the shelf exam. The eighth edition—now in full color—distills the content even further to give you exactly what you need: survival tactics and tips for success, key information for those new to the surgical suite, and expanded opportunities for self-assessment in a variety of formats. Strategic two-column format provides chapter content in the form of questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate quick, effective review"--Publisher's description.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RD37.2 .S9748 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.
    Summary: "Written in a rapid-fire question-and-answer format, Surgical Recall, 7e is a popular, high-yield reference for 3rd and 4th year clerkship students performing surgical rotations. This portable resource addresses both general surgery and surgical subspecialties and provides accurate, on-the-spot answers. The book s popular two-column format provides questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate self-pimping and quick review. This edition is packed with survival tactics and tips for success on the boards and wards, as well as key information for those new to the surgical suite. Those who go on to surgery residencies can continue to test their knowledge with Advanced Surgical Recall." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Surgical syndromes
    Surgical most commons
    Surgical percentages
    Surgical history
    Surgical instruments
    Sutures and stitches
    Surgical knot tying
    Procedures for the surgical ward and clinic
    Incisions
    Surgical positions
    Surgical speak
    Preoperative 101
    Surgical operations you should know
    Wounds
    Drains and tubes
    Surgical anatomy pearls
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Blood and blood products
    Surgical hemostasis
    Common surgical medications
    Complications
    Common causes of ward emergencies
    Surgical respiratory care
    Surgical nutrition
    Shock
    Surgical infection
    Fever
    Surgical prophylaxis
    Surgical radiology
    Anesthesia
    Surgical ulcers
    Surgical oncology
    GI hormones and physiology
    Acute abdomen and referred pain
    Hernias
    Laparoscopy
    Trauma
    Burns
    Upper GI bleeding
    Stomach
    Bariatric surgery
    Ostomies
    Small intestine
    Appendix
    Carcinoid tumors
    Fistulas
    Colon and rectum
    The anus
    Lower GI bleeding
    Inflammatory bowel disease: Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis
    Liver
    Portal hypertension
    Biliary tract
    Pancreas
    Breast
    Endocrine
    Thyroid gland
    Parathyroid
    Spleen and splenectomy
    Surgically correctable hypertension
    Soft tissue sarcomas and lymphomas
    Skin lesions
    Melanoma
    Surgical intensive care
    Vascular surgery. Pediatric surgery
    Plastic surgery
    Hand surgery
    Otolaryngology: head and neck surgery
    Thoracic surgery
    Cardiovascular surgery
    Transplant surgery
    Orthopaedic surgery
    Neurosurgery
    Urology
    Clinical microvignettes
    Surgical pathognomonic microvignettes
    Complications microvignettes
    Blood microvignettes
    Diagnostic surgical stimulation and radiographic tests
    Surgical laboratory microvignettes
    Medical treatments of surgical diagnoses
    Eponyms microvignettes.
  • Digital
    Recall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.
    Summary: "This edition of Surgical Recall has been distilled even further to allow optimal performance on BOTH the shelf exam and the wards. Rapid-Fire "microvignettes" throughout the text are once again provided so you can test your knowledge and also get familiar with finding the words in every vignette that are the key to unraveling the puzzle they hold"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Masahito Ohji, editor.
    Summary: This atlas presents the state-of-the-art in vitreoretinal surgery. In ten chapters written by internationally respected vitreoretinal surgeons, it addresses various surgical diseases of the retina and vitreous, providing detailed information on all key surgical aspects. The topics covered include small-gauge vitrectomy and surgical aspects of retinal detachment, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, serous macular detachment with optic disc pit, coloboma of the choroid, and cysticercosis. Surgical aspects of various macular diseases such as epiretinal membrane, vitreomacular traction syndrome, and macular hole are also examined. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable asset for practicing ophthalmologists, vitreoretinal specialists, and trainees in the field. The Surgical Retina Atlas is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas, which provides comprehensive and validated information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.

    Contents:
    23-G, 25-G and 27-G vitrectomy
    Epiretinal membranes and macular pseudoholes
    Vitreomacular traction syndrome
    Idiopathic macular hole
    Retinal detachment and proliferative vitreoretinopathy
    Myopic maculoapthy (foveoschisis, MHRD)
    Optic disc pit maculopathy
    Coloboma of the choroid
    Diabetic retinopathy
    Intraocular cysticercosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by J.S.P. Lumley, J.L. Craven.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RD11 .S88
    1
  • Digital
    Paige M. Porrett, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Pavan Atluri, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Giorgos C. Karakousis, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Robert E. Roses, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, senior editor ; Jeffrey A. Drebin, MD, PhD, Professor of Surgery, John Rhea Barton Chair of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section I Body as a Whole
    1. Wound Healing / Suhail K. Kanchwala
    2. Hemostasis and Coagulation / Grace Wang
    3. Surgical Infectious Disease / Daniel N. Holena
    4. Nutrition, Digestion, Absorption / Niels D. Martin
    5. Immunology and Transplantation / Matthew Levine
    6. Statistics and Epidemiology / Rachel R. Kelz
    7. Anesthesia / Meghan Lane-Fall
    Section II Abdomen and Gastrointestinal Tract
    8. Hernias / Andy S. Resnick
    9. The Esophagus / John C. Kucharczuk
    10. The Stomach / Robert E. Roses
    11. The Small Bowel / Steven E. Raper
    12. The Colon, Rectum, and Anus / Cary B. Aarons
    13. The Hepatobiliary System / Paige M. Porrett
    14. The Pancreas / Charles M. Vollmer Jr.
    Section III Endocrine System and Oncology
    15. Tumor Biology / Jeffrey A. Drebin
    16. Melanoma, Sarcoma, Lymphoma, and the Spleen / Giorgos C. Karakousis
    17. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal Glands / Douglas L. Fraker. Note continued: 18. The Breast / Brian J. Czerniecki
    Section IV Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems
    19. Cardiovascular Disease and Cardiac Surgery / Pavan Atluri
    20. Vascular Disease and Vascular Surgery / Benjamin M. Jackson
    21. Pulmonary Physiology and Thoracic Disease / Sunil Singhal
    Section V Trauma
    22. Trauma Evaluation, Resuscitation, and Surgical Critical Care / Benjamin M. Braslow
    23. Management of Specific Traumatic Injuries / Carrie A. Sims
    24. Burn Management / Patrick K. Kim
    Section VI Surgical Subspecialties
    25. Neurosurgery / James M. Schuster
    26. Pediatric Surgery / Michael L. Nance
    27. Urology / Thomas J. Guzzo
    28. Gynecology / Christina S. Chu
    29. Otorhinolaryngology / Ara A. Chalian
    30. Orthopaedic Surgery / Samir Mehta.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Karen Ventii, Ali Gharib, Raymond J. Leveillee, David M. Albala.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to surgical endourology. Evidence-based chapters give expert opinion on complex cases, best practice techniques, and treating complications. The book covers a broad range of topics required within urological treatment including basic science, imaging in endourology, the use of technological devices, therapeutics for endourology, the treatment of high risk patients, stone disease management, pelvic kidneys, and dialysis. Surgical Strategies in Endourology aims to give the reader guidance in treating patients with endourological conditions and is relevant to both practising and trainee urologists.

    Contents:
    1. Basic Science for Endourology
    2. Therapeutics for Endourology
    3. Metabolic stone disease and management
    4. Complications in Metabolic stone disease and management
    5. Technology- Imaging in EndoUrology- CT
    6. Management of the high risk patient in endourology
    7. High risk patient cases and Complications
    8. Imaging in EndoUrology-US
    9. Imaging in EndoUrology- Retrograde studies
    10. Cases and Complications seen on Retrograde studies
    11. Imaging in Endourology- MRI
    12. Technology and indications- ESWL
    13. Cases and Complications with ESWL
    14. Technology- Lasers
    15. Cases and Complications with Lasers
    16. Technology- Lithoclast
    17. Cases and Complications with Lithoclast
    18. Technology- Which type of wire and basket?
    19. Cases and Complications with wires and baskets
    20. Stents, Nephrostomies and Nephroureteral catheters
    21. Cases and Complications- Stents and nephrostomies
    22. Rigid Ureteroscopy- Tips and Tricks
    23. Cases and Complications- Rigid Ureteroscopy
    24. PCNL- Supine, Prone, Endoscopic Combined
    25. Technique- The PCNL Tract
    26. Cases and Complications in Standard PCNL
    27. Technique- Mini, Super mini and Ultra Mini PCNL
    28. Cases and Complications in minimally invasive PCNL
    29. The Pelvic Kidney and Stone Disease Management
    30. Cases and complications in pelvic kidneys
    31. Types of Dialysis
    32. The Dialysis Patient and stone disease
    33. Cases and Complications with Dialysis Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Rakesh V. Khanna, Gennady Bratslavsky, Robert J. Stein, editors.
    Summary: Surgical Techniques for Kidney Cancer provides a comprehensive review and detailed description of surgical techniques for kidney and adrenal cancer. Through a step by step approach various surgical techniques are covered including radical nephrectomy, partial nephrectomy, and thermal ablation for renal cortical tumors. Each step by step approach is followed by the latest data on outcomes. Furthermore, limitations as well as tips and tricks are detailed in addition to management of common complications. Kidney Surgery for Urologists will be a valuable resource for Urologists, Urological Surgeons, Fellows in Urologic Oncology and Minimally Invasive/Robotic Surgery as well as upper level residents training in Urology.

    Contents:
    Imaging of Renal Masses
    Renal Mass Biopsy
    Open Partial Nephrectomy
    Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
    Management of Renal Cell Carcinoma with Inferior Vena Caval Tumor Thrombus
    Minimally Invasive Radical Nephrectomy Including Vena Cava Thrombus
    Renal Cryotherapy
    Radiofrequency Ablation of Renal Masses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rakesh V. Khanna, Gennady Bratslavsky, Robert J. Stein, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive review and detailed description of surgical techniques for prostate cancer surgery. All aspects are covered, including surgical anatomy and methods of transrectal ultrasound guided prostate biopsies, step-by-step approach techniques for radical prostatectomy, and the latest data on outcomes. Furthermore, limitations as well as tips and tricks are detailed in addition to management of common complications. Lastly, with the increasing use of ablative therapy and brachytherapy, the mechanism of action as well as the keys to obtaining optimal outcomes are illustrated. Surgical Techniques for Prostate Cancer is a concise and valuable resource to surgeons that documents the different approaches to prostate cancer surgery.

    Contents:
    Essentials of the Human Prostate
    Transrectal Ultrasound Guided Prostate Biopsy
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Prostate Cancer Diagnosis
    Open Radical Retropubic Prostatectomy and Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Laparoscopic Prostatectomy and Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Robotic Prostatectomy
    Perineal Prostatectomy
    Brachytherapy
    Prostate Cryoablation
    Focal Ablation for Prostate Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gregory Bain, Denise Eygendaal, Roger P. van Riet, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Peter Vajkoczy, MD.
    Summary: A luminary in the field of cerebrovascular surgery brings his pace-setting work on the surgical management of moyamoya disease to the neurosurgical community. When the rare stroke strikes in children and youth, a likely cause is the idiopathic disease moyamoya, characterized by the slow and progressive stenosis and occlusion of the internal carotid artery and the arteries of the circle of Willis. A result of these stenoses is the formation of collaterals that are typically small and fragile, and liable to rupture. While there is no cure for moyamoya, a variety of surgical procedures can be performed to re-establish and maintain adequate blood supply to the affected brain areas. The procedures described here include various revascularization techniques and recommended bypasses. Key Features: with contributions from the world's most renowned bypass surgeons; Perioperative management and considerations; An overall practical approach to this painstaking high-end surgery; Detailed criteria for analyzing the situation and choosing the appropriate procedure; General principles of bypass surgery, direct and indirect revascularization, and combined revascularization techniques; Step-by-step descriptions of these procedures; Rescue strategies when repeat surgery is necessary; Surgical Techniques in Moyamoya Vasculopathy is an indispensable guide for the experienced neurovascular surgeon.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Yan Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces surgical treatment of ankylosing spondylitis in details, aiming to help surgeons to make better planning and technique. In part 1, authors mainly introduce the osteotomy technique in AS and surgery planning. Moreover, the benefits in organ function brought by spinal correction would be introduced in the same chapter. The hips are the most commonly effected diarthrodial joint in patients with AS, and the stiff hip causes poor life quality. In part 2, authors mainly introduce the skills of total hip arthroplasty (THA) in AS. For some patients both with kyphosis and hip involvement, how the authors make surgery planning. ln part 3, authors introduce their experiences and methods, including the advantages and disadvantages when do spinal correction first or THA first, and the principle of making spinal correction match with THA well.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Overview.-1. Ankylosing spondylitis.- Part 2
    History & Basic research.- 2. History of spinal osteotomy of ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis.- 3. Cardiopulmonary and Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Patients in Ankylosing Spondylitis.- 4. Clinical and radiographic evaluation.- Part 3
    Strategy & Technical.- 5. Classification & Surgical Decision Making for Ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis.- 6. Surgery Planning in AS Thoracolumbar Kyphosis.- 7. Basic Surgical technique for Management of AS Kyphosis.- 8. Vertebral Column Decancellation
    Technique for thoracolumbar kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis.- 9. Selection of the fusion level in AS kyphosis.- 10. Surgimap Spine for preoperative surgical planning in patients with ankylosing spondylitis.- 11. Cervical osteotomy in Ankylosing Spondylitis.- Part 4
    Complication and nursing in AS patients.- 12. Intraoperative nursing and position in spinal osteotomy.- 13. Sagittal Translation During Osteotomy.- 14. Andersson lesion-complicating ankylosing spondylitis.- 15. The management and prevention of complications.- Part 5
    AS kyphosis with hip joints involvement.- 16. Spinal osteotomy and total hip replacement for ankylosing spondylitis: which prior to perform.- Part 6
    Hip involvement in ankylosing spondylitis.- 17. Hip involvement.- 18. Hip Replacement in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis.- 19. The clinical classfication and surgical techniques of Ankylosing Spondylitis(AS).- 20. Ankylosing spondylitis involves hip-Intraoperative and postoperative complications.- Part 7
    The joint replacement of ankylosing knee in ankylosing spondylitis patients.- 21. Clinical characteristic.- 22. Surgical technique of Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) for Ankylosing Spondylitis(AS).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jonathan M. Philpott, Christian W. Zemlin, Ralph Damiano.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Foundations and fundamentals
    Chapter 2. Outcome tracking is critical to success- and a mandatory part of the procedure
    Chapter 3. Maze indications, perioperative managment, and expected success rates
    Chapter 4. The art and science of making effective maze ablation lines
    Chapter 5. Mastering the initial dissection and cannulation: making ablation easy and safe
    Chapter 6. Overview of the right atrial lesion set of the Maze-IV
    Chapter 7. The vertical atriotomy
    Chapter 8. The intercaval line
    Chapter 9. The modified and the classic right atrial appendage line
    Chapter 10. Tricuspid caval isthmus line
    Chapter 11. Overview of the left side of the Maze-IV lesion set
    Chapter 12. Box pulmonary vein isolation
    Chapter 13. LAA line and appendage amputation/exclusion
    Chapter 14. The mitral valve isthmus line
    Chapter 15. Intraoperative testing
    Chapter 16. Sequencing overview and coronary artery bypass implications
    Chapter 17. Sequencing examples using the modified MVI CS ablation line technique
    Teaching appendix. Thought experiments to understand activation waves, AF, atrial flutter, MRCs, and complications of the Maze
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Ahmed M. Afifi, Ziv M. Peled, Jeffrey E. Janis, editors.
    Summary: Since its serendipitous discovery, surgeons and physicians have continued to study and refine the surgical treatment of chronic headaches. This innovation has been a "disruptive" treatment challenging the classical methods of management for patients living with migraines. This comprehensive reference provides the starting point for many surgeons who are entering this field and also describes intricate and variable technical details, providing the reader with a basic knowledge while delving deeper into techniques honed through years of treatment experience. Surgical Treatment of Chronic Headaches and Migraines is organized across 17 chapters and contributed to by a multidisciplinary wealth of practitioners in the fields of plastic surgery, neurology, pain medicine, and more. Topics examine the various types of headaches that may require surgical treatment and include postoperative care alongside minimally invasive interventions. The text is rounded out by a look towards the future in this field and further enhanced by high-quality videos, tables, and figures, making it a valuable reference for anyone looking to treat patients exhibiting the debilitating pain of chronic headaches and migraines.

    Contents:
    1: Pathophysiology and Diagnosis of Nerve Compression Headache
    2: The Non-Surgical management of Nerve Compression Headache
    3: Patient Evaluation and Diagnosis of Trigger Sites-A Practical Guide.-4: Surgical Treatment of the Supraorbital and Supratrochlear Nerves.-5: Surgical Treatment of the Zygomaticotemporal Nerve.-6: Surgical Treatment of the Greater Occipital Nerve.-7: Surgical Treatment of the Lesser Occipital Nerve.-8: Surgical Treatment of the Auriculotemporal Nerve.-9: Rhinogenic Headaches
    10: Nummular Headache
    11: Postoperative Management after Headache and Migraine Surgery.-12: Minimally Invasive Interventions for Headache.13: Functional and Cosmetic Management of Post-Craniotomy Pain
    14: How to Start a Headache/Migraine Surgery Practice
    15: Outcomes in Migraine Surgery
    16: The Story of Migraine Surgery: 20 Years in the Making
    17: Headache and Migraine Surgery: A Look Back and Into the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nam Kyu Kim, Kenichi Sugihara, Jin-Tung Liang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an Asian perspective on how the treatment of colorectal cancer can be optimized and standardized in ways that take into account technological advances and the trend towards individually tailored therapy. Readers will find careful, well-illustrated descriptions of the standard surgical techniques for rectal cancer and colon cancer that have contributed to recent improvements in 5-year survival rates in the Asia-Pacific region, where the incidence of colorectal cancer has been rising alarmingly due to lifestyle changes. The vital role now being played by minimally invasive laparoscopic and robotic options receives detailed scrutiny. Extent and timing of surgery, patient safety, risk of complications, and unresolved issues are all discussed. Furthermore, the use of surgery within the context of multimodal management including chemotherapy and radiotherapy is explained and an integrated approach for stage IV and recurrent disease is described. The book will serve as a valuable reference for young surgeons who are in training, experienced practitioners who want to enhance their knowledge and skills, and all others who wish to learn about this field.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Alberto Peña, Andrea Bischoff.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    History
    Basic Anatomy and Physiology
    Prenatal Diagnosis
    Neo-Natal Management
    Colostomy
    Imaging
    Bowel Preparation
    Perineal Fistula
    Bulbar Fistula
    Prostatic Fistula
    Bladder Neck Fistula
    No Fistula
    Minimally Invasive Approach
    Re-Operations on Male Patients
    Vestibular Fistula
    Cloacas
    Cloacal Exstrophy
    Bowel Management
    Operations to Administer Enemas
    Urologic Problems
    Hirschsprung{u2019}s Disease
    Idiopathic Constipation
    Perianal Fistula
    Posterior Sagittal Approach for Other Conditions
    Rare, Complex Defects
    Associated Defects in General
    Future, Advances
    Long Term Follow-Up
    Sacrococcygeal Teratoms
    ARM in Developing Countries
    Hemorrhoids
    Polyps
    Angiodysplasia Gastro Rectal Heterotopia Rectal Bleeding.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] James Stannard, Andrew Schmidt.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The polytrauma patient
    Chapter 2. Care of the soft tissue envelope
    Chapter 3. Musculoskeletal infection associated with skeletal trauma
    Chapter 4. Acute compartment syndrome
    Chapter 5. Evolving concepts in plate fixation
    Chapter 6. Treatment strategy for nonunion
    Chapter 7. Treatment strategy for malunion
    Chapter 8. Treatment of fractures in geriatric patients
    Chapter 9. Injuries to the cervicocranium
    Chapter 10. Lower cervical spine injuries
    Chapter 11. Thoracic spine injuries
    Chapter 12. Thoracolumbar and lumbar spine injuries
    Chapter 13. Shoulder girdle injuries
    Chapter 14. Proximal humerus fractures and shoulder dislocations
    Chapter 15. Humeral shaft fractures
    Chapter 16. Distal humeral fractures
    Chapter 17. Elbow trauma
    Chapter 18. Forearm fractures
    Chapter 19. Distal radius fractures
    Chapter 20. Carpal fractures and dislocations
    Chapter 21. Hand fractures and dislocations
    Chapter 22. Pelvic ring injuries
    Chapter 23. Acetabular fractures
    Chapter 24. Hip dislocations and associated fractures of the femoral head
    Chapter 25. Femoral neck fractures
    Chapter 26. Intertrochanteric hip fractures
    Chapter 27. Subtrochanteric femur fractures
    Chapter 28. Femoral shaft fractures
    Chapter 29. Distal femur fractures
    Chapter 30. Patella fractures and injuries to the knee extensor mechanism
    Chapter 31. Knee dislocations and ligamentous injuries
    Chapter 32. Tibial plateau fractures
    Chapter 33. Tibial shaft fractures
    Chapter 34. Distal tibia fractures
    Chapter 35. Ankle fractures and dislocations
    Chapter 36. Foot fractures
    Index.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Andrew W. Phillips, Steven J. Durning, Anthony R. Artino Jr.
    Summary: Offering a practical, six-step approach to effective survey design, delivery, and analysis, Survey Methods for Medical and Health Professions Education provides a real-world framework for successful research and evaluation using surveys. Focused on medical and other health professional education research, this unique text features quick-reference checklists, high-yield explanations, and case examples throughout, making it both a foundational reference and a go-to resource for all health professions educators and researchers who use surveys. Provides a detailed and practical discussion of the steps in survey methodology, along with just enough theory to inform common decisions. Includes numerous real-world examples, both simple and complex, covering the wide range of problems researchers are likely to face. Addresses issues of survey fatigue and addresses the challenge of how to get "good data." Features "Voice of Experience" boxes-pearls based on authors' actual experiences. Concludes each chapter with a checklist so readers can quickly ensure they have covered every necessary step of survey design and implementation. Contains a convenient glossary of terms. Offers guidance from expert international contributors in medical and health professions research. Summarizes the most current standards and understanding of survey research so that experienced and novice researchers alike can directly apply content to improve research rigor. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Print
    Bertrand, Didier; Hutchinson, G. Evelyn; Kamen, Martin David.
    Contents:
    1. Isotropic phenomena in biogeochemistry / M.D. Kamen
    2. The biogeochemistry of vanadium / D. Bertrand
    3. The biogeochemistry of vertebrate excretion / G.E. Hutchinson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .H975
    1
  • Print
    by Jerad M. Gardner, MD ; manuscript reviewed by Elizabeth Montgomery, MD, David Elder, MD.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RL95 .G37 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Bridget Martin.
    Summary: Written with passion for anyone interested in seeing an end to the illegal trade in elephant ivory and rhino horn, this book shows how, by working together, people all over the world who care about these animals are gradually bringing about change for the better. It takes an overview of how the current situation came to pass by exploring poaching and its devastating consequences and the pivotal role of organized crime. The discussion of how matters are starting to improve covers the investigation and monitoring of ivory markets, sustainable uses and the key role of local communities. Enforcement of the law is vital in this story. Enter the enforcers, the technology they use to defeat the poachers and the evidence they require to prosecute offenders. Cases, some deeply shocking, are included, as well as a number of fascinating case studies, while the exploits of organized crime gangs make lively, as well as disturbing reading. Throughout the message is clear. We can and must save these animals from extinction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The animals : elephants, rhinos and people
    CITES and the CBD
    Sustainable use : golden thread or fool's gold?
    Elephant ivory and rhino horn
    The products, their retail outlets, their sellers and their buyers
    Poaching and its consequences
    The survivors
    Smugglers and smuggling routes
    The one-off sales of elephant ivory and their aftermath
    The confusing nature of ivory markets
    Researchers and their methodology
    Markets in Africa
    Markets in Southeast Asia
    Markets in the USA
    Markets in the UK
    The history of rhinoceros listing on CITES
    The illegal trade in rhino horn
    In which we meet our first organized crime gang and the law is changed
    Organized crime
    Rebel militia and 'blood ivery'
    The Internet
    Religious ivory
    Bribery and corruption
    The enforcers
    Seizures and arrests
    Evidence
    Prosecutions
    Technology to the rescue
    The London Conference and what followed
    CoP16
    Updates to some countries
    Rhino trophy hunting in South Africa
    Research
    Education
    The CBD re-visited
    Sustainable use : contentious issues
    People
    Countries
    Zoos, ecosystems and translocations
    Last chance to save
    Living together : resolutions to human-elephant conflict and other problems
    Working together creates people power
    Survival or extinction?
    Further reading
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mari Iwaya-Inoue, Minoru Sakurai, Matsuo Uemura, editors.
    Summary: "This book comprehensively describes biological phenomena, adaptation mechanisms, and strategies of living organisms to survive under extremely cold or desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. It also provides tremendous potential for applications of the findings to a wide variety of industries. The volume consists of three parts: Part 1, Adaptation Mechanisms of Cold, and Part 2, Adaptation Mechanisms of Desiccation, collect up-to-date research on mechanisms and strategies of living organisms such as sleeping chironomids, polar marine fishes, hibernating mammals, bryophytes, dormant seeds, and boreal plants to survive under extreme cold and desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. Part 3, Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society, covers various applications to a wide variety of industries such as the medical, food, and agricultural and life science industries. For example, biological knowledge of how plants and animals survive under cold, drought, and desiccated conditions may provide a hint on how we can improve crop production in a very fragile environment in global climate change. Unique molecules that protect cells during desiccation and freezing such as trehalose and antifreeze protein (AFP) have potential for use to preserve cells, tissues, and organs for the long term under very stable conditions. In addition, the current progress of supercooling technology of cells may lead us to solve problems of cellular high sensitivity to freezing injury, which will dramatically improve the usability of these cells. Furthermore, knowledge of water substitution and glass formation as major mechanisms for formulation designs and new drying technologies will contribute to the development of food preservation and drug delivery systems under dry conditions. Written by contributors who have been conducting cutting-edge science in related fields, this title is recommended to a wide variety of readers who are interested in learning from such organisms their strategies, mechanisms, and applications, and it will inspire researchers in various disciplines"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Adaptation mechanisms for cold. Gene regulatory networks mediating cold acclimation: the CBF pathway / Javier Barrero-Gil, Julio Salinas
    RNA regulation in plant cold stress response / Kentaro Nakaminami, Motoaki Seki
    The mechanism enabling hibernation in mammals / Yuuki Horii, Takahiko Shiina, Yasutake Shimizu
    Freezing tolerance of plant cells: from the aspect of plasma membrane and microdomain / Daisuke Takahashi, Matsuo Uemura, Yukio Kawamura
    Natural variation in freezing tolerance and cold acclimation response in Arabidopsis thaliana and related species / Ellen Zuther, Yang Ping Lee, Alexander Erban, Joachim Kopka, Dirk K. Hincha
    Ice nucleation activity in plants: the distribution, characterization, and their roles in cold hardiness mechanisms / Masaya Ishikawa, Hideyuki Yamazaki, Tadashi Kishimoto, Hiroki Murakawa, Timothy Stait-Gardner, Kazuyuki Kuchitsu [and others]
    Investigating freezing patterns in plants using infrared thermography / David P. Livingston III
    Mechanism of overwintering in trees / Keita Arakawa, Jun Kasuga, Naoki Takata
    The mechanism of low-temperature tolerance in fish / Kiyoshi Soyano, Yuji Mushirobira
    Adaptation mechanisms for desiccation. Mechanisms underlying freezing and desiccation tolerance in bryophytes / Daisuke Takezawa
    Regulatory gene networks in drought stress responses and resistance in plants / Fuminori Takahashi, Takashi Kuromori, Hikaru Sato, Kazuo Shinozaki
    Mechanism of stomatal closure in plants exposed to drought and cold stress / Srinivas Agurla, Shashibhushan Gahir, Shintaro Munemasa, Yoshiyuki Murata, Agepati S. Raghavendra
    Mechanisms of maturation and germination in crop seeds exposed to environmental stresses with a focus on nutrients, water status, and reactive oxygen species / Yushi Ishibashi, Takashi Yuasa, Mari Iwaya-Inoue
    The antioxidant system in the anhydrobiotic midge as an essential, adaptive mechanism for desiccation survival / Alexander Nesmelov, Richard Cornette, Oleg Gusev, Takahiro Kikawada
    Physicochemical aspects of the biological functions of trehalose and group 3 LEA proteins as desiccation protectants / Takao Furuki, Minoru Sakurai
    Application technologies from laboratory to society. Supercooling-promoting (anti-ice nucleation) substances / Seizo Fujikawa, Chikako Kuwabara, Jun Kasuga, Keita Arakawa
    Applications of antifreeze proteins: practical use of the quality products from japanese fishes / Sheikh Mahatabuddin, Sakae Tsuda
    Development and application of cryoprotectants / Robin Rajan, Kazuaki Matsumura
    Cryopreservation of plant genetic resources / Daisuke Tanaka, Takao Niino, Matsuo Uemura
    Applications of freezing and freeze-drying in pharmaceutical formulations / Ken-ichi Izutsu
    Control of physical changes in food products / Kiyoshi Kawai, Tomoaki Hagiwara.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Carol W. Berman.
    Contents:
    The comfort of denial
    Fear: the catalyst that breaks through denial
    Anxiety: easier than anger
    Depression: natural responses
    Anger: a natural response
    Bargaining: a common way to delay the inevitable
    Somatization: is it only physical?
    Acting out instead of feeling
    Control and self-assuredness: healthy coping mechanisms
    Intellectualization: how not to indulge in it
    Humor: the ultimate defense
    Acceptance: the ultimate release
    Death: hospice and after
    Resolution: acceptance.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mayur Murali, Rob Shulman, Hugh Montgomery.
    Summary: Safe and effective prescribing is one of the pillars of medical practice but is much more complicated than it seems. Many new prescribers find prescribing extremely challenging, and a plethora of independent, multidisciplinary prescribers are also seeking guidance. However, pharmacology textbooks are rarely practical. They warn to 'take care when prescribing erythromycin to a patient on warfarin, as the INR may rise'. But what should the prescriber actually do? Surviving Prescribing fulfils an important need by offering practical advice for real-world prescribing problems. The book complements existing educational resources but adds a new perspective. Written by experienced contributors from a variety of professional backgrounds, the content speaks directly to the problems routinely seen in hospital prescribing. And all in one, pocket-sized volume. Whether revising for the national Prescribing Safety Assessment, preparing for starting on the wards, or looking for a quick reference guide, this book is an essential companion.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Cindy L. Schwartz, Wendy L. Hobbie, Louis S. Constine, Kathleen S. Ruccione, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview
    Algorithms of Late Effects by Disease
    Facilitating Assessment of Late Effects by Organ System
    Pediatric Growth and Development: Impact on Vulnerability to Normal Tissue Damage from Cancer Therapy
    Central Nervous System Effects
    Neuroendocrine Complications of Cancer Therapy
    Ocular Complications due to Cancer Treatment
    Head and Neck
    Adverse Effects of Cancer Treatment on Hearing
    The Thyroid Gland
    Cardiovascular Effects of Cancer Therapy
    Pulmonary Effects of Antineoplastic Therapy
    Late Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Effects
    The Ovary
    The Testes
    Genitourinary
    Musculoskeletal, Integument.- Breast
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Second Malignancies Following Treatment for Childhood Cancer
    Psychological Aspects of Long-Term Survivorship
    Legal Issues
    Methodological Issues in the Study of Survivors of Childhood Cancer
    Survivorship Transitions following Childhood and Adolescent Cancer
    Health Maintenance and Promotion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stefan Rauh, editor.
    Summary: This book is a valuable source for oncologists and all other physicians dealing with cancer survivors. It provides detailed information on the evidence-based benefits and forms of intervention, with contributions by a highly prestigious and well recognized panel of experts. Chapters deal with all features of survivorship outlining the role of the oncologist and other caregivers and discusses survivorship care in different countries and different settings. The book addresses new challenges and complex issues broader than medical issues faced by patients who are cured highlighting that cancer is no longer a death sentence. It provides evidence-based management guidance and addresses issues such as symptom management, palliative care, screening for recurrence, rehabilitation, fertility issues among others. This is an indispensable resource for oncologists, oncology nurses and other professionals dealing with cancer patients as well as patient advocacy groups and cancer leagues.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Contents
    1: Definition of Survivorship Care
    Definition of Survivorship Care
    Evolution of Term in Pubmed
    Brief History
    Definitions
    Seasons of Survival Revisited
    Categories of Patients with and Survivors of Cancer Category Description
    Shades of Survivorship Describes Three Categories
    ESMO and European Cancer Patient Coalition Categories of Cancer Survivors (Who Are all Post-Treatment)
    Evidence-Based Survivorship Care Interventions
    Survivorship Care Plan
    Oncologist Versus Primary Care Provider Models of Cancer Survivorship Health Care
    Quality of Cancer Survivorship Care Framework
    Cancer and its Treatment
    General Health Care and Prevention
    Health Care Delivery
    Evidence Gaps and Research Priorities
    Surveillance for Recurrence and New Cancers
    Management of Long-Term and Late Physical Effects
    Management of Long-Term and Late Psychosocial Effects
    Health Promotion
    Care Coordination
    Financial Hardship
    Cross-Cutting Needs
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Goals of Survivorship Care
    Cancer Survivorship Care
    Domains of Cancer Survivorship Care Cancer Survivorship Care Plan and Rehabilitation Targets
    Cancer Survivorship Care Plan
    Rehabilitation Targets
    The Different Needs for Survivorship Care
    The Impact of National Disparities on Survivorship Care
    The Cancer Stigma and Cancer Advocacy
    Concluding Remarks
    References
    3: "There is Life after Cancer": The Medical, Psychological, Social and Financial Challenges of Cancer Survivors at the End of the Active Treatment
    Introduction
    Life after Cancer and the Notion of the Quality of Life
    Improving the Medical Dimension of Survivorship Care The Psychological aspects of Survivorship Cancer Care
    The Impacts of Cancer in the Socioeconomic Lives of Cancer Survivors
    Return to Work after Cancer
    Access to Financial Instruments and the Right to Be Forgotten
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Follow-Up and Long-Term Follow-Up of Cancer Patients: Who is in Charge, why, when, and how...: Introduction: The Evolution from "Surveillance" to "Survivorship Care"
    References
    5: Models of Long-Term Follow-up for Cancer Patients: From Children to Adults, from Simple to Multi-Modal
    References 6: Who Should Be in Charge of Survivorship Care?
    What Does Survivorship Care Mean?
    Who Fares Better?-Perceptions of Oncologists, Primary Care Physicians, and Patients
    Medical Oncologists' Perception of FU
    Primary Care Providers'(PCPs') Perception of FU
    Patients' Perception of FU
    Who Fares Better? Evidence
    Survival Benefit According to the Chosen FU Model
    Progression Free Survival and Early Detection of Recurrence
    Other Endpoints
    Current/Existing Models of Survivorship Care
    Shared Models
    Shared Models with Risk-Stratified Individualized Survivorship Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pramod Kumar Rout, Basanta Kumara Behera.
    Summary: This book presents a concept for implementing a mass balance approach toward developing an effective eco-friendly, livestock farming system independent of external energy input. In this context it describes a modern, integrated farming system, and includes comprehensive technical information explaining the design and evaluation of manure management systems, and modeling and operational tools. It first discusses the mass balance operating process, highlighting the difference between imported and exported mass across the farm boundary. Estimating mass balance can provide critical information for (comprehensive) nutrient management planning and for managing the movement of nutrients and manure. It then explains the estimation of whole-farm P mass balance using a suitable model system. The subsequent chapters provide updated information on management aspects of livestock-farming and generation of multiple job opportunities, and also explore various aspects of livestock farming operational protocols like housing and management; nurture of rams, ewes and lambs, new born calves and heifers; care of buck, doe and kid- nutrition flushing; concept zero grazing-systems; disease control and management; integrated goat farming; and crop-livestock integration. Further, the book addresses crop-livestock integration; energy autonomy in cattle farming; value added biopharmaceuticals from cattle farming; CAPEX for cattle farming; concepts of cattle farming; detrimental effects of the industry; topographic and edaphic factors, and thermal stress on livestock growth and development; socioeconomic development; and water requirements for livestock. The book concludes with the most important issue in the field of agriculture and veterinary science: "Livestock Farming with Care," describing sustainable, eco-friendly livestock farming by highlighting issues like animal feed vs. human food; agricultural GDP vs livestock, and factors affecting the sustainability of livestock farming. Given its scope, this book is a valuable resource for researchers and students alike, and will also appeal to practitioners in the field of livestock.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Prelusion Significance of Livestock
    Chapter 2. Mass Balance concept in Livestock Farming
    Chapter 3. Goat and Sheep Farming
    Chapter 4. Cattle and Buffaloes Farming
    Chapter 5. Factors Influencing Livestock Way of Life
    Chapter 6. Sustainable Livestock Farming
    Chapter 7. Conceptual Development of Livestock Supply Chain Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Filippo Arfini, Valentin Bellassen, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume evaluates recent EU quality policy, focusing on the structure, governance, technical specifications and performances - economic, environmental and social - of Food Quality Schemes (FQS) in the European Union and South East Asia. Initiatives such as EU Regulation No. 1151/2012 are relatively novel policies that seek to improve and promote the operation of schemes to protect geographical indications (GIs) for agri-food products. The intended benefits of protecting GIs include generating a fair return for farmers and producers for the qualities of particular goods, and enabling consumers to make better informed purchasing choices through effective labeling. In addition, policy makers are now considering FQS as a means of not only guaranteeing quality in food production, but also sustainability. Despite these potential benefits, the economic performance of the FQS (e.g. PDO, PGI, organic) and individual GIs has been variable. While some GIs support significant value-added production, with substantial benefits to producers, consumers and wider economies, many others have failed to become economically sustainable. In addition, the environmental and social performance of FQS remains largely unexamined, with the exception of the environmental performance of organic products which has been assessed in several instances through life cycle assessments.

    Contents:
    Part-I. Assessing the sustainability performance of food quality schemes
    1. Conceptual framework
    2. Common methods and sustainability indicators
    Part-II: Cereal & bakery sector
    3. Organic flour in France
    4. Organic pasta in Poland
    5. PGI rice in Thailand
    6. Organic PGI rice in France
    Part-III: Fruits & vegetables
    7. Organic olive oil in Croatia
    8. PDO paprika powder in Hungary
    9. Organic tomatoes in Italy
    10. PDO potatoes in the Netherlands
    11. PGI strawberries in Poland
    12. Organic rasperries in Serbia
    13. PDO & PGI apple in Greece
    14. PGI Buon Ma Tuot coffee in Vietnam
    15. PGI Doi Chaang coffee in Thailand
    Part-IV: Meat sector
    16. PGI ham in Croatia
    17. Organic pork in Germany
    18. PGI sausage in Hungary
    19. PGI ternasco lamb in Spain
    20. PGI Mallorca sausage in Spain
    Part-V:Dairy sector
    21. PDO Comt? cheese in France
    22. PDO Parmigiano cheese in Italy
    23. Organic yoghurt tbc in Germany
    24. PGI Sjenica cheese in Serbia
    Part-VI:Fish & seafood sector
    25. PDO bouchot mussels in France
    26. PGI stockfish in Norway
    27. Organic salmon in Norway
    28. PDO fish sauce in Vietnam.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Javid Ahmad Parray, Mohammad Yaseen Mir, Nowsheen Shameem.
    Summary: This book will be of immense helpful to the students of plant biotechnology, Agricultural sciences, Microbiology of both undergraduate and postgraduate levels in universities, colleges, and Research institutes. Besides the book will be quite supportive researchers who work in the field of plant biotechnology and agricultural sciences. In this book, the main focus will be on advanced genome editing approaches for the production of GM crops besides their socioeconomic, ethical and risk-biosafety assessments. Nanotechnology is the new emerging and fascinating field of science finds its application in almost all the major research areas and its uses in agriculture and food sectors are incipient.The books seems to be first in summarizing the two way interactive approach in the field of plant biotechnology and setting of a new arena in shaping the new bio techniques towards the sustainable cause.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Plant Biotechnology: Tool for sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 2. Plant metabolomics: Sustainable approach towards crop productivity
    Chapter 3. Rhizosphere engineering and agricultural productivity
    Chapter 4. Plant Genetic engineering and GM crops: Merits and Demerits
    Chapter 5. Stress Management: Sustainable approach towards resilient agriculture
    Chapter 6.Soil Health and Food security
    Chapter 7. Nanotechnology and sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 8. Bioenergy: Plants and products
    Chapter 9.Sustainable agriculture: Future of Plant Biotechnology
    Chapter 10. Advancement in sustainable agriculture: Computational and Bioinformatics tools.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Manoj Kumar Jhariya [and more], editors.
    Summary: The recent technologies for sustainable development and maintaining ecological integrity in the field of agriculture, forestry and environmental management for the green future. Describes the recent technologies and issues to generate awareness among the global scientific community towards sustainable development. Covers various eco-friendly approaches for successful management of soil, water, forest, agriculture, and other natural resources. Addresses the policy issues promoting conservation, protection and management of various natural resources. Presents the issues of climate change and sustainable strategies to combat such a mega event. The existence of life on the earth primarily depends upon the agriculture, forest and environment. The changing climate is imposing the multifaceted challenges in front of human civilization. The agroecosystem management practices and technologies leads to higher productivity with destruction of agricultural, forest and environmental habitat leading to soil-water-air pollution. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) plays a key role in the promoting research and developmental activities in various sectors to achieve the sustainable development goals under 2030 agenda. Gradual growth of science and technology has imposed a significant pressure on the different ecosystem. In this context, approaches such as sustainable agriculture, forestry and eco-friendly technologies need to be address across the world. Keeping view of these facts this book underlines scientific chapters dealing with the issues with proper explanation, and accompanied by illustrative diagrams, tables, database as required. The editors have tried to provide a brief scenario about the current issues related to the agriculture, forestry and environment. Therefore, the book would be a very useful resource for academicians, scientists, and policy makers of the related field.

    Contents:
    Mitigating Climate Change Through Bioclimatic Applications and Cultivation Techniques in Agriculture (Andalusia, Spain) ; 1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 2.1 Study Area; 2.2 Data Processing; 3 Results and Discussion; 3.1 Analysis of Climate Trends; 3.2 Bioclimatic Analysis; 3.3 Analysis of Vegetation Cover; 3.4 Phytosociological Analysis of Vegetation Cover in Southern Spain; 4 Conclusions; 5 Future Prospectus; References; Abiotic Stress in Agricultural Crops Under Climatic Conditions; 1 Introduction; 2 Stresses in Agriculture; 3 Effects of Abiotic Stress Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; Editors; Contributors; Agriculture, Forestry and Environmental Sustainability: A Way Forward; 1 Introduction; 2 Agriculture, Food and Environmental Security; 3 Challenges for Agriculture Sustainability; 4 Forestry; 5 Challenges Towards Sustainability of Forests; 6 Environment; 7 Environmental Sustainability and Its Challenges; 8 Green Growth Roadmap in Indian Perspective; 9 Sustainability and Sustainable Development; 10 Future Prospects of Research and Development Vis-a-vis Sustainable Management; 11 Conclusion 4 Types of Abiotic Stress in Crops4.1 Temperature Stress; 4.2 Heat Stress; 4.3 Water Stress; 4.4 Effects of Water Stress in Agricultural Crops; 4.5 Nutrient Stress; 4.6 Nitrogen Stress; 4.7 Phosphorus Stress; 4.8 Potassium, Magnesium and Calcium Stress; 4.9 Radiation Stress; 4.10 Plant Responses to Abiotic Stress; 5 Combating Strategies Towards Abiotic Stresses; 6 Research and Development in Agriculture Under Stress Condition; 7 Sustainable Approaches Towards Combating Climatic Stress on Agriculture; 8 Conclusions; 9 Future Prospective; References 8 Prospects of Agroforestry in Soil Management9 Agroforestry and Soil Health: A Linking Concept; 10 Synergies Between Soil Health and Productivity Under AFS; 11 Ecosystem Services of AFS; 12 Agroforestry for Natural Resource Conservations; 13 Agroforestry and Livelihood Security; 14 Scientific Interventions and Policy for Agroforestry; 15 Conclusions; 16 Future Prospects of AFS; References; Soil and Water Conservation Techniques for Sustainable Agriculture; 1 Introduction; 2 Phases, Mechanism and Types of Soil Erosion; 2.1 Soil Erosion by Water; 2.2 Mechanics of Soil Erosion Agroforestry: A Holistic Approach for Agricultural Sustainability1 Introduction; 2 Agroforestry in the Tropics; 2.1 AFS in Arid Tropics; 2.1.1 Agrihorticulture System; 2.1.2 Agrihortisilviculture System; 2.1.3 Hortipasture; 2.1.4 Horti-Silvopastoral System; 2.2 AFS in Semiarid Tropics; 2.3 AFS in Humid Tropics; 3 Climate Change: A Global Concern or Perspective; 4 Agroforestry Under Changing Climate; 5 Agroforestry Solutions for Climate Change; 6 Addressing Food Insecurity Through Agroforestry; 7 Agroforestry for Wasteland Reclamation
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: Rajib Roychowdhury,Shuvasish Choudhury, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Sangeeta Srivastava.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rattan Lal, Rosa Francaviglia, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the threats that hamper the achievement of sustainable soil management: soil erosion by water and wind, soil organic carbon loss, nutrient imbalance, salinization, contamination, acidification, loss of soil biodiversity, surface sealing, compaction and water logging. The specific focus is on preventive and ameliorative strategies for sustainable soil management.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; 1 Environmental Microbial Health Under Changing Climates: State, Implication and Initiatives for High-Performance Soils; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Soil Biological Fertility and Soil Health; 1.3 Soil Performance and Climate Changes; 1.3.1 Impacts of Climate Changes on Soil Microbial Diversity and Abundance; 1.3.2 Impact of Climate Change on Rhizospheres; 1.3.3 Impact of Changing Climate on Soil Biological Fertility; 1.4 Maintaining High-Performance Soil Health in Changing Climates; 1.4.1 Soil Microbial Health Assessment 1.4.2 Soil Amendments with 'Green' Inorganic Materials1.4.3 Soil Improvement with Organic Amendments; 1.4.4 Biological Amelioration Through Augmentation; 1.4.5 Combination of Mineral, Organic and Biological Amendments for Soil Health; 1.5 Conclusions, Challenges and the Way Forward; References; 2 Deep Carbon Sequestration in Cropping Systems; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Soil Organic Carbon (SOC) Stock and Its Distribution; 2.3 Factors Affecting SOC Distribution Within the Soil Profile; 2.3.1 Climate, Soil, and Vegetation Type; 2.3.2 SOC Input; 2.3.3 SOC Translocation Processes 2.3.4 SOC Protection Mechanisms2.4 Management Factors Affecting SOC Distribution; 2.4.1 Tillage; 2.4.2 Rotation and Crop Type; 2.4.3 Fertilization; 2.5 Methods to Quantify SOC in the Soil Profile; 2.6 Conclusions; References; 3 Organic Matter Management in Cereals Based System: Symbiosis for Improving Crop Productivity and Soil Health; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Importance of Cereals Crops; 3.1.2 Cereals Are Exhaustive Crops and Decrease Soil Fertility; 3.1.3 The Role of Chemical Fertilizers in Cereals Production and Soil Health 3.1.4 The Role of Organic Fertilizers (Organic Matter) in Cereals Production and Soil Health3.1.5 The Role of Biofertilizers (Beneficial Microbes) in Cereals Production and Soil Health; 3.1.6 The Role of Integrated Nutrients Management (INM) in Cereals Production and Soil Health; 3.1.7 Improving Soil Health: A Successful Life for All; 3.2 Conclusions; References; 4 Impact of Mineral P Fertilization on Trace Elements in Cropland Soils; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 A Brief History of P Fertilization; 4.3 Impact of Mineral P Fertilization on Trace Elements in Cropland Soils 4.4 Austrian Long-Term P Field Experiments4.4.1 Description of the Long-Term Experimental Sites and Methods Used; 4.4.2 Results-Acid Soluble Elements in Soils and Crops; 4.4.3 Discussion; 4.5 Sustainable Agricultural P Management Options; 4.6 Conclusions; References; 5 Remote Sensing and Sustainable Management of SOC in the Sahelian Area; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 The Study Area; 5.1.2 Organic Carbon in the Sahelian Soils; 5.2 Methodological Approach; 5.2.1 Digitization of the Limits; 5.2.2 The Sampling Strategy; 5.2.3 The Use of Remote Sensed Data; 5.2.4 The Multiple Linear Regression; 5.2.5 The Interpolation Techniques in SOC Mapping Model.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mu. Naushad, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book is the result of remarkable contribution from the experts of interdisciplinary fields of Science with comprehensive, in-depth and up-to-date research and reviews. It describes the applications of date palm for food, medicine and the environmental sectors. Date palm is one of the oldest cultivated trees and its fruit has been a dietary staple around the world for many centuries. Date pulps contain dietary fibers and easily digestible sugars (70%), mainly glucose, sucrose and fructose. They also contain vitamins like biotin, thiamine, riboflavin, ascorbic and folic acid that are important for our body. The date palm fruit has been used in folk remedies for the treatment of various infectious diseases, cancer and immuno-modulatory activity. Date stones and date palm leaves are freely and abundantly available biomass. Therefore, the renovation of agricultural biomass wastes into activated carbons for drinking water purification, wastewater treatment, treatment of dyes, and metal-ions from aqueous solution would add value to agricultural commodities which offer a solution to environmental problems as well as reduce the cost of waste disposal.

    Contents:
    Preface: Mu. Naushad and E. Lichtfouse Chapter 1. Date palm as a healthy food; P. Senthil Kumar, P.R. Yaashikaa Chapter 2. Analysis of antioxidants and nutritional assessment of date palm fruits; B.M. Gnanamangai, S. Saranya, P. Ponmurugan, S. Kavitha, P. Sudhagar, P. Divya Chapter 3. Nutritional and therapeutic applications of date palm from date palm; Prabu Periyathambi, Hemalatha Thiagarajan, Suganthan Veerachamy Chapter 4. Chemical Composition of Date Pits: Potential to Extract and Characterize the Lipid Fraction; Asif Ahmad, Hifsa Imtiaz Chapter 5. Biogas production from date palm fruits; P. Senthil Kumar and Femina Carolin Chapter 6. Valorization of waste date seeds for green carbon catalysts and biodiesel synthesis; Ala'a H. Al-Muhtaseb, Farrukh Jamil, Lamya Al Haj, Eyas Mahmoud, Mohamed Becherif, Sikander Rafiq Chapter 7. Different extraction methods, physical properties and chemical composition of date seed oil; Jawhar Fakhfakh, Sahar Ben-Youssef, Mu. Naushad and Noureddine Allouche Chapter 8. Production of glucose and lactic acid from cellulosic date palm wastes by enzymatic fermentation; Muhammad Tauseef Azam, Asif Ahmad Chapter 9. Application of date-palm fibers for the wastewater treatment; Marija Nujic, Natalija Velic, Mirna Habuda-Stanic Chapter 10. Recent updates on heavy metal remediation using date stones (Phoenix dactylifera L.)
    Date fruit processing industry waste; N. Sivarajasekar, J. Prakashmaran, S. Poornima, S. Sivapriya, V. Gayathri, T. Pradeepika, V. Raghu, Mu. Naushad, S. Sivamani, Swapnil Dharaskar, Nirajan Dhakal Chapter 11. Removal of toxins from the environment using date palm seeds; Basma Al-Najar, Mohamed Bououdina, J. Judith Vijaya, Radhika R Nair, Tetiana Tatarchuk Chapter 12. Date palm based activated carbon for the efficient removal of organic dyes from aqueous environment; Shamik Chowdhury, Sharadwata Pan, Rajasekhar Balasubramanian, Papita Das Chapter 13. Date palm assisted nanocomposite materials for the removal of nitrate and phosphate from aqueous medium; Mirna Habuda-Stanic, Marija Nujic, Blanca Magdalena Gonzalez Silva, Sveinung Saegrov, Stein Wold Østerhus, Mario Siljeg.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications of chitin and chitosan, as natural alternatives of fossil fuel products, in green chemistry, energy, biotechnology, bioprinting, medicine, water treatment, agriculture and food science. Chitin and chitosan products are polysaccharides derived from food waste of crustaceans and fungi, and thus are cheap, abundant, sustainable, non-toxic, recyclable and biocompatible.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Historical Landmarks in the Discovery of Chitin
    Chapter 2. Fundamentals and Applications of Chitosan
    Chapter 3. Biocatalytic Production of Hetero-Chitosan Oligosaccharides as Anti-Oxidants
    Chapter 4. Enzyme Immobilization on Chitin and Chitosan-Based Supports for Potential Biotechnological Applications
    Chapter 5. Chitin and Chitosan Derivative Membranes in Resources, Energy, Environmental and Medical Field
    Chapter 6. Utility of Chitosan for 3D Printing and Bioprinting
    Chapter 7. The Contribution of D-Glucosamine to cell Membrane Stability: Mechanisms and Applications in Regenerative Medicine
    Chapter 8. Manufacture Techniques of Chitosan Based Microcapsules to Enhance Functional Properties of Textiles.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications of chitin and chitosan, as natural alternatives of fossil fuel products, in medicine and pharmacy, agriculture, food science and water treatment. Chitin and chitosan products are polysaccharides derived from food waste of crustaceans and fungi, and thus are cheap, abundant, sustainable, non-toxic, recyclable and biocompatible. Remarkable applications include food additives and preservation, packaging materials, biopesticides and fertilisers, drug delivery, tissue engineering, bioflocculation and dye removal.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Nutritional and Additive Uses of Chitin and Chitosan in the Food Industry
    Chapter 2. Chitosan for Seafood Processing and Preservation
    Chapter 3. Applications of Chitosan as Food Packaging Materials
    Chapter 4. Applications of Chitin in Agriculture
    Chapter 5. Chitosan-Based Hydrogels
    Chapter 6. Chitin and Chitosan in Drug Delivery
    Chapter 7. Application of Chitosan-Based Formulations in Controlled Drug Delivery
    Chapter 8. Design of Nano-Chitosans for Tissue Engineering and Molecular Delivery
    Chapter 9. Chitosan for Direct Bioflocculation Processes
    Chapter 10. Cross-linked Chitosan Hydrogels for Dye Removal.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book presents sources of carbon dioxide emission, related environmental issues and methods for carbon dioxide utilization, storage, analysis, modeling and optimization. This first volume focused on biochemical methods of carbon dioxide sequestration such as forestry, biomineralization, geo-chemo-mechanical, mangrove plantation and biowaste.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Carbon Dioxide Capture and Storage (Arshad Raza, Raoof Gholami)
    Chapter 2. Sources of Carbon Dioxide and Environmental Issues (M.N. Anwar, M. Iftikhar, B. Khusbakhat, N.F. Sohail, Mujtaba Baqar, A.S. Nizami)
    Chapter 3. Carbon capture utilization and storage supply chain: analysis, modeling and optimization (Grazia Leonzio)
    Chapter 4. Natural carbon sequestration by forestry (Xolile G. Ncipha, Venkataraman Sivakumar)
    Chapter 5. Carbon sequestration via biomineralization: processes, applications and future directions (Willis Gwenzi)
    Chapter 6. A Review of Coupled Geo-Chemo-Mechanical Impacts of CO2-Shale Interaction on Enhanced Shale Gas Recovery (Danqing Liu, Sen Yangb, Yilian Li, and Ramesh Agarwa)
    Chapter 7. Plantation methods and restoration techniques for enhanced blue carbon sequestration by mangroves (Abhiroop Chowdhury, Aliya Naz, Santanu Bhattacharyya)
    Chapter 8. Biowaste for carbon sequestration (Nhamo Chaukura).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book presents materials and physical methods for carbon dioxide sequestration. Materials include nanosponges, titanium oxide/zeolite hybrids, classical absorbents, metal oxides, ionic liquids, alkaline soils and metal organic frameworks. Methods include cryogenic capture, adsorption, solvent dissolution and soil sequestration.

    Contents:
    Preface;
    Chapter 1. Nanosponges for carbon dioxide sequestration; Diana Azevedo
    Chapter 2. Absorbents, media, and reagents for carbon dioxide capture and utilization; Khairiraihanna Johari
    Chapter 3. Metal oxides for carbon dioxide capture; Lakshminarayana Bhatta
    Chapter 4. Hybrid membranes for carbon capture; Mohammad Mesbah
    Chapter 5. Ionic liquids for carbon dioxide capture; Mohammad Mesbah
    Chapter 6. Carbon sequestration in alkaline soils; Qaiser Hussain
    Chapter 7. Metal organic frameworks for carbon capture; Shanmuga Selvanathan
    Chapter 8. Ionic liquids for carbon dioxide capture; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour
    Chapter 9. Methods for the recovery of CO2 from chemical solvents; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour
    Chapter 10. Cryogenic CO2 capture; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Eric Lichtfouse, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research advances in sustainable agriculture, with focus on crop production, biodiversity and biofuels in Africa and Asia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Chapter 1: Crop Protection for Agricultural Intensification Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The Four Main Agricultural Intensification Pathways for Sub-Saharan Africa
    1.2.1 The Conventional High Input Pathway
    1.2.1.1 Pesticide Use in the Conventional Pathway
    1.2.1.2 Transgenic Pest-Resistant and Herbicide-Tolerant Crops as the Mainstay in the Conventional Pathway
    1.2.1.3 Land Sparing for Biodiversity Conservation in the Conventional Pathway
    1.2.2 The Organic Agriculture Pathway
    1.2.3 The Agroecological Pathway 1.2.4 The Eco-technical Sustainable Intensive Pathway
    1.2.4.1 Targeted Use of Pesticides in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    1.2.4.2 Genetic Engineering in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    1.2.4.3 Socioeconomic Intensification in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    1.2.4.4 Other IPM Options in the Eco-Technical Pathway
    Biological Control
    Physical Barriers
    1.3 Comparison of the Performance of the Intensification Pathways
    1.4 Scientific Priorities and Research Needs
    1.4.1 At the Plant and Field Levels
    1.4.2 At the Farm and Local Landscape/Territory Levels 1.4.3 At the National, Regional and International Levels
    1.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Coffee Diversity and Conservation in Ethiopia
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Meta Analysis
    2.2.1 Coffee Production Systems in Ethiopia
    2.2.1.1 The Forest Coffee Production System
    2.2.1.2 The Semi-forest Coffee Production System
    2.2.1.3 The Garden Coffee Production System
    2.2.1.4 Plantation Coffee Production System
    2.2.2 Genetic Diversity of Arabica Coffee and Study in Ethiopia
    2.2.3 Coffee Genetic Erosion 2.2.3.1 Partial Reduction of Production in Some Areas for Economic, Climatic or Agronomic Reasons
    2.2.3.2 Deforestation Due to Population Pressure in the Major Coffee Growing Zones
    2.2.3.3 Replacement of Local Landraces by Improved Varieties with Narrower Genetic Base
    2.2.3.4 Existence of Heterosis in Coffee
    2.2.4 Coffee Conservation in Ethiopia
    2.2.4.1 Ex-situ Coffee Conservation
    2.2.4.2 In-situ Conservation Method
    2.3 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Phytochemistry, Toxicity and Pharmacology of Pistacia lentiscus, Artemisia herba-alba and Citrullus colocynthis 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Methodologies
    3.3 Taxonomical Classification of Plants
    3.4 Distribution and Botanical Aspect of Plants
    3.5 Phytochemistry
    3.5.1 Phytochemical Composition of Artemisia herba-alba
    3.5.2 Phytochemical Composition of Citrullus colocynthis
    3.5.3 Phytochemical Composition of Pistacia lentiscus
    3.6 Pharmacology
    3.6.1 Anticancer Activity
    3.6.2 Hypotensive and Cardioprotective Effect
    3.6.3 Anti-allergic and Neuroprotective Effect
    3.6.4 Antioxidant Effect
    3.6.5 Antidiabetic Effect
    3.6.6 Renal and Hepatoprotective Effect
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eric Lichtfouse, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research advances in sustainable agriculture, with focus on crop production, biodiversity and biofuels in Africa and Asia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Editor
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Mycotoxins Occurrence, Toxicity and Detection Methods
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Occurrence of Mycotoxin in Food
    1.3 Factors Controlling Mycotoxins Genesis
    1.4 Occurrence of Mycotoxins in Humans and Associated Diseases
    1.5 Conventional Methods for Mycotoxins Detection
    1.5.1 Chromatographic-Based Techniques
    1.5.1.1 Thin-Layer Chromatography
    1.5.1.2 High-Performance Thin-Layer Chromatography
    1.5.2 Microarrays for Mycotoxin Detection
    1.5.3 Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent
    1.5.4 Radioimmunoassay 1.6 Nanotechnology-Based Techniques for Mycotoxin Detection
    1.6.1 Quartz Crystal Microbalance Immunosensor (QCMI)
    1.6.2 Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR)
    1.6.3 Electrochemical Immuno-Sensor Based on Nanoparticle
    1.6.4 Optical Waveguide Lightmode Spectroscopy
    References
    Chapter 2: Nanopesticides for Pest Control
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Classification and Traditional Applications of Pesticides
    2.3 Emergence of Biopesticides for Biological Control
    2.4 Transgenic Approach
    2.4.1 RNAi Technology: Sequence-Specific Silencing of Targeted Gene 2.8 Elemental and Specialized Nanoparticles as Nanopesticides
    2.8.1 Silica Nanoparticle
    2.8.2 Silver Nanoparticles and Nanoalumina
    2.8.3 Iron Oxide Nanoparticle
    2.8.4 Gold-Ferbam Nanoparticles
    2.9 Actual Concerns about Nanopesticides
    2.10 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Synthesis of Nanofertilizers by Planetary Ball Milling
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Nanofertilizers
    3.3 Synthesis Methods for Nanoparticles
    3.3.1 High Energy Ball Milling
    3.3.2 Synthesis of Nanoparticles Using a Planetary Ball Mill
    3.3.2.1 Milling Speed
    3.3.2.2 Milling Time
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shamsul Hayat, John Pichtel, Mohammad Faizan, Qazi Fariduddin, editors.
    Summary: Nanotechnology is a branch of science that embraces the study and application of nanoparticles (NPs), i.e., those particles having at least one dimension measuring from 1-100 nm. This book presents recent developments involving the role of nanoparticles on plant physiology and growth. Nanotechnology applications include improvement of agricultural production using bio-conjugated NPs (encapsulation), transfer of DNA in plants for development of insect pest-resistant varieties, nanoformulations of agrochemicals such as pesticides and fertilizers for crop improvement, and nanosensors/nanobiosensors in crop protection for identification of diseases and residues of agrochemicals. Recent findings on the increased use of nanotechnology in agriculture by densely populated countries such as China and India indicate that this technology may impart a substantial impact on reducing hunger, malnutrition, and child mortality. Nanomaterials have recently experienced significant scrutiny in the basic and applied sciences as well as in bio-nanotechnology. A range of NP types (e.g., ZnO-NPs, Au-NPs, CuO-NPs, CNTs, AgO-NPs and TiO2-NPs) have been examined by researchers for their impacts on plant growth and development. In addition, particle size, size distribution, shape, surface and core chemistry, crystallinity, agglomeration state, purity, redox potential, catalytic activity, surface charge, and porosity are being investigated to understand and predict the behavior of NPs. This book addresses these issues and many more. Chapters incorporate both theoretical and practical aspects of plant nanotechnology and may serve as baseline information for future research through which significant development is possible. This book will be useful to researchers, instructors and students both in universities and research institutes, especially in relation to biological and agricultural sciences.

    Contents:
    1. Nanomaterials: Scope, applications, and challenges in agriculture
    2. Nutrient phyto-availability upon nanoparticle application
    3. Effects of plant-based eco-friendly nanoparticles on growth, chemical composition and bioactivity of plants
    4. Effect of zinc oxide nanoparticles on crop plants: A perspective analysis
    5. Response of titanium nanoparticles to plant growth: Agricultural perspective
    6. Impact of silver oxide nanoparticles on plant physiology: A critical review
    7. Silicon nanoparticles and plants: Current knowledge and future perspectives
    8. Copper nanoparticles: A new generation of fungicidal agent and plant growth promoter
    9. Interaction of copper nanoparticles with plants: Uptake, accumulation and toxicity
    10. Nanotechnological advances with PGPR applications
    11. Impending and inadvertent abundance of engineered nanomaterials in soil: Vicissitudes to the soil microbiome and plant health
    12. Boon or bane: Nanomaterials in plant growth and development.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ankit Saneja, Amulya K. Panda, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This edited book comprises of eight chapters dealing on various aspects of pharmaceutical technology for delivery of natural products. Book chapters deal with the solubility and bioavailability enhancement technologies for natural products. Emphasis has also been given on the significance of delivery strategies for improving the therapeutic efficacy of paclitaxel, galantamine and tea constituents.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Pharmaceutical technology for improving the of bioavailability of natural products
    2. Solubility Enhancement Techniques for Natural Product Delivery
    3. Delivery of natural products using polymeric particles for cancer chemotherapeutics
    4. Chemistry, pharmacology and therapeutic delivery of major tea constituents
    5. Current approaches and recent advances in Galantamine Delivery for Alzheimer's
    6. Overview of Paclitaxel Delivery Systems
    7. Phytosomes as an emerging nanotechnology for herbal drug delivery
    8. Albumin as natural versatile drug carrier and various diseases treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ankit Saneja, Amulya K. Panda, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book covers nanotechnology based approaches for improving the therapeutic efficacy of natural products. It critically explores lipid nanoarchitectonics, inorganic particles and nanoemulsion based tools for delivering them. With its chapters from eminent experts working in this discipline, it is ideal for researchers and professionals working in the area.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Nanotechnology Applications for Natural Products Delivery
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Nanotechnologies Strategies to Optimize the Clinical Use of Natural Products
    1.2 Polymeric Nanocarriers
    1.2.1 Polymeric Nanoparticles
    1.2.2 Polymeric Micelles
    1.2.3 Dendrimers
    1.3 Lipid Nanocarriers
    1.3.1 Micro and Nanoemulsions
    1.3.2 Vesicles
    1.3.3 Nanocochleates
    1.3.4 Solid Lipid Nanoparticles
    1.3.5 Nanostructured Lipid Carriers
    1.4 Conclusions
    References 2.6 Natural Products from Plants Approved for Therapeutic Use
    2.7 Usage of Curcumin in Nanoparticles for Periodontal Disease Therapy
    2.8 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Nanocarriers as Tools for Delivery of Nature Derived Compounds and Extracts with Therapeutic Activity
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Problems Associated with Natural Compounds
    3.2.1 Solubility
    3.2.2 Permeability
    3.2.3 Stability
    3.3 Nanotechnology in Medicine
    3.4 Development of Nanocarrier Systems
    3.5 Nanotechnology in Delivery of Natural Products
    3.5.1 Resveratrol
    3.5.2 Artemisinin 3.5.3 Thymoquinone
    3.5.4 Rapamycin
    3.5.5 Naringenin
    3.5.6 Silymarin and Silibinin
    3.5.7 Cyclosporin
    3.5.8 Berberine
    3.5.9 Quercetin
    3.5.10 Epigallocatechin-3-gallate
    3.5.11 Natural Antibiotics
    3.5.12 Plant Extracts
    3.6 Challenges
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Nanoemulsions as Optimized Vehicles for Essential Oils
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Nanoemulsions: General Aspects
    4.3 Nanoemulsions: Composition
    4.3.1 Surfactants
    4.3.2 Types of Surfactants
    4.3.3 Oil Phase
    4.3.4 Essential Oils
    4.4 Preparation of Nanoemulsions 4.4.1 High-Energy Methods
    4.4.2 Low-Energy Methods
    4.4.3 Comparison Between Obtention Methods
    4.5 Stability of Nanoemulsions
    4.5.1 Instability Phenomena
    4.6 Characterization of Nanoemulsions
    4.6.1 Dynamic Light Scattering
    4.6.2 Zeta Potential
    4.6.3 Rheological Behavior
    4.6.4 Conductivity
    4.6.5 Phase Behavior
    4.7 Application of Nanoemulsions
    4.8 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Lipid Nanoarchitectonics for Natural Products Delivery in Cancer Therapy
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Organic and Inorganic Nanoparticles
    5.3 Lipid Nanoarchitectonics Chapter 2: Nanotechnology-Inspired Bionanosystems for Valorization of Natural Origin Extracts
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Methodology
    2.3 Medicinal Plants and Nanotechnology
    2.4 Nanomaterials Used in Combination with Plants Extracts
    2.4.1 Nanoemulsions
    2.4.2 Nanosuspensions
    2.4.3 Nanofibers
    2.4.4 Nanotubes
    2.4.5 Nanoparticles
    2.5 Properties and Applications of Plant-Based Nanomaterials
    2.5.1 Silver Nanomaterials
    2.5.2 Gold Nanomaterials
    2.5.3 Zinc Nanomaterials
    2.5.4 Iron Nanomaterials
    2.5.5 Nanofibers
    2.5.6 Nanoemulsions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book presents recent reviews on the occurrence, analysis, toxicity and remediation of pesticides in biological systems such as fish, chickens, water, soil and food.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Determination of Pesticide Residues in Fish
    Chapter 2 Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Pollen and Dairy Products
    Chapter 3 Monitoring and Evaluation of Pesticide Residues in Aquatic Systems
    Chapter 4 Pyrethroid and Residues in Chickens and Poultry Litter
    Chapter 5 Extraction Procedures and Chromatography of Pesticides Residues in Strawberries
    Chapter 6 Non-extractable Pesticide Residues in Soils
    Chapter 7 Pyrethroids Metabolites in Human Urine Samples
    Chapter 8 Remediation of Pesticide in Water
    Chapter 9 Strategy for the Inspection of Pesticide Residues in Food and Agriculture
    Chapter 10 Toxic Effects of Pesticides on Avifauna Inhabiting Wetlands
    Chapter 11 Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Biotic Matrices.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Harsh Panwar, Chetan Sharma, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Antibiotics have drastically improved the health and life expectancy of humans, yet the abrupt increase of antibiotic usage for animals, agriculture and healthcare has induced antimicrobial resistance. Antimicrobial resistance is leading to resurgence of deadly infectious diseases, calling for new cures. This book presents advanced therapies based on new and complementary drugs, and alternative techniques and strategies, such as phages, probiotics, flavonoids, essential oils, cellulose, peptides, nano delivery, iron starvation and vaccines.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Strategies for prevention and containment of antimicrobial resistance.-Chapter 2 Probiotics, Prebiotics and Synbiotics for the prevention of Antimicrobial Resistance
    Chapter 3 Plant natural products for mitigation of antibiotic resistance
    Chapter 4 Essential Oils as Potential Antimicrobial Agents
    Chapter 5 Polymeric Antimicrobials with Quaternary Ammonium Moieties
    Chapter 6 Nanoparticles: Powerful tool to mitigate antibiotic resistance
    Chapter 7 Antimicrobial Peptides and Peptidomimetics for the Control of Antibiotic Resistance
    Chapter 8 Exploiting the Achilles' heel of iron dependence in antibiotic resistant bacteria with new anti-microbial iron withdrawal agents
    Chapter 9 Potential for phage biotechnology to mitigate antimicrobial resistance in agriculture
    Chapter 10
    The Role of Vaccines in Combating Antimicrobial Resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vipin Kumar Singh, Rishikesh Singh, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews contaminants of emerging nature affecting the agroecosystem and includes important information regarding the their sources, types, transportation, environmental threats and strategies to decontaminate the affected agroecosystems. The contents of this volume will help the policy makers and environmental engineers in combating the continuously rising threats to cultivated ecosystems.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Sources of Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
    Chapter 1: Sources and Impacts of Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Naturally Produced Compounds
    1.3 Man-Made Chemicals
    1.3.1 Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products
    1.3.2 Bio-terrorism Agents
    1.3.2.1 Category A Agents and Diseases
    1.3.2.2 Category B Agents and Diseases
    1.3.2.3 Category C Agents and Diseases
    1.3.3 Persistent Organic Pollutants
    1.3.4 Nanomaterials 1.3.5 Metabolites and Transformation Products of Man-Made Chemicals
    1.3.6 Flame Retardants
    1.4 Agricultural Environment and Emerging Contaminants
    1.5 Effects of Emerging Contaminants on Ecosystems and Human Health
    1.6 Conclusion and Recommendations
    References
    Chapter 2: Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Traditional and Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Contamination in Agroecosystems
    2.2.1 Traditional Contaminants
    2.2.1.1 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Heavy Metals and Metalloids 2.2.1.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Organic Contaminants
    2.2.2 Emerging Contaminants
    2.2.2.1 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Antibiotics and Antibiotic Resistance Genes
    2.2.2.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Human Pathogens
    2.2.2.3 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Hormones, Endocrine Disruptors and Personal Care Products
    2.3 Fate of Sewage Wastewater and Sewage Sludge in Agroecosystem
    2.4 Advantages and Disadvantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agroecosystem 2.4.1 Advantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agriculture
    2.4.2 Disadvantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agriculture
    2.5 Treatment of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge for Application in Agroecosystem
    2.6 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 3: Dew as Source of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural System
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Dew Formation
    3.3 Role of Dew in Agricultural Systems
    3.3.1 Role of Dew as Water Source
    3.3.2 Role of Dew in Crop Productivity
    3.4 Sources of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural Fields 3.5 Transport Mechanism of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural Systems
    3.5.1 Emerging Contaminants Transmission in Atmosphere
    3.5.2 Chemical Interaction of Dew with Aerosol
    3.6 Negative Impacts of Dew
    3.7 Emerging Contaminants and Their Health Effects
    3.8 Conclusion and Future Recommendations
    References
    Chapter 4: Particulate Matter Pollution and Global Agricultural Productivity
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Particulate Matter Pollution and Air Quality
    4.2.1 Modern Air Quality: Crisis and Concern
    4.2.2 Categorization of Major Particulate Matter Pollutants
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse.
    Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications, developments, research trends, methods and issues related to the applications of industrial hemp for fundamental research and technology. Contains a complete overview of traditional and new applications of hemp.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Hemp Production
    Chapter 2 Traditional and New Applications of Hemp
    Chapter 3 Industrial Hemp in the USA: A Brief Synopsis
    Chapter 4 Hemp Fibers in Serbia: Cultivation, Processing, and Applications
    Chapter 5 Physico-chemical Characterization and Development of Hemp Aggregates for Highly Insulating Construction Building Materials
    Chapter 6 Modelling of the Hygrothermal Behaviour of Hemp Concrete
    Chapter 7 Hempseed Protein: Processing and Functional Properties
    Chapter 8 Functional and Bioactive Properties of Hemp Proteins
    Chapter 9 Hemp Seed as a Source of Food Proteins
    Chapter 10 Hemp Fibers for Wastewater Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Om V. Singh, Anuj K. Chandel, editors.
    Summary: "Nature offers abundant renewable resources that can be used to partially replace fossil fuels and commodity chemicals but issues of cost, technology readiness levels, and compatibility with existing distribution networks remain huge challenges. Cellulosic ethanol and biodiesel are the most immediately obvious target fuels, with hydrogen, methane and butanol as other potentially viable products. This book continues to bridge the technology gap and focus on critical aspects of lignocellulosic biomolecules and the respective mechanisms regulating their bioconversion to liquid fuels into energy and value-added products of industrial significance. This book is a collection of reviews elucidating several broad-ranging areas of progress and challenges in the utilization of sustainable resources of renewable energy, especially in biofuels. This book comes just at a time when government and industries are accelerating their efforts in the exploration of alternative energy resources, with expectations of the establishment of long-term sustainable alternatives to petroleum-based liquid fuels. Apart from liquid fuel this book also emphasizes the use of sustainable resources for value-added products, which may help in revitalizing the biotechnology industry at a broader scale. This book also provides a comprehensive review of basic literature and advance research methodologies to graduate students studying environmental microbiology, chemical engineering, bio-economy and microbial biotechnology."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Role ofSystematic Biology inBiorefining ofLignocellulosic Residues forBiofuels andChemicals Production; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Concept ofBiorefineries; 2.3 Biofuel asRenewable Energy Source; 2.4 Lignocellulosic Biomass forBioethanol Production; 2.5 Pretreatment oftheLignocellulosic Biomass; 2.5.1 Physical Pretreatment; 2.5.2 Chemical Pretreatment; 2.5.3 Biological Pretreatment; 2.6 Enzymatic Saccharification ofPretreated Lignocellulosic Biomass; 2.7 Ethanol Fermentation; 2.8 Biohydrogen asBiofuel. 2.18 Bacillus spp. forPHB Production2.19 Strategies forPHB Production; 2.19.1 Process Optimization forPHB Production; 2.19.2 Application ofGenetic Engineering Tools; 2.19.3 Pretreatment ofBiomass; 2.19.4 Structural Modifications ofPHB; 2.20 Lignocellulose Biomass forProduction ofIndustrial Enzymes; 2.21 Conclusion; 2.22 Future Prospects; References; 3 Biotechnological Advances inLignocellulosic Ethanol Production; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bioethanol Production: Statistics andGlobal Overview; 3.3 Potential Feedstock, Biomass Composition andSurplus Availability. 2.9 Microalgae forBiohydrogen Production2.10 Biobutanol asBiofuel; 2.11 Strategical Improvements forBiobutanol Production; 2.12 Lignocellulosic Biomass asSource ofPrebiotics; 2.12.1 Xylooligosaccharides asPrebiotics; 2.13 Delignification ofBiomass forXOS Production; 2.14 Xylan Extraction fromLignocellulosic Biomass; 2.14.1 Alkaline Extraction; 2.14.2 Acid Extraction; 2.14.3 Autohydrolysis; 2.15 Enzymatic Production ofXylooligosaccharides; 2.16 Strategical Improvements forProduction ofXOS; 2.17 Lignocellulosic Biomass forPolyhydroxybutyrate (PHB) Production. 3.4 Feedstock Processing toGenerate Sugars asBuilding Block3.5 Types ofPretreatment Methods; 3.5.1 Physical Pretreatment Approaches; 3.5.2 Chemical Pretreatment Methods; 3.5.3 Physicochemical Pretreatment Methods; 3.6 Biological Pretreatment Methods; 3.7 Biotechnological Advancements; 3.7.1 Microbial Production ofCellulases andEnzymatic Hydrolysis ofPretreated Substrates; 3.7.2 Hydrolysis ofPretreated Biomass; 3.8 Biotechnological Advancements; 3.8.1 Strategies Used toImprove Fungal Enzyme Production; 3.8.2 Mutagenesis; 3.8.3 Co-cultivation; 3.8.4 Metabolic Engineering. 3.8.5 Heterologous Expression3.8.6 Immobilization; 3.9 Bioethanol Recovery fromFermented Broth; 3.10 Conclusion; References; 4 Sustainable Production ofBiofuels fromWeedy Biomass andOther Unconventional Lignocellulose Wastes; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Technological Option andLimitations ofBiofuel Production; 4.3 Lignocellulosic Biomass Composition ofWeedy Biomass; 4.3.1 Cellulose (C6H10O5)n; 4.3.2 Hemicellulose (C5H8O4)n; 4.3.3 Lignin [C9H10O3(OCH3)]n; 4.4 Available Bioresources forSustainable Biofuel Production; 4.4.1 Agricultural byProducts; 4.5 Weedy Lignocellulosic Biomass.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Kim Gutschow, Robbie Davis-Floyd and Betty-Anne Daviss.
    Summary: This contributed volume explores flexible, adaptable, and sustainable solutions to the shockingly high costs of birth across the globe. It presents innovative and collaborative maternity care practices and policies that are intersectional, human rights-based, transdisciplinary, science-driven, and community-based. Each chapter describes participatory and midwifery-oriented care that helps improve maternal and newborn outcomes within minoritized populations. The featured case studies respond to resource constraints and inequities of access by transforming relations between providers and families or by creating more egalitarian relations among diverse providers such as midwives, obstetricians, and nurses that minimize inefficient hierarchies within maternity care. The authors build on a growing awareness that quality and respectful midwifery care has lower costs and improved outcomes for child bearers, newborns, and providers. Topics include: Sustainable collaborations including transfers of care among midwives and obstetricians in India, The Netherlands, Germany, United Kingdom, and Denmark Midwifery-oriented, femifocal, indigenous, and inclusive models of care that counter obstetric violence and gender stereotypes in Mexico, Chile, Guatemala, Argentina, and India Doula care and midwifery care for women of color, previously incarcerated women, indigenous women, and other minoritized groups in the global north and south Practices and metrics for improving quality of newborn and maternal care as well as maternal and newborn outcomes in disruptive times and disaster settings Sustainable Birth in Disruptive Times is an essential and timely resource for providers, policy makers, students, and activists with interests in maternity care, midwifery, medical anthropology, maternal health, newborn health, obstetrics, childbirth, medicine, and global health in disruptive times.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Brett Duane, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the why, what and how on delivering a sustainable dental practice. Dentists have a professional duty to support optimal oral health. They also have a moral duty to do so in a way that leaves the smallest footprint on this planet and takes their impacts on the environment and society into account. This book helps the reader to develop a sustainable practice, driven by prevention and delivering the right care at the right time and at the right place, within systems of universal, needs-based access to care. Readers learn how to opt for a practice that is supplied with sustainable energy and encourages biodiversity while building models of care that maximize remote patient engagement and avoid travel. Clear guidance is given on responsible decontamination, waste management and environmentally sensitive ways of managing people with anxiety or behavioural difficulties within the dental setting. The future of dentistry products and innovations to reduce environmental impacts in the dental practice are discussed. This book is a must-have for dentists, dental students and all members of the dental team.

    Contents:
    Sustainable Dentistry - An Urgent Need for Change
    Building a sustainable dental practice (considering the need to rebuild, material, location)
    Habitat level considerations for build options
    Reducing the energy needs of your dental practice
    Prevention; The sustainable practice initiative
    A guide to how to reduce the impact of PPE in your dental practice 200
    Responsible decontamination
    Supporting people and their behaviour in the dental setting as sustainably as reasonably achievable
    Buying sustainably and ethically for the dental practice
    Responsible waste management; using resources efficiently/responsibly
    The Future of dentistry products; How can we redesign the products we create
    Sustainability: The need to transform oral health systems
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Pia Katila, Carol J. Pierce Colfer, Wil de Jong, Glenn Galloway, Pablo Pacheco, Georg Winkel.
    Summary: "Its successful implementation will reduce consumption of wood fuels, offset by increases in the use of hydrocarbon-based fuels or other cleaner energy sources. Future energy trends include turning to improved wood fuels, like wood pellets and the use of liquid biomass fuels, like palm oil-based biodiesel, whose production may happen at the expense of forests"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Mahadi Hasan Masud, Azharul Karim, Anan Ashrabi Ananno, Asif Ahmed.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive review of renewable energy-based sustainable drying techniques for developing countries. Aspiring towards a world with zero food waste, the book has provided discussion on sustainable drying techniques in terms of energy efficiency. The socio-economic condition of each developing country is unique; therefore, has specific technological requirements. As such, the book presents discussions on food waste scenario around the world, the socio-economic status of developing countries and their correlation with food. The book gives an overview of the quality aspects of drying, along with the required energy and time to retain these features. Additionally, a method of selecting drying techniques for developing countries, taking the cost and safety factor into consideration, has been discussed extensively Also, the renewable and non-renewable energy resources of low income, lower-middle income, middle income, and high-income developing countries have been analyzed and presented. The book also highlights the available drying techniques that are currently being practiced by the consumers and industries of developing countries. The book recommends ten sustainable drying technologies for the developing countries and describes their working principle. Discussion on potential challenges for sustainable drying technology adoption is also presented. The book presents up-to-date research on sustainable drying techniques and their impact on developing countries to reduce food waste. Food waste is not only a humanitarian concern but also a threat to environmental sustainability. Currently, one-third of all produced food is being wasted, when nearly 805 million people - including children remain undernourished on a daily basis. In an effort to solve this crisis, a number of food preservations techniques are being practiced in food supply chain. Drying is one such preservation technique that prevents microbial proliferation, slows enzymatic reaction and preserves the physio-chemical properties of food. Albeit, drying is an effective means of food preservation; it is also highly energy-intensive. Developing countries do not have sufficient energy and financial resources to adopt conventional (expensive and high energy) drying techniques. As such, this is the first reference work dedicated to discussing the prospects and challenges of sustainable (renewable energy based and inexpensive) drying techniques for developing countries in order to reduce food waste. Sustainable food drying techniques in developing countries: Prospects and Challenges is a singular work in the field of food preservation and affordable drying technology. .

    Contents:
    Insights into Drying
    Energy Requirement in Drying
    Energy Scenario in Developing Countries
    Existing drying Technologies in Developing Countries
    Proposal of Sustainable drying techniques in Developing Countries
    Challenges in Drying Sector
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah Asiri, editors.
    Summary: Urbanization, industrialization, and unethical agricultural practices have considerably negative effects on the environment, flora, fauna, and the health and safety of humanity. Over the last decade, green chemistry research has focused on discovering and utilizing safer, more environmentally friendly processes to synthesize products like organic compounds, inorganic compounds, medicines, proteins, enzymes, and food supplements. These green processes exist in other interdisciplinary fields of science and technology, like chemistry, physics, biology, and biotechnology, Still the majority of processes in these fields use and generate toxic raw materials, resulting in techniques and byproducts which damage the environment. Green chemistry principles, alternatively, consider preventing waste generation altogether, the atom economy, using less toxic raw materials and solvents, and opting for reducing environmentally damaging byproducts through energy efficiency. Green chemistry is, therefore, the most important field relating to the sustainable development of resources without harmfully impacting the environment. This book provides in-depth research on the use of green chemistry principles for a number of applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    New approaches for renewable energy using metal electrocatalysts for lithium-O2 and zinc-air batteries
    Biodiesel production for the sustainable development of chemical industry
    Cellulose based green and sustainable energy
    Design of dithienopyrrole-based organic dyes for efficient dye-sensitized solar cells: Strategies and outcome
    Sonochemical production of hydrogen: A novel approach
    Impact of alcohol and its blends on engine performance
    Photovoltaic performance of bipyridine and dipyridophenazine-based ruthenium complexes in application of dye-sensitized solar cell sensitizers
    Compressed fluids for food by-products biorefinery
    Green and sustainable biomass processing for fuels and chemicals
    Enriching of carotenes by supercritical desorption of buriti oil (Mauritia flexuosa Mart.) from alumina adsorbent
    Utilization of bio waste in green chemistry
    The role of heterogeneous catalysts in cellulose conversion to platform chemicals and biofuels
    Potential of neem oil as source of biodiesel
    Sustainable photocatalyst for energy and environment application
    Implementation guidelines for modelling gasification processes in computational fluid dynamics: A tutorial overview approach
    Sustainable cellulose based absorbents for heavy metal remediation
    Recent trend in photo-catalytic water of azo dyes
    Hospital effluents treatment
    Solar photocatalytic treatment of tannery effluent
    Modification of natural fibers by graft copolymerization and their environmental applications
    Dye degradation for environmental remediation
    Exploring natural coagulant application in the treatment of water for safe drinking
    Sustainable technologies for the wastewater treatment generated by leather industry sector: Regulation and economic aspects
    Physical and biological techniques to remediate carcinogenic Cr(VI) from industrial effluents
    Separation of industrial effluents
    Application of polymers in purification of industria l wastewater
    Role of disinfectants in green chemistry
    Sonochemistry in green processes: modeling, experiments and technology
    Biosynthesis of silymarin through plant in-vitro cultures
    Chemistry for new frontiers in supramolecular theranostics
    Cellulose nanocrystal aerogels: Synthesis, functional properties, and applications
    Graphene oxide: An efficient, and recyclable nano catalyst for the synthesis of 2-substituted benzimidazoles from aldehydes and diamines at ambient temperature
    Green synthesis of TiO2 nanomaterials photocatalyst
    Green corrosion inhibitors for industrial cleaning processes
    Cellulose amphiphilic materials: Chemistry, process, and applications
    Oleogels and their applications
    Measuring corrosion abrasion in various solid-fluid systems
    Base-free conversion of aldose sugar to aldonic acid
    Treatment of dairy products with conversion of useful bio-products
    Green corrosion inhibitor for petroleum pipelines
    Impact and challenges of polymerization
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chrystel Y. Olivier, Tim J. Dumonceaux, Edel Pérez-López, editors.
    Summary: With 160+ countries and islands, the tropical belt is the geographical region centered on the equator and limited by the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn. Tropical agricultural production is mostly for local consumption but cash crops are also present. Tropical agriculture is characterized by a significant lack of capital in research and agricultural systems and by a high prevalence of insect pests and diseases. Phytoplasma diseases are associated by bacteria-like pathogens living in plant sap and spread by sap-feeding insects. They are emerging diseases and are difficult to control, mostly because their epidemiology is not known. This book will focus on detection and prevention of phytoplasma diseases in field and horticultural crops grown in the tropical belt. The book will review current prevention methods used in small and large-scale farms, and present research results aiming at developing sustainable management of phytoplasma diseases in the tropics.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: The CpnClassiPhyR Facilitates Phytoplasma Classification and Taxonomy Using cpn60 Universal Target Sequences
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Results
    1.2.1 Generation of Novel cpn60 UT Sequences from Previously Unexplored Phytoplasmas
    1.2.2 The CpnClassiPhyR: A Cpn(60-Based) Classi(Fier for) Phy(Toplasmas Using) R(FLP) Analysis
    1.2.3 New Group/Subgroup Registration Service
    1.2.4 CpnClassiPhyR Output
    1.2.5 Application of the CpnClassiPhyR to the Identification of New Groups and Subgroups
    1.2.6 Discrepancies 1.2.7 Application of the CpnClassiPhyR to cpn60 Sequences Extracted from Genomes
    1.3 Discussion
    1.4 Materials and Methods
    1.4.1 Generation of cpn60 and 16S rRNA Amplicon from Phytoplasmas
    1.4.2 CpnClassiPhyR Code
    1.4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis
    1.4.4 Examination of Genome Sequences for 16S rRNA and cpn60 Gene Sequences
    1.5 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 2: Epidemiology of Non-culturable Phloem-Limited Pathogens of Citrus
    Case Study Phytoplasma
    2.1 Introduction: Citrus and Citriculture in Iran
    2.2 Challenging Diseases of Citrus in Iran 2.2.1 Witches' Broom Disease of Lime (WBDL), Host Range, and Plant Response to the Pathogen
    2.2.2 Greening or Huanglongbing, Host Range, and Plant Response to the Pathogen
    2.3 Practical Measures to Control Phloem-Limiting Pathogens of Citrus
    Case Study Phytoplasma
    2.3.1 WBDL and HLB Origins and Foreign and Internal Quarantine for Effective Sanitation Practices in Citrus Orchards
    2.3.2 Accurate and Early Detection of the Pathogen
    2.3.3 Vector Control by Chemical Spray
    2.3.4 Eradication of Trees with Symptoms 2.3.5 Control of CPa by Injecting Surfactant or Antibiotic Tetracycline
    2.3.6 Cross-Protection
    2.3.7 Breeding Programs and Horticultural Best Practices
    2.3.8 New Tools Through Implementation of Genetic Engineering
    2.4 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 3: Occurrence and Distribution of Phytoplasma Diseases in Iran
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Phytoplasma Diseases in Poaceae
    3.3 Phytoplasma Diseases in Vegetable Crops
    3.4 Phytoplasma Diseases in Oilseed Crops
    3.5 Phytoplasma Diseases in Alfalfa
    3.6 Phytoplasma Diseases in Weeds and Ornamental Plants 3.7 Phytoplasma Diseases in Pome Fruits
    3.8 Phytoplasma Diseases in Stone Fruits
    3.9 Phytoplasma Diseases in Grapevine
    3.10 Phytoplasma Diseases in Citrus Crops
    3.11 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Diversity of Phytoplasmas in Cuba, Their Geographic Isolation and Potential Development of Management Strategies
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Economically Important Plants Infected by Phytoplasmas in Cuba
    4.2.1 Sapodilla
    4.2.2 Soybean
    4.2.3 Papaya
    4.3 Diversity of 'Candidatus Phytoplasma' Species in Cuba
    4.4 Insect Vectors Transmitting Phytoplasmas in Cuba
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Swaroop Meena, Sandeep Kumar, Jitendra Singh Bohra, Mangi Lal Jat, editors.
    Summary: Fertilizers have been used extensively around the globe since the Green Revolution, due to the high subsidies. However, extensive fertilizer use exacerbates soil degradation and causes yield stagnation, and as a result threatens food security and soil sustainability, especially in developing countries. This means that sustainable soil and environmental management are vital to provide food and nutritional security for present and future generations. This has led to the International Union of Soil Science (IUSS) declaring 2015-2024 the International Decade of Soils. This book focuses on the impact of sustainable management of soil and environment on improving the functioning of soil-ecosystems and agronomic productivity, and also discusses food security, nutrient cycling, recent advances in INM technologies, eco-friendly cultivation, agricultural practices to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, as well as conservation agriculture and its effects, and strategies for soil sustainability. Offering a comprehensive overview of management in the context of the sustainability of soil and the agroecosystems that it supports, it demonstrates the options available and provides insights into restoring soil health and matching soil nutrient supply with crop demand to ensure nutritional security in an eco-friendly environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Soil and Environmental Management
    Chapter 2. Strategies to Practice Climate-Smart Agriculture to Improve the Livelihoods under Rice -Wheat Cropping System in South Asia
    Chapter 3. Soil Erosion and Management Strategies
    Chapter 4. Conservation Agriculture: Perspectives to Soil and Environmental Management in Indo-Gangetic Plains of South Asia
    Chapter 5. Improved Soil Environment under Conservation Agriculture
    Chapter 6. Legumes for Sustainable Soil and Crop Management
    Chapter 7. Legume Root Rot Control Through Soil Management for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 8. Fate and Behavior of Pesticides and Their Effect on Soil Biological Properties under Climate Change Scenario
    Chapter 9. Agricultural Socio-economic Effects in Colombia due to Degradation of Soils
    Chapter 10. Soil Microbes for Sustainable Agriculture. Chapter 11. Enzymes in Relation to Soil Biological Properties and Sustainability.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, R. Shane Tubbs, Ahmet T. Turgut, Aaron S. Dumont, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the sutures of the skull. The premature closure of the sutures of the skull (craniosynostosis) due to genetic or metabolic etiologies results in typical progressive skull deformity, due to both the inhibition of growth caused by the affected cranial suture and associated compensatory expansion of the skull along the open ones. Today, it is well known that early diagnosis of craniosynostosis is crucial for the best surgical outcomes and for the normal development of the brain and cosmetic appearance of the skull. As such, in addition to the anatomy, biology, genetics and embryology of the sutures of the skull, the book also covers the diagnosis and treatment of different forms of craniosynostosis such as metopism, and animal models for cranial suture research. This comprehensive work is a valuable resource for neuroscientists at all levels, from graduate students to researchers, as well as neurosurgeons, neuroanatomists, pediatricians, and neurologists seeking both basic and more advanced information on the unique structure of the sutures of the human skull.

    Contents:
    Overview
    The Sutures of the Skull: A Historical Perspective
    Embryological and Histological Features of the Cranial Sutures
    Anatomy of the Sutures of the Calvaria
    Anatomy of the Sutures of the Skullbase
    Anatomy of the Sutures of the Face
    Normal Growth of the Sutures of the Skull
    Variations of the Sutures of the Skull
    Metopism: Anatomical, Clinical and Surgical Aspects
    Skull Sutures as Anatomical Landmarks
    Biomechanical Features of the Sutures of the Skull
    Radiological Evaluation of the Sutures of the Skull
    The Biology of the Sutures of the Skull
    Types of Craniosynostosis and their Etiology, Pathophysiology and Epidemiology
    Genetic Features of Craniosynostosis
    Imaging Modalities in Craniosynostosis
    Craniofacial Syndromes and Syndromic Craniosynostoses
    Surgery for Craniosynostosis
    ExperimentalAnimal Models in Cranial Suture Biology Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Eri Hotta.
    Summary: "Shinichi Suzuki, of the eponymous Suzuki Method, debunked Western stereotypes about "authentic" classical performance while transforming music education globally. Yet as Eri Hotta shows, his movement was about much more than developing music skills. A committed humanist, he aspired to nurture the potential, musical or otherwise, in every child"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    No Ordinary Childhood, No Ordinary Environment
    Formative Encounters
    Enchanted Circles
    Berlin, the Golden City
    For the Sake of Beautiful Tone
    "No Such Thing as a Born Genius"
    Picking Up the Pieces
    The World Is His Stage
    "Suzuki Messodo"-In My Time.
    Digital Access 2022
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    ML423.S96 H67 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Kenneth F. Swaiman, Stephen Ashwal, Donna M Ferriero, Nina F Schor, Richard S Finkel, Andrea L Gropman, Phillip L Pearl, Michael Shevell.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gauri Mankekar, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of swallowing
    Physiology of swallowing
    Swallowing disorders: Clinical features & diagnosis
    Assessment of swallowing disorders
    Endoscopic management of swallowing disorders
    Radiological diagnosis in swallowing disorders
    Neurogenic dysphagia
    Medical management of swallowing disorders
    Pediatric dysphagia
    Presbyphagia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    editor-in-chief, Alfred F. Tallia, MF, MPH, co-editors, Joseph E. Scherger, MD, MPH, Nancy W. Dickey, MD.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC58 .S93 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Denis Jalabert, Ian Vickridge, Amal Chabli.
    Summary: This book examines the different ion beam analysis techniques, which find relevant applications in the field of nanoscience. Ion beam analysis techniques are well established and have been widely used in materials sciences since the 1960s. Over the past two decades, the emergence of nanomaterials in science and technology has pushed many analytical techniques to their limits. This is also the case for techniques using an ion beam to probe nanoscale objects. The book discusses the various possibilities of the ion beam analysis for nanosciences and also seeks to position these techniques over other analytical tools.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Fundamentals of ion-soliday interactions with a focus on the nanoscale
    Instruments and methods
    Applications
    The place of nanoIBA in the characterization forest.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Christoph Fischer, Berthold Traub, editors.
    Summary: The Swiss National Forest Inventory (NFI) is a forest survey on national level which started in 1982 and has already reached its 5th survey cycle (NFI5). It can be characterized as a multisource and multipurpose inventory where information is mainly collected from terrestrial field surveys using permanent sample plots. In addition, data from aerial photography, GIS and forest service questionnaires are also included. The NFI's main objective is to provide statistically reliable and sound figures to stakeholders such as politicians, researchers, ecologists, forest service, timber industry, national and international organizations as well as to international projects such as the Forest Resources Assessment of the United Nations. For Switzerland, NFI results are typically reported on national and regional level. State of the art methods are applied in all fields of data collection which have been proven to be of international interest and have even served as a basis for other European NFIs. The presented methods are applicable to any sample based forest inventory around the globe. In 2001 the Swiss NFI published its methods for the first time. Since then, many methodological changes and improvements have been introduced. This book describes the complete set of methods and revisions since NFI2. It covers various topics ranging from inventory design and statistics to remote sensing, field survey methods and modelling. It also describes data quality concepts and the software framework used for data storage, statistical analysis and result presentation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Swiss NFI at a Glance; 1: Swiss NFI at a Glance; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History and Objectives; 1.3 Legal Status, Obligations and Organisations; 1.4 Assessing Information Needs and NFI Impacts; 1.5 Content, Data Collection and Methods; 1.5.1 Content; 1.5.2 Design, Sampling Methods and Periodicity; 1.5.3 Data Collection and Analyses; 1.6 Reporting, Products and Services; 1.6.1 Reporting; 1.6.2 Other Products; 1.6.3 Services; Appendix; References; Part II: Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures 2.3.4 Sampling of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.1 Motivation; 2.3.4.2 Poisson Sampling of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.3 Fixed Association of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.4 Optimal Sampling Schemes for Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.5 Tariff Tree Selection in NFI1; 2.3.5 Sampling Pieces of Lying Deadwood; 2.3.6 Sampling Young Trees; 2.4 Sampling Design of the NFI; 2.4.1 Basic Sampling Methods in Area Sampling; 2.4.2 Sampling Frames of the NFI; 2.4.3 NFI Panels for Terrestrial Data Collection; 2.4.4 NFI Panels for Auxiliary Data Collection; 2.5 Estimation Procedures; 2.5.1 Basic Estimators; 2.5.2 Use of Auxiliary Data 2.5.3 Domain Estimation; 2.5.4 Sampling Error and Confidence Intervals; 2.6 Estimation of Change; 2.6.1 Time Schedule Effects; 2.6.2 Dates and Calendar Years; 2.6.3 Vegetation Periods; 2.7 Net Change with Independent Samples; 2.7.1 Pooled Annual Panels; 2.7.2 Average Annual Change; 2.8 Estimation of Change Using Annual Panels; 2.8.1 The Role of Area Domains; 2.8.2 Average Change Per Unit Area; 2.8.3 Average Annual Change; 2.9 Change in the Population of Trees; 2.9.1 Definitions and Notation; 2.9.2 Change Components; 2.9.3 Derivation of Change Components for Tariff Trees; Appendix; References
    Chapter 2: Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Survey Sampling; 2.1.2 Chapter Contents; 2.2 Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures; 2.2.1 Population of Interest; 2.2.2 Forest and Shrub Forest Area; 2.2.3 Trees; 2.2.3.1 Tally Trees; 2.2.3.2 Young Trees; 2.2.4 Lying Deadwood; 2.2.5 Further Elements; 2.2.5.1 Forest Edge Survey; 2.2.5.2 Forest Road Survey; 2.3 Sampling Design; 2.3.1 Population Parameters of Interest; 2.3.2 Infinite Population Approach; 2.3.2.1 Local Density Functions in NFI; 2.3.2.2 Area Domain Estimation; 2.3.3 Sampling of Tally Trees Part III: Remote Sensing;
    Chapter 3: Remote Sensing Data Sources; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Data Sources; References;
    Chapter 4: Remote Sensing Data Management; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Database Model; 4.3 Controlling Processes and Resulting Data; References;
    Chapter 5: Stereo GIS Application for Aerial-Image Interpretation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Toolbar for Stereo GIS Application; 5.3 Image-Data Management; 5.4 Terrain Data, Topographic Maps and Feature Data Management; 5.5 Data Collection; 5.6 Data Checking; References;
    Chapter 6: Variables on the Sample Plot Captured by the Stereo GIS Application
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Dawn Graham.
    Summary: "Switchers shows you how to land your dream position. Written by a top career coach, licensed psychologist, former recruiter, and a switcher herself, this book explains how to break past obstacles, maintain your motivation, and launch a better, more rewarding career. Packed with stories and examples showing why some people succeed and others stumble, this insightful and inspirational book will give your fresh perspectives and a structured job-hunting process that works."--Book jacket "Don't settle ... SUCCEED in the right career! Are you stuck in an unsatisfying job? In the wrong profession? An industry that just isn't a fit? Get unstuck! Land a new career--one you're genuinely passionate about. Switchers helps you realize that dream. Written by celebrated career coach and psychologist Dr. Dawn Graham, the book provides proven strategies that will get you where you want to go."--Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Choose your switch. Are you a switcher? The "magic" equation for seizing career success
    The psychology of the job search (and how to use it to your advantage!)
    Clarifying your plan A. If you don't invest, why should they? Figure out your plan A
    Change isn't linear : mapping your path to a career switch
    Craft your brand value proposition. (Re)brand or be branded : craft your professional identity
    Your career story : where reason meets intuition
    What got you here won't get you there : the proactive job search
    Create ambassadors. No excuses: your network is your net worth
    The new way to network : create ambassadors
    Keep the ball in your court. How to never have a bad interview : what are they really asking?
    It's not fair (it really isn't!)
    Always sleep on it : get ready to negotiate!
    Never look for a job again (Get recruited!)
    Appendix: How to choose a career coach.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 117
    1
  • Print
    Contents:
    Contents
    Course 1. Inflammatory dermatoses, rewritten and rev. by H. Montgomery and E.B. Helwig
    Course 2. Granulomatous dermatoses, rev. by Tobias R. Funt [and others]
    Course 3. Nevi and neoplasms, rewritten and rev. by David W. Kersting [and others].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T72 .A51
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Malgorzata Kloc, editor.
    Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive overview of the latest developments in symbiosis research. It covers molecular, organellar, cellular, immunologic, genetic and evolutionary aspects of symbiotic interactions in humans and other model systems. The book also highlights new approaches to interdisciplinary research and therapeutic applications. Symbiosis refers to any mutually beneficial interaction between different organisms. The symbiotic origin of cellular organelles and the exchange of genetic material between hosts and their bacterial and viral symbionts have helped shaped the current diversity of life. Recently, symbiosis has gained a new level of recognition, due to the realization that all organisms function as a holobiome and that any kind of interference with the hosts influences their symbionts and vice versa, and can have profound consequences for the survival of both. For example, in humans, the microbiome, i.e., the entirety of all the microorganisms living in association with the intestines, oral cavity, urogenital system and skin, is partially inherited during pregnancy and influences the maturation and functioning of the human immune system, protects against pathogens and regulates metabolism. Symbionts also regulate cancer development, wound healing, tissue regeneration and stem cell function. The medical applications of this new realization are vast and largely uncharted. The composition and robustness of human symbionts could make them a valuable diagnostic tool for predicting impending diseases, and the manipulation of symbionts could yield new strategies for the treatment of incurable diseases.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Transfer of genetic information, nuclear symbiosis, and cellular differentiation
    1. Viral Symbiosis in the Origins and Evolution of Life with a Particular Focus on the Placental Mammals
    2. Gene Transfer Agents in Symbiotic Microbes
    3. Evolution from free-living bacteria to endosymbionts of insects: genomic changes and the importance of the chaperonin GroEL
    4. Epidemiology of nucleus-dwelling Holospora: infection, transmission, adaptation, and interaction with Paramecium
    5. Trends in symbiont-induced host cellular differentiation
    Part 2. Origin, adaptations and evolutionary aspects of symbiosis
    6. We're in this together: Sensation of the host cell environment by endosymbiotic bacteria
    7. Phenotype Heritability in Holobionts: An Evolutionary Model
    8. The role of constructive neutral evolution in the development of complexity from symbioses: A microbe-centric view
    9. Chemiosmosis, evolutionary conflict, and eukaryotic symbiosis
    10. Symbiotic origin of apoptosis
    11. The puzzling conservation and diversification of lipid droplets from bacteria to eukaryotes
    Part 3. Evolution and role of symbiosis in photosynthesis and nitrogen fixation
    12. Evolution of Photosynthetic Eukaryotes; Current Opinion, Perplexity and a New Perspective
    13. The photosynthetic adventure of Paulinella spp
    14. The evolutionary aspects of legume nitrogen-fixing nodule symbiosis
    15. Early molecular dialogue between legumes and rhizobia: why are they so important?
    Part 4. Diversity of nematode and insect symbionts
    16. The Wolbachia Symbiont: Here, There and Everywhere
    17. The Wolbachia Symbiont: Here, There and Everywhere
    18. The Diversity of Symbiotic Systems in Scale Insects
    19. Bacterial Symbionts of Tsetse Flies: Relationships and Functional Interactions between Tsetse and their Symbionts
    Part 5. Symbiosis, adaptive and immune responses, and therapeutic interventions
    20. Our microbiome: on the challenges, promises, and hype
    21. Endosymbiont-mediated adaptive responses to stress in holobionts
    22. Microbial Metabolites as Molecular Mediators of Host-Microbe Symbiosis in Colorectal Cancer
    23. The macrophages and intestinal symbiosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Zhiyong Li, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the symbiotic microbiomes of invertebrates in coral reefs, especially sponges and corals. It provides in-depth and up-to-date reviews on the microbial structure and diversity, metabolism and function, symbiosis and coevolution, environment and adaption, and bioactive potentials. Meanwhile, the future perspectives will be discussed according to the existing problems and the development trend. This book will be of particular interest to the professionals in marine ecology, marine biotechnology, as well as medicinal chemists and molecular biologists.

    Contents:
    Coral reef ecosystem
    Sponge and coral microbiomes
    Microbial diversity of sponge/coral microbiomes
    Endolithic mocrobes in coral skeletons: algae or bacteria?
    The bacteria endozoicomonas: community dynamics, diversity, genomes, and potential impacts on corals
    Microbes in gorgonian and soft corals
    Marine sponge holobionts in health and disease
    After the taxonomic identification phase: addressing the functions of symbiotic communities within marine invertebrates
    Carbon and nitrogen metabolism of sponge microbiome
    Integrative omics approach for the community function evaluation of sponge and coral microbiomes
    Response of sponge microbiomes to environmental variations
    Biosynthesis of antibiotics from microbial symbionts of sponges and corals
    Marine natural products from marine sponge microorganisms
    Marine natural products from marine coral-derived microorganisms
    Natural products from sponges
    Natural products from corals
    Mass production of natural products from microbes derived from sponges and corals
    Marine enzymes from microbial symbionts of sponges and corals
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Neeraj Shrivastava, Shubhangi Mahajan, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: This book explores microbial symbiosis, with a particular focus on soil microorganisms, highlighting their application in enhancing plant growth and yield. It addresses various types of bacterial and fungal microbes associated with symbiotic phenomena, including rhizobium symbiosis, arbuscular mycorrhizal symbiosis, ectomycorrhizal symbiosis, algal/lichen symbiosis, and Archeal symbiosis. Presenting strategies for employing a diverse range of bacterial and fungal symbioses in nutrient fortification, adaptation of plants in contaminated soils, and mitigating pathogenesis, it investigates ways of integrating diverse approaches to increase crop production under the current conventional agroecosystem. Providing insights into microbial symbioses and the challenges of adopting a plant-microbe synergistic approach towards plant health, this book is a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students and anyone in industry working on bio-fertilizers and their agricultural applications.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Part I: Fungal Symbiosis
    Chapter 1: Current Status-Enlightens in Its Biology and Omics Approach on Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Community
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Goal for Studying Its Biology and Omics Approaches
    1.3 Phylogeny of New Speices of AMF
    1.4 Genomics
    1.5 Fungal Metabolism During Symbiotic Life
    1.6 Proteomics
    1.7 Symbiotic Root-Microbe Interactions
    1.8 Enzymes
    1.9 Biology of AMF on Different Crops: Insight and Impact
    1.10 AMF Applications in Different Crops Under Varied Agro-Ecology
    1.11 Opportunities and Challenges: AMF 1.12 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: An Insight through Root-Endophytic-Mutualistic Association in Improving Crop Productivity and Sustainability
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Endophyte Distribution Pattern, Grouping, and Transmission Mode
    2.3 The Beneficial Endophytic Secretions: Bioactive Natural Products
    2.3.1 The Antimicrobial Bioactive Metabolites
    2.3.2 Anti-Insect Bioactive Potential
    2.4 The Quadra-Brigade of Endophytic Microbes: The Components of EPHś
    2.4.1 Rhizobiaceae
    2.4.2 Piriformaspora indica
    2.4.3 Trichodermal strains 2.4.4 AMF: Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi
    2.5 EPHs: A Mutualistic Boon for Sustainable Agriculture
    2.5.1 Promoting Plant Growth and Increasing Market Value
    2.5.2 Integrated Pest and Disease Management
    2.6 Successful Trials: Integrating Crop Management Practices with Endophytic Symbionts
    2.6.1 The SRI Trial: System of Rice Intensification
    2.7 Improved Agricultural Prospective of EPHs
    2.7.1 Developing Tolerance to Stress by Optimizing the Redox Environment
    2.7.2 Sequestering the Future Agricultural Stress
    2.8 Conclusion
    References 3.6.4 Endophytic Fungal Products as Anticancer Agents
    3.6.5 Antidiabetic Agents from Endophytes
    3.7 Conclusion and Future Insights
    References
    Chapter 4: Unravelling the Role of Endophytes in Micronutrient Uptake and Enhanced Crop Productivity
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Major Groups of Endophytic Microbes
    4.2.1 Fungal Endophytes
    4.2.2 Class 1 Clavicipitaceous Endophytes
    4.2.3 Class 2 Endophytes
    4.2.4 Class 3 Endophytes
    4.2.5 Class 4 Endophytes
    4.2.6 Bacterial Endophytes
    4.2.7 The Ecology of Competent Endophytes
    4.2.8 Host Range
    4.2.9 Physiological Role Chapter 3: Interaction Between Root Endophytes and Plants: Their Bioactive Products and Significant Functions
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Lifestyle of Root Endophytes
    3.3 Plant-Endophyte Relationship
    3.4 Bioactive Product Synthesized by Endophytes
    3.4.1 Ambuic Acid
    3.4.2 Cryptocin
    3.4.3 Colutellin A
    3.4.4 Pesatcin
    3.4.5 Torreyanic Acid
    3.5 Influence of Endophytes on Genetic and Phenotypic Expression of Plants
    3.6 Significant Role of Root Endophytes
    3.6.1 Endophytes Are Saprobic Decomposers
    3.6.2 Endophytes as Producer of Antibiotics
    3.6.3 Antiviral Compounds
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Symposia Fondation Mérieux to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Lejwa, Arthur; Youmans, John B.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Nutritional anemia / edited by Arthur Lejwa
    v. 2. Plasma proteins / edited by J.B. Youmans.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L299 .R63
    2
  • Digital
    Deepak M. Kamat, Lalitha Sivaswamy, editors.
    Summary: Primary health care providers such as pediatricians and family medicine physicians commonly encounter children with neurologic symptoms such as headache, double vision, facial weakness etc. Most books currently available in the specialty of pediatric neurology are disorder based, and most of them are geared towards pediatric neurologists, not generalists who take care of children. A common thread amongst most currently available books in Pediatric Neurology is that the practitioner already knows what disorder the child is suffering from. This book focuses on symptoms to a large extent. However, children with chronic neurological conditions will follow up with their primary care physicians after their visit with the sub-specialists. They may have questions or ongoing concerns regarding the diagnosis that has been made or being considered. This book attempts to provide information to the primary care physician regarding management and follow up of such children as well. This book serves as a guide for busy clinicians who take care of children presenting with neurological symptoms- with special emphasis on symptoms that are commonly encountered in clinical practice. For each symptom, a brief introduction is given as well as a definition and epidemiologic information for the given symptom. Readers are also instructed on what historical features and physical examinations are essential in narrowing the differential diagnosis. A recommendation on the management of the condition is then established. Instructions on when one should refer the patient to subspecialists for further evaluation and management are clearly laid out. Finally, a list of appropriate resources is provided for families, as well as clinical pearls that can be quickly scanned when one is pressed for time. The overarching goal of this book is to enable the primary care physician to make a confident diagnosis, triage efficiently and initiate treatment if need be. Written by experts in the field, Symptom-Based Approach to Pediatric Neurology is a valuable resource for evaluation and management of children presenting with neurologic symptoms for primary care providers who take care of children.

    Contents:
    Child with Altered Mental Status (Delirium, Acute Confusional State, Somnolence, Encephalopathy, Coma)
    Child with Global Developmental Delay
    Child with Pure Language Delay
    Child with Suspected Autism
    Child with New Onset Seizures
    Child with Epilepsy
    Child with Syncope
    Child with Sleep Disturbances
    Child with Unilateral or Bilateral Vision Loss
    Child with Diplopia
    Child with Facial Weakness
    Child with Facial Numbness
    Child with Hearing Loss
    Child with Difficulty Swallowing/Change in Voice
    Child with Dysarthria
    Child with New Onset Headache
    Child with Chronic Headache
    Child with New Onset Hemiparesis
    Child with New Onset Paraparesis
    Child with Tics/Other Unusual Movements
    Child with Torticollis
    Child with Macrocephaly
    Child with Microcephaly
    Child with Ataxia
    Child with Closed Head Injury
    Child with Altered Personality/Mood Disturbances
    Neonate with Low Tone
    Child with Acute Muscle Weakness
    Child with Foot Drop/Wrist Drop
    Child with Chronic Pain Syndromes
    Child with Vertigo/Dizziness
    Child with loss of hearing
    child with abnormal eye movements
    Child with Neurocutaneous syndrome
    Child with cerebral palsy
    Approach to childhood Neurological Emergencies
    Neurological Complications of Immunizations
    Child with Suspected Autoimmune Encephalitis
    Child with Suspected Multiple Sclerosis
    Child with Suspected Metabolic Disorder with Neurological Presentations
    Neurological Investigations for the Primary Care Physician -Neuroimaging, EEG, EMG and Spinal Fluid Analysis
    Commonly Used Drugs in Neurology, Side Effects, Drug Interactions and Monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Samir S. Shah, MD, MSCE, Director, Division of Hospital Medicine, Cincinnati Children's Research Foundation Endowed Chair, Attending Physician in Hospital Medicine & Infectious Diseases, Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Professor, Department of Pediatrics, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnatti, Ohio, Stephen Ludwig, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Associate Chief Medical Officer for Education, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Division of General Pediatrics & Pediatric Emergency Medicine, the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Phildadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Contents:
    Wheezing / Dustin R. Haferbecker, Evan S. Fieldston, Todd A. Florin
    Decreased activity level / Matthew Test, Nathan Timm, Phillip Spandorfer, Megan Aylor
    Vomiting / Paul L. Aronson, Todd A. Florin, Amy Feldman, Joanne N. Wood, Kamillah N. Wood
    Coughing / Debra Boyer, Stephanie Zandieh, Tregony Simoneau, Lianne Kopel, Alicia Casey, Todd A. Florin, Phuong Vo
    Back, joint, and extremity pain / Megan Aylor, Sanjeev K. Swami, Maya A. Jones, Evan S. Fieldston, Pamela A. Mazzeo
    Poor weight gain / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Sanjeev K. Swami, Maya A. Jones, Kamillah N. Wood
    Abdominal pain / Marina Catallozzi, Sanjeev K. Swami, Paul L. Aronson
    Altered mental status / Nathan Timm, Jennifer L. McGuire
    Rash / Kara N. Shah, Kamillah N. Wood, Joanne N. Wood, Christine T. Lauren
    Pallor / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Maya A. Jones
    Fever / Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Matthew Test
    Constipation / Heidi C. Werner, Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Pratichi K. Goenka
    Neck swelling / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Paul L. Aronson, Heidi C. Werner, Pratichi K. Goenka
    Chest pain / Debra Boyer, Lianne Kopel, Phuong Vo, Pratichi K. Goenka, Alicia Casey, Tregony Simoneau
    Jaundice / Stacey R. Rose
    Abnormal gait, including refusal to walk / Jeanine Ronan, Amy T. Waldman
    Diarrhea / Christina L. Master, Amy Feldman
    Syncope / Samir S. Shah
    Seizures / Amy T. Waldman, Matthew Test, Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Pratichi K. Goenka.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    Scott D.C. Stern, Adam S. Cifu, Diane Altkorn.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic process
    Screening and health maintenance
    Abdominal pain
    Acid-base abnormalities
    AIDS/HIV infection
    Anemia
    Back pain
    Bleeding disorders
    Chest pain
    Cough, fever, and respiratory infections
    Delirium and dementia
    Diabetes
    Diarrhea, acute
    Dizziness
    Dyspnea
    Dysuria
    Edema
    Fatigue
    Gi bleeding
    Headache
    Hematuria
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypertension
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Hypotension
    Jaundice and abnormal liver enzymes
    Joint pain
    Kidney injury, acute
    Rash
    Sore throat
    Syncope
    Weight loss, unintentional
    Wheezing and stridor.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Scott D.C. Stern, Adam S. Cifu, Diane Altkorn.
    Contents:
    Diagnostic process
    Screening and health maintenance
    Abdominal pain
    Acid-base abnormalities
    AIDS/HIV infection
    Anemia
    Back pain
    Bleeding disorders
    Chest pain
    Cough, fever, and respiratory infections
    Delirium and dementia
    Diabetes
    Diarrhea, acute
    Dizziness
    Dyspnea
    Dysuria
    Edema
    Fatigue
    GI bleeding
    Headache
    Hematuria
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypertension
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Hypotension
    Jaundice and abnormal liver enzymes
    Joint pain
    Kidney injury, acute
    Rash
    Sore throat
    Syncope
    Unintentional weight loss
    Wheezing and stridor.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    Michele Brignole, David G. Benditt, editors.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a comprehensive multi-disciplinary review of syncope and how to care for these patients successfully. It contains detailed descriptions of the scientific basis behind the pathophysiology of conditions that cause syncope and collapse. Pathways for optimal clinical management in line with the latest guidelines are reviewed and are accompanied by clearly defined recommendations on how to treat patients with syncope. Common procedures and tests are also discussed along with their indications, methodology, interpretation and limitations. Syncope: An Evidence-Based Approach systematically describes the pathophysiology and latest clinical management guidelines for treating patients with syncope. It is an essential resource for a variety of medical professionals including cardiologists, emergency physicians, internists, general practitioners, geriatricians, cardiac electrophysiologists, neurologists and psychiatrists.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Tloc/Collapse Pathophysiologic And Epidemiologic Features
    Syncope: Definition and Classification- Contrasting American and European Guideline definitions
    Physiology of Maintaining Healthy Consciousness: Role of autonomic nervous system
    Prognosis of TLOC/Collapse Across the Diagnostic Spectrum
    The Burden of TLOC/Collapse: Economic Impact
    Basic Clinical Features
    Determining the Cause of TLOC/Collapse: The Initial Evaluation
    Seizures vs Syncope: Distinguishing Features for the Clinic
    The Reflex Syncopes: The Common and Less Common Variants
    Orthostatic Hypotension Variants, POTs, and Less well Defined Autonomic Dysfunction
    Bradycardias and Tachycardias: Acquired and Inheritable
    Psychogenic Pseudosyncope and Approaches to Treatment
    Basic Diagnostic Strategies
    TLOC/Collapse Risk Assessment: Who Needs to be Hospitalized and Who can be evaluated as Outpatient
    Ambulatory ECG Monitoring in TLOC/Collapse: Current status and Utility in USA and Europe
    Carotid sinus syndrome: Pathophysiology and diagnosis
    Electrophysiological Testing: Appropriate Indications in TLOC/Collapse
    Chp 15 The Syncope Evaluation Unit: Essential Features, Current Status
    Selected Testing: When And How
    The Autonomic Testing Laboratory for studying Syncope/Collapse: Studies and Their Interpretation
    Utility of Video-EEG for Diagnosing and Understanding TLOC/Collapse
    Role of Head and Cardiac Imaging, and Cardiac Stress Testing for Syncope/Collapse
    Selected Treatment Concerns
    Update on Cardiac Pacing in Reflex Syncope
    Indications for pacing in patients with unexplained syncope and bifascicular block
    ICD indications in patients with unexplained syncope
    Drugs in Vasovagal Syncope: Current Status
    Ictal Asystole, Relation to VVS and Role of Cardiac Pacing
    Driving and Flying: US and European Recommendations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Bruno Bissonnette, Igor Luginbuehl, Thomas Engelhardt.
    Summary: "The book to have on hand when assessing the potential impact of genetic syndromes on clinical care of the surgical patient"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAnesthesiology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    edited by, Sonya R. Hardin, Roberta Kaplow.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Dawn LaPorte, MD, Professor Department of Orthopadic Surgery Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.
    Summary: "Hand surgery emerged as a specialty due to advances in treatment of hand injuries incurred during World War II. Synopsis of Hand Surgery by distinguished hand surgeon Dawn LaPorte reflects the approach championed by the late American surgeons Sterling Bunnell and Norman Kirk: multidisciplinary care is key to optimal treatment of bone and soft tissue conditions in the hand and wrist. The book features contributions from an impressive group of hand and upper extremity surgeons and radiologists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Approaches / Jessica Hawken and Aviram M. Giladi
    History and Examination of the Hand / Carson F. Woodbury and Laura Lewallen
    Radiographic Anatomy / Molly Vora and Laura Lewallen
    Advanced Imaging / Laura M. Fayad and Jonathan Samet
    Electrodiagnostic Studies / Anthony F. Colon, Michael S. Shear, and Aviram M. Giladi
    Fractures, Dislocations, and Ligament Injuries of the Hand / Richard Samade and Hisham Awan
    Carpal Fractures and Dislocations / Kevin O'Malley, Jay L. Mottla, and Michael W. Kessler
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Distal Radius and Ulna / Eric Schafer, Benjamin K. Gundlach, and Jeffery N. Lawton
    Triangular Fibrocartilage Complex and Distal Radioulnar Joint Pathology / Cory Lebowitz and Jonas L. Matzon
    Osteoarthritis of the Wrist and Hand / Brittany Homcha and Kenneth F. Taylor
    Rheumatoid Arthritis and Other Inflammatory Arthropathies / Laura Lewallen, Hannah C. Langdell, and Scott D. Lifchez
    Tendinitis, Tendinosis, and Dupuytren's Contracture / Noah Raizman
    Infection / R. Timothy Kreulen and Dawn LaPorte
    Flexor Tendon Injury, Repair, and Reconstruction / Nicole Schroeder
    Extensor Tendon Injury, Repair, and Reconstruction / Viviana Serra López, Adnan N. Cheema, and David Bozentka
    Peripheral Nerve Injuries and Repair and Reconstruction / Suresh K. Nayar and John Ingari
    Nerve Palsies and Tendon/Nerve Transfers for Injuries at or Distal to the Elbow / Roshan T. Melvani and Aviram M. Giladi
    Compression Neuropathies / Tyler Pidgeon, Samir Sabharwal, and Erica Taylor
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction : Hand and Upper Extremity
    Vascular Pathology of the Hand and Upper Extremities, including Kienbock's Disease / Ariel Williams and Lauren Lee Smith
    Digital Replantation and Revascularization / Alexandra Tilt and Mitchell A. Pet
    Compartment Syndrome / Eric Lukosius and Kenneth F. Taylor
    Tumors of the Hand / Samir Sabharwal and Sophia Anne Strike
    Congenital Conditions of the Upper Extremity and Hand
    Fractures of the Pediatric Hand / James S. Lin and Julie B. Samora.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Shane J. Nho, Joshua D. Harris, Brett R. Levine.
    Summary: A reader-friendly overview of the fundamentals in hip pathology and treatment presented by esteemed experts! Synopsis of Hip Surgery by renowned hip specialists Shane Nho, Joshua Harris, Brett Levine, and an impressive group of contributors provides a well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of common to rare hip conditions. The generously illustrated clinical reference is both concise and comprehensive, not only encompassing the full age continuum but also a wide array of hip disorders such as congenital and degenerative issues and problems associated with sports

    Contents:
    Synopsis of Hip Surgery
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    Section I
    1 Anatomy of the Hip and Surgical Approaches
    Basic Anatomy of the Hip and Pelvis
    Femur
    Pelvis and Acetabulum
    Ilium
    Ischium
    Pubis
    Acetabulum
    Joints
    Musculature
    Surgical Anatomy
    Surface Anatomy
    Surgical Approaches
    Anterior Approach (Smith-Petersen)
    Anterolateral Approach (Watson Jones)
    Direct Lateral Approach (Hardinge)
    Posterolateral Approach
    Modified Hueter Approach
    Hip Arthroscopy
    References Suggested Readings
    2. History and Physical Examination
    History
    Diagnosing Disorders of the Hip
    Mechanical Symptoms
    Physical Examination
    Inspection
    Motion Assessment
    Range of Motion Assessment
    Special Signs and Tests
    References
    Suggested Readings
    3. Radiographic Anatomy of The Hip
    General Considerations
    Plain Film Radiographs
    Computed Tomography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Ultrasound
    References
    Suggested Readings
    4. Hip Imaging and Diagnostic Tests
    Imaging Modalities
    General Considerations
    Plain Radiographs
    Pelvic Fractures Femoral Head Dislocation
    Femoral Neck Fractures
    Nontraumatic Hip Conditions
    Computed Tomography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance Arthrography
    Ultrasound
    Bone Scintigraphy
    References
    Suggested Readings
    5. Hip Biomechanics
    General Considerations
    Functional Anatomy
    Hip Joint Motions
    Hip-Spine Kinematics
    Lower Limb Axis
    Gait
    Hip Joint Forces and Equilibrium
    References
    Suggested Readings
    6. Hip Pathomechanics
    General Considerations
    References
    Suggested Readings
    7. Implant Biology
    General Considerations Cartilage Repair Biology
    Implant Prosthesis
    Hip Replacement Implant Materials
    Types of Hip Implants and Fixation
    Hip Implant Biomechanics
    Implant-Bone Interface Biology
    References
    Suggested Readings
    8. Hip Instability
    Biomechanics
    Hip Joint Stability
    Etiology
    Traumatic
    Atraumatic
    Diagnosis
    History
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Diagnostic Intra-articular Injection
    Treatment
    References
    Suggested Readings
    Section II
    9. Pelvic Fractures
    Introduction
    Pelvic Ring Fractures
    Acetabular Fractures
    Anatomic Considerations Pelvic Ring
    Acetabulum
    Classification
    Pelvic Ring
    Acetabulum
    History and Examination
    Information from Emergency Medical Transport Professionals
    Initial Assessment
    Symptoms
    Physical Examination
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Radiographs
    Computed Tomography
    Treatment
    Pelvic Ring Injuries
    Acetabulum Fractures
    Complications
    Pelvic Ring Injuries
    Acetabulum Fractures
    References
    10. Intracapsular Hip Fractures
    Femoral Head Fractures
    Introduction
    Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Classifications
    Treatment
    Complications
    Femoral Neck Fractures
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Malte Renz, Elisabeth Diver, Whitfield Growdon, Oliver Dorigo.
    Summary: This text is a fast and convenient overview of the clinical trials in gynecologic cancer treatment, setting out the evidence base of treatment decisions in uterine, ovarian, cervical and vulval cancers and gestational trophoblastic neoplasia. Residents and fellows will find this book an indispensable reference for revision, while existing practitioners will welcome it as a clarification of the evidence base for treatment options.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Malte Renz, Elisabeth J. Diver, Whitfield B. Growdon, Oliver Dorigo.
    Summary: "This revised and updated new edition of a best-selling text remains a fast and convenient overview of the clinical trials in gynecologic cancer treatment, outlining the evidence base of treatment decisions in uterine, ovarian, cervical, and vulvar cancers, and gestational trophoblastic neoplasia. Residents and fellows will find this book an indispensable reference, while practitioners will welcome it as a clarification of the evidence base for treatment options. *Gives a convenient summary of trials in Gynecologic Oncology *Supplies an invaluable revision primer for those undertaking certification *Provides a uniquely up-to-date resource"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Uterine Malignancies
    Ovarian Malignancies
    Cervical Cancer
    Vulvar Cancer
    Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia (GTN).
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Alan B. Ettinger, Deborah M. Weisbrot, Casey E. Gallimore.
    Summary: Symptoms and signs in neurology and psychiatry typically present in the clinical context of other underlying conditions. When evaluating a patient, a physician may choose to review a diverse list of potential underlying diagnoses with the aid of the editor team's existing text: Neurological Differential Diagnosis: A Case-Based Approach. However, if the patient has a known pre-existing condition, the physician will need to consider a reverse approach - considering what complications of that condition may be associated with current symptoms. This book provides quick-reference, comprehensive, concise summaries of neurologic, psychiatric and medical diagnoses with a focus on neurologic and psychiatric implications of systemic disorders. A separate pharmacology section provides a consolidated review of potential neurologic and psychiatric adverse effects of medications. This book is an invaluable resource for a broad medical audience, from the medical student to the experienced consultant.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: List of contributors; Preface; Part I:
    1. Entries A-Z; Part II:
    2. Medication adverse effects;
    3. Cardiovascular and renal medications;
    4. Medications to treat diabetes;
    5. Hormones and medications to treat endocrine and bone disorders;
    6. Gastrointestinal medications;
    7. Vitamins and minerals;
    8. Medication to treat asthma and allergies;
    9. Antimicrobial medications;
    10. Antiretroviral medications;
    11. Immunosuppressive medications;
    12. Oncology and hematology medications;
    13. Disease-modifying antirheumatic medications (DMARDs);
    14. Medications to treat neurodegenerative diseases;
    15. Medications to treat epilepsy;
    16. Medications to treat headache and migraine;
    17. Medications to treat mental health and substance abuse disorders; Index.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian H. Mullis, Greg E. Gaski.
    Summary: "Orthopaedic trauma spans the full spectrum of injury, from simple fractures to life-threatening accidents with multiple broken bones. As such, these incidents are a common reason patients visit emergency departments and receive treatment from orthopaedic surgeons. Synopsis of Orthopaedic Trauma Management by nationally recognized experts Brian Mullis, Greg Gaski, and esteemed contributors fills a gap in the literature by providing a concise yet comprehensive reference for evaluating these conditions and initiating immediate treatment. The text provides a well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of trauma in adult and pediatric patients. The opening section lays a solid foundation, with chapters covering physiology, open and closed fracture management, imaging, biomechanics, complications, and other core topics. Subsequent chapters address a full compendium of orthopaedic procedures to treat traumatic conditions of the upper and lower extremities, pelvis, and spine. Key Features Bulleted format provides quick and authoritative navigation of essential information needed for effective treatment A wealth of high-quality illustrations, radiographic images, and tables supplement concise text Uniformly organized chapters include up-to-date, clinically relevant statistics and suggestions for further reading Videos by renowned experts enhance understanding of specific fractures and orthopaedic surgery approaches This is a must-have resource for providers who treat orthopaedic trauma patients, including general and orthopaedic surgeons, residents, ER physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, nurses, medical students, and others on call. It also provides a robust review for orthopaedic residents prepping for the boards"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar.
    Summary: Improved understanding of the pathophysiologic changes in different diseases, including the molecular mechanisms of pathologic conditions such as tumors, has enhanced our ability to apply non-invasive techniques to investigate these diseases and permitted earlier detection and better management. It has also expanded the use of functional imaging, including molecular imaging. This synopsis is a companion to The Pathophysiologic Basis of Nuclear Medicine and arose from the recognition that there is a need for a compact, readable account of this complex and important subject. The companion book concisely describes relevant anatomic and physiologic considerations for each organ system and the pathophysiologic features of different relevant diseases, and relates them to the scintigraphy of each system. It thereby provides an informative synopsis of the pathophysiologic basis of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging. The volume will serve as a quick reference that will help the reader to understand different scintigraphic patterns and to select appropriate treatment modalities based on functional imaging. It will prove useful to undergraduates and postgraduates as well as to practitioners in clinical and research fields.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology: General Principles
    The Cell and Tissue Biology
    Basis of Radiopharmaceutical Localization
    Basis of Inflammation and Infection Imaging
    Basis of Musculoskeletal imaging
    Basis of Genito-urinary imaging
    Basis of Endocrine system imaging
    Basis of Cardiovascular System Imaging
    Basis of Digestive system
    Basis of Nuclear Oncology
    Basis of Respiratory System Imaging.-Basis of Central Nervous System Imaging.-Basis of Nuclear Haematology
    Basis of Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine
    Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Uma Srikumaran, MD, MBA, MPH, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery Shoulder Fellowship Director, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Chair, Orthopaedic Surgery at Howard County General Hospital, Columbia, Maryland, USA.
    Summary: "Shoulder problems comprise a significant percentage of orthopaedic practice, including trauma and sports related injuries. Synopsis of Shoulder Surgery by Uma Srikumaran and esteemed contributors provides a concise, well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of a wide array of shoulder disorders. The opening chapters lay a solid foundation of knowledge, covering anatomy, physical examination of the shoulder, surgical approaches to the shoulder, imaging, and the use of diagnostic and therapeutic injections. Subsequent chapters succinctly discuss management of a comprehensive range of shoulder conditions, organized by the underlying type of pathology. The final chapters provide insightful pearls on shoulder rehabilitation and perioperative pain management"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Shoulder Anatomy / Nickolas G. Garbis
    Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy / Clayton Alexander and Uma Srikumaran
    Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder / Nickolas G. Garbis and Diana Zhu
    Shoulder-Spine Syndrome / Scott Wagner and Kelly G. Kilcoyne
    Shoulder Imaging / Joseph Ferraro and Matthew Binkley
    Ultrasound of the Shoulder / Paul S. Ragusa and Uma Srikumaran
    Diagnostic and Therapeutic Injections / Suresh K. Nayar and Uma Srikumaran
    Rotator Cuff Disease / Ankit Bansal and Uma Srikumaran
    Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair : Single-Row, Double-Row, and Transosseous-Equivalent Repair / Paul S. Ragusa, Ankit Bansal, and Uma Srikumaran
    Rotator Cuff Reconstruction / Ankit Bansal and Uma Srikumaran
    Frozen Shoulder / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Anterior Shoulder Instability / Alexander E. Loeb and Uma Srikumaran
    Posterior Shoulder Instability / Alexander E. Loeb and Uma Srikumaran
    Shoulder Stabilization Procedures / Eric G. Huish Jr and Uma Srikumaran
    Osteoarthritis / Matthew Binkley and Joseph Ferraro
    Total Shoulder Arthroplasty / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Clavicle Fracture / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
    Proximal Humeral Fractures / Diana Zhu and Uma Srikumaran
    Scapular Winging / Andrew Schneider and Uma Srikumaran
    Thoracic Outlet Syndrome / Alexander Bitzer and Uma Srikumaran
    Perioperative Pain Management for Shoulder Surgery / Ian S. Patten and Uma Srikumaran.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Howard S. An, Kern Singh.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and surgical approaches
    History and physical examination
    Radiographic anatomy
    Spinal imaging and diagnostic tests
    Intraoperative neuromonitoring
    Biomechanics of the spine and spinal instrumentation
    Physiology of bone healing and fusion
    Bone grafts, substitutes, and biologics
    Evaluation and management of spinal cord injury
    Cervical spine trauma
    Thoracolumbar spine fractures
    Spinal rehabilitation and disability evaluation
    Biochemical aspects of intervertebral disk degeneration
    Degenerative cervical spine disorders
    Degenerative thoracic spine conditions
    Lumbar disk disease: pathogenesis and treatment options
    Surgical management of lumbar degenerative disk disease
    Lumbar spinal stenosis
    Lumbar spondylolisthesis
    Adult spinal deformity
    Pediatric spinal deformity
    Pediatric cervical spine disorders
    Spinal tumors
    Spinal infections
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Seronegative spondyloarthropathies.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Brian F. Mandell, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the major components of synovial fluid analysis, with an emphasis on crystal recognition. Synovial fluid analysis is the required gold standard test for the definitive diagnosis of septic and crystal induced arthritis, the most frequent causes of acute inflammatory arthritis. Synovial fluid is obtained routinely from patients with acute arthritis by clinicians in many specialties. Fluids are sent to the clinical pathology and microbiology laboratories for analysis, but are also frequently examined directly by rheumatologists and others for the presence of crystals. Competency in synovial fluid crystal analysis is a requirement for all graduating rheumatology fellows in the United States, and is an expectation for musculoskeletal disease physicians internationally -- although competency is assumed with a variable degree of rigor. This book comprehensively provides practical knowledge presented by skilled and experienced clinicians and pathologists, fulfilling an educational niche for teaching programs and a reference need for academic and community hospital clinical pathology laboratories. This is an ideal introductory guide for rheumatology trainees, as well as a reference text for rheumatologists, infectious disease consultants, orthopedists, cytotechnologists, and advanced nurse practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The impact of synovial fluid analysis on clinical practice : Introduction
    Chapter 2. Synovial structure and physiology in health and disease
    Chapter 3. Arthrocentesis
    Chapter 4. Biochemical Composition of Synovial Fluid in Health and Disease
    Chapter 5. Cellular Components of Synovial Fluid in Health and Disease
    Chapter 6. Microbiology and Culture Identification of Infections
    Chapter 7. Molecular Microbiology for Diagnosing Infectious Arthritis
    Chapter 8. Basics of Light Microscopic analysis of Synovial Fluid
    Chapter 9. Basics of Polarized light microscopy
    Chapter 10. Crystal associated arthritis: Gout
    Chapter 11. Crystal associated arthritis: Calcium pyrophosphate arthritis
    Chapter 12. Lipid crystals
    Chapter 13. Analytic methods to detect articular basic calcium phosphate crystals
    Chapter 14. Novel Techniques for Synovial Fluid Crystal Analysis
    Chapter 15. Atlas of Images--Normal and Abnormal Synovial Fluid.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Satoshi Obika, Mitsuo Sekine, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on a broad range of topics relating to the synthesis of natural and artificial oligonucleotides with therapeutic potential. Nucleic acid-based therapeutics are attracting much attention, and numerous therapeutic oligonucleotides, such as antisense oligonucleotides, siRNAs, splice-switching oligonucleotides, and nucleic acid aptamers, are being evaluated in clinical trials for the treatment of a variety of diseases. Synthesis of Therapeutic Oligonucleotides covers a broad range of topics in the field that are of high relevance to researchers, including the synthesis of natural and chemically modified oligonucleotides, the development of novel nucleic acid analogs, industrial scale synthesis and purification of oligonucleotides, and important aspects of chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC). The aim is to provide new insights and inspire fresh ideas in nucleic acid chemistry that may ultimately lead to novel concepts and techniques and the discovery of more effective nucleic acid drugs. The book will be of high value for both established researchers in the field and students intending to specialize in nucleic acid chemistry research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Synthesis of Natural Oligonucleotides; Non-protected Synthesis ofOligonucleotides; 1 Introduction; 2 Development ofProton-Block Strategy fortheSynthesis ofOligonucleotides WithoutBase Protection; 3 Development oftheActivated Phosphite Method Using N-Unprotected Phosphoramidites; 4 Mechanism oftheActivated Phosphite Method; 5 Synthesis ofRNA Oligomers Using theActivated Phosphite Method; 6 Synthesis ofPhosphoramidite Monomer Building Blocks; 7 Conclusion; References 10 RNA Synthesis Using [[2-(Methylthio)phenyl]thio]methyl (MPTM) Group11 RNA Synthesis Using (N-Dichloroacetyl-N-methyl)aminobenzyloxylmethyl (DCMABOM) Group; 12 RNA Synthesis Using theAcetal Levulinyl Ester (ALE) Group; 13 RNA Synthesis Using theCyanoethyl (CE) Group; 14 RNA Synthesis Without Using Base Protection; 15 Recent Studies onRNA Chemical Synthesis; 16 Summary andPerspectives; References; RNA Synthesis Using theCEM Group; 1 Introduction; 2 Synthesis ofCEM Amidites; 3 Synthesis ofRNA; 4 Experimental Section; 4.1 Preparation ofCEM-SMe 3 Current RNA Synthesis Using TBDMS as2'-Hydroxyl Protecting Group4 RNA Synthesis Using Acid-Labile 2'-Hydroxyl Protecting Groups; 5 RNA Synthesis Using 2'-Protecting Groups Having anAcetal Skeleton; 5.1 (2-Nitrobenzyl)oxymethyl (NBOM) Group; 5.2 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM) Group; 6 RNA Synthesis Using theTriisopropylsilyloxymethyl (Tom) Group; 7 Cyanoethoxy-1-Methylethyl (CEE) andCyanoethoxymethyl (CEM) Groups; 8 RNA Synthesis Using 4-Methylphenylsulfonylethoxymethyl (TEM) Group; 9 RNA Synthesis Using tert-Butyldithiomethyl (DTM) Group 4.2 Synthesis ofU-CEM Phosphoramidite (5a.)4.2.1 32 52 O-(Tetraisopropyldisiloxane-1,3-diyl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (2a.); 4.2.2 22 O-(2-Cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (3a.); 4.2.3 52 O-(4,42 Dimethoxytrityl)-22 O-(2-xyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (4a.); 4.2.4 52 O-(4,42 Dimethoxytrityl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine 32 O-(2-Cyanoethyl N, N-diisopropylphosphoramidite) (5a.); 4.3 Synthesis ofC-CEM Phosphoramidite (5b.); 4.3.1 4-N-Acetyl-32 52 O-(tetraisopropyldisiloxane-1,3-diyl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)cytidine (2b.); 4.3.2 4-N-Acetyl-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)cytidine (3b.) Various Coupling Agents inthePhosphoramidite Method forOligonucleotide Synthesis1 Introduction; 2 Coupling Agents inthePhosphoramidite Method; 2.1 1H-Tetrazole andIts Derivatives; 2.1.1 1H-Tetrazole; 2.1.2 5-Ethylthio-1H-tetrazole; 2.1.3 5-Benzylthio-1H-tetrazole; 2.1.4 5-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1H-tetrazole (Activator 42); 2.2 4,5-Dicyanoimidazole; 2.3 Carboxylic Acids; 2.4 Acid/Azole Complexes; 3 Conclusion; References; Recent Development ofChemical Synthesis ofRNA; 1 Introduction; 2 Basic Principle ofSolid-Phase Synthesis ofDNA/RNA inPhosphoramidite Approach
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shailza Singh, editor.
    Summary: The book uses an integrated approach to predict the behavior of various biological interactions. It further discusses how synthetic biology gathers the information about various systems, in order to either devise an entirely new system, or, to modulate existing systems. The book also tackles the concept of modularity, where biological systems are visualized in terms of their parts. The chapters discuss how the principles of engineering are being used in biomedical sciences, to design biological circuits that can harbor multiple inputs and generate multiple outputs; to create genetic networks and control gene activity, in order to generate a desired response. The book aims to help the readers develop an array of biological parts, and to use these parts to develop synthetic circuits that can be assembled like electronic circuits. The ultimate aim of the book will be to serve as an amalgamation of key ideas of how judiciously synthetic biology could be exploited in therapeutic device and delivery mechanism.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Integrated Systems and Chemical biology approaches for targeted therapies
    Chapter 2. Application of bioengineering in revamping human health
    Chapter 3. Integrative Omics for Interactomes
    Chapter 4. Studying parasite gene function and interaction through ribozymes and riboswitches design mechanism
    Chapter 5. Genome microbiology for Synthetic applications
    Chapter 6. Medicinal Application of Synthetic Biology
    Chapter 7. Computational tools for applying multi-level models to Synthetic Biology
    Chapter 8. Computational techniques for a comprehensive understanding of different genotype-phenotype factors in biological systems and their applications
    Chapter 9. Alignment-free analyses of nucleic acid sequences using graphical representation
    Chapter 10. Modern Approaches in Synthetic Biology: Genome Editing, Quorum Sensing and Microbiome Engineering
    Chapter 11. Synthetic Probes, their applications & designing
    Chapter 12. Omics Based Nanomedicine
    Chapter 13. Characterization of plant genetic modifications using Next Generation Sequencing.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah E. O'Connor.
    Contents:
    Directing biosynthesis: Practical supply of natural and unnatural cyanobactins / D. Sardar, M.D. Tianero, and E.W. Schmidt
    Synthetic biology approaches to new bisindoles/ L.M. Alkhalaf, Y.-L. Du, and K.S. Ryan
    Enzymatic [4+2] cycloadditions in the biosynthesis of Spirotetramates and spirotetronates/ B. Pang, G. Zhong, Z. Tang, and W. Liu
    Application and modification of flavin-dependent halogenases/ K.-H. van Pée, D. Milbredt, E.P. Patallo, V.Weichold, and M. Gajewi
    Engineering flavin-dependent halogenases/ J.T.Payne, M.C. Andorfer, and J.C. Lewis
    Heterologous expression of fungal secondary metabolite pathways in the Aspergillus nidulans host system/ J.W.A. van Dijk and C.C.C. Wang
    Plug-and-play benzylisoquinoline alkaloid biosynthetic gene discovery in engineered yeast
    J.S. Morris, M. Dastmalcji, J. Li, L. Chang, X. Chen, J.M. Hagel, and P.J. Facchini
    Optimizing metabolic pathways for the improved production of natural products/ J.A. Jones and M.A.G. Koffas
    Reconstituting plant secondary metabolism in Saccharomyces cerevisae for production of high-value benzylisoquinoline alkaloids/ M.E. Pyne, L. Narcross, E. Fossati, L. Bourgeois, E. Burton, N.D. Gold, and V.J.J. Martin
    Engineering microbes to synthesize plant isoprenoids/ K. Zhou, S. Edgar, and G. Stephanopoulos
    Natural product biosysnthesis in Escherichia coli: Menta monoterpenoids/ H.S. Toogood, S. Tait, A. Jervis, A. Ni Cheallaigh, L. Humphreys, E. Takano, J.M. Gardiner, and N.S. Scrutton
    High-efficiency genome editing of Streptomyces species by an engineered CRISPR/Cas system/ Y. Wang, R.E. Cobb, and H. Zhao
    Rapid optimization of engineered metabolic pathways with Serine Integrase Recombinational Assembly (SIRA)/ C.A. Merrick, C. Wardrope, J.E. Paget, S.D. Colloms, and S.J. Rosser
    Rewiring riboswitches to create new genetic circuits in bacteria/ C.J. Robinson, D. Medina-Stacey, M.-C. Wu, H.A. Vincent, and J. Micklefield.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Weiwen Zhang, Xinyu Song, editors.
    Contents:
    Chassis engineering. Challenges in the application of synthetic biology toward synthesis of commodity products by cyanobacteria via “direct conversion”
    Transporters related to stress responses and their potential application in Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803
    Discovery and application of stress-responsive sRNAs in cyanobacteria
    Photoresponse mechanism in cyanobacteria: key factor in photoautotrophic chassis
    Production of industrial chemicals from CO2 by engineering cyanobacteria
    Pathway engineering for bio-based products
    Pathway engineering for bio-based products. Cyanobacterial enzymes for bioalkane production
    Production of bioplastic compounds by genetically manipulated and metabolic engineered cyanobacteria
    Rewiring of cyanobacterial metabolism for hydrogen production: synthetic biology approaches and challenges
    Direct photosynthetic production of plastic building block chemicals from CO2
    Engineering cyanobacteria for photosynthetic production of C3 platform chemicals and terpenoids from CO2
    Synthetic biology approaches to the sustainable production of p-coumaric acid and its derivatives in cyanobacteria
    Emerging genetic tools and methods
    Regulatory tools for controlling gene expression in cyanobacteria
    Synthetic gene regulation in cyanobacteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohammad Faisal, Abdulrahman A. Alatar, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the reader to synthetic or artificial seeds, which refer to alginate encapsulated somatic embryos, vegetative buds or any other micropropagules that can be used as seeds and converted into plantlets after propagating under in vitro or in vivo conditions. Moreover, synthetic seeds retain their potential for regeneration even after low-temperature storage. The production of synthetic or artificial seeds using micropropagules opens up new vistas in agricultural biotechnology. Encapsulated propagules could be used for in vitro regeneration and mass multiplication at reasonable cost. In addition, these propagules may be used for germplasm preservation of elite plant species and the exchange of plant materials between national and international laboratories. This book offers state-of-the-art findings on methods, applications and prospects of synthetic or artificial seeds.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Synthetic Seeds: Production, Techniques, and Applications
    Synthetic Seeds: Relevance to Endangered Germplasm Conservation in vitro
    Synseed: A New Trend in Seed Technology
    Synthetic Seeds: An Alternative Approach for Clonal Propagation to Avoiding the Heterozygosity Problem of Natural Botanical Seeds
    Insight View of Topical Trends on Synthetic Seeds of Rare and Endangered Plant Species and Its Future Prospects
    Application of Synthetic Seeds in Propagation, Storage, and Preservation of Asteraceae Plant Species
    Synthetic Seeds: a Valuable Adjunct for Conservation of Medicinal Plants
    Cash Crops: Synseed Production, Propagation and Conservation
    Synthetic Seeds of Two Aquatic Plants
    Synthetic Seed Technology in Forest Trees: A Promising Technology for Conservation and Germplasm Exchange
    Medium and Long-Term Conservation of Ornamental Plants Using Synthetic Seed Technology
    Synthetic Seed Production of Flower Bulbs
    Applications of Synthetic Seed Technology for Propagation, Storage, and Conservation of Orchid Germplasms
    Somatic Embryos Encapsulation for Synthetic Seeds Production of Sugar Palm (Arenga pinnata Wurmb Merr.))
    Perspectives of Synthetic Seed Technology for Conservation and Mass Propagation of the Medicinal Plant Castilleja tenuiflora Benth
    Encapsulation and Synthetic Seeds of Olive (Olea europaea L.): Experiences and Overview
    Somatic Embryogenesis and Synthetic Seed Technology of Curcuma spp
    Synthetic Seeds of Wild Beet; Basic Concepts and Related Methodologies
    In vitro Conservation Through Slow-Growth Storage
    Synthetic Seeds: Prospects and Advances in Cryopreservation
    Progress and Challenges in the Application of Synthetic Seed Technology for Ex Situ Germplasm Conservation in Grapevine (Vitis spp.)
    Cryopreservation of Grapevine Shoot Tips from in vitro Plants Using Droplet Vitrification and V Cryo-Plate Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andrew P. Zbar.
    Summary: Syphilis is an illness with mythology. The story of its origin, dissemination and treatment have all been mired in confusion, a mix of reality and quackery. I have tried to put the organism as the principal protagonist of the story, firmly in an historical focus which centres more on its social impact than on its particular medical management. A diagnosis of Syphilis had personal and community consequence and its impact transcended into the arts. Despite the discovery of an effective treatment to which the organism has fortunately failed to mutate, the restrictions in available management have been social and a result of prejudice towards its victims. This may explain why it is once again on the global rise in places where access to the most basic antibiotics remains limited. This book uniquely considers the sociological sequel of infection, the wider influence extending beyond the physical that has become its legacy.

    Contents:
    Announcing the Disease: A Brief Chronology of Syphilitic Events
    Fracastoros Poem and the Origins of Illness
    The Protean Manifestations of Disease
    In Search of the Organism and a Zauberkugel (Magic Bullet) for Treatment
    Notable Victimhood: Syphilis and the Arts
    Syphilitic Politics: Ethical Breaches, the Tuskegee Experiment and Beyond
    Syphilocentricity in Brief: Disease in the Post-HIV Era.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrew Dickman and Jennifer Schneider.
    Summary: This text serves as a valuable reference source, providing a comprehensive review of syringe driver use and administration of drugs via CSCI, a safe and effective way of drug administration when other routes are inappropriate.

    Contents:
    1.Continuous subcutaneous infusions and syringe drivers
    2.Stability and compatibility of drugs
    3.Drug information
    4.Symptom control with the syringe driver
    5.Compatibility and stability tables.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Graham Flint, Clare Rusbridge.
    Summary: Syringomelia is a relatively rare clinical entity in which fluid-filled cavities develop within the spinal cord. Although modern imaging technologies usually permit an accurate diagnosis at an early stage, syringomyelia remains an enigmatic condition that continues to fascinate neurosurgeons, neurologists and other specialists. This reference monograph provides an up-to-date account of the present stateofunderstanding of syringomyelia and related disorders.The editors aim to document the best clinical practice in diagnosis and treatment and to provide clear guidance on how to reduce the incidence of severe outcomes. New challenges are addressed, including the appropriate management of the increasing number of apparently idiopathic syrinx cavities that are detected. In addition, controversies in current practice and directions for future research are fully discussed. Syringomelia will be an invaluable source of information for experts in the field, specialists in various related disciplines and other interested health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Historical aspects
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy and Physiology
    Developmental Anatomy
    Genetics of Chiari malformation and syringomyelia
    The Filling Mechanism
    Mathematical modelling
    Clinical presentation
    Diagnostic Investigations
    Hindbrain Related Syringomyelia
    Post-traumatic and post-inflammatory syringomyelia
    Idiopathic syringomyelia
    Paediatric perspectives
    Veterinary Aspects
    Pregnancy
    Pain management
    The Biochemistry of Syringomyelia
    Patient perspectives
    Medico-legal aspects
    Nomenclature
    History of the imaging of syringomyelia
    Syrinx in Art
    Historical vignettes
    Useful contacts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Andrew Booth, Anthea Sutton, and Diana Papaioannou.
    Contents:
    Getting started on your literature review
    Taking a systematic approach to your literature review
    Choosing your review methods
    Planning and conducting your literature review
    Defining your scope
    Searching the literature
    Assessing the evidence base
    Synthesising and analysing quantitative studies
    Synthesising and analysing qualitative studies
    Writing, presenting and disseminating your review.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    LB1047.3 .B66 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Stefania Boccia, Paolo Villari, Walter Ricciardi, editors.
    Summary: "This wide-ranging study reviews the state of public health worldwide and presents informed recommendations for real-world solutions. Identifying the most urgent challenges in the field, from better understanding the causes of acute diseases and chronic conditions to reducing health inequities, it reports on cost-effective, science-based, ethically sound interventions. Chapters demonstrate bedrock skills essential to developing best practices, including flexible thinking for entrenched problems, conducting health impact assessments, and working with decision-makers. From these current findings come long-term practice and policy goals for preventing disease, promoting health, and improving quality of life, both locally and globally."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and global burden of disease
    2. Health trends of communicable diseases
    3. Global burden and health trends of non-communicable diseases
    4. Cardiovascular disease (CVD)
    5. Epidemiology of cancer and principles of prevention
    6. Obesity and diabetes
    7. Respiratory diseases and health disorders related to indoor and outdoor air pollution
    8. Public health gerontology and active aging
    9. Some ethical reflections in public health
    10. Injury prevention and safety promotion
    11. Migrant and ethnic minority health
    12. Public mental health
    13. Urban public health
    14. Genomics and public health
    15. Health impact assessment: HIA
    16. Health in all policies
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Neus Evans, Michelle Lasen, Komla Tsey.
    Summary: Rapid urbanisation, inequalities in income and service levels within and between communities, and population and economic decline are challenging the viability of rural communities worldwide. Achieving healthy and viable rural communities in the face of rapidly changing social, ecological and economic conditions is a declared global priority. As a result, governments all over the world, in both developed and developing countries, are now prioritizing rural and regional development through policies and programs aimed at enhancing the livelihoods of people living in rural regions. In recognition of the important roles that research can play in rural development, a range of systematic literature reviews have rightly examined key priorities in rural development including education, gender, economic development (especially agriculture), and health and nutrition (see Department for International Development [DFID], 2011). However, none of these works has systematically examined the extent to which rural development as a field of research is progressing towards facilitating sustainable change. This book evaluates trends in rural development research across the five continental regions of the world. Specifically, it assesses the total publication output relating to rural development, the types of publications, their quality and impact over the last three decades. Additionally, it evaluates the continental origins of the publications as well as the extent to which such publications engage with issues of sustainability. The aim is to determine whether the rural development field is growing in a manner that reflects research and policy priorities and broader social trends such as sustainability. Development policy makers, practitioners, those teaching research methods and systematic literature reviews to undergraduate and graduate students, and researchers in general will find the book both topical and highly relevant.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Heidi D. Nelson.
    Contents:
    1. Systematic reviews
    2. Defining the topic and scope and developing research questions, analytic frameworks, and protocols
    3. Building the systematic review team, engaging stakeholders, and managing the project
    4. Determining inclusion and exclusion criteria for studies
    5. Conducting searches for relevant studies
    6. Selecting studies for inclusion
    7. Extracting data from studies and constructing evidence tables
    8. Assessing quality and applicability of studies
    9. Qualitative analysis
    10. Quantitative analysis
    11. Assessing and rating the strength of the body of evidence
    12. Preparing and disseminating the report.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Levay and Jenny Craven.
    Summary: Beginning by looking at the methods and techniques underlying systematic searching, the book then examines the current challenges and the potential solutions to more effective searching in detail, before considering the role of the information specialist as an expert searcher. Systematic Searching blends theory and practice and takes into account different approaches to information retrieval with a special focus being given to searching for complex topics in a health-related environment. The book does not presume an in-depth prior knowledge or experience of systematic searching and includes case studies, practical examples and ideas for further research and reading. The book is divided into three parts: Methods covers theoretical approaches to evidence synthesis and the implications that these have for the search process, including searching for complex topics and choosing the right sources. Technology examines new technologies for retrieving evidence and how these are leading to new directions in information retrieval and evidence synthesis. People considers the future of the information specialist as an expert searcher and explores how information professionals can develop their skills in searching, communication and collaboration to ensure that information retrieval practice is, and remains, evidence-based. Systematic Searching will be essential reading for library and information service providers and information specialists, particularly those in a health-related environment. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction: where are we now?
    Innovative approaches to systematic reviewing
    Searching for broad-based topics
    Choosing the right databases and search techniques
    Gathering evidence from grey literature and unpublished data
    Social media as a source of evidence
    Text mining for information specialists
    Using linked data for evidence synthesis
    Evidence surveillance to keep up to date with new research
    Training the next generation of information specialists
    Collaborative working to improve searching
    Communication for information specialists
    The information specialist as an expert searcher
    Conclusion: where do we go from here?
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Rolando Cimaz, editor.
    Summary: "This comprehensive volume provides current state of the art of the use of corticosteroids in the pediatric patient. It consists of 14 chapters written by leading authors from different countries. The first chapters cover historical notes, general concepts on treatment with corticosteroids with regard to indications and side effects, and basic pharmacologic properties of these compounds. The rest of the book is devoted to the specific use of steroids in the different pediatric subspecialties. Despite advances with newer effective immunosuppressive and anti-inflammatory drugs, corticosteroids still remain the mainstay of therapy for many disorders. Leading authors in their field have summarized these concepts to provide an authoritative, comprehensive guide to help clinicians safely and effectively use corticosteroids in their pediatric patients."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Systemic corticosteroids for autoimmune/inflammatory disorders in children: introduction
    Corticosteroids in the treatment of childhood rheumatic diseases: a historical review
    Systemic corticosteroids for autoimmune/inflammatory disorders in children: clinical aspects
    The molecular and cellular mechanisms responsible for the anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects of glucocorticoids
    The clinical pharmacology of past, present, and future glucocorticoids
    Corticosteroids in juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Systermic corticosteroids in childhood vasculitides
    Corticosteroids in pediatric-onset SLE and other connective tissue diseases
    Glucocorticoids in pediatric gastrointestinal disorders
    Corticosteroids in pediatric dermatology
    Corticosteroids in pediatric endocrinology
    Systermic corticosteroids in respiratory diseases in children
    Corticosteroids in pediatric nephrology
    Corticosteroids in neonatology: postnatal corticosteroids in preterm infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Rock G. Positano, Christopher W. DiGiovanni, Jeffrey S. Borer, Michael J. Trepal.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Print
    editors, Pierre J. Vinken, George W. Bruyn, Harold L. Klawans ; volume editors, C. G. Goetz, C. M. Tanner, and M. J. Aminoff.
    Access via Handbook of clinical neurology ; 1993; 63
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Augusto Vaglio, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Genetics of fibro-inflammatory disorders
    2 Basic mechanisms linking inflammation and fibrosis
    3 Histopathology of systemic fibro-inflammatory disorders
    4 IgG4-related disorders: clinical and therapeutic aspects
    5 IgG4-related disorders: pathophysiology
    6 IgG4-related nephropathy
    7 Autoimmune (IgG4-related) pancreatitis and sclerosing cholangitis
    8 Sclerosing forms of autoimmune thyroiditis: from Hashimoto?s to Riedel?s to IgG4-related forms
    9 Chronic periaortitis/retroperitoneal fibrosis: overview
    10 Diffuse periaortitis
    11 Treatment of chronic periaortitis/retroperitoneal fibrosis
    12 Mediastinal fibrosis
    13 Erdheim-Chester disease
    14 Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis
    15 Sclerosing mesenteritis
    16 Malignant diseases mimicking retroperitoneal fibrosing disorders
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Eggleton, Frank J. Ward.
    Contents:
    Pathology of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus - The Challenges Ahead
    The Lupus Biomarker Odyssey: One Experience
    Detection of Anti Nuclear Antibodies in SLE
    Tests for Circulating Immune Complexes
    Methods for Measuring Antibody Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity in vitro
    Recombinant Antibody Microarray for Profiling the Serum Proteome of SLE
    Bi-functional Antibody Fragment-based Fusion Proteins for the Targeted Elimination of Pathogenic T-cell Subsets
    TLC Immunostaining for Detection of ?Anti-Phospholipid? Antibodies
    Induced Murine Models of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Measuring Interferon Alpha and other Cytokines in SLE
    Detection of SLE antigens in Neutrophils Extracellular Traps (NETs)
    Detection and Characterization of Autoantibodies Against Modified Self-proteins in SLE Sera after Exposure to Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species
    Generation of Self-peptides to Treat Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Measurement of Malondialdehyde, Glutathione and Glutathione Peroxidase in SLE Patients
    Evaluating a Particular Circulating MicroRNA Species from an SLE Patient using Stem Loop qRT-PCR
    Microarray Technology for Analysis of MicroRNA Expression in Renal Biopsies of Lupus Nephritis Patients. Laboratory Tests for the Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    Isolation, Polarisation and Expansion of CD4+ T Helper Cell Lines and Clones using Magnetic Beads
    Meta-analysis as a Diagnostic Tool for Predicting Disease Onset and/or Activity in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    by thirty-eight authors, [C.W.M. Adams ... [et al.] ; editor, W. St. C. Symmers].
    Contents:
    v. 1. Cardiovascular system, Respiratory system
    v. 2. Blood and bone marrow, Lymphoreticular system, Thymus gland
    v. 3. Alimentary system
    v. 4. Urinary system, Reproductive system, Breast, Endocrine system
    v. 5. Nervous system, Muscle, Bone, Joints
    v. 6. Skin, Eyes, Ears.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB111 .W76
    6
  • Digital
    Kazuhiko Takehara, Manabu Fujimoto, Masataka Kuwana, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Fibrosis: overview
    2. Autoimmunity in systemic sclerosis: overview
    3. Endothelial progenitor cells
    4. Animal models of systemic sclerosis
    5. Genetics of systemic sclerosis
    6. Role of the interleukin-1 family in the fibrogenic phenotype in systemic sclerosis
    7. Interleukin-6 in the pathogenesis of systemic sclerosis
    8. Epigenetics
    9. Transforming growth factor-β and connective tissue growth factor
    10. Endothelin
    11. The role of B cells in systemic sclerosis
    12. Fli1
    13. Biomarker
    14. Autoantibodies in systemic sclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Andrew Emili, Jack Greenblatt, Shoshana Wodak, editors.
    Summary: Epigenetic modifications underlie all aspects of human physiology, including stem cell renewal, formation of cell types and tissues. They also underlie environmental impacts on human health, including aging and diseases like cancer. Consequently, cracking the epigenetic "code" is considered a key challenge in biomedical research. Chromatin structure and function are modified by protein complexes, causing genes to be turned on or off and controlling other aspects of DNA function. Yet while there has been explosive growth in the epigenetics field, human chromatin-modifying machines have only recently started to be characterized. To meet this challenge, our book explores complementary experimental tracks, pursued by expert international research groups, aimed at the physical and functional characterization of the diverse repertoire of chromatin protein machines - namely, the "readers, writers and erasers" of epigenomic marks. These studies include the identification of RNA molecules and drugs that interact selectively with components of the chromatin machinery. What makes this book distinctive is its emphasis on the systematic exploration of chromatin protein complexes in the context of human development and disease networks.

    Contents:
    Systematic proteomic analysis of histone demethylating enzymes linked to cancer
    Histone methylating protein complexes in cancer
    Chromatin protein-protein interaction networks linked to cancer
    Structural genomics and drug discovery for chromatin-related protein complexes involved in histone tail recognition
    Transcription factories and global chromatin (enhancer) interactions in cancer
    Long ncRNAs associated with chromatin complexes and their role in cancer
    Familial and somatic mutations of histone modifying enzymes in cancer
    Chromatin regulators arising from RNAi screens of transformed cancer cell lines
    Chromatin complexes in cancer
    Exploring dynamics of chromatin complexes in cancer based on quantitative proteomics
    Regulatory ncRNAs and their targets
    ncRNA regulatory networks in cancer
    Decoding BAF remodelling complexes in cancer
    Mediator/cohesin complex in cancer
    miRNAs targeting chromatin-related protein complexes regulate epigenetic states in cancer
    Polycomb group protein complexes in cancer stem cells
    Genetic interactions between chromatin factors in cancer cell lines
    Chromatin complexes in DNA repair
    Chromatin complexes in chromosome segregation
    Evolution, co-expression and domain architecture of CM complexes linked to cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Natalia Maltsev, Andrey Rzhetsky, T. Conrad Gilliam, editors.
    Summary: "Understanding the genetic architecture underlying complex multigene disorders is one of the major goals of human genetics in the upcoming decades. Advances in whole genome sequencing and the success of high throughput functional genomics allow supplementing conventional reductionist biology with systems-level approaches to human heredity and health as systems of interacting genetic, epigenetic, and environmental factors. This integrative approach holds the promise of unveiling yet unexplored levels of molecular organization and biological complexity. It may also hold the key to deciphering the multigene patterns of disease inheritance"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Wellness and Health Omics Linked to the Environment: the WHOLE approach to personalized medicine
    Characterizing Multi-omic Data in Systems Biology
    High-throughput Translational Medicine: Challenges and Solutions
    Computational approaches for human disease gene prediction and ranking
    A Personalized Treatment for Lung Cancer: Molecular Pathways, Targeted Therapies, and Genomic Characterization-- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Long Liu, Jian Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses systems and synthetic biotechnologies for the production of nutraceuticals, and summarizes recent advances in nutraceutical research in terms of the physiological effects on health, potential applications, drawbacks of traditional production processes, characteristics of production strains, and advances in microbial production based on systems and synthetic biotechnology. It also examines future directions in the microbial production of nutraceuticals using systems and synthetic biology. The book is intended for researchers and graduate students in the field of molecular biology and industrial biotechnology as well as staff working in the nutraceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Nutraceuticals: definition, kinds and applications
    Construction of microbial cell factories by systems and synthetic biotechnology
    Microbial production of functional organic acids
    Microbial production of oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
    Microbial production of flavonoids
    Microbial production of natural food colorants
    Microbial production of vitamins
    Microbial production of oils and fatty acids
    Microbial production of nutraceuticals: challenges and prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shailza Singh, editor.
    Summary: Systems and Synthetic Immunology focuses on the similarities between biology and engineering at the systems level, which are important for applying engineering theories to biology problems. With the advent of new genomic techniques, there are numerous systematic investigations underway in the scientific world. This volume highlights techniques that can be used to effectively combine two of the most essential biological fields - Systems Biology and Synthetic Immunology. The respective chapters discuss the role of synthetic immunology in biotechnology, production of biomaterials, and their use in vaccine delivery. Further topics include the importance of cytokines; the use of genomic engineering tools in immunotherapy; immunosensors; nanotherapeutics; and bioinformatics tools in biomedical applications. Given its scope, the book offers readers an up-to-date and comprehensive review of this unique and dynamic field of research.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Vaccine design, nanoparticle vaccines and biomaterial applications
    Chapter 2: Systems Immunology approach in understanding the association of allergy and cancer
    Chapter 3: Genome Engineering Tools in Immunotherapy
    Chapter 4: Bioinformatics tools for Epitope Prediction. Chapter 5: A chronological journey of Breg subsets: Implications in health and disease
    Chapter 6: T-cell activation and differentiation: Role of signaling and metabolic crosstalk
    Chapter 7: Innate immune signaling in cardiac homeostasis and cardiac injuries
    Chapter 8: . Role of Regulatory T lymphocytes in Health and Disease
    Chapter 9: Implication of Synthetic Biology in Biotherapeutics Engineering
    Chapter 10. Cytokines in Cancer Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Leszek Konieczny, Irena Roterman-Konieczna, Paweł Spólnik.
    Summary: The objective of this book is to present the strategies employed by living organisms on a molecular level and to help understand the basics of Systems Biology. Its content is organized in a way to meet the exponential growth in the volume of biological knowledge, and the need for a multidisciplinary approach in the practice of teaching modern biology. For this reason, the whole material is divided into five chapters, each devoted to a fundamental concept: Structure-Function, Energy, Information, Regulation and Interrelationships. The book describes generic mechanisms which occur in biology and promotes a simulation-based approach to the subject of Systems Biology. The use of basic knowledge as the background for presenting biological problems obligates the teachers to deal with generalized phenomena comprising the ever increasing volume of teaching materials.

    Contents:
    The Structure and Function of Living Organisms
    Energy in Biology : Demand and Use
    Information : Its Role and Meaning in Organisms
    Regulation in Biological Systems
    Interrelationships in Organized Biological Systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Wei-Dong Zhang.
    Summary: Systems Biology and Its Application in TCM Formulas Research presents a theoretical research system formed for Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) formulas, along with information on the study of Shexiang Baoxin Pill (SBP), a TCM formula that has shown significant clinical efficacy in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. The content combines theory and practice, and includes guidance for both theoretical concepts and operable technical routes. This is a valuable source not only for biomedical researchers involved in Systems Biology studies, but also for students and scientists interested in learning more about Traditional Chinese Medicine and its applications in contemporary medicine.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Natàlia Garcia-Reyero, Cheryl A. Murphy, editors.
    Summary: Social pressure to minimize the use of animal testing, the ever-increasing concern on animal welfare, and the need for more human-relevant and more predictive toxicity tests are some of the drivers for new approaches to chemical screening. This book focuses on The Adverse Outcome Pathway, an analytical construct that describes a sequential chain of causally linked events at different levels of biological organization that lead to an adverse health or ecotoxicological effect. While past efforts have focused on toxicological pathway-based vision for human and ecological health assessment relying on in vitro systems and predictive models, The Adverse Outcome Pathway framework provides a simplified and structured way to organize toxicological information. Within the book, a systems biology approach supplies the tools to infer, link, and quantify the molecular initiating events and the key events and key event relationships leading to adverse outcomes. The advancement of these tools is crucial for the successful implementation of AOPs for regulatory purposes.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I: Biology
    2. "Non-model" species for eco and human health risk assessment
    3. The fish embryo as a model for eco-toxicology and other potential models
    4. Invertebrates/Plants
    5. Behavioral/Neurobehavioral linkages to AOPs
    6. Species extrapolation
    common pathways etc
    7. Life History Evolution, incorporating evolutionary processes into AOPs to extrapolate
    Part II: Incorporating Biology into AOPs
    8. Use of HTS assays to infer MIEs
    9. AOP development: how to infer and define KER
    10. The development of quantitative AOPs
    Part IV: Incorporating Modeling into AOPs.-11.Computational approaches (network science, etc) in AOPs: linking molecular datasets
    12.Computational approaches : Dynamic Energy Budgets
    13. Modeling approaches in AOPs: extrapolation from individual to population
    14. Modeling approaches that augment AOPs: GUTS, QSAR, TKTD PBTKTD
    15. Exposure science and other stressors? How to incorporate
    16. AOP as an organizing framework and implications for biological science-AOP evolution
    17. Use and acceptance of AOPs for regulatory applications, use of AOPs in human risk assessment, and legislation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Seth J. Corey, Marek Kimmel, Joshua N. Leonard, editors.
    Summary: The blood system is multi-scale, from the organism to the organs to cells to intracellular signaling pathways to macromolecule interactions. Blood consists of circulating cells, cellular fragments (platelets and microparticles), and plasma macromolecules. Blood cells and their fragments result from a highly-ordered process, hematopoiesis. Definitive hematopoiesis occurs in the bone marrow, where pluripotential stem cells give rise to multiple lineages of highly specialized cells. Highly-productive and continuously regenerative, hematopoiesis requires a microenvironment of mesenchymal cells and blood vessels. A Systems Biology Approach to Blood is divided into three main sections: basic components, physiological processes, and clinical applications. Using blood as a window, one can study health and disease through this unique tool box with reactive biological fluids that mirrors the prevailing hemodynamics of the vessel walls and the various blood cell types. Many blood diseases, rare and common can and have been exploited using systems biology approaches with successful results and therefore ideal models for systems medicine. More importantly, hematopoiesis offers one of the best studied systems with insight into stem cell biology, cellular interaction, development; linage programing and reprograming that are every day influenced by the most mature and understood regulatory networks.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Components
    Systems Hematology: An Introduction
    Quantification and Modeling of Stem Cell
    Niche Interaction
    Angiogenesis: A Systems Biology View of Blood Vessel Remodeling
    Erythropoiesis: From Molecular Pathways to System Properties
    Systems Biology of Megakaryocytes
    Systems Biology of Platelet-Vessel Wall Interactions
    Systems Approach to Phagoycte Production and Activation: Neutrophils and Monocytes
    Part II: Physiological Processes
    Stochasticity and Determinism in Models of Hematopoiesis
    Systems Analysis of High?Throughput Data
    Developing a Systems-Based Understanding of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cycle Control
    A Systems Biology Approach to Iron Metabolism
    Innate Immunity in Disease
    Insights from Mathematical Modeling and Analysis
    Modeling Biomolecular Site Dynamics in Immunoreceptor Signaling Systems
    Structure and Function of Platelet Receptors Initiating Blood Clotting
    Part III: Clinical Applications
    Understanding and Treating Cytopenia through Mathematical Modeling
    Drug Resistance
    Etiology and Treatment of Hematological Neoplasms: Stochastic Mathematical Models
    Assessing Hematopoietic (Stem-) Cell Behavior during Regenerative Pressure
    Engineered Cell-Based Therapies: A Vanguard of Design-Driven Medicine
    Part IV: Epilogue
    A Systems Approach to Blood Disorders
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Juan I. Castrillo, Stephen G. Oliver.
    Contents:
    Alzheimer's as a systems-level disease involving the interplay of multiple cellular networks / Juan I. Castrillo and Stephen G. Oliver
    Application of systems theory in longitudinal studies on the origin and progression of Alzheimer's disease / Simone Lista [and others]
    APP proteolytic system and its interactions with dynamic networks in Alzheimer's disease / Sally Hunter, Steven Martin, and Carol Brayne
    Effects of mild and severe oxidative stress on BACE1 expression and APP amyloidogenic processing / Jiangli Tan, Qiao-Xin Li, and Genevieve Evin
    Advanced assay monitoring APP-carboxyl-terminal fragments as markers of APP processing in Alzheimer disease mouse models / Ana García-Osta and Mar Cuadrado-Tejedor
    Optical super-resolution imaging of [beta]-amyloid aggregation in vitro and in vivo : method and techniques / Dorothea Pinotsi, Gabriele S. Kaminski Schierle, and Clemens F. Kaminski
    Protocols for monitoring the development of Tau pathology in Alzheimer's disease / Alberto Rábano [and others]
    LC3-II tagging and western blotting for monitoring autophagic activity in mammalian cells / Anne Streeter, Fiona M. Menzies, and David C. Rubinsztein
    Advanced mitochondrial respiration assay for evaluation of mitochondrial dysfunction in Alzheimer's disease / Amandine Grimm, Karen Schmitt, and Anne Eckert
    Analysis of microglial proliferation in Alzheimer's disease / Diego Gomez-Nicola and V. Hugh Perry
    Yeast as a model for Alzheimer's disease : latest studies and advanced strategies / Mathias Verduyckt [and others]
    Yeast as a model for studies on A[beta] aggregation toxicity in Alzheimer's disease, autophagic responses, and drug screening / Afsaneh Porzoor and Ian Macreadie
    Drosophila melanogaster as a model for studies on the early stages of Alzheimer's disease / Jung Yeon Lim, Stanislav Ott, and Damian C. Crowther
    Chronic mild stress assay leading to early onset and propagation of Alzheimer's disease phenotype in mouse models / Mar Cuadrado-Tejedor and Ana García-Osta
    Gene expression studies on human trisomy 21 iPSCs and neurons : towards mechanisms underlying Down's syndrome and early Alzheimer's disease-like pathologies / Jason P. Weick, Huining Kang, George F. Bonadurer III, and Anita Bhattacharyya
    Cortical differentiation of human pluripotent cells for in vitro modeling of Alzheimer's disease / Nathalie G. Saurat, Frederick J. Livesey, and Steven Moore
    Next generation sequencing in Alzheimer's disease / Lars Bertram
    Pooled-DNA sequencing for elucidating new genomic risk factors, rare variants underlying Alzheimer's disease / Sheng Chih Jin, Bruno A. Benitez, Yuetiva Deming, and Carlos Cruchaga
    New genome-wide methods for elucidation of candidate copy number variations (CNVs) contributing to Alzheimer's disease heritability / Kinga Szigeti
    RNA-sequencing to elucidate early patterns of dysregulation underlying the onset of Alzheimer's disease / Bei Jun Chen, James D. Mills, Caroline Janitz, and Michael Janitz
    Systems biology approaches to the study of biological networks underlying Alzheimer's disease : role of miRNAs / Wera Roth, David Hecker, and Eugenio Fava
    Emerging role of metalloproteomics in Alzheimer's disease research / Dominic J. Hare, Alan Rembach, and Blaine R. Roberts
    Redox proteomics in human biofluids : sample preparation, separation and immunochemical tagging for analysis of protein oxidation / Fabio Di Domenico, Marzia Perluigi, and D. Allan Butterfield
    Advanced shotgun lipidomics for characterization of altered lipid patterns in neurodegenerative diseases and brain injury / Miao Wang and Xianlin Han
    AlzPathway, an updated map of curated signaling pathways : towards deciphering Alzheimer's disease pathogenesis / Soichi Ogishima [and others]
    Computational network biology approach to uncover novel genes related to Alzheimer's disease / Andreas Zanzoni
    Network approaches to the understanding of Alzheimer's disease : from model organisms to humans / Justin Yerbury, Dan Bean, and Giorgio Favrin
    Characterization of genetic networks associated with Alzheimer's disease / Bin Zhang, Linh Tran, Valur Emilsson, and Jun Zhu
    Network-based analysis for uncovering mechanisms underlying Alzheimer's disease / Masataka Kikuchi [and others]
    SDREM method for reconstructing signaling and regulatory response networks : applications for studying disease progression / Anthony Gitter and Ziv Bar-Joseph
    Advanced neuroimaging methods towards characterization of early stages of Alzheimer's disease / Jorge Sepulcre and Joseph C. Masdeu
    Plasma proteomics biomarkers in Alzheimer's disease : latest advances and challenges / Robert Perneczky and Liang-Hao Guo
    Practical guide for exploring opportunities of repurposing drugs for CNS diseases in systems biology / Hongkang Mei [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Miguel A. Aon, Valdur Saks, Uwe Schlattner, editors.
    Contents:
    From Physiology, Genomes, Systems and Self-Organization to Systems Biology : The Historical Roots of a Twenty-First Century Approach to Complexity / M.A. Aon, D. Lloyd, and V. Saks
    Complex Systems Biology of Networks : The Riddle and the Challenge / Miguel A. Aon
    Systems Biology of Signaling Networks
    The Control Analysis of Signal Transduction / Hans V. Westerhoff, Samrina Rehman, Fred C. Boogerd, Nilgun Yilmaz, and Malkhey Verma
    MicroRNAs and Robustness in Biological Regulatory Networks. A Generic Approach with Applications at Different Levels : Physiologic, Metabolic and Genetic / Jacques Demongeot, Olivier Cohen, and Alexandra Henrion-Caude
    Dynamics of Mitochondrial Redox and Energy Networks : Insights from an Experimental-Computational Synergy / Sonia Cortassa and Miguel A. Aon
    Adenylate Kinase Isoform Network : A Major Hub in Cell Energetics and Metabolic Signaling / Song Zhang, Emirhan Nemutlu, Andre Terzic, and Petras Dzeja
    Systems Biology of Cellular Structures and Fluxes
    Moonlighting Function of the Tubulin Cytoskeleton : Macromolecular Architectures in the Cytoplasm / Judit Ovádi and Vic Norris
    Metabolic Dissipative Structures / Ildefonso Mtz. de la Fuente
    Systems Biology Approaches to Cancer Energy Metabolism / Alvaro Marín-Hernández, Sayra Y. López-Ramírez, Juan Carlos Gallardo-Pérez, Sara Rodríguez-Enríquez, Rafael Morena-Sánchez, and Emma Saavedra
    Systems Biology of Organ Function
    Network Dynamics in Cardiac Electrophysiology / Zhilin Qu
    Systems Level Regulation of Cardiac Energy Fluxes via Metabolic Cycles : Role of Creatine, Phosphotransfer Pathways, and AMPK Signaling / Valdur Saks, Uwe Schlattner, Malgorzata Tokarska-Schlattner, Theo Wallimann, Rafaela Bagur, Sarah Zorman, Martin Pelosse, Pierre Dos Santos, Franc̦ois Boucher, Tuuli Kaambre, and Rita Guzun
    Systems Biology of Microorganisms
    Temporal Partitioning of the Yeast Cellular Network / Douglas B. Murray, Cornelia Amariei, Kalesh Sasidharan, Rainer Machné, Miguel A. Aon, and David Lloyd
    Systems Biology and Metabolic Engineering in Bacteria / Johannes Geiselmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Gene Yeo, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Evolutionary conservation and expression of human RNA-binding proteins and their role in human genetic disease
    2. The functions and regulatory principles of mRNA intracellular trafficking
    3. RNA-binding proteins in regulation of alternative cleavage and polyadenylation
    4. Functional analysis of long noncoding RNAs in development and disease
    5. Piwi proteins and piRNAs step onto the systems biology stage
    6. Manipulation of RNA using engineered proteins with customized specificity
    7. Genetic variation and RNA binding proteins: tools and techniques to detect functional polymorphisms
    8. Genome-wide activities of RNA-binding proteins that regulate cellular changes in the epithelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT)
    9. Antisense oligonucleotide-based therapies for diseases caused by pre-mRNA processing defects
    10. RNA-binding protein misregulation in microsatellite expansion disorders
    11. RNA-binding proteins in heart development
    12. Identification of miRNAs and their targets in C. elegans
    13. Splicing code modeling
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Katarzyna A. Rejniak, editor.
    Contents:
    Image analysis of the tumor microenvironment / Mark C. Lloyd, Joseph O. Johnson, Agnieszka Kasprzak, Marilyn M. Bui
    Hypoxia in gliomas: opening therapeutical opportunities using a mathematical-based approach / Alicia Martı́nez-Gonz̀lez, Gabriel F. Calvo, Jose M. Ayuso, Ignacio Ochoa, Luis J. Fernández, and Víctor M. Pérez-García
    Computer simulations of the tumor vasculature: applications to interstitial fluid flow, drug delivery, and oxygen supply / Michael Welter, Heiko Rieger
    Cell-ECM interactions in tumor invasion / Xiuxiu He, Byoungkoo Lee, Yi Jiang
    Circulating tumor cells: when a solid tumor meets a fluid microenvironment / Katarzyna A. Rejniak
    Modeling proteolytically driven tumor lymphangiogenesis / Georgios Lolas, Lasse Jensen, George C. Bourantas, Vasiliki Tsikourkitoudi, and Konstantinos Syrigos
    Positive feedback loops between inflammatory, bone and cancer cells during metastatic niche construction / Ardeshir Kianercy, Kenneth J. Pienta
    Microenvironmental niches and sanctuaries: a route to acquired resistance / Judith P̌rez-Vel̀zquez, Jana L. Gevertz, Aleksandra Karolak, Katarzyna A. Rejniak
    The tumor microenvironment as a barrier to cancer nanotherapy / Louis T. Curtis, Hermann B. Frieboes
    Microenvironment-mediated modeling of tumor response to vascular-targeting drugs / Jana L. Gevertz
    Optimizing chemotherapeutic anti-cancer treatment and the tumor microenvironment: an analysis of mathematical models / Urszula Ledzewicz, Heinz Schaettler
    Progress towards computational 3-D multicellular systems biology / Paul Macklin, Hermann B. Frieboes, Jessica L. Sparks, Ahmadreza Ghaffarizadeh, Samuel H. Friedman, Edwin F. Juarez, Edmond Jonckheere, and Shannon M. Mumenthaler.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Bor-Sen Chen.
    Summary: Systems Evolutionary Biology: Biological Network Evolution Theory, Stochastic Evolutionary Game Strategies, and Applications to Systems Synthetic Biology discusses the evolutionary game theory and strategies of nonlinear stochastic biological networks under random genetic variations and environmental disturbances and their application to systematic synthetic biology design. The book provides more realistic stochastic biological system models to mimic the real biological systems in evolutionary process and then introduces network evolvability, stochastic evolutionary game theory and strategy based on nonlinear stochastic networks in evolution. Readers will find remarkable, revolutionary information on genetic evolutionary biology that be applied to economics, engineering and bioscience.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Theory of Stochastic Evolutionary Biological Network
    1. Introduction to Systems Evolutionary Biology
    2. Stochastic Dynamics Systems and Stochastic Nash Game in Evolutionary Biological Networks
    3. Evolutionary Gene Regulatory Networks and Biochemical Networks
    4. Evolutionary Ecological Networks
    Part II: Applications of Network Evolution to Systems Synthetic Biology
    5. Robust Design for Evolutionary Synthetic Gene Networks under Genetic Mutations and Environmental Disturbances: Genetic Algorithm (GA) Approach in Genotype Space
    6. Robust Design of Genetic Networks: Evolutionary Systems Biology Approach via Evolutionary Algorithm (EA) in Phenotype space
    7. On the Adaptive Design Rules of Biochemical Networks in Evolution
    Part III: Stochastic Evolutionary Game Strategies
    8. Stochastic Evolutionary Game as Natural Selection in a Population of Biological Networks
    9. Stochastic Noncooperative and Cooperative Evolutionary Game Strategies of a Population of Biological Networks under Natural Selection
    10. Evolutionary Game Strategy of Evolutionary Biological Network of Somatic Cells in the Organ Carcinogenesis and Aging Process
    Part IV: Evolution Measurements of Biological Networks
    11. On the System Entropy of Nonlinear Stochastic Biological Networks and Its Relationship to Network Evolution
    12. On the Evolution Measurement of Somatic Networks by the Changes of their Robustness and Response Ability in the Aging Process via Microarray Data
    13. Evoluation of Network Biomarkers Measured by Microarray Data from Early to Late Stage Bladder Cancer Samples.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Editor-in-Chief: Olaf Wolkenhauer, Department of Systems Biology & Bioinformatics, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany.
    Summary: "Technological advances in generated molecular and cell biological data are transforming biomedical research. Sequencing, multi-omics and imaging technologies are likely to have deep impact on the future of medical practice. In parallel to technological developments, methodologies to gather, integrate, visualize and analyze heterogeneous and large-scale data sets are needed to develop new approaches for diagnosis, prognosis and therapy. Systems Medicine: Integrative, Qualitative and Computational Approaches is an innovative, interdisciplinary and integrative approach that extends the concept of systems biology and the unprecedented insights that computational methods and mathematical modeling offer of the interactions and network behavior of complex biological systems, to novel clinically relevant applications for the design of more successful prognostic, diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. This 3 volume work features 132 entries from renowned experts in the fields and covers the tools, methods, algorithms and data analysis workflows used for integrating and analyzing multi-dimensional data routinely generated in clinical settings with the aim of providing medical practitioners with robust clinical decision support systems. Importantly the work delves into the applications of systems medicine in areas such as tumor systems biology, metabolic and cardiovascular diseases as well as immunology and infectious diseases amongst others. This is a fundamental resource for biomedical students and researchers as well as medical practitioners who need to need to adopt advances in computational tools and methods into the clinical practice."--publisher's web page, viewed August 31, 2020.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Print
    Uri Alon.
    Summary: "Systems Medicine: Physiological Circuits and the Dynamics of Disease introduces the topic of physiological circuits, in which cells and organs communicate with each other. Rather than circuits inside a cell, it discusses circuits between cells. This is the level relevant to the most common and deadly diseases that currently plague humanity. The goal is to start from basic principles or 'laws' and derive why physiology is built the way it is, and why certain diseases happen while others don't. By the end of the book, you will be able to use simple but powerful mathematical models to describe physiological circuits. The models are powerful because they turn details into useful understanding and new ways to think about treating diseases. We will understand the fundamental causes of some of the most mysterious diseases: diabetes, autoimmune diseases, and age-related diseases such as lung fibrosis and cancer. The trajectory begins with basic principles. From these are derived circuits and their fragility to disease. The book explores (i) hormone circuits, (ii) immune circuits, and (iii) aging and age-related disease, and culminates in a periodic table of diseases. It is written in a very accessible style, suitable for anyone with a background in biology, engineering, physics, math, engineering, computer science, chemistry, or other subjects"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The insulin-glucose circuit
    Dynamical compensation, mutant resistance, and type-2 diabetes
    The stress hormone axis as a two-gland oscillator
    Autoimmune diseases as a fragility of mutant surveillance
    Inflammation and fibrosis as a bistable system
    Basic facts of aging
    Aging and saturated repair
    Age-related diseases
    Periodic table of diseases
    Epilogue: Simplicity in systems medicine.
    Digital Access T&Fonline 2023
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Donald E. Mager, Holly H.C. Kimko, editors.
    Contents:
    Role of Systems Modeling in Regulatory Drug Approval
    Quantitative Systems Pharmacology: Applications and Adoption in Drug Development
    Systems Pharmacology: An Overview
    Discrete dynamic modeling: a network approach for systems pharmacology
    Kinetic Models of Biochemical Signaling Networks
    Mechanistic Models of Physiological Control Systems
    Foundations of Pharmacodynamic Systems Analysis
    Direct, Indirect, and Signal Transduction Response Modeling
    Irreversible Pharmacodynamics
    Feedback Control Indirect Response Models
    Nonlinear Mixed Effects Modeling in Systems Pharmacology
    Detecting Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Covariates From High-Dimensional Data
    Multi-Scale Modeling of Drug Action in the Nervous System
    Mechanistic Modeling of Inflammation
    Systems Pharmacology of Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor-Associated Toxicities
    Translational Modeling of Antibacterial Agents
    Viral Dynamic Modeling of Hepatitis C Virus Infection: Past Successes and Future Challenges
    Using Systems Pharmacology to Advance Oncology Drug Development
    Systems Pharmacology Modeling in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Abdulrahman M. El-Sayed, executive director and health officer, Detroit Health Department, City of Detroit, Sandro Galea, Robert A. Knox Professor and dean, Boston University School of Public Health.
    Contents:
    Reductionism at the dawn of population health / Kristin Heitman
    Wrong answers : when simple interpretations create complex problems / David S. Fink, Katherine M. Keyes
    Complexity : the evolution towards 21st century science / Anton Palma, David W. Lounsbury
    Systems thinking in population health research and policy / Stephen Mooney
    Generation of systems maps: mapping complex systems of population health / Helen de Pinho
    Systems dynamics model / Eric Lofgren
    Agent-based modeling / Brandon Marshall
    Microsimulation / Sanjay Basu
    Social network analysis : the ubiquity of social networks and their importance for population health / Douglas A. Luke, Amar Dhand, Bobbi J. Carothers
    Machine learning / James H. Faghmous
    Systems science and the social determinants of population health / David S. Fink, Katherine M. Keyes, Magdalena Cerdá
    Systems approaches to understanding how the environment influences population health and population health interventions / Melissa Tracy
    Systems of behavior and population health / Mark Orr, Kathryn Ziemer, Daniel Chen
    Systems under your skin / Karina Standahl Olsen, Hege Bøvelstad, Eiliv Lund
    Frontiers in health modeling / Nathaniel Osgood
    Systems science and population health / Abdulrahman M. El-Sayed, Sandro Galea.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Donald W. Black and Nancee Blum.
    Summary: Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is a potentially severely debilitating psychiatric diagnosis that may affect up to 2% of the general population. Hallmarks of BPD include impulsivity, emotional instability, and poor self-image, and those with BPD have increased risk for self-harm and suicide. This title brings together research findings and information on implementation and best practices for a group treatment program for outpatients with BPD. A five-month long program easily learned and delivered by therapists from a wide range of theoretical orientations, STEPPS combines cognitive behavioural therapy, emotion management and behavioral skills training, and psychoeducation with a systems component that involves professional care providers, family, friends, and significant others of persons with BPD.

    Contents:
    Overview of STEPPS : history and implementation / Nancee Blum, Don St. John, Bruce Pfohl, and Donald W. Black
    Research evidence supportive of STEPPS / Donald W. Black, Nancee Blum, and Jeff Allen
    STEPPS in the Netherlands / Horusta Freije
    STEPPS in different service settings in the United Kingdom / Renee Harvey
    STEPPS in correctional settings / Nancee Blum and Donald W. Black
    STEPPS in a residential therapeutic community in Italy / Aldo Lombardo
    Introducing STEPPS on an inpatient unit in Italy / Andrea Fossati, Roberta Alesiani, Silvia Boccalon, Laura Giarolli, Serena Borroni, Antonella Somma
    STEPPS in adolescent populations in the Netherlands / Marieke Schuppert, Paul Emmelkamp, and Maaike Nauta
    Alternatives to self-harm program (ASH) : a skills-based approach to complement STEPPS / Diane Clare.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
all 1133 "S" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.